£> V l *• I JJ
,MlUnb
New York State Museum Bulletin
Published by The University of the State of New York
No. 336
ALBANY, N. Y.
JUNE 1944
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Charles C. Adams, Director
GEOLOGY OF THE CATSKILL AND
KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
PART II SILURIAN AND DEVONIAN GEOLOGY, WITH A
CHAPTER ON GLACIAL GEOLOGY
By
George H. Chadwick
Temporary Geologist , New York State Museum
CONTENTS
PAGE
Preface and acknowledgments . . . . 7
The physiographic belts . . . . . . . ... 8
Historical account . . . . . . . . . 19
The
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
rock formations . 44
Rondout waterlime . 45
Manlius (Olney) limestone . 59
Coeymans limestone . . . . . . . 63
Kalkberg limestone . 67
Catskill shaly limestone . 71
Becraft limestone . . . 75
Alsen limestone . , . . 79
Port Ewen beds
Glenerie limestone and chert,
Esopus shale .
Schoharie shaly limestone
Onondaga limestone
Bakoven black shale
Mount Marion beds . ••»••• . . -yrT>.
Ashokan flagstones .
Kiskatom red-beds . .
Kaaterskill sandstones . .
Onteora red-beds . . . . . . 125
Stony Clove sandstones . . . . . . 130
Katsberg red-beds . . . . . . . 135
Facies changes on the red-beds delta . . . 139
Formational contacts . . . . . . ................ 141
Structural features . . . . . . . . . 154
Features due to glaciation . . . . . . 186
Geological history . 221
Addenda . 233
Bibliography . 234
Index . 249
ALBANY
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
1944
M-365n-Je41-2000
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
Regents of the University
With years when terms expire
1955 Thomas J. Mangan M.A., LL.D., Chancellor - - - - Binghamton
1945 William J. Wallin M.A., LL.D., Vice Chancellor - - Yonkers
1950 Roland B. Woodward M.A., LL.D. ------- Rochester
1951 Wm Leland Thompson B.A., LL.D ------- Troy-
1948 John Lord O’Brian B.A., LL.B., LL.D. ------ Buffalo
1954 George Hopkins Bond Ph.M., LL.B., LL.D. . Syracuse
1946 Owen D. Young B.A., LL.B., D.C.S., L.H.D., LL.D. - - Van Hornesville
1949 Susan Brandeis B.A., J.D. . - New York
1947 C. C. Mollenhauer LL.D. . - - Brooklyn
1953 W. Kingsland Macy B.A. . Islip
1952 John P. Myers B.A. - . Plattsburg
1956 Stanley Brady B.A., M.D. - -- -- -- -- - New York
President of the University and Commissioner of Education
George D. Stoddard Ph.D., LL.D., Litt.D., L.H.D.
Deputy and Associate Commissioner (Finance, Administration, Vocational Education)
Lewis A. Wilson D.Sc., LL.D.
Associate Commissioner (Instructional Supervision)
George M. Wiley M.A., Pd.D., L.H.D., LL.D.
Associate Commissioner (Higher and Professional Education)
J. Hillis Miller M.A., Ph.D., Litt.D.
Counsel
Charles A. Brind jr B.A., LL.B., LL.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Research
J. Cayce Morrison M.A., Ph.D., LL.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Teacher Education
Hermann Cooper M.A., Ph.D., LL.D
Assistant Commissioner for Personnel and Public Relations
Lloyd L. Cheney B.A., Pd.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Finance
Arthur W. Schmidt M.A., Ph.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Instructional Supervision
Edwin IR. Van Kleeck M.A. Ph.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Professional Education
Irwin A. Conroe M.A., LL.D., L.H.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Vocational Education
Oakley Furney B.A., Pd.M.
State Librarian
Robert W. G. Vail B.A.
Director of State Museum
Carl E. Guthe M.A., Ph.D.
State Historian
Albert B. Corey M.A., Ph.D.
Directors of Divisions
Adult Education and Library Extension, Frank L. Tolman Ph.B., Pd.D.
Elementary Education, William E. Young M.A., Ph.D.
Examinations and Testing, Harold G. Thompson M.A., LL.D.
Health and Physical Education, Hiram A. Jones M.A., Ph.D., D.Sc.
Higher Education, John S. Allen M.A., Ph.D.
Law, Joseph Lipsky LL.B.
Motion Picture, Irwin Esmond Ph.B., LL.B.
Research, Warren W. Coxe B.S. Ph.D.
School Buildings and) Grounds, Don L. Essex M.A., Ph.D.
Secondary Education, Warren W. Knox M.A., Ph.D.
Vocational Rehabilitation, G. Samuel Bohlin B.S.
New York State Museum Bulletin
Published by The University of the State of New York
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Charles C. Adams, Director
GEOLOGY OF THE CATSKILL AND
KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
PART II SILURIAN AND DEVONIAN GEOLOGY, WITH A
CHAPTER ON GLACIAL GEOLOGY
By
George H. Chadwick
Temporary Geologist, New York State Museum
CONTENTS
PAGE
Preface and acknowledgments . 7
The physiographic belts . . . . . . . 8
Historical account . 19
The rock formations . 44
1 Rondout waterlime . . . . 45
2 Manlius (Olney) limestone . . 59
3 Coeymans limestone . 63
4 Kalkberg limestone . . . . . . 67
5 Catskill shaly limestone . 71
6 Becraft limestone - . . . . . 75
7 Alsen limestone . . . 79
8 Port Ewen beds . . 81
9 Glenerie limestone and chert . . . . . 85
10 Esopus shale . . . . 88
11 Schoharie shaly limestone . 92
12 Onondaga limestone . . . . . . 94
13 Bakoven black shale . . 100
14 Mount Marion beds . . . 104
15 Ashokan flagstones . . . . . . . . . 112
16 Kiskatom red-beds . . . . . 119
17 Kaater skill sandstones . . . 122
18 Onteora red-beds . . . . . . . 125
19 Stony Clove sandstones . . . 130
20 Katsberg red-beds . 135
Facies changes on the red-beds delta ....... . . . 139
Formational contacts . 141
Structural features . 154
Features due to glaciation . . . . . 186
Geological history . 221
Addenda . 233
Bibliography . 234
Index . 249
ALBANY
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
1944
M-365n-Je41-2000
ILLUSTRATIONS
PAGE
Key map showing the relation of the Catskill-Kaaterskill quadrangles to the
ten surrounding quadrangles geographically and geologically . 6
Figure 1 Austin’s glen, Jefferson Heights, showing syncline and anticline 9
Figure 2 Mt Marion looking west across Albany clays . 10
Figure 3 Hooge Berg range of west-dipping Mount Marion beds . 10
Figure 4 The “Old Man of the Mountains” (Overlook, Plattekill and
Indian Head mountains) . 13
Figure 5 “Wall of Manitou” from High peak to North mountain...... 14
Figure 6 Northern end of Catskill front, completing panorama of figures
4, 5 . 14
Figure 7 Looking down Kaaterskill clove, Catskill mountains, toward
the distant Hudson valley . 23
Figure 8 Kiskatom sandstones at Fawn’s leap, Kaaterskill clove. Stream
abrasion . 24
Figure 9 Ice hangings on Kiskatom beds along Rip Van Winkle trail... 25
Figure 10 Subdued older upland surface north of Kaaterskill clove, look¬
ing north-northwest to the distant Blackhead range on the Dur¬
ham quadrangle . . . 26
Figure 11 Preliminary correlation chart of the Rondout formation across
the Catskill quadrangle . 47
Figure 12 Rondout waterlime and higher strata on the Catskill in Austin’s
glen . . . 48
Figure 13 Part of an S fold in lower Rondout just to right of figure 12.. 49
Figure 14 Rondout (Glasco) limestone on west slope of Limekiln hill,
Flatbush, N. Y . 50
Figure 15 Rondout (Fuyk) sandstone at type locality on West ridge of
the Fuyk, west of Catskill . 55
Figure 16 Eagle cliff, Austin’s glen, Jefferson Heights. Synclinal outlier
of Silurian and Devonian limestones . 56
Figure 17 Fuyk valley, west of Catskill . ' . 57
Figure 18 Laminated limestone in lower Manlius in “black marble”
quarry, Quarry hill, Catskill . 58
Figure 19 Manlius limestone along Rip Van Winkle trail, just out of
Catskill showing high west dip into Quarry Hill syncline _ 58
Figure 20 Close view of “Stromatopora head” in Manlius cliff near en¬
trance to Austin’s glen, Jefferson Heights . 61
Figure 21 Manlius and Coeymans limestones, south end of Turtle Pond
quarry, on Rip Van Winkle trail just west of Catskill . 62
Figure 22 North end of quarry shown in figure 21 : full thickness of Kalk-
berg limestone . 65
Figure 23 Kalkberg limestone, “Coffin Rocks,” showing black chert seams.
Type exposure, Austin’s glen, Jefferson Heights . 66
Figure 24 Kalkberg limestone at Austin’s cave, west of Salisbury hotel,
Jefferson Heights . 69
Figure 25 Catskill shaly limestone at type exposure on the Catskill,
Austin’s glen . 70
Figure 26. Overthrust with marked “drag,” involving the Becraft and New
Scotland limestones, Austin’s glen . 73
Figure 27 Becraft limestone quarry, Quarry hill, west of Catskill . 74
Figure 28 Becraft limestone overlain by Alsen limestone, south Alsen
quarry at Alsen . 77
[3]
4
ILLUSTRATIONS
PAGE
Figure 29 Alsen limestone in type exposure in middle Alsen quarry at
Alsen . . . . . . . . . . 78
Figure 30 Glenerie limestone in type exposure at old quarry, along route
9-W, just north of Glenerie mills . . . . 83
Figure 31 Glenerie cherts, with interbedded shales, along Rip Van Winkle
trail, two miles west-southwest of Catskill . . . 84
Figure 32 Esopus shale along Esopus creek at type locality, three miles
south of Saugerties along route 9-W . . . . . 89
Figure 33 Detail of cleavage in Esopus shale of type section (figure 32) . 90
Figure 34 Schoharie shaly limestone in low anticline on route 32 just
west of Saugerties ; rows of calcareous nodules shown - .... 90
Figure 35 Contact of Onondaga and Schoharie limestones, Webber farm,
one-half mile west of Cauterskill . . . . . . 95
Figure 36 Onondaga limestone at same locality as figure 35, showing
massive chert-free lower portion . . . . . . . 96
Figure 37 Onondaga limestone arch at Quatawichna-ach, on the Kaaters
kill, four and one-half miles southwest of Catskill . . . 97
Figure 38 Detail of same beds shown in figure 37, showing chert seams . . 97
Figure 39 Limekiln on Onondaga limestone outcrop at Katsbaan corners,
route 32, three miles north of Saugerties ....... . . . . 98
Figure 40 Bakoven black shale at type exposure near Webber bridge, Rip
Van Winkle trail . . . . . 101
Figure 41 “Hard beds” in base of Mount Marion formation, Rip Van
Winkle trail, four and one-half miles west of Catskill . 102
Figure 42 Mount Marion beds, middle portion, at bridge over Platte kill,
one mile west of Mt Marion railroad station . 105
Figure 43 Mount Marion beds, upper portion, at High falls of the Kaaters
kill, eight miles south of Catskill . . . . . 106
Figure 44 Mount Marion upper beds at High falls, showing hanging tribu¬
tary and jointing of sandstone bed . . . . 109
Figure 45 “Storm rollers” in topmost (marine) beds of Mount Marion
formation, Unionville .... . . . . . . 110
Figure 46 “Ashokan” flagstones at old quarry southwest of Quarryville. . 117
Figure 47 Kiskatom red-beds at “High Rocks” in Kaaterskill clove, one
mile west of Palenville . . . . . 118
Figure 48 Kaaterskill (Tully?) sandstones at the famous Kaaterskill falls. 123
Figure 49 Thin bed of red shale forming path beneath middle Kaaterskill
sandstone at Kaaterskill falls . . . . . . . 124
Figure 50 Kaaterskill sandstone rimming Kaaterskill clove on north side
at Sunset rock (seen from east side) . . 127
Figure 51 Twilight Park conglomerate in Twilight Park, Haines’ Falls. . 128
Figure 52 North slope of High peak and Roundtop (Mt Lincoln) above,
the Kaaterskill clove, from near road corners one and one-half
miles east of Haines’ Falls . . . . . 131
Figure 53 Stony Clove sandstones on east side of Stony clove . . 132
Figure 54 Stony Clove gray sandstones making steps in smooth slopes of
the peaks of the central range of the Catskill mountains. Look¬
ing south-southeast up South fork of Schoharie kill . . 133
Figure 55 Katsberg red-beds making the great dome of Hunter mountain.
View west-southwest from Rip Van Winkle trail near Hunter . 134
Figure 56 Chart showing alternative correlations in the Upper Devonian
(Senecan) beds of the Catskill mountains . . . 137
Figure 57 Correlation chart of Catskill and higher so-called “Catskill”
red-beds from Catskill, New York, to Cleveland, Ohio . 138
ILLUSTRATIONS
5
PAGE
Figure 58 Ordovician-Silurian contact ; dry bed of Cats kill in Austin’s
glen, Catskill, at lower end of main gorge . 144
Figure 59 Channel fill, sandstone on shale, in Onteora beds of old quarry,
north slope of Mt Tobias southeast of Willow . 155
Figure 60 Unsymmetrical syncline of Quarry hill, west of Catskill....... 156
Figure 61 Part of anticlinal arch in Normanskill sandstone and shale on
the Cats kill at south end of Austin’s glen, Jefferson Heights.. 159
Figure 62 False anticlinal effect in Normanskill beds at the Hoponose on
the Catskill, in south part of Catskill village . 160
Figure 63 Isoclinally compressed synclines of Normanskill shale in old
Catskill Mountain Railway cut between Main and River streets
at the “Point,” Catskill . . . 161
Figure 64 Diagonal cleavage of horizontal beds of Schoharie shaly lime¬
stone on Cauterskill-Leeds road about one mile north of
Cauter skill . 162
Figure 65 Wedge faulting and folding in south quarry at Alsen, involving
Becraft and Alsen limestones . 166
Figure 66 Detail of “takeup” folding shown in figure 65, at heel of over¬
thrust in south quarry, Alsen . 167
Figure 67 Overthrust at Canoe Hill town stone-crusher quarry, just north
of Saugerties . 168
Figure 68 Operations in south quarry of North American Portland Cement
Corporation, five miles below Catskill on route 9-W. Becraft,
Alsen and Glenerie beds involved . 169
Figure 69 Noted overthrust in north wall of north Alsen quarry, Alsen,
involving Becraft and Alsen limestones . . . 170
Figure 70 Schematic diagram of nested folds . . . 177
Figure 71 U-shaped (glaciated) notch through the central range of the
Catskill mountains. Mink hollow, near Elka Park, as seen from
western part of Tannersville . . . . . 189
Figure 72 Varved Albany clays in north end of Washburn’s upper brick¬
yard pit (now high school site), West Catskill . 196
Figure 73 Eroded remnants (“bake ovens”) of Lake Albany clays on both
sides of the Bakoven valley four miles west of Catskill . 200
Figure 74 The original Bak-oven, in center of view at Abeel house, about
a half mile south of figure 73 . 200
Figure 75 Glaciated surface of Kaaterskill sandstone at former Otis Sum¬
mit, north of the Catskill (Andron’s) Mountain House . 204
Figure 76 Glacial stream outlet: the Stony clove through the main range
of the Catskills (figure 54), four miles south by east from
Hunter . . . . . 207
Figure 77 Bed of glacial Lake Kiskatom, now the Kiskatom flats, looking-
west of north from Rip Van Winkle trail toward Cairo Round-
top . 208
Figure 78 Postglacial gorge of the Cats kill showing structural control at
upper end of Austin’s glen, not far below Leeds . 220
Map 1 Silurian and Devonian geology of the Catskill and Kaaterskill
quadrangles . . In pocket
Key map showing the relation of the Catskill-Kaaterskill quadrangles to
the ten surrounding quadrangles geographically and geologically.
Geological maps and bulletins have been issued for the Schoharie, Berne,
Albany-Troy, Newburgh and Poughkeepsie quadrangles; Coxsackie is being-
published.
The cross-lined belt marked “Lower Devonian” is actually the Kalk berg
and thus includes also the (Middle Devonian) Onondaga limestone.
[6]
GEOLOGY OF THE CATSKILL AND
KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
PART II SILURIAN AND DEVONIAN GEOLOGY, WITH A
CHAPTER ON GLACIAL GEOLOGY
By George H. Chadwick
Temporary Geologist , New York State Museum
PREFACE AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
When, in 1926, the writer undertook the report on his home
region, the Catskill quadrangle, it was with the request and under¬
standing that the mapping of the east side of the river would be
executed by Dr Rudolf Ruedemann, master of the Ordovician and
Cambrian rocks there displayed. Doctor Ruedemann’s consent to do
this was the more appreciated because of the burden of his engage¬
ments already made, which indeed prevented its accomplishment for
several years. Meantime there was promise of a topographic resur¬
vey of the quadrangle, the map of which was finally issued from
Washington in September, 1938, and the project was therefore held
over until this new base became available.
Early we sought also the cooperation of John H. Cook on the
glacial geology, to which he has brought a stimulating newness of
interpretation. Since the exigencies of the work gave Mr Cook less
opportunity to examine the glacial features of the west side, these
have been touched upon by me for the sake of completeness, in doing
which I have had to present and occasionally to defend the ideas of
the old school.
It seemed best, furthermore, to extend the scope of the report to
the mountain rocks and region by including in it the Kaaterskill quad¬
rangle next west, and this work I undertook in 1933. In all of this
I have had, and desire gratefully to acknowledge, the constant inter¬
est, assistance and advice of the State Museum staff, particularly of
Doctors Ruedemann and Winifred Goldring but also in the matter
of photographs that of W. J. Schoonmaker and the late E. J. Stein.
Many others have generously contributed to the illustrations, acknowl¬
edgments to whom will be found on the plates. Equally cordial has
been the attitude of the property owners on whose lands the field
work has taken me, a list too long to itemize. To my wife’s active
aid during her lifetime I am heavily indebted.
[7]
8
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
To all of us collaborators the region, old and much visited as it is,
has furnished surprises in the way of fresh discovery. Especially has
this been true in Doctor Ruedemann’s territory.. Without his par¬
ticipation the report would in any case have been lame indeed con¬
cerning these older rocks. His astonishing finds speak for themselves.
The new base map of the Catskill quadrangle presented such a
totally different picture of our topography from the old one of some
30 years ago and depicted its features in such beauty of detail that it
became necessary to review in the field practically all of the Silurian
and Devonian area. The geological map now presented is the work
of 1938, not of 1926, executed with as minute accuracy as the scale
would permit and the engraver could compass. The report on these
rocks has likewise been wholly rewritten, in much greater detail
and enlarged in accordance with the enlarging knowledge of these
strata that has come so fast in the intervening 12 years through our
own work and that of Dr G. Arthur Cooper and Russell M. Logie
in particular, as well as of many others. To these gentlemen also I
make cordial acknowledgment of aid and companionship.
There is a further debt to those who have gone before and opened
the wonders of this region to our eyes, and whose names live in the
bibliographies. Without meaning invidious distinction in a list so
long, there yet come to mind the names of grand old Amos Eaton
(of Catskill and Troy), of Professors Shaler and Davis, and of Mr
Darton. No less is my personal debt for early and continued encour¬
agement to Dr John M. Clarke, Dr H. L. Fairchild, Dr John C.
Smock and Henry Brace (of Catskill), and to my enthusiastic boy¬
hood friends, Robert Weeks Jones and Egbert Roy Beardsley.
No one using this book should think of it as a subject now finished
and closed. What has been learned is but a stepping stone to further,
larger understanding. Many unsolved problems are mentioned in the
text in hope that new minds will attack them. The map of the
Kaaterskill quadrangle is distinctly a preliminary one, for it was
inexpedient at this time to devote to that area the funds for its
minute elucidation and its correlation far afield. To the user of the
book we wish pleasure as great as ours in the unparalleled geology this
region contains.
THE PHYSIOGRAPHIC BELTS
The key to the geology of the west bank of the Hudson in the
Saugerties-Catskill region is found in the belted hills (see Davis,
1882, 1883) that traverse it. These hill ranges trend in general par¬
allel to the course of the river and also to that of the mural front
[9]
Figure 1 Austin’s glen of the Cats kill, Jefferson Heights, Catskill. Mouth of main gorge seen from
Eagle cliff (figure 16). “A”: locality of figures 58, 12, 13. “B” : locality of figure 25. “C” : localityof
figure 23. “D” : locality (concealed) of figure 26. Syncline on left, up to Becraft limestone; anticline
^right, capped by Manlius. Note old railway grade. Looking north. Photo: March 1928, G. H. C.
r
Figure 2 Mt Marion, highest peak o£ the Hooge berg, from the east, looking
west across Albany clays of the Beaver Kill valley. Whole hill is in west¬
dipping Mount Marion beds. Starfish locality lies on crest above steeper
decline to left (south). Photo: September 1936, G. H. C.
Figure 3 Hooge Berg range (two peaks of Vedder’s hill, and Mt Potick) of
visibly west-dipping Mount Marion beds, as seen from Rip Van Winkle trail
west of Webber bridge. Looking east of north, down the Bakoven (Kaaters
Kill) valley. Albany clay knolls and creek floodplain in foreground. (See
figures 73, 74). Photo: April 1938, W. J. Schoonmaker.
[10]
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
11
of the Catskill mountains which Longstreth calls the “Wall of Mani-
tou.” By the old Dutch settlers the ranges were given names that
still linger (see Beers, 1884). The first continuous range west of
the Hudson was to them the Kalk berg (pronounced colla-barrakh)
or lime hill (figures 1, 39), sometimes corrupted into “Collarback.,,
The still larger or second range west of the long valley of the Beaver
kill and Kaaters kill, they called the Hooge berg (hohga-barrakh)
or high hill (figure 3), including Mt Marion, Mt Airy, Timmerman's
and Vedder’s hills. Lastly, the mountains were called the Kats berg
(cots-barrakh) or wildcat hill.1 These three “bergs” are in reality
three escarpments, facing eastward, respectively Lower, Middle and
Upper Devonian. The thin Silurian beds occupy the base of the most
easterly, or Kalkberg scarp.
A space of a mile or two usually intervenes between the river and
the Kalk berg. This space is much occupied by the clays and sands
of the postglacial or pro-glacial water body familiarly known as
Lake Albany (see Woodworth, 1905). But out of it rise here and
there minor ridges, especially north of Catskill. None of these ridges
on our map-area appears to have received any special designation
save only the tiny “lookout” knoll or Kykuit (cake-out) just south
of Catskill village (one mile south-southwest of the town bridge)
from which the Catskill Indians caught their first glimpse of the sails
of the “Half Moon”2 and our own ancestors watched for the smoke¬
stack of the “Clermont.” The rocks of this belt are Ordovician (Nor-
manskill shales) described by Doctor Ruedemann.
The Kalk berg, on the other hand, comprises many minor ridges in
its breadth of a mile or two, some of which, such as the West berg,
the Luyster berg (lie-stair-barrakh) or echo hill, and the Sup berg
or sap hill (from its sugar maples) retain their special appellations.
The Kalk berg itself appears on our geologic map as the broad band
of many colors extending west to the line of the black Bakoven shale
and involving two great limestone series separated by the mass of
so-called “grits,” really impure shales. Where the eastern lime¬
stones make their sharp zigzag eastward, south of Cauterskill hamlet,
they inclose a V-shaped valley, bounded by impressive cliffs (figure
17), that the Dutch called the Fuyk from its resemblance in shape to
a conical fishing-net such as is still called locally a fyke. Here Gates's
victorious army encamped on its return from Saratoga. The corre¬
sponding valley on the south, north of West Camp, holds the swamp
yet known to the elders as the Great Vlaie (fly), vlaie meaning a
swamp though derived from the word valley.
On the Kalk berg, intermediate between Fuyk and Vlaie, lies a
12
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
narrow bit of meadowland similar to the limestone sinks (such as
the Alachua prairie) of Florida. Here the drainage from Van
Luven’s lake and from northward nearly to the Palenville road (high¬
way 23-A) plunges into a crevice in the lime rock to emerge as a
“spring” over half a mile south on the main highway (9-W), under
the east brow of the hill. The spreading of the waters in flood time
has kept this sink area always treeless, and in the older deeds it
became a headright for cattle pasturage under the title “een streeke
land” (a strip of land), whence it is still known as the Streeke
(pronounced stray-kay) and its occasional water body as the Streeke
lake.
The double character of the Kalk berg range, divided by the
“grits,” is best shown south of Saugerties3 where for four miles the
Esopus creek trenches the belt of shale that bears the name of
this stream. Both the Kaaters kill and the Cats kill (figure 78) also
follow the Esopus shale outcrop but for only short distances.
Behind the Kalk berg, between it and the Hooge berg, lies a longi¬
tudinal valley (figure 73), somewhat refilled by the “Lake Albany”
clays and by. glacial gravels. At the south the Esopus threads this
vale as far north as the West Shore bridge. Farther on, the Beaver
kill occupies it (figure 2), to its mouth, and then the Kaaters kill
for nearly six miles, beyond which a small tributary is engaged in
reexcavating it almost to our north limit. This valley owes its exis¬
tence to the uptilted edge of the soft Bakoven (“Marcellus”) black
shale (figure 40). It is called the Bakoven valley from the rounded
form of the scalloped clay-remnants left in it at various points and
especially near the Palenville road (highway 23-A), suggestive to
the Dutch of their bak-oven (bahk-ohfen) or bake ovens (figure
74). During the Revolution this valley was the scene of fierce and
sanguinary raids on the part of Brandt and his savages.
The Hooge berg, next west, is the range of Mt Marion (figure 2),
Mt Airy, Timmerman’s and Vedder’s hills (figure 3). Twice as high
as the Kalk berg, it presents a long row of steep eastern fronts with
gentle back slopes into the broad Kiskatom flats. The straight align¬
ment of the peaks veers more to eastward through an angle of 10
degrees opposite Katsbaan,4 and of course the Kalk berg bends with
it ; but the broken character of the latter range obscures the point of
deflection. Perhaps the best index of this bend, in the Kalk berg,
is the change in the course of the Old King’s road5 at Katsbaan four
corners.
The width of country here assigned to the Hooge berg in Greene
county (Catskill quadrangle) is from two to three miles, though its
cS O
O G
ft
QJ MH
G 'M O
<u MG G
a ^ rf o
^ "G Gb
rt ^ G w
>> o — .
c:G
+-> c
U +j D U
<V c/3 M -*->
^ | *
§ J.SE
^ p tfl
w o « cK
co CJO <u
<U "G — '
bjO c/) +_,
”G <u ’—l rt
'6 &J §
O O
. O-o C-G
, >-2 ° U
£ c .CD
rt <l> , — _
-” C^tJ
! §&&
O-cS”"
3‘gaa
G u
. ft
<u ,
|£g£
.§< ^
— ' i a: o
co t"’ O
on:
G G <l>
v-< xj >
£
m g^
kj « o
a^ 60 ■««
_ G O
^ O G ..
£ ^ O
+J <1 X3 O
c« G aa
<U . G Q,
+-> <u rG +j
G2 S- G3 In
GJ G <u
G bfi ^ >
$ MU c ^
«*s
L_| i-l 4-J
O r! <D in
OS a g
Gb .5
<L>
- „ S g
O
Wh g
— . G
rG <u
Gd g
^.S
^ g
£ g a
G G H G ^
o <u w o 2
-+-* <L) (/) P
CD « w *"
_ .G4 bO
^ ° .S
j^'S) G G
s C-S 8
SSo14
i^a d
G a;
Ug
o
<u be cti
5 J 2
Gb -t!
G£ -m O +-> __,
o^G
_ G,G
Gy w c
S rt *
sSc s~
ts’g s &
2=5S
o ft
<u (V rz*
rH g Si
U§
S-h (U oT'O
|.f.-sP
c/1 t!'a g?
G G .G
<v 5 -
—j. G
G CD <u
a ° « -
5g*Sjg
CM c b£l
° G .G +J
u u & £
G 2-g 2
Ph r G g
5' rt S £ b2
ffi ^ X!
pH ."G <D
2 £ +->
M .— ■ <L) O
G C cu O
G G hG hm
H Ifl tflH
1 13]
Figure 5 Wall of Manitou from High peak to North mountain and
Stoppel point, continuing figure 4 to north. Note a minor sag crossing all the
ndges to west, to South mountain, through which runs the Rip Van Winkle
ti ail. Looking south of west. Photo: April 1938, W. J. Schoonmaker.
Figure 6 Northern end of the Catskill front, completing the panorama of
figures 4, 5, with outlying Cairo Roundtop (see figure 77) at right. Black¬
head, in middle, is highest peak (3937 feet) visible from Catskill. North
mountain (and Stoppel point) to left, Windham High peak to right. Fore¬
ground is finely developed Hudson Valley peneplain on summit of Kalk Berg
and Hooge Berg hill-ranges. Looking west-northwest from same ledge as
preceding. Photo: April 1938, W. J. Schoonmaker.
[14]
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
15
back line may be a debatable subject. Compared with the greatly
folded and thrusted beds of the Kalk berg, the structure of this
range is simple. All the strata have westward dip, which finds ex¬
pression in the unequal opposite slopes of the hills and in the many
east-facing minor ledges that give variety to its surface. It is, in
short, a zone or belt of westwardly tilted rock terraces. The drain¬
age is thus thrown against the faces of the ledges and constantly
freshens them by undercutting.
Behind the Hooge berg, on the Catskill quadrangle, is a broad
alluvial plain, the Kiskatom flats (figure 77), a name abbreviated
from the Kiskatominakaukee, place of thin-shelled (i. e., shagbark)
hickory nuts, of the aborigines. This plain represents a filling up of
the glacial lake (Lake Kiskatom6) that had its outlet southward
through the High Falls7 pass (figure 44) of the Kaaters kill across
the Hooge berg, plus the grade plain of that creek up to Saxton.
With the termination of these flats, on crossing into Ulster county
east of Saxton the western limit of the Hooge berg shifts eastward
to the two arms of the Miner kill, narrowing this range to about a
mile width past Quarryville and Unionville, widening some thence
to Fish creek as it reaches its culmination in Mt Marion but drop¬
ping almost into insignificance for a short distance southward from
the Platte kill past Ruby. This broad gap in the range, like that
where the Cats kill crosses it, just north of our area, may mark the
course of ancient drainage.
West of the Hoogeberg in Ulster county, or of the Kiskatom flats
in Greene county, begin the lower terraces, or piedmont, of the Cats¬
kill plateau, their width the counter of that of the Hooge berg since
from Overlook mountain northward there is a nearly constant dis¬
tance of four miles from the east base of the Hooge berg to the foot
of the real mountain slope of the Kats berg or Catskill mountains
proper. South of Overlook, however, the piedmont belt swings
widely west, past Woodstock, Baehrsville and Yankeetown, while out
of it rises the short recurved Catskill range of the Tys ten Eyck and
Taantje mountains.8 Less markedly, at the north edge of our area,
the piedmont pushes northwesterly through the Kiskatom Brook gap
behind the outlying knob of Cairo Roundtop.
This piedmont area has even more massive cliffs than those in the
Hooge berg, but with much less west dip. n The effect of master joint¬
ing is conspicuous in the cliffs, giving their eastern fronts great direct¬
ness and parallelism, as is well shown by the straight course of the
400-foot contour line both north and south of Stony brook, and of
the 500-foot contour northwardly from Palenville for two miles.9
16
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Passing now from the Hudson valley up into the mountains, we
find there a very different geography. The mural front or Wall of
Manitou (figure 5) alone parallels the hill ranges of the valley.
Instead, the mountain ranges run directly away from this front.
Starting at Overlook and Plattekill mountains the great central range
(figure 54) goes northwesterly, increasing steadily in height and
massiveness to Hunter mountain (figure 55), its highest peak, 4,025
feet, beyond which (off our area) it gradually declines. The eastern
or front range, starting with South or Kaaterskill mountain, likewise
runs northwest, through North mountain and Stoppel point (figure
5), but reaches its culmination off our map (in Black Dome, 4,004
feet; see figure 10). Between these lie, first, the East Jewett spur
range from Stoppel point west and, second, the short independent
range of High peak and Roundtop10 (figure 52), embraced between
the two cloves. Spur ranges also fray out westward from the central
range, especially the Olde berg south from Plateau mountain and the
range from Overlook past Shady that suddenly swells up into Mt
Tobias. The wholly disconnected range of Tys ten Eyck on the
south, and its small companion, Cairo Roundtop (figure 77), on the
north, have already been mentioned.
The explanation of this difference is in the rocks. In place of the
upturned, folded and belted rocks of the valley, the mountains and
their supporting plateau consist of nearly horizontal strata (figures
47-52) which have exerted no control over the courses of the streams.
In these flat-lying beds the mountains are negative features, namely,
what has remained after the valleys have been carved. Nevertheless,
in this process of valley-carving, a slight southwesterly slope of the
strata has edged the main streams over against the northeast fronts
of the ranges, as is well shown by the Schoharie creek hugging the
central range, and has favored the development of tributaries, hence
of spurs, on the opposite side. Thus the central range (figure 54) is
really a fourth escarpment (see page 11) to add to our list, though
its direction is skewed from that of the others.
Not only these larger, but many minor features of the geography,
will find their explanation in a study of the geologic mapping. But
it may be noted in passing, for explanation later, that while the
mountain ranges do not parallel the valley hills, nevertheless the val¬
leys that cross these ranges do strikingly so parallel the hill ranges,
the river and the Wall of Manitou, a fact illustrated best by Stony
clove and Mink hollow (figures 76, 71 ; see Chadwick, 1916).
The drainage courses of our region tell also a geologic story. On
the mountains, while the drainage pattern is dendritic (branching
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
17
treelike), yet the flow is in general away from the Hudson valley
instead of towards it and nearly all the stream-heads on the eastern
edge of the plateau start off westerly, though some of them get
turned back eastward after a bit through capture by Hudson tribu¬
taries, as described in a later chapter. There is in this westward flow
convincing evidence that the Hudson valley is a late development in
the erosional history of the region, and that the earlier drainage ran
off from high ground where now is the Hudson river, to hurry west¬
ward towards the Mississippi if not to it (Ruedemann, 1932; Fair-
child, 1925, 1928).
All the waters of our area eventually reach the Hudson, however,
those of the southwest by the shorter route of the Esopus creek,
those of the northwest by the 150-mile circuit of the Schoharie kill
and Mohawk river (see Guyot, 1880). But this is not true of the
western Catskills, which drain to the Delaware and the Susquehanna
rivers.
The land is shaped by the streams, sometimes unhindered, but
sometimes the land in turn shapes the streams, as is particularly evi¬
dent in the adjustments that the creeks have made to the parallel
belts of soft and hard rocks in the Hudson valley. Yet, unexpectedly,
most of the mountain tributaries maintain this parallelism, as above
noted, flowing not directly but slantingly down the slopes of the
ranges. Evidently here, in these flat-lying rocks, there are still verti¬
cal zones of weakness that impress the brooks into their pattern and,
since these conform in direction to the master joints of the piedmont
terraces, it seems reasonable that they also are joints, closely spaced
at rather regular intervals of about a mile. Such zones also invite
faulting, especially the internal settling Jmown as “keystone” fault¬
ing (Crosby, 1925), 11 but as yet actual faulting has been demon¬
strated in only the easternmost of these lines, namely that which is
tangent to the east end of North lake.
Stream courses out of tune with the stratigraphy in the valley are
chiefly the effects of glaciation. These include the tortuous post¬
glacial gorge of the Cats kill in Austin’s glen (figures 1, 78), and
also the diagonal courses of both the Kaaters kill and Platte kill
(figure 42) through the Hooge berg. There are similar courses of
two small brooks farther north, on Vedder’s hill, and there is the
remarkable unexplained pass running northeast from High Falls.
The Kaaterskill and Plattekill cloves are noted examples of “stream
capture” (Darton, 1896; Salisbury & Atwood, 1908) 12 to be dis¬
cussed in a later chapter and to these should be added the notch of
the Saw kill at Shady.
18
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Glaciation is responsible likewise for some of the peculiarities of
the Hudson river, particularly for its curious expansion above Alsen
called by the Dutch the Grote imbogt (or Imbocht), great embay-
ment or bight, (of which the modern pronunciation is imbuff). It
must be remembered that the Hudson is a drowned river, a tidal
estuary, spilling up over its former banks, as it does markedly at
Cruger’s island below Saugerties, on the east side. The narrowing
of the river below the mouth of the Cats kill and again at that of the
Esopus at Saugerties is in each case due to recent delta building of
these creeks. But Rogers island is a south outpost of an upsilting
that extends all the way down from Troy and Albany — the “inner
delta” of the Hudson itself.
Supplementary Notes
1 Kill is Dutch for creek. The Cats kill is the stream, and to follow this
name with the word “creek” is tautology, as it is also in the case of the Kaaters
(pronounced, and sometimes spelled, cauters), the Platte (plahtay), the Beaver,
Hans Vosen or other kills of this region. (See N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 92,
p. 86, footnote.) The English unfortunately shifted the creek name to the
mountains, which the aborigines had called Onteora (correctly On-ti-o-ra) or
hills of the sky.
3 Henry Hudson, often miscalled Hendrick (he was an Englishman in Dutch
employ), sailed up the river in the autumn of 1609 on his voyage of discovery.
In 1809, Robert Fulton brought the first steamboat up the Hudson. A joint
celebration and pageant of these events was held in 1909 in the river towns.
3 Saugerties, zaagertjes (as the older inhabitants still pronounce it, and cor¬
rectly) means the little sawyer’s place, but the name of this dweller on the
Saw kill or Sauger’s kill has been long forgotten.
4Katsbaan (kahts-bawn), cats’ haunts, because the pumas had a den under
the low ledge, has one of the oldest churches of the region, with long records.
0 The Old King’s road or royal post road of 1703 followed an ancient trail
that remained only a footpath until 1670. Its original course through the
Fuyk, trod by Gates’s army, was abandoned after the Revolution and the road
relocated to follow the creeks. It was not only the first highway in this
region but in 1830 it was the first “state road,” as distinct from the turnpikes.
Many old buildings line its route.
6 Like most aboriginal names, Kiskatom is accented equally on all syllables —
a safe rule generally. (For Lake Kiskatom see Chadwick, 1910a.)
7 Known to the postal authorities as Great Falls, to distinguish from the post
office of High Falls in Ulster county (Rosendale quadrangle).
8 These names appear on maps in much corrupted forms, such as Ticetonyk
and Tonshi. ’Tys is a Dutch abbreviation for Mattys (Matthew or Matthias),
while Taantje means auntie and on the oldest maps we find it as Taantje
Hoek, auntie’s corners, at a road intersection. This last name and Ohayo
(“Ohio”) mountain have been much shifted around on the maps or inter¬
changed. Ohayo is said to be correctly “Heigho-heigho,” but I can not vouch
for this origin.
9 This parallelism of the contours has three significant interruptions : past
Palenville, past West Saugerties and from Woodstock to Baehrsville. The
“bulging” of the contours at these points signifies the great alluvial fans
of cobbles and gravel and sand built respectively in front of the Kaaterskill
clove, the Plattekill clove and the notch of the Saw kill in post-glacial time,
these being the three main streams that come steeply down out of the plateau.
10 Namely, Kaaterskill (or Palenville) High Peak, and Kaaterskill Roundtop
(or Mt Lincoln), for distinction from other High peaks and Roundtops.
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 19
11 In Mather’s cross section of the Stony clove (see W. W. Mather 1843:
plate 25, figure 8), lie shows a discordance of the beds on the opposite sides
which suggests faulting. Attempts to check this in the field have been defeated
by weather conditions.
“ Clove is a Dutch term for these great clefts in the mountain, of which three
principal ones appear in our area (KaaterskiU, Plattekill and Stony) besides
the Rip Van Winkle (Sleepy Hollow of map) and Winter cloves. Platte
(plahtay) kill or the flat (level) creek, is often misspelled “Plaater” or “Piasters”
by analogy with Kaaters, and this error is found in the postoffice name of the
hamlet (“Plaat Clove”) at its upper end. The locally erected signs read cor¬
rectly: Platte Clove. “Platter” kill is another misspelling. (See Beers’ History
of Greene County 1884, p. 109.)
HISTORICAL ACCOUNT
Geological observations in the Catskills began, so far as found, with •
Dr Samuel Latham Mitchill (1764-1831), of Columbia University,
before the opening of the nineteenth century and with William
Maclure (1763-1840) of Philadelphia at about the turn of the century.
Mitchill’s papers on our region were published in ephemeral ways or
in medical journals and are known to me only through Mease (1807).
He described as schist the compressed Ordovician rocks of Dutchess
and Columbia counties, stating that it served “as a bed to the cal¬
careous strata scattered throughout the country, and [he] mentions
a block of this kind a mile from Claverack and four miles from the
city of Hudson on the river of the same name, presenting a promi¬
nent mass eight hundred acres in superficies, filled with shells, none
resembling which are to be found in the nearest sea, distant a hun¬
dred and forty miles !” (Mease 1807, p. 39; see also p. 42, 50, 403,
406.) This is Becraft’s mountain.
Mitchill imagined (Mease 1807, p. 39-40) concerning Kingsbridge
and Harlem
that at a period unknown in history the ocean covered this ground
and his opinion is supported by all the facts he mentions respecting
the Kaats Kill mountains.
These mountains he has found to consist of the same sandstone
as Blue Ridge, of which he deems them a continuation. He first
imagined these mountains to be of primitive formation, because the
granites and sandstones contained no fossils ; but he soon found con¬
trary indications: as, 1st, the aspect of rocks containing pebbles or
small stones of red and white quartz, sandstone and red jasper, all
evidently rolled and worn by the waters; 2dly, horizontal and very
[page 40] regular strata of these rocks; 3dly, fossil shells unknown
in these seas, the clam and scallop excepted, and found on their
summits in an argillaceous or in a siliceous bed.
In such quotations we see accuracy of observation struggling
through the primitive state of geological science less than a century
and a half ago, when Catskill with a population of only 1,000 was
20
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
twice as large as Buffalo, and larger than Erie and Cleveland com¬
bined (see Melish 1818, p. 78, 87, 107),
Mease (1807, p. 8, 19, 22-24, 37, 40, 404) says that sandstone
proceeds “up the western bank of Hudson’s river to the group of the
Kaats Kill mountains,” the “highest peak” of which (then believed
to be High Peak west of Palenville) was “measured in 1798 by
Peter de la Bigarre” and found to be “3549 feet above the level of
Hudson’s river,” which approximates the present accepted elevation
of 3660 feet though this is far from being the highest peak. He
thinks that all three of the Appalachian ranges (Blue Ridge, Kitta-
tinny and Alleghany) lose themselves eventually in our mountains
or their Delaware county extension (which is a mistake), says that
roofing slate “(schistus tegularis)” “is now extensively worked” in
the township of Rhinebeck and that Hudson’s river below Albany
to present Beacon “flows between two rugged declivities, covered
with thin copses of oaks and firs” (a good description of the “inner
gorge”) and refers again to “the sandstone of Kaats kill” as charac¬
terizing the region from the Hudson and Mohawk as far as Georgia
and west to Tioga, Pa. This is early recognition of the great red-
beds delta deposit later passing current as the “Catskill formation”
(see Chadwick 1936).
Mease gives (1807, p. 455-58) an unequalled word-picture of our
two noted waterfalls, apparently taken from Doctor Mitchill (whom
he always spells Mitchell), calling the creek “Kadir’s kill” and
“Kader’s kill” and the Kaaterskill falls also “Mitchell’s falls” pos¬
sibly in honor of Doctor Mitchill. The latter he says are 162 plus 80
feet high, total 242 feet, while the other (Haines’s) falls he makes
115 feet, with the small fall at top and the lower fall and cascades
adding to 400 feet drop in a quarter of a mile. He alludes (page
59) to the clayslide at West Catskill occurring on June 1, 1796,
(see the account by the Duke de la Roche foucault Liancourt in 1799
quoted by Beers 1884, p. 124), as follows: “Instances of the effect
of streams and rivers, in altering the disposition of the solid materials
through which they run, occur ... at Kaat’s kill, where part of a
hill has fallen down ; . .
Maclure’s work was part of a countrywide survey, the map of
which appearing in 1809 (and 1817) is on too small a scale to give
local detail, nor is such included in his text. The portion of the
Catskill quadrangle between the Hudson and the Jansen kill is colored
as “transition rocks” (which include limestone, graywacke and flinty
slate in his tables), while the Silurian and Devonian area west of
the Hudson is mapped as “floetz or secondary rocks” (which include
v
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
21
old red sandstone and floetz-limestone) thus making them of Meso¬
zoic age in modern parlance.
The cataclysmic philosophy of early earth-science is illustrated in
the next accounts of our region, by Dr Samuel Akerly (1785-1845)
in 1814 and 1820, who, after describing “the whole country north
of the highlands as underlaid with primitive slate, most of the hills
being composed of limestone” (Merrill 1906, p. 223), as they are
around Poughkeepsie, explained his ideas thus: “The highlands of
New York was the southern boundary of a huge collection of water,
which was confined on the west by the Shawangunk and Katts-kill
mountains. The hills on the east of the Hudson confined it there.
When the hills were cleft and the mountains torn asunder, the water
found vent and overflowed to the south. It was then that the chan¬
nel of the Hudson was formed, and its stream has never since ceased
to flow.” Similar theories were held by Mitchill (Merrill 1906, p. 231 )
and others in those days.
The lengthy “account of the Kaatskill Mountains” given in 1820
by Henry Edwin Dwight of New Haven comes next, and was his
sole geological publication. After extolling the scenery, referring to
his description of our two cataracts (pages 17 and 21), he says
(page 12) : “The cascades which I have described, I visited im¬
mediately after the heaviest fall of rain that had occurred within
the memory of the oldest inhabitant.” (This was the storm of July
26, 1819, reported by Mather 1843, p. 42-43, and described by Ben¬
jamin W. Dwight in Silliman’s Journal, v. 4, p. 124-42.)
“Some idea can be formed of the quantity of water that fell, when
it is known that one mile north of the village of Kaatskill, a ravine
was formed by the water directly through a wood, one hundred and
ninety feet in breadth, by seventy-nine in depth, for the distance of
nearly a furlong ; when it united its waters with the Kaatskill creek.”
This I suppose to be the gully entering the Hans Vosen kill from
the west where that is crossed by route 9-W and causing also a twist
in route 23 on the plain above.
Dwight (1820, p. 12) followed Maclure and Eaton (see page 28,
posted) in calling our mountain rocks “secondary” (that is, Meso¬
zoic) but says that those of the river shore are “Wacke.” Under the
head of “Petrifactions” he says (page 13) : “On the Kaatskill creek
three miles above the town, is a cascade of about 20 feet in height.”
(See our figure 23.) “South of this fall, the rocks which form the
bed of the stream, run parallel with the current and are composed
of carbonate of lime. They are partially composed of petrifactions
of the clam, entrocite &c. The entrocites vary in length from one
22 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
to six inches, though they sometimes exceed this. I saw imbedded
in one of the rocks, one fifteen inches in length. They lie on the
surface and in oblique and right angled position.” (Are silicious in
the limestone.) “The entrocites commonly appear straight and re¬
semble vertebrae united to each other. Sometimes they assume a
twisted appearance, as if struggling to escape when first imbedded.
I observed here several pieces of Madrepore adhering to the rock
or imbedded in it, weighing from ten to twenty pounds.” (Notes
flint veins with quartz coatings.) “The rocks forming the bed of
the stream appear to have been rent asunder, leaving cavities of
several feet in breadth and ten in depth, in which, when the stream
is very low, most of the water runs.”
He next gives a good description (pages 13-14) of Diamond hill,
the little knoll of Normanskill rocks opposite the Hoponose (figure
62) that furnished quartz crystals until destroyed about 1890, and
discusses the crystals from here with fluid cavities containing what
Professor Dewey (1819, p. 345) had supposed to be naphtha but
which Dwight takes to be water since a friend’s specimen froze and
burst at — 6 or 8° F. and the fluid evaporated.
Between the village and the mountain, [he says (page 15)] the
country is altered in its appearance. Near the western end of the
bridge, which crosses the Kaatskill at the village, a hill rises to the
height of 150 feet. The rocks which compose this hill are much
more compact than those near the river. They have a dark blue
colour and bear a much stronger resemblance to trap. Half a mile
west of this, a ridge of land rises to the height of fifty feet, when
the country changes to carbonate of lime. These rocks are compact
and filled with petrifactions of the clam, entrocite &c., often in so
great quantities as to compose one sixth of the rock. [See our
figures 19, 27.]
Two miles from the base of the mountain, the Limestone region
terminates. Sand stone immediately appears. The earth here as¬
sumes a more reddish appearance and continues of this colour to the
mountain. The sand stone terminates at the base of the mountain.
As you ascend the mountain, slate begins to appear resting upon
the sand stone below, varying its strata from nearly horizontal to
an angle of 30° [page 16]. [Slate for a third of the ascent, then
sand stone again.] On the peaks of these mountains, are many speci¬
mens of conglomerate or puddingstone. I observed a rock of this
kind (on the peak north of Round Top,) of half a mile in length and
from eight to ten feet in height, forming an immense band to the
mountain, ... [No limestone found on the mountains.]
On the same page “he speaks of “the clove or cleft in the mountain,
which appears to have been formed by some great convulsion of
nature” (figure 7). Then follow (pages 16-23) paragraphs on the
Figure 7 Looking down the Kaaterskill clove east-southeast
from bridge on brink of Haines’ falls, Catskill mountains, to
the distant mist-concealed Hudson valley. A bit of the Rip
Van Winkle trail visible in center. Dark foreground is short
postglacial gorge, with top ledges seen at left and lower right.
Note contrast in slopes between the inner valley, of later de¬
velopment, and the matured upland surface on left (South
mountain). One of the two great ravines opened back into
the “Wall of Manitou” since the erosion of the Hudson valley
to its peneplain level (figures 4-6). Photo: April 1938, W. j.
Schoonmaker.
[23]
Figure 8 Kiskatom sandstones (Portland Point horizon?), the Kaaters
kill at Fawn’s leap (falls) in Kaaterskill clove on Rip Van Winkle trail
about one and three-quarters miles above Palenville, a few rods above
figure 9. Stream abrasion of transported rocks and boulders, giving rounded
and sandpapered effects. Note “sandpapering” also of both bases of portal
and on brink of fall. Looking west. Photo: May 1938, W. Storrs Cole.
[24]
Figure 9 Ice hangings, plucking at Church’s ledge above Moore’s (Moe’s)
bridge on Rip Van Winkle trail in the Kaaterskill clove, about one and one-
half miles west of Palenville and not far below Fawn’s leap (figure 8).
Heavy Kiskatom sandstones topping red shales give special susceptibility to
ice pull. Looking south of west, upstream, from bridge. Photo : E. J. Stein.
[25]
[26]
Figure 10 More subdued older upland surface to north of the Kaaterskill clove (compare deep ravine of figures
50, 7) looking from roof of Hotel Kaaterskill (since burned), two miles east of Haines’ Falls, N. Y., north-
northwest past Stoppel point (right) to the distant Blackhead range (Thomas Cole and Black Dome mountains
visible) on the Durham quadrangle, across the upper end of the north fork of the Schoharie Kill valley now
captured by the Kaaters kill at Kaaterskill falls (figure 48) left of view. Photo: April 1923, C. A. Morrison.
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
27
Kaaterskill clove, its two waterfalls, the Stony clove, the altitude of
the peaks (of which he takes Round Top at 3800 feet to be highest,
meaning probably present High peak), the mountain lakes (said to
be over a hundred feet deep in the center!), and other topics. After
discussing the vegetation, he comes back (page 26) to the streams
and says of the “Schohariekill” (on page 27) : “Hence the waters of
this stream, which originate within three or four miles of the Kaats-
kill, run about one hundred and fifty miles before they unite with
them in the Hudson/'
In 1821 appeared brief papers by Benjamin Wright and by John
P. Jenkins (for titles, see the bibliography chapter), and in 1822
one by David Walker Barton “of Virginia,” giving mineral occur¬
rences and a map which divides the space between the foot of the
mountains and the Hudson into fourteen parallel belts trending about
30° east of north, (described, pages 250-51). He says (page 249) :
“1st, on the side of the mountain which rises immediately to the
north of Kaaterskill clove and about a quarter of a mile from the
dwelling 6f Mr Absalom Smith, is a ledge of common argillaceous
slate, from which during the winter and spring, issues a small stream,
strongly impregnated with alum.” (Deposits it in the form of a
powder.) [Page 250] “It is here collected in considerable quanti¬
ties and employed without farther preparation as a substitute for
the imported alum.” His “2d” is malachite, quartz and baryte in
sandstone two miles east of the mountains and his “3d” is “Fer
Ologiste” or specular iron which he says is frequent in detached
quartz (glacial drift?). “4th, in the channel of a stream, two miles
south-east of the Durhan meeting-house, (Greene county,) I found
the sulphat of iron” associated with plant fossils, etc. Until 1851,
Durham meeting-house with the crumbling village of 1784 stood on
the now vacant hill a mile southeast of present Durham, and the
stream referred to is probably Post’s creek at the spot where stood
Roswell Post’s grist mill, now known as Shady Glen (see Beers 1884,
p. 259), and where the name Catskill was first attached to the red-beds
(Mather 1841, p. 81 ; see Chadwick 1936, p. 27).
In 1823, Dr James Ellsworth Dekay described under the name
Bilobites what he correctly recognized as a double specimen of a
bivalve shell (Conocardium ; see posted, page 35) from our marine
Devonian strata, but which was later confused with forms of “plant”
origin (burrows) and solemnly still so listed in 1889 by Ward (1889,
p. 854-55), collected at Cairo by James Pierce (of Catskill). The
latter, in the same year, produced a rather lengthy paper on our
mountains, covering their “topography, scenery, mineralogy, zoology,
28
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
economical resources &c.” in which the chief item of interest now is
the report (pages 95-96) of a coal bed eight inches thick on the east
face of the mountain (Overlook) in Woodstock.
Meanwhile there had come to our midst a struggling and always
unsuccessful young lawyer, almost fresh from his graduation at
Williams College in 1799, but destined to become the father of Ameri¬
can botany and the pathbreaker for the great geological survey of
New York. This man was Amos Eaton (1776-1842), until his death
senior professor of sciences at Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy.
He was admitted to the bar in Catskill in May 1804, his sons born
here between that year and 1809, and his household as shown by the
1810 census, including his parents, totalled nine persons (Beers 1884,
p. 33, 41). He was in such straits, according to Stuart Gager, that
his popular manual of botany came to birth in a debtors’ prison. In
Catskill, his love for science developed ; I believe he founded a local
“lyceum” or natural history society (see Silliman’s Journal, v. 3,
p. 237) that continued to flourish after his departure ( vide posted,
page 30). For in 1816, at the age of forty, discouraged, his father
and mother dead, he gave up law and went to study under Professor
Silliman at Yale and began his marvelous career by tramping all
over New England and New York giving short lectures and arousing
such enthusiasm that he was drawn back to his alma mater, then to
more profitable and permanent positions and, becoming the favorite
of Stephen van Rensselaer, in 1824 to Troy. In that year was pub¬
lished his first short paper of local interest, having to do with the
introduction in England of the new name “Carboniferous” including
at base the old red sandstone, and the question of its adoption in
America. This was followed by many others (see bibliography).
But already in 1818, while still lecturing at Williams College, he
had put out his first 52-page book, known as the “Index,” which in
1820 went to a second edition with 286 pages. Opposite page 6 of
the first edition is a “geological traverse from Catskill mountain to
the Atlantic,” on which appear in order the names “Catskill Mt.,
Eaton’s mill, Kiskatom, Cautrix kill, Catskill, Hudson river.” I have
not learned where Eaton’s mill was situated. He classified our rocks
(pages 25-33) as “8. Metalliferous limestone. 9. Argillaceous &
Siliceous slate. 10. Graywacke slate. 11. Rubblestone.”— these being
included in the “transition” rocks, and “12. Red sandstone. 13.
Breccia. 14. Compact limestone.” — these being called “secondary”
as by his predecessors. One does not get the idea that he saw as yet
clearly the true stratigraphic succession of our formations. In the sec¬
ond edition he shifted the old red sandstone down into the transition
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
29
rocks, but left the breccia and the compact limestone in the secondary.
(See his pages 187, 190-91, 193-94, 207-9, 216-18, 225.)
Later in 1824 came from the press his book on the Erie Canal
survey. That he was still classifying rocks by their mineral consti¬
tution instead of their time order is evident (page 34) in his state¬
ment under “13. Graywacke” (page 33) : “But it is coloured . . . red
with the peroxyd of iron near the foot of Catskill mountain. Locali¬
ties. — ... It constitutes most of the Catskill and Allegany moun¬
tains.” On the same page he defines the “14. Old Red Sandstone.”
and says :
But it is very abundant near the top of Catskill mountain, about
forty miles south of Schenectady. It contains petrifactions of branch¬
ing corallines, resembling the roots of woody plants. These petrifac¬
tions, being mistaken for dry land plants, have caused this rock to
be placed in the secondary class. I have traced a single branch of
this petrification more than thirty feet in this rock. [Page 35] One
mile south of Pine Orchard, on Catskill mountain, this petrifaction
is very abundant in this rock.
Pine orchard is the site of the Mountain House, and the old flag
quarries a mile south are good collecting grounds for fossil tree-ferns.
On page 92 he again says of the old red sandstone: “It is in layers
alternating with the highest layers of graywacke, towards the top
of Catskill mountains, and of its subsiding ridges.” And on page 93
he once more mentions “the old red sandstone of the Catskill moun¬
tains,” foreshadowing the adoption of the name Catskill for these
red-beds.
Yet to the (page 37) “22. Cornitiferous Limerock” of the valley
(our Onondaga) he gives a higher position and says of it (page 38) :
“It seems to be the most extensively continuous shell-limerock in our
district.” On page 136 he calls it “(or Second Shell Limerock.)”
There are other mentions of the Catskill mountains (pages 89, 151,
152) and Greene county (page 90), especially (page 44) : “Whereas
the Catskill mountains and their subsiding ridges, which manifestly
appertain to the Green Mountain range, are very barren in useful
minerals.” And (page 45) : “I venture to add that the Catskill
Mountain graywacke does not cross the Mohawk any where west of
Schoharie Kill.” (This is perilously like a formation name.)
Adverting further to the age of the graywacke and its associated
rocks, and having in mind Diamond hill, he says (page 84) : “Do
not the limerocks about Hudson and Catskill belong to the transition
class, overlay transition sandstone and pass under the Catskill Moun¬
tain graywacke? Is not the rock at Catskill, from which so many
crystals are taken, transition sandstone? All these localities ought
30
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
to be attentively examined by the members of the Hudson and Cats-
kill lyceums.” (Page 86) : “All the graywacke which lies south of
the canal, is connected with the Catskill Mountain range.”
(Page 87) : “The rubble graywacke is very common in the vast
graywacke district connected with the Catskill mountains. . . . The
red wacke forms an extensive layer alone the font of Catskill moun¬
tain, west and northwest of the village of Catskill, about forty miles
southwesterly from Albany. . . . My opinion has lately been confirmed
by Prof. Silliman [page 88] and the president of the Catskill lyceum,
who examined it in place. See Silliman’s Journal of Science.” (This
reference seems to be to Pierce 1823; see Silliman’s American Jour¬
nal, v. 5, p. 405.)
“Grindstone grit and hone slate are very common in the graywacke
rocks connected with Catskill Mountains.” (The best are said to be
at Blenheim, Schoharie county.)
Field classes in geology began with Eaton in 1817 at Williams,
and Catskill became one of their objectives. We find his recording
(1830a, p. 153-54) that he and his students “spent Sunday in Catskill”
on June 27, 1830, but that was only one out of many such visits.
There is direct mention of our region in every one of his writings that
is listed in the bibliography.
Eaton lived to cooperate with (see Eaton 1839) and rejoice over
the completed labors of the great natural history survey of New York
that he did so much to have established, but not to enjoy the bulky
volumes of the final reports. The work that he began of untangling
the rocks of our Catskill mountains is now being furthered by the
writer, just one hundred years his junior.
Before the state survey was organized, Dr James Eights (1798-
1882) of Albany, explorer later of the Antarctic, ran some articles in
a short-lived magazine. Accepting the term Carboniferous, inclusive
of the old red sandstones, he says (1835, p. 27) of “that magnificent
carboniferous group:” “Its eastern origin is along the shores of the
Hudson river, from which it stretches out, in a nearly horizontal
position, far away into the remote regions of the west, . . . the base
of the Rocky mountains.” The descent from the Pennsylvania line
west of Broome county to the St Lawrence river he describes as
“down a series of gigantic steps — first, the great coal measures ; next,
the carboniferous limestones; then, the old red sandstone; fourth,
the graywacke slates, and lastly the transition limestones,” showing
that he confused the Silurian red rocks with the old red sandstone
(see postea, page 119).
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
31
The most recently indurated rocks of the South of New York [he
says] are unquestionably the Coal Measures of foreign geologists.
They are of great extent, covering about one-third of the whole State ;
and passing into Pennsylvania, . . . Their eastern termination is by
an irregularly elevated ridge of hills, commencing in the western part
of the county of Orange, and extending in a north direction a few
miles from the Hudson river, until they reach the county of Albany,
including in the range, the whole of what are denominated the Catskill
mountains. [This description includes the Hooge berg.]
The greatest elevation of these coal measures [he continues] are
the Catskill mountains, whose summits attain the altitude of three
thousand eight hundred and four feet, above the tide water of the
Hudson river, nearly two thirds of which may with propriety be
considered as being occupied by its numerous strata, but in proceeding
west, they by no means retain this considerable thickness, for. their
superior strata appear to have been swept almost entirely away. From
this great elevation, in descending along its eastern face, these altera¬
tions may be seen projecting one beyond the other, in such a manner
as to form a seemingly regular series of steps, plainly exhibiting a
southerly inclination, which is distinctly visible, from any elevated
situation along the opposite shore of the river, and more particularly
so. should their upper surfaces be covered with the snows of winter.
The. southerly dip was of course what Eights saw from Albany
or Greenbush, and so does not fit the Wall of Manitou.
Mentioning the Blossburg coal field, he thinks (page 28) that no
workable coal “can ever be found of the like importance along this
northern termination of the coal measures, for I conceive it to be
probable, that these beds occupy a situation in the series, much su¬
perior to the strata found in our State, with the exception of those
at their eastern confines, where the whole series swells out to their
entire thickness, and forms the elevated range of the Catskill moun¬
tains.” (In this, as in the previous paragraph, Eights was of course
mistaken as to the horizontally and correlation of the layers.)
Continuing, he says :
From the summit of these mountains, red sandstones may be dis¬
tinctly seen descending by repeated alternations, each succeeding
stratum, becoming gradually thinner and thinner, and finer in its
particles, until they terminate nearly midway in the series, and al¬
though they very much resemble the old red sandstones of the west,
they can readily be distinguished by their organic remains.
This may be a comparison with the Medina sandstone of western
New York, which is early Silurian.
In his “notes,” Eights (1836, p. 114) describes the “Great Falls”
of the Esopus (Glenerie falls) and adds:
32
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
It is near this place that the Catskill mountains attain their greatest
altitude, being elevated nearly four thousand feet above the tide water
of the Hudson river, and the whole mass is unquestionably consti¬
tuted by the millstone grits and shales of the true coal measures
of foreign geologists. The upper stratum, and that which forms the
summit of the mountain, is a coarse conglomerate of great thickness,
[on ‘‘red sand-stone,” while lower is “grauwacke slate”].
On page 115 he speaks of the “gritty clay-slate” (our Esopus
shale), occurring in the bed of the Esopus and containing “a multitude
of cock-tails,” which caused Mather (1843, p. 342) and Vanuxem
(1842, p. 127) to refer to it as the “cocktail grit of Dr Eights.” A
woodcut section from the Catskill mountains to the Hudson river
at Glasco is given by him (page 116), and later (page 147) he speaks
of the plant fossils “so abundantly to be met with in ascending the
zigzag road, to the mountain house of Pine Orchard, from below.”
(See figures 5 and 6 of Chadwick 1936.)
The geological (and natural history) survey of New York was
organized in 1836, following a report to the Legislature by John A.
Dix, secretary of state, who gave a list of papers published to date
in Silliman’s Journal (American Journal of Science) on the geology
of New York, and Lieut. William Williams Mather (1804-59) of
West Point was assigned to cover our district. Other survey mem¬
bers whose names concern us are Lardner Vanuxem and James Hall,
the latter entering the ranks in 1837 and becoming the renowned
state geologist for a period of over half a century after the close of
the survey.
Mather’s first annual report (1837, p. 64) mentions only (so far
as we are concerned) the occurrence of limestone for lime and
hydraulic cement in the “Helderberg and Catskill Mountain ranges.”
These first reports were reviewed by Professor Chester Dewey
(1837). Mather’s second report (1838, p. 166) interests us only
for his account of Becraft’s mountain, Hudson. He speaks of “The
lower beds of limestone of Becraft’s mountain,” meaning the Man¬
lius; “The middle beds of Becraft’s mountain,” meaning the New
Scotland, and says: “The upper beds of limestone in this mountain,
are distinctly crystalline,” referring to our present Becraft limestone.
From this beginning of real discrimination of geological forma¬
tions in New York, five years of work by the survey gave us that
elaborate succession of rocks in the “New York series” which im¬
mediately became the pattern for the rest of the country and which
has so marvellously stood the test of time. Upon what slender basis
the survey had to build is evident in the quotations above given at
some length chiefly because they are comparatively inaccessible today,
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
33
but also to emphasize the strides that were made in each successive
annual report of these men.
In the third report, Timothy Abbott Conrad (1803-1877), paleon¬
tologist of the survey, gave (Conrad 1839, p. 62-63) an inchoative
classification of our “transition” (that is, Paleozoic) rocks, the De¬
vonian not having then been distinguished from Silurian and Car¬
boniferous, which may be summarized briefly (see Merrill 1902,
table). Below the “10. Carboniferous strata, (in Pennsylvania),”
he groups all the rest as “ROCKS OF NEW- YORK” in four divi¬
sions: “Old Red Sandstone Group, (Murchison.)” “Medial Silurian
strata.” “Lower Silurian strata.” and “Cambrian System, (Sedg¬
wick.)” These are pretty closely what the survey later called re¬
spectively the Erie division, Helderberg and Ontario divisions and
Champlain division, with a long belated recognition of the Cambrian.
Under the highest, with a subhead “Old Red Sandstone?”, he has “9.
Olive sandstone, (organic remains undetermined, except a few land
plants, very rare,)” which is possibly our Ashokan, and “8. Dark
coloured shales” of which the fossils listed are plainly Hamilton
forms, and “Black slate” with “Posidonia” which is the Marcellus*.
Under the medial Silurian come “7. Gray Brachiopodous sand¬
stone, Helderberg sandstones, Helderberg limestones, Second Penta-
merus limestone” tabulated and followed by their diagnostic fossils;
these show an inversion of order of the first three, the brachiopodous
sandstone being the Oriskany and the Helderberg sandstones the
Esopus (and probably our Schoharie), while the Helderberg lime¬
stones have a bare sprinkling of Lower Helderberg species in a
goodly list of Ulsterian (Upper Helderberg) fossils, chiefly of the
present Onondaga limestone. The last member is Lower Helderberg.
Then (page 63) : “6. Gypseous shales” now Bertie and Camillus,
“Rochester shales,” with no mention of the Lockport limestones, and
“Pentamerus limestone” which is Clinton, together with “5. Green
slate, lenticular iron ore, &c.” “4. Niagara sandstone, (red)” which
is the Medina.
In the lower Silurian: “3. Salmon river sandstone, (olive)” with
Lorraine fossils, and “Green slate” with “Agnostis pisiformis” which
he wisely qualifies with the statement: “The position of this rock
with Agnostus was determined by Mr Vanuxem,” for (see change
to A. latus in Conrad 1840, p. 201) it belongs up in the Clinton group.
Then “2. Gray crinoideal limestone” (with the fossils of the next),
“Trenton limestone and slate,” “Mohawk limestone” now Black River
group, “Gray limestone with sparry veins” meaning calcite, now
34 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Lowville, “Gray calcareous sandstone’’ later the “Calciferous” or
Beekmantown in its broad sense.
What interests most is what Conrad at this early day put in the
Cambrian, as not adequately shown by Merrill (1902), namely “1.
Olive sandstone and slate” with “Fucoides serra, (Brong.),” a grapto-
lite of the “Quebec group” and of the Deepkill “Hudson River” beds
of New York (Ruedemann 1904, p. 655) ; “Variegated sandstone,
(Potsdam sandstone of Emmons,)” with “Dictuolites radians” (uni¬
dentified). The inclusion of Hudson River rocks in the Cambrian
was no accident. On page 57, after stating that the Cambrian and
Silurian systems are unconformable in Europe, Conrad says: “The
upper term of the Cambrian system may be recognized in the vertical
and contorted slates and olive sandstones of the Hudson river, ex¬
tending from Newburgh to Glen’s Falls.” Again: “Over the highly
inclined strata of the [page 58] Cambrian or Hudson system, rest
in a nearly horizontal position the Silurian strata,” and: “In the
report of the geologist of Pennsylvania, the olive sandstone of the
Cambrian or Hudson strata, has been confounded with the fourth
rock of the Silurian system, known by the name of Salmon river
sandstone, which formation is admirably characterized in New-York,
Pennsylvania and Ohio, by the Pterinea carinata of Gold fuss.”
Conrad describes (pages 64-66) from other localities some new
species that are now known also from our area.
In the same volume, Vanuxem (1839, p. 272) says that “the water
lime group of Manlius, . . . well characterized by its fossils,” is
“found from the Hudson to Cayuga Lake” ; adding in the next report
(Vanuxem 1840, p. 376), where he calls it the “Manlius water lime
group,” “I have traced it ... to the hills in the rear of Hudson. It
affords the most profitable limestone for burning of the whole series
of limestone rocks, . . . requiring less wood to calcine a given measure
. . . From Cayuga to Hudson river, kilns are arranged by the sides
or upon the top of this rock.” The Hudson reference is to Becraft’s
mountain.
This fourth annual report holds much on our region. Dekay (1840,
p. 18-19, 26) lists fossil mammals. Professor Lewis Caleb Beck,
chemist, and mineralogist of the survey, describes (Beck 1840, p. 40,
52) the quartz crystals of Diamond hill and along the Canajoharie
and Catskill railway in Austin’s glen, with other minerals from the
Normanskill strata; also (page 60) gypsum at Hudson and (page
68) calcite on the railway in the glen, with a list of other minerals
in Greene county and analyses of marl from near Catskill and of
Lower Helderberg limestone from Austin’s. Conrad (1840, p. 204-7)
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
35
describes further species from elsewhere that occur here too, and
especially (page 206) “Pleurorhyncus cuneus ” (now Conocardium)
of which he says : “This is the fossil well-known as the bilobite, which
is a crushed specimen.”
In the same fourth report, Mather (1840) gave about six pages to
our rocks and their local exhibition, under the headings “Hudson
River Slate group, Helderberg group, Catskill Mountain group and
tertiary and alluvial formations.” He describes the first (page 212)
as “consisting of slates, shales and grits, with interstratified lime¬
stones, all of which occur under various modifications,” and says:
“This group is overlaid unconformably in many places by the various
rock formations of more recent origin.” Further (page 257) : “The
Hudson slate group corresponds in many respects with the ‘Cambrian
system’ of Professor Sedgwick, to which it may be a geological
equivalent. . . . From Kingston, the Hudson slate group ranges along
the right or western bank of the Hudson to Albany, underlaying the
superincumbent rocks unconformably, with few exceptions.” Coal
had been sought in it (page 256) at Coxsackie.
Of the Helderberg group, which he describes (page 212) as “com¬
posed of various strata of common and hydraulic limestones of
various colours and textures (enclosing a great variety of fossil
remains), interstratified with grits and shales,” he says: “It includes
the limestones of the Helderberg, of Schoharie, Saugerties, Kingston,
. . .” and (page 236) that it skirts the Catskill Mountain rocks “in
a parallel zone, and underlies them, it is supposed, through their
whole extent,” while it extends from New Baltimore “southwardly,
by Catskill and Saugerties, to Rondout.” On page 238: “Near New
Baltimore, Coxsackie and thence on by Catskill, . . . the principal
masses of this formation are similar to those of Becraft’s mountain,
near Hudson and contain the pentamerus limestone, tentaculite lime¬
stone and water limestone. In some places the sparry limestone and
shale are found in addition to the preceding, which are the principal
extensive strata of this formation, in the district under examination
this year.” The names used denote respectively the Kalkberg-Coey-
mans, Manlius and Rondout; the Becraft and Catskill limestones of
our map. As uses for these rocks Mather gives building stone,
marbles, common lime and hydraulic lime.
His comments on structure (of the Helderberg rocks) are brief.
(Mather 1840, p. 213) : “from Kingston to Coxsackie, the rocks
are upheaved, and sometimes overturned.” (Page 241) : “The cement
beds and overlying limestones, up the valley of the Rondout, (and in
fact north to New-Baltimore), are very much broken up, upheaved,
overturned even, and contorted very much.”
36 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Mather’s discussion (1840, p. 212, 213, 227-28) of the Catskill
mountain group or series has been reprinted in Museum Bulletin 307
(Chadwick 1936, p. 7-11) except the following portions. After de¬
limiting the group to “the high mountain region of Greene, Ulster” and
adjacent counties, he goes on to say (page 213) : “The streams flow in
deep valleys which seem to have been formed by erosive action, since
the strata in most instances correspond on the opposite sides of the
valleys. There are some exceptions, where there are indications of
great fractures and rents of the strata, which traverse the country
for many miles, and give direction to the streams.” Does this refer
to the supposed keystone fault valleys? He adds that the soils,
though good, are laborious to bring under cultivation in the heavy
timber.
His account of the minerals in cornstone (see note 5, page 121,
posted), following his statement (page 228) that the group is barren
of useful minerals, is incorporated into his final report (1843,
p. 314), which is on the shelves of most libraries.
Under the head of “Flagging stones, grindstones &c.” Mather
(1840, p. 231) says: “The only rock of the Catskill mountain series
that is applied extensively to useful purposes, is a bluish gray slaty
sandstone which is quarried as a flagging stone.” Saugerties and
Bristol (Malden) are mentioned among shipping points on the river.
(See Mather 1843, p. 318-19 for the rest.)
“The tertiary and alluvial lands,” Mather says (page 213), “are
level or with small hills. The former are generally terraces of nearly
level land, at an elevation of 10 to 150 feet above the streams in
the valleys.” Under “Alluvions” (page 214) he lists “those of the
Esopus creek ... to near the Esopus Falls; those of the Catskill
and Katerskill creeks; and the Schoharie flats” which he says “have
long and justly been celebrated for their exuberant fertility.” Speak¬
ing of the mud flats along the river, he remarks (page 215) : “The
most extensive and important of these alluvial flats may be classed
as deltas on a small scale and they extend some distance above and
below the mouths of the Rondout, Esopus and Catskill creeks.”
From the clays of the “tertiary” (page 226) : “Bricks are exten¬
sively manufactured in Greene and Ulster counties. The principal
places of this manufacture are Coxsackie, Athens, Glasco, Catskill
&c. and the average aggregate number made in these two coun¬
ties may be estimated at 20,000,000 of bricks per annum.” A further
paragraph covering the “range” of the clay past these localities is
reproduced in Mather 1843, page 131, and a mention of a sulphur
spring (page 257) in 1843, page 93.
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
37
In the fifth (last) annual report Mather (1841, p. 66-67) gave
further account of the progressive filling up of the Hudson with
alluvium (see Mather 1843, p. 4-5), and (pages 72-73) of the glacial
and postglacial deposits of the Hudson valley, correcting his former
reference of the clays to the tertiary and correctly assigning them
to an age between the tertiary and the alluviums, though not using
the name Quaternary for them until 1843. His lengthy description
of the Catskill Mountain series is mostly copied in Museum Bulletin
307 (pages 12-20) or repeated in 1843 (pages 302-7, 313, 316,
318-19), while the latter (pages 351-52, 368-69, 394) contains the
essence of his remarks on the lower formations.
'“A line of fracture and anticlinal axis,” he says (page 64), . .
passes near Kingston, thence on by the falls of the Esopus creek
(half a mile east of them,) by Saugerties, along the ridge between
Catskill village and the Katerskill creek on the road to the Mountain
House; near Madison three miles northwest of Catskill; four miles
west of Athens ; . . And further : “On the west side of this axis
of fracture and elevation, the rocks dip to the westward at variable,
but generally at small angles, while on the east side, they dip at a
high angle to the eastward and are frequently vertical in their strati¬
fication.” In a footnote he speaks of “a great variety of curious
contortions of the rocks.” Madison is now Leeds, N. Y.
In this volume, Conrad (1841) reported Calymene Blumenbachii
(page 38) from “the grit slate of Eaton” (now the Schoharie shaly
limestone) “at Col. Clarke’s, near Saugerties.” The rock named is
number 18 of his more complete but still faulty table of Silurian
formations on page 31. The name Devonian seems here (page 41)
to make its first appearance in these reports, including only the old
red sandstone, and Conrad now writes (page 43) of the Carboni¬
ferous: “This system is not known to be represented within the
limits of New York, unless it be on the summit of the Catskill
mountain.” On page 47 he lists it as among those that are wanting.
He describes about 60 new fossils, (pages 48-57), of which a number
occur also hereabouts, and particularly (page 55) two “Oriskany
sandstone” (Glenerie limestone) forms from “near Saugerties,”
namely Atrypa (now Leptocoelia) flabellites, as “abundant,” and A.
fnow Plethorhyncha) pleio pleura.
The great tomes on the natural history of New York followed,
namely, for earth-science: Beck 1842 on the minerals, Dekay 1842
on zoology but with fossil mammals and a list of fossil fishes in¬
cluded, Vanuxem 1842 on the geological district to the west of
Mather’s but with matter bearing on our area as quoted or alluded
38
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
to beyond, and the geological map of the State (New York Geological
Survey 1842 ; a second edition in 1844) ; then Mather 1843 on our
district. Contemporaneous with the last was the paper of the brothers
Rogers (1843) on the Appalachian folds to the southwest. Then
came Emmons 1846 on the rocks and soils of New York. From this
point onward it is unnecessary to dwell on more than the outstanding
contributions ; the others will in most cases merely be listed. Many
titles included in the bibliography of Museum Bulletin 307 (Chad¬
wick, 1936) and which have no further special bearing, are omitted
entirely.
There followed a breathing spell while the world digested these
herculean labors, broken only by Emmons (1854, American Geology)
and Marcou’s map (1855) of the geology of the United States and
Canada. Emmons says (1854, p. 29) : “The Hudson river runs upon
a line of fracture which extends from New York to Montmorenci
in Canada East, Lake Champlain being a wider and deeper fissure
than that along which the river flows.” Announcement of this great
overthrust is generally credited to Logan, of Canada, in 1863.
In 1858, Dr John J. Bigsby, an Englishman, gave an extended
review of New York geology and in the same year Professor Andrew
C. Ramsay, later director of the geological survey of Great Britain,
described glacial features of the Hudson valley and Catskill moun¬
tains, giving a map of the striae in the vicinity of the Mountain
House and a section of the Kaaterskill clove “below the Falls of
Catskill, showing boulder-drift covering its sides.” (For Hall’s men¬
tion of his visit see Bulletin 307 : 51.)
Publication of the Paleontology of New York by James Hall was
already actively under way. In 1859 appeared the great volume on
the Lower Helderberg and Oriskany fossils, with plates bound sepa¬
rately, and including many mentions of localities within our area
where the given species had been found; but more important is the
review of the geology of New York and all eastern North America
constituting the 96 pages of Introduction. (The distinction between
Lower and Upper Helderberg had been made by Hall in 1851.)
This was followed in 1861 by Lincklaen’s summary (museum guide)
of the stratigraphy of New York. Each of these marks progress in
knowledge of the rocks of our area. Minor papers are those of
Hunt 1864, Dwight 1866.
The brachiopods of our middle Devonian appeared in the next
volume of the Paleontology (Hall 1867) ; then a compendium of all
Silurian fossils by Bigsby (1868), and in 1869 the large scale map
of Canada and adjacent states by Logan and Hall. Vigorously
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
39
working on our fossils, Hall put out in 1874 the descriptions of
bryozoa and corals of our Lower Helderberg, the figures not issued
till 1879 and the whole volume in 1883, and another (very rare)
book of plates of middle Devonian corals in 1876. In the latter year
there was a paper by Rossiter W. Raymond (1876), on the Burden
iron ore ; in 1877 came the first edition of S. A. Miller’s compendium
of American Paleozoic fossils and in 1878 Bigsby’s of all Devonian
fossils.
Callaway (two titles, 1878) was an English professor temporarily
at the State Museum, bringing English ideas to bear on our rocks
and their correlations. Sherwood’s section (1878) of our red-beds
was based on a suite of specimens deposited at Albany which was
discarded when the Museum moved into the Education Building.
The year 1879 saw another volume (plates separate) of the Paleon¬
tology (Hall 1879), comprising the middle Devonian univalve mol¬
luscs, and the first edition of Macfarlane’s geological railway guide.
The miniature folding of our limestone belt came as a new discovery
to Professor Nathaniel Southgate Shaler (1879) of Harvard Uni¬
versity, who at about that time, in conjunction with Professor Wil¬
liam Morris Davis, his colleague, began bringing geological parties
to Catskill. Davis’s papers are mentioned shortly.
The influence on geological thought of Professor James Dwight
Dana’s great “Manual of Geology” has not been noted in these pages.
Dana fell heir at Yale to Silliman’s mantle, having married Silliman’s
daughter, and became the leading geologist of our country. His
manual went through five editions, in 1863, 1864, 1875, 1880 and
1895. The 1880 edition (denominated the “third”) still holds pretty
closely to the nomenclature and classification of the earlier ones, as far
as our region is concerned, and still puts the Lower Helderberg and
Oriskany in the Silurian, where Hall had them in 1859. In 1880
came Guyot’s important paper on the altitudes and physiography of
the Catskills, pointing out the peculiar cross-direction of the ranges,
the unsymmetrical development of the spur-ranges on west side only,
the abnormalities of drainage and the suggestion of what we would
now call a peneplain in the decline in both directions of their summits
from a ridgepole of the three highest peaks (see pages 229 and 232).
A short paper by Julien was published in 1881.
Davis’s paper of 1882, the first working out of our folded struc¬
tures, was epochal and was followed by three other illuminating
articles in the next year that focussed attention on the marvelous
development here of Appalachian tectonics and physiographic types
in convenient compass, with a concentrated cross section of nearly
40
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
the entire New York series of the Paleozoic, and brought the world
to our doors.
In 1883 also, Hall on bryozoa and corals (two titles) and the
second edition of Miller’s fossil lists preceded the appearance (1884,
1885) of Hall’s two volumes of the Paleontology comprehending the
middle Devonian bivalve molluscs and completing volume V (in four
covers). Beers (1884), partly written by Henry Brace, included
various pages on local geology. Smock (1885) raised the question of
local glaciers in the Catskills. In 1887 Hall brought together his
accounts of the corals and bryozoans of our Lower Helderberg and
of middle Devonian bryozoans, in volume VI of the Paleontology.
A paper by Hinde (1887) is on a fossil sponge, abundant in our
Kalkberg limestone and higher.
Dr John Mason Clarke, Hall’s equally illustrious successor, col¬
laborated in volume VII, appearing in 1888, in which year Professor
Ashburner of Pleasantville, Pa., the oil and gas expert of the survey
of that state, gave a summary of the rocks and their thicknesses in
our mountains and the log of a deep well drilled (unsuccessfully)
for oil near Cairo.
Then came (1889) Clarke’s important paper (with a second one
in 1891) opening up the question of the Devonian age of our Lower
Helderberg rocks, instead of their being Silurian as so long regarded,
a proposition that gained favor but is now being reexamined ; in the
same year, Newberry’s monograph of fossil fishes, largely from other
parts of the country, Ward’s long compilation on fossil plants, includ¬
ing “fucoids” and the Bilobite of Dekay, the new enlarged compen¬
dium of Miller, and Upham’s discussion of mountain glaciation ap¬
peared, with Hubbard’s first mention of the pothole at Church’s
opposite Catskill; in 1890, Beecher, Kimball, Smock, the second edi¬
tion of Macfarlane (inaccurate as to the Catskill Mountain Railway,
supplied by W. B. Dwight) ; in 1891, Beecher, Hall, Prosser, Clarke’s
second paper on the Lower Helderberg as Devonian, and Ries (two
titles) on our clays.
In 1892, Beecher announced the finding of the Oriskany (later
the Glenerie) at Becraft’s mountain, giving a list of fossils by Doctor
Clarke ; there also were papers by A. H. Cole and W. M. Davis, and
Miller’s first appendix to his compend. More important were Darton
1893, Hall and Clarke 1893, Willis’s great work in the same year
on the manner of formation of folds such as we have in our limestones
(no local mention). Darton’s two reports in 1894 have much on our
area and it is worthy of note that with Nelson Horatio Darton of
the U. S. Geological Survey and Professor Heinrich Ries of Cornell
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
41
we come to the first names of men now living who have worked
in our quadrangles. Both made lasting contributions. Nason’s report
(1894) accompanied Darton’s. There was a popular article by
Ingram (1894) on flagstone quarrying and McGee’s large geological
map of New York State, an enterprise long awaited and eagerly
welcomed, in which the state and federal surveys c operated.
In 1895 the new (and last) edition of Dana’s manual put the
Oriskany into the Devonian and reflected the newer thought of the
red-beds in our mountains as a facies rather than a formation. In¬
stead of deposits of a lagoon, estuary or fresh-water lake (as previ¬
ously they had been considered), Dana now calls them “sea border
deposits,” which was a step ahead of calling them marine as he did
in 1880 (page 290), and it is specially worthy of note that he ex¬
tended them down into the Hamilton (pages 576, 603). There is
also Bather 1895.
In 1896 Darton called attention to stream piracy in the Kaater skill
and Plattekill cloves. Ries (1897) also referred to the Hamilton the
red shales near Cairo Roundtop used for paving brick manufacture
in the newly opened shale-brick plant at Catskill. Paleontological
papers in that year include Girty 1897, the second appendix to Miller,
and Schuchert’s synoptical index to our fossil brachiopods. Merrill’s
bulletin 19, in 1898, with its wealth of illustration, a glorified and
modernized edition of Lincklaen’s guide, was unfortunately soon out
of print. The report by Prosser (1899) and the bulletin by Ries
(1899), the papers by Eastman and by Grabau, and Clarke’s hand¬
book (1899) all concern our area, but are overshadowed.
For late in that year, with the turn of the century, came Clarke
and Schuchert’s epoch-making, sweeping revision of our stratigraphic
nomenclature and classification, immediately republished in Clarke’s
memoir (1900) on Becraft’s mountain; in 1900 also, Nickles and
Bassler, Osborn, Schuchert; in 1901, Brigham, Clarke, Ries and the
greatly improved new geological map of the State (not yet super¬
seded) compiled under F. J. H. Merrill, the new director of the state
museum after Hall’s death, and explained by him (Merrill 1902)
with a summary of the history and evolution of the study of New
York strata; in 1902 also, two papers by Clarke, now state paleon¬
tologist, and one by Ulrich and Schuchert explaining by an ingenious
theory of barriers and basins (troughs) some things that we now
understand as due to facies. The year 1903 has Clarke (three titles),
Dickinson, Grabau, Hartnagel, Prosser, Schuchert, Upham, van
Ingen and Clark, and Whitlock, the most novel of these being Hart-
nagel’s determination of the “Coralline” (Cobleskill) limestone as
of Cayugan instead of Niagaran age.
42
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
In 1904 came Grabau (two titles), Jackson, New York State
Museum, Peet, Ruedemann, Ulrich and Bassler; in 1905, Clarke,
Hartnagel, Rafter, Talbot, Upham and particularly Woodworth. (In
1905 also began the long series of annual bulletins by David H. New-
land, later with Hartnagel, on the mining and quarry industry of
New York, not included in the bibliography chapter.) Grabau’s work
in 1906 contains a good deal on our area and is useful locally for its
figures of the characteristic fossils of the various formations. In
that year, John Lyon Rich announced his discovery of an indubitable
local glacial circ and moraine in the Catskills, west of Prattsville.
Clifton James Sarle, 1906, showed the burrow nature of the supposed
algal plant (fucoid) Taonurus cauda-galli of our Esopus shale and
opened a new field of thought concerning many so-called fucoids.
George P. Merrill’s indispensable history of American geology came
out in the same year. The eminent mineralogist, Samuel Lewis Pen-
field of Yale University, a native of Catskill, passed away in his
prime ; his biography was published by Miers, 1907.
In 1907, besides Eastman’s memoir, appeared a paper by Professor
Angelo Heilprin of the University of Pennsylvania accompanied by
a beautifully engraved map reduced from the topographic sheets
(American Geographical Society 1907), on our Catskill mountains.
This map is still purchasable in New York or Catskill.
In 1908 came Berkey, Chadwick, Grabau, Ruedemann, Salisbury
and Atwood; in 1909, Clarke, Cook, Grabau, Grabau and Shimer;
in 1910, Chadwick (two titles), Schuchert, Whitlock; in 1911, Berkey,
Merwin, Rich, Ulrich; in 1912, Berkey, Chadwick, Clarke (two
titles), Clarke and Ruedemann, Grabau, Hartnagel, Stevens, Willis.
Many of the above are large and important works but with little
local matter.
The most illuminating paper of the period was Barrell’s (1913)
on our great Devonian delta, which gave an entirely new slant to
the whole problem of the red-beds. The same year has Chadwick,
W. B. Clark, Eckel, Grabau; in 1914, Brigham, W. J. Miller; in
1915, Bassler’s index of fossils, Clarke (three titles), Collison and
Barker, Grabau, Prosser and an interesting paper by Rich, himself
a native of Hobart in the Catskills. Two more papers by Barrell
in 1916 developed further his invigorating new concepts of our upper
Devonian. In the same year came Brigham, Chadwick, Johnson
(not local), Newland; in 1917, Barker and Baer, Barrell, Bowles,
Elston (not local), Johnson, Rich (three titles); in 1918, Clarke,
Fairchild (two titles), Rich, Stansfield (not local), van Tuyl (not
local) ; in 1919, Fairchild, Robert Weeks Jones.
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKlLL QUADRANGLES 43
In 1920, besides Bucher, Merwin and George F. Wright, there
was Daly's paper on the bulge peripheral to the great ice sheets, a
concept long held in Europe but slow of headway here ; in 1921, T. H.
Clark, John M. Clarke, two papers by Miss Goldring, Grabau’s
textbook with local matter, Lobeck's clever diagram-map, Newland's
mineral resources of the State ; in 1922, Cook, Davis, Goldring, Hart-
nagel and Bishop, Reid ; in 1923, Miss Goldring.
John H. Cook’s paper (1924) emphasized the stagnation of the
glacial ice sheet in its final waning ; in that year, also came Miss Gold¬
ring, Grabau, W. J. Miller; in 1925, Bancroft, Barrell, the Crosbys
(father and son) on keystone faults, Fairchild, Goldring, Schuchert;
in 1926, Coleman, Dorsey, R. W. Jones; in 1927, Chadwick, Goldring,
Percy W. Raymond, Schuchert; in 1928, Ailing, Chadwick, Fenne-
man; in 1929, Adams, Fairchild, Burnett Smith; in 1930, Cook,
Fenneman, Grabau, Hubbard and Wilder, Leverett, Ruedemann,
Schuchert’s important paper, Ulrich and Ruedemann (1931).
In 1931 were Chadwick, Fullerton and Cox, Goldring, Ruedemann;
1932, Ghadwick, Fairchild, Lobeck, Ruedemann (two), Schuchert
and Longwell, Ver Wiebe; 1933, Berkey, Chadwick (five), Kay,
Long well, Mackin, Newland and others, with two important papers
by Dr Gustav Arthur Cooper of the National Museum; in 1934,
Bassler and Kellett, Bassler, Fenton, Pepper, Rich, Ruedemann;
1935, Ashley, Chadwick (eight), Cook, Cressey, Goldring, Hender¬
son, Parks, Ruedemann, Willard, Robin Willis, and Rich’s great
bulletin on the glacial geology of the Catskills.
In 1936 came Chadwick (N. Y. Mus. Bui. 307 on the name Catskill
in geology), Cooper, Meyerhoff and Olmsted, A. K. Miller, Parks,
Rich, Ruedemann and Wilson, Zodac; and in 1938, W. Storrs Cole,
Fenneman, Grabau, Mackin, Meyerhoff and Olmsted, Ruedemann,
Swartz, Wilmarth. See addenda (to 1942) on pages 233 and 234.
The principal topics of debate at the present time in our area
are physiographic and glacial — the evolution of our drainage pattern,
the number, location and age of the peneplains, the extent of late
Wisconsin local glaciation, the manner in which the ice departed
from our terrane, the history or existence of “Lake Albany,” the
effect of the hypothetic peripheral bulge — but also the times of moun¬
tain making, the significance of the breaks in the stratigraphic
succession, the levels at which we should draw period and epoch
lines, the precise correlations in what is herein called the Rondout,
while in the mountains the whole subject of formational boundaries
and their tracing is still wide open. Petrographic study of our sedi¬
ments has but just begun. The preglacial courses of our streams are
44
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
almost unknown. The search for fossils and fossiliferous horizons is
far from complete. New problems await discovery. The geology
of a region is never finished.
THE ROCK FORMATIONS
The Silurian and Devonian bedrocks of our quadrangles are all
sedimentary, that is to say they are water-laid deposits, and conse¬
quently they are distinctly stratified or in regular layers. Moreover,
with the exception of the upper part, namely the flagstones and
red-beds, at the west, they are all marine ; that is, they were deposited
in salt water and they contain fossil remains of sea animals not unlike
some of the smaller ocean creatures of today. The highest members,
the red-beds and flagstones, contain land plants, besides shells peculiar
to fresh waters and fresh-water or anadromous fishes, only; from
which it is clear that they were laid down in the open air — are
“continental” deposits.
Twenty divisions or “formations” are now recognized by name in
the Silurian-Devonian succession of our map area, though but 16
colors have been employed on the map to represent them, chiefly
because of the thinness of some of them in the valley or of the still
rather indefinite limits of the newly defined members in the red-beds of
the mountains.
The complete list, in proper order with the highest at the top, is :
Katsberg sandstones and red shales, with
Stony Clove gray flagstones at base
Onteora puddingstones, flags and red shales
Kaaterskill sandstones and red shales
Kiskatom red shale, with flagstones
Ashokan gray flagstones and olive shales
■ Mount Marion shales and sandstones
Bakoven black shales
Onondaga limestone
Schoharie mud-limestone
Esopus shale
Glenerie limestone and cherts
Port Ewen limestones, with
Alsen cherty limestone member at base
Becraft limestone
I Catskill shaly limestone 1 New Scotland
I Kalkberg cherty limestone j beds
[ Coeymans limestone
f Manlius (Olney) limestone
j Rondout waterlime (Fuyk sandstone locally)
[ with Glasco limestone lentil near top
Upper
Middle
DEVONIAN ‘
Lower
SILURIAN Upper
These beds will now be described, beginning with the oldest, or
bottom, ones. Their total thickness on our quadrangles approximates
eight thousand feet. This means that the waterlimes exposed in the
Kalk Berg front must go four thousand feet below sea level under
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
45
Hunter mountain. It means also that at least these eight thousand
feet of strata, perhaps an additional one or two thousand feet, once
extended eastward over the sites of the present villages of Catskill
and Saugerties, and of the city of Hudson.
1 RONDOUT WATERLIME
To speak of the Rondout formation1 in our area under its estab¬
lished name of waterlime is to tell but a fraction of the story. Over
a considerable section of its local outcrop it is a massive sandstone
(figures 11, 15), running as high as 94 per cent of silica in some
exposures. Through a long stretch, also, its conspicuous member is
a highly fossiliferous and attractive “coralline” limestone ledge (figure
14), formerly mistaken for the Cobleskill limestone.
As variable as its lithology is its thickness. Entering our map-area
from its type region around Kingston, it is thicker than there and
can not be far short of 40 feet though exposure of both top and
bottom contacts is lacking. Three miles north it has seemingly de¬
creased to not much over 30 feet, which thickness it appears to
maintain past Saugerties nearly to West Camp. In the unbroken
section at Cementon, where route 9-W goes under the cable-bucket
line, there are almost 30 feet, which is thought to be essentially the
whole thickness although neither the soft Normanskill shale below
nor the Manlius paper shale- is here seen in contact. Thence north
the loss of basal beds is marked, as the sands replace most of the
limes. Beyond the Red Schoolhouse, where about five feet of very
fossiliferous limestone (absent to north) is overlaid by still nearly
20 feet of Fuyk sandstone, the thinning of the sandstone is more
rapid, so that within a mile it has almost ceased exposure. At the north
end of this syncline the whole Rondout is not much over five feet
thick, less than two north of Cauterskill and only six or eight feet
as it goes off the map.
This variability is in keeping with its origin as the deposit of an en¬
croaching sea transgressing over an eroded land-surface of older rocks.
The distribution of the sandstone member (Fuyk sandstone) suggests
that that is precisely a wave-built sandbar and the comparative absence
of marine fossils on its lee (east or landward) side in contrast with
their exceptional abundance on its wave-swept outward slope is con¬
sonant with the idea of lagoons hemmed in behind it. The northward
extension of such thin and barren stuffs around the Helderberg front
accords further with the inferred conditions. Only as we go west
again across Schoharie county does the Rondout (Chrysler) resume
46
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
its normal thickness and aspect, with marine fossils, though without
return of the organic reefs that margined its southeastern shore.
Landward, behind the strand, it is a dirty and variable deposit of
small bulk.
As might be expected, exposures of this thin formation, tucked
away beneath the massive Manlius cliffs and overmasked by their
talus, are infrequent in the north part of the quadrangle (figures 12,
13). Farther south, the Fuyk sandstone and the Glasco limestone
lentil make at times outstanding ledges, crags and terraces over the
rest of the map area. The most notable long gap is between a mile
north of Schoentag’s, on route 9-W, and Fera’s hill east of Katsbaan
Church, five miles throughout which the Rondout outcrop goes under
sands or clays except for the crest of one close-pinched anticline of
Glasco limestone on the north corporation line of Saugerties village,
midway.
The passing motorist on route 9-W can see the whole thickness
(10 feet) of the massive Glasco limestone and something of the few
feet of waterlimes above it up to the ledges of Manlius, on the west
of the highway north of Schoentag’s from the big old quarry north¬
ward behind the chicken-yard at West Wood farm. Requiring walk¬
ing but repaying a visit is the Limekiln hill west of Flatbush school,
which is rimmed around on all sides by the ledges, under a Manlius
cap. This is on route 32. The unbroken Cementon section already
mentioned is in the road cut of 9-W at the “aerial tramway.” On
this highway at the Alsen underpass, in the cut opposite the Alsen
railway station and in the hilltop cut beyond the North American
cement company, are conspicuous exposures of the Fuyk sandstone
where it still has limestone interbeddings. By the roadside, also, is
the exposure (Davis 1882, p. 24) at the north end of Quarry Hill.2
Two north-south lines a half mile apart will embrace all the heavy
sandstone exposed on route 9-W and in the Fuyk, but to match
similar sections these lines must be swung five degrees west of north
thus widening the belt to nearly a mile. The same direction gives
the best matching of sections in the limestones southward, is employed
in the construction of figure 11, and may represent the trend of the
Silurian shore line hereabouts, as far as the Helderberg front. Curi¬
ously, the cleanest-washed, most quartzitic portion of this sandstone
occurs on its seaward (west) side where interbedded with purest
organic limestone, from Alsen to the North American plant. Here it
has been called “Binnewater” by field parties, from a lithologically
similar sandstone that underlies all the Rondout from Kingston
(Wilbur) southwest ward. Our rock is of later age, is not connected
L ogre s c/tar/: \ffohdou(\ L e /~e is er (?) | f?os e n c/ a /e |
[47]
Figure 11 Preliminary correlation chart of the Rondout formation across the Catskill quadrangle,
based on the mostly imperfect and unsatisfactory sections and exposures. Vertical sections accurately
drawn to scale; horizontal spacing as projected north 5° west, in the direction of the Fuyk sandbar,
which brings all sections into harmony. Only uppermost beds exposed past Saugerties. Logie’s identi¬
fications approximately given in left margin.
[48]
Figure 12 Rondout waterlime and higher strata on Cats kill in Austin’s glen, to right of figure 58.
Shows two fault- wedges of hackly (upper) Rondout in foreground, overthrust by Rondout sandy
layer topped by third slice of the waterlime, behind the shrub. A fourth wedge of Rondout con¬
cealed beyond, beneath heavy Manlius, which crosses the creek. Distant cliff is New Scotland ;
see figure 25. Looking northwest. Photo: April 1921, Edith Nusbickel.
[49]
Figure 13 Part of an S fold in sandy (lower) Rondout, just to right of figure 12, enwrapping
horizontally bedded soft Normanskill shale. Hackly waterlime wedges of figure 12 down left.
Just under camera, middle limb of fold is overturned nearly 200°, then rolls back to cross creek
at figure 58. Manlius does not participate in this contortion. Looking west of north. Photo:
August 1912, H. L. Fairchild.
Figure 14 Rondout (Glasco) limestone on west slope of Limekiln hill.
Flatbush, two miles south by west of Glasco. A major joint face on this
reef rock full of corals and bryozoans. Mr Kilfoyle gives a measure of
thickness. Looking south. Photo: April 1938, W. J. Schoonmaker.
[50]
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 51
with the Binnewater and is here called the Fuyk sandstone from the
fine ledge of figure 15 overthrust on the west ridge of the Fuyk, west
of Catskill (Chadwick, 1927).
The diagram (figure 11) shows the inaccuracy of trying to apply
the name Le Fever to the limestone lentils in our area. Mr Logie’s
chart indicates that that limestone lacks continuity with these across
the Rondout area nor do they agree with it in vertical limits. There¬
fore, to the conspicuous ten-foot ledge seen at Flatbush and Schoen-
tag’s (Glasco) the name Glasco limestone (lentil) is here applied,
with type exposure on the West Wood farm, route 9-W, west of
Glasco.
The unconformable contact of the Rondout on the Normanskill is
described in a later chapter, with the localities where it may be
observed.
Awaiting Mr Logie’s monograph on the Cayugan rocks and fossils
of New York,3 it is probably safe to record at present the following
species from these Rondout limestones in our quadrangle:
1 the ostracod, Leperditia jonesi;
2 the trilobites, Cory doc ephalus ptyonurus and Calymene earner at a;
3 stems and fragments of crinoids ;
4 the brachiopods, Leptostrophia bipartita, Camarotoechia litch-
fieldensis, Chonetes jerseyensis, A try pa reticularis and Leptaena
rhomb oidalis ;
5 the corals, Halysites catenularia and Enterolasma calx cuius;
6 the alga( ?), Stromatopora constellataf.
Supplementary Notes
1 The taxonomy of the old “Waterlime group” is in confusion. Mather
(1843, p. 349), in common with his colleagues, separated this group from the
Onondaga salt group under it, and united in it (page 350) both the “Water
limestone” and the “Tentaculite limestone” above that. The latter is approx¬
imately our Manlius, though at some points Mather included in it (?s a
“lower part,” page 350) some fossiliferous beds (Glasco, etc.) of the Rondout
while conversely at others (page 331) by implication he extended the “water
limestone” up to include a cement bed that is in the Manlius. The important
thing to note is that these rocks were not considered by any of these men as
of Salina age but were always associated by them instead with the Manlius.
Hall in particular (1843, p. 128-29, 141) took pains to discriminate between
them and the hydraulic cement beds or water lime in the upper part of the
Salina (then Onondaga) salt group.
Half a century later (1893, p. 159), Hall applied the name Rosendale lime¬
stone to the entire series of cement rocks quarried at Rosendale, N. Y., south¬
west of Kingston. This name was promptly forgotten. The next year (1894,
p. 16), Hall reversed his early position, referred these cement beds of our region
to the top of the Salina group and made them equivalent to the (Bertie)
waterlimes of western New York, which lie below the Akron (Cobleskill)
limestone. In the same report, Darton ( 1 894, p. 400. 410) discussed them as
the “Salina waterlimes.” Subsequently Clarke and Schuchert (1899, p. 876)
renamed the whole series the Rondout waterlime, assigning it anew a place
52
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
between the Salina and the Manlius. The terms Rosendale and Rondout are
thus originally synonymous, for the whole group.
Nevertheless Hartnagel (1903, p. 1166), after stating correctly that the name
Rondout was intended to apply to “the upper beds of the Salina,” gave it
quite another meaning restricted to the part of our waterlimes that he con¬
sidered as later in age than the Salina, while to the subjacent “waterlime of
the Salina” as he then understood the correlations he reapplied (1905, p. 355,
356, 358) in a thus limited sense the forgotten term Rosendale. This was
because of his belief that a “coralline” limestone lentil intervening between
these two waterlimes was the Cobleskill limestone at the base of the (compre¬
hensive) Manlius group of Vanuxem and of Schuchert. Still beneath his
restricted Rosendale, Hartnagel recognized another “coralline” limestone by the
name Wilbur ( 1903,^ p. 1145; Clarke 1903, p. 857), which was preoccupied.
Hartnagel’s subdivision of the former Rondout or Rosendale waterlime group
into Wilbur limestone and Rosendale waterlime of Salina age, and Cobleskill
limestone, Rondout waterlime of post-Salina (“Manlius”) age, has remained
in current use. Meantime Chadwick (1930, p. 81) introduced a third term,
Chrysler waterlime, for beds called Rondout in central New York, lying
between the Akron (Cobleskill) and Manlius (Olney), because of his belief
that they were not coextensive with the Rondout as that name was being used
in the Hudson valley.
In his rather recent tracing of the Manlius and “waterlime” beds across
New York (unpublished), Russell M. Logie has confirmed this belief that the
Chrysler covers a greater interval than the restricted Rondout, but one prac¬
tically identical with that of Rondout (or Rosendale) in its original scope.
He finds the “coralline” limestone between Hartnagel’s Rosendale and Rondout
to be later than the Cobleskill and renames it the LeFever limestone. The
name Rosendale he extends downward to include the true Cobleskill horizon
and the lower “coralline” zone, but rejects the name Wilbur as not represent¬
ing this bed at the Wilbur type exposure.
The terms applied around Kingston, N. Y., therefore stand thus:
1843
Mather et al.
1893
Hall
1899
Clarke and Schuchert
1903, 1905
Hartnagel
Manlius.
1933
Logie
Tentaculite.
Tentaculite.
Manlius.
Manlius (Olney).
Water
limestone
(i.e. Cobleskill
and higher).
Rosendale
limestone
(1894 Salina,
below Cobles.).
Rondout waterlime
(above Salina;
Cobleskill not
named until 1902).
Rondout.
Cobleskill.
Rondout.
LeFever.
Rosendale.
Rosendale
(with Cobles¬
kill horizon).
Wilbur.
In the Catskill quadrangle the entire series of these beds behaves as a unit
and is not subdivisible into distinct formations. Limestone lentils come and go
in the waterlimes, fossils of the Cobleskill congeries appear at all levels in
increasing abundance as the beds lap against the Fuyk sandbar, what seems
a valid classification at any given locality fails at another. Regardless of who
may be right as to the position of the Cobleskill limestone with reference to
these beds, there is here found no such continuous and sharply delimited
stratum as is the true Cobleskill (Akron) from Schoharie valley into southern
Ontario, Canada. Logie has rightly limited his Le Fever limestone, a massive
lentijj to the country from Wilbur (Kingston) southward, indicating doubt
as to correlation of it with the lentils of our area. Our chart (figure 11) shows
how it fails, as a term and as a subdivision, to accord with the field facts here.
However minutely, in Kansas fashion, we may some day divide this less than
forty feet of strata, we shall always need a single name for the entire span.
As such a name for these waterlimes as a whole, Rondout in its original and
comprehensive sense has a better claim and more familiar sound than either
Rosendale or Chrysler. It retains the familiar succession (if Logie is right) :
“Cobleskill, Rondout and Manlius.” Again (if Logie is right), it agrees with
Mr Hartnagel’s intention so to use it, an intention defeated only by probable
misidentification of the Cobleskill in our region. This leaves Rosendale for
employment in Hartnagel’s (restricted) sense, its original claim having been
lost through immediate disuse by its author or others, and makes Chrysler
catskill and kaaterskill quadrangles
53
an unnecessary synonym, though it is “runner-up” for our beds in case a return
to Rondout for them is not found acceptable. For Rondout in Hartnagel’s re¬
stricted sense there is all ready a much older name, the Stormville waterlime
of White (1882, p. 136-37) which White correctly identified with the “great
waterlime bed at Rondout, Kingston and Rosendale, N. Y.”
Finally we have the name Decker Ferry limestone (White 1882, p. 137 ,
Weller 1903, p. 62) which originally included all but the uppermost 5 to 10 feet
of our waterlimes, but which Hartnagel (1905, p. 348-49, 358) used in a nar¬
rower value. It would be a small matter to stretch Decker Ferry upwards the
few feet needed to include everything up to the base of the Manlius (compare
Kay and Chadwick 1933, p. 3, 5, 15), if that were desired, though this would
not be as historically accurate as to go back to the original Rondout, the
course here chosen.
One point, however, must be made clear. The base of the Manlius at Rond-
out is not where various writers have put it (above the third cement bed;
see Mather -1843, p. 331; Van Ingen and Clark 1903, p. 1183; Hartnagel 1903,
p. 1142), but at., the base of the “curly bed” — a persistent but highly incom¬
petent paper shale or shaly limestone that curls up like tinsel in the folding of
the strata, beneath the massive beds gliding over it. The changes in thicknesses
thus involved are, at Rondout:
Formerly
As amended
Logie’s
Manlius . . . .
3 7y2
51*4
46
Rondout .
Etc .
::::::::
25}4
Totals .
. 78*4
78*4
71*4
a For the future student of these beds, the following notes are given. Small
exposures occur from the south edge of the sheet to the first crossroad. At
forks of the Y of this road, exposures are good in both directions and north
for some rods. Fossiliferous disrupted masses continue north to the Limekiln
hill and also make a boulder moraine tailing south to and across route 32
below the- corners. The lower beds exposed down past the vineyard on the
southwest slope of Limekiln hill should not be overlooked. On the main ridge
to the west of this hill nothing has been seen in place north to Mr Wetzler’s
house, which is a mile south of Schoentag’s terminating a private road. On the
east side of the limestone ridge just around the north end of it from his house,
a good ledge of the Glasco is found resting up against a Normanskill knoll,
with extension southward. North across the marsh, in the south end of
Schoentag’s hill, the Rondout rises rapidly, to make a commanding crag facing
east at a high point on this ridge. It declines under cover before the elbow
of the farm road on east is reached, but halfway from this to the Glasco road
it shoots up very suddenly, under ascending Manlius ledges, and is largely
uncovered in a small road-metal pit beside the farm road, with other exposures
beyond for a space. Next comes the excellent strip north of Schoentag’s past
West Wood farm, northwest from which, across a brook, are various fine
ledges at different elevations and with diverse dips, as well as others south¬
ward up both sides of the brook valley. A quarter mile north, beyond the
backset of the hill, there are weaker ledges up the slope at different levels,
but these soon pass under cover.
The anticlinal hogback on the north limits of Saugerties at Canoe hill is
just behind a modern house. If there are any other exposures on Canoe hill
or on Bambach’s hill next north they have escaped me. Where the road east
from Katsbaan Church hits the limestone ridge and Mr Fera’s road forks
from it, a climb straight over the hill brings one to the next known exposures,
on its east foot. For a half mile north, though not continuously, the Rondout
regains something of its self-assertion, with a white limestone bed carrying
Halysites in a thin seam of flint that keeps mostly just west of the road under
the east front of Shults’s hill and forms more or less of a terrace that even
crosses the road into an orchard for a few rods, then shows up well in the
farmyard beyond. The next exposures are two skin outcrops on the west edge
of the Great Vly a few rods north of the Asbury road. Less than a mile north,
the Rondout picks up again as a distinct terrace above the Vly and continues
at intervals north to the old stone house at the head of the Vly. North of
54
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
the house it spreads east across vertical ridges of Normanskill into a broad
cuesta as far as the cement company’s railway cut into their back quarry.
It arches back over the knoll north of their engine-stable and does not extend
much north of their access road but comes back south on the east side of
the Vly above their track until it forms the roof of the tunnel portal. With
short covered spaces it continues through to the cemetery above West Camp,
being specially well displayed for over a half mile northwest of there to the
thumb of this hill and in the road that crosses.
On the east side, at West Camp, the Rondout comes down to road level
of 9-W at the first scattered houses north of the store, then is largely covered
to the crossroad, which it crosses just above the hairpin turn and is lost again
to the West Shore cut south of the cable-bucket line, continuing into the fine
section on route 9-W previously mentioned. Thence northward it leads a
vagarious life in the faulted and plicated east front of the Kalk berg. Just
north of the bucket line a second wedge comes in on the sidling road behind
the house west of the railway. This wedge runs along the hill slope and into
the big railway cut on the curve to north. Meantime a third one enters above
it, crosses above the brick house and also comes to the tracks, at north end
of the cut, reappears at the underpass and climbs toward the quarries. A
fourth wedge makes the east wall of the southeast Alsen quarry with specially
good sections, as are those north along the service railway and in the highway
cut opposite the Alsen mill of the Lehigh company. The interbedded lime¬
stones are suggestive of Manlius or sometimes of Coeymans, and this is par¬
ticularly true as one approaches the North American plant where various
splits and wedges have mixed the strata badly. Besides the exposures along
the road, here, there are important ones down along the West Shore tracks
showing beneath the limestone a basal sandstone two or three feet thick that
consists of reworked Normanskill and is distinguishable from that only by
slightly coarser grain and more calcareous content (ground-up crinoids). These
beds run up to the highway, halfway down the winding hill, where the same
basal bed may be climbed to and found unconformable with the true Normans¬
kill. Behind (west) and parallel runs another rib of the sandstone (Fuyk)
farther up the hill. The easterly one persists, fishhooks over a north-plunging
anticline in pretty fashion and returns to the highway where that runs close
to the tracks, then arches up from the filling station, goes under the spring
and climbs to the top of the roadhill above the red schoolhouse. Meantime the
upper rib resumes above it on the steep hillside for a space.
Mrs Young’s house is next north of the school. Up the slope behind her
house are some of the most picturesque crags of the Fuyk sandstone, again in
two strips, the lower one double. These all coalesce north, and at intervals
crop out, dropping toward the road at the next filling station but losing thick¬
ness and presently becoming practically lost in the talus. No exposure was
noted thence, short of the Qu?rry hill. Just where the upper waterlime bed
comes in is not known. From the Cauterskill road exposure around to Moon’s
spring on the Fuyk farm road, exposures are scant. When the talus of Moon’s
big cliff is passed, the sandstone again alone makes the ledge and is already
very thick, with continuous outcrop up to the big ledge of figure 15. Here
again are complicated relations on this steep hill-front, with several strips of
the sandstone but most of them badly shattered and traceable only by their
debris. The sandstone picks up thinly just north of the Kaaters kill, fails
before the thinnest appearance of the Rondout (waterlime) in a small waterfall
over a half mile north, then the rock hides to the Cats kill in Austin’s glen
(figure 58). A thousand feet northeast of the last, the basal contact is again
exposed in a small digging by the road under the cliff below the cottages.
The beds show near the top of the Austin millroad and in a small quarry just
east towards route 23 and poorly in the cut on that highway by the Salisbury
House, their last appearance.
• Logie’s stratigraphic results have been embodied in a pink-print chart sent
out to fellow workers. From this and from personal correspondence have been
obtained the data accredited to him in these pages. Mr Logie has traced these
Silurian beds in detail clear across the State from Lower Canada to New
Jersey, making a most important original contribution.
[55]
Figure 15 Rondout (Fuyk) sandstone at type locality on West ridge of the Fuylc, west of Catskill,
showing the main ledge in the upper (fifth) slice of the imbricated structure. Height of this face
more than 10 feet, the sands here replacing all of the Rondout that is present. Note offsetting of cliff
on joint faces, and evident but unequal solubility. Looking west of south. Photo: September 1936,
[56]
Figure 16 Eagle cliff, Austin’s glen. Synclinal outlier of Silurian and Devonian limestones
(Kondout, Manlius, Coeymans and Kalkberg), Manlius making vertical part of cliff, its talus largely
concealing the Rondout. The Cats kill, with island, and old railway grade in foreground. Looking
south-southwest. Photo: April 1938, W. J. Schoonmaker.
Figure 17 The Fuyk valley, west of Catskill, viewed from east rim. Cliff
is chiefly Manlius limestone, capped by Coeymans and Kalkberg limestones on
which the camera stands. Note long talus slope (covering Rondout), clay-
filled valley below (Lake Albany level), the distant Mt Potick peaks of the
Hooge Berg range (Mount Marion beds) and the nearer wooded ranges of
the Kalk berg, of which this ridge is an eastward offset across an eroded
anticline (see map). Looking about north. Photo: (winter), R. W. Jones.
[57]
Figure 18 Laminated or platten limestones in the lower part of the Manlius
at old Cornell “black marble” quarry on northwest side of Quarry hill,
Catskill. Note cross-bedding in upper right (compare Brigham’s Geology,
figure 95), nodular nature of middle right and good major and minor jointing.
A “clinkstone.” Looking southeast. Photo: April 1923, W. Irving Steele.
Figure 19 Manlius limestones upturned along Rip Van Winkle trail (23-A)
just out of Catskill, showing high west dip into the Quarry Hill syncline and
slickensided bedding-planes where the layers slipped upon each other in the
folding. Doctor Ruedemann indicates a larger fault-plane, not following the
bedding, which repeats the lower 10 feet of strata. Looking north (toward
quarry of figures 21, 22). Photo: April 1938, W. J. Schoonmaker.
[58]
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
59
2 MANLIUS (OLNEY) LIMESTONE
The cliffs of the Manlius,1 formerly called the “Tentaculite”2
limestone, are dominating features along the front scarp of the Kalk
berg wherever these beds approach horizontality and sometimes
where they are vertically uptilted. Master- joints often control these
cliffs for many rods giving a sheerness of face that defies ascent.
The weathered ledges, particularly of the “ribbon” layers, are whiter
than those of the overlying limestones, but internally the rock is much
darker than those, being very dark blue, fine-grained and dense,
breaking with a conchoidal fracture under the hammer. Its fresh
color has gained for it locally the name “black marble.” Natural
joint fragments retain their angles well, indicating resistance to solu¬
tion in rain water, but the purity of the rock is better demonstrated
by its solubility in underground waters, giving rise to extensive
systems of caverns.
The Manlius limestone (figures 12, 13, 16-21) is here about
fifty feet thick. It consists of some ten recognizable strata, of several
contrasting kinds in alternation. The fine lamination of the “ribbon-
banded” layers is often accompanied by a columnar jointing due to
superposed mud cracks, dividing such beds into hexagonal or poly¬
gonal prisms from three to ten or more inches in diameter in a fashion
suggestive of a cooled lava sheet. Such a structure is almost unknown
elsewhere in limestones (see Kindle, 1914; Branson and Tarr, 1928;
Roy, 1929) 3 and only in such thinly banded deposits of fine lime-mud,
exposed to the sun and air at ebb tides during deposition. The
lowest of these beds weathers to “paper shale,” showing well the
sun cracks along highway 23-A (figure 19) just beyond the crusher-
quarry, is about 4 feet thick and may be traced clear across our
area and on to Rondout. Around Catskill a ribboned and columnar
bed up to 10 feet thick lies in the middle of the Olney and is the
most conspicuous of such layers. Another but thin one occurs near
the top (figure 21), again all the way to Rondout where it is thicker.
Very different in aspect are the “Stromatopora beds,” of which
there are from one to three in each section. They appear rough and
knotty from the abundance of small heads of these coral-like organ¬
isms4 and are lighter colored internally and slightly more grainy than
the usual Manlius beds, thus more like the succeeding Coeymans.
Here the main bed lies above the middle of the Olney, just above
the main columnar stratum and is massive with a thickness usually
of 10 feet, the fossils mostly of the size of apples. A thinner bed
commonly occurs at or near the top of the formation and one of
about six feet thickness in the lower part, two or three feet above
60
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
the paper shales, often dividing into layer lets a few inches thick.
At the top of this lower bed, especially on the old mill-road to Austin’s
glen, is a zone of huge heads (figure 20) from a foot to two feet or
more in diameter, some of which are upside down.
These organic reefs eventually tail off laterally into the normal
hard blue dense Manlius limestones, varying from thin-bedded to
fairly heavy and massive, or even into the ribbon-banded beds. A
conspicuous phase of these layers in the old “black marble” quarry
on the Quarry hill is a 4-foot zone of somewhat cross-bedded flag¬
stone-like layerlets, very smooth and even (figure 18; illustrated also
in figure 95 of Brigham’s Textbook of Geology, 1901 edition).
Characteristic of the talus slopes of the Manlius is the jingling
sound emitted by the fragments when disturbed under foot. They
rattle down like bits of china or glassware, whence the name “clink¬
stone.” Their mode of fracture is also like glass, but not always
so brittle; indeed, the heavier layers are often fairly tough. The
dense and rather tough nature of the rock has made it favorable for
crushing and screening, for track ballast and “gravel,” and as it also
packs and binds well under the roller or traffic, it has been used
extensively for road metal. Crushers using the Manlius have been
operated west of Catskill (“Turtle Pond” quarry at Blivenville, figures
21, 22), at Saugerties (Canoe Hill, figure 67) and Glasco (Schoen-
tag’s).
Recently, one of the cement companies has attempted the use of
the Manlius for Portland cement, in order to get a whiter product
than the Becraft gives.
The Manlius fossils are small but pretty, though few in kinds, and
cover certain layers abundantly. The species include:
1 the pteropod, Tentaculites gyr acanthus ;5
2 the brachiopods, Spirifer vanuxemi, and Brachyprion varistri-
atum;
3 the ostracods, Leperditia alta, Kloedenia notata , Kloedenella
trisulcata ;
4 the pelecypod, Leiopteria aviculoidea ;
5 the gastropods, Holopea(f) elongata, H. antiqua, Straparollus
sinuatus;
6 the worm tube, Spirorbis laxus ;
7 the crinoid, Lasiocrinus scoparius; also unnamable crinoid stems ;
8 the stromatoporoids, Syringo stroma, Stromatopora, and others ;
9 a cephalopod, l(Cyrtoceras>) subrectum ;
10 the bryozoan, Monotrypella(f) arbuscula.
Figure 20 “Stromatopora” in lower Manlius, broken across on a cross-joint
so as to expose the structure, which continues to right of hammer (12 inches).
Note nodular, and partly shaly, character of inclosing bed, and fragmental
filling of voids on lower left. In place in ledge under talus of Manlius cliff
on old Austin millroad entering Austin’s glen, Jefferson Heights. This bed
carrying the big “heads” is down near road grade for many rods. Looking
north-northwest. Photo : April 1938, W. J. Schoonmaker.
[61]
Figure 21 Upturned limestones at south end of Turtle Pond quarry, on
Rip Van Winkle trail just west of Catskill. Locality of Kay’s measured
section (International Congress Guidebook 9a: pages 13-14). Note sharp
line between Coeymans and Kalkberg (of old “Lower Pentamerus”) but
difficult visual separation between Manlius and Coeymans due to reworking
and bonding on a disconformity. Looking west of south. Photo: May 1938,
W. Storrs Cole.
[62]
CATSKILL AND K A ATERS KILL QUADRANGLES
63
Supplementary Notes
1 The original Manlius “waterlime group” in its typical region around Syra¬
cuse, N. Y., has been subdivided by later workers into four or more members,
of which only the lowest, or Olney limestone, extends into eastern New York
according to Mr Logie’s tracing (see note 1 under previous subhead). It
would be more precise, therefore, to refer to our rock by the name Olney,
but it will be difficult to displace the long familiar use of Manlius, and as no
other Manlius member is present no confusion will arise.
2 This name, derived from the abundance of the little pteropod shell, Ten-
taculites gyraccmthus, originally supposed to be a sea-urchin spine, is the one
used by James Hall in describing the fossils of this formation in our area.
Actually, the Tentaculite zone is comprised in the lower half of the Olney, as
Logie’s chart shows. Southward, the species ranges down into the Rosendale
just above the “Wilbur” at Rondout (see Van Ingen and Clark 1903, page
1183).
8 The outstanding and long familiar occurrence of this phenomenon in the
Catskill-Kingston region seems to have been overlooked by these later writers
(see Van Ingen and Clark 1903, page 1185 and plate 6). Similar structure is
reported by White (1882, p. 77, 144-45, 282) in the Bossardville limestone
of northeastern Pennsylvania, strikingly like our Manlius but older than the
Rondout. (See also Chadwick 1940.)
4 The stromatoporoids have been referred variously to the sponges, hydrozoan
corals and calcareous algae. Our Manlius forms are poorly preserved in their
minute details and have not been studied and described. From cognate forma¬
tions in the United States and Canada about 30 forms have been named, and
of these Marshall Kay (see Chadwick and Kay 1933, page 14) thinks that
Syringo stroma barretti is our most common species, though originally described
from the “Lower Pentamerus” (Coeymans) limestone of the Devonian. (See
G. H. Girty 1897, p. 296.)
5 Tentaculites is thought by some to be an annelid (worm) tube.
3 COEYMANS LIMESTONE
In the old terminology the “lower Pentamerus limestone” succeeded
upon the “Tentaculite” and was followed by the “Catskill or Delthyris
shaly limestone.” . When geographic names (see Clarke and Schu-
chert, 1899; Clarke, 1900, 1903g)1 supplanted these old ones, Coey¬
mans and New Scotland townships, both in Albany county to north
of our area, were selected for the beds mentioned. But the exact
limitations of these strata were nowhere defined with the precision
demanded in modern stratigraphy. Hence it came about that both at
Catskill and in the Helderberg mountains of Albany county some 50
feet of limestones2 were looked upon as “lower Pentamerus” (or
“Coeymans”) by various writers.
A tracing of the layers between these two points has shown,
however, that only the lower 15 feet, or less, of the reported 50 at
Catskill (figures 16, 17, 21, 22, 67) correspond in lithology and
fossils to the 50 feet in the Helderbergs that constituted there the
original “Lower Pentamerus,” beneath the “Shaly.” Since no type
section nor precise description of the Coeymans has been given, but
that name merely substituted for the old one, and since by lithology
and by subsequent description (see Hall, 1859) 3 of its fauna the
64
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
New Scotland clearly reaches down to the top of the beds just
mentioned, at which point there is a sharp stratigraphic and faunal
and lithic break at Catskill, it became necessary to limit the Coeymans
to the 15 feet (or less) of such limestone in our area (figure 21).
The overlying beds once included in the '‘Lower Pentamerus” are
here referred to the Kalkberg member of the New Scotland, as
defined in the next section.
At some points the Coeymans and Manlius form one cliff (figures
16, 17). At others the Coeymans retreats behind the main cliff of
Manlius or forms a second and separate ledge. It is easily dis¬
tinguished from the Manlius by its light color, bluish or sometimes
pinkish, and its coarse granular texture, aided by the presence of the
smooth, nutshell-like brachiopod Gypidula coeymanensis (formerly
but erroneously called Pentamerus galeatus) and the larger crinoid
stems (referable to Melocrinus and perhaps also Lepocrinites) . The
beds are massive and knotty, breaking down into irregular hunks.
In the stone crushers the Coeymans goes into the mill with the
Manlius and while it is more crumbling its small bulk of admixture
does not seriously affect the quality of the product. It is more sili-
cious and a bit more magnesian than the Manlius but with less clay
content. The silica present makes itself evident in the tendency to
flinty alteration of the shells and crinoid stems, whereas the fossils
in the Manlius are calcified rather than silicified.
While the discrimination of the Coeymans from the Kalkberg is
an important one, the former could not, because of its thinness, be
mapped separately from the latter formation.
The Coeymans fossils are usually few including :
1 the brachiopods, Gypidula ( Sieberella ) coeymanensis , Atrypa
reticularis and Uncinulus mutabilis; (Br achy prion varistriatum, sup¬
posed to range up from the Manlius into the basal two feet of the
Coeymans, appears to occur only in slabs of Manlius worked up into
the Coeymans base) ;
2 the honeycomb coral, Favosites helderbergiae ;
3 the pelecypod, Actinopteria obliquata;
4 stems of the crinoid Melocrinus and perhaps other genera ;
5 the trilobites, Odontochile micrurus and Proetus protuberans.
Supplementary Notes
1 The Delthyris limestone generally but not originally included upward to the
Oriskany base, thus comprising the Becraft and perhaps the Alsen (see W. W.
Mather 1843, p. 325. 343-45, 352). James Hall (1843, p. 144) protested: “The
name of Catskill Shaly Limestone, which has been proposed on account of
its great development on the Catskill creek, is found to be objectionable, as it
at once carries the mind to the Catskill mountains, a very different group of
rocks, thus tending to propagate a false impression.” But the name Catskill
[65]
Figure 22 North end of same quarry as figure 21, showing full thickness of Kalkberg limestone
between Doctor Ruedemann’s hand, right, on sharp Coeymans contact and Chadwick’s hand on less
evident contact with Catskill shaly limestone. Looking north-northeast. Photo: April 1938, W. J.
Schoonmaker.
[66]
Figure 23 Lengthwise view of Kalkberg limestone crossing the Cats kill at type exposure in Austin’s
glen, Jefferson Heights, showing the black chert seams (lower left) that have given the name “Coffin
Rocks” to this locality. Note west dip flattening to right into the syncline, and white top of Coeymans
limestone uncovered on left; also control of the stream course by parallel master joints (steps in falls).
Eagle cliff (figure 16) in distance. Looking west of south. Photo: August 1931, Ashley Robey.
CATS KILL AND ICAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
67
is much more appropriate to the exposures on the Cats kill than it is to those
of the misnamed mountains (the Katsberg), to those who know the history
of these names in the early days. And the name Catskill shaly limestone
remained in the literature as late as 1905 (Clarke, Mus. Bui. 80, p. 5).
Because of its correct downward limitation in Austin’s glen, we find it con¬
venient to retain it for the typical shaly portion, in the sense in which Delthyris
limestone was used by E. Emmons 1846, p. 167-68.
2 W. M. Davis 1882, p. 23, says “about eighty feet” which includes very
exactly all the thick-bedded strata next above the Manlius. Mather’s limitation
(1843, p. 325, 326, 346-47) gives a thickness of only 41^4 feet at the Turtle
Pond quarry for the combined Coeymans and Kalkberg, but his “fifty feet”
(page 347) are based on the Helderbergs though his description is for
Catskill. The name Coeymans is Dutch, for an early settler, and is pronounced
coo-ee-mans or kweemans. Geographically it lies intermediate between Catskill
and New Scotland.
3 Hall states plainly (p. 259) that “Pentamerus galeatus” (now Gypidula
coeymanensis ) ranges above the Coeymans, saying: “The more perfect speci¬
mens are obtained from the Shaly limestone above the Pentamerus limestone.”
He clearly understood the true stratigraphic relations.
4 KALKBERG LIMESTONE
The reasons for the separation of the Kalkberg (figures 21-25, 67)
from the Coeymans have been partly stated under the account of the
latter and will be discussed more fully in the next section. The
equivalent of these beds in the Helderbergs is a series of thin but
highly fossiliferous limestones extensively interbedded with shales
like those of the overlying shaly limestone (Catskill i lember), together
with which they constitute the New Scotland limestone, the Delthyris
limestone of Emmons 1846 and Hall 1859; but the distinction is easy
to make. The silicified fossils that weather loose in great numbers
at the Indian Ladder park in the Helderbergs are identical with those
that similarly weather out of the hard limestones at Catskill. All
of these forms were described by Hall as coming from the Shaly
limestone, at both localities, so that we are in full accord with him
in separating the Kalkberg from the Coeymans at Catskill. The type
locality chosen for the Kalkberg formation or member is where these
beds cross the Cats kill at and below the “coffin rocks” (or “flat
rocks”) in Austin’s glen (figures 1, 23). At this point the creek is
emerging from the Kalk Berg range. The locality has been a favorite
one for collectors since the days of Amos Eaton (Chadwick, 1908).
From 25 to 35 feet in thickness of beds are referred to the Kalk¬
berg at different points in our area (figure 22). These are hard
and heavy impure limestones, darker, less granular and more fossili¬
ferous than the Coeymans and carrying (figure 23) seams of black
chert (hornstone flint). These seams begin close above its basal
contact with the Coeymans, which is a marked bedding-plane, and
continue to recur through the first ten or fifteen feet, above which
they break up into scattered flints and become almost lacking at the
top. Unlike the Coeymans, the Kalkberg gathers a rusty clay crust
68
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
several millimeters thick upon its weathered surfaces, from which
the prettily silicified fossils slowly loosen and accumulate in the
talus or in the residual earth in the seams and joints. Sometimes
the Kalkberg caps the Coeymans-Manlius cliffs (figure 17), but
when tilted it usually forms its own lesser cliff behind that of the
Coeymans. Strong jointing and ready solubility along joints and
seams give rise to the rectangular blocks so strikingly shown in the
“coffin rocks” (figure 23) and elsewhere, besides resulting in the
entrances to numerous caverns (figure 24) that extend down, often
into the Manlius.
In its upper half the Kalkberg grows more impure, argillaceous,
tending to grade into the shaly limestone above it, and becomes still
more packed with fossils, especially small kinds and bryozoans. The
lime tends to segregate into nodules of purer and more fossiliferous
nature embedded in a mesh of more argillaceous and silicious stuff,
often with a regularity like that of a tennis net. This characteristic
is much more marked in the next overlying 35 feet or so of rock
which, though still in heavy beds, weathers so shaly and weak that
it has been grouped with the thinner bedded shaly limestones above.
It is a feature also of the chert-seamed Alsen limestone higher up,
which the Kalkberg thus may often deceptively resemble when it
develops similar buffy tones on weathering. This resemblance to the
Alsen increases northward and is most marked in the vicinity of the
Leeds turnpike (highway 23) at the north edge of the map.
The Kalkberg limestone also goes into the crushers along with the
lower beds.
The fairly profuse fauna of the Kalkberg includes hereabouts :
1 the brachiopods, Bilobites various , Dalmanella perelegans, D.
concinna, D. planoconvexa , D. quadrans, and D. subcarinata, Rhipi -
domella oblata, Leptaena rhomb oidalis, Brachy prion aratum , Stroph-
onella leavenworthana, Anastrophia verneuili, Gypidula [Sieberella]
coeymanensis , Camarotoechia transversal, Uncinulus nucleolatus, U.
pyramidatus, and U. abruptus, Eatonia medialis, and E. singularis,
Atrypina imbricata, A try pa reticularis, Cyrtina dalmani, Spirifer
macropleura, and S. cyclopterus, Delthyris perlamellosa, Nucleospira
ventricosa, Coelospira concava, Rhynchospira formosa and Rh. glo-
bosa, Trematospira perforata, Meristella laevis, and M. arcuata;
2 the corals, Favosites helderbergiae, and F. conicus, Enterolasma
strictum and Caninia roemeri;
3 stems of the crinoids, Mariacrinus stolonif erus , Melocrinus sp.,
Cordylocrinus plumosus, and Brachyocrinus ( Myelodactylus ) no-
do sarius;
Figure 24 Kalkberg limestone at Austin’s cave, west of Salisbury Hotel,
Jefferson Heights, in high cliff overlooking the Cats kill as it emerges from
Austin’s glen. Water enters over (and through) ledge above, escapes far
below in Manlius limestone on Austin millroad. Looking east. Photo :
November 1902, G. H. C.
[69]
[70]
Figure 25 Catskill shaly limestone in its type exposure on the Cats kill at mouth of main gorge
of Austin’s glen, Catskill. Creek escapes diagonally across lower limestones as they roll up on
east side of syncline (see figures 1, 23). Manlius (and Coeymans) in foreground; Kalkberg
beyond water, to line of talus ; then heavy-bedded lower Catskill with more shaly above; Becraft
caps knob at left. Looking south of west. Photo : April 1938, W. J. Schoonmaker.
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
71
4 the trilobites, Phacops logani, Goldius pompilius and Odonto-
chile sp. ;
5 the sponge, Hindia inornata;
6 numerous bryozoans of the genera Trematopora, Hallo pora,
Callotrypa, Chilotrypa, Fistulipora, Polypora, Monotrypa etc.
5 CATSKILL SHALY LIMESTONE
Of the muds of the ancient seas none are more prolific in our
region than the “Delthyris shaly limestone” of the old reports, named
from its carrying the large Delthyris (now Spirifer) macro pleura}
and other spirifers. It was this rock (figures 1, 12, 22, 25, 26, 69,
78) that Professors Clarke and Schuchert renamed the New Scotland
limestone as it is developed in the Helderberg mountains. But it
should be noted that the earliest geographic name of this formation
was the alternative one of “Catskill shaly,” derived from its ex¬
posures on that creek in Austin’s glen (figures 25, 26). Yet, as we
have pointed out, these two names are not strictly synonymous, since
the Catskill did not include the Kalkberg member of the New Scot¬
land, but is itself the complementary member of the New Scotland,
the Kalkberg being shaly on the Helderbergs but massively bedded
at Catskill. Inasmuch as no other name presents itself for this
higher member of the New Scotland formation, that of Catskill is
here employed as of the greatest appropriateness and of long stand¬
ing in the literature though in a dual sense.2
The highly fossiliferous shaly-looking slabs of the Catskill lime¬
stone are strewn about or heaped into stone fences throughout its
line of outcrop, veritable treasure houses for the collector. The
fossils are, however, in general only impressions or natural molds
with the shelly substance dissolved away. Such original calcareous
portions of the shells as remain are strikingly white against the dun
matrix; there are also black fragments of trilobites or lingulas and
similar. The weathered color of the slabs varies from gray to “coffee
and cream,” the whole effect dull and unattractive, becoming dark
and forbidding in the rugged ledges. Fresh cuttings show a dark
blue, lusterless and often massively bedded rock, appearing as a true
limestone. The total thickness is not easy to determine with accuracy
because of faulting or minor crumpling at the places best suited for
measurement; it is thought to be approximately 120 feet.
The behavior of the “shaly” limestone under the weather is not
the same at different points or at least at different levels within it.
In general there are rapid alternations of more shaly and more
resistant beds. Some of the latter are like thin recurrences of the
72
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Kalkberg, though the silicified fossils (including many bryozoa) in
these layers seem more delicate than in that rock while the chert is
lighter in color and less abundant. In the thick-bedded but weak
rocks of the basal 35 feet these fossils occur best preserved in the
deeply weathered pittings the size of one’s fist that result from the
solution of the purer limy nodules mentioned under the preceding
section on the Kalkberg member. In the north part of the quad¬
rangle these lower beds produce usually a hollow between the Cats-
kill and the Kalkberg ledges ; a similar depression often lies between
the Catskill and the superjacent Becraft limestone. The middle por¬
tion of the Catskill shaly limestone is therefore the more resistant,
but still it is less so than the heavy limestones above and below. Yet
at points where the strata are on edge the normally weaker shaly
Catskill limestone often rises above these buttressing formations to
form the backbone of the ridge, whereas the Kalkberg and Becraft
subside into subordinate altitudes on the flanks. That this anomaly
may result from greater induration of the shaly beds by lateral com¬
pression exerted at right angles to the bedding of the upturned layers
is suggested by the seeming reduction in thickness of the Catskill
limestone at such places.
Under other circumstances of compression, especially in the drag-
zones of the overthrust sheets, these shaly limestones have proved
quite incompetent and are crumpled, sometimes most intricately.
Distortion or fracturing of the fossils is then a frequent consequence.
In places, a closely spaced shearing-cleavage obscures the true bedding.
In composition the Catskill shaly is just about half limestone,
analyses usually ranging from 30 per cent to 70 per cent of calcium
carbonate. The remainder is mostly silica, with some alumina and
about 3 per cent of iron oxide. Thus the rock is not suitable for
cement, as it might be if clay replaced the silica and iron content.
Except for the basal part it is avoided at the stone crushers, so that
its chief economic use has been for stone fences and for cheap foun¬
dations.
The fossils of the Catskill member of the New Scotland include
in part :
1 the gastropods, Platyceras ventricosum, P. gebhardi, P. trilo-
batum, P. intermedium? , P. platystomum alveatum, P. retrorsum,
P. calantica, P. ( Orthonychia ) lamellosum , P. spirale etc., and Dia-
phoro stoma ventricosum ;
2 the brachiopods, Spirifer macropleura, S chellwienella wool-
worthana, Meristella arcuata, Delthyris perlamellosa, Eatonia
medialis, Strophonella headleyana, Leptostrophia becki, Leptaena
[73]
Figure 26 Overthrust fault, with marked “drag/’ on former Catskill Mountain railway at reverse curve in
Austin’s glen, Jefferson Heights (north bank of the Cats kill, see figure 1). Massive Becraft limestone at left
dipping east (right) ; fault surface diagonally up middle from right to left; arching (dragged), strongly cleaved
New Scotland (Catskill) shaly limestone on right, also dipping east, belongs below .the Becraft. Looking north-
northeast along the strike. Photo: August 1912, H. L. Fairchild.
o rt
U
IS ^
O
>. S
a; C
c o
O O
C/3 C
a; <u
'— ' <u
-> >
t! cti
bo .o
ta p.
[74]
(king west. Photo supplied by Mr Holdridge.
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
75
rhomb oidalis, Rhipidomella tubulostriata, Orthostrophia strophomen-
oides, Pholidops ovata, Lingula rectilatera;
3 the trilobites, Phacops logani, Odontochile pleuroptyx, Cerato-
cephala tuberculata;
4 the pelecypods, Aviculopecten tenuilamellatus, Actinopteria
communis , and A. textilis, Pterinea halli;
5 the cephalopod, Ortho c eras rude;
6 the pteropod, Tentaculites elongatus;
7 the sponges, Hindia inornata, Receptaculites infundibidiformis
and Aulacopina(f) sp. ;
8 the crinoida, Edriocrinus pocilliformis, Aspidocrinus callosus,
and various unidentified stems, the joints of which are numerous in
the upper beds;
9 various bryozoans, of which the following are definitely reported
from our area, Fistulipora maculosa, Monotrypellaf ( Eridotrypa f)
densa, Callotrypa macropora, C. striata, C. unispina, Polypora obliqua,
Stic top ora ? granatula; three others whose horizon is not given may
be from the Kalkberg rather than the Catskill, namely Unitrypa
prae cursor, Polypora arta, Ptilodictya nebulosa.
Supplementary Notes
1 This species recurs in the Alsen limestone, though sparingly, and is thus
not so diagnostic of the New Scotland as was once supposed. See note 1
under the Coeymans limestone, for the history of the formation names. Lardner
Vanuxem (1842, p, 120) in proposing the name Catskill shaly limestone to
include, as he says, the Delthyris shaly limestone and Scutella limestone of the
annual reports, explains : “The present name of this rock is taken from Cats¬
kill creek, near the town of Madison, Greene county, by the side of the rail¬
road, where for a long distance it is exposed to great advantage for examina¬
tion. The name is objectionable, but it is no easy matter to find one in the
State which will be less so.” Madison is now Leeds, the railway a memory.
2 The name Catskill has become ingrained in geologic literature for the red
beds of our mountains, where its correct limitations remain a matter of
controversy. Because of the fallacious shift of the name of the creek to these
mountains, as previously pointed out, it is unfortunate that it ever gained such
currency among geologists. Since the red beds are now subdivisible in their
type area, opportunity has been taken to employ herein the more appropriate
Dutch and Amerindian terms, Katsberg and Onteora, their designations for
the uplands, and to retain Catskill for the limestone whose description precedes
that of the red beds in Vanuxem’ s report, the original publication of the
name in both senses.
6 BECRAFT LIMESTONE
Most important economically of our limestones is the “shell mar¬
ble” of local parlance, the “Scutella or Encrinal limestone” of the
old reports,1 renamed from Becraft’s “Mountain” in the rear of the
city of Hudson, an interesting outlier of Silurian and Devonian rocks
off the northeast corner of our map area. There as on the west side
of the river it is the main material for the manufacture of Portland
76
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
cement. Analyses of the fresh rock run as high as 98 per cent of
calcium carbonate, 90 per cent being a general average.
The Becraft (figures 26-29, 65, 68, 69) is a beautiful and durable
building stone, as attested by some of the best public buildings in
Catskill and elsewhere. It was used also for cyclopean blocks in the
construction of the concrete anchors for one of the East River
bridges in New York City. It takes a good polish and trims easily
to any desired ashlar, but loses its polish too easily on exposure to
be useful for monumental work.
The massive but much dissolved ledges of the Becraft limestone
are the most conspicuous of any between the Manlius and the Onon¬
daga. Open joints and seams characterize its outcrop, proof of its
purity and solubility but making treacherous footing especially after
the leaves fall. Yet caverns of any extent are not frequent in it.
Though, like our Helderbergian formations in general, usually
somewhat darkened on the weathered surface, the rock is normally
very light colored within. It crumbles to a white, sugary powder
under the hammer and gives but little sound when struck. In grain
it is coarsest of our strata, composed mostly of crinoidal fragments
mingled with rather small brachiopods of few kinds and often with
many of the larger watchglass-shaped objects formerly called “Scu-
tella” (being mistaken for a genus of sand-dollars), now known as
Aspidocrinus scutelliformis and considered to be crinoid anchor-
plates. These have recrystallized into cleavable calcite of creamy
white color, making them conspicuous against the light gray or
pinkish tints that predominate in the matrix, to which some soft
yellowish tones add warmth on exposure. The general effect is not
cold, but fleshlike, enlivened by an abundance of calcite cleavage of
all the organic fragments, recrystallized. It is this recrystallization
that entitles the Becraft to pass commercially as a marble, though it
is not a “metamorphic” rock in the limited sense.
Chert is unusual in the Becraft, yet it has been discovered at a
few localities and at different levels in the formation, very sparingly,
especially a thin seam at the very base. Exceptionally, the fossils
are silicified.
The lower part of the 60 feet of Becraft on our area is thinner
bedded (figure 27) than the upper massive stratum and carries
seams or partings of bright green to black flinty shale, from one-half
to four inches thick. These shale seams sometimes stand out on the
weathered joint faces, being evidently less soluble than the limestone.
Frequently they are packed with Atrypa reticularis and other fossils.
[77]
Figure 28 Becraft limestone overlain by Alsen limestone in south end of south Alsen quarry at Alsen. Characteristically
unsymmetrical syncline with full thickness of both limestones at type locality of the Alsen. Height of face is 90 feet. Looking
south. Photo and retouching by Robert W. Jones.
Figure 29 Alsen limestone of type exposure in middle Alsen quarry, Alsen,
now property of the Lehigh. North wall of quarry, showing massive upper
Becraft limestone up to the overhang, full thickness of Alsen, including
banded “yellow” beds at its top, capped by about 15 feet of Glenerie cherts
with shales. Looking north. Photo : April 1938, W. J. Schoonmaker.
[78]
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
79
They help to reduce the lime content of these lower beds to about
80 per cent of calcium carbonate, average analysis.
These shale seams increase and the beds grow thinner downward,
so that the transition from the New Scotland (Catskill) below is not
very sharp, especially since the summit of the latter becomes crinoidal
and carries increasing proportions of thin, but blue and resonant,
limestone bands. When attentively examined there is nevertheless
no trouble in drawing an exact line.
The fossils of the Becraft limestone are chiefly :
1 the crinoid anchor-plate, Aspidocrinus scutelliformis, and stems
of Clonocrinus(f) macropetalus, Cordylocrinus parvus etc.;
2 the brachiopods, Spirifer concinnus, Atrypa reticularis, JJncinu-
lus nobilis and U. campbellanus, Meristella prince ps, Orbiculoidea
discus;
3 the (rare) gastropods, Strophostylus fit chi, Straparollus decol¬
late, Salpingostoma profundum, Phanerotrema labrosum;
4 orthocerate cephalopods, rare and poorly preserved ;
5 fistuliporoid and fenestelloid bryozoans, not common.
Supplementary Note
1 The “limestones of Becraft’ s mountain” was the first name applied to the
Helderbergian rocks in the early annual reports (W. W. Mather’s second
report, 1838, p. 166). The first subdivision of these was into Pentamerus
limestone, shale and Sparry limestone two years later (Mather, 1840, p. 237),
while farther on in the same volume the names Delthyris shaly limestone and
Scutella limestone were given for the last two (Vanuxem 1840, p. 377), anc
Mather adopted these names in the following year (fifth report on our district).
In 1842 Ebenezer Emmons (p. 429) substituted Encrinal limestone for Scutella
but misplaced it above the Oriskany, while Vanuxem (1842, p. 120) merged
both the Delthyris and the Scutella in his Catskill shaly limestone and Mather
(1843, p. 343) adopted the same grouping but preferred the name Delthyris
for the combination. Hall, however, (1843, p. 145) continued to keep the
Encrinal (Scutella) distinct from the Delthyris and added an Upper Pen¬
tamerus limestone above the former. Thus the present Becraft, or “upper
limestone of Becraft mountain,” has been known as Sparry, Scutella, Encrinal,
Catskill in part, Delthyris in part, and Upper Pentamerus (at least in part).
(See Darton 1894, p. 398, 406, pi. I; Hall 1893, p. 11).
7 ALSEN LIMESTONE
The Alsen succeeds the Becraft much in the same way that the
Kalkberg follows the Coeymans, with incoming of black chert seams
and a general reduction in purity and in size of grain. Its resem¬
blance to the Kalkberg limestone has already been remarked. Seldom,
however, does it form such cliffs as does that limestone. Usually
it either caps the Becraft ledges or retires behind them into obscurity.
Seldom, too, does its real thickness of 20 feet or more impress
one in the natural exposures. The cement quarries reveal it better
(figures 28, 29, 65, 68, 69) and they furnish its type locality (see
80
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Grabau, 1919, p. 470). The Alsen was formerly made a basal por¬
tion of the Port Ewen formation, into which it tends to grade upward
much as the Kalkberg does into Catskill shaly. The character of
the fossil remains in the two is also parallel — silicified in the Alsen,
as molds in the Port Ewen. They are 45 feet thick at Leeds.
The basal layer is finer grained and more resonant than the Be-
craft, but still usually of a light flesh color. This color quickly
changes in succeeding beds to a blue, becoming still more dense and
finer grained toward the top. A subargillaceous meshwork appears,
like that in the Kalkberg and especially the basal Catskill but more
conspicuous, inclosing the nodules of purer lime. Weathering often
brings out much buffy coloring. The fossils are mostly silicified,
as in the Kalkberg, and often weather free, but are more apt to be
affected by a ring-growth of the silica that destroys the finer surface
markings. The almost constant presence of Spirijer concinnus, and
the frequency of Mono try pa tabulata and the large circular apertures
of Platyceras obesum, are among the best means of distinguishing
the Alsen from the Kalkberg in areas of faulting where the succes¬
sion is obscured.
The calcium carbonate content drops to about 85 per cent in the
Alsen, with considerable increase in silica and a little more mag¬
nesium. The beds, though less suitable for cement and troublesome
in the grinder because of the flint, are not wholly rejected, however.
Because of its former inclusion in either the Becraft or the Port
Ewen, or partly in both, the faunal lists of the Alseh became mixed
with those until it was specially restudied by the writer. (See Davis,
1883, p. 391; Clarke, 1900, p. 73; Grabau, 1903, p. 1062-67; Van
Ingen and Clark, 1903, p. 1192-97; Shimer, 1905, p. 183-84, 262-68;
Grabau, 1906, p. 154-57 ; Chadwick, 1907.) Its separation from the
Port Ewen and Becraft serves a useful purpose, but in our area it
can not be discriminated on the scale of our map from the Port Ewen
and is included in one color with that rock.
The fauna of the Alsen limestone includes :
1 the bryozoans, Monotrypa tabulata, Fistulipora maculosa and
many other forms ;
2 the gastropod, Platyceras obesum;
3 the brachiopods, Rhipidomella oblata, Spirijer concinnus, S.
cyclopterus and S.. macropleura, Atrypa reticularis (a thickened
gerontic form is usual), Delthyris perlamellosa, Schizophoria multi-
striata, Schellwienella woolworthana, Leptaena rhomboidalis, Brachy-
prion schuchertanum, Eatonia peculiaris, Nucleospira ventricosa,
U ncinulus nobilis, Trematospira perforata, Rhynchospira globosaf,
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
81
Cyrtina varia, Meristella princeps, Lingula rectilatera, also rarely
Spirifer macro pleura; perhaps Beachia suessana of the Oriskany
fauna ;
4 the corals, V ermipora serpuloides, Enter olasma strictum, Caninia
roemeri, Pleurodictyum lenticulare, Favosites helderbergiae and F.
conicus ;
5 crinoid stems, especially of Clonocrinus(f) macro petalus ;
6 the sponge, H India inornata.
Many of these have come up from the New Scotland, some from
the Becraft. Only a few are new.
8 PORT EWEN BEDS
In the Rondout region, south of our area, the Alsen limestone lies
at the base of a thick mass, somewhat resembling the New Scotland
(Catskill), which passed as “upper or recurrent Shaly” until renamed
geographically.1 Port Ewen village lies just south of Rondout, and
the exposures are in the long West Shore railway cut three-fourths
of a mile above Port Ewen station. The succession of Becraft,
Alsen, Port Ewen around Kingston and Rondout is like that of
Coeymans, Kalkberg, Catskill shaly in the lithic changes involved,
though there is in general less likelihood of confounding the Port
Ewen with the Catskill limestone than the Alsen with the Kalkberg.
It is much less fossiliferous than the Catskill shaly.
The 150 feet2 of Port Ewen that succeed the Alsen around Ron¬
dout diminish rapidly northward. As they enter our area from the
south they have dropped to a few feet and become more assimilated
to the Alsen member. Northward from West Camp they are scarcely
noticeable in outcrop. The quarries and road cuttings show, how¬
ever, that there lingers a thin representative of these beds at most
points, darker and more argillaceous than the Alsen, weathering,
yellower and more banded, lacking chert. From about 15 feet at
Alsen (figure 29) the thickness falls to only seven or eight feet
where it crosses the Cats kill in the upper part of Austin’s glen at
the north edge of our map. At several points on the quadrangle,
even in the south part, it appears to be wholly absent.
The Port Ewen is less fossiliferous than the Alsen, though there
is not much change in the species and, except to recognize the Alsen
as a basal phase, the separation is a doubtful one, the lithic change
being gradual and the line probably drawn at different levels at
different points. The type Port Ewen is lithically rather like the
Esopus, and like that rock it contains profuse tubular burrows at
certain levels, but it differs essentially in being definitely limestone
82
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
of the Helderbergian sea. The fresh color is somber, the weathered
surfaces of the higher beds when present are more often gray than
buff. Good exposures have been made along the new Palenville-
Catskill road (route 23-A) at the extreme summit of the Blivenville
hill and at intervals beyond, in which the Alsen lithology extends up
to the base of the Glenerie beds and no typical Port Ewen is seen;
yet the higher beds lack chert, have fossils as molds, more clay
content, darker color, species indicative of the Port Ewen and
probably correlate with layers next above the Alsen at Rondout as
well as with those assigned to the upper Alsen in Austin’s glen
(thus accounting for the excessive thickness of 37 J4 feet of Alsen
there). Phosphatic nodules at the top indicate an erosional break
between the Port Ewen (respectively Alsen) and the Glenerie. Such
nodules occur elsewhere at this horizon, especially on the upper or
old stage road south of Schoentag’s about 1.8 miles southwest of
the Glasco docks as measured on the map, and here they top the
small thickness of Alsen limestone with the Port Ewen wholly
pinched out.
While the Port Ewen has some affinities with the Oriskany group
and shows some faunal gradation, especially from Kingston south-
westwardly, its divorce from the Alsen and from the Helderbergian
generally does violence to the facts. There is no satisfactory break
from the top of the Port Ewen down to the Coeymans base (the
hiatus that was postulated by Grabau below the Port Ewen being
actually above it), wherefore it seems wisest to retain all these beds
in the Helderbergian where they originally resided.
In the northern part of our area, the Port Ewen remnants carry
about 75 per cent of calcium carbonate and 15 per cent to 20 per
cent of silica. But southward, the lime content must drop even lower
than that of the Catskill shaly; no analyses are at hand.
The following list of fossils is based chiefly on collections made
in the Rondout region, south of our map, though all the species
named may be expected to occur on our quadrangle. These include :
1 the bryozoans, Monotrypa tabulata and Fistulipora ponderosa;
2 the brachiopods, Eatonia peculiaris and E. medialis, Spirifer cy¬
clop terus, and S. concinnus, Rhipidomella oblata, Dalmanella piano -
convexa, Leptaena rhomboidalis, Leptostrophia becki, Reticularia
modesta, Coelospira concava, Delthyris perlamellosa, Pholidops ovata
and rarely Spirifer macropleura;
3 the corals, Duncanella rudis, Pleurodictyum lenticular e ;
4 the sponge, Hindia inornata;
5 the pteropod, Tentaculites elongatus;
Figure 30 Glenerie limestone in type exposure at old quarry on east side of route 9-W a quarter mile
north of Glenerie Mills, four miles below Saugerties. Shows about 30 feet thickness (the Rev. C. E.
Brown gives measure), much of which is packed with silicified fossils here and along highway. Looking
northeast. Photo: April 1928, G. H. C.
£
c a
JS) c
W -S
<u a
Oh V- ^
O <V .
^ CL) ' "
22 O
G cm
£ «
• id or.
G ^
O rt
w £
’cs R
<u ro
-c ^
”0 _J5
^ C/3
!- O
fc ^
[84]
syncline. Looking north. Photo : October 1927, G
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
85
6 the pelecypod, Cypricardinia lamellosa;
7 the trilobites, Homalonotus vcmuxemi, Phacops logani, Odon-
tochile pleuroptyx, Ceratocephala tuberculata;
8 “fucoidal markings” or tubular worm burrows.
Supplementary Notes
1 Overlooked by earlier writers or confused by them with the New Scotland,
the “Upper Shaly” was first differentiated by W. M. Davis in 1883 (pages
390-91), a date coinciding with the opening of the West Shore Railroad which
has a long cut through these beds on the south side of the Rondout creek.
In their great revision of 1899, Clarke and Schuchert called them the Kingston
beds, a preoccupied name (in Canada) later changed by Clarke (1903, p. 21)
to Port Ewen.
2 The reported figures (see W. M. Davis 1883, p. 390; N. H. Darton 1894,
table opposite p. 396, p. 407, 491, 498, 517; J. M. Clarke 1900, p. 73; Var
Ingen and Clark 1903, p. 1194), when the Alsen is deducted, range from 100*
to 200 feet in the Rondout region, with the more startling difference of 40 to
180 feet at Whiteport (Darton p. 407, Van Ingen and Clark p. 1195). Some
of the divergences are due to faulting and internal mashing at the various
exposures. The writer’s own field work would indicate that about 100 feet
comes nearer the truth from East Kingston southwestward to New Jersey.
9 GLENERIE LIMESTONE AND CHERT
Buff browns are the characteristic weathering colors of the Glen-
erie Oriskany beds, but the fresh exposures are very blue to nearly
black, often fading to a neutral gray where weathering has just
begun. These colors are more constant than the rock composition,
as that ranges from limestone to solid chert beds, to soft shale and
to conglomerates. This variability, together with the thinness, marks
the shore wardly onlapping nature of the Glenerie beds and em¬
phasizes the importance of the time-break at their base — a line for¬
merly chosen (and to which we may return) as the base of the
Devonian system. Southward, they thicken greatly into limestones
(figure 30) ; northward in the Helderbergs they grade over into two
or three feet of sandstone, there correlated with the coarse Oriskany
white sandstone of central New York, whose type locality is south¬
west of Utica. This very thin sandstone layer in the Helderbergs
is packed with the characteristic coarse brachiopod shells or their
molds1 and is decidedly flinty, giving glassy surfaces when glaciated.
As it comes southward it soon loses any character of sandstone,
becoming a chert or cherty limestone (figures 29, 31, 68). Through¬
out this change it keeps most of the diagnostic brachiopod fossils
of the typical Oriskany, the coarse forms that would survive wave
buffeting on the beach. But added to these are now smaller species
germane to the limestone reefs and ranging up from below, with
some new forms, constituting a much more profuse fauna and
giving rise to the impression that the Glenerie limestones were older
(lower) than the typical Oriskany sandstone.
86
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
On the Cats kill below Leeds, just as these strata enter our quad¬
rangle, they roll out flat in the creek bed, exhibiting highly fossili-
ferous cherty seams with many species that are holdovers from the
underlying Helderbergian formations and only subordinate numbers
of the typical large Oriskany forms. Nine feet of beds are here
referred to the Glenerie, resting on the seven-foot Port Ewen shaly
stratum. They pass directly beneath the Esopus shale of the big
cliff (Darton, 1894, plate 2 op. p. 402) formed by that rock at the
former Leeds Mills, which is so conspicuous from route 23. At
low water all contacts and the entire succession from the Alsen
to the Esopus and then through the Schoharie to the Onondaga can
be studied here, care being taken to recognize some small thrusts in
the Glenerie and Esopus. The only equally good exposures of the
Glenerie contacts are on the Esopus creek at the Oak Ledges, Sauger-
ties or in the cement quarries.
Southward from Leeds (Austin’s glen) the Glenerie beds are
much masked under strips of alluvium or swamp as far as Van
Luven’s lake, though search reveals some natural exposures. The
fresh cuttings on the new Palenville-Catskill highway (23-A) have
supplied excellent sections (figure 31) and brought to light shaly
phases interbedded with and bottoming the cherts, as well as one
thin zone of pebbles. Fossils, including some species not yet de¬
scribed, are abundant in these cuts but not easy to collect. A pebble
zone occurs also just at the north edge of our quadrangle in the
Glenerie beds at the “natural dam” in Austin’s glen ' and one or two
such layers in the cement quarries.
Southward from Van Luven’s lake the Glenerie assumes a physio¬
graphic importance it has not had north of there, capping and pro¬
tecting the cement limestones (Alsen and Becraft) in the various
fault-blocks of the West Camp syncline. It is the “black rock”
dreaded by the quarrymen as exceedingly difficult to drill. In The
deep railway cut of the Alpha company at the south end of this ridge,
the Glenerie is seen to be at least 20 feet thick, nearly all black chert.
But it is from Saugerties southward that the rock takes on its
most interesting character through the incoming, at the top, of highly
fossiliferous limestone beds. This locality, made famous by the col¬
lections of the late Reverend Thomas Cole jr of Saugerties, furnishes
our name for the formation, from the old Glenerie white-lead mills
on the Esopus creek that still stand unused at Glenerie falls of the
map. The type exposure is a small old quarry (figure 30) on the
east side of highway (9-W), north of the mill, but the collecting
grounds extend north nearly to the bridge leading to Mt Marion2
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
87
and have furnished a wealth of fossils so beautifully silicified as to
rival those well known to paleontologists from the Oriskany of
Cumberland, Md. Across the creek is the type Esopus shale (figure
32).
A comparison of the map areas covered by the Glenerie here with
its diminishing prominence northward to the Cats kill is instructive.
Farther south it thickens more and more, while a small-pebble con¬
glomerate comes in below it, at Rondout, which is still of Oriskany
age. The aspect of this Connelly conglomerate is that of a trans¬
gressing deposit, an interpretation strengthened by its disappearance
northward, along with most of the Port Ewen (from top down),
the incoming there of pebbles at higher levels which have become
basal Oriskany, and the occurrence of phosphatic nodules beneath
the basal contact. The Connelly has not been detected in our map
area.
Nowhere within the Catskill quadrangle is there any exposure to
which one could apply the name “Oriskany sandstone.” Failure of
several acute observers to recognize the Oriskanian here was due to
this absence of this sandy phase associated with the name in their
minds. But the belief that the beds here present are earlier in age
than the typical Oriskany because of their large admixture of
holdover Helderbergian species seems to lack cogency. (Ulrich and
Schuchert 1902, p. 653 have only upper Oriskany in eastern New
York.) As pointed out by Doctor Clarke (1900, p. 72) and
Professor Shimer (1905, p. 190), the calcareous facies of the
rock provides a sufficient explanation of the faunal difference. On
the other hand, it is equally true that the presence in both localities
of Spirifer arenosus and its associates by no means proves that the
two rocks are necessarily continuous and contemporaneous deposits.
The Oriskany sand is just such a beach deposit as we have in our
Rondout at Alsen and like that it must have formed rapidly and be
the equivalent of but a few feet of limestone. But Spirifer arenosus
ranges through 300 feet of beds in Maryland. Until more informa¬
tion is at hand, therefore, it seems best to continue the local designa¬
tion, Glenerie, and to include under it in one formation all the local
lithic variations.
Analysis of the Glenerie beds in the Quarry Hill syncline shows
about 60 per cent of calcium carbonate, over 20 per cent of silica
and about 6 per cent each of alumina and of magnesium carbonate.
Some portions, however, run much higher in silica than in lime.
The Glenerie fauna includes in part:
1 the brachiopods, Spirifer murchisoni a nrf S. arenosus, Lepto-
88
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
coelia flabellites (robust variety approaching L. acutiplicata) , Palaeo-
glossa spatiosaf , Leptostrophia oriskania and L. magnified, Rhipi-
domella musculosa, Plethorhyncha pleio pleura and P. barrandiif,
Centronella sinuata, Eatonia peculiaris and E. sinuata, Coelospira
concava, Meristella lentiformis, Reticularia saffordi, Chonetes hud-
sonicus, Schellwienella becraftensis, Brachyprion majus, Anoplia
nucleata, Hipparionyx proximus, Leptaena rhomboidalis ventricosa,
Rensselaeria ovoides, Pholidops, Merista lata etc.;
2 the gastropods, Diaphorostoma desmatum and D. ventricosum,
Platyceras gebhardi, etc. ;
3 the trilobites, Synphoria stemmata, Homalonotus vanuxemi,
Pltacops logani;
4 the pteropod, Tentaculites elongatus;
5 the crinoids, Edriocrinus sacculus, Ancyrocrinus quinquepartitus
and unidentified stem segments ;
6 the worm tubes, Autodetus beecheri and Cornulites? ; and the
burrow, Taonurus cauda-galli; also branching burrows (“fucoids”) ;
7 the coral, Enterolasma strictum? ;
8 small ostracods similar to those from Maryland;
9 a few bryozoans ( Monotrypella? , a fenestelloid etc.).
Supplementary Notes
1 See A. W. Grabau 1906, p. 157-68, R. Ruedemann 1930, p. 56-58. The
latter reports (p. 57) that this bed is interrupted on the outcrop for a space
in the southern Helderbergs.
2 First mentioned by W. W. Mather (1843, p. 335) and later by W. M.
Davis, and N. H. Darton (1894, p. 405, 497), the fuller accounts are given
by J. M. Clarke, 1900, p. 74-75 (fossil list) and by Van Ingen and Clark
1903, p. 1201-3 with the most complete list of species on p. 1203 that has
been published, 94 in all, 56 of which are republished by A. W. Grabau, 1906,
p. 305.
10 ESOPUS SHALE
The inadequacy of our petrographic terms for sedimentary rocks
is nowhere better evinced than by the efforts to name this rock.
“Cocktail (or Cauda-galli) grit” expresses its true character no
better than the present substitute, Esopus “shale.” Shale it is not,
and grit it is not. “Siltyte” would be more appropriate, yet still
would fail to convey a precise impression of this almost unstratified,
strongly vertically cleaved and gravelly-crumbling mass of uniform,
barren, dark-gray stuff, two hundred fifty to three hundred feet thick
in our area.
Where undercut along the strike and cleavage planes, as on the
Cats kill at the north margin of our map (figure 78) and on the
Esopus creek (figures 32, 33) at the Glasco-Mt Marion bridge
(which is the “type locality”) the Esopus “grit” forms smooth banks
[89]
Figure 32 Esopus shale on west bank of Esopus creek at type locality, Sauer’s bridge, three
miles south of Saugerties, on route 9-W. Note vertical cleavage and lack of visible stratifica¬
tion except in hard bed at base. Camera stands on Glenerie limestone. Looking northwest.
Photo: April 1928, G. H. C.
Figure 33 Detail of cleavage in Esopus shale of type section (figure 32).
Only faint color bands represent the stratification. Dip is away from camera.
Looking west. Photo : April 1938, W. J. Schoonmaker.
Figure 34 Schoharie shaly limestone (top beds) in low anticline on route 32
just west of Saugerties, near junction with Old King’s road. Silicious
nodules make rows of whiter spots. Looking northeast. Photo : September
1936. G. H. C.
[90]
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 91
of light gray aspect, with the surface covered by small cubical bits
so as to resemble a huge pile of finely crushed stone.1 But where
cut transversely, as in the high “wheel” cliff at Leeds Mills just north
of our area or on the Esopus creek below the West Shore Railroad
bridge (Glenerie falls), the rock stands out in dark forbidding crags
with very resistant appearance and a steep or vertical false bedding
due to the pronounced cleavage.
On the uplands it gives rounded hills with fair soil, usually culti¬
vated or at least cleared for pasture, whereas usually the limestones
that emerge from beneath it and often the Schoharie above it are
left in timber. When the Esopus is not cleared it carries an oak
forest with trailing arbutus, mountain laurel, wintergreen and other
sand-loving plants, or a second growth of juniper, whereas the lime¬
stone ridges support evergreens (hemlock, pine, spruce), maples,
sassafras and dogwood more abundantly and the lime-loving ferns.
The general absence of stratification has an exception in the lower
40 feet, in which there are at intervals prominent layers about a
foot thick that sometimes prove to be cherty. On the Esopus creek
these beds are very silicious (figure 32), so resistant as to make
a strong rib of rock lengthwise of the stream at the Mt Marion
bridge, where Darton has called them “Oriskany”; but they shoot
well over the Glenerie limestones. Some fossils, however, continue
upward into this basal portion, especially the robust variety of
Leptocoelia that flourished in the Glenerie. Rounded flint nodules
of several inches occur at definite levels. This fossiliferous and
stratified lower portion may eventually require a distinctive name.
The most interesting collections have been made about a mile east
of Leeds.
The most abundant and characteristic fossil of the Esopus is the
spiral worm-burrow, Spirophyton or Taonurus caudagalli, which
increases in prominence toward the top of the formation.
The full list of species, mostly from the lower 40 feet, is:
1 the burrow, Taonurus caudagalli, and a tubular burrow ( Butho -
trephis ?) exactly like that in the Port Ewen beds;
2 the brachiopods, Leptocoelia flab ellites (variety?), Chonostrophia
complanata, Orbiculoidea sp., perhaps Ambocoelia sp.( ?) ;
3 a gastropod, Platyceras sp. ;
4 a goniatite with closely spaced septa, about as simple as Agonia-
tites, from the railway cuts north of the Kingston tunnel.
All this material was given to Dr J. M. Clarke for study but
became mislaid.
92
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Supplementary Note
1 See N. H. Darton 1894, plate 3 opposite p. 510, for this cliff, and plate 2
opposite p. 402 for the cliff at Leeds. Since the latter cliff is 120 feet high,
and the nearly vertical mass at the right also belongs to the Esopus, it is
easy in this view to measure 250 feet thickness, excluding about 10 feet of
(thrust duplicated) Glenerie beds in the core of the arch. The 40 feet of more
stratified Esopus next above the Glenerie are well shown in the picture. The
cliff at Glenerie at its highest point, the boardinghouse not far north of the
falls, is 200 feet high, to which dip will add at least another hundred; so that
on this south part of the map the thickness must reach 300 feet. Darton
(1894, p. 403) named this rock Esopus “slate”, a term by no means as inap¬
propriate as the others, from, he says, “the Esopus settlement” (now Kingston)
“and the Esopus creek” ; but since the complete section is exposed only on
the latter, we must look upon it as the real type section and locality.
11 SCHOHARIE SHALE
The 60 to 80 feet or more of beds mapped as Schoharie were
formerly included by all writers in the preceding formation, the
Cauda-galli or Esopus. Discovery of characteristic Schoharie grit
fossils in them at Becraft’s mountain led Doctor Clarke (1900,
p. 13-15) to observe the lithic differences and to give these beds proper
recognition. Similar conclusions had been earlier reached on the
west side of the river by E. R. Beardsley, R. W. Jones and the
writer, but not published until later; in fact, there had been a
growing general conviction among all field workers of a valid lithic
and faunal distinction from the Esopus, of stratigraphic continuity
of these shaly lime-mudrocks with the thin bed of true sandrock in
the Helderbergs known as the Schoharie “grit” from its outcrop on
the hills above Schoharie Court House in Schoharie county and of
the presence hereabouts of many of the distinguishing fossils of that
stratum. Thereafter, this recognition became unanimous.
These beds are harder, more calcareous and browner on weather¬
ing than the underlying Esopus and they break into much larger
pieces than that rock. This is well illustrated in the arching surface
of the Schoharie on which stands the old stone church in Leeds, on
route 23 just north of our map, a surface that for the regularity of
its minor jointing looks like a brick pavement.
Some of the smoothly arched anticlinal hills of this formation,
just unroofed of their limestone cover, are cleared and cultivated,
but more often the inclined or vertical beds give ragged ledges and
rugged ridges still in timber. The Schoharie is in fact a highly
resistant rock and it has a marked physiographic effect in contrast
with the subdued Esopus topography. At many points the Esopus
forms only a broad vale or meadow between upturned ridges of
Schoharie on one side and subjacent limestones on the other. It is
CATSKILL and kaaterskill quadrangles 93
only here and there, in anticlines, that the Esopus stands higher and
the Schoharie sinks back down the flanks of the hill.
To give a meaningful lithologic name to the Schoharie is even
more difficult than it is for the Esopus. Less shaly than that, it is in
no sense a “grit” as at Schoharie, but instead it is in our region and
southward a fine-grained impure limestone or calcareous mudrock
for which “marlyte” might do if the lime content were higher
(figure 34). Nevertheless, the rare limestone plants such as the
walking fern, purple cliff brake and ebony spleenwort find footing
upon it quite as readily as on the purer limestones.
The Schoharie is the third of such rocks in our series. Its
characteristic “coffee-and-cream” fragments, usually crudely shaly
but often with bulging centers, are rather closely imitated by the
lower Glenerie at many points and again by certain layers in the
New Scotland (Catskill shaly). These resemblances are sufficiently
close to demand caution in faulted areas, though usually the fossil
contents will announce which rock is outcropping. No places have
been found where the Glenerie is in fault contact with the Schoharie,
however, though the intervening Esopus is sometimes wholly under
cover of alluvium ; so that such difficulties are between the Glenerie
and New Scotland and do not affect the Schoharie, which lies to the
west of those except in the Streeke syncline. Were fossils in the
Schoharie as numerous as in the New Scotland, doubtless it likewise
would have been called a “shaly limestone.”
These fossil contents are, indeed, rather limited to the uppermost
portion and are none too abundant there, while the lower part is
increasingly more impure and more like the Esopus. The exact line
between these formations is marked by glauconite, with abrupt cessa¬
tion of the “cocktail” ( Taonurus ) markings and substitution of an
obscure branching tubular burrow (?). Stratification becomes more
distinct, with often a thin limestone band not far above the base of
the Schoharie (figure 64). The physiographic line is usually a
definite depression in the topography, or a terrace quoin. The middle
and higher portions of the Schoharie are readily known, even the
topmost part which becomes heavy-bedded like the Onondaga above
it (figure 35), from which too it is separated by glauconite and
distinguished by color and slaty cleavage.
The fossils of the Schoharie shale hereabouts, chiefly from the
top, are :
1 the brachiopods, Atrypa impressa, Spirifer macrus, Strophonella
ampla, Schellwienella pandora , Delthyris raricosta, Stropheodonta
demissa, Dalmanella peloris, Chonetes hemisphericus, Reticularia fim-
94
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
briata, Leptaena rhomboidalis, Orbiculoidea sp., Lingula ceryxt ;
(Clarke lists also Coelospira cf. Camilla, Chonetes cf. arcuatus) ;
2 the trilobites, Synphoria anchiops, Calymene calypso; (Clarke
adds Phacops cf. bombijrons) ;
3 the cephalopod, Ortho c eras zeus ;
4 the gastropods, Orthonychia cf. arcuata, Platyceras sp. ;
5 the sponge-boring, Clionolithes radicans;
6 bryozoans, Monotrypa etc.
From the top bed at Becraft’s mountain (which Grabau 1903,
p. 1070, took to be basal Onondaga) Doctor Clarke reports also
(1900, p. 14) the following:
1 the brachiopods, Spirifer varicosus, A try pa reticularis “large and
rotund” (?A. impress a) ;
2 the trilobite, Odontocephalus selenurus;
6 the bryozoan, Fistulipora (or Stromatopora) , incrusting;
7 the corals, Chonophyllum, Zaphrentis, Favosites (branching).
12 ONONDAGA LIMESTONE
The great “Corniferous” or “Upper Helderberg” limestone marks
a return to coral-reef conditions after the long interval of the “grits”
and is the last limestone formation in eastern New York. Split Rock
in Onondaga county is the type locality for the present name, Onon¬
daga limestone,1 but there have been other uses of the name Onon¬
daga. Our Onondaga limestone (figures 35-39) forms conspicuous
ledges characterizeed by an abundance of “black” chert seams in a
rock that though dark internally weathers strikingly “white” and by
massively jointed cliffs and blocks that are easily recognizable even
when glacially transported far from the outcrop. Chert is, however,
practically missing from the top 12 feet or so and in the basal four
to eight feet. Fossils are usually plentiful, especially rather large
silicified horn corals, honeycomb and organpipe corals in the cherty
middle layers.
The probable thickness of this massive limestone in our area is
about 60 feet, as Darton gives it (1894, plate 1 opposite page 396,
and pages 491, 496), but good opportunities for measurement are
lacking since the summit contact is known at but one point (figure
40). Resistant as the Onondaga seems at most exposures, forming
very picturesque ledges, it is surprisingly weak at others and retreats
far down the back slope of the Schoharie or wholly disappears under
alluvium. Indeed, where the larger streams cross it the Schoharie
usually makes the fall while the Onondaga goes under water
behind the fall. These anomalies may be due either to its greater
[95]
Figure 35 Contact of Onondaga limestone on Schoharie limestone at Webber farm, one-
half mile west of Cauterskill, on north side of the Kaaters kill. Hiram Wilcox marks top
of Schoharie at spring issuing from bottom of syncline, the layers rising again beyond the
tree. Looking east. Photo: September 1911, G. H. C.
Figure 36 Onondaga limestone at same locality as figure 35, showing
unusual thickness of the massive chert-free lower portion. Path to cave
goes up right foreground. Looking west toward spring. Photo : September
1911, G. H. C.
[96]
Figure 37 Onondaga limestone arch at Quatawichna-ach, on the Kaaters kill,
four and one-half miles southwest of Catskill. Beds very near top of the
Onondaga, as Bakoven shale occurs just downstream. Right background is
Timmerman’s hill of the Hooge Berg range (Mount Marion beds). Looking
southwest, below bridge. Photo: September 1936, G. H. C.
Figure 38 Detail of same beds as figure 37, under the bridge, showing the
chert seams, and the cavernous character which takes the normal flow of the
stream underground and gave it the Indian name (“place where water all
goes in a hole”). Looking south. Photo: September 1936, G. H. C.
[97]
[98]
Figure 39 Limekiln on Onondaga limestone outcrop at Katsbaan corners on route 32 three miles north
from Saugerties. This stood on south side of the road behind filling station west of the corners, but
has been torn down. Looking southwest. Photo: April 1928, G. H. C.
catSkill and icaaterskill quadrangles
99
solubility or to the fact that its open jointing made easy its plucking
away by the ice sheet. In confirmation its huge squarish boulders
are widely distributed eastward and southward by the glacier, even
to the river shore, and appear at the most unexpected places, with
their rare ferns. The Onondaga has more true outliers than the other
formations, perhaps for the same reason.
The purity of the Onondaga limestone matrix caused it to be much
in demand for quicklime. Many old kilns (figure 39) mark its out¬
crop ; others have been torn down. It has also been used for a build¬
ing stone, as in the Webber bridge on route 23-A. Its purity and
its jointing again have been favorable to subterranean solution, result¬
ing in some very impressive looking caverns.
Within our area the fauna of the Onondaga limestone has not been
adequately investigated. The more easily recognized forms that it
affords here are these :
1 the corals, Synaptophyllum simcoense, Striatopora cavernosa and
Favo sites emmonsi f ;
2 the brachiopods, Atrypa asp era and A. reticularis, S chellwienella
pandora, Spirifer duodenarius, Leptaena rhomboidalis, Strophonella
ampla, Stropheodonta demissaf, Delthyris raricosta, Chonetes line-
atusf, Schizophoria propinqua;
3 the gastropods, Platyceras dumosum, Diaphorostoma turbinatum ;
4 the trilobites, Odontocephalus selenurus, Phacops cristata;
5 various bryozoans ;
6 the fish tooth, Onychodus sigmoides.
Supplementary Note
1 The applications of the name Onondaga, and the appellatives of the Onon¬
daga limestone, have had a checkered history. With reference to what we
now call the Salina series of Silurian age in central New York, Vanuxem in
1839 (page 249) used the expression “Saliferous group of Onondaga,” which
was repeated by Hall (page 290) in the same report. But on page 293, Hall
varies this to “Onondaga saliferous group,” thus to the technically minded first
validating it as a stratigraphic term. Lower on the very same page (and again
on page 309) Hall introduces “Onondaga limestone” for only a thin lower
portion of the rock to the whole of which the name is now applied. For the
major portion of our Onondaga he follows Vanuxem (page 275) in employing
the latter’s newly introduced name “Seneca limestone” (Hall, pages 293, 310),
distinguishing it by its darker color from the “gray sparry crinoidal” Onondaga
limestone below, with which he says it “in some instances alternates” (page
310). “Onondaga limestone” was first applied to the whole mass by Conrad in
1842 or Emmons in 1846, but does not seem to have had currency in this
sense until used by Hall on the McGee map of 1894, apparently there including
also the Schoharie beneath.
Instead, the widely accepted term was at first Corniferous and later Upper
Helderberg limestone, while Onondaga continued to designate the Silurian salt¬
bearing series. The name “Corniferous” (or at first “Cornitiferous”) refers to
the content of hornstone chert and was introduced by Amos Eaton as early as
1823, and defined in corrected spelling by him in 1839 (American Journal of
Science, 36, page 61). The name was taken up by John Gebhard jr and
100
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM-
accepted by Mather in 1840 (page 237) but ignored by Hall (page 452) in
the same report; he used Onondaga (perhaps in the present sense?, pages
418, 427), while Vanuxem (page 378) inserts it between the Onondaga and
Seneca limestones, and thereafter in these early reports and the final volumes,
one or both of these members were separated from it. (Emmons 1842, page
429, uses “Helderberg limestone" instead.)
“Upper Helderberg" was a term apparently originated by Hall in 1851
(Foster and Whitney’s report, volume 2, page 163) in a breaking up of the
old Helderberg Division and included the “grits” as well as the limestone,
but it eventually settled down pretty much to the limestone (L. Lincklaen
1861, F. J. H. Merrill 1898), and had long acceptance.
Meantime the duplicate use of “Onondaga salt group" continued in full
favor in these reports and all four final volumes of the survey and thereafter,
there being no alternative term until J. D. Dana coined Salina in 1863. In
Dana’s last edition (1895, page 552) he still uses Onondaga period to comprise
the Salina group and the Waterlime group (inclusive of Manlius) and retains
the name Corniferous for our Devonian limestone. Seneca was appropriated
by Clarke and Schuchert (1899, page 877) for their Senecan period of the
Upper Devonian. To restore these names now to their value as of first pub¬
lication would entail endless confusion. (See Darton, 1894, p. 401.)
13 BAKOVEN BLACK SHALE
Our knowledge of this rock in our area is derived from five small
exposures ; the rest of the way its outcrop is buried under Pleistocene
clays and glacial deposits along the line of the Bakoven valley which
its weakness has produced. This is the Marcellus valley of W. M.
Davis (1882, page 29), for the Bakoven is of Marcellus age and
was long supposed to represent the entire Marcellus of central and
western New York.1 This valley (figures 3, 74) marks the back line
of the Kalk Berg range and lies between the last of the limestones
(the Onondaga) and the high range of the “Hamilton” sandstones,
the Hooge berg, now known to be also of Marcellus age.
The best and long famous exposure of the black shales (figure 40)
is on the Kaaters kill at the Webber bridge of the Catskill-Palenville
road (route 23-A). Approximately 75 feet of the shale and its thin
calcareous layers are here revealed, resting directly on the Onondaga
limestone summit ; but the upper portion of the section is much crum¬
pled, so that only 54 feet can be accurately measured (to the mouth of
the first gully) nor is there any way of knowing how much more lies
between it and the Mount Marion formation on the opposite side of the
clay-filled Bakoven valley. Another but very small exposure, wholly
isolated, is visible at low^ water about a half mile upstream, nearly
opposite the old stone house2 of the Abeels, and furnished interesting
fossils from what may also be the Cherry Valley member. The beds
here dip east (about 7° to 8°), opposite to the previous dip.
Another small exposure of the lower beds, much ice-crumpled, is
on the east bank of the Kaaters kill at the 60-foot contour crossing
below Quatawichna-ach.
The summit contact is seen at the “coal mine” below the falls at
[101]
Figure 40 Bakoven black shale at type exposure, overlying Onondaga limestone (tip shows at left) on upstream side of Webber
bridge over Kaaters kill, Rip Van Winkle trail, four miles from Catskill. The shale extends to the top of the bank, and far to right
(down dip) ; about 50 feet thickness shown in view. Looking east-southeast. Photo: April 1938, W. J. Schoonmaker.
[102]
Figure 41 “Hard beds” of lower Mount Marion formation in cut at sharp bend of Rip Van Winkle trail
four and one-half miles (by road) west of Catskilh Incipient cleavage (close jointing) due to steepening
of west dip on this east front of the Hooge berg, (see figure 3, taken one-half mile northeast). Dip is
to left, 25° west. Looking north-northeast. Photo: April 1928, G. H. C.
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 103
Wesley Houck’s farm, a half mile southwest of the bridge over the
Kaaters kill at the Quatawichna-ach, but unfortunately the Mount
Marion “brown” sandstones have here ridden up eastward over the
shales, crushing and crumpling these and obscuring the normal rela¬
tions. The drag zone in the top of the “black” shales is from three
to five feet thick, with so much slickensiding of the shales as to have
given the impression of anthracite coal. A tunnel was therefore
drifted into the hillside, extending 50 feet northward along the con¬
tact, but of course no coal was found. Nevertheless some of the
shale here and also at the Webber bridge is sufficiently bituminous
to yield a flame when put upon a hot fire, but the appearance and
odor of “oil” sometimes obtained upon fresh fracture is chiefly due
to sulphur compounds of no commercial value. A little natural gas,
however, was struck in the Marcellus (Bakoven) black shale by a
waterwell drilling near Veteran.
About 35 feet of the Bakoven beds are seen in the brook at
Houck’s “mine.” A few rods east, lower layers appear in the Kaaters
kill, similar to those at the Abeel house. Dip calculations suggest
that the total thickness of the Bakoven represented at Houck’s may
be about 100 feet, with about the same amount more to reach the
Onondaga on the east of the Kaaters kill, or 200 feet in all. But if
there is a roll in the strata here as at Abeels and if the zone there
and here seen in the creek is the Cherry Valley member, then the
total drops to 140 feet. Only some deep well records can solve this
problem.
The basal one inch, in contact with the Onondaga at the Webber
bridge exposure (sometimes covered by debris), is a calcarenyte of
tiny crinoidal fragments, black in color like the shale and containing
also comminuted fish remains with an occasional brachiopod shell
seemingly reworked from the limestone beneath. The basal contact
here shows this bed bonded into solution pittings in the limestone,
indicating a distinct break and disconformity.
The fossils found in the Bakoven beds in our area, besides the lost
specimens of goniatites, include :
1 the diagnostic brachiopod of the Marcellus, Leiorhynchus limi-
tare; Leptaena rhomboidalis, also in the basal film, Atrypa aspera ;
2 the pteropods, Tentaculites gracilistriatus, Styliolina fissurella;
3 a crustacean, Estheria (new species?) ;
4 fragments of plant stipes, roots, and Aphlebia(?) ;
5 the plant spore-case, Protosalvinia huronensis ;
6 the fish tooth, Onychodus hopkinsi;
7 a possible arthropod podite.
i04
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Supplementary Notes
1 It is not yet certain just how much of the Marcellus is here black shale.
A concretionary zone at 35 feet (not 50 feet) above the base furnished to
Marshall Kay and his students small umbilicate cephalopods ( Agoniatites or
Anarcestes? ; unfortunately lost before identified) that suggest the equivalence
of this zone to the Cherry Valley limestone member. If that is correct (and
it is in keeping with the thickness and variability of the beds below this zone),
then we have here 35 feet of the Union Springs member, possibly 6 feet
referable to the- Cherry Valley limestone member, and hardly enough addi¬
tional thickness to account for all of the Chittenango member of the lower or
typical Marcellus. See Chadwick and Kay 1933, p. 6; in which guidebook the
name Chittenango is used by Kay for all these, prior to publication of Bakoven
by Chadwick (1933, p. 480, 483).
2 This house, visible from the highway (23-A) was the scene of one of
Brandt’s raids.
14 MOUNT MARION BEDS
Short of the mountains themselves, Mt Marion (figure 2) is the
highest point in our map on the west side of the Hudson. In form
and expression it is characteristic of the entire Hooge Berg range,
which consists of the same sandstones and shales. Steep easterly
fronts, often with a naked summit ledge, and long back-slopes (figure
3) are the outstanding features due to these west-dipping strata
which rise into peaks 600 feet above sea level (754 feet on Mt
Marion) and must exceed 800 feet in thickness (figures 41-45).
They are the Hamilton beds of former writers, named from Hamil¬
ton in Madison county, but they are now known to represent but a
part of the Hamilton group and to belong in its lowest or Marcellus
division (see Grabau, 1917, p. 954, for definition of name; Cooper,
1930, p. 234, 1933, p. 200, for correlation with Marcellus). They
seem to correspond roughly with the Cardiff or upper Marcellus
of central New York, but have here passed shoreward into the
brachiopod facies that the higher Hamilton beds have in their typical
exposures there. This is the highest formation in the section to
hold marine fossils for the whole length of our map area, those that
succeed it being generally of continental origin, but it is allied with
those beds above in being the first of the great delta deposits here
seen.
The fossils of the Mount Marion beds are those diagnostic of the
Hamilton group (in its limited sense, exclusive of the Marcellus) in
central New York, but they here extend down into beds of similar
lithic character that eastward from there have replaced the black
Marcellus (mostly Cardiff) shale of the more western areas. In
this we have the inauguration of those deceptive changes in facies,
landwardly, upon the great delta deposits forming across New York
State from the close of Onondaga time onward through the rest of
the Devonian, of which we shall see more presently and which have
Figure 42 Mount Marion beds, middle portion, at bridge over
Platte kill one mile west of Mt Marion railroad station on
road to Highwoods and Daisy. Type exposure. Fine talus dug
for road “gravel.” Low dip away from camera. Looking
west-southwest. Photo : April 1928, G. H. C.
[105]
Figure 43 Mount Marion beds, upper portion at High Falls
of the Kaaters kill, eight miles from either Saugerties or
Catskill. In summer flood, showing two heavy sandstone
layers, with gentle west dip, that make the falls, and weaker
layers in cliff above. Looking north. Photo: July 1928,
G. H. C.
[106]
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 107
in the past so seriously misled us in the correlation of these beds.
By actual field tracing, the Mount Marion beds have been proved by
Doctor Cooper to be not “Hamilton” in the limited sense, as they
were called from their appearance and fossils, but Marcellus, which
in its typical expression as black shales they do not in the least
resemble.
The name applied to these strata was given at the time when the
Hamilton age of also the overlying Ashokan flagstones was first
beginning to be recognized, so that a distinctive term became neces¬
sary. But it was little realized then that even the Ashokan is low
in the Hamilton group instead of being its top. We owe much to
the careful and discriminating field work of Dr G. Arthur Cooper.
No satisfactory subdivision of the Mount Marion formation has yet
been attained, though such a subdivision (and correlation with the
members distinguished farther west in the Cardiff) will doubtless be
worked out in time. The lower layers for a thickness of perhaps
100 feet are nearly homogeneous, fine-grained, argillaceous, barren
sandstone, whose bedding planes are often obscured by a strong
vertical cleavage (figure 41) and which tend to break up into blocky
pieces. The fresh color of this rock is bluish gray, becoming a tan
or coffee-brown in the exposure. Fossils are practically absent from
this portion, which is well seen at Miner falls, five-eighths mile west-
southwest of Asbury, and at Mr Houck’s “coal mine” three miles
farther north. Another exposure is at the four corners one-half
mile west of Mount Marion station and in the Platte kill immediately
adjoining. It is just below this point that the Platte kill begins to
flow across the alluvial flats that gave it its name (see note 12 on p.
19). Here, a single very fine specimen of Palaeoneilo fecunda was
found in the blocky shale fragments in the road gutter. This member
may represent the Chittenango portion of the Mount Marion, if such
there be.
Three- fourths mile farther west on this road, toward Unionville,
just over on the Kaaterskill quadrangle, is a high bank (figure 42)
of the main mass of the Mount Marion formation, continuous with the
Mt Marion hill itself on the north and extending along the west bank
of the Platte kill at the iron bridge. Nearly 150 feet of beds are
here exposed (the lower third showing downstream) though all are
largely inaccessible in the steep face. The upper third of this ex¬
posure and the lowest 10 feet are full of sandstone intercalations up
to a foot or more in thickness, but the general mass is an arenaceous
or argillaceous shale. At the base of the middle third, by the road¬
side at the bridge, is a harder bench carrying many specimens of
108
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Spirifer granulosus, besides S. audaculus, Leptostrophia perplana
and an Orthoceras. The blocky blue shales above this afford on
careful examination many species, chiefly pelecypods. In an hour’s
collecting, Professor Prosser (1899, page 294) secured 28 species
from this cliff ; the writer in about the same length of time obtained
mostly additional forms. Another Spirifer bed lies in the water
under the bridge. The forms collected here indicate a horizon not
lower than the Bridgewater member of the upper Marcellus. These
beds must lie about midway in the Mount Marion formation. In the
creek bed at the lower end is a layer with large “staghorn” corals.
A zone intervening between the two just described seems to be
represented along the northeast base of the mount itself, where the most
common form in the massy dark blue shales is the small coral
Ceratopora. A Cyathophyllum (C. nanumf), the goniatite Torno -
ceras uniangulare , a large frilled form of Atrypa reticularis like
those from Independence, Iowa, and a variety (new?) of Schell -
wienella pandora were also obtained from these shales and thin inter-
bedded sandstone, but fossils are rare. This zone is probably lower
Bridgewater.
The higher part of the Mount Marion formation is seen at High
falls (figures 43, 44) on the Kaaters kill, where rather heavier
sandstones predominate for some distance upstream, but sandy blue
shales form the gorge below the crest of the fall. It is these harder
layers that make the ledges topping Mt Marion, Mt Potick (just over
on Coxsackie quadrangle to north) and other hills of the Hooge Berg
escarpment and their position suggests that they are in the Solsville
sandstone member with the more shaly Pecksport overlying them and
terminating the Mount Marion formation. The shales beneath the falls
carry nests of Chonetes coronatus and about 30 other species, mostly
very rare (see C. S. Prosser 1899, page 279), whereas the sand¬
stones are often well filled with Spirifer granulosus and other forms.
The full list observed here in the sandstones is :
1 “fishes,” Cephalaspis? and other ostracoderm ? plates ;
2 cephalopod, Orthoceras exile;
3 pteropod, Tentaculites ;
4 gastropod, Diapliorostoma;
5 pelecypods, Grammysia circularis, Modiomorpha cf. alta, Nucula
hellistriata, Palaeoneilo (or Nucula lirataf), and various aviculoids;
6 brachiopods, Spirifer granulosus, S. pennatus, S. audaculus, S.
acuminatus, Delthyris consohrinat , Camarotoechia congregata, C.
prolific a, Chonetes coronatus, Stropheodonta concavaf, Leptostrophia
juniaf, S chellwienella chemunaensis ( pandora f) ;
[109]
Figure 44 Mount Marion upper beds just above High Falls, showing hanging tributary in distance,
below falls. The gentle west dip causes the Kaaters kill to migrate west, undercutting the cliff along
joint faces and making a gorge with only one wall. Jointing of fossiliferous sandstone bed well shown
on left. Looking southwest from highway bridge. Photo: July 1928, G. H. C.
[110]
Figure 45 “Storm rollers” in topmost (marine) beds of Mount Marion formation on old road just
west of new alignment, Unionville. There are two such cuts near together, in the roller beds, and
the nonmarine layers begin a few rods west, at road three-corners. Note west dip. Looking about
south. Photo: September 1936, G. H. C.
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
111
7 bryozoans ;
8 crinoid, Ancyrocrinus bulbosus, also columns and brachials ;
9 coral, Pleurodictyum cf. dividuumf ;
10 worm burrows, Taonurus velum, and interlacing linear burrows
not necessarily of worms.
From these higher beds, far up on the south slope of Mt Marion
itself, came the marvellous trove of the starfish Devonaster euc Haris
described by Dr J. M. Clarke in 1912 (page 44). More than 400
specimens were recovered from less than a square rod of sandstone
(see Clarke, 1912a, p. 115-18, pi. 14-16, for fuller account).
Still higher, close to the summit of the formation, besides abundant
shells of Camarotoechia and Chonetes vicinus, the pteropod Tenta-
culites hellulus forms a widespread layer an inch or more in thickness
in what may be the Pecksport member. In the topmost beds above
High falls, south of the highway (and also on the road northward),
are seen the curious so-called “concretionary” masses better known
as “storm-rollers” and always found to mark nearshore conditions
and impending transition to continental deposits, made on the land.
The finest display of these on our area is, however, in the two road
cuts (figure 45) through rock noses at Unionville, between the new
and the former road junction. These are worth careful inspection,
in the effort to understand and explain how such structures could
be formed, for no unimpeachable explanation has yet been suggested.
They are not concretions, at least, as all now admit.
The Mount Marion fauna constitutes a long list for any one forma¬
tion in our region, rivalled only by the New Scotland. The following
are known :
1 the “fish,” Cephalaspis? (plate), and other ostracoderm? plates;
2 the annelid burrow, Taonurus velum; and other burrows;
3 the cephalopods, Tornoceras uniangulare, Orthoceras exile, 0.
subulatum, Geisonocerasf sp., Spyroceras crotalum;
4 the pteropods, Tentaculites bellulus, Conularia aff. undulata;
5 the gastropods, Bucanopsis lyra, B. leda, B. sp., Trepospira ro-
taliaf, Bembexia sulcomarginata, Diaphorostoma lineatum, Platyceras
carinatum? ;
6 the pelecypods, Modiella pygmaea, Elymella nucidoides, Palaeo-
solen siliquoideus? , Cypricardinia indent a, Orthonota undulata, O.(f)
parvula, Prothyris lanceolata , Schizodus appressus, Paracyclas lirata,
Buchiola retrostriata, Sphenotus truncatus, S. subtortuosusf, Gram-
mysia bisulcata, G. magna, G. circularis, G. alveata, G. constricta,
Nyassa arguta, N. recta , Palaeoneilo constricta, P. plana, P. fecunda,
P. emarginata, Nuculites triqueter, N. oblong atus, N. cuneatusf,
112
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Nucula bellistriata, N. varicosa > N. corbuliformis, Cypricardella
tenuistriata , Modiomorpha concentrica, M. mytiloides , M. macilentaf,
M. cf. alta , Goniophora hamiltonensis, Plethomytilus oviformis,
Leiopteria dekayi, Actinodesma erectum , Limoptera obsoleta, Actinop-
teria boydi, Aviculopecten princeps;
7 the starfish, Devonaster eucharis ;
8 the crinoid ‘'root,” Ancyrocrinus bulbosus, crinoid brachials and
columnals ;
9 the brachiopods, Reticularia fimbriata, Delthyris consobrina?,
Spirifer pennatus, S. audaculus, S. granulosus , S. acuminatus , Athyris
cf. spiriferoides , Atrypa reticularis variety, Tropidoleptus carinatus,
Camarotoechia congregata , C. prolific a, C. sappho , Strophalosia trun-
cataf , Chonetes coronatus, C. vicinus , C. scitulus, C. lepidus, C. setiger,
Leptostrophia perplana, L. juniaf, Stropheodonta concavaf , Schell-
wienella pandora , Schizophoria impressa, Rhipidomella vanuxemi,
Lingulodiscina sp., Dignomia alveata, Lingula densa, L. compta ;
10 bryozoans not identified ;
11 the corals, Ceratopora distorta, C. dichotomaf, Eridophyllum f
sp., Cyathophyllum nanumf, Cystiphyllum sp., Zaphrentis sp., Pleuro -
diet yum dividuum? ;
12 the boring sponge, Clionolithes radicans? ;
And very rarely, carbonized plant stems or stipes; also simpler
forms (rootlets?) that have been called “Psilophyton.”
15 ASHOKAN FLAGSTONES
The old flagstone quarries (see Dickinson, 1903, map on pi. 2 and
p. 17-34) extend along the west flank of the Hooge berg from Dutch
Settlement (Ruby) northwards, by Highwoods, Fish Creek (Vanaken
Mills), Unionville (Centerville, Veteran), Quarryville and Great
Falls (High Falls) to the Catskill-Lawrenceville road on Bethel
ridge and the “Five-Mile Woods” at the north limit of the quad¬
rangles. The successful quarries have, in general, been kept near
to the main roads and to the outlets eastward through the Hooge
Berg range, and their absence in the vicinity of the Catskill-Palenville
road (route 23- A) has been due to the morainal overburden that here
conceals rock for some distance. A higher belt of flagstone quarries
lies to the west, in the red beds, extending up almost to the summit
of Plattekill mountain, as described beyond.
The change from the nonlaminated and generally less resistant
sandstones of the Mount Marion formation, with their marine fossils,
to the laminated arkosic “bluestones” or graywacke flags (figure 46)
that carry only fragments of land plants, is a marked zone, indicating
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 113
a change in the conditions of deposition. Although there are quarries
also in the uppermost Mount Marion at Ruby, Highwoods and Union-
ville, the quarrymen recognize the difference in character of the beds
and do not put the stone to the same uses. The interbedded shales
change from blue to olive and more blocky, weathering reddish or
brown so as to be suggestive lithically of the Upper Devonian “Che¬
mung” facies beds in central and western New York, though lacking
the fossils. These shales and flags constitute the first of the “con¬
tinental” sediments in our area, and they differ from the overlying
formation (the Kiskatom) only in showing no red shales. In fact,
there is reason to believe that the line of division based on the local
incoming of the red color is not a constant one across our area, but
that the reds keep appearing lower down toward the north, especially
where the line veers so suddenly eastward north of Kiskatom.
The converse of this is the retreat of this line southwestward from
Highwoods to Zena and then to west of West Hurley (the relocated
village) just off our map. The typical Ashokan flags lie south-
southwest from West Hurley, around the east end of the Ashokan
reservoir and in strike with the western part of this widened belt
at Zena. Unless there are rolls in the strata that our field work
has failed to discover, the typical Ashokan must be wholly or in large
part represented by red-beds from Highwoods north, and what we
are here calling the “Ashokan” throughout the same stretch must
correspond to marine Hamilton beds above the Mount Marion at Stony
Hollow and Bristol Church southeast of West Hurley, which are in
strike with the eastern part of the flags at Ruby and with our “Asho¬
kan” belt at Highwoods. The fossils in these beds at Bristol Church
include, in addition to 14 species of the Mount Marion fauna, also the
following not yet known in the Mount Marion (see Prosser, 1899, p.
296-97) : (1) the trilobite, Cryphaeus boothi; (2) the pelecypods,
Palaeoneilo maxima, Prothyris planulata, Cypricardella complanata;
(3) the brachiopods, Cyrtina hamiltonensis, Schellwienella chemung-
ensis, Rhipidomella penelope?, Orbiculoidea sp. “Storm-rollers” are
conspicuous in this section.
Pebbly beds near or at the base of the flagstone series occur at
Ruby and also on the road along the west side of Timmerman’s hill,
a half mile south of route 23-A, perhaps elsewhere. Darton (1894,
page 494) reports “thin streaks of quartz conglomerate ... at several
localities interbedded among the flags, notably in the lower beds of
the Jocky Hill region.” Jockey Hill lies just south of the Saw kill,
off our map, but in the same basal portion of the flags. These pebbles
are suggestive of a disconformity between the Mount Marion and our
114
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
“Ashokan,” (see Chadwick, 1927, p. 160). On the other hand, the
behavior of the flagstone belt on the map, between Kiskatom and
Vedder’s hill, suggests that the continental flaggy facies may there
invade the upper Mount Marion of farther south, at the same time
that the Kiskatom reds invade the flags from above.
In short, the mapping of both upper and lower limits of the “Asho¬
kan” flags has, for the time being, been necessarily done on lithologic
features, which so often have proved misleading in these delta depos¬
its with their facial changes ; this mapping must therefore be accepted
with caution, as also the use of the name Ashokan for the belt as
depicted except at its southwest expansion.
The perplexity felt by writers over the identification of these
strata is mirrored in the variety of names and correlations that have
been employed.1 In the dismemberment of the original Catskill
Mountain series, which had included all our rocks above the Onon¬
daga limestone, they at first passed as “Chemung,” or else as “Port¬
age.” As early as 1894, however, Mr Darton (page 494) assigned
them to the Hamilton ; but in 1899 (pages 290-94) Professor Prosser
identified them with the Sherburne sandstones of the Chenango valley
in central New York, on the basis of supposed continuous field tracing
and mapping. Returning to the belief in their Hamilton age, Doctor
Grabau gave them in 1917 (page 954) the local name of Ashokan
flagstones from the exposures and quarries around the Ashokan res¬
ervoir, especially those opened for stone for the Ashokan dam at
Olive Bridge. It has remained for Doctor Cooper to show that these
flagstones are lower instead of upper Hamilton, far below the Che¬
mung (which actually does not reach our mountains’ tops except
possibly the summit of Slide far southwest of our area).
The thickness of the “Ashokan” flagstones in the belt from High-
woods to Kiskatom appears to be about 300 feet. At Zena, on the
south, it is probably much thicker, approaching the 500 feet of the
type section just over the edge of the map, and this by upward
extension at the expense of the red Kiskatom. At the north edge
of our map it seems to be thinner- — in fact, has but little expression
on the Cats kill, with no flag quarries north of Vedder’s hill, but
appears to lose itself in the downwardly encroaching reds near Puf¬
fer’s corners (above Leeds, on route 23) where the highest marine
fossils (spirifers) have but small thickness of flags between them
and a heavy mass of reds. These uppermost marine sandstones are
themselves very flaggy and nearly barren of fossils, in the Valje
Kilje just under the highway, which now covers the exposures once
visible beneath the old railway bridge.
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKXLL QUADRANGLES
115
The question of the exact age of our “Ashokan” is an interesting
one, to which Doctor Cooper has not yet given us the answer. There
is a chance that it may still be uppermost Marcellus (Cardiff) as
Cooper concludes (1934, p. 5) “from thicknesses alone,” namely
Solsville and Pecksport (which we had thought to recognize in the
upper Mount Marion). Other considerations suggest that it may be
lower Skaneateles (Mottville, Delphi, perhaps Pompey, members),
or that this may be the age of the type Ashokan if distinct from ours.
That our belt may be partly each, Cardiff below and Skaneateles
above, is hinted by a marked break or possible disconformity in these
beds exposed by the roadside on the west of the Kaaters kill a mile
or so north of High Falls, but any attempt to trace and map this
break would be futile as there is no difference in character of the
beds above and below it. Fossils do not help us. In the upper beds
a half mile northwest of Quarryville one thin stratum of coarse
sandstone in the roadway is filled with vertical burrows of the
“worm” (phoronid?) Scolithus, indistinguishable in appearance from
the familiar Scolithus beds of the Portage sandstones in western
New York. In a brownish shale seam an inch thick in one of the
eastern quarries near the base of the flags, a mile north of Quarry¬
ville, a tiny ostracod was obtained, a smooth form of no diagnostic
value, but no other fossils save plentiful plant fragments. All these
plants are of widespread Hamilton forms and give no aid in detailed
correlation, though they are common everywhere in the flag series
but mostly not so well preserved as in the upper Kiskatom and higher
red-beds flags. Either they have been carried farther from their
haunts, or they were less advanced and more fragile kinds ; they seem
in general to have been smaller.
Difficulty was experienced in mapping the basal limit of the flags
on the west flank of the Hooge Berg peak at south end of Vedder’s
hill. The slope is strewn, far up, with loose masses of these beds,
disrupted by the ice sheet. The expected (physiographic) boundary
would follow the brook at the western base of this hill, where our
line is drawn.
The only Ashokan fossils to be expected in our area are :
1 stipes of such plants as Archaeopteris, Archaeosigillaria and
other forms listed under the Kiskatom flora, and rootlets (?) called
“Psilophyton” ;
2 the (phoronid?) burrow, Scolithus verticalis;
3 the coiled burrow(?) described by Mather 1843, page 319, and
named Planolites clarkii by Prosser 1899, pages 149-50, plate 6 ;
4 occasional ostracods.
116
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Supplementary Note
1 They are a part of division number “5. Grey grits and bluish shales, among
which are the flag stones,” of the Catskill Mountain series of Mather 1840,
page 227, of which he states (page 232) : “The stratum of flag stone is from
700 to 1,000 feet above the Helderberg limestone series.” In Mather’s detailed
section in 1841, page 81, they constitute only No. 121 “Gray slaty grit, laminae
of deposition distinct,” whereas his overlying beds of “Gray slaty grit,” No.
116-20, unknown to him actually contain and overlie red shales on the line of
his section and are therefore mapped in our Kiskatom formation. It is these
very beds, however, that may be the true Ashokan flagstones as above explained.
In this table, Mather assigns no age, but by putting them next above the
“Ithaca” of No. 122 leaves us to infer from his list on page 77 that they
belong to the “3. Chemung group of Professor Vanuxem.” On page 83 he
says that this No. 122 “Ithaca to Marcellus” is probably 1,000 feet thick, and
since (page 81) it constitutes a single “terrace” it is clear that it is the Mount
Marion and Bakoven, not inclusive of any of the flagstone series. The same
tabulated section, with the numbers of these beds raised by ten, is given by
Mather in 1843, page 305, where No. 131 is our Ashokan, and the same com¬
ments apply. (See also pages 317-19). In Mather’s six cross-sections on
plates 45 and 46 (of 1843) we have a choice between “Ithica (sic) and
Chemung group” on three of the sections and “Portage and Chemung groups”
on the others, for the strata between his Erie division (Hamilton) and the
red Catskill division.
Nevertheless, on the geological map of 1842 (and 1844) accompanying these
final reports, the lower flagstone belt is included in the color for the Hamilton
Group, while the Portage and Chemung color occupies practically the position
of the Kiskatom red-beds. Mather’s sections showing Portage and Chemung
are copied.
Emmons in 1846, page 192 and plate xxi section 5, makes them “Chemung
group” and lying directly upon the Hamilton, a succession accepted by Hall
in 1859 (see pages 48, 51). In 1861, however, Ledyard Lincklaen referred
them (page 68) to the Portage Group, in which he was followed by Hall in
1868, page 31. But in 1873 (page 7) and 1878, page 129, Hall put the “blue-
stone of the Hudson valley” into the Hamilton, a view that was apparently
held by Professor Prosser as late as 1894 (page 56), was definitely that of
Darton in 1894, as above noted (see pages 491, 494), who says they (his
“Lower Flag series”) are “in the main of the upper Hamilton group,” and
they were so mapped on the McGee map of 1894.
But in 1899, as noted, Prosser in his largely reactionary work, blinding his
eyes to the significance of the facts he recorded, put these beds into the
“Sherburne” of Genesee age (whose real equivalents are up around the Moun¬
tain House) on lithologic grounds, showing them on his map as “Ithaca and
Sherburne” but naming only Sherburne in the text (pages 276-81, 289-98)
with the explanation (pages 313-14) that the Ithaca had become red-beds
included with the “Oneonta.”
In spite of this, the Merrill map of 1901 labels them “Ithaca,” though there
is a chance that this was intended to cover the Sherburne as in Clarke 1903,
page 24. Grabau in 1906, page 303, called them Sherburne, but renamed them
as we have seen, in 1917, and corrected their assignment. See also Grabau
1919, pages 468-70. Like other aboriginal names, A-sho-kan really carries no
accent, or an equal accent on all syllables, though the present tendency is to
accent -sho-.
In their type area, south of ours, the Ashokan flagstones are given a
thickness of 500 feet (Darton, 1894, page 491, also 494, misprinted “Upper
Flag series”) and are said to contain “several thin, discontinuous streaks of
light greenish and reddish shales” in their upper part. Eastward increase of
these reds on our area would put such strata into our Kiskatom, as before
suggested. It is clear that our 300 feet of flags below the reds can include
but a part, if any, of the type Ashokan.
[117]
Figure 46 “Ashokan” flagstones at waterfilled old quarry southwest of Quarryville, furnishing only
land-plant fossils. Shows low westerly dip and good jointing, with blocky shale seams. Looking north¬
west. Photo: April 1928, G. H. C.
Figure 47 Kiskatom red-beds at the “High Rocks,” a postglacial chasm
of the Kaaters kill in Kaaterskill clove, as seen from the Rip Van Winkle
trail a mile west of Palenville. Middle beds (of about Ludlowville age).
West dip about 3°. Shales are red. Looking north. Photo: April 1938,
W. J. Schoonmaker.
[118]
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
119
16 KISKATOM RED-BEDS
The mile and a half in thickness of red-beds (figures 8, 9, 47, 77)
that succeeds upon the “Ashokan” flagstones was formerly considered
as wholly of Upper Devonian age and more or less indivisible, though
occasionally someone glimpsed the idea that it might extend down
into the Hamilton (Middle Devonian). As it constituted both the
supporting plateau and the peaks and ranges of the Catskill moun¬
tains, it went under the comprehensive and ill-defined name of
“Catskill formation” or Catskill group,1 of which it must of course
contain the typical expression.
Recent studies have demonstrated beyond controversy that these
red-beds are not all of one age, and that they are subdivisible into
members (formations) that may be traced continuously into definite
members of the marine stratigraphic succession farther west in New
York. The beds here termed the Kiskatom reds, with a thickness of
certainly 2300 feet, prove to be of Middle Devonian, Hamilton, age.2
They are, at least approximately, the beds formerly taken here to
be the Oneonta, of Naples age (lower1 “Portage”), though early
mapped as “Chemung.”3 Moreover, they are the beds to which the
name “Catskill” was first applied among these Upper and Middle
Devonian red strata.
The Kiskatom beds do not reach quite up to the rim of the
Catskill plateau, while a fair portion of their thickness extends out¬
ward from the mountain foot into the Hudson valley (figure 77).
Very characteristic of the Kiskatom belt, as indeed of all strata from
the Mount Marion up, is the development of a succession of terraces,
facing eastward in more or less vertical cliffs, with straight long
fronts following master-joints, and with low westward dips beneath
the next such terrace. Even on the steep mountain sides a light
snowfall brings out the steplike flights of ledges (figure 5 ; compare
frontispiece of Chadwick: Bulletin 307). These cliff or ledge faces
have undoubtedly been much accentuated by glacial scrubbing and
plucking and they run lengthwise of the ice flow. Each is commonly
capped by sandstones or flags as gray as those of the Ashokan but
often of coarser grain and more notably cross-bedded. Some of
the sandstone is red, however, and banks of bright red shale nearly
always bottom the cliffs.
A heavy bed of red shale in the lower part of the formation was
formerly quarried in a large way on the east of Cairo Roundtop,
north of our map, for the manufacture of vitrified paving brick in
the now abandoned plant at Catskill village (all traces of which are
fast disappearing). Quarries have been opened in the sandstones,
120
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
especially the flaggy ones, at many levels, both in the more easily
reached ledges of the valley and in the almost inaccessible ones on
the steep front of the mountain plateau. Almost none of these are
in operation today. In these quarries, particularly those far up on
Palenville Overlook, beds of a few inches filled with fossil plants
occur and sometimes afford good material for study. The best col¬
lecting is usually in the quarry dumps. Fish remains must also exist,
as they have been found in the neighboring Kaaterskill clove. On
the quarry road up Palenville Overlook, at an elevation of about
1200 feet above sea, a large block was found containing a dozen or
more well preserved and large specimens of the freshwater mussel
shell, Archanodon cats kill ensis. The adjoining quarry yields a pro¬
fusion of plant remains, including stems, straplike leaves and fruit
cones.
Besides the land plants and the mussel already mentioned, and the
“fish beds” reported by Sherwood (1878, page 347) in the lower part
of the clove, the shales show many “fucoidal” markings due to
burrowing worms of the ancient mud flats. In areas both north and
south of our map, a zone in the lower part of our Kiskatom (but
there just underlying the locally lowest reds) carries the little phyl-
lopod crustacean Estheria membranacea and two tiny species of os-
tracods called “Beyrichia.” (See Prosser, 1899, p. 257-59, 268;
Clarke, 1901, p. 107, pi. 4). 4 The horizon of this zone should be
well up in the reds near Palenville and is not likely to be discovered
in such facies, probably passing farther west deep under cover in the
mountains.
The cornstone layer reported by Mather (1841, page 81, No. 119;
1843, page 305, No. 129) as “Limestone, brecciated and conglomer¬
ate, two feet,” has been found by me in or near the base of the
Kiskatom beds a short distance northwest of Kiskatom (corners),
and at that time looked upon as marking a possible disconformity in the
bottom of the then supposed “Oneonta,” (see Chadwick 1927, p.
160). 5 But cornstones occur at various levels in these continental
strata, being thus without proved stratigraphic significance except
that they are usually near the ancient shore line.
The fossils of the Kiskatom red-beds (see Mus. Bui. 307, page 91)
have been listed for their whole geographic extent as follows :
1 the land plants, Archaeosigillaria vanuxemif, Sigillaria(f)
gilboensis, Arc haeo catamites inornatus? , Archaeopteris hallana, A.
minor, A. obtusa, Eospermatopteris textilis, E. erianus, Rhachiopter-
oides punctatus, Psilophyton princeps; the spore case, Protosalvinia
Huron ensis ;
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 121
2 the fresh-water pelecypod, Archanodon catskillensis (or new
species?) ;
3 the “worm burrow” ( ?), Planolites clarkii;
4 the phyllopod crustacean, Estheria membranacea;
5 ostracod crustaceans, “Beyrichia” sp. (two kinds) ;
6 the “fishes,” Bothriolepis minor?, Dinichthys cf. tuberculatus ,
D. pustulosas, Sauripterus taylori (??), Holoptychius americanus?.
Supplementary Notes
1 It was only as it gained currency that this name became ill-defined in the
minds of writers, widely extended over any beds of similar color in the higher
Devonian and bandied about in its home ground. The original definition was
the most clean-cut of any formational description that appeared in the early
writings and is a model to follow today. The history of this name “Catskill”
is given at great length in N. Y. S. Mus. Bui. 307 (Chadwick, 1936) in
order to relieve this present report of a prolix discussion.
2 As far back as 1885, Hall (p. 517-18) considered (see also his tabulation)
that the Oneonta reds embraced down into the upper Hamilton, which is not
true, however, for the typical Oneonta. In 1900 (p. 594), H. S. Williams
said that in eastern New York “as low as the horizon of the Hamilton fauna
the sedimentation assumes the arenaceous and sometimes the reddish character
of the typical Catskill rocks.” In 1902 (p. 420) : “The Catskill formation
begins at the horizon of the Hamilton in the eastern sections.” And in 1910
(p. 285), he says of Catskill sedimentation: “In eastern New York it began
while the Hamilton marine fauna was still present and cut it off, bringing in
estuarine conditions with a brackish water and land fauna and flora.”
The differentiation of these Hamilton red beds, with proposal of the name
Kiskatom, was made by Chadwick in 1932, p. 7, as reprinted in Chadwick
1936, p. 72. This was further amplified in Chadwick 1932(a), p. 12, 77;
1933, p. 86-87; Chadwick and Kay 1933, p. 4, 6-7; Chadwick 1933(a), all;
1933(b), p. 102-3; G. A. Cooper 1934, p. 5; Chadwick 1934, p. 11; 1935, p.
134 figure; 1935(a), p. 822; (b), p. 857; Chadwick 1936 (use index). The
name is pronounced kis'ka-tom.'
3 The Kiskatom and Kaaterskill constitute the original “Catskill division” of
Mather 1843, p. 299-316, technically preceded by Vanuxem’s “Catskill group”
of 1842, p. 186-94, also p. 16, which we now know does not correspond or
even overlap with Mather’s Catskill. On the 1842 (1844) geological map,
however, essentially the whole Kiskatom is mapped as “Chemung” and the
Catskill color is confined to the higher rocks that Mather had assigned (p.
303) to the “Coal formation” (Pottsville conglomerate). Ashburner 1888 also
maps here a belt of “Chemung.” Hall in 1863 (p. 108; see also 1862, p. 381)
definitely assigned these red beds “below the elevation of the Mountain House”
to the Chemung. In general, though, the name Catskill stuck to these beds
as well as the overlying ones in spite of some recognition of supposed Chemung
equivalency. But in 1885 (p. 518), Hall decided that the Chemung had thinned
to nothing in the Catskill front, assigned these lower reds to the “Oneonta”
and asserted a mixed upper Hamilton and “Portage” age for them. The name
“Oneonta” then adhered to them until that of Kiskatom was proposed (1932).
4 This zone has been traced by me over a considerable area east of Oak
Hill and has been found by Doctor Ruedemann as far north as Rensselaerville,
at the falls. It recurs with exactly the same expression and contents near
the aeration plant at the Ashokan dam, but there has reddish beds below it
in what might be considered the top of the Ashokan according to Prosser’s
mapping. Estheria membranacea? was collected by me also in the old summit
cut of the Delhi and Andes Railway grade in the western Catskills, a very
much higher stratigraphic position.
5 See Chadwick 1927, p. 160. Mather (1841, p. 83; 1843, p. 307) says that
this bed “is found over a great area in the Catskill mountain region, although
rarely more than one foot thick,” and that “it is a good reference stratum.”
122
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
He further states ( ibidem , and 1840, p. 228; 1843, p. 314) that it carries small
quantities of metallic ores “in various parts of Greene, Ulster, Sullivan and
Delaware counties, but the stratum was nowhere more than eighteen inches
thick. It was generally a calcareous conglomerate or breccia, formed of small
masses of limestone, imbedded in a reddish or brownish paste of the underlying
shale bed.* / *This stratum, when exposed to the weather, becomes more or
less porous and cellular, from the solvent action of the water upon the cal¬
careous ingredient. Considerable quantities of it are seen scattered over the
fields and it has acquired the name of firestone in some of these counties, in
consequence of its resisting the effects of common fires, not cracking to pieces.”
Cornstones in the red beds are reported also by Vanuxem 1842, p. 186. The
distribution reported shows that they are at no one constant level. The source
of the lime that they contain is an interesting problem.
17 KAATERSKILL SANDSTONES
Rimming the steep trench of the Kaaterskill clove in heavy ledges
(figure 50), making both the Kaaterskill and Haines’ falls and
extending thence to the Mountain House and beyond to the nearer
ledges on North mountain (Artist’s rock, Prospect rock), is a group
of three sandstones or flagstones (figure 48) of the usual “Catskill”
type, gray to reddish in color and often with some white quartz
pebbles. Red shales up to 50 feet thick are interlarded (figure 49).
The series terminates upwards against a heavy (pebble or cobble)
conglomerate that may bear slightly unconformable relations to it.
To this series of beds, with a provisional thickness downward of
about 250 to 300 feet, Dr Bradford Willard has given the highly
appropriate name of Kaaterskill sandstones. It is our present belief
that these strata are of the age of the Tully limestone of central
New York. (See Willard, in Chadwick, 1936, p. 74.)
These beds, with the conglomerate overlying them, rim also the
Plattekill clove and in fact they are the rimrock of the whole eastern
front of the plateau, capping the quoin of the steep drop into the Hudson
valley on all the spurs. Tracing of them across the southern stretch,
from Overlook mountain westward, is not so easy and may not have
been done correctly. The suggestion of unconformity is found in
both of the cloves, the vertical interval between the conglomerate and
the rimrock appearing to increase westward towards their heads.
Although the mapping has been done on the base of the conglomerate,
it is possible that this increment belongs with the Onteora rather than
with the Kaaterskill. In view both of the now demonstrated relation
of the Tully to the Hamilton, as Middle Devonian, and of the uncer¬
tainty as to the division line locally, the Kaaterskill is mapped by us
along with the Kiskatom, just as Mather united these.
The fossils of the Kaaterskill have not been studied. Plants are
present, of course, but poorly preserved. In my boyhood I found
near the Laurel House, loose below the level of the conglomerate, but
did not retain, an aviculoid shell (probably an Actinopteria) that may
Figure 48 Kaaterskill (Tully?) sandstones at the famous
Kaaterskill falls, showing full amount of short post¬
glacial gorge. Remnants of winter ice. Note great irreg¬
ularity of bedding and rapid alternation from thick red
shale to massive gray sandstones. Looking north of east.
Photo: April 1915, G. H. C.
[123]
[124]
Figure 49 Thin bed of red shale, high enough for path, beneath middle Kaaterskill sandstone at
the Kaaterskill falls. Shows roof spalling and the irregular contact of the gray sandstone upon the
red shale. The sags of the sandstone are pebbly. Vertical drip-marks in the rotting shales. Looking
north. The roof projects about 70 feet! Photo: April 1919, Atwood G. DeCoster.
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
125
have come from the outcrop. Inasmuch as both the Tully and the
overlying Sherburne ( “Ithaca”) are filled with marine fossils no
farther away than Hardenburgh falls, Gilboa and the Manor Kill
valley (see Cooper 1933, p. 541, 544; 1934, p. 7, 8; not likely true
Ithaca), some stray shells may yet be found here in the most unlikely
looking rocks at these horizons. Similarly, pelecypods and even
brachiopods have been discovered in the midst of the Kiskatom red-
beds and in typical flaggy to pebbly “Catskill” sandstones as far east
as Durham and Cornwallville, on the quadrangle next north. The
search is worth making.
18 ONTEORA RED-BEDS
Rough tracing of the base of the Upper Devonian around the north
end of the Catskill mountains from Gilboa (in the Schoharie valley)
via the Manor kill, together with expected thickness increase in the
Hamilton beds, has led to the recognition of the “puddingstone” con¬
glomerate or “third ledge” above the Catskill Mountain House as the
probable commencement of Upper Devonian sedimentation here. This
is the point that Mather in 1843 (page 303), mistaking the pudding-
stone for the Pottsville conglomerate at the base of the Coal Mea¬
sures, made the top of his original Catskill division. It is the point
selected by Hall in 1863, page 108,1 for the bottom, instead of the
top, of the Catskill group, the reds below being correlated with the
marine Chemung. In 1885 (page 518), having decided that the
Chemung failed to reach the Catskill front, Hall made it the line
between the Catskill above and the Oneonta below. The former was
presently correlated, in turn, with the Chemung, (Darton 1893). The
successive shifts in the supposed ages of the beds above and below this
line may be tabulated thus:
Mather 1843 Hall 1862-63 Hall 1885 Darton 1893 Chadwick 1934-36
Pottsville Catskill Catskill (Chemung) Genesee (Onteora)
— - - - — — - note _ _
Catskill Chemung Oneonta (Portage) Tully (Kiskatom)
Thus these writers picked here what seems to be the most marked
lithologic break in the stratigraphic succession across this interval.
But this was not the tracing of Darton (1893, page 207), who
brought his Chemung around below the “red shale bed 25 to 30 feet
in thickness” next under the Mountain House ledge, and carried its
base about 250 feet lower, or about 490 feet lower than the conglomer¬
ate. From Sutton’s gap southward along the Catskill front Darton’s
“Chemung” was, however, actually uppermost Hamilton (upper Mos¬
cow) ; therefore his bringing it just under the Kaaterskill (Tully)
126
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
beds checks almost exactly with our own tracing, in this same stretch.
Darton’s line, 340 feet below the Mountain House, was adopted on
the 1894 and 1901 geological maps of the State.
From the base of the conglomerate up to the base of the heavy
Stony Clove sandstones there is a vertical interval of about 1100 to
1200 feet, and from the base of the Stony Clove beds to the base of
the white Slide Mountain conglomerate there is an interval of about
3000 feet. To these two subdivisions of the “Catskill” of Hall and
later writers have more recently been applied the early names for
these mountains, the aboriginal name of Onteora (figures 50, 52, 59)
to the lower division, the Dutch name of Katsberg to the higher one.
Regardless of what happens to the much disputed name Catskill,
a misnomer for the mountains in any event, these earlier and more
correct names are available for its stratic members (see Chadwick,
1936; 1933, p. 482-83, for history of these).
The Onteora red-beds differ little from the Kiskatom red-beds
except for the incoming of substantial conglomerates, especially at
base2 (figure 51), and the somewhat larger proportion of sandstone
and the lesser amount of shale. So far as known the shale is always
red, containing none of the occasional blue-gray (marine?) or even
the green layers that occur in the Kiskatom. Quarriable flagstones
continue upward throughout the Onteora, (see H. T. Dickinson 1903,
plate 2, map), and have been worked to the summit of Plattekill
mountain.
The 1150 feet (more or less) assigned to the Onteora formation is
not as much thickness as would be expected here for the equivalents
of the combined Sherburne (Genesee) and Oneonta (Ithaca) forma¬
tions, if these beds thicken eastward as do the other members in this
delta deposit. Possible alternative correlations will be discussed under
the Stony Clove sandstones. It will be well, nevertheless, to consider
at this time the nature of the contact between Middle and Upper
Devonian across New York State. From Central New York to Lake
Erie this contact exhibits a markedly disconformable relation ; the
underlying Tully limestone is cut out westward and then parts of the
upper Hamilton are pared away, while the overlying Genesee loses
eventually all of its thick bottom member (Geneseo black shale) and
thus the middle Genesee (Genundewa limestone) comes to rest on
a level some distance down in the Moscow shale of the Hamilton.
Eastwardly the Tully persists and thickens into sandstones (Gilboa,
Kaaterskill), but according to Doctor Cooper the 300 feet of Geneseo
and Sherburne at Ithaca (after thickening in the intervening terri¬
tory) have dropped to 206 feet of Sherburne in the Susquehanna
" V s s
, ~ ofl hr
c/) y Ojj
<U c3 r3 *5
O
0 M fl o
o w.s j
,h -2 <u
TO OJO ,J
fiWgS
“ c£ £ o
<D OJ 'i->
^ ~ £ -M
o c
o re
*-< <U .
T3 t/j
tu .S
£ !^W c3
5 cS -M •£
"° 3
o
O rt p
„, <v 5-1
<U ry
.. buo U
<L> T-ri 4-1 <D
*2 OJ £ •£
"£wj
cn _
o .
_ be
X! C
"E ^3 o>
§ §? °
B S-g.S!
g QJ C ^
c3
« 8*=U
> o <u
u Js .£ p_
+3 <u
~ -d c
T^.S°
2'5-Su
<u _^hQ
£ ^'O'S
o <U c
*fo
'si
s u
a! o3
■nr W
Of O
— l—i
UP U
< ^
o f
W) o.J2
£ q-5
[127]
northwest. Photo: April 1919, A. G. DeCoster.
Figure 51. Twilight Park conglomerate in Twilight Park, one-half mile
southeast of Haines’ corners, Haines’ Falls. The steps have been built up
through a natural joint crack. Looking southeast. Photo: April 1938,
W. J. Schoonmaker.
[128]
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
129
valley. In that case, the entire Sherburne might disappear from
the section before reaching the Catskill front ; whereupon the Onteora
would consist wholly of the Oneonta and this would fit closely to the
expected thickness here of that formation alone. But the small wedge
of sandstones that seem to intervene between the Kaaterskill and the
conglomerate at the upper ends of the two cloves might be the feather
edge of the Sherburne.
From the new road cut west of Beach’s corners, in the northwest
corner of our map, came the block of rock with excellently preserved
stems of the early tree, Archaeosigillaria primaeva (“fossil snakes”!
that now supports the bronze tablet at the Catskill end of the Rip
Van Winkle bridge. This plant was originally described from the
“Genesee” beds of Pennsylvania, of nearly the same age as our
Onteora beds that furnished this block. Rather finely preserved plant
material has also been obtained from the quarries on the east end
of Mt Zoar at East Windham, about seven and one-half miles north¬
east by north from Beach’s corners, which are at a lower level in
the Onteora and presumably are Genesee (Sherburne) in age. There
is still much work to be done in collecting and studying the flora and
fauna of the Onteora beds. The list that follows represents all that
has been published on the entire area occupied by both Onteora and
Katsberg divisions with also all land plants found drifted into their
marine equivalents. Complete separation of the lists from these two
formations is not possible at this time on account of indefiniteness of
locality and horizon on a number of the reported finds. Those found
only in the Genesee (Sherburne) portion of the Onteora are starred.
(See Mus. Bui. 307, page 91.)
There may be expected in the Onteora and Katsberg beds :
1 the land plants, Archaeosigillaria primaeva, A. vanuxemi, A.f
gaspiana, A.f simplicitas, *Cyclo stigma affine, *A rchae o catamites in-
ornatus, Protosalvinia huronensis (spore cases), Archaeopteris jack-
soni, A. halliana, A. obtusa, Asterochlaena nove b o rac ensis, *Cladoxy-
lon mirabile, E ospermatopteris sp., P silo phy ton prince ps, P. robustum,
*Rhachiopteris tenuistriata, *Rhodea pinnata, Rhachiopteroides punc-
tatus, Cordaites clarkii, Dadoxylon sp., Hormoxylon erianum;
2 the “fishes,” Holoptychius americanus, H. halli, Sagenodus
fleischeri, Holonema rugosum, Dinichthys pustulosus, D. cf. tuber-
culatus, D. cf. curtus, Onchns rectus, Bothriolepis nitida, B. minor,
Cephalaspis sp. ; (a part of these are true fishes) ;
3 the huge eurypterid, Stylonurus excelsior ;
4 the phyllopod crustacean, Estheria membranaceaf ;
5 the freshwater mussel, Archanodon catskillensis .
130
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Supplementary Note
1 In 1862 (p. 380) Hall said: “I am inclined to believe that until we ascend
the slopes of the Catskill mountains and rise to an elevation of at least 2000
feet above tidewater, we find no rocks of newer age than the Chemung
group.” And in 1863 (p. 108) : “The term ‘Catskill group is not
at all applicable to any beds in the Catskill mountains below the elevation of
the Mountain House.”
2 This is The Twilight Park conglomerate of Prosser (1899, p. 238-84).
19 STONY CLOVE SANDSTONES
The deep and constricted pass of the Stony clove is walled on
both sides with precipices of gray sandstones (figure 76) coarsely
flaggy and without noticeable trace of red color through a thickness
of eight or nine hundred feet. These beds (figures 52-55, 71, 76)
have a marked physiographic effect. Viewing the Catskills from the
Rip Van Winkle bridge or for some miles around it, the outlines of
the mountains are seen to be mostly rounded. Four or five peaks
furnish conspicuous exceptions : Indian head (figure 4) with its
three south-facing cliffs that make chin, nose and eyebrows, Kaaters-
kill High peak and its companion Roundtop ( figure 5) again with
south cliffs on summits that give sawtooth profiles, similarly Stoppel
point and finally the sharp south drop on the dome of Blackhead
(figure 6). In each case these mountains are capped and these cliffs
are formed by the Stony Clove member, though it has taken us a
century to recognize this simple fact. Now that the idea of perfect
horizontality of strata in our mountains has given place to percep¬
tion of the actual dips, it is easy to follow these beds with the eye
(figure 54) southeastward from the Stony clove along the escarp¬
ment of the central range till they cap Indian head but shoot over
the top of Plattekill mountain, and similarly to pick them up east¬
ward on the East Jewett range and the summit of the High Peak-
Roundtop range (figure 52), northward in the Colonel’s Chair of
Hunter mountain.
Opportunity was lacking for adequate field tracing, but because of
their color, lithology, proper expected thickness and general position
in the succession, the Stony Clove sandstones have been taken to be
the continuation of the Kattel gray flagstones of the region eastward
from Franklin, Delaware county, New York, the beds that Darton
correctly traced as “Chemung” on through to Delhi while they carried
fossils, then missed the dip and stepped down off them before reach¬
ing Pratts ville. The possibility that the Stony Clove beds may really
be the next lower formation, the Oneonta, and so belong with the
Onteora, is discussed under the Katsberg member beyond. For
purposes of mapping it is easier to draw the line at their base than
[131]
figure 52 North slope of High peak and Roundtop (Mt Lincoln) above the Kaaters-
kill dove (which, a thousand feet deep, lies hidden in front) on which slope lies type
section of the Onteora red-beds. Peaks capped by Stony Clove sandstones. Visibly
west dip. From near road corners one and one-half miles east of Haines’ Falls, looking
south-southwest. Photo: April 1938, W. J. Schoonmaker.
[132]
Figure 53 Stony Clove sandstones on east (“south”) side of the Stony clove and making the full
height of the steep slope (lower part covered by talus in the view but exposed in rear of camera).
(See figure 76.) Looking northeast. Photo: Novemebr 1936, E. J. Stein.
/3Ja f-eau.
[133]
Ill
3 c £ - >
Crt O <f t« oq
~ C . CON
S <U 2 oM
£ •£ S i ~
.*+h ^ G
^oiS^
+-> o3 <U ^
<U -£ ^ > • •
£ S ^ J O
IO S g§ °
'C *U Sj CL
^ ^ 2
^ *3 C/3 , •
„ <u o ^ S
.5 -c ^ p +s
^ ^ 5
c &> £ ^ HH
p c W
0*3 53 > Mi
g gJ5^ O
o ,, +->
u <-m H „; ™
<l> .b il rt
3t cn cj 5 <y
c <u o
P C rt V Tx
ffi °
bJO'
°§ « u
aj rsi M_r~
O >•§ c
n jh
cC — ' bjO cd
<3-> . C3 <U
s- >> c a.
bo g •- a
a 2 £ *
o
g>^S g
.5 u .p
v -d tf) oi
3 (U JJMH
2 O »-. _
g oJ O O
■ . jo P
C/3
<u cd
<D > *0
!-, \J3 <U
, u G
bo 4J jo
K i/l J*
^ ‘
aj oj
LO 3
^ O'
.2? bo
[t'7*<
[134]
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 135
at the somewhat indefinite summit, and thus to include them in the
Katsberg as its basal member, expressive of our present understand¬
ing of their relations.
In the quadrangles westward, a zone of high-grade flagstone
quarries appears to follow the Stony Clove outcrop and to tie this in
with the Kattel flags, but in our area the beds seem to be too coarse
for economic use and are not worked, as far as I have ascertained.
Little is known of the fossils of the Stony Clove sandstones. Some
of the plants in the list given for Onteora and Katsberg should be
present.
20 KATSBERG RED-BEDS
The highest layers on our area are those on the summit of Hunter
mountain (figure 55), our highest peak and the second highest of all
the Catskills. Here, in the trough of the gentle syncline, there are
about 1250 feet of beds on top of the Stony Clove sandstones which
are unquestionable Katsberg, but these beds fall at least 800 feet
short of reaching the summit of the formation as it is seen on Slide
mountain, 15 miles southwesterly. (See map figure 4 in Mus. Bui.
307.) The white-looking and pebbly beds on the top of Hunter
belong to the Wittenberg conglomerate member of the upper Kats¬
berg, a remnant of which also caps Plateau mountain and has helped
to preserve its crest. These “white” beds are in the Pocono facies
and have been called “Pocono” by writers1 but are older than the
Pocono beds of the Pocono mountains in northeastern Pennsylvania.
Although the Katsberg formation is here called “red-beds” (which
it actually is farther west), there is very little red in it on our area.
This absence of abundant red color from the higher part of the
Catskills has troubled many observers, and it has been one of the
reasons for their thinking that later rocks here supervened upon the
Catskill. The explanation will be brought up in a later chapter.
But it is nevertheless true that some red shales do occur, especially
just above the Stony Clove member, and that there are large thick¬
nesses of them again in the upper beds of the Katsberg that are
missing on Hunter but present in the top part of Slide mountain.
The percentage of red shale in the successive members of the red-
beds series is found to diminish progressively upwards, the Kiskatom
containing the most red color and the Katsberg the least, so far as
the local expression of these beds is concerned.
Gray to “white” sandstones or flagstones, in thicker and thinner
layers, therefore make up most of the Katsberg on our area, with
small amounts of red shale and red or reddish sandstones. Quartz
pebbles are common, especially in the “white” layers. Fossils are
136
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
few, chiefly poorly preserved land plants. The list of expected
forms is that already given under the Onteora member.
In our present understanding of the Katsberg as including the
Stony Clove sandstone for its basal member, the formation has a
thickness where complete of about 3000 feet. The portion above
the Stony Clove member is lacking in good flags. Its sandstones
are heavy, coarse, likely to be pebbly and sometimes reddish. They
are comparatively inaccessible and have not been quarried. The
Katsberg forms a large part of the central range, especially the part
north of figure 54.
The question of correlation, twice mooted previously in these
pages, can not be settled without further field work to northwest
and west. The method of expected thickening (at the rate of \J/2
per cent per mile to southeast, compounded) that has proved so
useful for predicting in western and central New York seems to
confirm the Kattel age of the Stony Clove and the Oneonta age of
most of our Onteora, with wedging out of the Sherburne. This is
brought out in figure 56.
In viewing this figure it is necessary to keep in mind that the
sections are' not drawn to a uniform scale, but each is enlarged to
what it would be expected to increase to by the time that the beds
reached the Catskill mountains of our area. The rate of increase is
figured at \y2 per cent per mile for the Upper Devonian and 1 per
cent per mile for the Middle Devonian except at Ithaca; there the
1 y2 per cent is used for the Middle Devonian also in order to offset
the sudden swell in the Cardiff east of there. In the Oneonta column
two sets of measurements are used : on the right, 600 feet of Sher¬
burne and 500 feet of Oneonta; on the left, 206 feet of Sherburne
(Cooper’s figure) and 700 feet of Oneonta (expectation from Ithaca
would be 770 feet of Oneonta and 440 feet of Sherburne). On the
basis of these two sets of measurements, two interpretations become
possible for the beds above the Tully and are shown by solid line
for the one presented in our text and in broken line for that sug¬
gested as alternative.
It will be seen that the general correspondences of expected to
actual thickness at Catskill section are fairly close but that if the
Kattel becomes the Stony Clove (solid lines), using Cooper’s figure
for the Sherburne, then the latter should actually wedge out at the
east as we have previously considered likely. On the other hand,
if we believe (broken lines) that the Sherburne makes the whole of
the Onteora up to the Stony Clove beds and that these are the
Oneonta, we are confronted with the difficulties higher up, first that
2000
ITHACA UNADILLA
Chemung (Dan by)
ONEONTA FRANKLIN}
SUSQUEHANNA so
SCHOHARIE
(C.A Ash.burnar)
BERNE -
DURHAM
°°_ _ 9 Cats kill
Front
« 7000 ^ ~~
< 6000
. •>
'vfOOO -
*4000
"Ithaca"
Gil boa
3ooo>
Moscow
fbrtiondPt
(RCOS)
2000,
Ludlowlll*
“P*rt/**d
Point!’
Onhrfit/d
Of £03)
Skenealtlu
- ?_
, — iSSf *
Cardiff
Up. Card.
Otsego
Bern*.
SUd*
Mountain QOOO i
Katdberg
\
6000
Stony Cloy*
Sooo
Onteora
■9000
KaattrskiH
3000
K/dka tom
2000
/fsAokan"/
Mount
Marion
Bakoven
44- m>.
XI9&IS5
Omi.
X/0
Hamilton )
Figure 56 Alternative correlations in the Upper Devonian (Senecan)
beds of the Catskill Mountains as suggested by the principle of uniform
thickening eastward. Distances obtained by projection upon a line N. 45°
W. In Senecan beds 1^4 per cent per mile increment used and also for
Hamilton at Ithaca; otherwise 1 per cent in Hamilton. The chart does
not actually demonstrate any correlations, especially in the Hamilton, and
serves merely as a point d’appui.
[137]
m
[138]
ATS KILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 13$
there is there no recognizable Kattel equivalent and second that the
disconformable relations are merely shifted up to the Enfield-
Chemung contact. Nevertheless, a small break is known at that
contact in western New York, cutting out the Grimes sandstone.
Therefore the chart still leaves us with the question open.
The Schoharie section (from Cooper) has been checked against
Ashburner’s old measurements through his “Portage” and then con¬
tinued upward on his actual figures without enlargement, because of
geographic convergence of the section to ours. His 1000 feet of
“Pocono” is of course too much.
Supplementary Note
1 It will be recalled that Mather (1843, p. 295, 303) and Emmons (1846,
p. 195, 367) hesitated whether the (Pottsville) conglomerate of the base of
the Coal Measures occupied our mountain tops. Their remarks seem, however,
to have been taken by Lincklaen in 1861 (p. 70-71) to refer to the Pocono
which (identified by its being succeeded by the “Umbral” or Mauch Chunk)
he now makes “the base of the great Carboniferous system” and this is in
agreement with Hall in 1859 (p. 52-53) who referred the Catskill also to
the “great Carboniferous limestones” (Mississippian period). In 1883 (p. 65),
Hall speaks of “the Catskill, including the upper member or Pocono sand¬
stone,” in which he was preceded by J. P. Lesley in 1882 (p. x) : “The
peaks are what remain of the overlying Subcarboniferous, Pocono formation.”
(See also Ashburner 1888, p. 954; Lesley 1892, p. 1567; who assign 1000 feet
at top of our mountains to the Pocono.)
FACIES CHANGES ON THE RED-BEDS DELTA
It was formerly supposed that the Upper Devonian strata of New
York consisted of four successive formations each with a charac¬
teristic lithology and fauna or flora, namely, the Genesee black shale,
the Portage olive shales and thin sandstones or flagstones, the
Chemung brown-weathering sandy shales and sandstones and the
Catskill red shales and interbedded sandstones or heavy flagstones.
To these in Pennsylvania and also, some thought, in the Catskill
summits was added a fifth deposit (Devonian or Mississippian as the
author might choose), the Pocono “white” sandstones and con¬
glomerates. Although lateral transitions of these five kinds of de¬
posits into one another were repeatedly observed and reported in the
literature, they were still relied upon for correlation and believed to
be of five distinct ages, in the order above given, with the Genesee
the oldest. From central New York westward into Ohio there were
many sections where these five types of beds could be found suc¬
ceeding one another upwards in proper succession and this was taken
as conclusive evidence.
But there early began to be doubt as to the red-beds, the “Catskill.”
It became evident that this type of deposit, at least, interfingered
140
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
with and passed laterally into marine beds (“Chemung”) of con¬
temporary age and even into marine beds as old as the “Portage”
east of Ithaca (the Oneonta red-beds). (See Hall 1862.) Half a
century ago the discovery was announced that the “Chemung” beds
overlying these Oneonta reds were the changed eastward extension
of the pre-Chemung Enfield beds (name not then proposed) of the
Ithaca section, there classed as “Portage.” (See H. S. Williams 1886.)
Just previous had come the soon-forgotten proof that the true
Portage sandstones are of Chemung age (see John M. Clarke 1884,
pages 21-22, and 1885, page 67) which startled the conservatives
when reasserted on fuller evidence recently. (See Chadwick 1935,
page 343.) Even before that, the lateral passage of “Catskill” reds
into “Pocono” (“whites”) had been noted. (See H. M. Chance 1880,
page 114.) The great thinning of all these deposits westward, and
the passing of “Portage” beds into black (“Genesee”) shales in Ohio,
had also gained general acceptance.
Long continued field work eventually showed that all five of these
types of sediments were laid down contemporaneously on a great
land delta and its underwater (marine) extension westward. The
coarse “white” beds called Pocono were those far up toward the delta
head. The red muds did not lodge much there but were swept on
down and spread out between the flaggy sands of the main delta
surface to make the “Catskill.” What continued out under water
lost its red color by organic reduction of the red ferric oxide in a
shallow and warm “littoral” zone where life was abundant, and this
part constitutes the “Chemung.” Finer stuffs floated in suspension
into deeper colder waters farther from shore, where frail things
lived in the chill depths, and this is our “Portage” sediment. At the
most remote point, organic material was the main accretion — the
black “Genesee.” (See the chart, figure 57.)
The apparent superposition of these deposits came about through
the building of the delta westward, just as the Mississippi has built
all the way from Illinois down and out into the Gulf. Inevitably,
then, each zone, with its own type or “facies” of sediment and of
life- forms, gradually overlapped westward the next outward zone,
until the latest “Pocono” far overreached the earliest “Genesee.”
For these matters took many millions of years and meantime life
was changing, evolving, so that only a few of the most hardy forms
carry through, in sediments of like facies, but being abundant these
were supposed to prove age identity until the whole faunas of the
beds at different points were analyzed and the very significant age
differences made evident. (See Chadwick 1935a.)
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
141
FORMATIONAL CONTACTS
The outstanding general feature of our Silurian and Devonian
rocks is their parallelism, their maintenance of uniform thicknesses
across the entire area. Continuity of deposition is the natural in¬
ference — a quiet and stable sea, receiving formation after formation
without break in the record. But there are certain exceptions already
noted, especially in the Rondout and Glenerie beds, at local base re¬
spectively of the Silurian and (possibly) the Devonian. More search¬
ing examination of the formational contacts reveals evidence that de¬
position was not thus uninterrupted. Sharp changes in lithology
(often also in fossils) can not well occur without disturbance of the
conditioning factors (climate, currents, lands and seas) that doubtless
was never so “sudden” as it appears. Time was lost, the record
broken.
Much longer known is the break between these rocks and the
Ordovician rocks beneath them, which will be described 'first.
THE BASAL UNCONFORMITY
Mention has been made (page 45) of the encroachment of the
Silurian sea upon an eroded land surface of the older rocks. The re¬
turning sea brought late Silurian beds to rest upon early Ordovician
ones in the Hudson valley, whereas in central and western New York
a great thickness of other rocks intervenes, the section is nearly com¬
plete and the line between Ordovician and Silurian strata barely
discernible in the midst of red beds (Queenston-Medina). The for¬
mations present (between Watertown and Syracuse, for example)
but lacking in our region at the Normanskill-Rondout contact are
as follows . Maximum thickness in New York
Cobleskill limestone (probably) . 10
Bertie waterlimes . 60
Camillus shale . 400
Syracuse salt and shale . 100
Vernon shales . 500
Lockport limestones . 170
Rochester shale . 100
Clinton beds . 150
Oneida conglomerate . 50
Medina sandstone . 120
(Total Silurian missing: 1660 feet)
Queenston red shale . 1200
Oswego sandstone . 100
Lorraine shales and sandstones . 900
Utica shales and limestones . 800
Trenton limestones . . 350
Black River limestones . 150
(Total Ordovician missing: 3500 feet)1
Total thickness . 5160
142
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
The loss of these beds eastward is by a double procedure: The
upper and middle Ordovician strata are gradually bevelled away as
far east as the vicinity of Rome, N. Y., where they are slightly
upturned and cut off more rapidly for a space, steadily thence east¬
ward to the Helderberg front. The Silurian beds, on the contrary,
fail from bottom up, as they come east, losing first the lower and
then the middle members. The loss of the Ordovician rocks is thus
clearly by erosion and removal of strata once present; that of the
Silurian, by failure to lap on against a land whose shore line was
gradually shifted eastward as the sea transgressed. Naturally, ero¬
sion continued to operate longest in the part last to be submerged,
the east.
Coming around the Helderberg salient, the Manlius rests directly
upon rocks of Utica (Frankfort) age, though both east and west
the topmost beds of the Ordovician are of the still older (Trenton)
Schenectady formation. But southeast even lower beds then appear,
as the overthrust mass of the Normanskill (Chazy) shales and grits
passes under the Rondout-Manlius cliff. That is the relationship
past Catskill and Saugerties to Kingston.
The chronological dimension of the break, hereabouts, is thus
conspicuous, large. Much must have happened during it : ( 1 ) depo¬
sition of the higher Ordovician beds, now gone, to a thickness we
can only guess at but certainly over 2800 feet (all of Black River,
Schenectady and Indian Ladder beds) plus perhaps fully as much
again; (2) overthrusting upon these and folding of the Normanskill
and older beds (exposed east of the Hudson), with great meta¬
morphism farther east; (3) subsequent erosion of an unknown
thickness of these overthrust strata, estimable in many thousands of
feet since it reaches down to zones of severe metamorphism ; (4) the
slow return, meanwhile, of the Silurian epicontinental sea from the
west.
We should therefore expect rather than discount (T. H. Clark
1921, Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc. 36 No. 3 : 135-63) field evidence of
this erosional contact, of such long time lapse.2 Nor is this evidence
hard to find (see figures 58, 13) when the contact is followed
through continuously from Kingston across the Catskill quadrangle.
Indeed, striking large-scale demonstration of the unconformity is
given by the topographic map as a whole. Though in the south third
of the sheet there is no appreciable lack of parallelism of the Ordo¬
vician strike-ridges, either east or west of the Hudson with those
of the Silurian-Devonian rocks, the case is different from Malden
and Katsbaan northward as the later rocks swerve more and more
[144]
Figure 58 Ordovician-Silurian contact, dry bed of Cats kill in Austin’s glen, Catskill, at lower
end of main gorge. Sandy Rondout layer (below boy) dipping left and away from camera, on
Normanskill shale and sandstone diverging on dip to right at angle of nearly 10°. Boy stands on
hackly waterlime. White ledge of Manlius in background. Looking northwest. Photo : drought of
August 1912. H. L. Fairchild.
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 145
towards the northeast. Here the Ordovician ridges not merely fail
to swerve with them but even run a bit more strictly north, thus
increasing the convergence of their trend with that of the Kalk Berg
range.
Ice movement has tended rather to obliterate than to accentuate
this northward convergence of the Ordovician strike, amounting to
an angle of about 15 degrees before approximate parallelism is re¬
sumed around Catskill and thence northward through the Coxsackie
quadrangle.
Moreover, although throughout our area Doctor Ruedemann finds
only one formation, the Normanskill, in contact with the Silurian,
yet of that very thick formation different portions are at the con¬
tact. The seeming conformability (Davis 1883, page 322) at one
easily visited spot, Cauterskill road exposure, north end of Quarry
hill, is scarcely matched at any other. The actual contact is visible
at the following localities:
1 Austin’s glen. The exposure at low water in the Cats kill
(figures 58, 1) shows divergence of nearly 10 degrees in the view,
but because the face of the fall is not on the strike of the Normanskill
the actual angular discordance is larger, about 15 degrees (Chadwick
1913). While sandstones underlie this contact, in the water, yet at
less than two rods away, in the shore, a mass of soft shale is the
underlying rock (figure 13).
A second contact is seen about a thousand feet northeast of the
preceding. Around the point of the anticlinal hill (figure 1 ) ' and
beyond clay and Normanskill knolls is a Manlius cliff facing the
creek and surmounted by three cottages. The farm road at its foot
has exposed the basal Rondout bed resting on Normanskill shales
(with thin sandstones) and dipping to the east about 15 degrees more
than these beds beneath, about under the middle cottage.
On the west of the creek, both in line with the first exposure and
in the slopes of Eagle cliff (figure 16) as seen from the north in
winter, the suggestion of discordance, with the Normanskill more
closely folded than the limestones, is marked. Returning to the east
side, up the old Austin millroad near its top the Rondout buff water-
lime bed crosses at a moderate west dip and passes up into the
hillside under cover. But just beyond, and striking directly under
where it should be, the Normanskill shales and thin sands are vertical
to slightly overturned. Below the road, however, they roll out into
what looked to Davis (1883: 322 and figure 58) like parallelism
with the limestones.3 On the summit above, halfway over to route
23, lies a small quarry in which the relations seem conformable but
rather obscure.
146
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
2 Cauterskill-Leeds road. A small brook cascading over the lime¬
stone where the Rondout is less than two feet thick, about three-
quarters of a mile southwest of the preceding and not far west of
the road, shows a strike contact in which it is not so easy to demon¬
strate unconformity.
3 Quarry hill and Fuyk. From the Cauterskill road exposure
already mentioned, tracing of the beds around southwest into the
Fuyk shows divergence of the heavy grits away from the contact
and unlike layers beneath the Rondout at different points. There is
a near-contact where Moon’s farm road is first crossed. South of
Moon’s house, as the old road climbs up the Fuyk sandstone outcrop
(where Gates’s army once climbed it), Normanskill beds are seen
beneath that with somewhat larger east dip and converging strike
southward. Here the lower beds of the Fuyk sandstone are shaly
and consist of reworked Normanskill arkose, but are unlike that in
being coarser grained and carrying lime, enough to support colonies
of the lime-loving walking fern.
4 Red (Brick) School. On the road sidling up the hill from
route 9-W are plentiful Normanskill exposures, and the Fuyk sand¬
stone cliff crosses at the top. Just short of this, on west side, the
fossiliferous limestone is poorly shown, below the high main ledge,
but with abundant fossils in the rotted stuff and soil, and just under
it at road level are Normanskill sandstones (some shales also) much
disturbed and cleaved but dipping 80 degrees east. Rotting of the
rocks and overgrowth of vegetation obscures the relations until some¬
one digs them out afresh. Especially puzzling is a seeming lateral
replacement of the limestone in a rod or two south by heavy quartz
sandstone, still showing fossils on fresh fracture. As there is a quirk
in these beds immediately, offsetting them across the road, a small
fault may be suspected, or even a slid block.
5 North American plant. On route 9-W one-quarter mile north
of the road summit at entrance (west) to the North American quar¬
ries, or one-tenth mile south of the low point in the highway just
after it turns from the West Shore railway, the Rondout beds on
edge make a wall up on the west side to which one may clamber
and find a contact with Normanskill beds that are more largely ex¬
posed northward. The face of the wall is the corroded under-surface
of the sandy fossiliferous limestone, but there comes in just under
this (20 feet above the road) two feet of heavy sandstone lithically
so like the Normanskill arkoses (from which it has been reworked)
as to deceive easily into the idea of conformability here. A second
look, however, shows four to five feet of true Normanskill sandstone
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
147
(finer grained) and shale dipping west about 45 degrees into these
vertical strata.4
On the continuation of the same outcrop south nearly two-tenths
of a mile, in the West Shore Railroad cut, this deceptive basal bed
is again exposed, showing about one and one-half feet, Under the
fossiliferous limestone, again all vertical and followed by nearly 12
feet of Fuyk sandstone, the rest covered. The base is also covered
and no Normanskill shows, but like the similar stuff at the Fuyk it
is easy to distinguish this basal Rondout sandstone from that by its
lime content and coarser average grain.
6 West Camp. On the road crossing the limestone syncline, a half
mile north of the historic West Camp church, in the south bank of
the road on its west-side ascent, the Normanskill appears to be
vertical, though this might be considered cleavage, as it passes under
the rather good section of the Rondout limestones here exposed. In
any case its strike differs, being about north-south, while the Rondout
is striking west by north and dipping northward, not more than 30
degrees.
On the east-side descent of this road, toward Cementon, 14 rods
above the hairpin turn, Rondout limestones on the north side dip
about 40 degrees westward, on Normanskill shale and shaly sand¬
stone dipping about 80 degrees eastward, thus meeting at an angle
of about 60 degrees.
The west brow of this hill, on the thumb a thousand feet north¬
west of the former locality, has a good scarp of Rondout limestone
looking far down upon the house at end of the stub road, and beneath
this ledge (with its low northeast dip) is a ledge of Normanskill
that dips east 40 degrees and continues south while the limestones
wheel off to southeast.
The best instance of large scale difference in attitude in our region
is the one just north of the cemetery and pond, easily reached by a
short road from behind the church. Vertical Normanskill ribs strike
north between cemetery and pond (and farther west), presently
overlaid by gently east-dipping waterlimes at the extreme south tip
of the limestone syncline. Standing on the knoll in the pear orchard
northwest of the pond, one can look down a northeast-sloping surface
of about two acres, eroded across these upedged Ordovician strata,
against the Rondout scarp. This is a bit of the old land surface over
which the Silurian sea transgressed in Rondout time, recently resur¬
rected for us by glacial stripping away of the Silurian mantle.
7 Great Vly. Normanskill beds, mostly on edge, are displayed for
half a mile at north end of the Great Vly while on both sides and
148
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
crossing over these are flat-lying Rondout limestones. Recent broad-
gauging of their service track by the Lehigh company has freshened
the contact at the west portal of their long tunnel (there are two
tunnels). This contact had become obscured at the time of Professor
Schuchert’s visit. Here a measured 14 feet of Rondout (with about
as much more above mostly covered) dipping east not over 15 de¬
grees rests directly upon Normanskill shale flanked by a heavy mass
of the grits, all dipping due east 80 degrees, making an angular
discordance of fully 65 degrees.
Such relations obtain all the way up this east wall of the Vly for
its two miles from the West Camp localities, though actual contact
has not been seen except here and, again, at the “back” quarry
entrance cut of the same railway as described and figured by
Schuchert and Longwell (1932, pages 313, 314). They give the re¬
spective dips as east 5° south 30°-55° for the lower strata, and north
55° west 20° for those above the contact. Occurrence of thin harder
seams at intervals of a few inches in the shaly Normanskill on west
side of the cut (opposite the illustrations) has given the eroded edges
a feebly washboard surface into which the Rondout base fits, with
tendency for fossils to accumulate in the very shallow troughs (as
at Rondout, N. Y.). There is no soil band, yet the large “worm”
burrows that show on the under surface of the Rondout (see
Schuchert’s account) must have been largely excavated into softened
shales beneath the contact. So far, no included fragments of the
Ordovician have been found here in the Rondout. The nearly perfect
planation of the Normanskill looks like wave-work, long-continued,
and the smooth rounding of the harder ribs shows that the Nor¬
manskill was thoroughly indurated before the waves attacked it.
Although thrust-faulting is conspicuous in this same cut, all visi¬
tors agree that this faulting fails to involve the actual contact at any
exposed point, just as it so failed in Austin’s glen, showing how well
the unrelated formations were bonded together along an interlocking
contact. Yet they separate on weathering.
Over the knoll east of this cut, looking down upon the locomotive
shed, the lower Rondout arches gently while upedged Normanskill
runs end-on to within three rods of it. A short distance southeast¬
ward, or 200 feet east of the shed, the upturned Normanskill is thinly
veneered by 15° east-dipping Rondout. On the west limb, southwest
from the cut, there is a widening terrace of gently west-dipping
Rondout, soon reaching back three or four hundred feet to the aban¬
doned highway and finally terminating north of the old stone house
near the head of the swamp. As it thus falls back west to the road-
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 149
way, on a 10°-20° west dip, 60° east-dipping Normanskill ribs emerge
from beneath it, as also along its east front, and continue southwards.
Practical contact may be seen close east of the road about 250 feet
north of the stone house, and the two rocks are in close proximity
for a quarter mile south to beyond where the road turns west across
the ridge. In the exposure east of that gap, an excessive thickness
of Rondout seems to be represented.
8 Shults’s hill. Although now grassed over, the contact behind the
garage at the Shults farmhouse three- fourths mile west of West
Camp is still suggestively shown in the physiography, close by the
public road. Here and north to the next farmhouse the limestone
scarp is at its greatest divergence from the Normanskill ridges. The
latter, with steep westerly dips, trend 10° west of north in a long
succession bassetting up to the road on its east side, while the Ron¬
dout with northwesterly dip lies diagonally (N. 35° E.) across them,
keeping mostly on the west side of the highway. Under this scarp,
250 feet north of the Shults garage and 70 feet west of the road, the
shaly sandstone is exposed only 4 feet under the 1 feet of Rondout
here visible. At the garage, a five- foot grit bed dipping north 45°
crosses the road, from the barn, and is exposed to within 25 feet of
the Rondout, its ridge continuing to within 15 feet under the lawn
end-on toward the limestone, which here dips northwest about 65
degrees.
9 Schoentag’s. No actual contacts are known around Glasco, but
the suggestions there present are included in this enumeration in
order to embrace the south part of the quadrangle. In the vale of
the ruptured anticline a quarter mile west of West Wood farm and
an equal distance north of Schoentag’s (both on route 9-W), the
Normanskill is barely and doubtfully exposed close to the basal
(“Wilbur” ?) limestone of the Rondout on the west side of the pas¬
ture in the vale, but removal of sod and earth beneath this limestone
might reveal it. The south prong of the hill south of Schoentag’s,
seven-eighths mile south of the road corners at the hotel, has a fine
ledge of Glasco limestone climbing its east brow northward, with
scattered Normanskill exposures below it (at and) near the south
end. Here a grit ledge, dipping west 35 or 40 degrees and 10 feet
lower than the Glasco, converges slowly northwards for about a
hundred feet on the similarly west-dipping limestone until the lower
waterlimes cut it off.
10 Becraft’s mountain. The exposures of the unconformable con¬
tact here have been most lately described by Schuchert and Longwell
(1932, p. 317-20) and by Doctor Ruedemann.
150
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Supplementary Notes
1 This thickness will be greatly increased if we take, instead, the clastic
equivalents in the Mohawk valley of the Utica and Trenton, namely:
Frankfort beds (Deer River part) . 350 feet
Holland Patent (with lower Frankfort) . 800 feet
Loyal Creek . 300 feet
Nowadaga . 400 feet
Schenectady . 2000 feet
Limestones . 50 feet
Total Utica to Black River..... . . . 3900 feet
2 The latest review of the field facts is that of Schuchert and Longwell 1932,
but containing some slight inaccuracies due to the hurried nature of their visit.
See Davis 1883, 1883a, 1883&; Grabau 1903; Van Ingen and Clark 1903;
Chadwick 1913. Davis 1883a, p. 318-21, summarizes the old accounts.
3 Professor Davis’s view was nevertheless modified on his 1910 excursion to
this region, in which the writer participated.
4 Given as horizontal in error by Schuchert and Longwell 1932, p. 313.
THE SUB-ORISKANY UNCONFORMITY
As the gap between the Ordovician and the Silurian formations
closes up westward, across New York, there opens above it a dif¬
ferent one, between the Silurian and Devonian deposits, that in
western New York brings the Onondaga limestone down to rest
directly upon a bed lower even than the Rondout (Chrysler), namely
upon the Cobleskill (Akron) dolomyte. In this hiatus there are
therefore missing the following formations present in our section :
Schoharie shaly limestone
Esopus shale
Glenerie limestone
Port Ewen and Alsen limestones
Becraft limestone
Catskill shaly limestone
Kalkberg limestone
Coeymans limestone
Manlius (Olney) limestone
Rondout limestones
Tracing it east from the Genesee river, this hiatus is found to be
compounded of smaller breaks : (1) between the Onondaga and Oris-
kany, cutting out the Schoharie and Esopus; (2) between the Oris-
kany sandstone and the Bishop Brook (Coeymans?) limestone of
the Helderbergian, cutting out the Port Ewen-Alsen, Becraft and
Catskill members; (3) between the Coeymans and the Manlius.
North of Manlius village, all three of these breaks may be seen in a
vertical space of only eight feet.
Of these three, the upper one fades out in our area, the lower
one will be considered beyond, but the middle one is of major im¬
portance. The noncontinuity and variable thickness of the Port
Ewen limestone, together with its sudden swelling to more than one
hundred feet, south of our quadrangle, have been mentioned in the
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
151
description of that formation. There is also a thickening of the
Glenerie (Oriskany) beds southward, with incoming of the Connelly
quartz-pebble conglomerate beneath them, around Kingston, besides
pebble zones (not always basal) in the Glenerie cherts of our own
area. Northward, in the Helderberg salient, the Oriskany sandstone,
continuous with and equivalent to our Glenerie chert, rests on a
corroded surface down in the Becraft, all Alsen and Port Ewen
being cut out, though there is some return of these into the section
at Schoharie.
Locally significant of this break at many exposures is the concen¬
tration of fossils and the occurrence of abundant dark nodules sup¬
posedly phosphatic on whatever happens to be the top surface of
the eroded Port Ewen or Alsen. One of the best of such surfaces,
followed by “black” shale that might be a soil bed, is well exposed
on route 23-A (Rip Van Winkle trail) less than a mile outside Catskill,
just north of and passing under the Glenerie beds (figure 31) at
Ellsworth Jones’s house. The same thing (with the shale bed) may
be seen in the west wall of the northwest quarry at the North Ameri¬
can plant close to where the pipeline is notched through it. It may be
seen again on top of the east wall of the present Alpha quarry, especi¬
ally at the high point near the south end. The nodules in the top of the
limestone have been noted as far south as along the old stage road
(upper road) a mile and a half south of Schoentag’s. Nor are the
nodules confined to the extreme top; they sometimes occur also a
few inches lower, and the whole of this few-inch band is particularly
yellowed and otherwise suggestive of subaerial weathering. It is
quite possible that we are dealing with an old land surface.
Such a land surface is unquestionably buried by the Oriskany in
western New York (see John M. Clarke 1907, N. Y. S. Mus. Bui.
107, pages 293-94), where the Oriskany sands infiltrate to depths
of 20 feet or more the dissolved fissures and joint cracks of the
subjacent Akron and Bertie limestones. Sometimes the Onondaga
lime-sand does the same, as at Oaks Corners northwest of Geneva,
N. Y.
At this break early workers drew the Devonian base and to it as the
true tectonic division-line present thought is returning. It is the
hemera of the volcanic outbursts (called “middle Devonic”) in New
England and beyond. It is the time of the earlier Acadian orogeny
(mountain folding) in Gaspe and elsewhere. With increasing recog¬
nition of the essentially Silurian aspect of the Helderbergian faunas,
as knowledge of the Rondout and Keyser faunas has grown, and
after restudy of the European Hercynian, some of our best authorities
152
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
are putting the Helderbergian back into the Silurian where the earlier
workers had it. For the opponents of this view there is still a good
break below the Coeymans, now to be described.
THE COEYMANS-MANLIUS CONTACT
Recognition of an erosion interval between the Cayugan and
Helderbergian has been tardy. The Manlius (“Tentaculite”) lime¬
stone was early included in the old Helderberg (later Lower Helder-
berg) group, and as late as 1906 (see Grabau, Museum Bulletin 92)
Ulrich and others were talking about ‘‘Manlius transition beds” in
east-central New York and the Helderberg region. Inevitably, if
such transitions or interbeddings actually occur as true depositional
features, the separation of Manlius from Helderbergian breaks down.
If, however, the appearance is due to extensive reworking of top
Manlius into the Coeymans, as slabs and masses caught up or inter-
filtrated, the size of the break appreciably grows.
But that is exactly the situation that we have found and Mr Logie
has confirmed. Wherever the Manlius-Coeymans contact can be
reached on the Helderberg front it has proved to be irregular, undu¬
lating, but bonded and obscure until the hammer locates it by the
lithology, and for at least two or three feet above it are many Manlius
slabs, up to a yard or more in length, carrying of course the Manlius
fossils and thus appearing to be interbedded with the Coeymans
calcarenyte with its crinoidal and other organic debris. On a visit
to this contact some years ago near New Salem, Mr Hartnagel and 1
found in it among the limestone pebbles a quartz pebble a half-inch
in size. Before the later quarrying operations at the Turtle Pond
quarry (figures 21, 22) west of Catskill, several geologists saw there
a glacially polished edge of the basal Coeymans exhibiting the struc¬
ture perfectly, near the north end. Even yet the worn Manlius slabs
in the Coeymans can be found, especially at the south end of the
quarry (figure 21) by close observation, and also in Austin’s glen,
giving rise to the oft-repeated statement that Manlius fossils are
there found living on into the base of the “Lower Pentamerus”
limestone.
According to Logie’s studies, several feet of beds at top of the
Manlius come and go on this erosion plane, around Catskill and
Saugerties. But more significant is the cutting out eastward and
complete absence in the Hudson valley of the upper three out of the
four members of the Manlius found at Syracuse. We have here
only the lowest division of the formation, namely the Olney limestone.
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
153
LESSER BREAKS
Blasting the Schoharie formation for the new route 23-A a short
distance east of the Old King’s road crossing three miles west of
Catskill, the workmen brought to light a considerable concentration
of glauconite grains in its top few inches. This has since been
recognized at other localities in the same horizon. A little glauconite
has been found also in the top of the Esopus shale at Katsbaan
church, in the rear of the building. Since this mineral is considered
an index of discon formity, we have in it evidence that the Oriskany-
Onondaga gap (page 150) is not fully closed even in our region.
Repairs at the Webber bridge, on route 23-A, have covered up
the evidence there beautifully displayed on a glacially polished surface
of the Onondaga limestone of unconformity with the black Bakoven
shale above it. Corrosion hollows in the top of the “white” limestone
were filled with the black limesand (calcarenyte) that initiates the
Bakoven shale, mottling the polished surface. This relation can still
be made out by the creekside (figure 40) but not so well. Doctor
Cooper’s work seems to confirm this proof that no contemporaneous
overlap can exist between the Ulsterian and Hamiltonian strata
as was claimed. Small brownish phosphatic nodules and reworked
Atrypae from the limestone beneath, in which they abound, occur
at the contact, in the calcarenyte (a mere skin), as well as teeth of
Onychodus.
The emergence and beginning of “continental” sedimentation of our
region should be marked by some evidence of shallowing and with¬
drawal of the sea. Such seems to be afforded, not merely here but
all across New York State, by the remarkable masses known as
“storm-rollers” (figure 45) occurring at or near the top of the marine
beds (here the Mount Marion formation) and even in the basal part
of the nonmarine Ashokan beds above. Subspherical masses of
sandstone usually a foot to a yard in diameter, surrounded sometimes
by sand and sometimes by shale, are tumbled in, this way and that.
They are certainly not “concretions” as they were formerly called.
Their outside may be dusted all over with fossil shells (brachiopods)
like cracker crumbs on a croquette, giving the impression that they
were rolled along the beach when soft. Nevertheless, proof of such
wave-rolling has not been found convincing to many geologists and a
better explanation may have to be found. Rollers occur in the top
Mount Marion beds just east of Unionville corners, as figured; two-
tenths mile southwest of the bridge at High Falls, and almost con¬
tinuously for half a mile along the road from High Falls over
Timmerman’s hill ; on the road from Quarry ville to Mt Airy and
154
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
south to near Unionville; on the road from Mt Marion to Daisy
about a quarter mile above the bridge (figure 42) over the Platte
kill. North of route 23-A they appear to be confined to the beds
above the marine summit, which seems confirmatory of the idea of
downward encroachment of the flagstone facies (“Ashokan”) north¬
ward.
Pebble layers are to be expected in the land-made deposits and they
begin with or even just before the Ashokan. Half a mile south from
route 23-A, on the Timmerman’s Hill road above mentioned, is a
pebble-bed containing bright-colored quartzes rather than the usual
local shale or sandstone pebbles. A cornstone stratum supposedly
at the base of the Kiskatom red-beds in the vicinity of Kiskatom
and northwards appears to be the “limestone, brecciated and conglom¬
erate” recorded by Mather (1843, page 305, No. 129, pages 307,
314 and footnote) and called by him a firestone. A similar zone
occurs in the midst of the flagstones at the break north of High falls
mentioned on page 115.
The probable wedging out of the Genesee beds on the Catskill front
has been discussed, page 136 and previous, page 122.
The undulatory contact of the Manlius on the Rondout, shown
in figure 11, is probably of no consequence, being greatly exaggerated
on the scale of the diagram.
Attention should be called to the question of northward disappear¬
ance of the highly fossiliferous upper Glenerie limestones, as though
wedged out of the section. This is puzzling, since the very close
affiliations of the whole Glenerie and Esopus seem to negate any such
break between them, but its solution must be left to the future.
STRUCTURAL FEATURES
DEPOSITIONAL STRUCTURES
Any mention of “structure” in our region naturally brings first to
mind the conspicuous rock folds and the faults for which this region
is distinguished. Long antecedent to these deformations, however,
were the structures put into the rocks as they were forming. Primary
among these is stratification or bedding (figures 47, 72, and many
other figures), usually very evident in our strata, but in the Esopus
shale there is a surprising suppression of visible bedding (figures
32, 33) so that the subsequent cleavage planes are easily mistaken
for bedding planes. Primary also is the distinction into different
kinds of rock, either by chemical composition, as limestone (figures
21, 36), chert (figures 31, 23, 38), and sandstone (figures 8, 15), or
by size of grain, as conglomerate (figure 51), coquinite (figure 27)
Figure 59 Channel fill, sandstone on shale, in Onteora beds of old quarry
up north slope of Mt Tobias southeast of Willow. Lower part of the fill (in
lower view) is of “storm roller” type, and all tends to weather in spheroidal
fashion. Overlaid by flagstones. Looking west. Photos : September 1936,
G. H. C.
[155]
m Ick( ms
o a
O 3 O G n
> p o
- S ^ S'S
|Se2“^
g •• ^
g r cn
O kH <U C g
*f §'“^
aj ^ c o co
C/J G G
°
H3 c +j>ot rG
O ^ G
42 c^ 2 ~ c~
o °? <4
L) .. <u i— j
: ffl
'o^ . . *d 2
z „ <V o
CN
« c/5 5
& ±i ctf
_r3 >C g
« *rt o £
~ lc ^ G u
c/5 G
u? G~'~ «
G C • <-< _._.
rd to
-5, fe -S-Sf^S
OISC,“5 - UH
CJ w GG
*-> - CJ
w-ScoW G
°=.^-t
Sjsm^^
y rt g i+H •*-
° «
M £
rt o Ӥ
K> Si
<-M 1 1 JZl -G
b 0 ’-rrt CJ
g rt r, « £
23= "3 "§
>. *'4h o
2 >i t« G 1/5
5 1 1|1
= < & - S
=^0.^ g> be
^US Q
[156]
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
157
and shale (figure 40) or clay (figure 72), as well as many so-called
sandstones (figure 61) especially those alternating with shales (figures
42, 43, 44). Fossils (figure 20) are original structures, though often
subsequently much changed, and so are the ripple marks, sun cracks
(mud cracks) and “wornT’-burrows.
Irregularities of stratification may take the form of cross-bedding
(figure 18), flow-and-plunge or reefy structure, “storm-rollers” or
“stone-rollers” (figure 45), channel scour-and-fill (figures 49, 59),
disconformities (figure 21) and unconformities (figure 58), though
the last involves deformation preceding it.
DEFORM ATIONAL STRUCTURES
The transition from original to subsequent structures is bridged
by such things as concretions (including the septaria found in the
black Bakoven shale and the phosphatic nodules at certain contacts
already named), which occur more commonly in the Mount Marion
beds (figure 42), and flint seams (figure 38), both of which represent
a concentration of foreign materials that may have started contem¬
poraneously and progressed afterwards.
The simplest, probably the latest, of the strictly subsequent struc¬
tures are the ubiquitous joints (figures 46, 15, 23, 51), at times
giving rise to keystone faults (compare figures 71, 76).
This brings us to the deformative structures proper, or those
produced by the mountain-making (orogenic) processes, namely:
1 Rock folds. The “miniature” rock folds of the Kalk Berg
belt form one of the most entrancing features of our region. Because
of their resemblance, in small, to the mountain folds of Pennsyl¬
vania and Virginia, Davis (1882) has rightly called the Kalk berg
the “little mountains,” for they alone of the hills of our area west
of the Hudson have typical mountain structure, whereas our moun¬
tains (Catskills) are essentially a dissected plateau of upraised flat-
lying strata. Davis has used the portion of the Kalk berg directly
west of Catskill (Quarry hill and Fuyk, figure 60) also in illustration
of his six physiographic types in regions of folded rocks.
It is strange that this beautiful and diagrammatic folding should
have had so little notice from earlier writers (see Davis 1883),
but Mather wrote (1843) before the appearance of the works of the
brothers Rogers describing the huge folds in Pennsylvania and the
Virginias. He has many illustrations of tilted rocks and several
references to “lines of dislocation and uplift,” by which he seems to
mean faulting. Sometimes, as at Glenerie falls, his interpretations
of structure are incorrect. To Davis and to Darton we owe the
first real knowledge of our structural features.
158
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
The up-archings of the beds are called anticlines (figure 61), the
down-sags are the synclines (figures 28, 68), while a dip in one
direction only constitutes a monocline (homocline), as in the Hooge
berg (figures 41, 3), but most monoclines (uniclines) are one limb
of a syncline (figures 21, 30). A constant feature of our folds is
that they are unsymmetrical, leaning to the west in the direction of the
push so that the west dips are steeper than the east dips (figures 60,
13, 28, 68), and exceptions to this are very uncommon. One such ex¬
ception, with the east dip the steeper, occurs in the Schoharie beds
on the east side of route 32 at the four corners a mile and a half
northwest of Saugerties.
This over-pushing may amount to an actual overturning of the
strata, as in the West ridge of the Fuyk and in much of the Nor-
manskill, which, having been through two periods of mountain-folding
and being mostly unresistant (“incompetent”) shales, has been sharply
(isoclinally) plicated back and forth upon itself (figure 63)
with some of its folds even laid upon their backs, and nearly all of
them greatly pinched. But plication occurs also in the Catskill shaly
limestone (figure 69) which has been through but one mountain¬
making.
One of the prettiest little folds in the country is that produced
in the Rondout waterlimes at the entrance to Austin’s glen (figure 13)
by the gliding over it of heavier beds of the Manlius — a complete S
with the middle limb (or reverse curve) rotated beyond 180 degrees.
In miniature we have similar crumpling in clays where they have
slumped.
2 Faults. In beds so greatly compressed as ours it would be sur¬
prising if they did not fracture and slip. Such displacements are
called faults and in our region they are invariably thrust-faults, in
which relief was obtained by telescoping. An overturned anticline
easily slides on over its neighbor syncline (figures 26, 69), or it may
rupture at the crest and shove before folding has gone far. A
syncline in heavy beds when pinched too far may have its core
wedged upward at both sides (figure 65). Steeply upturned strata
may be simply torn across and one block pushed farther west than
the other, resulting now in slight offset of the whole ridge such as
occurs in the limestones north of the Ulster town line. Normally
our thrusts are overthrusts, the upper block (slice) being driven
westward. But occasionally there are underthrusts, in which the
lower block moved west. Thrusts have also developed in slid clays.
On the fault planes, the grinding of the surfaces upon each other
produced slickensides (figure 19), which sometimes follow bedding
Figure 61 Part of a graceful anticlinal arch in Normanskill sandstones and
shale on the Cats kill (old railway grade) at south portal of Austin’s glen,
Jefferson Heights. Looking north-northeast. Columbia University photo:
about 1917, courtesy of H. L. Ailing.
[159]
[160]
Figure 62 False anticlinal effect in Normanskill beds at the Hoponose on the Cats kill, in south part
of Catskill village. Looking nearly south. Columbia University photo: about 1917, courtesy of H. L.
Ailing. Inset, looking east-southeast, shows the real dip, which was away from the camera. Photo :
about 1920, Charlotte Pettengill.
Figure 63 Isoclinally compressed synclines of Normanskill shale in
old Catskill Mountain Railway cut (now filled up) between Main street
and River street at the “Point,” Catskill village. Part of a succession
of such tight folds. Looking south-southwest. Photo: April 1915,
G. H. C.
[161]
[162]
, KTSKiLL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
163
planes. Adjacent edges were often curled under (dragged) as they
slid (figures 26, 67), and at the same time, or independently, so
strained as to become strongly cleaved with the cleavage angle pushed
over in the direction of thrust (figures 64, 34, 41) whether in fault or
fold. Cleavage in the homogeneous Esopus shale is, however, more in¬
clined to be vertical to the bedding (figures 32, 33) and reminiscent
of that in the unconsolidated deposits known as loess.
Fault planes may contain up to several inches of ground-up rock
that yields quickly to the weather and is known as gouge, as well as
indragged fragments oriented with the fault plane. Or some feet
of beds may be rolled up and crumpled between the moving surfaces,
as well shown in the far wall of the south quarry at the North
American plant (figure 68 and compare figure 66). The larger
masses thus dragged in are known as horses and may consist of rock
different from that which incloses them, thus show on the map, as
the bit of Fuyk sandstone two rods long by one rod wide beside the
woodroad through the pines three-eighths mile south-southwest of
the Red Schoolhouse and directly back up over the brow from the
“big spring” (page 12) on route 9-W ; or the eerie and much larger
knoll of misplaced Becraft and New Scotland beds on the west fork
of the woodroads along the Kalk berg, at summit of the Esopus vale
seven-eighths mile southwest by south from the junction of route
23-A with route 9-W, near Catskill.
In place of a simple slip, a mass or zone of broken rock may occur at
the fault. Such a fault breccia is well displayed in Rondout limestone
where route 9-W bends around it 300 feet south of the North Ameri¬
can conveyor-underpass. In the multiple slicing of the Fuyk sand¬
stone on the south end of the West Fuyk ridge, brecciation character¬
izes the third and fourth of the five slices and excellent specimens
may be obtained.
Calcite veins are common in both fault planes (figure 69) and fault
breccias, as well as in strain cracks. In fact, the presence of calcite
veins in our rocks is a trustworthy index of faulting. The calcite
often takes a mold of the slickensides, as on Quarry hill, and it was
probably this that received the name “fibrous calcite.” Nice speci¬
mens of the white cleavable calcite may be gathered near the upper
end of the old Austin millroad, derived from joint cracks and espe¬
cially from a thrust plane up in the cliff (Davis 1883, figure 3).
While thrust faults accompany folded rocks, quite a different type
of faulting is usual in flat-lying strata, and having been the first kind
studied is called “normal.” In a normal fault the upper block moves
down, relatively, instead of up. No true normal faults have come
164
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
to notice in our folded rocks and but one in the monoclinal zone to
west, namely at the south (left) end of the cliff shown in figure 42
where a slip of at most a few feet cuts off the coral bed in the water,
as discovered by Doctor Cooper, and is traceable up to a notch in
the hilltop as a down-dropped wedge or small “graben.” A small
normal fault in our mountains will be described with the keystone
faults, of which the preceding may also be an instance.
ARRANGEMENT OF STRUCTURES
The rock folds of our region all lie east of the Bakoven valley
and do not involve the thick Hamilton and Catskill Mountain beds.
Those of the Ordovician strata, which went through a second com¬
pression after erosion had bevelled the tops of their earlier plications
and which have since been much covered by Lake Albany clays and
other Pleistocene deposits, on both sides of the Hudson, are today
scarcely decipherable. It is in the thin formations of the narrow belt
of the Kalk berg that one’s wits may be employed, yet even where
exposures are plentiful and the surface facts not obscured that which
is found is often almost incredible, difficult to imagine in underground
extension, impossible of satisfactory reconstruction as to the mode
and processes of origin. The map itself, especially in the cement
region, looks like a disordered nightmare and that is just what the
region has proved to be to the cement companies, whose quarries
have revealed to us marvellous complications (figure 69, for example).
A peculiarity of our folds, in which they seem to differ from the
great mountain folds of Pennsylvania, is their discontinuity. Except
the large syncline extending from Quarry hill to West Camp, which
so conspicuously offsets the whole series eastward, few folds can be
traced any distance before they rather abruptly die out and give
place to new ones arising beside them. Odd zigzags and diagonal
cross folds are thus repeatedly found to occur. This is specially
characteristic of the Onondaga and Schoharie in the Saugerties dis¬
trict, where the edges of these formations regularly fray out north¬
eastward every mile or two. The ends of folds where they terminate
against the cross synclines frequently plunge underground with sur¬
prising speed; as the north end of the great arch of Alsen limestone
at Klee’s hill, southwest of Van Luven’s lake, which terminates north¬
ward the anticline of the Great Vly, and the companion or overlapping
arch of the Schoharie-Onondaga beds on the west of it. Similarly,
route 23- A goes down a diagonal vale between overlapping ends of
Schoharie anticlines, from the Old King’s road to the Webber bridge
over the Kaaters kill.
[166]
Figure 65 Wedge faulting in the south quarry at Alsen.; A wedge of massive Becraft limestone is driven up to right (west), by the
squeezing of the syncline, on the plane marked by the arrow, and a similar wedging is less clearly visible on the opposite limb. Note
overturn of Alsen limestone at skyline on left of axis, as marked on figure 28, and cave opening in Becraft half way up on far right.
Looking south. Photo: May 1938, W. Storrs Cole.
[170]
<D „
Q . jS ^
un
4 s ura — r <v •
.5.5 g rt.£ & S £
O u 5 £ g
^3 fl> Si « 5
1/3 <Oi,q £ ^ G bc
C g 53 * -a *
^6?° “^ss
r- ''^’’G
^ O
Ort
3=! C 03 ^ O w
v °< cjmG a 3
oV > 0^37 u
g O „ 73 O G
wT) C -f; O
cTg'S- E'2 « °
o <? >>
+3 <L> , 03
n or j c a .
o^ g %% %Z%
F^<yjDj2^P"rtP
O.Hfh XJ <D W ^
U |^J o'^’S £ J
! o sp
go , 1 .£ 2> <u 73
go g|-f ; >3
^ g.^ ££ o.sp .. *
G ^ 4-T ^ ^ - • *-<
rt w«ii c
3
j2 .£?
, Ph lo
. o3
G s-i
‘■33 <L>
5 g O I
~ ^ O
« g’J"
03 j£ ^ ,
be
g 3-3 S
* . >> u
. P 73 P
$*
! to 51 C
« ■ ,M
O <v <y n3 HO
3 o £ g
«- «
jW
B
H °
> g g~ be
I 03 <u o <L) ^ n
c^ w 33 2
30^:2 ^ «
■ 2 s-.§ |.s «‘5
°^"§H+r
■__r a! “i u 33!
.— . M-i 05 CO H 03
Go Wi5;3 y U
co o G o
3 . o <u
P be GG
U.G G <->
o
13 3 t?
; U nGg
:£ so
! __, G a)
rs ££
[169]
[168]
Figure 67 Underdrag on overthrust at Canoe Hill town stone-crusher quarry, just north of
Saugerties. West limb of an anticline (note arch in Manlius on left) driven west (right) on a
plane located almost at nearest floor of quarry, with marked “drag” overturn of (Kalkberg lime¬
stone) beds below the tiles. Coeymans (man standing against basal layer) about 21 feet thick.
Kalkberg (et cetera) about 39 feet. Looking south. Photo: April 1938, W. J. Schoonmaker.
[167]
Figure 66 Detail showing “takeup” of the fault by contortion of the lower thin-bedded Becraft
in bottom of the ‘syncline ; position in figure 65 identified by dark solution cavities at top of
view. Mr Kilfoyle’s hand marks the fault plane. Photo: April 1938, W. J. Schoonmaker.
catskill and kaaterskill quadrangles 171
The general westward overturn of the axes of the folds, which
carries the beds always deeper westward in each such undulation
until those at the Hudson go far beneath sea level under the Catskills,
and the simpler cases of faulting have already been described. Some
special cases are soon to be taken up. It is well first to note how
frequently we have to deal with eastward as well as westward thrusts.
Not all of these are to be classed as underthrusts. In the folding of a
syncline, the layers naturally tend to glide upon each other upwards
on both sides of the axis, eastward (figure 19) as well as westward.
The heavy Mount Marion sandstones have thus overridden eastward
the Bakoven black shales at Houck’s “coal mine” (page 103).
The same relief may be accomplished instead by faults rising di¬
agonally (figure 65) up both limbs and lifting a wedge-shaped mass
within the core of the fold. The snap on the east limb is then as
much of an overthrust as that on the west limb. Such snapping
or wedge-telescoping eastward (as in lower part of figure 19) ac¬
counts for much of the repetition of the Manlius and its inclosing
beds along the east front of the Kalk berg from West Camp north¬
ward through the cement region to the Red Schoolhouse. It accounts
also for the long parallel strips of Becraft, Alsen and Glenerie on the
opposite side of this syncline through a part of the same stretch.
It explains many other “strike faults” and many little diagonal cross
slips on upturned beds, as in the Schoharie east of Asbury.
Deceptive resemblance to young normal faults may result from
fresh cliffing of the overriding mass along major joints, as frequently
in the Becraft strips on the far side of the West Camp syncline, but
the truly overthrust relations are revealed in the quarries and by
the behavior when followed on the surface “trace.” It is unfortunate
that the already crowded formational lines upon the map have made
it inexpedient, where not actually impossible, to draw fault lines
as such on it. Therefore the presence of the faults is revealed only
where they offset the formations and is concealed at intermediate
points.
SPECIAL CASES
Some of the features that do nevertheless show on the map deserve
particular description. These fall into several classes, but it is note¬
worthy that all of them appear quite uninfluenced by the jointing
now present in their rocks and seem to prove that jointing is a later
and probably more superficial (shallow-seated) process than folding
and thrust faulting.
1 Pivotal faults. All our fault lines tend to die away and disappear
unexpectedly. This is most noticeable on the map, and most easily
172
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
explained, in the case of fault blocks anchored at one end, from
which they have pivoted westward, rotating upon the under block.
Such faults are illustrated at the Indian Caves locality a mile and
a half southwest of the bridge at Saugerties and again in the same
Schoharie beds at Mower’s crossroad nearly three miles north, in
both cases the north end being swung, as it is also in the east or upper
block on the hill south of Schoentag’s in the New Scotland and lower
formations and in the special case of the Canoe hill, Saugerties, to be
described in another connection. Doubtless if we had the whole
story, now lost by erosion, we would find the strata returning eventu¬
ally to another pivot. Such pivoting of the other end indeed occurs
farther north, in the rotated blocks on the hill above Cementon which
puzzled the operators. A case in which the upper block appears
mysteriously to have been rotated east instead of west is that of
Mr Fera’s hill a half mile east of Katsbaan church. The pivoting
at the Fuyk (figure 15) is plainly part of a ruptured anticline.
2 Derelict hilltops. We may coin this expression for the discon¬
nected block on the Kalk berg two and two-thirds miles southwest
of the bridge at Catskill, and for others like it which have trespassed
far across other structures. The noted overthrust hilltop (figure 69)
above the Alsen railway station has been taken for such a mass, but
it is actually pivoted to the south end of the south quarry as the map
shows, being similar to the hill summit north of the bucket line at
Cementon but oppositely oriented. In both cases the strata are
vertical ; in both there are jammed against the east face masses of
the lower limestones in inexplicable fashion.
3 Multiple slices. The imbricated arrangement of the successive
pivoted blocks above Cementon is easier to recognize on the map
than is the vertical imbrication of four successive sheets of Manlius
in the hill south of the Red Schoolhouse and above the “big spring”
on route 9-W. Visual separation of these may be made by following the
discontinuous bands of the underlying Fuyk sandstone or of the
overlying Coeymans-Kalkberg limestones that are drawn in between
them, often giving place one to the other abruptly along the strike.
Though the upper slice is interrupted at the crossroad, it resumes
beyond, and the disconnected or derelict hilltop already mentioned
seems to be but another (fifth) slice, as will come out in the section
on nested folds. Multiple slices, five in number, occur also in the
West ridge of the Fuyk, where figure 15 represents the topmost or
fifth slice. Incipient imbrication of four slices is found on the south
side of Austin’s glen (see figure 26 for one of the faults).
4 “Downward” overthrusts. Discovery at Canoe hill, Saugerties,
CATSKILL AND ICAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
173
of a thrust fault (Chadwick 1910) in which the upper block appears
to be slid downhill was the first intimation that our “miniature”
overthrust planes are undulated (folded) as are the great ones in the
southern Appalachians. The course of the field mapping found this
to be by no means an unique example. The Canoe Hill fault may
be looked upon as essentially pivotal, though possibly a little broken
on the pivot and also complicated by a sharply pinched anticline on
the east that brings up the Glasco limestone. It is so easily visited,
with a village street continuing through the hill on its trace, that
it is worth brief redescription.
On the south or overthrust block the Glasco limestone makes a
sharp rib just behind the modern house on the corporation line. West
on this line all the succeeding limestones up to the Glenerie at west
base of the hill are found in regular order and highly upturned
(figure 67). Northward are quarries, a larger one in the Coeymans-
Kalkberg (figure 67) formerly worked for the town stone-crusher,
and smaller diggings in the Catskill shaly and the Becraft, near where
all of these terminate against the road. Just east across the road
from the crusher quarry, in the yard behind the house at the inter¬
section of the sanitarium spur-road, are ledges of the Becraft lime¬
stone, soon backed on west by the Glenerie at the roadside but best
displayed beyond, opposite the next houses and past the tip of the
south block, where it makes bare surfaces running steeply far up the
west slope of the north half of the hill, while Becraft still shows
in the houseyards far below it.
On the west side of the road at the first telephone pole up from
the crusher quarry may be seen the slickensided, calcite-filled fault
plane itself or a split of it, sloping down west between Kalkberg
limestone above (Coeymans at left) and about three feet of what
looks like Glenerie limestone below, with a rotted zone under the
fault. There is marked drag on the bottom of the upper block, shown
on a larger scale in the quarry (figure 67), in which the fault plane
still drops rapidly west beneath the quarry floor. A calcite-cemented
fault breccia of the Manlius makes a ledge south of the quarry
entrance.
The important thing in this description includes the strong west¬
ward “hade” of the fault plane where seen and the still steeper attitude
that it must take to north to let the Becraft down below the big bare
surfaces of the Glenerie. The difference between such a fault and a
normal fault is that the latter continues down into the earth whereas
the thrust plane curves back up again. It is now possible at many
points in our area to see thrust planes folded into anticlines and
174
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
synclines, as will come out in the next section. The possibility of
this being a “snap” in which movement was up east instead of down
west is opposed by the thickness and number of formations involved
and negatived by the relations farther north. A similar pivotal fault,
with similar westward tilt of the fault plane, occurs in the north half
of Canoe hill, wholly unconnected with this one, and is definitely
not a “snap.”
5 Nested folds. Four examples have been found, in the Kalk
Berg range of the Catskill quadrangle, of a structure in which the
strata are repeated upward within the same anticline. The impres¬
sion given in every instance is that of flat overlapping fault slices
having been subsequently arched, simultaneously, into an anticline.
As there has been no north-south telescoping in our region, no other
mode of origin suggests itself. All of them are fully open to
observation. (See figure 70.)
a The simplest one is on the high hill east of the Cats kill (right
hand of figure 1) at the point in Austin’s glen where that stream
crosses the Manlius and Rondout formations. The beds are upturned
steeply, at right angles to the creek where it leaves them (just above
which it has been approximately on their strike ; see figures 23, 25),
and they rise up the east bank at a high angle of west dip, then arch
over prettily in an outlook cliff.
Along the creek and the old railway grade that follows it all seems
to be regular in the section of the Manlius, Coeymans, Kalkberg
and Catskill shaly limestones. But bn the hill crest (the anticlinal
axis) the case is different. Starting from the outlook cliff of
Manlius at the south end, which is plunging noticeably northward,
one comes in six rods north to a ledge of Coeymans topped by three
to four feet of cherty Kalkberg showing a strong cleavage dragged
over to west. The next exposure above this, seven rods farther
north, is Manlius again, the Stromatopora bed, capped by Coeymans
making a good ledge at three or four rods beyond. Finally, in
another five rods, comes a high ledge of the full thickness of Kalk¬
berg limestone, whose top is the level Crestline of the hill.
As these ledges roll down the west side to their steep west dip into
the creek, a fine vertical cliff of the Catskill shaly comes up on the
flank, reaching the level of the broad hilltop within 200 feet north.
Down this slope, also, the upper Manlius cliff bevels out, from base
upward, against the Kalkberg below the fault plane, letting the upper
Kalkberg sheet down upon that. But on the east slope, where the
anticline is followed by a quick upturn on a subordinate syncline,
it is the lower Kalkberg and Coeymans that can not be traced far
175
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
north before the two Manlius sheets seem to close in and cut them
off, though the exposures here are not so good. This is exactly the
relations that would obtain if a low-angle thrust had cut up across
horizontal strata and then all had been folded into anticline and
syncline. The mechanics of telescoping the beds in this fashion, on
a recurving plane, after they were folded are unbelievable. That it is
not a “snap” is proved by the direction of drag-cleavage on the lower
sheet of Kalkberg.
At creek level, this fault plane is probably concealed up in the
weak shaly limestone, in which there are several little ruptures visible
to right of figure 23, and may re-emerge beyond in one of the
three or four thrusts of the Becraft already mentioned, on far side
of that syncline. Moreover, it likely is the same as the plane found
across the eroded anticline to east in the “Glen Cliff” Manlius ledge
on which are the three cottages (page 145), responsible for the sharp
prong in the Manlius outcrop at its north end, and therefore that of
the Austin millroad (Davis 1883, figure 3). That would take it
over three synclines and two anticlines. Whether it is the one that
offsets the Schoharie beds still farther west, near north edge of the
quadrangle, remains to be learned.
b A second instance is on the Kalk Berg ridge overlooking the
Pine View filling station on route 9-W about two and a half miles
south of Catskill. Access is good by two old woodroads that sidle
southwest up the ridge, from respectively 400 feet north and 100 feet
south of the station.
Up the north road, vertical Fuyk and Manlius are crossed in small
exposures and flat-lying Manlius (a different slice) found in the
hairpin loop at the top resting on folded Coeymans and Kalkberg
that strike north under it but break off south in a good cliff looking
down upon the other woodroad. This cliff rises thence west, arches
over the hill and down on the far side, in the edge of the evergreens,
picturesquely. In it was observed a favosite coral almost two feet
in diameter. But this arch plunges slowly north into a hollow in
which runs a connecting woodroad, and a second similar arch of
Kalkberg limestone (underlaid partway by Manlius and Coeymans)
wraps over it, also plunging north and going under the Catskill shaly
where the north woodroad winds around on the line of contact
between these. The intervening wedge of Manlius comes up from
the flat exposure on the east brow and cuts out down the dip as did the
one in Austin’s glen, while the Coeymans continues on around with
the Kalkberg of the upper sheet far south on the west of the north-
south connecting road.
176
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Eventually, at south, this fault plane connects with one of the
higher ones in the multiple slices south of the Red Schoolhouse.
Northward, the strata of the upper slice soon turn up on edge, the
lower Kalkberg and Coeymans being immediately lost and the two
sheets of Manlius merging finally somewhere under the talus. The
conditions thus parallel closely those at Austin’s glen and a similar
fishhook of Manlius appears on the map in both places.
c A third example, but much more complex and requiring wider
exploration to encompass, lies not far southwest of the preceding,
easily reached by the south path from the filling station. It includes
the derelict hilltop already discussed, as its uppermost slice. There
are here four anticlinal sheets of Becraft nested one above another,
with intervening beds of Catskill shaly and Alsen.
The exposure of the lowest Becraft sheet is small, the mere eye
of a fenster (page 185), but easily found in the open ground just
east (four rods) of the Streeke sink — point of disappearance of all
the drainage from the surrounding wilderness as well as that from
Van Luven’s lake. Here is a west-leaning anticline of the limestone,
but the actual exposure is only a hundred feet long and three or four
yards wide, merely the vertical west limb and the arching crest. The
east slope, of gentle dip, is grassed over, though other deep but dry
sinkholes down to east a few rods betray the presence of the lime¬
stone still beneath them. On south, the Alsen overlaps short of the
powerline tower (No. 418), and may sheet over all the back slope.
Following the powerline north, one finds a second fine ledge of
Becraft arching over this Alsen, though bevelled out on west, and
running far southeast behind the sinkholes mentioned. It bears
Alsen again, the full thickness, on its back, then the Glenerie cherts
northward from the next tower (No. 419) well into the woods, nicely
arched and declining northwards. Diagonally across these comes
the Catskill shaly of the next slice, followed regularly up the slope in
the woods by the third Becraft sheet wrapping over it and curving
down likewise to the deep Esopus vale on west, into which all the
beds have dived. Once more the Alsen succeeds, in good ledges,
and has a long and broad north-plunging crest against the fourth
and highest crest of the Becraft, equally anticlinal with all that pre¬
cedes it and making the high summit north of the evergreen woods.
We must leave others to struggle with the problems of magnitude
and of the eventual takeup of such extensive movements. The present
visible width of the Becraft-Alsen slices, flattened out, inclusive of
their known synclinal extension eastward in the two upper slices, is
not less than 400 feet for the top slice, 900 for the next and 500 for
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 177
Figure 70 Schematic diagram of “con-plicate” fault-slices (nested folds), as
in Kalk Berg range near “b” and “c” of the text, which are one structure.
No vertical exaggeration except that folds plunge away from the eye. Water
entering at O somehow emerges at X without apparent limestone connection.
Note overthickening of beds as marked by arrow-tipped lines.
the third one down, which, considering the bottom slice as stationary,
means at least 1800 feet of telescoping of the Becraft-Alsen. If
the beds were practically horizontal when the thrusting occurred,
these thrust planes should have run westward up into parts of the
Esopus (and greatly overthickened it) that are now turned down
under the Schoharie just to the west — merely across the Streeke
lakebed, as the map shows. But if so, then this upturned over¬
thickened Esopus must subsequently have been largely overridden by
the whole mass of limestones driven over it from the east, for the
present belt of Esopus outcrop is here now decidedly narrow.
The point to be emphasized again is that of the two thrust planes
that can be followed (the lowest one being lost to view underground
from the fenster), both recurve synclinally on the east, and strongly
broadly so, along with the inclosing strata. That they could have
developed at all with the beds folded or even slightly deformed from
straightness is unthinkable. Each of the upper slices has Manlius
finally on its eastern edge and the lower of these two is identical
with the higher sheet in the locality to northeast previously described,
thus extending the middle fault-plane over a second anticline and
syncline. Directly west of all this disturbance (and more faulting
yet on south), runs the remarkable straight (only slightly arcuate)
syncline of the Schoharie, to which the perfectly straight powerline
is tangent at both horns.
d Somewhat different, simpler but a bit harder to see in the field,
is the anticline over anticline in the Onondaga, Schoharie and
Esopus beds northeast of the Green schoolhouse on the Old King’s
road. Access is best by an old wagontrail just south 'of a new house
17 8
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
three-eighths mile north of the school, where the highway bends
away from the hillslope and out upon the clayplain. Not far up the
slope is found Onondaga limestone with calcite veins (always in¬
dicative of faulting). The limestone makes a good arch, southeast
up over the hill, in the woods, while on north its outcrop is an
increasing ledge. Straight east one climbs up on west-dipping Scho¬
harie to a ridge that breaks down to east, across an anticlinal axis
of Esopus, beyond which the Esopus forms a syncline holding an¬
other strip of the Schoharie. All is regular, to the eye, in this cross
section, except for a sinkhole in the Esopus at foot of the first drop.
Neither the Esopus nor the Glenerie below it makes sinkholes.
But just south across the fence, in the woods, is the arch of
Onondaga limestone that has been mentioned and that is now seen
to pass north directly under this Esopus arch with its sink. The
anomaly of a sink in the Esopus is explained.
The Onondaga dips east underneath the Schoharie syncline of the
upper slice (with a cave that receives the waters of a small brook),
and these relations continue onward to south for a third of a mile
until all goes under the meadows. Within a quarter mile in the
opposite direction (north), the Schoharie ridge of the west strip is
found to offset abruptly, its wide outcrop of moderate dip superposed
upon a narrow belt of vertical Schoharie beds that run on north out
from under it, and south from here back to the start the Onondaga
limestones are found to be diagonally overridden and cut out by the
upper slice Schoharie until only a small thickness remains where
first seen.
Though there is not so close correspondence of the axes in these
superimposed anticlines as in the cases previously given, yet the
amount of movement that would be required here to slide one large
anticline over upon another, along a curved plane, involves greater
mechanical difficulties than to slide the beds first, a much less dis¬
tance, and do most of the folding of them afterwards.
6 The incompetent Esopus. Attention should be directed to the
variety of formations in contact with the Esopus shale along its
eastern boundary, in the north half of the quadrangle. These range
from the expected Glenerie down to the Catskill shaly limestone,
the different beds coming and going at the contact with surprising
facility. The explanation is, of course, that the Esopus shale was
sufficiently yielding as to serve for the buffer zone or “takeup” rock
of the overthrusts of more rigid and more brittle beds beneath it.
There is a continuous overthrust upon it for nearly its entire front
of three miles in the Quarry hill-West Camp syncline, and again
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
179
from the Great Vly south for nearly two and a half miles to near
Katsbaan Church, with lesser strips both north and south of that
one. Why the same thing is unknown in the south half of the
quadrangle is not clear, except that the point of cessation coincides
both with the bend in the Kalk berg and Hooge berg at Katsbaan
discussed on page 12 and with the north termination of the highly
fossiliferous upper Glenerie limestone.
There is one clear case of thrust from the west upon the Esopus,
that ot the Onondaga upon it something over a half mile north from
Van Luven’s lake, nearly meeting a thrust of limestones from the
east.
THE BELT OF FOLDING
The folds and faults of our Silurian and Devonian rocks have
been mentioned as peculiar to the thin formations of the Kalk berg.
As we step west of the Hooge berg we leave behind us practically
all traces of disturbance. Our mountain rocks lie almost as flat and
placid as when they were born. Northward the zone of folding runs
but a short way into Albany county ; southward it stops short almost
at Kingston and gives place to the great Appalachian swells of the
Shawangunks.
The older idea that our “little mountains” are the tail end of the
Pennsylvania mountain folds, greatly diminished in size, seems no
longer tenable. There are similarities of structure, to be sure; our
Kalk berg imitates in miniature many of the most characteristic
elements of Appalachian structure. But there is no gradation. The
tiny folds stop short and the big ones begin. An angle between the
two complexes, near Rondout, serves further to differentiate them.
The Pennsylvania folds mostly run out into southern New York
and fade away in the far western outskirts of the Catskills. They
do not join up with our little undulations.
Rather significant to us is the fact that the folds in the Helderberg
scarp, as traced north from Catskill, end suddenly just where a
major overthrust in the underlying Ordovician beds emerges from
beneath the Manlius cliff. The general course of this thrust trace,
projected southward, would pass about along the general line of the
Esopus shale on our map. Significant also is the fact that the
Becraft’s Mountain outlier of these same limestones does not show
the same intense plication except in its southeast rim (Grabau 1903)
but does possess, according to Doctor Grabau, a system of normal
(as well as of overthrust) faults not found on the west side of the
Hudson.
180 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
The narrowness yet intensity of this folded belt, its localization
east of the Catskills and still more its coincidence with the Ordovician
thrust zone where that can be observed, namely at both ends, all
strengthen the belief that these strata have been crumpled upward
upon the toe of the underlying Ordovician overthrust fault slice in
a recrudescence of its westward progress occasioned by the urge of
the second mountain shove. It is wholly possible, as discussed
beyond, that this second shove was independent in time as well as
in localization from that of the Pennsylvania folding to which authors
assigned it and which infringes upon it in the Rondout-Binnewater
region.
KEYSTONE FAULTS
Recognition of the letting down of vertical wedges of rock (see
page 17) in zones of close-spaced master joints, as a process still
in progress, explains some physiographic features of our mountains,
as already noted. In the fissured zone any blocks that happen to
narrow downward will settle by gravitation whenever the zone is
opened the least trifle, as by temperature changes or momentarily
but repeatedly during the passage of earthquake waves, just as the
latter drop the keystones in arches of buildings or bridges. The
ensuing compression may wreck these blocks, as in the jaws of a
stone-crusher. Deep fresh trenches in solid rock result. Displace¬
ment of the opposite jaws is not implied, seldom happens.
Paralleling the mountain valleys are some long straight slots in
the anticlinal limestone ledges of the Kalk berg suggestive of key¬
stone faulting. Mr Tipp’s house road, on east of the old stage road
(upper road) one and an eighth miles south of Schoentag’s, runs
in such a slot in Becraft limestone behind but not quite parallel with
the faultline cliff of an overthrust. The association is accidental,
though the two are combined northward behind Mr Brink’s barn
as a deep dry chasm.
A half mile west of Van Luven’s lake the little used road on the
west side of Klee’s anticlinal hill follows up another such gash in
the Becraft and Alsen, the line of which is prolonged southward,
perhaps even to the entrance of the “back” Lehigh quarry. East
of it 750 feet is a notch in the Becraft where the power line bends
through it and then follows its extension south to the Lehigh power
take-off. Another large slot in the same limestones 400 feet farther
east splits the north end of the high hill three-fourths mile north¬
west of Alsen. All these parallel slots are out of natural relation
to drainage but they do accord with the direction of glacial flow as
well as that of master jointing. They deserve further study.
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
181
EROSIONAL STRUCTURES
Under this seemingly contradictory title will be discussed features
that are sufficiently stratigraphic to have no place in the scheme of
physiographic classification yet exist only by virtue of erosion, namely
outliers, inliers, faultliers and fensters. These show upon the map
as isolated patches of color.
Outliers are patches of rock sundered from the main mass by ,
erosion and surrounded therefore by older rocks. Commonly they
occupy the troughs of synclines. Inliers are unroofed exposures of
older rocks looking up through a rim of later ones. Commonly they
occupy the crests of anticlines. Faultliers are disconnected patches
torn from the main mass by faulting, and may rest upon either older
or younger rocks, or both. Fensters (“windows”) are inliers of
younger rocks looking up through a rim of older ones in a superior
fault slice.
1 Outliers. The largest outlier of Silurian and Devonian rocks in
the Catskill quadrangle is Becraft’s mountain southeast of Hudson,
with all formations of the Kalk Berg belt except the Rondout. It
is described separately by Doctor Ruedemann, on whose side of the
river it lies. On the west side, a smaller one is Eagle cliff (figure
16) in Austin’s glen, carrying Rondout, Manlius, Coeymans and
Kalkberg limestones wholly surrounded by the Ordovician (Nor-
manskill). The Limekiln hill just west of Flatbush, near the south
edge of the quadrangle, supports a Manlius outlier and that north¬
west of Schoentag’s a Becraft outlier, north of which is a small but
spectacular outlier of Kalkberg and Coeymans. A large outlier of
Onondaga limestone lies in the meadows northeast of Katsbaan
Church and the map shows three other good-sized and one tiny
(doubtful) outlier of this rock farther north, three of which are in
the diagonal syncline running west of north from Van Luven’s lake.
The most northerly one contains Palmer’s (or Cauterskill) cave.
Northeast of the last is an elongated outlier (the only one) of
Schoharie limestone.
Another Becraft outlier lies high on the hill east of Austin’s glen,
with a tiny one north of it (at Dick Hartley’s and onto Otto
Margraf’s land), extending a bit over the quadrangle edge, while a
third one enters the map east of that and close to the east front of
the Kalk berg. An artificial outlier of Becraft has been made by
quarrying, west of Cementon, just south of the Alpha crusher. A
typical outlier of Kalkberg and Coeymans, though riding on a Man¬
lius fault block, caps the hill south of the Red Schoolhouse, above
the “big spring” on route 9-W.
182
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Thus of true natural outliers on west of the Hudson the Onon¬
daga limestone has five, four of them large, the Becraft has only
four, not so large, the Kalkberg and Coeymans three, the Manlius
but two, one of which it shares with the Kalkberg-Coeymans and
the Rondout (in Eagle cliff), and this is the only one of Rondout.
The Schoharie also has just a single but large outlier, making a total
of 15 for the Catskill quadrangle, including Becraft’s mountain. Not
a single outlier or even sundered fault mass is known for the Esopus,
the Marcellus, the Mount Marion, the Ashokan and the Kiskatom
beds in our area. Nor are there outliers of Catskill shaly limestone.
On the other hand, the mountain peaks of the Kaaterskill quad¬
rangle carry large and striking outliers of all the succeeding forma¬
tions (Kaaterskill, Onteora, Stony Clove and Katsberg), as the map
shows so well that they do not require enumeration (see figures 52,
54, 55).
The list of outliers on the Catskill quadrangle may be incomplete.
It is not at all certain that the patch of Onondaga limestone north
of Lost brook, halfway between Saugerties and the peak of Mt
Marion, may not be isolated, as shown in the alternative mapping,
instead of connected beneath the clays. Three small synclines on
the east ridge of the Kalk berg above route 9-W though mixed up
with faulting seem to have been natural outliers of Alsen and Glen-
erie beds. The simplest and largest of these is the middle one, at
Van Luven’s lake, which has been jammed over upon the Esopus
and thus lost its western edge in the fault. Under the big overthrust
hill (figure 69) at Alsen runs a long narrow syncline of these same
beds, north to the south quarry (figure 68) of the North American
company. A shorter strip looks out at both ends from under the
derelict hill north of the Streeke, northeast of the Red Schoolhouse.
There is also a linear synclinal strip of Glenerie chert midway of
the ridge, a third of a mile back from Alsen, but in slight contact
(faulted) with an unrelated Glenerie strip on the northeast end.
2 Inkers. Being generally more infrequent than outliers, inkers
attract more attention. On the Catskill quadrangle they almost out¬
number the outliers, without including artificial ones.
Largest of these and of unusual beauty both on the map and in
its ruggedly cavernous Becraft limestone surfaces, is Mr Mower’s
hill, the Sup berg, a mile and a half north-northwest of Saugerties.
This is an inker of Alsen and Becraft. A third of a mile west of
it, on Mower’s crossroad, the Esopus is unroofed east of route 32
between two ridges of Schoharie tailing south from the hill on
north, but is not exposed through the glacial till. Another inker of
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
183
Alsen and Becraft lies five-eighths of a mile west by north from
Van Luven’s lake, north of Percy Holmes’s house, and is partly
rimmed around by sinkholes, two of which swallow brooks just
west of Mr Klee’s entrance.
In the Streeke fenster, the Becraft makes a tiny eye through the
Alsen (see page 176). A similar inlier of Becraft pinched up through
the Alsen on the hill south of Schoentag’s has its south end over¬
ridden by New Scotland beds ; but pushed right against it is a com¬
panion pinch of Kalkberg up through the Catskill shaly. An eighth
of a mile northwest of these is the Manlius inlier cut through by
route 9-W and a brook, in the core of a slightly ruptured anticline.
There is another up-pinched rib of Kalkberg limestone 500 feet
northeast of the natural dam (figure 78) in Austin’s glen. Nearly
half a mile southwest of this natural dam, along the old railway
grade, the Schoharie pokes up under the arch of Onondaga limestone
and probably extends south beneath the clays across the Cauterskill-
Leeds road.
The pinched rib of Rondout limestone at the north line of Sauger-
ties has been mentioned (pages 46, 53, 173), and it is to be noted that
all such buckles, including all those above listed, are associated with
overthrusts, perhaps as part of the takeup. A similar though some¬
what mashed pinch of the Catskill shaly that seems to have been
naturally exposed but has been more largely developed by quarrying
lies between the old and the middle Alsen quarries, cut through by
their railway.
Most interesting of all, because unique, is the inlier of Normans-
kill in Silurian beds three-eighths of a mile due north of Schoentag’s.
Glacial drift and grassland cover all but a doubtful square foot of
exposure, but the disposition of the surrounding Rondout waterlimes
is such as to leave no other possibility than a fair-sized inlier of the
Ordovician. This is on the north end of the same ruptured anti¬
cline as the Manlius exposure of route 9-W, but the slight faulting
is in no wise responsible for the inlier in either case.
A glacial moraine at Mr Dederick’s, one-half mile north of Kats-
baan Church, prevents certainty as to whether the Schoharie here
closes over and makes another large inlier of Esopus north nearly to
Asbury. A mile north of Asbury the broad expanse of Onondaga
limestone over a double anticline shows no interruption with the
exception of a small strip in plowed field and north into woods
where the basal Onondaga stratum is in such relation and so glacially
disrupted into boulders as to imply a small inlier of Schoharie, with¬
out known exposure.
184
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Although rock is concealed, the visible depth of the clay-filled
valley at Lost brook, a mile and a half southwest of Saugerties, is
such as to make inevitable a trenching to the Esopus down through
the Schoharie arch. Southwest of this, on the west side of the Old
King’s road at the crossroad to the base of the Mt Marion, is an
“island” of Onondaga limestone, rising as a perfect elongate dome
through the Lake Albany clay, that might be termed an inlier in the
Pleistocene.
Quarrying in the cement region has several times gone through the
Becraft and made inkers of Catskill shaly. A large one of these
shows on the map, south of the county line, in the back Alpha
quarry west of Cementon. The still larger one at Alsen may have
been originally natural and is listed above. There is a small one
mapped at the entrance to the northwest North American quarry
south of Van Luven’s lake and another too small to map upfaulted
in their south quarry on its west side.
3 Faultliers. Generally sufficiently evident upon the map, the
faultliers of the Kalk berg in the north half of our area are too numer¬
ous to specify. Many of them have been discussed in the section on
faults. Most conspicuous, and economically most consequential, are the
long strips of Becraft in the cement region. While in some respects
the faulting here has hindered operations, particularly by interpolat¬
ing the flinty and worse than useless Glenerie, on the other hand
it has kept near the surface and presented for removal a much larger
amount of high-grade limerock than would otherwise have offered.
To what extent such masses, disconnected on the surface, have
underground continuity can in most cases be known only by explora¬
tion with the drill. As yet, the quarries have not demonstrated such
continuity save for the slight “snaps” (figures 65, 66, 68). But in
some cases drilling seems to have done so.
The large patch of Onondaga limestone on the latitude of the Pine
Grove school, listed as an outlier, should perhaps be called a faultlier,
for the Schoharie is thrust upon its east margin. To the imbricated
structure of the Kalk Berg front is due many fault-isolated strips
of Manlius, of Rondout (Fuyk), and of Coeymans-Kalkberg beds
margining route 9-W, some of them partly concealed and inferred.
The most interesting relations are at the conveyor-underpass of the
North American plant : the lower slice begins with Fuyk sandstones
down by the West Shore tracks and ends with the Coeymans making
a fine cliff just east of the highway summit; the upper slice begins
with (reworked?) grits exposed slightly in the west road gutter just
north of the underpass and concealed under its concrete, followed
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 185
upwards by Fuyk etc. This is the only case known to me of
possible Normanskill infaulted with the limestones (and sandstones)
of the Silurian, but is too crowded to map.
In the south half, except the two marginal cases described on the
hill south of Schoentag’s, there are but two faultliers. One is a tiny
patch of Coeymans southwest of the larger Coeymans-Kalkberg out¬
lier a half-mile north of Schoentag’s; the other a long strip of
Manlius-Coeymans-Kalkberg in the north half of Canoe hill, Sauger-
ties, above crags of New Scotland west of the rifle range.
4 Fensters. A fenster is a window in an overthrust slice, revealing
what is beneath. The cement quarries have made three of these,
each time exposing Glenerie chert beneath overthrust limestones, but
two of these have subsequently been breached through the rims on
the west, namely in the middle and west (or tunnel) quarries at Alsen,
making T’s of them on the map. In the original or northernmost
quarry of the Catskill Cement Works (now Alpha) at Cementon
the mass of Glenerie chert encountered in the quarry floor was finally
uncovered southward, with its slickensided hummocky surface rising
fast, over a space of five by ten rods before the quarry was aban¬
doned, with the rim unbroken.
Not so easily distinguished on the map is our one natural fenster,
east of the Streeke Lake depression contour (see page 176), accessible
by a farm road west from the top of the road hill above the Red
Schoolhouse. The bottom sheet of Becraft and Alsen is here com¬
pletely rimmed around by the second slice of these same rocks, but,
as the Becraft fails to carry across the west rim for about 400 feet,
Alsen there is in contact with Alsen and the colors merge on the map.
Nevertheless, this is a true fenster, a thousand feet long and over
two hundred feet wide, ending southward in a cattail swamp.
5 Fault floors and fault swamps. Tramping the rugged and gen¬
erally rocky ridges of the Kalk berg, one frequently comes out on
broad featureless and exposureless surfaces, from a few rods up to
a half acre, often cleared or natural meadow or shallow cattail swamp.
Almost invariably such a surface proves to be the glacially stripped
floor of an overthrust, and often it is most annoying to the mapper
of the rocks. For it is wholly noncommittal — the hardest, or the
weakest, rock may be under it. Here one man’s guess is as good as
another’s ; the map can express only the weight of probability. Just
why they should be so lacking in exposures is a problem for some one
to solve.
186
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
FEATURES DUE TO GLACIATION
Without attempting to cover all the glacial geology of our region,
some outstanding examples of the effects of glaciation may now be
mentioned as essential elements in our physiography, and also to
emphasize the very minor role played by the glaciers in the making
of our geography.
GLACIAL EROSION
The largest effect of the ice sheet upon our area was doubtless
that of erosion and removal of material — chiefly the soils and rocks
deeply rotted through long preglacial time. After viewing the depth
of such rotted material in our nonglaciated Southern States, one
reasonably accepts a hundred feet as by no means an impossible
maximum depth for such ice erosion, with a likely average of from
25 to 30 feet. Such an estimate is supported by the amount of glacial
drift heaped into the moraines farther south or left nearer home.
The great blocks, often of several tons weight, of our local lime¬
stones that occur as far south as Long Island show that the ice also
tore loose such jointed rock-masses of undecayed material, mostly
from projecting ridges or cliffs, and carried them away. This would
have tended to reduce the ruggedness of the surface. In some cases
there seems to have been also a tendency for the ice to scoop softer
rocks out of hollows. Normal surface erosion ought to have left
many isolated remnants of Bakoven shale in the Onondaga synclines,
of Esopus shale in the Glenerie synclines, of Catskill shaly limestone
in the Kalkberg limestone synclines, as well as hilltop cappings else¬
where. Not a single such outlier of these formations is known today
in our area.
Instead, there are often undrained or clay-refilled hollows where
these rocks should be and may formerly have existed, such as Van
Luven’s lake, the marshes on the West Camp syncline (which, being
narrow, are not shown on the topographic map), clay-filled synclines
along the Old King’s road near Saugerties and Asbury.
It seems inevitable, furthermore, that the ice deepened and straight¬
ened the Bakoven valley in the soft black shale (figure 40), increasing
the rectilinearity and the steepness of the Hooge Berg front (figures
2, 3, 73). For not only does this “strike” valley run in the same
general direction as that in which the ice flowed, but the glacial gravels
along its course are well filled with pebbles of the black shale itself —
pebbles necessarily derived from perfectly fresh rock (to stand the
wear) and only subsequently rotted (see page 191).
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 187
That being true of the Hooge berg (figure 3), we are led to inquire
to what extent the renowned “Wall of Manitou” or mural front of
the Catskills (figure 5) is the product of glacial erosion. Here again
we have a weak-rock belt at the foot, namely thick masses of red
shale with interlarded heavy flagstone ledges split lengthwise by great
master- joints parallel both with the (present) mountain front and
with the direction of ice movement. There is, moreover, a curiously
fresh and abnormally regular appearance to these parallel steplike
ledges with such immaturity of the drainage upon them in a segment
of a circle swinging from the base of Overlook mountain to that of
North mountain for two miles east of West Saugerties and of Palen-
ville (out as far as Saxton and Lawrenceville on the Catskill quad¬
rangle) as reasonably to suggest a preglacial conformation of the
mountain front actually so rounded out eastward to the extent of
two miles.
Even the inadequate contouring of the 3 5 -year-old Kaater skill
sheet shows the contrast in topography and drainage between the
piedmont segment thus delimited and the continuation of the same
strata (with equally high dips of three to four degrees) around
southwest past Woodstock and, for the little section within the map
limits, in the opposite direction around northwest of “Sleepy Hollow”
(Rip Van Winkle clove). In addition, along the entire linear front
of the mountains, which is visibly straighter than the map depicts
it, all the mountain spurs are sharply truncated, as they are not in the
recurved sections to north and south.
If this suggestion in the topography is trustworthy, then we can
postulate that the ice, in its several occupations of the Hudson valley,
being crowded by this huge protruding front of the Catskills, took
advantage of the weakness of the flagstones in their powerful parallel
jointing and their interlarded soft shales to whittle back the obstruc¬
tion and eventually plane away the mountain front to its present
position, for a maximum distance of two miles.
There are two peaks that in the configuration of their summits
show the effects of this process. One is Overlook, which is only a
half-peak for erosion on the east has eaten back to its crest. The
other is Pine Orchard mountain, namely the little eastern peak of
South mountain directly south of the Mountain House, which has
been more than half cut away, as is seen when it is viewed from the
North Mountain paths.
Ordinary atmospheric erosion seems inadequate to account for
the straightness and abrupt declivity of this long mural front. Doctor
Clarke’s interpretation of it (19156, p. 156-57, 160-61) as due to
188
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
“rifting” by solution of underlying limestones loses weight when it is
seen that the limestone outcrops are over five miles away to the east
(on another quadrangle), and that the intervening country is not
rifted. Hence we are left with the Hudson Valley icelobe as the likely
agent, great as is the volume of rock (over a cubic mile) that seems to
have been removed. But it is reasonable to ascribe most of this work
to the earliest (Jerseyan) ice invasion rather than to the latest
(Wisconsin).
Another striking piece of ice erosion is found in the cross-notches
of the mountain ranges, a fact first pointed out to me by Professor
Albert C. Hawkins, formerly of Rutgers College, as he observed
it from Skytop tower on the distant Shawangunk mountains. Each
such valley has been widened to a U shape (figure 71) by the ice
pressing through in its southward movement. Normally all these
valleys would have been V-shaped in cross-profile, as are the Kaaters-
kill (figure 7) and Plattekill cloves which lay transverse to ice flow.
The sawtooth profile of many peaks (figures 4, 5), all the teeth
pointing southward as viewed from the east, has also found explana¬
tion in the unequal effects of ice erosion upon the “struck” and the
lee sides of hills that the ice overrode, grinding down the former
slope to a less angle but steepening the other by plucking away whole
masses of rock. The dip of the mountain strata is insufficient to
account for these sawteeth, though it does bring certain specially hard
and thick beds to the summits of all the peaks that show this form,
and in many- cases the form is just as plainly seen from the north,
pointing east, as for example in High peak and Roundtop (figure 52)
south of Haines Falls. Nevertheless, the ice unquestionably did the
final shaping.
GLACIAL AND GLACIOFLUVIAL DEPOSITS
The ice-eroded material came to rest in various forms. During
ice movement, but probably after the ice had grown thin, drumlins
(whaleback hills of glacial till) were formed underneath it by a
process of upsqueezing and upbuilding (plastering on), the mass kept
smoothly rounded by flow of the ice over it. These drumlin hills,
conspicuous north of our map from Greenville into the Helderbergs,
are uncommon on our area but the summit of Bethel ridge is a fine
large drumlin, beginning 500 feet south of the schoolhouse and ex¬
tending for half a mile south. It overtops anything within two
miles of it.
There are also drumlin-shaped hills for a few miles east from the
Hudson river in the townships of Germantown, Clermont and Red
[189]
Mink Hollow, near Elka Park, as seen from western part of Tannersville. Plateau
mountain on right, Sugarloaf on left (see figure 54). Note rimming ledges of Stony
Clove sandstones. Gap was originated by stream erosion along a keystone fault, then was
widened by the ice. Looking south by west. Photo: April 1938, W. J. Schoonmaker.
CATS KILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 191
Hook, some of which may be true drumlins while others are doubtless
shale hills given a similar form by ice erosion-— in short, they are
rocdrumlins. The distinction between the two kinds (of opposite
origin, the one built up, the other ground down) can be made on the
ground by the nature of the component material : bouldery till in the
drumlin, rotting shale in the rocdrumlin. Many true drumlins have
rock cores or noses.
Beneath the ice also were formed eskers, namely gravel ridges,
usually winding, that were the beds of subglacial streams flowing in
ice tunnels under the glacier. Since they usually follow the bottoms
of the valleys that run in the direction of ice flow, as ours do, a large
esker should be expected down the middle of the Hudson valley,
perhaps in the river channel itself. If such is there it has not been
detected. In the Bakoven valley, however, there is an interesting
esker awaiting further exploration.
This, which we may call the Quatawichnaach esker, is twinned —
a double ridge of gravel rising higher than the clay-plain in the
stretch west and northwest of the Green Schoolhouse, as the contours
plainly show. They show also the deep gulch that has been cut across
the west half of this esker by a tiny brook. The spot is easily reached
and worth visiting. From the Old King’s road may be seen a gravel
pit that has been worked in the fragment north of the gulch.
Though carved up by the Kaaters kill, the same esker, or rather
its gravels beneath the clay, can be seen again just south of the road
bend beyond Quatawichnaach, where a fresh pit reveals much Bak¬
oven black shale in pebbles. Actually the gravels continue north
in the ridge to the bridge and resume across the creek under the clay
knoll just where the farmhouse road turns in northwest. On the
north end of this clay knoll this esker has been reuncovered by ero¬
sion of the clay and makes a nice little ridge again with a gravel pit
on east side that likewise has numerous Bakoven shale pebbles. North
across the creek, opposite to a house, is a further piece of it. Shale
gravels (Chadwick 1910a, p. 28) that may belong to the same esker
are dug two and one-half miles farther north, on the road that goes
up under the east face of Vedder’s hill, but the intermediate tracing
has not been attempted. Here is a pretty little job of mapping left
for someone to do.
A long way south in the same Bakoven valley is another (or is it
the same?) good esker, though involved with the cuesta-ridge of the
hard basal beds of the Mount Marion formation. On first one and then
the other of these runs the road northwest from Mt Marion hamlet
to Veteran. The esker section, characteristically serpentine in its
192
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
course, is all within the first mile from the highway intersection.
No eskers have yet been found on the Kaaterskill quadrangle.
The termination of the rivers running out from or off from the
ice into standing waters (such as glacial lakes) is usually indicated
by gravel deposits of other shapes. When these are more or less
rounded knolls, singly or in groups, they are known as kames. A
pretty little kame, shaped like an inverted bowl, lies on the west
of route 385 just south of the first public road branching west
(Harvey Brown’s) north of the Rip Van Winkle Bridge intersection,
namely at the “148” corners. A remarkable kame a hundred feet
high is prominent on the map, a mile east-northeast of Blue Store.
A very typical large kame at the north entrance to the Stony clove is
supplying abundant gravel for the town roads of Hunter (compare
Rich 1935, figures 19-20, p. 142-43). Beyond the notch are other
kames, near Edgewood, (Rich 1935, p. 81-82).
More frequently the glacial stream gravels were spread out in
plains, broad or narrow, not uncommonly today making a terrace
with the drop-off on the side toward the vanished ice. “Pitted”
gravel plains with undrained hollows (kettle-holes, not to be confused
with potholes; see page 221) are surely glacial, with buried blocks of
stagnant ice left to melt out afterwards. Largest of these plains on
our maps is the one extending from Twin lakes past Manorton and
Livingston to Bell pond (Woodworth 1905, p. 121-22, 256, plates 7,
28 No. 11), as discussed by Mr Cook in his chapter (Part I, pages
202 to 209). No such pitted plain, (except a very small one with a
single kettle noted by Mr Cook at mouth of Stony brook), has been
found on the west side of the river in our area. Doctor Rich (1935,
p. 41, 84, 85, 97) has mapped kame terraces (without kettles) north¬
east of Kaaterskill junction and northwest of Lake Hill, and a prettier
one on the north side of the Little Beaver kill one mile west of
Yankeetown, besides others, all on the Kaaterskill quadrangle.
In the kettle-holes of the pitted plains lie numerous lakes, of which
Bell pond is the largest lake on the Catskill sheet, rivalled in our
area only by Cooper’s lake (natural limits) on the Kaaterskill sheet.
The Twin lakes and Warackamac, also the Spring lakes, besides
many smaller unnamed ponds in the same gravel plain, are kettle lakes.
Most of our lakes, indeed, are a, result of glaciation, since all lakes
are temporary features of the landscape. Like Van Luven’s lake
(page 186), North and South lakes (“Kaaterskill lakes” of Rich
1935, p. 21-22) at the Mountain House appear to be in glacially exca¬
vated rock-basins, but they have been enlarged artificially by dam¬
ming, and Echo lake north of Overlook mountain may be likewise
CATskill and kaaterskill quadrangles 193
a rock-basin lake; yet both it and North lake are suggestive of
cirque-lakes, and both Echo and South lakes are mapped by Rich
(1935, p. 85) with thick drift moraine blocking the outlets, which
opens a little problem for field study. Cooper’s lake is distinctly a
morainal lake (Rich 1935, p. 84), held up naturally by a morainal
dam on the east (but lately greatly enlarged artificially). So is the
lower lake on the Colgate estate above East Jewett, the blockading
dam here being mapped by Rich as a drumlin, whereas their upper
lake was purely artificial. The little pond at Mead’s is likewise
morainal, and so perhaps is that on Church’s hill, besides surely the
tiny one back of West Camp cemetery. Such of the remaining lakes
or ponds shown on our maps as are not man-made are mentioned
beyond under other origins.
Our region has been said to be lacking in good glacial moraines,
at least in the Hudson valley, but this is only partially true. There
are certain moraines of very interesting character even in the valley.
In the mountains are conspicuous loops (now breached by streams)
across the valleys and, except in the main Schoharie Kill valley, the
curvature of these loops shows that they were built at the tips of
ice tongues spilling westward from the Hudson Valley ice lobe. The
Schoharie Kill loops, nearly to the divide at its head, are all convex
southward.
Specifically, there is the morainal ridge rising to over 2100 feet
elevation northeast of Kaaterskill Junction (partly a kame) and hold¬
ing behind it a brook that runs towards Tannersville. Northwest of
this, lower and later, is the moraine at 2000 feet damming the “Shanty
Hollow” basin of Mossy brook on the one side of the valley, coming
down as a long snout from the East Jewett range on the other side
of the valley (between Hunter village and Hunter notch), and finally
crossing the valley bottom just northwest of Kaaterskill Junction. To
ascribe parts of this moraine to local glaciers as Rich’s map does
seems unnecessary and his argument (1935, p. 97) unconvincing.
Farther southeast and older are the loops at Elka Park, particularly
the big one (partly kame) that turns Roaring brook so far eastward
to meet the Schoharie kill. There is another good one a mile south
of this, with half-mile segments of its arc on each side of the valley.
Within less than a mile east of that one, however, is a similar moraine
but of opposite curvature, made from the Hudson Valley side; up
its south segment runs the trail to Indian Head and to Overlook
mountain.
The loops at Tannersville and east of that village also round west¬
ward and were built from the east, as shown on Rich’s map for the
194
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
large group around Haines Falls. So does that at Colgate’s lake,
besides others farther west on the East kill. But the Beach’s Corners
moraine and seemingly one at East Jewett church were formed from
the west by a tongue of the Schoharie lobe.
The moraines partly encircling Cooper’s lake and forming its dam
on the east are convex westward and northward, therefore terminated
ice tongues coming from the east, the Hudson valley, one by way of
Woodstock and Baehrsville, the other down the Saw kill from Echo
Lake pass. At an earlier, higher stage, when these tongues coalesced,
was built the big morainal plug west of Willow that forces the Beaver
kill south into the rock wall of its valley (route 212).
For a fuller account of the glacial deposits and glacial features
of the entire Catskill Mountain region, including the Kaaterskill
quadrangle, the reader is referred to Doctor Rich’s bulletin, number
299 (1935), above mentioned, except that so many unproved local
glaciers are not being generally accepted.
. In the Hudson valley the moraines are smaller but often much
less eroded and prettier for study. A particularly interesting series
of them lies west and southwest of Bethel schoolhouse, towards
Kiskatom. Here as the thinning ice began to split around Bethel
Ridge drumlin it made a succession (down the slopes) of long low
ridges or morainal welts, declining slightly south on both slopes, east
and west. With stronger ice flow on the east, at first, the moraines
from that side are bent westward around the south end of the drumlin
as the contours show (a few of these ridges are, however, of rock),
to coalesce with those from the west. All the ridges continue south¬
west, the lower ones on the west side of the brook making concentric
loop after loop, a third of a mile north of Kiskatom, then returning
northward against the rock ridge on the west side of the brook. Thus
the moraines are nested one into another northward. The later ones,
south of the Lawrenceville road, are especially well shaped and of
coarse flagstone debris between the road on east and the brook,
making an interesting series to examine; but the loops at the south
are the most unusual portion of this extensive display. The making
of such moraines requires ice whose forward motion has not ceased.
Another series of morainal ridges, visible even in the contouring,
sweeps around the southeast end of Cairo Roundtop, northwest of
Lawrenceville, and is crossed at its tips by the road running up the
east side of Kiskatom Creek valley. Parts of this series can be
picked up again on the south side, near the schoolhouse. Again there
is a series lapping off the south end of Timmerman’s hill, a striking
boulder-moraine of Rondout limestone blocks tails south from the
Figure 72 Varved Albany clays in north end of Washburn’s upper brick¬
yard pit (now high school site), West Catskill, a part of the Cats Kill delta
in Lake Albany. Face artificially excavated. Top brecciated by slip and
creep. Looking northwesterly. Photo: About 1930, R. W. Jones.
[196]
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
197
Flatbush hill and a pretty moraine crosses the Bakoven valley at the
north edge of the Catskill quadrangle in sight of Leeds, looping from
the Hooge berg at Vedder’s hill eastward across the Cauterskill-Leeds
road to the Kalk berg and carrying the Vedder road on its back.
There are, besides, many lesser examples, too numerous to list, on
the west side of the river ; as near to it in one case as that which turns
east from Rushmore’s hill across route 9-W and the railway, half
a mile south from our north line, and continues southwest of the
Corlaer’s kill to the hilltops southwest of Hamburg. The presence
of such a moraine means that there could not have been any large
body of stagnant ice on the west side of the Hudson. The evidence
for smaller stagnant masses is given beyond.
On the east of the Hudson the situation is unquestionably different.
Instead of moraines are pitted gravel-plains and other evidences of
torpid ice melting away in situ. What looks from Catskill like a
large “lateral” moraine extending high along the east bank of the
river from Mt Merino south past Greendale station and cut through
at the east end of the Rip Van Winkle bridge is, according to Mr
Cook, a succession of drumlins en echelon; and, if ever a moraine,
has been overridden and drumlinized, therefore is older than the
final melting stage of the ice.
While the glacier itself built moraines and drumlins out of its own
unsorted grist, its escaping meltwaters made the eskers, kames and
pitted gravel-plains of sorted, water-rounded materials. These con¬
sist, however, only of the coarser stuffs — gravel and some sand. The
finer material, namely silt and clay (rock flour) drifted farther afield,
mostly into large bodies of standing water the major and final one
of which we call “Lake Albany,” (Woodworth 1905, p. 175). Here
the pulverized stuff settled slowly, far out from its icy source, and
made the beautifully layered or “varved” clays (Woodworth 1905,
p. 180-81 ; Antevs 1922, p. 46, 67, 83; see figure 72) that have been
the foundation of our brick and tile industries. On top of these, as
the water was shallowed by them and by land uplift, silts were spread
and often finally coarser sands and gravels. Large sources of at least
this final capping were the creeks coming off from the newly reuncov¬
ered lands, particularly the Esopus, the Jansen kill and the Cats kill.
The Lake Albany delta of the Roeliff Jansen kill is the broad plain
at Linlithgo and southward past Burden, with a marginal elevation
now of about 150 feet. It must be remembered that all deltas have
i
a sloping surface, often far out under water, and continued landward
(Chadwick 1910a, p. 28) as a slowly rising floodplain (grade-plain).
Thus the Mississippi delta reaches out beneath the Gulf of Mexico
198
KEW YORK SlATE MUSEUM
well beyond navigable depths before it drops steeply off, while its true
head is at the mouth of the Ohio, 630 feet above sea level. So our
Lake Albany deltas rise headward, and for the additional reason that
the Lake Albany level was presumably already slowly lowering as
the land rose (see page 212) and as the delta was being extended
outward. The true head of the Jansen Kill delta may therefore be
placed as far upstream as the former grade-plain reaches, at least
to Blue Store, probably to Clermont.
Similarly the Esopus delta, underlying both Saugerties and Glasco
and now bisected by its parent creek, has a front margin at about
140 feet altitude above tide but rises through the Lost brook and
Glenerie passes to levels over 170 feet elevation in the Bakoven valley
behind the Kalk berg. (Sands and fine gravels cap the debouchure
of this delta, south of the Oak Ledges, Saugerties, where its altitude
is nearly 150 feet.) Its contributory, the Sauger’s kill from the north,
grades its clay meadows up to the same elevation where they merge
with those of equal height in the Bakoven valley at Percy Holmes’s
place west of Van Luven’s lake, and also southward through the
archipelago of ridges until they similarly merge at Churchlands north¬
west of Saugerties. Blockade of the Great Vly (Vlaie) by this
Sauger’s Kill grade-plain entrapped the swampy lake that occupies
the Vly.
In short, no separate origin can be argued for the seemingly higher
clay plains in the Bakoven valley. While deposition may have
begun there earlier, as it was first to be relieved of ice, such deposition
ended contemporaneously with that of the lower portions of these
plains nearer the Hudson. All are ascribable to one receiving body of
open water, Lake Albany. The higher alcove deltas of earlier date
will be mentioned beyond.
Largest of all these Lake Albany deltas in our area is that of the
Cats kill (Chadwick 1910a, p. 28) reaching in its prime from the
mouth of Austin’s glen (actually from above this glen, off our map)
south to the Great Imboght. Its surpassing size is due not so much to
superior volume of the combined Cats kill and Kaaters kill, for this
does not match that of the Esopus, but to augmentation of the Cats
kill at that time by large glacial rivers coming around the Helderbergs
from the Mohawk valley and perhaps from the Adirondacks. The
channels of these rivers, and their high-level gravel deltas into the
Cats Kill valley, are on the Coxsackie quadrangle next north.
Marginal elevation of the Cats Kill delta, now divided by the creek
that made it into two large remnants — one in Jefferson Heights,
the other in West Catskill — is barely over 80 feet at the Imboght,
Figure 74 The original Bak-oven (Dutch, “bake oven”), in center of view,
at the ancient stone house of the Abeel family (scene of Brandt’s raid), about
a half mile south of figure 73. Valley underlain by soft black shale. Looking
north, from rear of the house. Photo : August 1938, G. Arthur Cooper.
Figure 73 Eroded remnants (“bake ovens”) of Lake Albany clays on both
sides of the Bakoven (bok-o-fen) valley four miles west of Catskill, on the
Rip Van Winkle trail. Compare figure 74. Distant houses are on the clay,
which crosses the valley at a higher level in far right. Hooge Berg range on
left (see figure 3). Modern floodplain of the Kaaters kill in right foreground.
Looking north. Photo: April 1938, W. J. Schoonmaker.
[200]
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
201
but the delta rises to over 180 feet at the Austin stone house, a
decline of one hundred feet southward in four and a half miles. This
is not a continuous grade, however, but about forty feet of it is ac¬
complished in one jump, from the north remnant at 160 feet to the
south one at 120 feet, though with a tiny portion of the 120 foot level
remaining on the north side, near the route junctions, as proof of
the drop.
In short, we have here two deltas at different levels, in the lowering
waters. The north remnant, in Jefferson Heights, is the earlier and
higher delta, built chiefly eastward (across the Hans Vosen Kill
valley) with lobate front forcing that brook over into the rock wall.
This plain is topped by fairly coarse sands (note the cemeteries)
even to its south margin, and these coarsen to gravel at its head
(Austin’s) ; but thick varved clays underlie all its mass and cause
landslides on west and south sides facing the Cats kill (figure 60).
Contemporary with it was a filling of the Bakoven valley directly
west, that rises also to over 180 feet (figure 73) where it connected
through the old railway pass to Austin’s glen at the north edge of
the map.
On completion of this Jefferson Heights delta, which had crowded
also the Kaaters kill against the rocks because the latter was dropping
its own burden up near Asbury and therefore flowing clear (from
a lakelet in the Bakoven valley) the Cats kill happened to have swung
to this south or Kaaters kill side of the delta as the lowering of the
Lake Albany waters caught and held it there to intrench, and to
begin building the lower, larger West Catskill delta from the West
Shore station south to the Imboght. (See figure 72.)
Just what part stagnant ice (Woodworth 1905, p. 81 figure 4 ; 84-85,
Cook 1924) may have played in this rather sudden shift of level is
not yet evident. In this alcove of the preglacial Vosen Kill valley,
then reaching south to the Imboght, there was ample catchment for
dead ice ; but the higher north sector of the delta does not itself show
any sign of the presence of stagnant ice. It was finished in open
waters on an ice-free foundation. That ice may have lingered under
West Catskill, however, and for a time obstructed delta-building
is a possibility, though unproved. This plain also has its sand-capping,
so was completed by the creek, and its well smoothed top shows no
sign of settling over buried ice. But, on the other hand, along its east
margin from Green (Van Orden’s) Point north to the Kykuit rock
knob the presence of much stagnant ice is demanded to account for
the long hollow that makes a nearly linear edge to the main mass
of the delta and separates from it a huge sand ridge (moulding sand)
202 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
and unburied rock ridges on the east, towards the river. There are
not the cut banks to this hollow that it should have if a part of the
Hudson river once ran through it, yet it is refilled and its original
bottom must go below the river level of today.
The anchored ice block thus postulated must have reached also
south into Duck cove. It, and the natural termination of the delta
at this point, explain the presence of the Great Imboght, including
the cove. Moreover, although the apparent absence of an esker
argues for persistence of ice flow in the main channel (inner gorge,
Woodworth 1905, p. 71) of the Hudson until the ice there became
fairly submerged under Lake Albany, yet that ice too must have
stagnated at the end. None of the raised deltas protrude at all into
this fairway of the Hudson, or show evidence of having cut-banks
towards it as if they had once so invaded.
This is true not only for the Cats kill, Jansen kill and Esopus, but
also for the delta plain (140 feet) of Stony creek at Madalin and
eastward that fails to fill North bay but grades up to over 200
feet elevation at Elmendorf school, and of the Saw Kill delta (140
feet) at Annandale that fails to fill South bay. It is equally true
at Albany and southward of the great delta of the Iromohawk, north
of our area.
Certainly these facts spell ice blocks in the inner gorge of the
Hudson, submerged under Lake Albany. But that lake had open
waters and wave work. There is reason to think that it beat against
and bared the limestone and Normanskill cliffs around Cementon,
Alsen and northward where its waters were least obstructed by
shoals. Professor Fairchild (1919, p. 35-36) reports definite beaches
of Lake Albany on the north slope of a glacial hill southwest of
Becraft’s mountain, near Mt Pleasant church (formerly Greendale),
and especially a large gravel bar on route 9 at the “245” corners
south of the city of Hudson. But a water level at (present) 240
feet altitude is all that is required by these beaches, not the 275
feet that Fairchild (on old data) here assigned to Lake Albany. A
detailed examination of the abandoned shore line may reveal many
significant features hitherto neglected.
GLACIAL VESTIGIA
Glaciated surfaces, always interesting, are common in both of our
quadrangles but generally better preserved in the valley. On an
unusually good large glaciated surface of Kiskatom sandstone at
Bogardus’s corners north of School No. 7, Kiskatom, there are, in
addition to the usual striae, several finely preserved series of chatter-
[204]
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
205
marks — crescentic flaws three or four inches across nested closely
one within another and due to the chattering movement of boulders
as the ice dragged them slowly over the rock. The ends of the
crescents always point in the direction of ice movement, here west
of south. Half a mile south-southwest, on route 23-A at a filling
station, is another good glaciated surface partly blasted away for
the road.
Glacial striae on the mountain front (Wall of Manitou) run hori¬
zontally along the face of the ledges. On the north end of Quarry hill,
Catskill, a Normanskill sandstone exposure up south of the elbow
in the Kaaters kill has striae that run straight and steeply up the
hill in a direction still parallel with those of the mountain front. The
same direction holds all over the mountain divides and peaks, showing-
how little topography affected the rigidity of onward flow when
the ice was thickest. But when mountains or hills reemerged as
islands in the waning ice, then the glacial flow had to divide around
them. Still later, when only tongues remained in the mountain
valleys, these even turned back toward the north. Thus on the north
rim of the Kaaterskill clove, especially along a now abandoned car¬
riage road (shown on the map) southeast of the burned Hotel Kaat¬
erskill, they run northwesterly, indicating movement into the Tanner s-
ville valley from the Hudson Valley ice lobe, as Rich’s map shows.
A most interesting case in point exists on the plateau rim east of
North lake at the service road intersection a few rods north from
the former Otis Summit station (see Ramsay 1859, p. 334-38). Here
three directions of striae are superposed (figure 75). The oldest
set, preserved only in favorable hollows on the west lee, trends south-
southwest parallel with the mountain front and the Hudson valley.
This set was made at ice-maximum. A few deeply cut but rather
poorly preserved lines run west-southwest, made when the thinning
ice was split around Pine Orchard (South) mountain. The latest
and most perfect set comes up over the mountain front (as on Rich’s
map) and heads north of west, straight for the lake, marking the
flow of the small ice tongue that gouged out the lake basins and
reached on west towards Tanner sville. This set was also well seen
at North Lake park in the “sidewalk” leading from the bathhouses
east up to the “stadium.”
Glacial erratics (transported boulders) are widespread in distribu¬
tion on both quadrangles. The ice brought us samples of all the rocks
that outcrop to the north, even the little bostonyte dikes of Lake
Champlain. Enduring Potsdam quartzite, various Adirondack gran¬
ites, syenites, anorthosite and gabbro, with also granite-gneisses and
206
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
other northern crystallines, are mingled with rocks of nearer source,
from Saratoga, Mohawk valley and Helderbergs, but also chlorite-
quartz vein masses from the Green mountains of Vermont.
The most conspicuous of our glacial boulders are, however, all
near at home to their parent ledges. A famous one is of cross-bedded
flaggy sandstone and overhangs the puddingstone ledge on South
mountain. The Twin rocks on the Old King’s road one-eighth of
a mile south of route 23- A were Onondaga limestone, resting on
Schoharie grit ; road building has destroyed one of these. Onondaga
limestone has made a disproportionate share of the more noticeable
erratics in our area and is distributed east over the outcrops of the
other limestones and even to the shore of the Hudson.
But note that not all boulders are glacial ones. The mountain
slopes in particular are strewn with talus masses, downfall from the
cliffs, of which the Devil’s Tombstone is one (of Stony Clove sand¬
stone) placed in its present position and attitude by man. A similar
mass in its natural location and similarly on edge is alongside route
23 at the west end of East Windham hamlet (Durham quadrangle).
Limestone boulders tumbled down from the Kalk berg catch the
traveler’s eye north of Alsen on route 9-W.
INDIRECT EFFECTS OF GLACIATION
Glacial obstruction and diversion of drainage was naturally highly
effective in a region of such varied relief, particularly in the north¬
draining Schoharie Kill valley and along the plateau front. The
cutting of channels now mostly deserted and the building of gravel
deltas now hung high record the story. In the Hudson valley, gravel
deltas above Lake Albany level are associated either with present
streams or with the temporary glacial ones. Because the melting;
of the ice plus any forward urge within it tended to keep its surface-
convex, the easiest escape for the meltwaters was along its margin.
Here too the surface drainage meeting the ice would often find
outlet. Always, of course, some waters of both kinds made their
way into the esker-tunnels under the ice.
In the mountains, however, while the Hudson Valley ice lobe
remained strong and spilled into the mountains it forced all waters
into lakes held in the Schoharie Kill valley by ice dams to the north
and compelled them to escape westward through the central range
by whatever lowest pass then was unblocked, into the ice-free valleys
of the Esopus or the Delaware. Whether any such waters went early
through the more eastern and higher gaps (Pekoy notch at 2850,
Mink hollow at 2600 feet) we do not yet know; in any case such
[207]
Figure 76 Glacial stream outlet, the Stony clove through the main range of the Catskills (figure 54),
four miles south by east from Hunter (route 214). View north-northeast with Hunter mountain (see
figure 55) at left. Plateau at right. The lake, converted from a swamp-col by an insignificant earth-
dam, is a remnant of the stream channel across the notch which has been blocked by talus and landslides
in the background (see figure 53). Photo: November 1936, E. J. Stein.
[208]
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
209
flow must have been transient. The first important westward outlet
was* the Stony clove (figure 76), with present divide (on landslide
and talus stuff) at 2050 feet. But the channel bottom here is just
about 2000 feet, as is witnessed by its unrefilled portion occupied
by the little artificial lake formerly a swamp-col (figure 53).
The earliest flow through the Stony clove was at a higher level,
between the ice and the south wall of the notch. Standing on top
of the large kame at the north portal (page 192) and looking across
the clove one sees this early channel hung up on the mountainside,
on top of a moraine, and baring a cliff. Here the imprisoned water
ate its way through along the melting ice edge. Eventually, when
the clove became clear of ice it took all the drainage, including melt¬
waters, from as far east as Haines Falls, southeast as far as Platte
Clove, and north beyond Hunter, a volume that must have made a
respectable river, with power to deepen its channel rapidly. More¬
over, this flow and the enlarging glacial lake (Lake Hunter) that it
drained lasted until the next lower pass was opened, namely Westkill
deep notch 11 miles west at 1920 feet, present elevation.
It will be understood that the cutting of Stony clove was not wholly
the work of this river. Like its parallel companions on the east
already mentioned, this notch was initiated by antagonistic brooks
eating headward from its opposite ends along the weakened zone of
a keystone fault (page 180). But on each of the several ice advances
and departures in this region there must have been drainage through
it, each time cutting it some deeper, with each time a tendency for
it to refill afterwards by infall of rock from the side precipices, as
today. It is not logical to ascribe much deepening of a V-shaped
valley to ice work ; it was done by water.
With no land streams of importance entering Lake Hunter and
with the glacial streams entering it far below its water surface, there
was little opportunity for the building of deltas into it, but the search
for small ones is worth undertaking. Some will be found.
The next lower water body, Lake Westkill, lay only a hundred
feet lower and therefore also lacked large deltas. Some puzzling
things on the road from Hunter to Beach’s corners lie near enough
to the unrefilled channel elevation (below 1900 feet) to deserve more
study, and the delta contoured at 1870 feet between the two brooks
out of Hunter notch, mapped by Rich, may belong to this lake if
the contours are too low. But especially we have the gravelly deltas
of Mossy brook on the Hunter Mountain trail at the proper' altitude
up to 1900 feet, besides some levels that look suspicious in and around
Tannersville.
210
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
After Westkill came a long-lived lake with outlet through the
Grand gorge, 22 miles west-northwest, at about 1560 feet — a fine
abandoned river channel threaded by railway and route 30, well
worth visiting. Into this lake ran the combined waters of both
branches of the Schoharie kill at Hunter village, building the terraces
seen on route 23-A just west of that village, as the outlet channel
was being cut down.
Rich (1935, p. 100, 85, 81-82) reports glacial lakes (higher than
the Grand Gorge lake) in the East Kill valley, a lake delta in the
Little Beaver Kill valley and water levels in the west portion of
Stony clove.
When the ice deserted the mountain-plateau and began to occupy
only the Hudson valley, strong flow of waters must have swept along
its western margin, against the mountain front (Fairchild 1919, p.
35). As yet we know very little about this on the higher slopes except
the great swampy terrace on which a trail runs high on the east face
of South mountain, with some other water-swept terraces at intervals
all along the Wall of Manitou.
Lower channels are more conspicuous, out across the piedmont,
wherever not subsequently buried by the alluvial fans of the moun¬
tain streams (see page 18). The long southward flow of the Platte
kill tributaries from Palenville, of Black brook and Stony brook
farther north, is indicative of the controlling effect of these temporary
channels upon modern drainage. Where Stony brook crosses route
23-A its course to south, rimmed by a kame-moraine on the east,
shows a nice channel-form.
On the whole, however, the ice edge, sloping south, was veering
off diagonally across these ledges, rounding around to its tip in
midvalley. Hence the opening of diagonal passageways by the escap¬
ing waters, such as that of the Platte kill at Fish Creek, of the
(eastern) Beaver kill above Unionville and especially of the Kaaters
kill from Kiskatom flats to Asbury, which is a distinctly postglacial
gorge above and below High Falls (figures 43, 44). With the
occupation of the High Falls channel by the Kaaters kill is connected
the episode of glacial Lake Durham (on the Coxsackie and Durham
quadrangles) discharging behind Cairo Roundtop through the Kiska¬
tom creek into glacial Lake Kiskatom (figure 77), where now are the
Kiskatom flats, (Chadwick 1910a, p. 27). Temporary earlier employ¬
ment by the Kaaters kill of another such diagonal escape through
the Hooge berg is indicated east and southeast of Saxton via the
Mine Kill pass, with a little plunge-basin pond under the 300-foot
contour on the far lip, followed perhaps by brief flow through the
capacious channel of Rocky brook.
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 211
Fairchild (1919, p. 35 and plate 13) has called attention to the ice-
margin rivers along the east front of the Hooge berg. One such
channel (Chadwick 1910a, p. 27) is easily seen from the road under
the east face of Vedder's hill at Shetland farm, between a rock
terrace and the hillside and containing a pond. Part of the process
of individualizing the hard-beds terrace under the Hooge berg has
been done by such confined waters, especially in the east base of
Mounts Airy and Marion, but these channels are subject to obscura¬
tion by alluvial fans of hillside brooks, as has happened a mile
northeast of High Falls on the road to Quatawichnaach. Nearer
High Falls on the same road is the remarkable channel pictured by
Fairchild (1919, plate 13), a unique by-pass that isolates a mass
of the Mount Marion formation in a manner difficult of explanation.
This broad, deep and typical abandoned channel of a glacial river,
worth seeing, had southward flow, but the present tiny brook in it
has been reversed to northward outlet either because that had the
advantage of steeper drop and softer materials or because of tempo¬
rary northward tilt during uplift (see pages 214, 218).
Not many of these temporary rivers on the piedmont and Hooge
berg could build deltas, though they left some scattering gravel de¬
posits such as the one dug for road metal on the improved road
two and one-half miles due south of Palenville. But when the larger
streams got down to impounded or open waters they made character¬
istic deltas (Fairchild 1919, p. 35). In our area all these are on the
Catskill quadrangle, beginning with the delta of the glacial Kiskatom
creek into Lake Kiskatom at Lawrenceville (since converted by the
creek into an alluvial fan) blockading the Vly (swamp) on north.
Then comes the 230-foot delta of the Kaaters kill southeast of High
Falls, which is strictly confined to the alcove, then the 220- foot one
of the Beaver kill at Veteran, which is equally so restricted, and the
2 10- foot one of the Platte kill west of Mt Marion hamlet, which
also is held west of the hard-beds cuesta and shows the print of
dead ice on its south margin. (These elevations are for delta margins
and are lower than Fairchild’s figures for delta heads. Fairchild
reports also a 220-foot delta at Ruby, on Kaaterskill sheet.)
Thus, except at Lawrenceville, each of these was ice-confined on
its east side. Yet each in turn, from south to north, marks the locus
of final escape of all the waters (both land and ice-margin drainage),
debouching between the rock wall and the ice lobe into an angle of
the northwardly expanding level of Lake Albany. Each, then, is
a dependable index of the initial height to which the Lake Albany
waters rose at that spot. For, if they were built in tiny local im-
212
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
pondments higher than Lake Albany, where are the outlet channels
leading on down from these and where are the final deltas required
by such a postulate? The ice front declined too fast, veered too
much away from the hills, corroded too readily, to have maintained
such lakelets in these alcoves while the deltas were built. Beaches
(page 202) confirm these heights.
That there then comes a drop of two contours from these deltas
to the unconfined deposits in each case is attributable to three factors :
subsequent compaction of the (later) water-logged deposits in the
deeper and open Bakoven valley, natural lowering of the water level
when deprived of the gravitational attraction of the ice, elastic re¬
bound of the land when relieved of its ice burden (preceding isostatic
readjustment) ; therefore it can not be used as an argument against
their construction in a true lake. Gravel deltas do not compact
noticeably when the receiving water body is drawn down, but the
clays, which underlie all the deposits in the deeper basins, do so
compact to a marked degree, proportional to their primal thickness,
for they weigh two and a half times as much out of water as under
it. To all our clay deposits we must add something of height in order
to visualize their appearance and their influence on subsequent events
when the waters began to lower and to expose them to the air.
The effect of the ice on land altitude should not pass unmentioned.
Depression of our northern lands, with reelevation since ice-melting,
is proved beyond dispute by the “raised beaches” along the open
seacoast, reaching as high as 290 feet above present sea level on
Mt Desert island, Maine, — wave- washed clean (nonglacial) gravels
spread out in characteristic level-topped series, with salt-water mussels
and clams of living species in the under-clays. In northern New York
and Vermont abundant marine shells, barnacles, even a whale skeleton
have been found up to still higher altitudes, the beaches going up to
523 feet above sea. These are postglacial features resting upon the
glacial stuffs.
It is pretty generally conceded that the depression of the land
during glaciation was due directly to the weight of the ice, a mile or
more thick over Catskill and Saugerties since it overtopped Slide
mountain, 4204 feet, (Chadwick 1928, since confirmed as late Wiscon¬
sin by Leverett and Antevs). Inevitably, therefore, our region was
tilted down to the north, in comparison with today, and had this
attitude when the ice was deserting it. Thus Lake Albany shore lines,
still more those of the mountain glacial lakes, will now be found
tilted southward. For the Lake Albany initial heights we have a
southward slope of (roughly) 40 feet in 18 miles, from Sandy plain
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
213
(Coxsackie quadrangle; see Chadwick 1910a, p. 28) to the Platte Kill
delta at Mt Marion, or about two and one-fourth feet per mile.
But while the land has risen, the sea has also risen by return of
water from the melting of the great ice-caps ; consequently our Hud¬
son is a drowned river, an estuary with tidal fluctuations of three
or four feet.
Land uplift has trenched the streams down into their own deposits,
here and there in new courses upon rock where they have cut post¬
glacial gorges. The Jansen kill flows far below its Lake Albany
plains, the Esopus halves its delta and affords two fine waterpowers,
one at Glenerie, the other at Saugerties ; below High Falls, the Kaaters
kill meanders (figures 73, 74) in the clays of the Bakoven valley
for six miles until it breaks through the Kalk berg. The Cats kill
has divided its own delta, as already noticed (page 198). In this
process, which was necessarily as slow as land uplift, slower whenever
the stream encountered a rock barrier, it left some interesting memen¬
tos. Between West Bridge street (routes 23-A, 385) and Broome
street in West Catskill is an old stream meander (Chadwick 1910a, p.
28), 25 feet below the original surface of the delta plain, with a beau¬
tiful smooth curve (poorly contoured on the map) that formerly car¬
ried around in a complete semicircle where now route 9-W has
destroyed it by grading, and even as far as Division street. A rock
nose on the east end held this meander “frozen” there until its upper
loop closed in and cut it off. Since then, as the creek channel deep¬
ened, small brooks have gnawed headwaters into both horns of the
oxbow, even begun gullying between and accentuating the concurving
lines of flow in the bed of the ancient channel, behind the “diner.”
Another abandoned meander of the Kaaters kill at the same altitude
lies south of the Cauterskill natural dam and bridge, in the mouth
of the Fuyk valley, as is shown by the contours, but can not be seen
well from the highway. The accordance in height of these two
oxbows, with the presence between of cut-terraces at about the same
elevation north and northwest of the West Shore station and across
the creek on “Jefferson hill,” suggests that they belong to one episode
of prolonged stillstand possibly connected with the encountering of
the rock barrier at the Hopenose (or Hoponose) through which the
Cats kill now emerges to the Hudson, (figure 62).
The beautiful meander sweeps of the Esopus at Saugerties are
down too near present (artificial) level to be easily discriminated
for dating except a small remnant northeast of Oak Ledges and close
to Main street, which is contoured above 80 feet elevation. This
creek met with no obstruction at Saugerties until it reached its sill
214
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
on the Normanskill grits at the 9-W bridge, at not much over 50
feet present altitude (the millpond is 47 feet). But farther up, the
abandoned meanders of the Esopus and the Platte kill between Glen-
erie falls and the Old King’s road have determined the sinuous course
of that road south from Mt Marion church (where the clay is
possibly cored and upheld by esker) and are in contrast to the present
straightness of these streams, especially the Esopus, though not much
above present water.
The effect of land tilt on stream courses is also to be considered,
along with that of morainal blockade, preglacial channels, available
passes and another factor of a speculative nature that we may discuss
under the title “wave of uplift” though some prefer to think of it
as the pursuing “peripheral bulge.”
If the land rose like the tilting of a rigid plane, the effect of such
tilting should have been to discourage northward-flowing streams,
encourage south-flowing ones, produce southward reversals rather
than northward ones. Why then our north-flowing Jansen kill,
Esopus and Kaaters kill? Some other factor must have controlled
in the case of these and numerous similar streams throughout the
Hudson valley.
Most of these north courses are in the clayplains, namely under
Lake Albany level, increasing the difficulty of the problem. On plains
originally horizontal, when uptilted from the north, water should
have run southward and so continued to run. This assumes that the
clayplains were completed up to water level everywhere. In the slow
settling out of the suspended glacial rock-flour to make these clays,
they took at first the surface configuration of the floor on which
they rest, and only gradually lost that figure as their thickness in¬
creased faster in the deeper spots. It was only on building up to
lake level, or to “wave base” in it, that they developed a nearly
horizontal top, doubtless shoaling northwards toward the ice, their
source, and thus further favoring southward drainage on uplift.
But there are two other things entering in to modify this, besides
the failure of the clay deposits ever to attain full height over much
of their extent. One of these modifying elements is the contributions
made by land streams, which continued after the ice itself had ceased
to play an important role locally. For example, the clayplain in the
Bakoven valley which, where the Kaaters kill leaves it, is under 160
feet elevation, is encroached upon thence northward by a diverticulum
of the Cats Kill delta rising to nearly 200 feet altitude (figure 73)
at the north edge of the map, as does the main delta mass over east
at Austin’s. Evidently this is not a plain built behind beaver dams
cAtsicill and kaaterskill quadrangles
215
but is the natural slope of a delta surface. The Lake Albany plain
of the Jansen kill declines northward, as already noted (page 198),
and in its final shaping is plainly the work of the creek, assisted
possibly by beavers in its upstream part but dependent fundamentally
on discharge into deep open waters for its base-level. Stony creek,
the Sauger’s kill and the (eastern) Saw kill likewise topped off and
graded their plains, as did the Esopus its big delta at Saugerties. The
only clays to which no land-stream contributions seem to have been
superadded are in such intermediate spots as Alsen and Cementon,
where they could later have had no influence on the courses of major
creeks. That even in such places the clays rise to elevations of 80 to
100 feet (in the Fuyk, figure 17, to over 140 feet) shows that the
land-streams did not have a major share in producing the clay por¬
tions of the Lake Albany deposits elsewhere but chiefly built coarser
stuffs upon them to top them off. Nevertheless it was just this final
topping that shaped the direction of subsequent stream flow over them.
The second modifying factor is compaction (page 212). Compac¬
tion being greatest where depth of clay-fill was greatest, would lower
the surface most over buried valleys, thus tend to draw the streams
back into them. Many times, however, it failed to do so because its
effects were too tardy. The Esopus got started around the north
edge of its delta at Oak Ledges before the uplift had raised the
delta enough to have much compaction follow. When this compaction
came, all it could do was to initiate a small gully turning surface
drainage from the delta back into the Esopus above the Ledges and
a companion gully leading east to the Hudson. The Cats kill was
already so strongly sunk into its present course, which has let it
down on one rock barrier after another, that only the small Mineral
Spring brook and Burget’s creek (plus companion gullies on north)
could take advantage of the settling by compaction in the preglacial
extensions of the Hans Vosen Kill and Corlaer’s Kill valleys. The
Cats kill was not even able to evade the rock rib of the Hopenose
at its mouth, where little DuBois’s creek (Uylen Spiegel kill) goes
around it unobstructed on the south.
Nevertheless, compaction helped to hold the Beaver kill (figure 2)
to its course in the Bakoven valley, whereas it might just as easily
otherwise have wandered off east through the archipelago of ridges,
as Lost brook has. In fact, rigid plane uplift should have compelled
the Beaver kill to do this and to take the Kaaters kill with it. Yet
in the face of land-tilting the Beaver-Kaaters Kill drainage found its
way northward for 10 miles to the exceptionally favorable low passage
through the Kalk berg, then moraine-filled. Then why not also the
216
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Esopus, which has chosen the much higher gap at Glenerie falls,
but whose northward flow in this Bakoven valley is mostly off our
map, on the Rosendale quadrangle? Will compaction explain all this?
A longitudinal profile of the clayplain in this Bakoven valley for
the length of the Catskill quadrangle shows that even today after
tilting it declines slowly northward (not southward) from 180 feet
elevation where the Old King’s road crosses it at Mt Marion to about
150 elevation where the Kaaters kill leaves it, just short of the
obstructing Cats Kill delta above mentioned. The evidence as to the
buried rock valley does not suggest greater width (presumptive
greater depth) at the north than at the south end of this stretch.
The narrowest point between the rock walls is nearer the lower end,
namely just north of the county line, below the mill and bridge north
of Asbury, where there is, moreover, a further constriction by esker
gravels on east and delta gravels on west. Yet the Kaaters kill turns
abruptly north through this narrows instead of continuing south in
the broader unobstructed part where the Beaver kill now meanders
lazily. Incidentally, there is no mark anywhere that the Kaaters kill
ever had and abandoned such an escape across the clays and out to
east in that southward direction, nor at the other favorable spot at
Percy! Holmes’s two and one-half miles north of Asbury to the
Sauger’s kill.
Evidently we must seek something other than compaction to explain
this steady and unexpected northward grading of the clayplain from
Mt Marion to west of Cauterskill. Indeed, because of stream trench¬
ing down its middle, the plain gradient could be plotted only on the
marginal remnants, where compaction was least effective. This
gradient leads up suggestively to the Esopus and Platte kill as the
source of the detritus that veneered and gave northward slope to this
plain. That raises two difficulties. First is the apparent failure of
the Kaaters kill to keep its own constructional work up to match
that of these streams. Second is the question why the Esopus or the
Platte kill if once established on a surface that even now declines
northward should have deserted so favorable a location (improved
by compaction as that went on) and, neglecting the more capacious
pass where Lost brook escapes, have turned east over the hard and
high barrier of Glenerie falls.
The answer to the first may be that the Kaaters kill was leaving its
burden farther up, to fill the bed of Lake Kiskatom (figure 77), and
had only the short stretch of the High Falls channel (then shallow)
to clean out (figure 44). Still we have no proof that Lake Kiskatom
had not already been fully upgraded as the receptacle of glacial rivers
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 21 7
from around both sides of Cairo Roundtop. Such an answer is
therefore only a surmise.
The second difficulty might be answered by invoking either stream
capture or original alternative discharge such as the Cats kill had
at the north end of our map ; but with this difference, that while the
Cats kill distinctly favored its present eastward course and built its
larger delta mass there as compared with the short stretch in the
Bakoven valley, the delta of the Esopus at Saugerties, its present
course, is not large as compared to the long filling in the Bakoven
valley that would thus be attributed to it. To make that the work
of the Platte kill alone (with later capture of the Platte kill by the
Esopus) might be attractive when one notes that northward drainage
at Mt Marion starts on the plain right in line with the debouchure of
the Platte kill from the Hooge berg, were it not that a rock rib 20
feet higher lies athwart this proposed connection. There seems to be
no evidence left of any flow of the Platte kill northeastward around
this rock barrier, nor indeed that either it or the Esopus crossed the
inconspicuous divide at the route intersection in Mt Marion hamlet.
So again we have only a surmise.
Recalling that initial Lake Albany deposits gave us (page 212) a
measure of two and one-fourth feet per mile for the southward
tilting since they were formed, equivalent to about 30 feet in the 13
miles that we are considering, and that the clayplain now' slopes 30
feet in the opposite direction, we seem to see the sum of these or
60 feet as the initial north slope of this stretch of plain in Lake
Albany times, or four and; one-half feet per mile. The present
north slope of the Jansen Kill high-level or Lake Albany plain is
70 feet in six miles, more than 11 feet per mile without adding
for tilt. The comparatively low gradient of the Bakoven plain and
the comparative absence of coarser alluvium upon it suggest that it
was made under rather than out of water and allow us more readily
to fall back upon the Esopus as its parent.
Nevertheless it would be easier to understand this history of
northward flow in terms of a reversed or northward tilting of the
land at a crucial time in its emergence. The streams of our area
are not exceptional in this anomaly. From Halfway creek at the
north end of the broad Hudson valley to the Rondout creek and
Wall kill at its south, this so-termed pine-tree drainage prevails.
It was the case also with the postglacial discharge of the Iromohawk
river, running far north to Gansevoort (Chadwick 1928a, p. 910,
figure 5). Does the “wave of uplift” give the solution?
Under this hypothesis of the wave of uplift (Fairchild 1919, p. 16-
218
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
17, 21, 28, 29; anticipated by Woodworth 1905, p. 224-26, 229-34;
Upham 1892, p. 335), the land rose not as a rigid plane but in a wave¬
like progression from south to north as the ice front melted back and
its load was removed. Thus Saugerties would be gaining something
of its present altitude while Catskill lay still submerged. This would
mean a temporary increase in northward gradients, sufficient perhaps
to enable the streams to attain and later to maintain their anomalous
northing. Meantime, during this period of northward flow, they
might upgrade the clayplain in the Bakoven valley to such a gradient
as would exceed the amount of subsequent reversal of tilt when the
wave passed on north.
The hypothesis of the pursuing peripheral bulge involves even more
movement. Starting with the evidence (mathematical and physio¬
graphic) that a bulge of the earth’s crust surrounded the areas de¬
pressed by the weight of continental ice sheets (compare Cook 1924,
p. 160), and that this bulge must form while the sheets were smaller
and be driven ahead of them in increasing bulk as the ice augmented,
a reverse process is postulated during ice-waning, the bulge contract¬
ing in size and radius with the contracting ice area but naturally
lagging at some distance from the ice front. Either view will explain
Lake Albany, not as a single continuous water body from Staatsburg
to Fort Edward, (Woodworth 1905, p. 175, 177, 241-42, pi. 27), but
as one that continuously migrated northward between the ice and
the “wave” or the “bulge” and thus never lost its individuality nor its
right to a single name.
The bulge hypothesis implies an overtilting southward as the bulge
is passing and a distinct fall-back or northward retilting after it has
passed. The implications and criteria of such a movement in our
Hudson valley have never been faced nor the field evidence for or
against it worked out. Whether the northward gradient of the
Bakoven plain may best be explained by such a reversal remains an
open problem for someone to solve. Northward drainage today in
the channel northeast of High Falls (page 211) may have originated
while the wave or bulge was passing. One might look upon the
swamps of the Great Vly and north of Kiskatom flats as due to
such retilting were it not possible to explain each of them as unfilled
alcoves blockaded by the alluviation of the Sauger’s kill and Kiskatom
creek respectively. But the remarkable northward decline (noted by
Woodworth 1905, p. 122 and plate 7) of the Livingston pitted plain
from 280 feet at Twin lakes to 250 feet at Bell pond, 30 feet in
eight miles, can hardly be ascribed, in this ice-margin deposit, to
either wave of uplift or peripheral bulge.
[220]
Figure 78 Postglacial gorge of the Cats kill showing structural control, at upper end of Austin’s glen
(above “Third Bridge” of former Catskill Mountain railway) not far below Leeds. (North edge of
Catskill quadrangle passes through the far cliff of Esopus shale.) Stream on strike of Glenerie vale
to the natural dam of Glenerie-Alsen-Becraft beds and again on strike of Catskill shaly beds (foreground)
below the fall. Looking north-northwest. Photo : April 1923, Clayton H. Brown.
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 221
Our preglacial Cats kill may have received the upper Kaaters kill
on the Coxsackie quadrangle by way of Kiskatom flats, and may
itself have turned south down the Bakoven valley to cross the Kalk
berg where the Kaaters kill now crosses. Only small moraines now
block these routes, forcing the Cats kill to fall into the tortuous post¬
glacial gorge of Austin’s glen (figure 78) and the Kaaters kill to
drop over High falls (figure 43). The Esopus may have crossed the
Kalk berg at the Indian caves, with a long tributary from Asbury in
the Bakoven valley. But these are open problems.
The interesting subject of glacial potholes has been passed over.
Formed by cataracts in ice crevasses, such potholes may occur in spots
where no land drainage could have made them, such as the one
described by Osborn (1900) in the shales of Church’s hill, opposite
Catskill, first reported by Hubbard (1889).
GEOLOGICAL HISTORY
THE LOST INTERVAL
Depositing of the early Paleozoic beds, Cambrian and Ordovician,
was brought to a close by a spasm of mountain-making — the “Taconic
orogeny” or “Green Mountain revolution” of writers. Beginning as
far back as Lorraine time, the premonitory restlessness of this great
upheaval had become evident in more rapid rising of the old moun¬
tains on the east in New England that were supplying the sediments
to the sea waters lying over New York. Already perhaps, certainly
by Queenston time, eastern New York had been raised out of water
and was being re-eroded by the rivers crossing it from New England
westward. The final cataclysm was doubtless well under way during
Queenston deposition (Richmondian).
Folding of the Cambrian and Ordovician strata, thousands of feet
thick, was progressing on the New England border. The intensity
of the compressive force, on these comparatively weak and yielding
beds, eventually ruptured them across into slice after slice, driven
over (telescoped) one upon another, thus thrusting the folded rocks
from the edge of New England into our region. One need go no
farther afield than the Helderberg scarp near New Salem on the
north, or to Eddyville southward, below Kingston, in the opposite
direction, to see comparatively undisturbed and later Ordovician beds
that were resident in our area before these older folded ones were
jammed over upon them. In fact, it is likely that the western edge
of the overthrust sheet is buried but a very short distance behind the
concealing cover of the Kalk Berg escarpment and that wells drilled
west of this line will encounter the Snake Hill beds immediately
beneath the Rondout strata.
/
222 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
But this means a prodigious amount of erosion of the overthrust
Ordovician deposits, their vertical thickness so much increased by
the folding and telescoping, in order to get down to the earlier portion
(Normanskill) that had become exposed before the Silurian sea
returned. We have, thus, a story of great mountain-making (folding
and thrusting) closing the Ordovician and of prolonged erosion
during the early and middle Silurian of the mountains thus formed
until they were reduced to a nearly featureless surface by the opening
of Rondout time.1 The record of this is the great hiatus (figures 58,
13) between early Ordovician and late Silurian strata that lie in
unconformable erosional contact throughout our area. See pages
141 to 150 for the field facts.
Absence of a soil band at the contact, with marine Silurian shells
lying directly in the fresh clean-swept little hollows on the top of
the bevelled Normanskill, shows that the final leveling of the old
land was done by the waves of the returning sea, itself. Detrital
material from the Normanskill graywacke grits was reworked by
the waves and came to rest in some places as a basal bed of the
Rondout (see pages 146-47). Over a considerable stretch, a sand¬
bar was built, inclosing lagoons of quieter water where only the finest
waterlime muds were laid down, devoid of the open-sea shells, corals
and bryozoans of the limestones outside the bar.
Supplementary Note
1 There is ample evidence that the Ordovician rocks were intricately folded
and upedged before erosion took place. There is also convincing evidence that
the surface they presented to the reception of the Silurian deposits was a very
smooth one. No hills in this surface are known. The overlap of the Rondout
upon it is broad and gentle, differing only 40 feet in maximum and minimum
thicknesses of those beds across the quadrangle. The under surface of the
Rondout at any given exposure is not known to exhibit undulations or varia¬
tions of more than two inches at most.
Such a smooth surface cut across plicated strata of hardnesses varying from
weak shale to resistant grit beds may be looked upon as the product either
of prolonged atmospheric erosion — a peneplain — or of wave-planation. A notice¬
able feature of the sandstone beds of the Normanskill just under the (present
or past) contact with the Rondout is a limonitic staining similar in color to
that of the overlying buff waterlimes of the Rondout, so that one may be
mistaken at first glance for the other. This is not a usual weathering color of
the Normanskill beds elsewhere; indeed, a few feet away from the contact
that may be dun-colored as usual. Whether such discoloration should be
looked upon as derived from the waterlime and thus essentially modern or
as of pre-Silurian age and the source of the ferrous stain in the Rondout may
be debatable. The former seems a more likely explanation, in which case
we are left without any indications of weathering at the contact. Moreover,
such perfect peneplanation is difficult to conceive.
This compels us to face the evidence for wave-planation by the advancing
Silurian sea. The products of such planation should be in part gravels and
sands. Of such gravels there are none, nor have I learned of any pebbles
of Normanskill imbedded in the base of the Rondout. If there are any, to be
wave-made they should have the “peppermint-drop” rounded-flat form char¬
acteristic of beach shingle. Basal sands, such as the Binnewater sandstone
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
223
that comes into the section farther south, are restricted here to a limited belt,
outside of which the soft buff waterlime or even a purer limestone reposes
directly on the Ordovician. Where the basal bed is a sand, it usually differs
from the quartzitic sand of the sandbar above it in being a reworked Normans-
kill arkose, to which lime (organic) particles have been added, and does not
suggest heavy or considerable wave-work. Neither does the structure of the
Fuyk sandstone, which, with a width of over half a mile, is only 20 feet high
and has a smooth and parallel stratification (compare figure 15) not at all
cross-bedded. The basal bed behind this bar, around Catskill, has of course
no bearing on the problem; it is a lime mud half filled with quartz grains
that appear to have been blown into it from the Fuyk bar by the wind. But
into the waterlime above it no sand was blown from either sea or land.
The source of even the sand that we have may not have been wave erosion,
for rivers from the land could carry and contribute it ready for the waves to
spread out Unless pebbles are found, which rivers would not have trans¬
ported across the subdued - surface, we are left, therefore, equally without
evidence of wave-planing. That the Normanskill beds were then as hard as
today is implied in the great compression they had undergone, at such depths
underground that they barely escaped the metamorphism that befell the
Ordovician and Cambrian rocks not far east of the Hudson. It is proved
directly by the rounded aspect of the harder layers where they project on the
ancient surface, looking “sandpapered” as they doubtless were by the waves
before burial.
Certainly these waves could not have battered very high irregularities of the
surface without entombing some of the debris of them. Thus it seems that
wave work merely gave the final touch to a process of leveling already far
advanced over this region, and this after a long period of stillstand, a time
during which no detrital deposits of any magnitude were forming to the west
but only the very fine lagoonal or calcareous muds of the Vernon, Syracuse,
Camillus and Bertie deposits (and their equivalents, Bloomsburg, Wills Creek
and Bossardville beds at the south) closing with the pure Cobleskill limestone.
It is only the earlier beds, the Medina, eastern Clinton and Shawangunk, that
mark the initial vigorous erosion of the newly uplifted Ordovician Taconic
mountains. The higher Silurian strata show clearer and clearer seas of the
old-age stage in the erosion cycle on the bordering lands.
According to published accounts, the Rondout sea failed to reach Becraft’s
mountain, the top surface of the Ordovician is more uneven, in shales
(Schuchert and Longwell 1932, figure 5 and page 318), and the Manlius is
conglomeratic where it fits into the hollows. This looks like more hasty sub¬
mergence in the Manlius sea, when that arrived.
TIME OF OPEN SEAS
When thus reestablished over the region the sea remained for a long
time, with only few and minor interruptions. These came (see pages
150 to 154) at the close of the Cayugan, the close of the Helderberg-
ian, possibly within the Oriskanian, and at the close of the Ulsterian.
Before taking these up more fully it is well to emphasize that orderly
deposition of conformable strata was not seriously interfered with
by them and that on the whole the region remained one chiefly of
limestone-making in clear waters of the inland sea until the great
“Catskill delta” of the later Paleozoic began to encroach upon it.
There were times, to be sure, of inroad of terrigenous material
from the eastern mountains, making the limestones impure with shale,
as during New Scotland time, or even temporarily overwhelming
lime-secreting life with inorganic silts, as during the Esopus. Here
is record of geographic and climatic changes on the neighboring
224
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
lands to east and south, or in the sea floor itself, producing those
differences that mark off each formation from its predecessor, often
sharply. Rivers and rainfall shifted, seas shoaled or deepened, new
congeries of sea life found the habitat to their liking — and a new
formation began to be deposited. To rehearse all these little varia¬
tions seriatim would be wearisome. They are implicit in the descrip¬
tions of the formations themselves (pages 44 to 99) and to those
descriptions the reader may turn.
Of the interruptions mentioned, that at the close of the Helder-
bergian is the most striking. Although the contact of the Glenerie
on the Alsen or the Port Ewen is a smooth one at any given exposure
throughout our area, yet there is often, perhaps always, a zone of
phosphatic nodules in the contact seam, usually with a dark blue-gray
(“black”) shale resting upon it that is suggestive of a soil band.
Farther west in New York the equivalent Oriskany sandstone rests
upon lower and lower beds, and by filling cracks and caverns in these
gives proof that its ocean returned upon a long-weathered land-
surface. We can not yet safely assert that the Helderbergian strata
here in the east shared even briefly in this exposure to the air before
Oriskany time. The time break is here much shorter than there.
Nevertheless, there is missing already at Glasco over a hundred feet
of Port Ewen beds that at Kingston, only six miles south, intervene
between the Alsen and the Glenerie. Either these layers failed to
be deposited hereabouts, or they have been subsequently eroded away.
The presence of the phosphatic nodules and the concentration of
worn fossils at the contact argue for re-erosion and hint at uplift
out of the sea as the reason for it. But wave ablation may have
sufficed.
Less conspicuous, but more surely subaerial, is the erosion of the
top of the Manlius preceding Coeymans time. Here we have a bonded
contact between rather like rocks, both of them clean limestones
though differing in coarseness of grain. At almost every exposure
a careful examination shows a foot or two of disturbed and rounded-
edged slabs of the Manlius interfiltrated with the Coeymans lime-sand
and fossil fragments. Once, in the Helder berg, Mr Hartnagel and
I found a quartz pebble as large as one’s thumbnail, in this contact
zone. These conditions bespeak exposure to weathering, followed
by wave work on a sea platform during resubmergence. All of upper
and middle Manlius is missing. This break too, however, was brief.
The failure of the highly fossiliferous upper Glenerie beds to reach
north of Malden seems to let the Esopus down upon the cherty or
“bony” beds of the lower Glenerie, suggesting a break within the
Oriskanian, though this may be illusory and due to change of facies
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 225
northward. The last marked break came at the close of the Onon¬
daga limestone deposition, allowing the top surface of that limestone
to become corroded (pitted by solution) and some of its fossils to
accumulate loose in these pits, with brownish material looking phos-
phatic, before the black Bakoven muds came to rest upon this surface.
This again looks like, though it may not be, an effect of exposure to
the atmosphere.
But with this Bakoven shale, limestone-making here ceased, and
there began the upbuilding of the great “Catskill delta.”
THE GREAT DEVONIAN DELTA
From the close of Onondaga time, with its widespread making of
purest limestone (coral reefs), onward, an entirely new episode began
in our sedimentary history. Instead of the thin limestones of the
open seas, heavy masses of land-wash came piling in upon us from
newly rising mountain lands at east and south of our region. That
such and not Canada is the source-direction for the sediments of
the later Paleozoic rocks in New York and Pennsylvania, stretching
even far into Ohio, is shown by the manner in which they thicken
and coarsen to the southeast, transforming also in that direction into
land-made red-beds with forest trees.
These sediments are distinctly unlike any that came before them,
in our area. From the equally thick delta sediments of the Ordovician
which they most resemble they differ in ways immediately evident
to the accustomed eye. What these differences mean as to the con¬
ditions of origin is at present largely a closed book. The precise
study of sedimentary rocks, particularly with the petrographic micro¬
scope, is very young, its devotees few. We know that “sandstones”
and “shales” are as diverse among themselves as some of them are
from limestones. And there, for now, the story rests.
The zoning of these delta sediments into five different facies, each
in turn farther away from the mountain sources, has been described
on page 140. After the regular fashion, black shale (Bakoven) of
the most seaward (“Genesee” or in this case “Marcellus”) facies zone
was the first to reach us, constituting essentially the “bottomset” beds
of the approaching delta. Then followed barren sandstone (really
siltite) of the next zone landward (“Portage” facies), and the delta
proper was upon us. The fossiliferous sands and shales of the
shallower warmer waters (“Chemung” facies), coming next above
as the sea shoaled, comprise locally the Mount Marion formation,
closing with the “storm-rollers” that may mark the surf-line on the
emerging delta surface.
This emergence unquestionably came about chiefly from the up-
226
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
building of the sediments themselves, as today the Mississippi is ever
raising its flood plain and pushing its mouth farther into the Gulf.
Yet we face a puzzling fact, not merely in the immediate region but
as far as these delta sediments extend — to central Ohio and to
northern Alabama. In any given formation, the kind of sediment,
the kinds of fossils, and therefore the approximate depth of water,
remain the same through perhaps hundreds of feet of strata, as in
the 600 feet of our middle and upper Mount Marion. Either subsi¬
dence of the ocean floor or steady rising of the sea level, equal to the
thickness of these beds, must have obtained during their depositing.
The delicate timing of the one to the other is partially explained by the
power of the waves to take and redistribute into appropriate depths
of water (facies zones) the materials supplied to them by the rivers.
Nevertheless, the arriving land- wash came in such quantify as
eventually to force the shore line westward beyond Kiskatom (and
then beyond Palenville), so that beds of the fourth (the “Catskill”)
facies commenced to be laid down, upon land, upon perhaps such a
land as the western Colorado has built in the vicinity of the Salton
sea and the Imperial valley of southern California, but less confined.
This change, so conspicuous to the eye as reds suddenly appear among
the rocks and so striking paleontologically as marine fossils give
place to land-plants, river-clams and river-fishes, is thus seen to be,
after all, not nearly so significant genetically as that at the base of
the Bakoven shale. Here are the same sands and the same muds
from the same hills and on their way to the same sea, but how
different they look before the waves and the life of that sea have
had their way with them !
What happened in the closing stage of the Kiskatom red-beds,
resulting in the deposition of the three Kaater skill sandstones upon
such irregular surfaces of their interbedded shales (figure 49), is not
clear except that the strandline had shifted farther afield, the delta
surface built higher above sea level, become more subject to alternate
scour and fill as the river channels swung this way and that across
it. A slight westward tilting and re-erosion (or at least nondeposition
on the steepened gradient of the surface) is suggested as occurring
at the close of the Kaaterskill (close of Middle Devonian; see page
136). The Genesee (Sherburne) beds seem to wedge out towards
us. The next conspicuous deposit in our area is the great pudding-
stone conglomerate (figure 51).
Pebbles in this conglomerate (especially at the Boulder) are largest
at the base, some as large as one’s head, at times almost devoid of
binding matrix between them, and not always as perfectly rounded
as might be expected of far-transported cobbles if carried solely
CATSK1LL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES 227
by rivers. No one has yet searched them diligently for the marks
characteristic of glacial cobbles, the faceted and striated surfaces,
but it will not be surprising if such are found. For the conglomerate
is so widespread, of such varied materials, so lacking in bedding-
planes, so far removed from any possible source in the old New
England Alps, that one turns naturally to the thought of glacial
kame-gravels, of an ice sheet moving down over the plain from those
eastern mountains in early Upper Devonian time. This puddingstone
has nothing to do with the sea; could rivers have brought such
coarse stuff so far? Red-beds and glaciation go together elsewhere
in the Paleozoic.
All through the overlying stuffs small pebbles are scattered, mostly
of pure quartz, as sometimes also locally in the beds below. There
is an interesting interlude, that of the Stony Clove flagstones, in which
the red color temporarily ceased altogether (largely because no true
shale was deposited), and above that level the reds are increasingly
scarcer while the sands grow coarser, more pebbly and whiter. These
are the deposits of the last (or “Pocono”) facies zone, best seen in
our area in the summit of Hunter mountain but far better developed
in the later Katsberg strata of the Witten berg near Slide mountain
(Phoenicia quadrangle). These may be looked upon as the “topset”
beds of the delta and it is perhaps unlikely that any considerable
thickness of other beds was ever laid down upon them, wherever they
occur in this facies.
The delta grew on far westward, and through a much longer span
of time than is represented by it in our region ; but very little if any
sediment came to rest on its surface hereabouts during the later
Senecan, the Chautauquan and the Bradfordian epochs that ensued.
Erosion may even have begun, in a small way, before the great
uplift came.
TIME OF THE SECOND FOLDING
It has been quite generally assumed that the second folding of our
strata, which plicated the Silurian and Devonian beds of our Kalk
berg (up to the Bakoven shale) and gave dip tilt to all the rest of
them, took place at the same time as that of the Pennsylvania folds,
namely the Appalachian “revolution” or orogeny at the close of the
Paleozoic. A dissenting voice is that of Doctor Clarke (19156,
p. 156-57), who puts the folding before the commencement of
the red rocks, if we read him aright. Because of the tilting of the
lower part of these reds (Kiskatom beds) along with the underlying
rocks of the Hooge berg, Clarke’s intent may be understood as apply¬
ing to the beds from the Twilight Park puddingstone up and in this
sense has much to commend it. It accords then with the state-wide
228
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
break between the Middle and Upper Devonian formations. But there
is a larger break at the close of the Devonian, which is the time of
climax of the Acadian orogeny to which these earlier movements
led up.
Dating of our folding as post-Paleozoic, Appalachian, brings up
two snags: one, that the direction of our folds does not agree with
that of the Appalachian folds as they come northeast through the
Shawangunk mountains to the vicinity of Kingston; the other, that
they fail to agree with those also in size. They are miniature crum¬
plings, confined to a narrow belt of less than two miles maximum
width on the west of the Hudson, failing west beyond the Bakoven
valley and equally failing east over most of Becraft’s mountain but
with another and narrower such belt on its southeast rim. Two
narrow belts, with undisturbed strata between, do not resemble the
folds of Pennsylvania. The association of our folds with those has
been on geographic contiguity rather than structural connection and
because no folding between the Taconic and the Appalachian had
been noticed elsewhere in New York.
But in Nova Scotia and New England, between these two times,
another great mountain-folding, with metamorphism and igneous
outbreaks, fully the equal of either of them was going on during the
Devonian and culminating at its close, the Acadian “revolution” or
orogeny. Twice already its earlier convulsions had been felt in our
area: first at the close of the Helderbergian time of limestone making
and initiating the terrigenous deposits of Oriskany-Esopus time;
second at the cessation of all limestone making after the Onondaga
and the beginning of the huge deltaic deposits of the Hooge berg,
Kats berg (Catskills) and westward just described above. The mass
of this Devonian delta is enormous, signifying a new very great
and continuously progressing uplift of the feeding grounds in New
England. The slow folding of our Kalk Berg belt, so slow that the
brittle Manlius limestones are sometimes doubled back on a radius
of two or three inches without fracture, may have been under way
throughout the delta time from the Onondaga onward, as overthrust¬
ing before the heaviest load of the delta beds was put upon it, later
bending under this load so as to give us our undulated thrust planes
and our nested folds.
The diagonal cross-folding in the south half of our quadrangle,
already adverted to (page 164), might be taken as indication of two
successive movements in slightly different directions. Even if so,
neither one of them would be Appalachian in direction or character.
The diagonal lines of the south half are the trend lines of the north
half and also of the mountain front and of the major jointing. So
229
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
it is rather the general trend, in the south half, than the folding that
is askew, corresponding there rather to the strike of the Ordovician
ridges whereas the folds throughout the Kalk berg are disposed
acutely across these.
There comes to our aid the hypothesis put forth on page 180 that
our miniature folds in such narrow belts are merely crumplings upon
the toe of the rejuvenated Normanskill overthrusts. This would imply
that the fault-trace bent at Katsbaan as does the Kalk berg. A shove
that was at right angles to its north half would then be oblique to
the more southerly portion and should produce just such diagonal
crumplings as there found.
Whatever the age of the limestone folding, there is one major
element in our structures that belongs to the Appalachian movement
and that is the northerly dip on the southeast side of the Catskill
Mountain plateau and the gently broadly synclinal structure of the
whole mountain mass of which that dip is a part. Our Catskills
lie at the northeast tip of this great geosyncline, the synclinal axis
passing northeast through its three highest peaks : Slide, 4204 ;
Hunter, 4025 ; Black Dome, 4005 feet, on respectively the western,
central and eastern border ranges.
The net result of all these movements, with at least two periods of
folding, was to make the complicated structures we see today, but
not immediately to expose them to view. That came later. The
notable thing is that in the upheavals attendant upon these two or
three mountain-makings no portion of our Paleozoic rocks wholly
escaped. The Ordovician strata experienced two compressions, the
Silurian and Devonian beds suffered but one, though it was quite
enough to render this the most intricate area, geologically, in New
York State.
The folds of our region are therefore of two kinds. In the Nor¬
manskill beds, twice compressed with an erosion interval in which
their first anticlines were decapitated and weakened, the naturally
incompetent strata have been mashed into a systemless confusion
of “isoclines,” folds with the two limbs brought into apparent
parallelism of dip (figure 63), as may be seen best in the fresh cut
at the west end of the Rip Van Winkle bridge. Only occasionally
have beds in this group been stout enough to take on regularity of
folding such as at the entrance to Austin’s glen (figure 61) on the
Cats kill and at Saugerties on the Esopus. The folds of the Silurian
and Devonian beds, on the contrary, are of the “competent” type,
in which the cores of the folds have not been squeezed out.
The absence of normal faults in an area so close to the major
faults of that type in the Mohawk valley is noteworthy. Conditions
230
NEW YCXRK STATE MUSEUM
that one would think favorable to normal faulting are found in the
strongly developed master joints of the flagstone belt and throughout
the flat-lying strata of the red-beds ; moreover it is a common expe¬
rience in other regions that compression, folding and thrusting are
succeeded by normal faulting. In this respect our region is excep¬
tional, for that closing chapter in the structural readjustments seems
to have been omitted. The small normal faults described (Grabau
1903) in Becraft’s mountain appear to have been contemporaneous
with the shakeup during its ride on the back of the Ordovician
overthrust.
THE LONG HISTORY OF EROSION
The erosion that has removed a mile and a half of rocks from
over Saugerties, Catskill and Hudson must have had its inception at
the moment of any upbuckling of these strata. That such erosion
was already under way when the later Devonian beds with their
quartz-pebble conglomerates were forming in western New York
seems reasonable, helps to explain these deposits far from the moun¬
tain sources in New England. The earliest rivers still flowed west.
The major erosional features of the region concern larger areas
than that of our maps. The great contrast between the Hudson
valley on the one hand and the Catskill mountains on the other
(figures 4-6) is a part of the physiography of all eastern North
America, for the one is a segment of the great Appalachian valley
with its included folded mountain ridges and the other is but the
extreme northeast corner of the Allegheny (Cumberland) plateau.
The beds of that plateau once extended continuously over the valley,
as will be seen when one views their present cut edges in the moun¬
tain front (figures 4, 5, 50). But rivers running west could not
do this carving of the Hudson valley.
There are many proofs that the courses of our rivers were not
originally or formerly as they are now and many theoretic reasons
why they could not have been so. In what directions they succes¬
sively ran and just how they got into their present channels are the
subjects of most engaging and divergent views by those who have
essayed the solution; (see the titles in the bibliography for Davis,
Fairchild, Guyot, Heilprin, Johnson, Mackin, Rich, Ruedemann, and
Tarr). Some of these writers believe that our entire region went
once more under water, in Cretaceous time, after its surface had been
considerably lowered and flattened by erosion, and was covered over
by an extension of the Atlantic coastal plain deposits all trace of
which has since vanished except the new courses impressed upon
the rivers crossing it, such as the Delaware and the Hudson.
For our area we can neglect all that lies outside and consider only
CATSKILL and kaaterskill quadrangles
231
how the Hudson drainage took the place of westward drainage. In
whatever manner the Hudson first crept into our quadrangle from
the south, whether by the Mamakating (or Wawarsing) valley from
Port Jervis or across the Highlands as today, it found here a belt
of rocks much weakened by uplift and folding. With its shorter run
to the sea, it was able to capture one after another of the headwater
rivers flowing across this belt and far westward, thus extending its
own valley ever northward. Later, as it sank to the weak Ordovician
shales, it made its bed permanently in these, annexed their extension
around south of the Adirondacks in the same manner by means of its
tributary Mohawk and from the last sent the Schoharie south up
into the Catskill plateau to complete its conquest of the area. Now,
in the Kaaterskill and Plattekill cloves it is even robbing its own
tributary. (See figures 7, 10, 50.)
Systematic stream piracy, as Doctor Ruedemann has said (1932,
page 348), thus holds sufficient explanation for the drainage features
that concern us locally. But the long process of erosion has other
phases. The removal of all this thickness of rock was not accom¬
plished in one continuous episode. It proceeded by stages and pauses,
with intervening renewal of uplift. Such stages betray themselves
in peneplains, namely in base-levelings of the region whose traces
still remain after it was again raised and dissected anew. Our
higher peneplains are present in the mountains ; a lower and later one,
better preserved, is seen in the horizontal skyline of the Kalk Berg
and Hooge Berg ridges of upturned rocks (figures 4, 5, 6) as so well
viewed from the Catskill Village reservoir near routes 23 and 385,
or from Quarry hill. The whole floor of the Hudson valley once
stretched unbrokenly across where now these hilltops mark the line.
After its further uplift above sea level, the streams etched out the
weaker rocks, rain and weather carved the ridges but left long
stretches untouched to tell the story. In this interim many changes
due to piracy must have occurred, their record now largely obscured
by glaciation.
From this more easily observed sample of a peneplain we may
go north to East Windham (Durham quadrangle) and look out upon
the even skyline of the Helderberg plateau on the north, an older
peneplain now raised to a much higher elevation, around 2000 feet,
which continues on the north of the Catskills clear around into and
across western New York and far southward behind the Allegheny
mountains, the Cumberland plateau. Above this peneplain when it
was formed, (probably then down near sea level), rose both the
higher Catskills and the higher Adirondacks, as spared remnants
(‘^monadnocks,,) of an older higher land surface. From it, broadly
232
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
open valleys (figure 10) reached far up into these mountains, (as
those of the Saw kill and Little Beaver kill do from the lower pene¬
plain), are represented still unchanged in the upper sections of both
forks of the Schoharie kill on the Kaaterskill quadrangle but are now
somewhat deepened again from Tannersville to Hunter and below.
The road from Hunter to Windham (route 296) rises over a rem¬
nant of the old valley floor on its way to Beach’s Corners, and the
East Kill valley above East Jewett post office is a part of one. The
course of the Schoharie must have been determined before this
peneplain was finished, as there are no other such broad outlets.
On this broad peneplain, beyond the Catskills of that time, ran
also the early Hudson and the Mohawk, both of them probably much
farther away than they are today. Starting with their courses on
the weakest rock-belts then exposed for them, certainly the Mohawk
and probably the Hudson have migrated down the dip (compare
figure 44), towards the Catskills, by sticking to these weak rocks as
they slope into the great geosyncline. This explains how the Hudson
circumvented the resistant flagstones and conglomerates of the Cats-
kill Devonian delta. It did so by “sapping and mining” from the
eastern borderland.
Stepping once more backwards, we have the long sloping lines oi
the mountain summits (figure 54) both northwest and southeast
from the ridge line of the three highest peaks (page 39), as pointed
out by Guyot (1880), which may be the lingering record of a pene¬
plain either subsequently bent or originally sloping both ways from
a drainage divide. What seems like a considerable remnant of it is
the long level Crestline of Plateau mountain, which, as viewed from
Tannersville, is nearly two miles of straight skyline. If these moun¬
tain summits are really on a peneplain, it is the oldest one of which
we have existing vestiges.
Including it, three successive uplifts (see Chadwick 1935/, figure on
page 2056) have left distinct record in our area, three stages of land
lowering by erosion since our structural features were completed,
the first stage of a wholly unknown amount, the next two of nearly
two thousand feet each, with no knowing how many partial ones
between, whose marks have been destroyed by those coming after.
The last uplift is also of unknown amount, another two thousand
feet if the submerged canyon of the Hudson out in the ocean beyond
Sandy hook was river cut. Locally, the Hudson had time to excavate
its “inner gorge” (page 202) to a depth a hundred feet below present
sea level before glaciation stopped it, and its tributary streams to do
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
233
a large part of the etching out of their courses that we now see.
Undoubtedly the land stood high.
What part that extra height had in bringing the glaciers down
upon us, and how often they came and melted away, we do not surely
know. Their work, already described, was a very minor episode in
the long history of erosion.
ADDENDA (1942)
Wartime conditions and delays arising in the four years since this
report was submitted have compelled drastic reduction in the illustra¬
tions. This task, with other editing, has been generously and
judiciously accomplished by Dr Winifred Goldring, to whom for
such and other assistance I am deeply indebted.
Meanwhile more than 200 geologists have attended a Catskill
meeting of the New York State Geological Association (April 1940),
in the circulars for which meeting a new term, “Saugerties shaly
limestone.” was proposed for what we have been calling “Schoharie”
in this area. This name will now yield to that of “Leeds facies”
applied (Goldring and Flower, 1942, p. 673, 681) in a paper that
throws a flood of light on our “grit” beds.
Several papers published in the interim and now inserted in the
bibliography have matter of importance. Mencher (1939, p. 1786)
offers “Catskill alluvial plain” for “Catskill delta” of writers. He
anticipates in print some ideas of the present pages in a refined
study of the nature of our continental sediments, concluding (pages
1779-88) that they were derived from rapid erosion of freshly rising
Acadian mountains not far to the east, in New England. Krynine’s
general studies (1940, 1941) are confirmatory of this. A paper by
Anderson (1941) bears indirectly upon it.
Cooper (1941) has reached correlations close to those herein
stated as to the Hamilton members on our quadrangles (see figure
57). As further explicated in letters to Doctor Goldring, his corre¬
lations seem to be about as follows:
Local names _ Feet Berne quadrangle
Moscow _
Kiskatom 2600 Kiskatom^___ -
“Ashokan” 300 ?- — ” ^Panther Mtn.
Mount Marion 800 Otsego
Bakoven 200
Total 3900
Reference section
Moscow
Ludlowville
Skaneateles
s/5
Cardiff
Chittenango
and lower beds
* Probable place of the type Ashokan.
234
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Moore ( 1941 ) has selected our new exegesis of the “Catskill delta”
to illustrate his review of the progress of stratigraphic interpretation
in the past half-century; but his chart fails to incorporate newer
correlations and measurements then available. Some recent papers,
not here indexed, have stressed an asserted paleontological affinity of
the Tully limestone to the Upper Devonian; in the face of the strati¬
graphic evidence (see figure 56) and the general “Hamilton” aspect
of the faunal list, this testimony seems unconvincing.
The new correlation chart of the Silurian (Swartz 1942) recog¬
nizes the fluctuating value of the terms Rondout and Manlius, but it
has no column for eastern New York. Verifying our prediction, the
discovery by Howell (1942) of both Normanskill and Snake Hill
fossils in the Kingston region shows that the overthrust plane be¬
tween these formations re-emerges southward near that city, thus
follows the belt of our “little mountain” folding (Davis 1882). In
another paper, Howell (1942) adds to our list of Esopus fossils.
Kay (1940) has restudied the Taconian orogeny closing our Ordo¬
vician, while Parker (1942) blinking Mencher’s evidence of Acadian
movements assigns all our joints in Silurian and Devonian rocks to
the Appalachian mountain- folding.
Cressey (1941) classifies anew our physiographic divisions, putting
the Schooley peneplane on the mountain tops, whereas Cole (1941)
says it is at the next lower level (2000 feet), identifying its age as
Jurassic.
Rich (1941) has a last say on the inevitable stagnation and burial
of glacial ice behind any higher threshold of rock or moraine, a view
that accords with ours as to the inner gorge of the Hudson.
Paleontologic papers are those by Bassler (1939), Arnold (1939)
and Cloud (1942).
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Adams, Charles C.
1929 The importance of preserving wilderness conditions. N. Y. State Mus.
Bui., 279:37-46
*Alling, H. L.
1922 Petrographic studies of some New York sediments. Geol. Soc. Amer.
Bui, 33:107
1928 The geology and origin of the Silurian salt of New York State.
N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 275. 139p.
American Geographical Society
1907 The map of the Catskills. Amer. Geog. Soc. Bui, 139:200-1 and map
*Anderson, G. E.
1941 Origin of line of color change in red bed deposition. Geol. Soc. Amer.
Bui, 52:211-18
* Papers quoted in text but not bearing directly on the region are preceded bv an asterisk.
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
235
♦Arnold, Chester A.
1939 Fossil plants from the Devonian. Univ. Mich. Mus. Pal. Contrib.,
5:271-314
Ashburner, C. A.
1888 Petroleum and natural gas in New York. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng.
Trans., 16:906-59
Ashley, G. H.
1935 Studies in Appalachian mountain sculpture. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui.,
46:1395-1436, 2057
Bancroft, J. A.
1925 Restoration of the oldest known forest. Science, n.s., 61 :507-8
Barker, J. F. & Baer, W. W.
1917 Ground limestone for use in New York State. N. Y. Agri. Exp. Sta.
Bui., 430:21-32
Barrell, Joseph
1913- The upper Devonian delta of the Appalachian geosyncline. Amer.
1914 Jour. Sci., (4) 36:429-72 ; 37:87-109, 225-53
1916 Dominantly fluviatile origin under seasonal rainfall of the old red
sandstone. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 27 : 39-40, 345-86
1916a Influence of Silurian-Devonian climates on the rise of air-breathing
vertebrates. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 27 :40-41, 387-436
1917 Rhythms and the measurements of geologic time. Geol. Soc. Amer.
Bui., 28 :745-904
1925 Marine and terrestrial conglomerates. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui.,
36 :279-341
Barton, D. W.
1822 On the geology of the Catskills. Amer. Jour. Sci., 4:249-51
Bassler, R. S.
1915 Bibliographic index of American Ordovician and Silurian fossils. U. S.
Nat. Mus. Bui. 92. 2 v. 1521p.
1939 The Hederelloidea, a suborder of Paleozoic cyclostomatous bryozoa.
U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc., 87:25-91
- & Kellett, B.
1934 Bibliographic index of Paleozoic ostracoda. Geol. Soc. Amer., Special
Papers, No. 1. 500p.
Bather, F. A.
1895 Brachiocrinus and Herpetocrinus. Amer. Geol., 16:213-17
Beck, L. C.
1842 Mineralogy of New York (Nat. Hist., pt III). 534p. Albany
Beecher, C. E.
1890 On Leptaenisca, a new genus of brachiopod from the Lower Helderberg
group. Amer. Jour. Sci., (3) 40:238-40
1891 Development of Bilobites. Amer. Jour. Sci., (3) 42:51-56
1892 Notice of a new lower Oriskany fauna in Columbia county, New
York. Amer. Jour. Sci., (3) 44:410-14
Beers, J. B. & Co.
1884 History of Greene county, New York. (Geology, p.17-19). New
York
Berkey, C. P.
1908 Quality of bluestone in the vicinity of the Ashokan dam. School of
Mines Quart, 29:149-58
1911 Geology of the New York City aqueduct. N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 146.
283p.
[1912?] The Catskill water supply for New York City. 6p. (not numbered)
1933 New York City and vicinity. Internat. Geol. Congr. XVI, Guidebook
9. New York excursions. 1-3, 17-122. Gov’t Ptg. Off.
Bigsby, J. J.
1858 On the Paleozoic basin of the State of New York. Geol. Soc. of
London, Quart. Jour., 14:305-6, 335-452; 15:251-335
1868 Thesaurus siluricus; the flora and fauna of the Silurian period. 214p.
London
1878 Thesaurus devonico-carboniferus. 447p. London
Papers quoted in text but not bearing directly on the region are preceded by an asterisk.
236
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Bowles, Oliver
1917 Sandstone quarrying in the United States. U. S. Bur. Mines Bui. 124.
143p.
Brace, Henry
1884 Old Catskill, in J. B. Beers 1884, q.v. :86-118
*Branson, E. B. & Tarr, W. A.
1928 New types of columnar and buttress structures. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui.,
39:1149-56
Brigham, A. P.
1901 A text-book of geology. 477p. New York
1914 Early interpretations of the physiography of New York. Amer. Geog.
Soc. Bui., 46:25-35
1916 The population of New York State. .Geog. Review, 2:206-17
Bucher, W. H.
1920 The mechanical interpretation of joints. Jour. Geol., 28:707-30;
29:1-28
Callaway, Charles
1878 On the correlation of the Lower Helderberg group of New York.
Geol. Mag., (2) 5 :271-77
1878a [Geology of the excursion]. Albany Inst. Proc., 2:41-43
Chadwick, G. H.
1908 Revision of “the New York series.” Science, n.s., 28:346-48
1910 Downward overthrust fault at Saugerties, New York. N. Y. State
Mus. Bui., 140:157-60
1910a Glacial lakes of the Catskill valley. Science, n.s., 32 :27-28
1912 Rocks of Greene county. Privately printed. 15p. Catskill. (Revised
edition, mimeographed, 1921)
1913 Angular unconformity at Catskill. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 24:676
1916 Rectilinear features in the Eastern Catskills. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui.,
27:107
1927 New points in New York stratigraphy. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 38:160
1928 Glacial striae topping Catskill mountains, New York. Geol. Soc.
Amer. Bui., 39:216
1931 The Catskill formation. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 42 :242-43
1932 Catskill, Chemung and Portage. Eastern States Oil & Gas Weekly,
1, no. 17:3, 4, 7 (September 2)
1933 Hamilton Catskill. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 44:77-78
1933a Upper Devonian of the New York region. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui.,
44:177
19336 Hamilton red-beds in eastern New York. Science, n.s., 77 :86-87
1933c Upper Devonian revision in New York and Pennsylvania. Pan-Amer.
Geol., 60:91-107, 189-204, 275-86, 348-60 (and a correction sheet
privately printed)
1933d Catskill as a geologic name. Amer. Jour. Sci., (5) 26:479-84
1935 Chemung is Portage. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 46:343-54
1935a Faunal differentiation in the Upper Devonian. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui.,
46:305-42
19356 Map of New York Upper Devonian. Geol. Soc. Amer. Proc.,
1934:70-71
1935c What is “Pocono”? Amer. Jour. Sci., (5) 29:133-43
1935c? Chart showing formations and fish localities in the Upper Devonian,
in A. S. Romer & B. H. Grove : Environment of the early vertebrates.
Amer. Midland Nat., 16:822
1935c Summary of Upper Devonian stratigraphy (to accompany Romer &
Grove). Amer. Midland Nat., 16:857-62
1935/ Discussion of G. H. Ashley 1935 : Studies in Appalachian mountain
sculpture. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 46:2055-57
1935# Discussion of G. B. Cressey 1935 : Kaaterskill piracy. Geol. Soc.
Amer. Proc., 1934:73
1936 History and value of the name “Catskill” in geology. N. Y. State
Mus. Bui., 307. 116p.
1940 Columnar limestone produced by sun-cracking. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui.,
51 : 1923
* Papers quoted in text but not bearing directly on the region are preceded by an asterisk.
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
237
Chestnut, V. K.
1898 Thirty poisonous plants of the United States. U. S. Dep’t Agric.,
Farmer’s Bui. 86. 32p.
Clark, T. H.
1921 A review of the evidence for the Taconic revolution. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist. Proc., 36:135-63
Clark, W. B., et al
1913 Devonian [of Maryland] : Lower, Middle and Upper. Md. Geol.
Surv., (3 v.). Lower, 156p. ; Middle, 720p. ; Upper, 156p. Baltimore
Clarke, J. M.
1889 The Hercynian question. . . . N. Y. State Geol. Rep’t, 8 :62-91
1891 The “Hercyn-Frage” and the Helderberg limestones in North
America. Amer. Geol., 7:109-13
1899 Guide to excursions in the fossiliferous rocks of New York State.
N. Y. State Mus. Handbook 15. 120p.
1900 The Oriskany fauna of Becraft mountain, Columbia county, New
York. N. Y. State Mus. Mem. 3. 128p. 9 pi.
1901 Value of Amnigenia as an indicator of fresh-water deposits during the
Devonic of New York. . . . N. Y. State Mus.. Bui., 49:199-203
1902 Report of the state paleontologist, 1900, (issued separately 1901).
N. Y. State Mus. Ann. Rep’t, 54, v.l. :3-81
1902a The indigene and alien faunas of the New York Devonic. N. Y. State
Mus. Bui., 52 :664-72
1903 Mastodons of New York. N. Y. State Mus. Bui., 69:921-33
1903a Classification of the New York series of geologic formations. N. Y.
State Mus. Handbook 19. 28p.
1905 Report of the state paleontologist, 1903. N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 80.
133p.
*1907 An interesting style of sand-filled vein. N. Y. State Mus. Bui.,
107:293-94
1909 Early Devonic history of New York and eastern North America,
part 2. N. Y. State Mus. Mem. 9, v. 2. 250p., 36 pi.
1912 Eighth report of the director of the science division. . . . N. Y. State
Mus. Bui. 158. 50p.
1912a Early adaptation in the feeding habits of starfishes. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila. Jour., (2) 15:113-18
1915 Conceptions regarding the American Devonic. N. Y. State Mus. Bui.,
177:115-33
1915a The Oriskany-Pic d’Aurore episode of the Appalachian Devonic.
N. Y. State Mus. Bui., 177:147-53
1 9 1.5& The rifted-relict mountain, a type of “Old Red” orogeny. N. Y.
State Mus. Bui., 177:155-61
1918 Strand and undertow markings of Upper Devonian time as indications
of the prevailing climate. N. Y. State Mus. Bui., 196:199-238
1921 The oldest of the forests. Scientific Monthly, 12 :83-91
— . . & Ruedemann, R.
1903 Catalogue of type specimens of Paleozoic fossils in the New York
State Museum. N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 65. 847p.
1912 The eurypterida of New York. N. Y. State Mus. Mem. 14. 439p.,
88 pi.
- - — & Schuchert, Charles
1899 The nomenclature of the New York series of geological formations.
Science, n.s., 10 :874-78
Cloud, Preston E., jr
1942 Terebratuloid brachiopoda of the Silurian and Devonian. Geol. Soc.
Amer., Spec. Paper 38. 182p., 26 pis.
Cole, A. H.
1892 Paleaster eucharis Hall. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 3 :512-14
Cole, W. Storrs
1938 Erosion surfaces of western and central New York. Jour. Geol.
46:191-206
1941 Appalachian erosion surfaces. Jour. Geol., 49:129-48
Papers quoted in text but not bearing directly on the region are preceded by an asterisk.
238
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Coleman, A. P.
1926 Ice ages, recent and ancient. 296p. New York
Collison, R. C. & Barker, J. F.
1915 Limestones of New York, with reference to their agricultural use.
N. Y. Agric. Exp. Sta., Tech. Bui. 47. 38p.
Cook, J. H.
1909 Some preglacial valleys in eastern New York and their relation to
existing drainage. Science, n.s., 29:750
1922 Ablation of the eastern lobe of the Wisconsin ice sheet. Geol. Soc.
Amer. Bui., 33:117-18
1924 The disappearance of the last glacial ice sheet from eastern New York.
N. Y. State Mus. Bui., 251 :158-76
1930 The glacial geology of the capital district. N. Y. State Mus. Bui.,
285:181-99
1935 The glacial geology of the Berne quadrangle. N. Y. State Mus. Bui.,
303:222-30
Cooper, G. A.
1933 Stratigraphic studies in eastern New York. Smithsonian Inst., ex¬
ploration and field work in 1932, Pub. 3213:13-16
1933a Stratigraphy of the Hamilton group of eastern New York. Amer.
Jour. Sci., (5) 26:537-51; 27:1-12 (1934)
1936 Facies relationships in the Hamilton group of New York. Internat.
G. Congr. XVI, Rep’t 2:1106
1941 Facies relations of the Middle Devonian along the Catskill front.
Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 52:1893
- & Warthin, A. S., jr
1942 New Devonian (Hamilton) correlations. Geol Soc. Amer. Bui.,
53:873-88
Cressey, G. B.
1935 Kaaterskill piracy. Geol. Soc. Amer. Proc., 1934:73
1941 Land-form regions of New York state. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui.,
52:1893-94
♦Crosby, W. O. & I. B.
1925 Keystone faults. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 36:623-40
Daly, R. A.
1920 Oscillations of level in the belts peripheral to the Pleistocene ice caps.
Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 31 :303-18
Dana, J. D.
1880 Manual of geology, 3d ed. 91 lp. New York
1895 Manual of geology, 4th ed. 1087p. New York
Darton, N. H.
1893 The stratigraphic relations of the Oneonta and Chemung formations
in eastern central New York. Amer. Jour. Sci., (3) 45 :203-9
1894 Report on the relations of the Helderberg limestones and associated
formations in eastern New York. N. Y. State Geol. Rep’t, 13:199-228
1894a Preliminary report on the geology of Ulster county. N. Y. State
Geol. Rep’t, 13:289-372
1896 Examples of stream-robbing in the Catskill mountains. Geol. Soc.
Amer. Bui., 7 :505-7
Davis, W. M.
1882 The little mountains east of the Catskills. Appalachia, 3:20-33
1883 The folded Helderberg limestones east of the Catskills. Mus. Comp.
Zool. Bui., 7:311-29
1883a Becraft’s mountain. Amer. Jour. Sci., (3) 26:381-89
1883& The nonconformity at Rondout. Amer. Jour. Sci., (3 ) 26:389-95
1892 The Catskill delta in the postglacial Hudson estuary. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist. Proc., 25 :477-99
1922 Peneplains and the geographical cycle. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui.,
33 : 587-98
1930 Origin of limestone caverns. Geol. Soc. Amer. BuL, 41 :475-628
*De Bethune, Pierre
1935 Thrusting of unfolded rocks. Geol. Soc. Amer. Proc., 1934:325-26
Papers quoted in text but not bearing directly on the region are preceded by an asterisk.
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
239
Dekay, J. E.
1823 Note on the organic remains termed Bilobites from the Catskill moun¬
tains. Lyc. Nat. Hist N. Y. Ann., 1 :45-49
1842 [List of fossil fishes; and fossil mammals]. Zoology of New York
(Nat Hist, pt. I), 1:75, 98-106, 108, 120; 4:385-87
Dewey, Chester
1824 On the geology and mineralogy of the western part of Massachusetts
and a small part of the adjoining states. Amer. Jour. Sci., 8:1-60,
240-44
1837 Remarks on the rocks of New York. Amer. Jour. Sci., 33:121-23
Dickinson, H. T.
1903 Quarries of bluestone and other sandstones in the Upper Devonian of
New York State. N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 61. 112p.
♦Dorsey, G. E.
1926 The origin of color of red beds. Jour. Geol., 34:131-43
Dwight, H. E.
1820 Account of the Kaatskill mountains. Amer. Jour. Sci., 2:11-29
Dwight, W. B.
1866 On a subsidence of land at Coxsackie, New York. Amer. Jour. Sci.,
(2) 41:12-15
Eastman, C. R.
1899 Fish fauna of the Catskill formation. N. Y. State Geol. Rep’t, 17 :323-27
1907 Devonic fishes of the New York formations. N. Y. State Mus. Mem.
10. 235p., 15 pi.
Eaton, Amos
1824 Ought American geologists to adopt the changes in the science pro¬
posed by Phillips and Conybeare? Amer. Jour. Sci., 8:261-63
1827 On the diluvial deposits in the state of New York and elsewhere.
Amer. Jour. Sci., 12 :17-20
1828 Geological nomenclature, classes of rocks, etc. Amer. Jour. Sci.,
14:145-59, 359-68
1829 Geological prodromus. Amer. Jour. Sci., 17 :63-69
1830 All primitive general strata, below granular quartz, are co-temporaneous
and schistose. Amer. Jour. Sci., 17:334-35
1830a Travelling term of Rensselaer for 1830. Amer. Jour. Sci., 19:151-59.
1831 Four cardinal points in stratigraphical geology established by organic
remains. Amer. Jour. Sci., 21 : 199-200
1839 Cherty lime rock, or corniferous lime rock, proposed as the line of
reference. . . . Amer. Jour. Sci., 36:61-71
1840 References to North American localities. . . . Amer. Jour. Sci.,
39:149-56
Eckel, E. C.
1913 Portland cement materials and industry in the United States. U. S.
Geol. Surv. Bui. 522. 401p.
Eights, James
1835 A synopsis of the rocks of the state of New-York. Zodiac, 1 :27-28
1836 Notes of a pedestrian. Zodiac, 1:111-16, 141-43, 146-47
♦Elston, E. D.
1917 Potholes, their variety, origin and significance. Sci. Monthly, 5:554-67;
6:37-53
Emmons, Ebenezer
1846 Agriculture of New York (Nat. Hist., pt V), v. 1. 37lp. illus.
1854 American geology, . . . “Vol. 1.” 194p. Albany
Fairchild, H. L.
1918 Glacial depression and postglacial uplift of northeastern America. Nat.
Acad. Sci. Proc., 4:229-32
1918a Postglacial continental uplift. Science, n.s., 47:615-17
1919 Pleistocene marine submergence of the Hudson, Champlain and St
Lawrence valleys. N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 209-10. 76 pi. illus.
1925 The Susquehanna river in New York and evolution of western New
York drainage. N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 256. 99p. illus.
1929 New York drumlins. Rochester Acad. Sci. Proc., 7:1-37
1932 New York moraines. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 43:627-62
* Papers quoted in text but not bearing directly on the region are preceded by an asterisk.
240
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Fenneman, N. M.
1928 Physiographic divisions of the United States. Assoc. Amer. Geog
Ann., 18:261-353
1930 Physical divisions of the United States [map]. U. S. Geol. Surv.
1938 Physiography of the eastern United States. 714p. New York.
Fenton, C. L. & M A.
1934 Scolithus as a fossil phoronid. Pan- Amer. Geol., 61 :341-48
Fullerton, W. J. & Cox, A. W.
1931 Method and cost of quarrying, crushing, and grinding limestone at the
Catskill plant of the North American Cement Corporation, Catskill.
N. Y. U. S. Bur. Mines, Inform. Circ. 6522. 15p.
Gannett, S. S. & Baldwin, D. H.
1906 Spirit leveling in the state of New York for the years 1896 to 1905
inclusive. U. S. Geol. Surv. Bui. 281. 112p.
^Gardner, J. H.
1935 Origin and development of limestone caverns. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui.,
46:1255-74
Girty, G. H.
1897 A revision of the sponges and coelenterates of the Lower Helderberg
group of New York. N. Y. State Geol. Rep’t, 14:259-32 2
Goldring Winifred
1921 Decreasing salinity of the Pleistocene Champlain sea going south¬
ward. . . , with a brief discussion of the Pleistocene fauna of the
Hudson valley. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 32:132-33
1921a The fossil trees of Schoharie county. N. Y. State Mus. Bui., 227:9-11
1922 Pleistocene fauna of the Hudson valley and its significance. N. Y.
Strte Mus. Bui., 239:181-87
1923 The Devonian crinoids of the state of New York. N. Y. State Mus.
Mem. 16. 670p., 60 pi.
1924 The Upper Devonian forest of seed ferns in eastern New York. N. Y.
State Mus. Bui., 251 :50-92
1925 The fossil forests of Gilboa, N. Y. N. Y. State Mus. Leaflet. 4p.
1927 The oldest known petrified forest. Sci. Monthly, 24:515-29
1931 Handbook of paleontology for beginners and amateurs, Part 2: The
formations. N. Y. State Mus. Handbook 10. 488p., 62 fig.
1935 Geology of the Berne quadrangle. N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 303. 238p.,
72 fig.
- & Flower, R. H.
1942 Restudy of the Schoharie and Esopus formations in New York state.
Amer. Jour. Sci., 240 :673-94
Grabau, A. W.
1899 Moniloporidae, a new family of Paleozoic corals. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist. Proc., 28:409-24
1903 Stratigraphy of Becraft mountain, Columbia county, New York. N. Y.
State Mus. Bui., 69:1030-79
1904 On the classification of sedimentary rocks. Amer. Geol., 33:228-47
1904a The geology of Becraft mountain, N. Y. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Ann.,
15:176
1906 Guide to the geology and paleontology of the Schoharie valley in
eastern New York. N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 92. 386p.
1908 A revised classification of the North American Siluric system. Science,
n.s., 27:622-23
1909 Physical and faunal evolution of North America during Ordovicic,
Siluric and early Devonic time. Jour. Geol., 17:209-52
1912 Stratigraphic and paleontologic features of ancient delta deposits.
Science, n.s., 35:317
1913 Early paleozoic delta deposits of North America. Geol. Soc. Amer.
Bui., 24:399-528
1915 North American continent in Upper Devonic time. Science, n.s.,
41:509-10; Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 26:88-90
1921 A textbook of geology. Part 2, Historical geology. 976p. New York
Papers quoted in text but not bearing directly on the region are preceded by an asterisk,
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
241
1924 Stratigraphy of China. Part 1, Paleozoic and older. Geol. Surv.
China. 528p. Peking
1930 Problems in Chinese stratigraphy, part 3, Science Quart. Nat. Univ.
Peking, 1 (no. 4) :303-40
1938 Classification of the Paleozoic systems in the light cf the pulsation
theory. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 49 : 1932-33
- & Shimer, H. W.
1909 North American index fossils, v. 1, 853p., illus. ; v. 2, 909p., illus.
New York
Guyot, Arnold
1880 On the physical structure of the Catskill mountain region. Amer.
Jour. Sci., (3) 19:429-51
Hall, James
1859 Descriptions and figures of the organic remains of the Lower Helder-
berg group and the Oriskany sandstone. Natural History of New
York: Paleontology 3. 532p. (pt. 1) ; 142 pi. (pt. 2)
1867 Descriptions and figures of the fossil brachiopoda of the Upper Helder-
berg, Hamilton, Portage and Chemung groups. Natural History of
New York: Paleontology 4. 428p., 69 pi.
1874 Descriptions of bryozoa and corals of the Lower Helderberg group.
N. Y. State Mus. Rep’t, 26:93-116
1876 Illustrations of Devonian fossils ; corals of the Upper Helderberg and
Hamilton groups. 38 pi. and expl. Albany
1879 Descriptions of the gastropoda, pteiopoda and cephalopoda of the
Upper Helderberg, Hamilton, Portrge and Chemung groups. Natural
History of New York: Paleontology 5. pt. 2, 492p., 120 pi.
1879a Corals and bryozoans of the Lower Helderberg group. N. Y. State
Mus. Rep’t, 32:141-76
1883 Fossil corals and bryozoans of the Lower Helderbe g group, and
fossil bryozoans of the Upper Helderberg group [plates]. N. Y. State
Geol. Rep’t, 2 :17-[84]
1883a Bryozoans of the Upper Helderberg and Hamilton groups. Albany
Inst. Trans., 10:145-97
1884 Lamellibranchiata I. Monomyaria of the Upper Helderberg, Hamilton
and Chemung groups. Natural History of New York: Paleontology 5.
pt. 1. v. 1. 268p., 45 pi.
1885 Lamellibranchiata II. Dimyaria of the Upper Helderberg, Hamilton,
Portage and Chemung groups. Natural History of New York:
Paleontology 5. pt. 1. v. 2. 293p., 51 pi.
1887 Corals and bryozoa; descriptions and figures of species from the Lower
Helderberg, Upper Helderberg and Hamilton groups, Natural History
of New York : Paleontology 6. 298p., 67 pi.
1888 Descriptions and illustrations of pteropoda, cephalopoda and annelida ;
Natural History of New York: Paleontology 7 (supplement to v. 5
pt. 2). 42p., 18 pi.
1891 Continuation of descriptions of bryozoa, . . . N. Y. State Geol. Rep’t,
10:35-57
; - & Clarke, J. M.
1888 Descriptions of the trilobites and other Crustacea of the Oriskany,
Upper Helderberg, Hamilton, Portage, Chemung and Catskill groups.
Natural History of New York : Paleontology 7. 236p., 46 pi.
1893 An introduction to the study of the genera of Paleozoic brachiopoda.
Natural History of New York: Paleontology 8. pt. 1, 367p., 44 pi.;
pt. 2, 394p., 64 pi.
Hartnagel, C. A.
1903 Preliminary observations on the Cobleskill (“coralline”) limestone of
New York. N. Y. State Mus. Bui., 69: 1109-75
1905 Notes on the Siluric or Ontario section of eastern New York. N. Y.
State Mus. Bui., 80:342-58
1912 Classification of the geologic formations of the state of New York.
N. Y. State Mus. Handbook 19. 2d. ed. 99p.
242
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
— — — - - & Bishop, S. C.
1922 The mastodons, mammoths and other Pleistocene mammals of New
York State. N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 241. 110p., 25 pi.
Heilprin, Angelo
1907 The Catskill mountains. Amer. Geog. Soc. Bui., 39:193-99
Henderson, Junius
1935 Fossil nonmarine mollusca of North America. Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Special Papers No. 3. 313p.
Hinde, G. J.
1887 On the genus Hindia and the name of its typical species. Ann. and
Mag. Nat Hist., (5) 19:67-79
Howell, B. F.
1942 New localities for fossils in the Devonian Esopus grit. N. Y. State
Mus. Bui., 327 :87-93 (*And associated papers.)
Hubbard, G. D. & Wilder, C. G.
1930 Validity of the indicators of ancient climates. Geol; Soc. Amer. Bui.,
41 :275-92
Hubbard, O. P.
1889 [Pothole near Catskill, N. Y.]. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Trans., 9:3
Hunt, T. S.
1864 On the geology of eastern New York. Amer. Jour. Sci., (2) 39:96-97
Ingram, H. B.
1894 The great bluestone industry. Pop. Sci. Monthly, 45:352-59
Jackson, D. D.
1904 The normal distribution of chlorine in the natural waters of the state
of New York. (From) Add. Water Sup. Com. of City of N. Y.
Rep’t, 1903. 5p. and map
Jenkins, J. P.
1821 Notice of some facts at Hudson. Amer. Jour. Sci., 4:33-35
Johnson, D. W.
1916 Plains, planes and peneplanes. Geog. Review, 1 :443-47
1917 Date of local glaciation in the White, Adirondack, and Catskill moun¬
tains. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 28:543-53
Jones, R. W.
*1919 The geology of the Catskill Portland-cement region. Amer. Ceram.
Soc. Jour., 2:870-82
1926 Limestone for Portland cement in Greene county, New York. Eng.
& Min. Jour.-Press, 121 :805-6
Julien, A. A.
1881 The excavation of the bed of the Kaaterskill, New York. N. Y.
Acad. Sci. Trans., 1 :24-31
Kay, G. Marshall
1940 Taconic disturbance and associated events. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui.,
51 :1932
- & Chadwick, G. H.
1933 The Catskill region. Internat. Geol. Congr. XVI, Guidebook 9a.
25p. Gov't Ptg. Off.
Kimball, J. P.
1890 Siderite basins of the Hudson River epoch. Amer. Jour. Sci., (3)
40:155-60
♦Kindle, E. M.
1914 Columnar structure in limestone. Can. Geol. Surv. Mus. Bui., 2:35-39
*1917 Recent and fossil ripple-mark. Can. Geol. Surv. Mus. Bui. 25. 56p.
Krynine, Paul D.
1940 Appalachian orogeny and sedimentation. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 51 :
1999
1941 Differentiation of sediments during the life history of a landmass.
Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 52:1915
1941a Paleogeographic and tectonic significance of graywackes. Ibid.: 1916
Leverett, Frank
1930 [Glacial striae on Slide mountain] Nat. Res. Council Repr. & Circ.
Ser., 92:88-89
Papers quoted in text but not bearing directly on the region are preceded by an asterisk.
cAtskill and kaXterskill quadrangles
243
Lincklaen, Ledyard
1861 Guide to -the geology of New York. N. Y. State Cab. Nat Hist
Rep’t, 14:17-84, 1-41 (plates)
Lobeck, A. K.
1921 A physiographic diagram of the United States, [map]. Chicago
1932 Atlas of American geology. 91 sheets (unbound), illus. Geog. Press,
Columbia Univ., New York
Logan, W. E. & Hall, James
1869 Geological map of Canada . . . [and part of United States]. Canada
Geol. Surv.
Longwell, C. R.
1933 Eastern New York and western New England. Internat. Geol. Congr.
XVI, Guidebook 1. 118p. Gov’t Ptg. Off.
Macfarlane, James
1879 An American geological railway guide, . . . 219p. New York.
Macfarlane, J. R.
1890 An American geological railway guide ... 2d ed. 426p. New York.
McGee, W. J.
1894 Preliminary geologic map of New York [map]. N. Y. State Geol.
Surv. (U.S.G.S.)
Mackin, J. H.
1933 The evolution of the Hudson- Delaware- Susquehanna drainage. Amer.
Jour. Sci., (5) 26:319-31
1938 The origin of Appalachian drainage — a reply. Amer. Jour. Sci.,
(5) 36:27-53
Marshall, R. 6.
1918 Results of spirit leveling in New York, 1906 to 1911, inclusive. U. S.
Geol. Surv. Bui. 514. 139p.
1918a Spirit leveling in New York, 1896-1905 and 1912-1916. U. S. Geol.
Surv. Bui. 671. 214p.
Mather, W. W.
1838 Report of the first geological district of the state of New York.
N. Y. Geol. Surv. Ann. Rep’t, 2:121-84
1840 Fourth annual report of the first geological district of the state of
New York. N. Y. Geol. Surv. Ann. Rep’t, 4:209-58
1841 Fifth annual report on the geological survey of the first geological
district. . . . N. Y. Geol. Surv. Ann. Rep’t, 5:63-112
1843 Geology of New York. Part 1, comprising the geology of the first
geological district. (Nat. Hist., pt. IV) v. 1. 653p.
Mease, James
1807 A geological account of the United States . . . 496p. Phila.
Melish, John
1818 A geographical description of the United States. 134p. Phila.
Mencher, Ely
1939 Catskill facies of New York state. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 50:1761-94
Merrill, F. J. H.
1898 A guide to the study of the geological collections of the New York
State Museum. N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 19. 164p., 119pl., map
1902 Description of the state geologic map of 1901. N. Y. State Mus. Bui.
56. 42p.
Merwin, H. E.
1911 The topographic development of the Catskill mountains. Science, n.s.,
33 :550-51
1920 Some features of stream development and of glaciation in the Catskill
mountains. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 31 : 152
Meyerhoff, H. A. & Olmsted, E. W.
1936 The origins of Appalachian drainage. Amer. Jour. Sci., (5) 32:21-42
1938 Evolution of the northern Appalachian drainage divide. Geol. Soc.
Amer. Bui., 49:1938
Miers, H. A.
1907 Obituary; Samuel Lewis Penfield. Miner. Mag., 14:264-68
244
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Miller, A. K.
1936 Type invertebrate fossils of North America (Devonian) ; Ammonoidea.
50 cards, fig. Phila.
Miller, S. A.
1877 The American Paleozoic fossils . . . 253p. Cincinnati
. 1883 The American Paleozoic fossils, 2d ed. 334 p. Cincinnati
1889 North American geology and paleontology. 664p. Cincinnati
1892 First appendix to North American geology, p.665-718. Cincinnati
1897 Second appendix to North American geology, p.719-93. Cincinnati
Miller, W. J.
1914 The geological history of New York state. N. Y. State Mus. Bui.
168. 130p.
1924 The geological history of New York state. 2d. ed. N. Y. State Mus.
Bui. 255. 148p., 52 pi.
Moore, Raymond C.
1941 Stratigraphy. In Geology 1888-1938. Geol. Soc. Amer. 50th Anniv.
Vol. :177-220
Nason, F. L.
1894 Economic geology of Ulster county, New York. N. Y. State Geol.
Rep’t, 13:373-406
Newberry, J. S.
1889 The Paleozoic fishes of North America. U. S. Geol. Surv. Monog. 16. ■
340p.
Newland, D. H.
1916 Landslides in unconsolidated sediments, . . . N. Y. State Mus. Bui.
187:79-105
1921 The mineral resources of the State of New York. N. Y. State Mus.
Bui. 223-24. 315p.
1933 The Paleozoic stratigraphy of New York. Internat. Geol. Congr. XVI,
Guidebook 4. 136p. Gov’t Ptg. Off.
New York Geological Survey
1842 Geological map of the State of New York
New York State Museum
1904 Economic geology of New York. N. Y. State Mus. Handbook 17. 40p.
Nickles, J. M. & Bassler, R. S.
1900 A synopsis of American fossil bryozoa. . . . U. S. Geol. Surv. Bui.
173. 663p.
Osborn, H. F.
1900 A glacial pothole in the Hudson River shales near Catskill, New York.
Amer. Nat., 34:33-36
Parker, John M. Ill
1942 Regional systematic jointing in sedimentary rocks. Geol. Soc. Amer.
Bui., 53:381-408
Parks, W. A.
1935 Systematic position of the stromatoporoidea. Jour. Pal., 9:18-29
1.936 Devonian stromatoporoids of North America, part 1. Toronto Univ.
Studies, Geol. ser. 39. 125p., 19 pi.
Peet, C. E.
1904 Glacial and postglacial history of the Hudson and Champlain valleys.
Jour. Geol., 12:415-69, 617-60
Pepper, J. F.
1934 The Taconic and Appalachian orogenies in the Hudson river region.
Science, n.s., 80:186
Pierce, James
1823 A memoir on the Catskill mountains. . . . Amer. Jour. Sci., 6:86-97
Prosser, C. S.
1891 The geological position of the Catskill group. Amer. Geol., 7 :351-66
1899 Classification and distribution of the Hamilton and Chemung series of
central and eastern New York, part 2. N. Y. State Geol. Rep’t
17:65-315
1903 Notes on the geology of eastern New York. Amer. Geol., 32:381-84
1915 The middle and upper Devonian of the Romney, West Virginia,
Region. Jour. Geol., 23:11-26
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
245
Rafter, G. W.
1905 Hydrology of the state of New York. N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 85.
902p.
Ramsay, A. C.
1859 On some of the glacial phenomena of Canada and the northeastern
provinces of the United States . . . Geol. Soc. Lond. Quart. Jour.,
15:200-15
Raymond, P. W.
1927 The significance of red color in sediments. Amer. Jour. Sci., (5)
13:234-51; 14:157-58
Raymond, R. W.
1876 The spathic iron ores of the Hudson river. Amer. Inst. Min. Eng.
Trans., 4:339-43
Reid, H. F.
1922 Isostasy and earth movements. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 33 :317-26
Rich, J. L.
1906 Local glaciation in the Catskill mountains. Jour. Geol., 14:113-21
1911 Gravel as a resistant rock. Jour. Geol., 19:492-506
1915 Notes on the physiography and glacial geology of the northern Cats¬
kill mountains. Amer. Jour. Sci., (4) 39:137-66
1917 An instance of the changing value of geographical location. Jour.
Geog., 15:185-89
1917a Local glaciation in the Catskill mountains. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui.,
28:133-34
191 7b Cultural features and the physiographic cycle. Geog. Review,
4:297-308
1918 The glacial phenomena of the Catskill mountains. N. Y. State Mus.
Bui., 196:32-39
1934 Mechanics of low-angle overthrust faulting . . . Amer. Assoc. Pet.
Geol. Bui., 18:1584-96
1935 Glacial geology of the Catskills. N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 299. 180p.
1936 Questioning too many peneplains. Geol. Soc. Amer. Proc., 1935 : 98-99
1941 Buried stagnant ice as a normal product. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui.,
52:1929
Ries, Heinrich
1891 The quaternary deposits of the Hudson river valley between Croton
and Albany. N. Y. State Geol. Rep’t, 10:110-55
1891a The clays of the Hudson River valley. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Trans.,
11:33-39
1897 Physical tests of the Devonian shales of New York . . . N. Y. State
Geol. Rep’t, 15:673-98
1899 Limestones of New York and their economic value. N. Y. State
Geol. Rep’t, 17:355-467
1901 Lime and cement industries of New York. N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 44.
332p., 101 pi.
^Rogers, H. D. & W. B.
1843 On the physical structure of the Appalachian chain . . . Assoc. Amer.
Geologists Rep’t: 70-71, 474-531
*Roy, S. K.
1929 Columnar structure in limestone. Science, n.s., 70:140-41
Ruedemann, Rudolf
1904 Graptolites of New York. Part 1, graptolites of the lower beds. N. Y.
State Mus. Mem. 7. 350p., 17 pi.
1908 Graptolites of New York. Part 2, graptolites of the higher beds.
N. Y. State Mus. Mem. 11. 584p, 31 pi.
1930 Geology of the capital district. N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 285. 218p.,
40 fig., 39 pi.
1931 Age and origin of the siderite and limonite of the Burden iron
mines. . . . N. Y. State Mus. Bui., 286:135-49
1932 Development of drainage of Catskills. Amer. Jour. Sci., (5) 23 :337-49
1932a Guide to the fossil exhibits of the New York State Museum. N. Y.
State Mus. Circ. 9. 53p.
Papers quoted in text but not bearing directly on the region are preceded by an asterisk.
246
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1934 Paleozoic plankton of North America. Geol. Soc. Affler. Mem. 2.
141p., 26 pi.
1935 Ecology of black mud shales of eastern New York. Jour. Pal.,
9:79-91
& Wilson, T. Y.
1936 Eastern New York Ordovician cherts. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui.,
47:1535-86
Salisbury, R. D. & Atwood, W. W.
1908 The interpretation of topographic maps. U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof.
Paper 60. 84p.
Sarle, C. J.
1906 Preliminary note on the nature of Taonurus. Rochester Acad. Sci.
Proc., 4:211-14
Schuchert, Charles
1897 A synopsis of American fossil brachiopoda. U. S. Geol. Soc. Bui. 87.
464p.
1900 Lower Devonic aspect of the Lower Helderberg and Oriskany forma¬
tions. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 11:241 -332
1903 On the Manlius formation of New York. Amer. Geol., 31 : 160-78
1910 Paleogeography of North America. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 20:427-606
1925 Significance of Taconic orogeny. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 36:343-50
1927 Winters in the Upper Devonian of New York and Acadia. Amer.
Jour. Sci., (5) 13:123-31
1930 Orogenic times of the northern Appalachians. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui.,
41:701-24
- & Longwell, C. R.
1932 Paleozoic deformations of the Hudson valley. . . . Amer. Jour. Sci.,
(5 ) 23:305-26
Shaler, N. S.
1879 On the existence of the Alleghany division of the Appalachian range
within the Hudson valley. Amer. Nat., 11 :627-28
Sherwood, Andrew
1878 Section of Devonian rocks made in the Catskill mountain at Palenville,
Kauterskill creek, New York. Amer. Philos. Soc. Proc., 17 :346-49
♦Smith, Burnett
1929 Influence of erosion intervals on the Manlius -Helderberg series of
Onondaga county, New York. N. Y. State Mus. Bui., 281 :25-36
Smock, J. C.
1885 Evidences of local glaciers in the Catskill mountain region. Amer.
Ass’n Adv. Sci. Proc., 33:403-4
♦Stansfield, John
1918 Concentric ridges on naturally occurring silica. Roy. Soc. Can. Trans.,
(3) 11 IV :1 17-20
Stevens, N. E.
1912 Notes on the structure and glaciation of Overlook mountain. N. Y.
Acad. Sci. Annals, 22: 259-66
Swartz, C. K. & committee
1942 Correlation of the Silurian formations of North America. Geol. Soc.
Amer. Bui., 53 :533-38
Swartz, F. M.
1938 Ostracoda from the Lower Devonian of eastern New York and Penn¬
sylvania. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 49:1902-3
Talbot, Mi$non
1905 Revision of the New York Helderbergian crinoids. Amer. Jour. Sci.,
(4) 20:17-34
Ulrich, E. O.
1911 Revision of the Paleozoic systems. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 22:28 1-680.
Index, ibid, 24:625-68
- & Bassler, R. S.
1904 A revision of the Paleozoic bryozoa. Smith. Misc. Coll., 45 (1) :256-94;
47(2) :15-55
— & Ruedemann, R.
1931 Are the graptolites bryozoans? Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 42:589-603
Papers quoted In text but not bearing directly on the region are preceded by an asterisks
cAtskill and kAaterskill quadrangles 247
- & Schuchert, C.
1902 Paleozoic seas and barriers in eastern North America, N. Y. State
Mus. Bui., 52:633-63
Upham, Warren
1889 Glaciation of mountains in New England and New York. Amer.
Geol., 4:165-74, 205-16
1903 The glacial lakes Hudson-Champlain and St Lawrence. Amer. Geol.,
32 :223-30
1905 Glacial lakes and marine submergence in the Hudson-Champlain
valley. Amer. Geol., 36:285-89
Van Ingen, G. & Clark, P. E.
1903 Disturbed fossiliferous rocks in the vicinity of Rondout, N. Y. N. Y.
State Mus. Bui., 69:1176-1227
♦Van Tuyl, F. M.
1918 The origin of chert. Amer. Jour. Sci., (4)45:449-56
Vanuxem, Lardner
1842 Geology of New York. Part 3, Comprising the survey of the third
geological district. (Nat. Hist., pt. 3) v. 1. 306p.
Ver Wiebe, W. A.
1932 Present distribution and thickness of Paleozoic systems. Geol. Soc.
Amer. Bui., 43 :495-540
Ward, L. F.
1889 The geographical distribution of fossil plants. U. S. Geol. Surv. Rep’t,
8 : 663-960
♦White, I. C.
1882 The geology of Pike and Monroe counties. Pa. Geol. Surv., 2d, G6.
407p.
Whitlock, H. P.
1903 List of New York mineral localities. N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 70. 108p.
1910 Calcites of New York. N. Y. State Mus. Mem. 13. 190p.
♦Willard, Bradford
1935 Devonian ice in Pennsylvania. Jour. Geol., 43:214-19
Willis, Bailey
1893 The mechanics of Appalachian structure. U. S. Geol. Surv. Ann.
Rep’t, 13. pt. 2:211-81
1912 Index to the stratigraphy of North America. U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof.
Paper 71. 894p.
Willis, Robin
1935 Development of thrust faults. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 46:409-24
Wilmarth, M. G.
1938 Lexicon of geologic names of the United States. U. S. Geol. Surv.
Bui. 896. 2396p. (2 vs.)
Woodworth, J. B.
1905 Ancient water levels of the Champlain and Hudson valleys. N. Y.
State Mus. Bui. 84. 265p.
Wright, Benjamin
1821 Lime for water cement. Amer. Jour. Sci., 3:230-31
Zodac, Peter
1936 Phosphorescent selenite from Hudson, N. Y. Rocks & Minerals, 11 :59
* Papers quoted in text but not bearing directly on the region are preceded by an asterisk.
Editor’s Note: Quoted material has been edited in conformity
with editorial practices of the New York State Education Depart¬
ment.
248
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
FINAL ADDENDA
In the carefully thought-out correlation chart of the Devonian by
Doctor Cooper (Dec., 1942; Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 53: facing page
1/88), our ‘Erian” rocks are determined as follows:
Kaaterskill sandstones
Kiskatom
red
and green
_ beds _
Ashokan
sandstones
Mount Marion
_ shale and sandstone^
Stony Hollow sandstone
Bakoven shale
Tully (perhaps also Geneseo)
Moscow
Ludlowville
Skaneateles
_ plus Mottville _
Pecksport ) Cardiff
Solsville t dark
Bridgewater J shale
Chittenango black shale _
Cherry Valley _
Union Springs _ _
On our map the Stony Hollow sandstone is included (as origi¬
nally) in the Mount Marion beds and is the lower 100 feet or so
(our page 107 and figure 41) that has distinct topographic expression
and that overrides the “coal” at Houck’s (page 171; see also 191).
Both Tully and Geneseo are made Middle Devonian by Cooper (see
our page 122).
For the higher (Senecan) strata, Cooper accepts our correlations,
awaiting the more refined tracing that these beds unquestionably
require.
Condensation may have left undetected errors in references that
the reader can doubtless solve. Most of the many less important
titles cut from the bibliography may easily be found in the U. S.
Geol. Surv. bibliographic bulletins; those that might confuse are (in
Bui 746:) Chance 1880 (G4) ; Clarke 1884 (1885b), 1885(a), 1901
1902a), 1930(a); Conrad 1842(a); Eaton 1823(a), 1824 (Erie
Canal); Hall 1851(6), 1862(w), 1863(f), 1873 (23d St. Cab.),
1878(6), 1893(a) 1894(a) ; Lesley 1882 (G6) ; Jules Marcou
1855(c) ; Merrill (1906(c) ; Mitchill 1798; H. S. Williams, 1900(c),
1910(6) ; (in Bui 823:) Ernst Antevs 1 ; Chadwick 20; Fairchild 24;
Grabau 6; G. F. Wright 2; (in Buis. 834, 869:) Bassler 221 ; Chad¬
wick 465; Cooper 562, 751 [1934, see 1933a]. Chadwick 1907 is a
master’s thesis deposited in University of Rochester and State
Museum.
INDEX
Alluvial plains, 15, 18, 36
Alsen limestone, 79-81
Altitude, land, effect of ice on, 212
Anticlines, defined, 158; anticline
over anticline, 177
Ashokan flagstones, 112-16, 233, 248
Austin’s glen, folding at, 158; un¬
conformity at, 145
Bakoven black shale, 100-4, 233, 248
Bakoven valley, 12; glaciation, 186
Basal unconformity, 141-50
Becraft limestone, 75-79
Becraft’s mountain, 19, 32, 34; un¬
conformity at, 149
Bedding, 154, 157
Belted hills, 8-19
Bibliography, 234-47
Black shale, 100-4
Blossburg coal field, 31
Boulders, glacial, 206
Bricks, manufacture, 36
Cairo Roundtop, 15, 16
Canoe hill, fault, 172
Cats kill, 17; defined, 18; glacial
delta, 198
“Catskill formation”, 20
Catskill mountain group, 36
Catskill red-beds, 29
Catskill shaly limestone, 64, 71-75;
naming of, 75
Cauterskill-Leeds road, unconform¬
ity at, 146
Central range, 16
Chattermarks, 202
Chert, Glenerie limestone and
chert, 85-88
Clayplains, glacial effects on, 214
Cloves, 19
Cocktail grit, 88
Coeymans, pronunciation, 67
Coeymans limestone, 63-67
Coeymans-Manlius contact, 152
Collarback, 11
Debate, principal topics of, 43
Deformational structures, 157-64
Deltas, glacial streams, 211; great
Devonian delta, 225-27; Lake Al¬
bany, 197
Delthyris shaly limestone, 64, 71
Depositional structures, 154-57
Derelict hilltops, 172. 176
Devonian delta. 225-27
Diamond hill, 29; description, 22
Drainage, glacial, 206; history of
erosion, 230-33
Drainage courses, 16-18
Drumlins, 188
East Jewett spur range, 16
Echo hill, 11
Erosion, glacial. 186-88; history of
erosion, 230-33
Erosional structures, 181-85
Erratics, glacial, 205
Eskers, 191
Esopus delta, 198
Esopus shale, 32, 88-92: varietv of
formations in contact with, 178
Falls, 20, 21
Fault floors, 185
Fault swamps, 185
Faultliers. 184: defined, 181
Faults, 158: derelict hilltops, 172;
downward overthrusts, 172; key¬
stone, 180; multiple slices, 172:
nested folds, 174: pivotal, 171;
special cases, 171-79
Fensters, 181, 185
Flagstones, Ashokan, 112-16
Folding, 157; belt of, 179; time of
second folding, 227-30
Folds, 164
Formational contacts, 141-54
Formations, Alsen, 79; Ashokan,
112; Bakoven, 100; Becraft. 75;
Catskill, 71; Coeymans, 63; Eso¬
pus, 88; Glenerie, 85: Kaaterskill,
122; Kalkberg, 67; Katsberg, 135;
Kiskatom, 119; Manlius, 59;
Mount Marion, 104; Onondaga,
94; Onteora, 125; Port Ewen, 81;
Rondout, 45; Schoharie, 92;
Stony Clove, 130
Fossils, first published lists of, 38
Fossils, found in Alsen, 80; Asho¬
kan, 115; Bakoven, 103; Becraft,
79; Catskill, 72; Coeymans, 64;
1249]
250
INDEX
Esopus, 91; Glenerie, 87; Kaater-
skill, 122; Kalkberg, 68; Kiska-
tom, 120; Manlius, 60; Mount
Marion, 107-12; Onondaga, 99;
Onteora and Katsberg, 129; Port
Ewen, 82; Rondout, 51; Scho¬
harie, 93
Fuyk sandstone, 11, 54; unconform¬
ity, 146
Geological history, 221-33; histori¬
cal accounts of, 19-44
Glacial boulders, 206
Glacial erosion, 186-88
Glacial erratics, 205
Glacial moraines, 183, 193
Glacial striae, 205
Glacial topics of debate, 43
Glaciation, effect on drainage, 17;
features due to, 186-221; glacial
and glaciofluvial deposits, 188-
202; glacial vestigia, 202-6; indi¬
rect effects of, 206-21
Glauconite, 153
Glenerie limestone and chert, 85-88
Gravel-plains, 192, 197
Great Falls, 18
Great Vly, 11; unconformity at, 147
Helderberg group, 35
High Falls, 18
High Falls pass, 15
High peak range, 16
Hill ranges, 8-19
History, geological, 221-33; pub¬
lished accounts of, 19-44
Hooge berg range, 11, 12; glacial
erosion, 186; ice-margin rivers,
211
Hudson river, drainage, 231; effect
of glaciation on, 18
Hudson River Slate group, 35
Hunter mountain, 16
Ice sheet, see Glaciation
Inkers, 182; defined, 181
Isoclines, 229
Jansen kill, delta, 197
Jefferson Heights delta, 198, 201
Kaaters kill, 17
Kaaterskill clove, 17
Kaaterskill High Peak, 16, 18
Kaaterskill Roundtop, 16, 18
Kaaterskill sandstones, 122-25
Kalk berg range, 11; derelict hill¬
tops, 172; fault floors and fault
swamps, 185; nested folds, 174;
rock folds, 157
Kalkberg limestone, 67-71
Karnes, 192
Kats berg range, 11
Katsbaan, 12, 18
Katsberg red-beds, 126, 135-39
Kettle-holes, 192
Keystone faults, 180
Kill, defined, 18
Kiskatom flats, 15, 18
Kiskatom red-beds, 119-22, 226, 233,
248
Kykuit, 11
Lake Albany, 11, 12, 197
Lakes, 192; glacial, 209
Land altitude,, effect of ice on, 212
Leeds facies, 233
Limekiln hill, 46, 53
Limestone, Alsen, 79-81; Becraft,
75-79; Catskill shaly, 71-75; Coey-
mans, 63-67; Glenerie, 85-88;
Kalkberg, 67-71; Manlius, 59-63;
Onondaga, 94-100
Luyster berg, 11
Manlius-Coeymans contact, 152
Manlius (Olney) limestone, 59-63
Meander, 213
Monocline, defined, 158
Moraines, 193
Mt Airy, 12
Mt Marion, 12
Mount Marion beds, 104-12, 233,
248
Mt Tobias, 16
Mountain House, 29, 32
Mountain-making processes, 157
Multiple slices, 172
Nested folds, 174
North American plant, fault plane
at, 163; faultlier at, 184; uncon¬
formity at, 146
Ohayo mountain, 18
Old King’s road, 18
Olney limestone, 59-63
Onondaga limestone, 94-100
Onteora red-beds, 125-30
Open seas, time of, 223-25
INDEX
251
Oriskany sandstone, 87; sub-Oris-
kany unconformity, 150-52
Orogenic processes, 157-64
Outliers, 181
Overlook peak, 187
Overthrust planes, 172
Overthrusts, downward, 172
Pebble layers, 154
Pebbles, 226
Peneplain, effects of erosion on,
231
Physiographic belts, 8-19
Physiographic topics of debate, 43
Piedmont belt, 15; ice-margin
rivers, 211
Pine Orchard mountain, 187
Pitted gravel plains, 192, 197
Pivotal faults, 171
Platte kill, 17, 19
Plattekill clove, 17
Port Ewen beds, 81-85
Post road, 18
Post’s creek, 27
Quarry hill, 46, 53; unconformity
at, 146
Quartz crystals, Diamond hill, 22
Quatawichnaach esker, 191
Red-beds, 29; early recognition of,
20; facies changes on the red-bed
delta, 139; Katsberg, 135-39; Kis-
katom, 119-22; name Catskill at¬
tached to, 27; Onteora, 125-30
Red (Brick) School, unconformity
at, 146
References, 234-47
Rivers, glacial, 211; history of ero¬
sion, 230
Rocdrumlins, 191
Rock folds, 157
Rock formations, 44-140
Rocks, formational contacts, 141-
54; New York series, 32, 33
Roeliff Jansen kill, delta, 197
Rogers island, 18
Rondout water! t me, 45-54; taxono¬
my of, 51
Roundtop range, 16
Royal post road, 18
Sandstones, Kaaterskill, 122-25;
Stony Clove, 130-35
Sap hill, 11
Saugerties, 18
Saugerties shaly limestone, new
term for, 233
Schoentag’s, unconformity at, 149
Schoharie grit, new facies term for,
233
Schoharie shale, 92-94
Seas, open, time of, 223-25
Shale, Bakoven, 100-4; Esopus, 88-
92; Schoharie, 92-94
Shults’s hill, unconformity at, 149
Slickensides, 158
Stony clove, 19; glacial cutting of,
209
Stony Clove sandstones, 130-35
Stony Hollow sandstone, 248
Storm-rollers, 153
Stratification, 154, 157
Stream meander, 213
Streeke, 12
Striae, 202
Stromatopora beds, 59
Structural features, 154-85; arrange¬
ment of, 164-71 ; deformational,
157-64; depositional, 154-57; ero-
sional, 181-85; special cases, 171-
79
Sub-Oriskany unconformity, 150-52
Sup berg, 11; inlier, 182
Synclines, 164, 182; defined, 158
Taantje mountains, 15, 18
Terraces, lower, 15
Tertiary lands, 36
Thrust-faults, 158
Timmerman’s hill, 12
Tys ten Eyck range, 15, 16, 18
Unconformity, basal, 141-50; Coey-
mans-Manlius contact, 152; lesser
breaks, 153; sub-Oriskany, 150-52
VeddePs hill, 12
Wall of Manitou, 11, 16; glacial
erosion, 187
Waterfalls, 20, 21
Waterlime, Rondout, 45-54; tax¬
onomy of, 51
West berg, 11
West Camp, unconformity at, 147
West Catskill, 198; stream meander,
213
legend
C f J
)Katsbergj
Onteora
■
Kiskato-m
"red-beds”
1
Ashokan
flagstones
Mount Marion
shales and sands
Onondaga limestone
Schoharie shaly limestone
Dp
Port Ewen
{Alscn limestone)
UNCONFORMITY
Known boundaries
Inferred boundaries
Localities of
special note
■Wopl/’fji ,
Color. e:s
JiCb'aTH
Tanner sville
Sputfc
Twilri gin
-Parrfe .
’ H ume-r
Mt.
'Rp urid+o
jfl at LrfUlove
'SuiSrt’daf
M4-V-
•;»* Indian
Dck Hond Mi
-PUmeteU-
'LyuArtV
RsrTT'
Overlook
'Sluuiv
#To bias
>4 VonflKtoeV
;witiejSierg P.
.Xrmkntn<jim —
liub
.DutelUrSetfli
NEW YORK SiATE'MUSEUY
CHARLES C. ADAMS, DIRECTOR
UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
BULLETIN 336
CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
Topography by U. S. Geological Survey and the
State of New York: Catskill quadrangle, 1933 and 1934
(revised); Kaaterskill quadrangle (west of 74° meridian)
GEOLOGIC MAP OF THE CATSKILL AND KAATERSKILL QUADRANGLES
Ge.clogy of the Catskill quadrangle
(Silurian and Devonian on, west side)
by George Halcott Chadwick, 1938.
Geology of the Kaaterskill quadrangle
by George H. Chadwick, 1934-35.
(Quarries not mapped)
Lon ton : mtejrvBl 20 feet
-Datum is mecai, sea level
N ew Y ork State Museum Bulletin
Published by The University of the State of New York
No. 337
ALBANY, N. Y.
December 1944
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Charles C. Adams Ph.D., Director
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
CONTENTS
PAGE
Accomplishments of the year . . . 13
Cooperation with state and other organizations . 14
State and county planning . 16
State Council of Parks . 16
Relation of museum exhibits to schools and colleges . . . 16
Annual attendance to exhibition halls . 18
Information and publicity . 18
Printing and publications . 18
Condition of the exhibition halls and exhibits . _ ...... . 19
Condition of the storage facilities . . A. A. A :: . .... .... 21
Photography and drafting . r.\\ 5 . V . .... .yrr. .... . %'.U. ... 21
Museum collaborators . . . . . r VA - .JT ; . lV . . ... . 22
State Museum Council . ii . A .V. A'A ' v'. . 22
The historic and art collection . . . 22
Summary of the activities of the staff . , . . . .••. . . . , . . 44
Annual financial and statistical summary . . . 53
Retrospect and prospect . 54
Annual bibliography of the State Museum . 67
Museufn accessions for the year . 69
Index . 79
ALBANY
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
1944
M374r-Mr44-2000
!
New York State Education Department
The New ■ York State Museum, June 17, 1943
The Honorable George D. Stoddard
President of the University and
Commissioner of Education
Sir: I beg to submit herewith the report of the Director of the
New York State Museum for the period from July 1, 1942, to March
31, 1943.
Very respectfully
Charles C. Adams
Director
New Y ork State Museum Bulletin
Published by The University of the State of New York
No. 337 ALBANY, N. Y. December 1944
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Charles C. Adams Ph.D., Director
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
CONTENTS
PAGE
Accomplishments of the year . 13
Cooperation with state and other organizations . . . . 14
State and county planning . 16
State Council of Parks . 16
Relation of museum exhibits to schools and colleges . 16
Annual attendance to exhibition halls . 18
Information and publicity . 18
Printing and publications . 18
Condition of the exhibition halls and exhibits . . 19
Condition of the storage facilities . 21
Photography and drafting . 21
Museum collaborators . 22
State Museum Council . 22
The historic and art collection . 22
Summary of the activities of the staff . 44
Annual financial and statistical summary . 53
Retrospect and prospect. . . 54
Annual bibliography of the State Museum . 67
Museum accessions for the year . 69
Index . 79
ALBANY
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
1944
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
Regents of the University
With years when terms expire
1955 Thomas J. Mangan M.A., LL.D., Chancellor ----- Binghamton
1945 William .J. Wallin M.A., LL.D., Vice Chancellor - - - Yonkers
1950 Roland B. Woodward M.A., LL.D. - -- -- -- - Rochester
1951 Wm Leland Thompson B.A., LL.D. - -- -- -- - Troy-
1948 John Lord O’Brian B.A., LL.B., LL.D. ------ Buffalo
1954 George Hopkins Bond Ph.M., LL.B., LL.D. ----- Syracuse
1946 Owen D. Young B.A., LL.B., D.C.S., L.H.D., LL.D. - Van Hornesville
1949 Susan Brandeis B.A., J.D. - -- -- - New York
1947 C. C. Mollenhauer LL.D. - -- -- -- -- -- Brooklyn
1953 W. Kingsland Macy B.A. - -- -- -- -- -- Islip
1952 John P. Myers B.A. - -- -- -- -- -- -- Plattsburg
1956 Stanley Brady B.A., M.D. - -- -- -- -- -- New York
President of the University and Commissioner of Education
George D. Stoddard Ph.D., LL.D., Litt.D., L.H.D.
Deputy and Associate Commissioner (Finance, Administration, Vocational Education)
Lewis A. Wilson D.Sc., LL.D.
Associate Commissioner (Instructional Supervision)
George M. Wiley M.A., Pd.D., L.H.D., LL.D.
Associate Commissioner (Higher and Professional Education)
J. Hillis Miller M.A., Ph.D., Litt.D.
Counsel
Charles A. Brind jr B.A., LL.B., LL.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Research
J. Cayce Morrison M.A., Ph.D., LL.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Teacher Education
Hermann Cooper M.A., Ph.D., LL.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Personnel and Public Relations
Lloyd L. Cheney B.A., Pd.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Finance
Arthur W. Schmidt M.A., Ph.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Instructional Supervision
Edwin R. Van Kleeck M.A., Ph.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Professional Education
Irwin A. Conroe M.A., LL.D., L.H.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Vocational Education
Oakley Furney B.A., Pd.M.
State Librarian
Director of State Museum
Carl E. Guthe M.A., Ph.D.
State Historian
Albert B. Corey M.A., Ph.D.
Directors of Divisions
Adult Education and Library Extension, Frank L. Tolman Ph.B., Pd.D.
Elementary Education, William E. Young M.A., Ph.D.
Examinations and Testing, Harold G. Thompson M.A., LL.D.
Health and Physical Education, Hiram A. Jones M.A., Ph.D., D.Sc.
Higher Education, John S. Allen M.A., Ph.D.
Law, Joseph Lipsky LL.B.
Motion Picture, Irwin Esmond Ph.B., LL.B.
Research, Warren W. Coxe B.S., Ph.D.
School Buildings and Grounds, Don L. Essex M.A., Ph.D.
Secondary Education, Warren W. Knox M.A., Ph.D.
Vocational Rehabilitation, G. Samuel Bohlin B.S.
ILLUSTRATIONS
PAGE
Figure 1 New York State Education Building. The upper floors are
devoted to the offices, laboratories and exhibits of the New
York State Museum . . . . . .Frontispiece
Figure 2 General view of the east end of the Hall of New York History. . 23
Figure 3 Exit from the E. L. Henry Exhibit to the Hall of New York
History; statue of Joseph Henry on right . 24
Figure 4 Stained glass window of Ian Baptit Van Renssilar, and cannon
cast at Amsterdam, Holland, 1630 . 25
Figure 5 Photographs of the Battleship “Maine,” Admiral Charles D.
Sigsbee and Admiral William Parker Potter, of the Spanish
War . 26
Figure 6 Household equipment . 27
Figure 7 'The conquest of the sea; navigation, the quadrant, clipper ships
and the whalers . 28
Figure 8 Medical history and equipment . 29
Figure 9 Woman’s costume of about 1835 in New York City . 30
Figure 10 Lace of about 1860 . . 31
Figure 11 Coverlet of 1843 . 32
Figure 12 New York State stoneware . 33
Figure 13 Old glass and china . 34
Figure 14 Old pewter and silver . 35
Figure 15 From the candle to the electric light . 36
Figure 16 Joseph Henry’s laboratory equipment; the telegraph, the tele¬
phone and the radio . 37
Figure 17 Water colors of birds by Edmund J. Sawyer, and silk screen
by M. Arthur Cohn . 38
Figure 18 European studies by Edward L. Henry . 39
Figure 19 Portrait of Edward L. Henry by C. C. Curran N.A., and
memorabilia of Henry . 40
Figure 20 “Fighting Peacocks,” Anna Hyatt Huntington, sculptor . 41
Figure 21 Polyporus Berkeleyi Fries. A rare fungus, parasitic on roots
of the oak, found in 1942 near Grafton, Rensselaer county, by
Dr John A. Sampson. Photograph by J. A. Glenn . 45
Figure 22 Lake Sanford, Essex county. Sketch published in Harper’s
New Monthly Magazine, p. 457, 1859 . 46
Figure 23 Lake Sanford, Essex county. A region of unusual botanical
interest, site of the Old Adirondack Iron mines, and now the
site of a new development for the titanium found in the iron ore.
Photograph by H. D. House, July 20, 1925 . . . . 47
[5]
6
ILLUSTRATIONS
PAGE
Figure 24 A family of young belted kingfishers near Oneida lake. Photo¬
graph by Dayton Stoner . 48
Figure 25 Scales, notebook and other field equipment used in growth
studies on birds. Two mourning dove eggs rest on the pan of
the balances. Photograph by Dayton Stoner . . .. 49
Figure 26 Work of yellow-bellied sapsucker on hemlock tree at Cleveland,
N. Y. Photograph by Dayton Stoner . 50
Figure 27 Alleged portrait of Ann Lee, founder of the Shakers (from
W. Oxley, Modern Messiahs, London, 1889) . 57
THE LEGAL STATUS OF THE NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
All scientific specimens and collections, works of art, objects, of historic
interest and similar property appropriate to a general museum, if owned by
the State and not placed in other custody by a specific law, shall constitute
the State Museum. [ Education Law, § 54.]
The Librarian of any library owned by the State, or the officer in charge
of any state department, bureau, board, commission or other office may, with
the approval of the Regents, transfer to the permanent custody of the State
Library or Museum any books, papers, maps, manuscripts, specimens or other
articles which, because of being duplicates or for other reasons, will in his judg¬
ment be .more useful to the State in the State Library or Museum than if
retained in his keeping. [Education Law, § 1115.]
THE FUNCTIONS OF THE STATE MUSEUM
“The Museum is the natural scientific center of the State government; it is
the natural depository of all the material brought together by the state sur¬
veys; it is the natural custodian of all purely scientific state records; it is the
natural center of the study of the resources of the State as a political unit;
it must, maintain its capacity for productiveness in pure scientific research —
pure science. has been the justification of the State Museum from the begin¬
ning of its history. * * * In brief, the distinctive sphere and scope of the State
Museum corresponds with the scientific interests and welfare of the people
within the geographic boundaries of the State.
The truest measure of civilization and of intelligence in the government of
a state is the support of its institutions of science, for the science of our time
in its truest sense, is not the opinions or prejudices, the strength or weakness
of its votaries, it is the sum of our knowledge of nature with its infinite appli¬
cations to State welfare, to State progress and to the distribution of human
happiness.” — Henry Fairfield Osborn, an address delivered at the dedication of
the New York State Education Building, October 15, 1912.
THE FUNCTIONS OF A MUSEUM
“A museum is an institution for the preservation of those objects which best
illustrate the phenomena of nature and the works of man, and the utilization
of these for the increase of knowledge and for the culture and enlightenment of
the people..
In addition to local accessories, the opportunity for exploration and field
work are equally essential, not only because of considerations connected with
the efficiency of the staff * * * but in behalf of the general welfare of the
institution. Other things being equal, exploration can be carried on more
advantageously by the museum than by any other institution of learning, and
there is. no other field of research which it can pursue to better advantage.
To aid the occasional inquirer, be he a laboring man, schoolboy, journalist,
public speaker, or savant, to obtain, without cost, exact information upon any
subject related to the specialties of the institution; serving thus as a ‘bureau
of information/
. A museum to be useful and reputable must be constantly engaged in aggres¬
sive work either in education or investigation, or in both.
A museum which is not aggressive in policy and constantly improving can¬
not retain in its service a competent staff and will surely fall into decay.
A finished museum is a dead museum, and a dead museum is a useless
museum.” — G. Brown Goode, formerly assistant secretary, Smithsonian Insti¬
tution.
in
THE VALUE OF RESEARCH
“In the eyes of the world today the reputation of a country does not depend
alone on the size of her armaments, the size of her empire or volume of her
trade so much as upon the contribution she can make to the progress and
happiness of mankind in art, in literature and in science.
“The development of industry depends more or less on the application of
new ideas and discoveries in pure science. Successful industrial research is
ultimately dependent on the prosecution of research in pure science with the
object of adding to our knowledge of the processes of nature, and generally
without regard to the practical applications.” — Stanley Baldwin, Lord President
of the Council, Opening the Mond Laboratory at Cambridge, England. From
the New York Times of February 19, 1933.
' RESEARCH AND EDUCATION
“The future of America is in the hands of two men — the investigator and the
interpreter. We shall never lack for the administrator, the third man needed
to complete this trinity of social servants. And we have an ample supply
of investigators, but there is a shortage of readable and responsible interpreters,
men who can effectively play mediator between specialist and layman. The
practical value of every social invention or material discovery depends upon
its being adequately interpreted to the masses. Science owes its effective
ministry as much to the interpretative mind as to the creative mind. The
knowledge of mankind is advanced by the investigator, but the investigator is
not always the best interpreter of his discoveries. Rarely, in fact, do the
genius for exploration and the genius for exposition meet in the same mind ....
The interpreter stands between the layman, whose knowledge of all things
is indefinite, and the investigator whose knowledge of one thing is authoritative.
The investigator advances knowledge. The interpreter advances progress.
History affords abundant evidence that civilization has advanced in direct ratio
to the efficiency with which the thought of the thinkers has been translated
into the language of the workers. Democracy of politics depends upon democ¬
racy of thought. ‘When the interval between intellectual classes and the prac¬
tical classes is too great,’ says Buckle, ‘the former will possess no influence,
the latter will reap no benefit.’ A dozen fields of thought are today congested
with knowledge that the physical and social sciences have unearthed, and the
whole tone and temper of American life can be lifted by putting this knowledge
into general circulation. But where are the interpreters with the training and
the willingness to think their way through this knowledge and translate it into
the language of the street? I raise the recruiting trumpet for the interpreters.”
— Glenn Frank.
FORM OF BEQUEST
I do hereby give and bequeath to the Board of Regents of The
University of the State of New York, in trust for the New York
State Museum:
[8]
State Museum Council
Orange L. Van Horne
William Otis Hotchkiss
Sanford L. Cluett
Waldemar B. Kaempffert
Lewis K. Sillcox
State Museum Staff
Charles C. Adams Ph.D., D.Sc . Director of State Museum
Alvin G. Whitney A.B . . Assistant Director of State Museum
Winifred Goldring M.A., Sc.D . State Paleontologist
Chris A. Hartnagel M.A . State Geologist
Robert D. Glasgow Ph.D . State Entomologist
Homer D. House Ph.D . State Botanist
Dayton Stoner Ph.D . State Zoologist
John G. Broughton Ph.D . Assistant State Geologist
Kenyon F. Chamberlain . Assistant State Entomologist
Noah T. Clarke . State Archeologist
Walter J. Schoonmaker . Assistant State Zoologist
Louis J. Koster . . . . Museum Technical Assistant
(Taxidermy)
Clinton F. Kilfoyle . Museum Technical Assistant
(Paleontology)
John L. Casey . State Museum Guide
Honorary Curators
William L. Bryant . Honorary Curator of Fossil Fishes
Collaborator
Ephraim P. Felt
Temporary Scientific Appointments
A. F. Buddington Ph.D . Temporary Geologist
William L. Lassiter M.A . Temporary Curator of History
Elizabeth McCausland M.A . Temporary Expert
Royal E. Shanks Ph.D . Temporary Plant Ecologist (Botany )
[9]
'
* • ;
>< :
‘
'• " ;'fV‘ ; 1 " M //
■•V. i/.v, . f.
’
I
>■< .v.w ■ '
v ! • < ) 1 ;
' A 1 ■ l ' VI, \\’: ,'V .Vl vA
•
>'■■ ■■ . \ ■
" ,u» -V .. :
vV • \ , \:rt. V;’: ‘ ' .
!
.
" i * 1 :
vo
.. V-.. . • . \ \ - } v
.
,
' V. . .'V'v..'V •••''■ .
.
*
Figure 1 New York State Education Building. The upper floors are devoted to the offices, laboratories and exhibits of the
New York State Museum.
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
OF THE NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
By Charles C. Adams Ph.D., Director
New York State Museum
ACCOMPLISHMENTS OF THE YEAR
This report covers the new fiscal year which began July 1, 1942,
and ended March 31, 1943. This'new fiscal year thus covers a period
of nine rather than the usual 12 months of the earlier annual reports.
Although this is the 107th year of the State Museum and its ante¬
cedents, it is yet necessary to state that its primary duties throughout
this period have been primarily those of a research agency, conducting
scientific surveys and making special studies of the natural and human
resources of the State, in relation to the economic, social and educa¬
tional welfare of the people of the State. A summary sketch for the
year follows :
1 Field and laboratory studies of the mineral and other geological
resources of the State have been continued, with special reference to
those related to war industries, particularly iron ore and other strategic
materials, such as oil and gas, as well as field and laboratory work on
certain quadrangles and paleontological studies. Cooperation has
been continued with federal and state agencies as well as with indi¬
viduals and the industries. The war has greatly intensified interest in
this particular field.
2 Important field and laboratory studies have been continued in
botany, zoology and entomology, although field work has been con¬
siderably restricted on account of the transportation situation and
because an effort was made to concentrate on urgent problems. The
important ecological study of the vegetation of Monroe county, in
relation to land use, has been completed ; the entomological work on
blackflies and mosquitoes has been continued with important results
and has been extended to war problems; local studies of birds and
mammals have been continued which have an educational bearing.
3 The collections of history, art and Indian archeology have con¬
tinued to grow and increase in value. The report on the Stetson-
Wells, E. L. Henry Art Collection has been completed and the report
has been sent to the printer. The exhibition of the E. L. Henry
Collection is about completed, like that of the Hall of New York
[13]
14
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
History, and it should soon be open to the public. A special effort
has been made not to overcrowd these two halls, and special attention
has been given to legible explanatory labels.
4 The attendance of school classes has continued to decline, due to
war conditions. For 1942-43 there were only 52 classes and 1083
students from nine counties. The total attendance for the period was
estimated at 85,000. There were no funds for Sunday and holiday
opening of the exhibition halls.
COOPERATION WITH STATE AND OTHER
ORGANIZATIONS
During the past year the State Museum has cooperated with the
following agencies or individuals :
1 New York State Department of Agriculture and Markets. Co¬
operative entomological studies of the European pine shoot moth and
of other insect pests of ornamental trees and shrubs have been con¬
tinued.
2 New York State Conservation Department. The Director of
the State Museum is a member of the State Council of Parks. The
geologists of the Museum staff advise the Conservation Department
on the purchase of lands when mineral resources are involved. The
State Entomologist has continued his studies of the Pales weevil and
related weevils injurious to Scotch and other pines, and of the
European pine shoot moth. The Division of Fish and Game has
cooperated with the State Entomologist on the relation of mosquito
control to wild life.
3 The State Department of Health has cooperated with the State
Entomologist of the Museum staff on problems relating to the control
of blood-sucking flies on the grounds of the State Tuberculosis Hospi¬
tal at Ray Brook and on the relation of mosquito control to wild life
on Long Island.
4 State Law Department. Office of the Attorney General. The
Museum geologists cooperate with the Office of Land Titles on the
purchase of mineral lands in the Adirondacks and on other legal
problems.
5 State Executive Department, Division of State Planning. The
State Museum has cooperated with the Division of Planning.
6 Cooperation within the Education Department: State Library,
conducting exchanges of Museum publications; Bureau of Publica¬
tions, on the publication of Bird and Arbor Day numbers of the
Bulletin to the Schools.
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
15
7 Dana Natural History Society, Albany. Cooperated on a bird
lecture to Albany school children on Bird Day, April 16, 1943, by
Dr Arthur A. Allen.
8 United States Department of Agriculture, Bureau of Entomology
and Plant Quarantine, has cooperated on plans for scientific studies
to determine the relation of mosquito control operations to wild life
conservation. This cooperation is a continuation of the work begun
as a state branch of the Federal Civil Works Administration (C.W.A.)
mosquito control relief program, and has been extended to include
cooperation with the Fish and Wild Life Service on the same series
of studies and with neighboring states.
9 The National Association of Audubon Societies has cooperated
with the State Entomologist on the relation of mosquito control to
wild life.
10 National Research Council, Committee on the Preservation of
Natural Conditions, Washington, D. C. The Director is a member of
this committee, which has been studying the facilities devoted to the
preservation of natural conditions.
11 The Federal Fish and Wild Life Service cooperated in furnish¬
ing bands for the bird-banding studies of the State Zoologist, and
has cooperated with the State Entomologist on plans for a study to
determine the relation of mosquito control work to wild life conserva¬
tion.
12 City Health Department of New Y ork City. The State Ento¬
mologist has cooperated with this department on the control of mos¬
quitoes and on their relation to wild life.
13 Suffolk County Mosquito Extermination Commission has
cooperated with the State Entomologist on methods of controlling
mosquitoes in relation to wild life conservation.
14 The Nassau County Mosquito Extermination Commission has
cooperated with the State Entomologist on studies of mosquitoes and
their relation to wild life.
15 Eastern Association of Official Mosquito Control Workers.
The State Entomologist has participated in the organization and activ¬
ities of this interstate association.
16 Monroe County, Division of Regional Planning. The State
Museum has cooperated on an ecological vegetational survey of the
county, in relation to land use.
16
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
STATE AND COUNTY PLANNING
As the State Museum has always been devoted to the study of the
mineral, plant and animal resources of the State, its work has a funda¬
mental relation to all programs for the proper use of these resources.
The publications and files of the State Museum are the main reservoir
of information on these resources. Wise public policies and planning
can not ignore this kind of information. The needs for such informa¬
tion have increased, however, much more rapidly than the facilities for
the acquisition of such information. Some phases of these problems
have been discussed in former Annual Reports (St. Mus. Bui., 310, p.
121-41 ; Bui. 306, p. 87-96).
A local study is complete on the relation of a vegetation to land
use in Monroe county, in cooperation with the local Division of
Regional Planning.
In general, local planning boards can not be expected to conduct
the essential scientific surveys needed, and these should be made
in cooperation with the State Museum. In general also, it is only
wdien such studies reach the engineering stage that scientific aid is
no longer necessary.
STATE COUNCIL OF PARKS
The State Council of Parks, in the Department of Conservation,
is the “central advisory agency for all parks and parkways, and all
places of historic, scientific and scenic interest.” The Director of the
State Museum is a member of the council and has attended regularly
the monthly meetings and inspection trips through the parks and
parkways.
RELATION OF MUSEUM EXHIBITS TO SCHOOLS
AND COLLEGES
With the present fiscal year of nine months, the spring attendance
of classes is of course not included, but with the war restrictions on
travel attendance was very limited. The number of classes from nine
counties was 52, with an attendance of 1083, and class average of 21.
The only counties represented were: Albany, Columbia, Delaware,
Franklin, Montgomery, Rensselaer, Rockland, Saratoga and Schenec¬
tady. There were no classes from other states, as has been customary.
The maximum class attendance was in 1936-37, with 402 classes
and 12,444 students; for 1939-40 it declined to 361 classes and 10,474
students; for 1941-42 to 245 classes and 6500 students.
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
17
The attendance for the past 16 years, as recorded by the State
Museum guide, follows :
Year
No. classes
No. students
No. counties
1927-28 .
200
3 500
13
1928-29 ’ .
175
4 750
21
1929-30 .
235
6 308
25
1930-31 . .
264
7 128
30
1931-32 .
253
6 726
28
1932-33 .
309
7 981
31
1933-34 .
301
8 769
28
1934-35 .
333
8 364
36
1935-36 .
445
12 315
39
1936-37 .
402
12 444
38
1937-38 .
387
11 697
41
1938-39 .
402
10 912
36
1939-40 .
361
10 474
47
1940-41 .
377
10 453
31
1941-42 .
245
6 500
33
1942-43 (9 months) . .
52
1 083
9
Monthly Class Attendance 1942-43
1940-41 1941-42 1942-43
Classes —
■Attendance
Classes-
-Attendance
Classes-
-Attendance
October .
.... 58
1 569
31
914
11
256
November
... 24
529
34
867
12
242
December
... 12
239
11
297
5
146
January .
.... 14
334
11
242
8
112
February
.... 17
401
7
119
5
118
March . .
.... 35
1 221
27
654
11
209
April . . .
May . . . .
June . . . .
.... 37
.... 88
.... 92
377
1 075
2 594
2 491
10 453
48
43
33
245
1 241
1 255
911
6 500
52
1 083
Classification of Visiting Groups
1940-41
1941-42
1942-43
City high schools .
24
17
3
Rural high schools .
42
15
2
City junior high schools ....
15
12
3
Rural junior high schools ..
22
14
1
For the duration of the war we can not expect a return to normal
school attendance, although we may expect an increased local attend¬
ance.
18
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
ANNUAL ATTENDANCE TO EXHIBITION HALLS
The annual attendance to the exhibition halls is estimated because
an actual count is not possible, except in the case of school classes.
No funds were provided for opening the halls on “Sundays and holi¬
days. During normal times the annual attendance is estimated at
about 200,000. In 1940-41 it had dropped to about 170,000, in
1941-42 to 150,000, and for the current year to about 85,000.
INFORMATION AND PUBLICITY
Museums as research and educational institutions are devoted both
to the discovery of new facts and relations and to the diffusion of
these. The exhibition halls provide one of these methods of diffusion ;
Museum publications, which have been distributed to libraries over the
State and elsewhere, constitute another method for reaching an ex¬
tensive public, with an influence extending over long periods of time.
It is not at all unusual to find that publications printed 25 or even
50 years ago are still in frequent use. At present we have no satisfac¬
tory method of measuring the full diffusion value of important publi¬
cations.
As exhibits are only a small part of the Museum’s collections, many
visitors call at the offices to consult the study or stored materials, just
as they consult the books from the stacks of a library, or they may
come for a conference with members of the staff.
Press releases are a means also of keeping the public informed of
the results and functions of the State Museum.
Requests are made for public lectures, but with limited travel funds,
and without official automobiles, only a few lectures are given. During
the past period only about 500 were reached.
PRINTING AND PUBLICATION
%
“If you would not be forgotten as soon as you are dead and rotten, either
write Things worth reading or do Things worth the writing.” — Benjamin
Franklin
“After all it is the written word that lives.” — Dr W. M. Beauchamp
Printing during the period of this report has been particularly slow,
with the result that not a single serial publication has appeared during
this interval, although several important publications are in process
of printing. The printing of lithographic geological maps has been
delayed by war conditions.
Accompanying this report on pages 67-68 is given the Annual
Museum Bibliography of papers by the staff, and papers which at least
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
19
in part are based on the Museum collections or are the result of
some form of cooperation with it. Years of experience have emphati¬
cally indicated that a satisfactory printing and sale policy for State
Museum publications is not likely to be developed until a careful, com¬
prehensive, technical study is made of the whole subject. The printing
of donated manuscripts and the acceptance of printing funds are
phases of the problem that merit careful study.
CONDITION OF THE EXHIBITION HALLS AND
EXHIBITS
(Figures 2-20)
The renovation of the floors and walls of the State Museum is still
in process. During the past season very important work has been
done in repainting and cleaning the cases and exhibits in the Halls
of Geology and Paleontology. During the late spring and summer
of 1942, the installation of the Lithgow historic murals depicting the
history of New York State was completed in the Hall of New York
History, and in the wall cases from the World’s Fair are displayed
objects intended to indicate the history and the life of the people of the
State. This exhibition includes materials related to the French,
Dutch (figure 4), the French and Indian War, the Revolution, Civil
and Spanish Wars (figure 5). In order not to overemphasize political
and military history, much of the other exhibits were devoted to
industrial and cultural materials, such as household equipment (figure
6) , tools of various kinds, precision instruments, as scales, callipers,
thermometers, quadrants — for the clipper ships and whalers (figure
7) , medical history (figure 8), costumes (figures 9-10), coverlets
(figure 11), stone\vare (figure 12), glass (figure 13), pewter, silver
(figure 14), and the evolution of lighting from the candle to the
electric light (figure 15). A special exhibit is devoted to Joseph
Henry, including Flanagan’s statue of Henry, whose birthplace is
Albany, as shown by a photograph (figure 16), with examples of
some of his original equipment used in his discovery of the induction
of electric currents, even including the original little bell that was first
rung by electricity, and thus paved the way for all telephone bells.
Without question Henry is the most important man ever born in this
part of the world and deserves real emphasis. As stated on the
label for this exhibit, the work of Henry in America and Faraday in
England laid the foundation for the modern electrical industry.
Another aspect of Joseph Henry’s contribution to society has not
received much emphasis, but is a phase of increasing importance — his
20
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
application of the methods of science to governmental problems, so
well expressed by Crowther, as indicated in the label, which reads:
ESTIMATE OF JOSEPH HENRY’S WORK
“In total achievement Henry was the equal of Faraday, Helmholtz, Kelvin,
Maxwell, and the other great scientists of the nineteenth century. He did not
discover so many important new facts and theories as Faraday, but he con¬
tributed vastly more to the organization of scientific research. As G. B. Goode
has explained, Henry ‘did much toward establishing the profession of scientific
administration — a profession which in the complexity of modern civilization
is becoming more and more essential to scientific progress.’ This is an important
remark. The creation of methods of organization is even more urgent, in the
conditions of modern civilization, than the discovery of such a profound
phenomenon as electromagnetic induction. Society is being disrupted by the
scientific forces which have been released within it.”
J. G. CROWTHER
“Famous American Men of Science” p. 162. 1937.
“In the same way consider the importance of the founding of the Royal Insti¬
tution, where Faraday did his work on electromagnetic induction; and of the
Albany Academy, where Joseph Henry made his great contributions in this
same field. Our whole electrical industry is based on the work of these two
men.”
Dr. WILLIAM D. COOLIDGE
Schenectady, N. Y.
It should also be noted that the telegraph invented by S. F. B.
Morse was developed as an outgrowth of the induced current of
electricity (figure 16). The telegraphic instruments shown call
this to mind, and as well a portrait of Morse, an autograph, a pen and
an ink drawing by him, recall that he was also an artist.
The telephone, invented by Alexander Graham Bell, indicates that
he also used the induced electrical currents (figure 16) to transmit
messages, and finally radio outfits are a later extension of these same
current developments. The striking statue of Joseph Henry by
John Flanagan calls emphatic attention to the exhibit and helps to
reinforce this exhibit which is probably the most important objective
exhibit in this New York History Hall.
Six cases are devoted to the work of New York artists, such as
Van Zandt, Charles H. Moore, Worthington Whittredge, Thomas
Pope, Will H. Lowe, Daniel Chester French, Edmund J. Sawyer
and M. Arthur Cohn (figure 17).
In the Temporary Exhibition Hall an exhibition from the Stetson-
Wells, E. L. Henry Art Collection was installed in September 1942.
A careful study of the Henry Collection was made by Elizabeth
McCausland in connection with her study of the life and work of
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT 21
Henry, as well as a preliminary plan for its exhibition. With the able
volunteered assistance of Wilfred Thomas and Frank M. Thomas this
exhibit was installed.
The accompanying photographs (figures 18-19) indicate the general
character of the E. L. Henry exhibit. The arrangement is in general
in chronological order, giving examples of his early, intermediate and
later work, accompanied by sketch book drawings, studies and com¬
pleted work or photographs of the final painting. The exhibition is an
outline or sketch of the life work of the artist and contains drawings
of considerable historic interest (the Civil War scenes) in addition
to their artistic merit.
With the additional storage space on Central avenue it was possible
to locate and examine historic material that had been boxed for so
many years that it had become unknown to the staff. This consisted
of a large donation of French and Indian and Revolutionary war
material donated in 1911 by Silas H. Paine of Lake George. This
furnished very valuable materials for the Ticonderoga and Saratoga
exhibits.
CONDITION OF THE STORAGE FACILITIES
The additional storage space at 95 Central avenue has proved, as
mentioned above, very valuable, but it is inadequate to care for all
the material needing proper storage space. The geological and his¬
torical materials now in the abandoned St Agnes School, remain
exposed to vandals and the risk of fire. Actually there was a fire in
the building during the past season. The valuable collections in this
building and a considerable amount cluttering up the offices and hall¬
ways in the Education Building should be removed in the near future.
PHOTOGRAPHY AND DRAFTING
The position of photographer and draftsman has not been filled
since January 7, 1938, with the result that every phase of the work of
the State Museum has been seriously impeded. This is particularly
true because of the difficulty of using the Museum files of negatives,
slides and photographs* to the best advantage, and of securing maps,
drawings, labels and photographs promptly when needed. The State
Museum needs urgently not only a full-time photographer, a full-time
draftsman, but a full-time scientific artist. The unsatisfactory status
of the Museum dark room continues to interfere with photographic
work.
22
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
In addition to the technical work there is a vast amount of clerical
work of indexing- and filing the negatives, photographs and drawings,
for which there has never been any adequate provision, and the effect
of such a policy is unfortunately cumulative, and will require consider¬
able extra work, at some future time, to restore the collections to
order.
Two very welcome recent donations are fine examples in plaster
of Houdon’s sculpture. These portraits, slightly larger than life,
of George Washington and Benjamin Franklin, are superb examples
of Houdon portraiture. The Washington bust was donated by Judson
S. Landon, and the Franklin bust by the Deaconesses of Maple Hill,
Upper Red Hook. As in the case of many others, these gifts came
through the friendly services of Wilfred Thomas.
MUSEUM COLLABORATORS
The only Museum Collaborator presently engaged under the April
18, 1929, authorization of the Board of Regents, is Dr E. P. Felt.
STATE MUSEUM COUNCIL
The State Museum Council is an advisory group appointed by the
Board of Regents to advance the general welfare of the Museum.
There was no meeting of the Council called this year.
THE HISTORIC AND ART COLLECTION
(Figures 2-20)
“I warmly sympathize with the ambition expressed in your annual report
to have this Museum more than a mere zoologic or scientific museum. It
should be a museum of arts and letters as well as a museum of natural history.
* * * There should be here a representation of all our colonial and revolu¬
tionary life. There should be in this Museum for the instruction and inspiration
of our people, a full representation of American history since the time when
New York cast off its provincial character and became an integral portion
of the American Republic.” — Theodore Roosevelt’s address at the opening of
the New York State Museum, December 29, 1916.
With the termination of the W.P.A. on May 15, 1942, work on the
History and Art Collection slowed down, except the installation of the
E. L. Henry exhibit in the Temporary Exhibition Hall, and in the
Hall of New York History, the initial stages of which were discussed
in the preceding Annual Report.
The method of installation of the E. L. Henry exhibit is shown in
figures 18-19, and in the Hall of New York History in figures 2-16.
Attention has been called to the recovery of the valuable Silas H.
[23]
Figure 2 General view of the east end of the Hall of New York History
Figure 3 Exit from the E. L. Henry exhibit to the Hall of New York History;
statue of Joseph Henry on right
[24]
:
A# ,
Mm H P
< ' ~ NV ' N' s' \ s”^
|
\ xA's't j ^ox«. a o pgXws^ * & XVX\ v r
§g| 0 kAS 3? ohh i&c? $&p| U v J
life HAprlSfe; W^TJ«SfA ^^AHy’ - I
AiA 5<Fr OP *\*a#»\V**» ig|^#|p%!i § >»|
_ _ _ 1
'X 1 1 I
I
.
Figure 4 Stained glass window of Ian Bap tit Van Renssilar,
and cannon cast at Amsterdam, Holland, 1630
[25]
Figure 5 Photographs of the Battleship “Maine,”
Admiral Charles D. Sigsbee and Admiral William Parker
Potter, of the Spanish War
[26]
Figure 6 Household equipment
r 27]
Figure 7 The conquest of the sea: navigation, the
quadrant, clipper ships and the whalers
[28]
Figure 8 Medical history and equipment
[29];
Figure 9 Woman's costume of about 1835 in New
York City
[30]
Figure 10 Lace of about 1860
[31]
mm
Figure 11 Coverlet of 1843
[32]
Figure 12 New York State stoneware
[33]
Figure 13 Old glass and china
[34]
mmmsmmm
s*im rotm Am spoons
Figure
14 Old pewter and silver
[35]
Figure 15 From the candle to the electric light
[36]
Figure 16 Joseph Henry’s laboratory equipment; the
telegraph, the telephone and the radio
[37]
Figure 17 Water colors of birds by
Edmund J. Sawyer, and silk screen by
M. Arthur Cohn
138]
sum
Figure 18 European studies by Edward L.
Henry
[39]
Figure 19 Portrait of Edward L. Henry by C. C. Curran
N.A., and memorabilia of Henry
[40]
A
Figure 20 “Fighting Peacocks,” Anna Hyatt Huntington, sculptor
[41]
isin
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
43
Paine collection, which was found when the new storage space made it
possible to locate this collection and to use it.
A very notable addition to the Art Collection was the donation of
two bronzes by the artist, Mrs Anna Hyatt Huntington, of “Fighting
Peacocks5’ and “Domestic Trouble.” The former is shown in
figure 20.
EXHIBIT OF SILK SCREEN PRINTS
Accidentally, reference to the temporary exhibit of silk screen prints
was omitted from the 105th Annual Report (State Mus. Bui. 333),
and is therefore inserted here to make the record complete. This
exhibit was assembled through the generous assistance of Elizabeth
McCausland, of New York City, to whom and to the artists we are
very grateful and to whom also we express apologies. The following
statement by William L. Lassiter, who displayed the exhibit, is from
the press notice he prepared :
The New York State Museum will exhibit during July and August
1940, in the Museum rotunda, the first general exhibit of silk screen
prints ever held upstate.
The silk screen process, a new graphic art medium, is a kind of
stencil process that has been used for about 30 years in the commercial
field, but only within the past two years has it been adopted in the
realm of the fine arts. The process of producing prints, which pre¬
serve the personal element of the artist, even though the quantity may
vary from a few to a thousand copie, s, is not a complicated one and the
expense of production is low.
In announcing the exhibit, it was explained that the silk screen
process as a fine art medium owes its popularity to Anthony Velonis,
who set up a silk screen unit in the New York City W.P.A. Art
Project. He saw its possibilities as a method of making inexpensive
prints. The United American Artists and the Public Use of Arts
Committee supported this project in the New York City W.P.A. Art
Project, and Elizabeth McClausland, art critic and author, of New
York City, gave aid in its development. Miss McCausland assembled
the exhibit for the State Museum.
The following 23 artists are represented in the exhibit: Judson
Briggs, Max Arthur Cohn, Harry Glassgold, Harry Gottlieb, F. Wynn
Graham, Riva Helfond, Ernest Hopf, Mervin Jules, Beatrice Mandel-
man, Doris Meltzer, Eugene Morley, Elizabeth Olds, Herbert W.
Pratt, Leonard Pytlak, Mildred Rackley, Hulda D. Robbins, Bernard
P. Schardt, Harry Shokler, Harry Sternberg, Anthony Velonis,
Sylvia Wald, Hyman War sager, Carol Weinstock.
44
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
SUMMARY OF THE ACTIVITIES OF THE STAFF
(Figures 21-26)
“It is essential that this Museum should command the service of many
different men for work in many different fields, and that its work should be
so Closely related to work of the same kind elsewhere that it shall all represent
a coordinated whole. This is true of all departments of the work, but espe¬
cially so of those departments which have a direct utilitarian bearing.
“This Museum like every other institution of the type should do everything
to develop large classes of workers of this kind. And yet, friends, we must
never forget that the greatest need, the need most difficult to meet, is the need
to develop the great leaders, and to give full play to their activities. In the
entirely proper effort to develop numbers of individual workers there must be
no forgetfulness of this prime need of individual leadership if American
achievement in this scientific field is to be really noteworthy. Yet in scientific
as well as in historical associations and academies, this fact is often forgotten.
“The really great works must be produced by some individual great man
who is able to use to the utmost advantage the indispensable work of a multi¬
tude of other observers and investigators. He will be the first to recognize his
debt to these other observers and investigators. If he does not do so he will
show himself a poor creature. On the other hand, if they are worth their salt
they will be proud to have the great architect use all of the results of their
praiseworthy and laborious and necessary labor in constructing the building
which is to crown it.” — Theodore Roosevelt’s address at the opening of the
New York State Museum , December 29, 1916.
From an administrative point of view a summary of the activities
of the technical staff is as follows :
History, art and archeology. The installation of the Hall of
New York History has been the major undertaking of the season
with the assistance of William L. Lassiter, and as a volunteer adviser
and assistant, Wilfred Thomas. Valuable assistance has also been
received from Roger Stonehouse for the lettering of large labels,, and
to W. J. Schoonmaker and Louis J. Ivoster. Valuable cooperation has
been received from Carl Hanson of the State Architect’s office. Mr
Schoonmaker has assisted, particularly in the labeling of the E. L.
Henry exhibit.
Elizabeth McCausland has completed her report on the life and
work of E. L. Henry, and it is with the printer.
Noah T. Clarke, State Archeologist, reports that he has continued
the examination and classification of the study collection of Indian
archeological material. A fresh supply of braided corn has permitted
the repairs of the Mohawk Harvest Group.
Elsewhere in this report (p. 22) mention has been made of the
exhibits in the Hall of New York History.
Botany. Dr Homer D. House, State Botanist, with the restrictions
on travel for field work, has devoted himself to routine office work and
the collections have occupied most of his attention (figures 21-23).
Figure 21 Poly poms Berkeley i Fries. A rare fungus, parasitic on roots of
the oak, found in 1942 near Grafton, Rensselaer county, by Dr John A.
Sampson. Photograph by J. A. Glenn
[45]
[46]
figure 22 Lake Sanford, Essex comity. Sketch published in Harper’s New Monthly Magazine
p. 457, 1859
[47]
[48]
Figure 24 A family of young Belted Kingfishers near Oneida Lake. Photograph by Dayton Stoner
Figure 25 Scales, notebook and other field, equip-
ment used in growth studies on birds. Two mourning
dove eggs rest on the pan of the balances. Photograph
by Dayton Stoner
[49, J
Figure 26 Work of yellow-bellied sapsucker
on hemlock tree at Cleveland, N. Y. Photograph
by Dayton Stoner
1 50]
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
51
Dr Royal E. Shanks, Temporary Ecological Botanist, has completed
his report on the cooperative survey of the vegetation of Monroe county
in cooperation with J. Franklin Bonner, director of the Division of
Regional Planning of Monroe county. Doctor Shanks has also cooper¬
ated with Dr R. H. Goodwin of the University of Rochester in a paper,
Notes on the Flora of Monroe County, New York (Proc. Rochester
Acad. Sci., v. 8, no. 5-6, 1943).
Entomology. Dr Robert D. Glasgow, State Entomologist, has
continued his field and laboratory investigations of the blackflies and
mosquitoes. Federal agencies in the Treasury Department and Depart¬
ment of Agriculture have called upon him for assistance on insect
problems. He has worked out control methods for blackflies which
have been approved by the Department of Conservation as not being
injurious to fish. These measures may be applicable to war efforts
in certain regions. At the request of the Department of Conservation
he attended mosquito control meetings to aid in preventing unnecessary
injury to wild life. He has continued the study of an insect-borne
disease of the pig, which merits careful study.
Kenyon F. Chamberlain, Assistant State Entomologist, has con¬
tinued his skilful work transferring the insect collections from the old
boxes to the new steel cabinets. When once this transfer is completed
the collection will not only be more accessible but will be relatively free
from pests.
Geology. Chris A. Hartnagel, State Geologist, has continued his
economic studies of oil and gas. As their annual value is $15,000,000,
it exceeds that of any other mineral in the State. A summary of the
natural gas developments awaits the maps needed before the report
can be published.
Robert C. Stephenson, Temporary Geologist, has completed his
report on the titaniferous iron ores of the Tahawus region.
Dr Tracy Gillette, Temporary Geologist, had completed his report
on The Clinton of Western and Central New York just before his
unfortunate death. This paper was intended as a part of his State
Museum Bulletin 320, but was delayed.
Dr John G. Broughton, was appointed Assistant State Geologist
December 1, 1942, and has been engaged in looking into mineral prob¬
lems of the Adirondack region, giving special attention to talc and the
dolomite limestones bordering the St Lawrence river.
Dr A. F. Buddington, Temporary Geologist, reports the war situa¬
tion prevented field work in the Saranac Lake quadrangle.
52
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Mrs Medora H. Krieger, Temporary Geologist, has about completed
her report on the Indian Lake quadrangle.
Dr Earl T. Apfel, Temporary Geologist, reports war conditions
have delayed the completion of his glacial geology report. Dr
Chauncey D. Holmes, Temporary Geologist, has been cooperating
with him.
Paleontology. Dr Winifred Goldring, State Paleontologist, has
given much attention to the routine work of the office and to the reno¬
vation of the exhibits of fossils and allied work. The report on the
Coxsackie quadrangle is in process of printing. Doctor Ruedemann,
retired, is nearing completion of his monograph on the Graptolites.
Dr Rousseau H. Flower, Temporary Geologist, has completed his
report on Devonian cephalopods.
Clinton F. Kilfoyle, Technical Assistant, has continued his work
on the cataloging of type specimens, the arrangement of the study col¬
lections and in the renovation of the exhibits of fossils.
Dr G. Marshall Kay, Temporary Geologist, has completed his
report on the Utica quadrangle.
Colleagues in the Department of Geology, Columbia University, of
the late Dr R. J. Colony, Temporary Geologist, are completing the
report on the complex geology of the Schunemunk quadrangle. Kurt
E. Lowe has made good progress on this report.
Zoology. Dr Dayton Stoner, State Zoologist, has continued his
study of the banding of the swallows of the Oneida Lake region, and
the birds of Lincoln Park, Albany (figures 24-26).
Walter J. Schoonmaker, Assistant State Zoologist, has devoted
some time to the completion of his report on the woodchuck, and has
continued field work on the Rensselaer county mammals. He has
also assisted in the installation and the lettering of labels for the Hall
of History and the E. L. Henry exhibit.
Louis J. Koster, Technical Assistant (Taxidermy), began his duties
August 17, 1942. He comes very well recommended and has had
excellent experience. He has materially aided in the installation and
labeling of the Hall of New York History, and has made many im¬
provements of the zoological exhibits and collections.
The report on birds’ nests by Edmund J. Sawyer, Temporary
Ornithologist, has been sent to the printer.
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
53
ANNUAL FINANCIAL AND STATISTICAL SUMMARY
THE STATE MUSEUM BUDGET
The following budget does not include the cost of heat, light,
janitor service, orderlies (watchmen), carpenters, painters and ele¬
vator men. Certain other items also are furnished by the Education
Department, such as postage, stationery, express, drayage in part,
telegraph and telephone, and are therefore not included in the budget.
Facilities provided by cooperative projects supplement to an
important degree the state appropriation. It is impossible to estimate
the amount of these funds precisely, since they include the federal
franking privilege, cooperation with many individuals, with organiza¬
tions and with other state departments. Labor, supplies, expert serv¬
ices, use of automobiles etc. have been provided by this cooperation.
Such financial assistance is of the greatest value, but the funds do not
pass through the Museum. The annual statistical summary for the
fiscal year July 1, 1942, to March 31, 1943, follows :
APPROPRIATIONS AND FUNDS FOR FISCAL YEAR
(July 1, 1942 to March 31, 1943)
Appropriations and Allocations
Salaries :
Administrative staff . $10 020
Scientific staff . 34 100
• Temporary expert service . 2 500
Scientific assistants . 4 120
Clerical, labor etc . 13 120
i - - -
Total salaries . $63 860
Equipment and supplies . .....Approximate 1 240
Traveling (of which $100 for out-of-state) . . . 400
Printing . estimated 750
Total budget . $66 250
Directory Data
Name . of Museum: New York State Museum
Location : Albany, New York, U. S. A.
Name of Director: Charles C. Adams
Name of Assistant Director: Alvin G. Whitney
Date of Founding: The Museum is the outgrowth of state surveys begun in
1836; formal organization of the Museum was effected in 1843. (See State
Museum Bui. 313, p. 85-121, 1937, for historical sketch.)
Open to the Public: Open week days from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. Closed on Sundays
and legal holidays. The total number of days open to the pul lie for fiscal
year of 9 months, is 226 ; total hours, 1808.
54
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
RETROSPECT AND PROSPECT
Status of the State Museum. The present Director assumed his
duties May 1, 1926, and retired July 31, 1943, an interval of about
17 years. A few observations on the major activities of the State
Museum during this period may be instructive as well as interesting.
Perhaps nothing outstanding has taken place, but this sketch may
nevertheless aid in understanding the general situation. A new State
Museum building, needed for many years, has not materialized ;
salaries of the staff, which were excessively low, have improved
somewhat but are not yet up to standard for comparable skill in the
better museums and universities. The meager staff has declined
rather than increased in number. Before the world-wide economic
crash occurred, the Education Department underwent its greatest
period of expansion, but this did not extend to the State Museum.
Interested friends even suggested that the State Museum should be
taken out of the Education Department, and have its own trustees,
like the state colleges, in order to have a group devoted to its interests
who would concentrate solely on the welfare of the State Museum.
During this same period the museums of this country and the various
research institutions have expanded at an unprecedented rate.
The functions of the State Museum, as determined by law and by
precedent, have been fundamentally those of a research institution,
conducting geological and natural history surveys and studies of the
State along scientific, economic and education lines, and during
the past 50 years gradually expanding its field to include the history
and the art of this State. The exhibits — sometimes erroneously called
“the Museum” — are a natural outgrowth of the scientific and educa¬
tional work, but an adequate staff of technicians has never been pro¬
vided to develop properly the educational phase of the work. The
metropolitan museums, which have an unusual opportunity for making
conspicuous displays appealing strongly to wealthy donors, have been
more successful in securing funds for such exhibits than have the tax-
supported museums. Although the Board of Regents has authority to
administer trust funds, trust funds have not been forthcoming, as
they have for large semipublic museums. Fluid funds of this character
would be of great value for initiating work in advance of public
support. There are, of course, disadvantages in this system. Gift
funds are commonly not given where most needed, but conform to
the wishes of the donor, who rarely comprehends the situation or
cares to be told how to spend his money, with the result that funds
are often spent lavishly for some projects while others, even more
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
55
important, starve. As a result there is a lack of balanced or symmetri¬
cal growth.
Fortunately the New York State Museum differs from most other
state museums in that it conducts the state scientific surveys of geo¬
logical and natural history and includes also within its field both
history and art. Commonly a state museum is merely an exhibition
museum, and does not conduct scientific work, and often it is not a
general museum, but is restricted in some way. The New York State
Museum is, however, a comprehensive state agency. This is not
generally understood by state officials or the general public. With its
broad functions and with its connection with the Education Depart¬
ment and other State Departments, the State Museum should really
become the central general scientific and cultural agency of the State
Government. For this, understanding of its potentialities and adequate
support are needed.
Educational emphasis. All previous Directors of the State
Museum have been geologists. The present Director is by training
a zoologist and ecologist, with an interest in geography and geology.
In making the appointment of a Director with a background different
from that of his predecessors, the Regents gave him to understand
that it was desirable for him to balance the functions of the State
Museum and to stress its educational aspect more than it had been
in the past. In harmony with this advice two proposals emphasizing
the educational approach were made to the Regents in June 1926; one
was a plan of cooperation with the schools in the development of
school museums, and the second was a proposal to cooperate in the
conduct of an outdoor school of natural history in the Allegany State
Park. The Regents approved only the plan for the outdoor school.
This school was intended to indicate how the educational system could
make greater use of the extensive and unique park system of the State
for educational as well as for Recreational purposes. For about a
decade this work prospered. Several hundred teachers and students
were trained at this school, and other schools have adopted its methbds.
The conduct of this school provided the facilities and environment
for intensive, scientific and educational studies of the natural history
of the Allegany State Park, and the State Museum handbooks were
largely an outgrowth of this work. These popular handbooks were
prepared by competent naturalists who made first-hand investigations
and wrote from immediate experience. Previously only a few of the
publications of the State Museum were popular in character. These
handbooks were made pocket size, freely illustrated, and contained
56
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
original material or were a summary of the knowledge on the subjects
treated. Many of these handbooks were used as textbooks at the
Allegany School of Natural History and by teachers in general, as
well by the general public, with the result that some were soon out
of print. No other state park has been so carefully studied and the
results made available in popular form. These handbooks are thus
all that remains of the educational program, and once more this
emphasizes Dr William M. Beauchamp’s remark that “After all it is
the written word that lives,” and further confirms the importance of
publications in a program of educational work.
History and the industrial arts. A short time after the Director
began his duties at the State Museum and attempted to orient its func¬
tions, it became evident that the weakest and most neglected phase of
its work was in relation to history and the arts, in spite of the fact
that the law provided for both. The visiting public sensed that there
was an overemphasis on the natural sciences, particularly of geology,
which occupied half of the exhibition space.
Here was the State Museum located in Albany, which was an old
Dutch colonial community, at the confluence of the Hudson and
Mohawk valleys, whose strategic position was the goal of Burgoyne’s
campaign, which served as the turning point in the American Revolu¬
tion ; the terminal of the Erie and Barge canals and all that this implies
for the development of the interior of the continent ; the birthplace of
Joseph Henry, the most important scientist born in this region, and
finally the seat of the State Government concerned with about one-
tenth of the population of the United States. In such a setting should
history, industry and art be ignored in an educational program of the
State Education Department, as far as the State Museum was
concerned ?
The burning of several Shaker buildings at Watervliet, a few miles
away, called attention in an emphatic manner to the rapid destruction
of important historic materials. Clearly something should be done
about it. The Shakers came to America in 1774, settled near Albany
and became the most successful experiment in communistic living
ever made in America. This religious society, whose leader was Ann
Lee (figure 27), contributed much to the industrial and social life,
not only of this region, but as well of several other states. The
Shakers originated the seed package business, did an extensive herb
business, prepared dried vegetables and fruits, made chairs, and on
account of their large communal families developed mass production
methods that were readily expanded to a large business conducted in
many states.
Figure 27 Alleged portrait of Ann Lee,
founder of the Shakers (From W. Oxley,
Modern Messiahs , Landon, 1889)
[57]
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
59
Since the sect was declining rapidly and antiques were in demand,
the objects of historic interest were becoming scattered and destroyed.
Here was an important phase of the industrial history of the State
that was worthy of preservation, irrespective of other considerations.
Accordingly a program of acquisition and preservation of significant
Shaker material was inaugurated which has resulted in the best collec¬
tion of its kind in any museum, although there is today no exhibition
of this material in the State Museum.
It is important to note, however, that the Historic Collection has
not been limited to Shaker materials. Many years ago my immediate
predecessor, Dr John M. Clarke, had expanded the agricultural collec¬
tion, and valuable donations of household and other significant mate¬
rial, including stoneware, glass, textiles and silver have been made.
There are in addition special collections such as the Admiral Charles
D. Sigsbee Collection, the Catharine Eights Boies Potter Collection,
the Cosman-Gardner Collection, the Frederick C. Hirons Architec¬
tural Collection and the Silas H. Paine Historical Collection, which
cover a wide range of material in the industrial and other arts. The
earliest phase of history to receive emphasis in the State Museum was
the life of the New York Indians, probably due to the influence of
Lewis H. Morgan and W. M. Beauchamp. The Iroquois Indian
Groups and the ethnological exhibits have continued this interest.
Only a beginning has thus been made in this general historical
field, and much remains to be done, but additional exhibition and
storage space must be provided, as well as a curator, before any
important advance can be expected.
The fine arts. As there is no sharp distinction between history,
industrial history and the fine arts, a number of fine arts materials
were included in the Historic Collection, such as paintings, etchings,
medals, pewter, silver, architectural drawings, photographs and some
sculpture. Some of the Shaker materials, originally secured for their
historic value, were recognized as having artistic significance as well,
and later on leading art museums and artists also recognized their
merit.
With the Work Projects Administration assistance the collections
of history and art were greatly expanded, particularly the industrial
materials and the photographs and architectural drawings of the
Shaker culture, which supplemented the original William Winter
photographs already in the collection. Finally, the independent dona¬
tion of the superb Winter “Shaker Portfolio” completed this series.
60
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
As these collections expanded it became more and more evident that
there was a real need for an upstate public fine arts center, where
materials bearing on the history of the fine arts should be preserved,
and that at least a representative collection of the fine arts should be
assembled and made available to the. public.
It has not been customary for the art museums to collect the models,
sketches, sketchbooks, photographs and memorabilia of artists. This
may be due to the belief that this field belongs to the historic museums
or societies, and to the fact that art museums are primarily concerned
with the finished work and not with the process of creating art. Sculp¬
tors’ attics, garages and cellars are often crowded with models, some
of which are very worthy of preservation, for at times a model may
even be superior to the finished work, just as an inspired sketch may
surpass the final product. There should be some public repository
where such material of merit could be preserved since it is of great
value to students as well as to cultural historians. The State Museum’s
broad functions make it possible for it to include not only the finished
work of artists but also the evidences of their development.
History and art exhibits. Valuable historic collections have been
accumulating in the State Museum storerooms for more than a gen¬
eration, and visitors interested in history have been surprised to learn
that the State Museum had a historic collection, because they saw
none on exhibition. The installation of even small temporary exhibits
aroused interest and evoked requests for more historic exhibits.
After the World’s Fair in 1940 the Fair Commission and the Budget
Director transferred to the State Museum the four David C. Lithgow
murals, portraying the history of New York State, and a series of
display cases, on condition that a Hall of New York History be
installed in the State Museum. With the crust of inertia thus broken,
materials were taken from the storerooms, offices and hallways and
installed in the wall cases. The Hall of History thus consists of a
representative exhibit of small objects from the collections, which are
adapted to the shallow wall cases, and a few large objects. The gen¬
eral character of this exhibit has been mentioned elsewhere in this
report (p. 19) and is shown in figures 2-17.
The E. L. Henry Exhibit. With the opening of the Hall of
New York History, an adjacent hall was available for temporary
exhibits, and this made it possible to make a selection from the Stet¬
son-Wells, E. L. Henry Collection of the sketches, sketchbooks,
studies and paintings of E. L. Henry N. A., and display them with
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
61
various interesting memorabilia (figs. 18-19). The collection had
been carefully organized by Elizabeth McCausland in connection with
her study of the life and work of Henry, which is to be published as a
State Museum bulletin. With the assistance of Wilfred Thomas and
Frank M. Thomas this exhibition was installed in September 1942,
and is the first definitely fine art exhibit to be made by the State
Museum from its own collections.
The Art Collection now contains a few series that are worthy of
similar display, such as the William Winter “Shaker Portfolio”
photographs, Berenice Abbott’s photographs of “Changing New
York,” a series of Frederick C. Hjron’s architectural drawings, the
E. L. Mooney N. A. Art Collection, and the architectural drawings of
the Shaker buildings at Watervliet and Mount Lebanon.
The latest important addition to the Art Collection consists of two
animal bronzes by Anna Hyatt Huntington, which were donated by
the artist. One is entitled “Domestic Trouble” of ringtailed monkeys,
and the other, “Peacocks Fighting” (figure 20).
The balancing process. The preceding emphasis on education,
history and art has not been to discredit or disparage the work of the
State Museum in the field of the natural sciences, but rather to call
attention to its incompleteness, in the hope that an improved func¬
tional balance may ultimately advance all phases of the work of the
State Museum by providing a broader and sounder basis in public
service and public support.
With inadequate funds for all kinds of work it seemed best to con¬
centrate geological work on quadrangles near Albany and to make the
quadrangle reports more generally useful by including not less of the
technical details but more that could be used by the average citizen.
An outstanding geological problem in the State is the geology of
the Adirondack region. This region is important from several points
of view : scientific, educational, recreational, conservational, industrial
and economic. With the possible development of cheap electric power
from the St Lawrence, northern New York with its mineral wealth
would be transformed from a region of marginal agriculture to one of
industry. It has therefore not been by accident but by studious delib¬
eration that the geological reports on the quadrangles of the Adiron¬
dack region have been pushed for many years as rapidly as possible.
The soundness of this policy will probably be revealed within the next
generation. Shorter-ranged current problems, such as gas, oil, lime¬
stone, gypsum, salt, sand and gravel, have not been neglected.
62
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Probably the weakest point in the above practice has been the rela¬
tive lack of attention to the broad aspects of public policies regarding
the wise use of these resources. Rafter’s famous report (1905) on
hydrology of the State was in his day an outstanding contribution
toward a water resources policy. We need similar, up-to-date, broad
policies regarding oil, gas, water and the strategic minerals. It seems
rather strange that after more than 100 years of geological work
the formulation of public policies has not made more progress.
The unique role which the Geological and Natural History Survey,
the ancestor of the New York State Museum, played in the history of
American geology has long been recognized. The outstanding geo¬
logical historian, Dr George P. Merrill, in 1924, stated of this early
Survey, “This led to an organization which has left a more lasting
impression upon American geology than any that has followed or had 1
preceded it.” It has not always been clearly grasped, however, how
the geographic position and geological history of the State influenced
this unique contribution. It seems to have been because the geological
history of New England and of the northern Atlantic seaboard was
too incomplete and too complicated to permit the ready determination
of the historical sequence. Because of erosion, metamorphism of the
rocks, which destroyed the inclosed fossils, and their complicated
structure, the age sequence of the Paleozoic formations in these
regions could not be readily determined. The geologists of the New
York State Survey, working where the fossil records were well pre¬
served, as in the Helderbergs, Catskills and around the borders of the
Adirondacks and the Mohawk valley, not only determined the age
sequence for this State but for much of eastern North America. For
this reason the names of the New York localities, such as Potsdam,
Catskill, Beekmantown, Trenton, Salina, Manlius, Esopus, Scho¬
harie, Onondaga, Cayuga, Hamilton and Niagara, have become the
common language of geology in America. Since that pioneer work no
similar outstanding geological discoveries of equal magnitude have
been made. In the* meantime the times have changed, and all geo¬
logical work needs now to be oriented with regard to the present and
proximate future. The present prospects point toward a greater
emphasis on broad economic public policies. In order to protect
public interests in these matters, we shall need superior leaders in
order that the public may be made to realize the important role which
geology has played and should play in the welfare of the people of
this State.
Something of the role that geology has played in the State has been
indicated in the preceding remarks. A similar situation exists with
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
63
regard to the field of botany in the State Museum. In the past the
botanical work has been devoted largely to an inventory of the plants
of the State. This involved a large amount of intensive and strenuous
work of fundamental importance, and such work is never completed.
At the same time it is today also necessary to know the relation of
plants to their local environment and to the welfare of man in his
broader relations, such as to agriculture, to forestry, to land use and
to public land policies. As in other fields, the methods of study have
become greatly refined and broadened and botanists have new objec¬
tives and a greater sense of public responsibility. Botany must also
develop a broad educational approach and reveal the important role
which plants play in the life of the modern world.
The special ecological vegetational surveys that have been made, as
in the Allegany State Park, in Cattaraugus county and in Monroe
county, the floral studies in Columbia county and the general floristic
botanical field work elsewhere have all been a part of this general
program. There is great need of increasing these ecological vegeta¬
tional surveys if botanical work is to be able to contribute to public
land policies in a practical manner. Plant inventories and floral lists
do not go far enough to be utilizable by those engaged in land use
problems and similar public policies. Each has its place but the work
should not be considered complete until, as has been said, results can
be used and coordinated with the needs of forestry, agriculture and
other land use policies.
In the field of general zoology the problems often run parallel to
those of plant study. The inventories and classifications must first be
conducted, but animals are so much more numerous in kinds than
plants, and are often more difficult to study, so that the field has been
broken up into several special fields.
Attention has been given to inventories, classifications and life
histories, to phases of bird behavior, as their songs and habits as
revealed by banding, and extensive field studies have been made of
their population in various habitats, as a foundation for understanding
their relation to land policies and management. Many of the animal
problems, like those of plants, will have to be studied on a regional
basis before the results can be made available for correlation and
integration with other public policies. Generally speaking precedence
should be given to problems of immediate public or practical interest.
Here also, an educational problem is involved in showing the public
the role of animal life in relation to human affairs, and the best
methods of conserving and utilizing it.
64
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Entomology has expanded, on the basis of its practical, economic
and health relations, until it has become an immense field. This phase
of the State Museum work has always been closely related to prac¬
tical affairs of the garden, field, forest and waters, as well as to health.
This has involved intensive field, laboratory and experimental studies
under a considerable variety of conditions in the fields and forests.
The mosquito control problem became, during the depression, an
important public employment relief project. An important advance
has also been made in the control of the black fly. In addition to the
individual problems concerned with insects, there are many that are
best administered as community activities, and thus at once they
involve public policy. Many signs of the times indicate that one of
the great advances in entomology will be in relating and formulating
its work to public policies, such as to health, land use and conserva¬
tion. Even during the depression and the war, there has been no
slackening of the demand for information within this field ; indeed, it
really increased.
In concluding these remarks on the balancing process, let us recall
the varied natural advantages of this State, due to its geographic posi¬
tion, with the finest harbor leading to the interior of the greatest food-
producing area in the temperate zone, and within its own borders
possessing great physical and biological diversity, including all degrees
of conditions from the seashore to the top of Mount Marcy, the ocean,
the Great Lakes, brooks, rivers, lakes and ponds, fields, forests and
varied mineral wealth. These indicate its great and varied resources
in terms of opportunity for important scientific study in relation to
public welfare and stress the urgency of a balanced program.
A large, diverse population devoted to agriculture, forestry and a
great variety of industries, forms of commerce and finance, constitutes
one of the most complex political units in the world. What a field for
the application of the methods of science and scholarship to the prob¬
lems of living under these conditions !
Within this expanding field the State Museum staff should be able
to find ample scope for the application of their methods of work. Is
it not their opportunity and obligation to investigate and report on
the problems that have significant bearing on the welfare of the
people ?
With all this emphasis on public policy let it be clearly understood
that this begins first of all with a fairly clear-cut understanding of the
functions and policy for the State Museum itself, its role in the Edu¬
cation Department, its relation to other Departments, to other state
officials, and finally to the general public.
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
65
There are a number of important functions within the field of the
State Museum for which the Education Department has no well-
defined policies. These need study and clarification, as do also certain
state policies, particularly with regard to mineral and biological
resources. Policies need to be determined also in regard to the-
preservation of natural scenic and scientific features, certain his¬
torical, industrial, artistic, and other similar important cultural
resources, in order that they may be utilized to best advantage. The
general public naturally turns to the State Education Department for
guidance in such matters and it should not be disappointed.
The postwar period. The preceding discussion, with its em¬
phasis on the functions of the State Museum, its inadequate support
and lack of balance, is not intended to belittle in any degree the value
of the substantial work already done, but does note its incompleteness,
stresses its public interest and its relation to public welfare. Today
public support requires a broad foundation and a strong appeal to a
large public.
Unless the signs of the times are incorrectly read, the postwar
period will be a period of great adjustments, and scientific, educational
and cultural agencies will share in this transformation. Some students
fear that scientific and cultural ' agencies will be thrust aside by a
wave of technical pressure, but I doubt that this will be more than a
temporary stage, because it seems probable that when some of the
economic tension and pressure is released there will be an even
stronger wave of interest toward scientific, cultural, educational and
recreational interests. This is a possibility that should be kept in
mind and planned for. There will thus be both the economic and
cultural aspect of this transitional period. Much of the work will
probably fall to the younger generation who are less influenced by the
older ideas and conditions.
In concluding this general review of the work of the State Museum
attention should be called to a considerable number of studies and
activities which in the aggregate are very important, but which are
more or less special, isolated, or incomplete and therefore have not
fallen into line with the major current or drift of this summary, such
as special taxonomic studies of plants and animals, the various work
relief programs, the Allegany School and similar activities and
investigations.
It may appear that undue emphasis has been given to public
policies. This has been deliberately stressed because of its impor¬
tance and its relative neglect in the past. Public officials themselves
do not always understand the role of research or fact-finding agencies.
66
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
It is doubtful that the major role of the State Museum can be
properly understood until a comprehensive study is made of the
functions of state research and the role of the State Museum in a
comprehensive public research program and policy, as has been
stressed in these Annual Reports for many years.
In concluding this report I wish to acknowledge the appreciative
and generous attitude and cooperation of the public with which the
State Museum has worked. This is the source of the greatest per¬
sonal satisfaction, and the resulting friendly relations are proof of its
reality. Of course this public is not organized or vocal, * and the
public service rendered is often overlooked because of its intangible
character, although it often takes very concrete form. It is, however,
this kind of response which gives assurance of the need of such a
public institution. Much of this is over and above the so-called
“practical” assistance given in the form of innumerable items of
advice and special information to industries, to teachers and to other
individuals. At the same time there is the less personal public service
given by the State Museum publications, which are widely distributed
in libraries throughout the world.
When all these influences are taken into account, one is able to
realize the role and function which the State Museum performs in our
economic and social system, within and without the State.
Finally, in concluding the 107th Annual Report I wish to mention
an interesting personal item which illustrates how the public scientific
institutions give informal educational assistance that is all too fre¬
quently overlooked and forgotten.
In 1891, a lad of high school age, who was interested in natural
history and was living in a conservative educational community domi¬
nated by the classical tradition, read a biographical sketch of the
early entomologist Thomas Say, by George Ord, in which Ord urged
young persons to delay the fascinating study of natural history until
they were established in life, or they risked the prospect of being unable
to earn a living, through the neglect of their business !
In struggling for an answer to the general question as to how to
make a living and to secure the necessary training for the study of
natural history the boy considered other alternatives. He was
fortunate, however, in having the addresses of leading naturalists in
the handbook of the Agassiz Association, The Three Kingdoms (by
President Harlan H. Ballard, a former student of Louis Agassiz) and
he wrote requesting advice from some members of the “Council” of
the Agassiz Association. These letters were received from President
David Starr Jordan of Stanford University, Dean N. S. S haler of
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
67
Harvard University, and from the entomologists Dr Henry C. McCook
of Philadelphia and Dr J. A. Lintner, State Entomologist, New York
State Museum. This was the first time that I came within the sphere
of influence of the State Museum. The letter from Doctor Lintner
is as follows :
STATE OF NEW YORK
OFFICE OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST
Albany, April 21, 1891
Mr. C. C. Adams
Dear Sir: In reply to your inquiries of the 16th, just received I would state:
The studies that you mention — Latin, Greek, and the mathematics will all be
of service to you, as a mental discipline, in your study of Natural History. I
would at least devote the time to the classics, that would enable you to under¬
stand the construction of the Greek and Latin names employed in classification,
and to be able to make out the brief latin generic diagnoses that are frequently
given. Such a knowledge of French and German as would enable you to read
these languages would be of service to you in advanced studies. I do not read
the German, and I have frequently to deplore my being shut out from many
publications that would aid me materially.
Very truly yours
( Signed ) J. A. Lintner
Botany will also be of much use, in your study of food-plants, “Entomology and
botany” are frequently combined in our Agricul. Experiment Stations.
Two years later at the World’s Fair at Chicago (1893) the fungus
exhibit of the New York State Museum, by the State Botanist, Dr
Charles H. Peck, enabled me to identify a number of fleshy fungi from
which I had collected interesting insects.
Ever since these early days the New York State Museum has been
for me an important and valued source of practical scientific and
educational information. With the passing of the years there must
have been thousands of similar instances unrecorded. This makes a
fitting termination of my official relation to the New York State
Museum, but not of course of my continued interest in it as a
scientific, cultural and educational institution.
ANNUAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE STATE MUSEUM
Publications by the Museum staff for the fiscal year ending March
31, 1943, or based, at least in part, on the Museum collections, or made
in cooperation with the State Museum, are as follows :
Adams, Charles C.
1943 One Hundred Fifth Annual Report of the New York State Museum.
N. Y. State Museum Bui. 333 :l-92
Bathurst, Effie G.
1943 Wild Flowers in Our Woods. How to build a nature trail. In
Phonograph Records as an Aid to Learning. Univ. State of New
York. The State Education Dep’t. p. 109—16
68
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Clausen, Robert T.
1943 Studies in the Ophroglossaceae : Botrychium, subgenus Sceptridicum.
Amer. Fern Jour., 33, no. 1:11-27
Goldring, Winifred
1942 Restudy of the Schoharie and Esopus Formations in New York
State. Amer. Jour. Sci., 240:673-94
- Geology of the Coxsackie Quadrangle (In press)
Hartnagel, C. A.
1942 Oil and Gas Developments in New York During 1941. Trans. Amer.
Inst. Min. and Met. Engrs., 146 :371— 73
1942a Oil and Gas Activities in New York-1941. Nat. Oil Scouts and
Landmen’s Ass’n Year Book — 1941, 12:390-96
Hosmer, Ralph S.
1943 James S. Whipple, Forest Administrator. Univ. State of New
* York Bui. to the Schools, 29, no. 7 :252-54
Houghton, Frederick
1943 Sanctuaries for Wild Plants. Univ. State of New York Bui. to
the Schools, 29, no. 7 :247-52
House, H. D.
1942 Clarence J. Elting and his Herbarium. Torreya, v. 42, no. 6:181-90
Koster, L. J.
1942 Sora, Near-Victim of a Fish. Science, 96:580-81. [With Dayton
Stoner]. Science, 96:580-81
Newland, D. H.
1942 Guide to the Geology of the Lake George Region. N. Y. State Mus.
Hdbk 19 (In press)
Ruedemann, Rudolf
- Geology of the Catskill-Kaaterskill Quadrangles, Part 1. Cambrian and
Ordovician Geology of the Catskill Quadrangle (In press)
Stoner, Dayton
1942 Longevity and Other Data on a Captive English Sparrow. Auk,
59 : 440-42
1942a Behavior of Young Bank Swallows. After First Leaving the Nest.
Bird-Banding, 13:107-10
194 2b Bird Study through Banding. Scientific Monthly, 55:132-38
1942c The 1942 Status of the Normandin Woods Heronry. Feathers,
4:57-58
1942c? A Seven- Year-Old Bank Swallow. Science, 96:273-74. [With
L. C. Stoner]
1942c European Starling Nesting in a Bank Swallow Burrow. Wilson
Bulletin, 54:215
1942/ Aspergillosis in a Snowy Owl. Auk, 59 :577— 78. [With Gordon M.
Meade]
1942# Author’s Summary of his “Behavior of Young Bank Swallows
after First Leaving the Nest.” [Bird-Banding, 13:107-10, 1942]
Biological Abstracts, 16:2124-25
1942A Sora, Near-Victim of a Fish. Science, 96:580-81. [With L. J.
Koster]
1943 Defensive Behavior of the White-breasted Nuthatch. Auk, 60:95-96
1943a Bird Records for Eastern New York. Feathers, 5:9-14
194 3b Yellow-bellied Sapsucker, Tree-troubler. Univ. State of N. Y.
Bui. to the Schools, 29, no. 7:266-70
White, W. L.
1942 Studies in the Genus Helotium. I. A Review of the Species Described
by Peck. Mycologia, 34:154-79
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
69
MUSEUM ACCESSIONS FOR THE YEAR
Accessions are new additions to the Museum. These are classified
into the following groups:
1 By donation: objects presented to the Museum
2 By exchange : for other Museum materials etc.
3 By purchase : payments from the Museum budget
4 By the staff : collected by the staff during official duties of any
kind
5 By transfer: from other state departments or other divisions of
the State Government, as provided by law
Gifts to scientific and educational institutions are listed at the end
of this section.
BY DONATION
Ackerman, Violet, New York, N. Y.
Specimens of bark-louse ( Ceratipsocus venosus Kolbe) New York, N. Y.
Adler, Margaret, St Huberts, N. Y.
Twig of balsam fir with staminate cones. St Huberts, N. Y.
Albany Institute of History and Art (through John Davis Hatch) Albany, N. Y.
Horn spoon
Allen, A. F., Albany, N. Y.
3 two-lined salamanders, Lake View House, Dutchess county, N. Y.
Anderson, Mrs R. F., Waterford, N. Y.
Specimens of black carpet beetle larvae. Waterford, N. Y.
Archibald, Mrs Helen G., Albany, N. Y.
Specimens of household insects, Albany, N. Y.
Arnold, E. J., Albany, N. Y.
Old wooden potato masher
Old adz
Avery, Thurman J., Albany, N. Y.
Specimens of “walking-stick” insects, Altamont, N. Y.
Bartlett, Guy, Schenectady, N. Y.
Black and white warbler, Schenectady, N. Y.
Belknap, Mrs B. H., Delmar, N. Y.
Skull of cedar wax wing, New Salem, N. Y.
Billstone, Victor, Jamestown, N. Y.
Crude oil from shallow well 2 miles northeast of Frewsburg, N. Y.
Crude petroleum (thin black) from shallow wells 2\ miles south of Frews¬
burg, N. Y.
Blank, Walter, Poughkeepsie, N. Y.
Specimens of weevils, Brachyrhinus ovatus L., Tupper Lake, N. Y.
Specimens of box elder plant bug, Leptocoris trivittatus Say, Fishkill, N. Y.
Specimens of powder post beetles, Cohoes, N. Y.
Specimens of psocids, Lachesilla pedicularia L., Lake George, N. Y.
Blust, Mrs Raymond, Sherrill, N, Y.
Specimens of dog fleas, Sherrill, N. Y.
70
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Bly, Mrs Ivy, Montgomery, N. Y.
Specimens of elm leaf beetles, Montgomery, N. Y.
Bond, Peter, Albany, N. Y.
Skull of robin, Albany, N. Y.
Bono, Peter, Albany, N. Y.
Olive-backed thrush, Albany, N. Y.
Bouton, Mrs Estelle Wright, Cragsmoor, N. Y.
Photographs and negatives from vicinity of Cragsmoor, N. Y., of E. L.
Henry’s art
Briggs, Roy, Duane Stage Route, Malone, N. Y.
2 specimens of magnetite from Studley Hill near Malone, N. Y.
Brockett, Frank S., Cambridge, N. Y.
Large wooden hay fork
Brooks, Dr P. B., Albany, N. Y.
Specimen of camel cricket, Altamont, N. Y.
Buckholz, Dr A. B., Albany, N. Y.
Specimens of brown dog tick, Albany, N. Y.
Buffalo Museum of Sciences (through Dr Irving G. Reimann), Buffalo, N. Y,
Photograph of a restoration of the trilobite Terataspis
2 photographs of a restoration of the cephalopod Goldringia
Buxton, Mary D., and Husson, C. Julie, Cragsmoor, N. Y.
Painting by E. L. Henry
Print of George Washington riding through the streets of New York
Clymer, Virgil H., Syracuse, N. Y.
Colored composite picture of Howe Caverns, N. Y.
Stafford scenic plate of Howe Caverns, N. Y.
Cohan, Timothy, Albany, N. Y.
Specimens of immature chinch bugs, Albany, N. Y.
Cohen, Ernest A. R., Schenectady, N. Y.
Specimens of black carpet beetles, Schenectady, N. Y.
Collister, • Morton C., Baldwin, N. Y.
Old banner of New York State Academic Principals Association
Crockett, Dr R. L., Oneida, N. Y.
27 specimens of plants from New York State
Culp, Mrs H. E., Albany, N. Y. .
Specimens (larvae) of webbing clothes moth, Albany, N. Y.
Cummings, Mrs H. W., Albany, N. Y.
Specimens of carpenter ants, Albany, N. Y.
Cummings, Rev. E. J., Schenectady, N! Y.
7 specimens of plants from Schenectady county
Deats, William, Barryville, N. Y.
8 fossil plant specimens near Pond Eddy, vicinity of Barryville and between
Barryville and Port Jervis, N. Y.
Dickinson, G. S., Poughkeepsie, N. Y.
Specimens of shed-building ants, Poughkeepsie, N. Y.
Dietrich, Dr Henry, Ithaca, N. Y.
Specimens of click beetles, Ludius appressus Rand., Mt Marcy, N. Y.
Eaton, Mrs A. H., Baldwin, Long Island, N. Y.
Specimens of saw-toothed grain beetles, Baldwin, L. I., N. Y.
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
71
Elting, Mrs Clarence J., Highland, N. Y.
1072 specimens of plants, mostly from Ulster county, N. Y.
3 old metal buckles
2 hand wrought nails
4 pitted stones; 2 pestles; netsinker; gorget fragment, bannerstone frag¬
ment; 3 drills; 5 drill fragments; 115 arrowpoints; 10 knives; 3 blades;
26 blanks and rejects; 4 scrapers; 4 quarts miscellaneous chipped frag¬
ments ; 52 damaged arrowpoints ; 2 flint lock flints from near Highland,
N. Y.
5 arrowpoints and potsherd from New. York State localities
8 arrowpoints from various U. S. localities
Fayerweather, Mrs Charles, New Lebanon, N. Y.
Iron stand
Shaker doll’s bonnet block
Small Shaker stool
Fireplace equipment
Old map of Monroe county, 1858
Fleming, John L., Troy, N. Y.
Specimens of pavement or lawn ants, Troy, N. Y.
Follett, Louis E., Saratoga Springs, N. Y.
Half bannerstone with two perforations ; 2 scrapers ; abraiding stone ;
spearhead part; gorget fragment with one perforation; small drill;
damaged celt, from vicinity of Fish Creek, N. Y.
Frederick, A. C., Albany, N. Y.
Specimens of whirligig beetles, Gyrinus dubius Wallis, Mt Albert, Quebec*
Canada
Gardner, Mrs Harriet L., Newburgh, N. Y.
Antiques from the Cosman-Gardner home at Newburgh, N. Y.
Garry, Thomas, Albany, N. Y.
Specimen of “walking-stick,” Delmar, N. Y.
Gilcreas, .F. W., Albany, N. Y.
Specimens of snow fleas, Horseheads, N. Y.
Glasgow, Dr Hugh, Geneva, N. Y.
Specimens of scarab beetles, Amphimallon majalis Rasoum, Newark, N. Y.
Glens Falls Insurance Company, Glens Falls, N. Y.
Colored print (kotsbackrome) of Black Watch at Ticonderoga, July 8,
1758. Painting by J. L. G. Ferris
Goldring, Mrs Frederick, sr, and Dr Winifred, Slingerlands, N. Y.
Oil painting of a goat by Van Zandt
Gosling, Mrs J. W., 1084 Waverley pi., Schenectady, N. Y.
Indian sundial by J. W. Gosling
Grant, David, Troy, N. Y.
2 advertising cards of Button Engine Works, 1868
Griffin, Dr C. A., Albany, N. Y.
Specimens of parasitic mites from rabbits, Albany, N. Y.
Grossbeck, William, Hornell, N. Y.
Specimens of flesh-fly larvae, Steuben county, N. Y.
Halley, Mrs Ernest, Watertown, N. Y.
Specimen of pentatomid bug, Perillus bioculatus Fab., Watertown, N. Y.
Hallinan, F. J., Albany, N. Y.
Specimens of bird lice, Albany, N. Y.
Hampton, John M. jr, Loudonville, N. Y.
Specimens of varied carpet beetle larvae, Loudonville, N. Y.
Hannan, William E., Albany, N. Y.
Specimen of ichneumon fly, Albany, N. Y.
72
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Harpham, C. L., Loudonville, N. Y.
Virginia opossum, Loudonville, N. Y.
Haskins, Vernon, East Durham, N. Y.
Sora, East Durham, N. Y.
Hayner, Warren, Albany, N. Y.
Specimens of lady beetles, Chilocorus bivulneris, West Sand Lake, N. Y.
Hennessy, Harry, Albany, N. Y.
Starling, Albany, N. Y.
Hill, Dudley Toll, Scotia, N. Y.
Old photographs and prints
Hollister, J. M., Schenectady, N. Y.
Specimen of sphinx moth, Stowe, Vt.
Kodachrome photograph of tent caterpillar egg mass, Schenectady, N. Y.
Specimens of spider wasp and sheet web-weaver spider
Specimens of walking-stick insects, Schenectady, N. Y.
Huntington, Mrs Archer M., Bethel, Conn.
2 bronze statues “Domestic Trouble” and “Peacocks Fighting”
Ibbott, William B., Wilson, Carl, and Howard, John, South Cambridge, N. Y.
Body of snowy owl with aspergillotic infection. South Cambridge, N. Y.
Ingraham, Donald, Cambridge, N. Y.
2 old coffee mills
Johnson, Clarence, Schenectady, N. Y.
Specimens of egg mass and newly hatched spiders
Kay, Dr G. Marshall, New York, N. Y.
11 graptolites from various formations and localities
Kellert, Dr Ellis, Schenectady, N. Y.
Specimens of tropical rat mites, Schenectady, N. Y.
Kellogg Switchboard and Supply Company, Chicago, Ill.
McCulloch radio tube
Kemp, Mrs R. C, Albany, N. Y.
Canary, Albany, N. Y.
Kennedy, J. D., Cortland, N. Y.
4 specimens of Hypericum prolificum from Cortland county, N. Y.
Killian, E. J., Albany, N. Y.
Specimens of weevils, Calomycterus setarius Roelofs, Albany, N. Y.
Kirker, J. E., Albany, N. Y.
Specimen of flea, Albany, N. Y.
Koster, John, West Nyack, N. Y.
7 gray squirrels; 5 skulls of birds and small mammals; 2 red squirrels;
3 starlings and Virginia opossum, West Nyack, N. Y.
Kraft, Fred G., Cragsmoor, N. Y.
Memorabilia of Artist E. L. Henry
Photograph of a E. L. Henry painting
Plaster bust of Henry P. Avery
Kruger, F. F., Schenectady, N. Y.
Specimen of flea, Schenectady, N. Y.
Langdon, Brig. Gen. Russell C., Brooklyn, N. Y.
17 arrowpoints from western North Carolina
Piece of coquina from Old Spanish Fort at Matanzas, Fla.
Lamellibranch shells and sharks teeth, Moorehead City, N. C.
Civil War, Spanish American War material and memorabilia of Colonel
Loomis L. Langdon and Brigadier General Russell L. Langdon
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
73
Laporte, A. A., New York, N. Y.
Specimens of ants, New Rochelle, N. Y.
Lecoste, Madame, Outremont, Quebec, Canada
Photograph and book of Mrs D. A. Graves
Pencil drawing of Antonia Madina, by William Wolcott
Shakesperian Reader
Legenbauer, George, Voorheesville, N. Y. ^
Specimen of broad-necked Prionus, Voorheesville, N. Y.
Leon, M. W., Binghamton, N. Y.
Specimens of larvae of varied carpet beetle, Binghamton, N. Y.
Linindoll, Harry, Albany, N. Y.
Specimens of sap beetles, Carpophilus hemipterus L., Albany, N. Y.
Liscomb, Orlando P., Fort Orange Club, Albany, N. Y.
Medal commemorating opening of Erie Canal, 1826
Lithgow, David C,, (through Wilfred Thomas), Albany, N. Y.
3 designs by David C. Lithgow
Portrait of man by David C. Lithgow
2 study drawings by David C. Lithgow
Oil study of a woman by David C. Lithgow
Oil paintings of a former Mayor of Albany by William Page
Portrait of a woman by William Barkintine
Little, Miss Edith, Menands, N. Y.
Specimens of termites, Menands, N. Y.
Littlefield, E. W., Delmar, N: Y.
Specimen of dytiscid beetle, Dytiscus harrisi Kby., Malone, N. Y.
Lowenthal, Esther, Keene Valley, N. Y.
Specimens of pine leaf aphids, pine needle scale, and larvae of LeConte’s
sawfly, Keene Valley, N. Y.
Martens, . Agnes D., New Russia, N. Y.
Specimen of Amorpha fruticosa, Essex county, N. Y.
Matthews, W. A., Rochester, N. Y.
55 specimens of plants from western New York
Mayer, N. H., Canaan, N. Y.
Specimen of carpenter ant, Canaan, N. Y.
McKelvey, Robert, Saratoga Springs, N. Y.
Specimen of caddis fly case, Saratoga Springs, N. Y.
Mead, Esther, Sherburne, N. Y.
Snowy owl, Sherburne, N. Y.
Mein, John, New City, N. Y.
Red squirrel, New City, N. Y.
Cottontail rabbit. West Nyack, N. Y.
Miltz, Dr Murray, Brooklyn, N. Y.
Specimens of ants, Brooklyn, N. Y.
Mitchell, E. W., Schenectady, N. Y.
Specimens of larvae of varied carpet beetle
Moore, Elizabeth H., Hants, England
Memorabilia of C. H. Moore
Myers, W. L., Albany, N. Y.
Specimens of pine bark aphids
National Lead Co., Tahawus, N. Y.
7 specimens of titaniferous magnetite from Lake Sanford, N. Y.
25 specimens of anorthosite from Lake Sanford, N. Y.
74
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Oneida Community, Oneida, N. Y.
1575 specimens of plants from the United States
Paladin, Arthur, Albany, N. Y.
3 owl flies from great horned owl, Valatie, N. Y.
Starling, Mexico, N. Y.
Skull of gray fox, Selkirk, N. Y.
3 skulls <d black bears, Fulton county, Tupper Lake and Herkimer, N. Y.
Paradis, E. M., Albany, N. Y.
Specimens of brown dog ticks, Albany, N. Y.
Parker, Orissa V., Hoosick Falls, N. Y.
Specimen of gall on raspberry, Hoosick Falls, N. Y.
Partridge, Miss C. B., Menands, N. Y.
Specimens of lawn ants, Menands, N. Y.
Pauly, K. A., Schenectady, N. Y.
Thin section slide of fossil wood from Arizona
5 thin section slides of fossil wood from Thedford, Ont., Canada
Peters, Charles, Cragsmoor, N. Y.
Collection of E. L. Henry art material
Pittman, Mrs C. F., Schenectady, N. Y.
Specimens of larvae of varied carpet beetle, Schenectady, N. Y.
Platania, Mrs Ann, Albany, N. Y.
Specimen of clothes moth, Albany, N. Y.
Rea, Dr Paul M., Santa Barbara, Calif.
Specimen of Lepiota Glatfelteri Peck, from California
Reoux, Mrs Adelia H., and Henry A., Warrensburg, N. Y.
The Albert H. Thomas Collection of guns, revolvers, swords etc.
Riemer, A. C., Delmar, N. Y.
Specimen of dog tick, Delmar, N. Y.
Rock, Mrs G. A., Whitehall, N. Y.
Specimens of larder beetle larvae, Whitehall, N. Y.
Rose, Lewis N., San Francisco, Calif.
24 specimens of plants from California
Rowe, Mrs Gertrude, Round Lake, N. Y.
Western fox squirrel (melano)
Rowley, Elmer B., Glens Falls, N. Y.
Samarskite-Aeschynite with black tourmaline in feldspar from Overlook
Quarry near Conklingville, N. Y.
Cyrtolite crystals with Samarskite-Aeschynite from Overlook Quarry near
Conklingville, N. Y.
Ruedemann, Rudolf, Albany, N. Y.
2 graptolites from near James ville, N. Y.
Sampson, Dr J. A., Albany, N. Y.
American redstart, Albany, N. Y.
Sanderson, W. E., Loudonville, N. Y.
Eastern turkey, immature, Loudonville, N. Y.
Sanford, Mrs Rollin B., Albany, N. Y.
Specimen of Eupatorium coelestinum, Newtonville, N. Y.
Schreiber, Rev. G. L., Kingston, N. Y.
10 specimens of plants from the Hudson valley, N. Y.
Shephard, Estate of Mr and Mrs Finley (through C. C. Huitt, executor).
New York, N. Y.
Shovel from Saratoga Battlefield, 1777
Celt from western New York
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
75
Shillinglaw, James McC., Westmere, N. Y.
Specimen of cicada killer, Westmere, N. Y.
Simons, Howard, Albany, N. Y.
Book, “Field Service Regulation” U. S. Army, 1914
10-dollar bill of Confederate currency
World War badge of Albany War Chest, 1918
Smith, Vera, Troy, N. Y.
Nest of Baltimore oriole, Defreestville, N. Y.
Solheim, Dr W. G., Laramie, Wyo.
5 specimens of fungi from Wyoming
Spath, Mrs F. J., Albany, N. Y.
.Specimens of ground beetle (Harpalus), Albany, N. Y.
Spiker, C. J., Branchport, N. Y.
Bicknell’s thrush, Branchport, N. Y.
Staats, Mrs Esther F., Rensselaer, N. Y.
Old buckskin breeches
Starr, Nellie M., Delmar, N. Y.
Buffalo hide overcoat
Stone, Harry, New York, N. Y.
2 early nonelectric telephones
Stoneman, William H., Albany, N. Y.
69 articles of sailmaker’s tools and equipment
Old sword-cane combination
2 historical lead pencils
Lithograph of Abraham Lincoln by Currier and Ives
Lithograph of President Andrew Jackson by Currier and Ives
Early lithograph of Woman and Child by Harry E. Pease
Lithograph of Barnum’s Gallery of Wonders
Carved cigar holder
Materials relating to the history of navigation
Swane, Mrs Hubert E., Waverly, N. Y.
2 Quaker bonnets
Thomas, Frank M., Albany, N. Y.
Pamphlets on history and art
2 small water colors
Catalogue of George West Museum 1890
Papers on Stephen C. Foster
Old apothecary weighing scales
Thomas, Wilfred, Albany, N. Y.
Civil War explosive shrapnel
Toy Civil War sabre
Artist Thomas Cole’s pallette
Oil painting of a bootblack by W. B. Sparks
Brass Civil War buckle
Thompson, Deaconess Amy G., and Rev. Paul S. Huntington, Upper Red Hook,
N. Y.
Memorabilia of artist E. L. Mooney
Tucker, Gilbert' N., Glenmont, N. Y.
Specimens of Mexican bean beetle larvae, Glenmont, N. Y.
Vail, Robert W. G., Albany, N. Y.
Medal commemorating passage of prohibition amendment 18
Van Amringe, Mrs Edith H., New York, N. Y.
Addition to the Frederick C. Hirons Architectural Collection
Van Derzee, Mrs Albany, N. Y.
Specimen of brown dog tick, Albany, N. Y.
76
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Van Etten, Dr E. J., Saugerties, N. Y.
3 specimens of Blephilia hirsute (Pursh) Benth., from Ulster county, N. Y.
Van Sanford, Frances A., Albany, N. Y.
Specimen of Indian meal moth, Albany, N. Y.
Wallace, Floyd, Oneonta, N. Y.
Bone awl ; 2 hammerstones ; 9 miscellaneous arrowpoints from Otsego, N. Y.
Ward, Norman F., Watertown, N. Y.
Specimens of weevils, Brachyrhinus ovatus L., Watertown, N. Y.
Specimens of springtails, Watertown, N. Y.
Weeks, Mrs Walter N., Whitehall, N. Y.
Old fan
Old Grebe radio set
Wells, Sister Jennie, North Family of Shakers, Mt Lebanon, N. Y.
Shaker record book of the Sodus Bay Family of Shakers
Shaker book of deaths among the Shakers — 1780-1830
Record book of the Sodus Bay Family of Shakers — 1834-38
Wilckes, Mrs F., Katonah, N. Y.
Specimens of powder post beetles, Katonah, N. Y.
Wills, Dr J. G., Delmar, N. Y.
Specimens of weevils, Brachyrhinus ovatus L., Delmar, N. Y.
Wilson, . Marion, Albany, N. Y.
Specimen of dragon fly, Albany, N. Y.
Wood, Bessie, Albany, N. Y.
Oven-bird, Voorheesville, N. Y.
Yerick, Mrs John F., Philmont, N. Y.
Specimens of psocids, Lachesilla pedicularia L,, Philmont, N. Y.
Zeh, K. Harry, Haverstraw, N. Y.
Specimen of dog flea, Haverstraw, N. Y.
BY EXCHANGE
Schmidt, Robert, Callicoon Center, N. Y.
Mammoth tooth at Schuler’s Lake near Callicoon Center, N. Y,
BY PURCHASE
American Meteorite Laboratory, Denver, Colo.
End section of meteorite from Burlington, N. Y.
Slice of meteorite from South Byron, N. Y.
Annesley & Company, Albany, N. Y.
Print, “Brunswick Church” from painting of E. L. Henry
Print, “First Railroad Train” by E. L. Henry
Arnold, E. T., Albany, N. Y.
Brass candle sconces
Congdon, Charles E., Salamanca, N. Y.
4 braided strips of corn from the Cattaraugus Indian reservation
Lecoste, Madame Paul, Outremont, Quebec, Canada
Miniature of Mrs D. A. Graves
Collection of costumes and accessories, circa 1835
Painting of Antonia Madina
Richards, Horace G., Philadelphia, Pa.
A 180-card catalog of Pleistocene mollusks
ONE HUNDRED SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT
77
Thomas, Frank M., Albany, N. Y.
A funeral sermon on the death of Abraham Eights
Electric telegraphic code apparatus
Old foot stool
Old banjo
Blood letting lancet
Physician’s scale balance
Bone saw
Electric shock machine.
Pocket medical dissecting set
2 pestles
Old Kellogg phone
Papers of Victor G. Audubon
Statuette of Rogers group by Daniel Chester French
Collection of old medical materials from home of Hiram Moses, M.D.,
Petersburg, N. Y., who was graduated from Yale University about 1824
Thomas, Wilfred, Albany, N. Y.
Old iron marine clock
Oil painting by G. H. Broughton
Old electric apparatus
Weil, Margaret, Albany, N. Y.
Surveyor’s alidade
BY MUSEUM STAFF
Adams, Dr Charles C., Albany, N. Y.
Specimens of ants, North Elba, N. Y.
Specimen of Japanese beetle, Albany, N. Y.
Specimens of adults and work of alder leaf beetle, North Elba, N. Y.
Broughton, Dr John G., Albany, N. Y.
4 specimens of graphite from Ramapo township, Rockland county, N. Y.
Specimen of phlogopite from Lake Mombasha, Orange county, N. Y.
3 specimens of soapstone from Shenandoah talc mine in East Fishkill
township, Dutchess county, N. Y.
Casey, J. L., Albany, N. Y.
Skull of starling, Albany, N. Y.
Chamberlain, K. F., Slingerlands, N. Y.
Specimens of hydrophilid beetles, Hydrobaticus normatus Lee. ; Haliplid
beetles, Peltodytes simplex Lee. ; dytiscid beetles, Hydroporus striatellus
Lee. ; dytiscid beetles, Laccophilus decipiens Lee. : dytiscid beetles, Lclcco-
philus fasciatus Aube. ; hydrophilid beetles, T ropisternus calif ornicus Lee.,
and Tropisternus ellipticus Lee., from Riverside, Calif.
Specimen of longicorn beetle, Centrodera nevadica Lee., Sequoia Park, Calif.
Specimens of long-toed water beetles, Macronychus glabratus Say, Corn¬
wall, Conn.
Specimen of haliplid beetle, Haliplus blanchardi Rbts., Natick, Mass.
Flower, Dr R. H., Cincinnati, Ohio
29 cephalopod specimens, West Brook, N. Y.
21 cephalopod specimens, Borodino, N. Y.
Cephalopod specimen, Georgetown, N. Y.
2 cephalopod specimens, Cayuga Lake, N. Y.
Collection of approximately 97 types and specimens of cephalopods from
various localities and formations, as a permanent loan
Glasgow, Dr R. D., Albany, N. Y.
Specimens , of chermid galls on hackberry, Morristown, N. J.
Many specimens of black fly adults, eggs, larvae and pupae from Ray Brook,
North Elba, Lake Placid, North Creek, Clarksville, Thacher Park and
Altamont
Hartnagel,. C. A., Albany, N. Y.
4 specimens of magnetite from Clifton mines in St Lawrence county, N. Y.
5 specimens of titaniferous iron ore from Lake Sanford, N. Y.
78 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
House, Dr H. D., Albany, .N. Y.
Specimens of sumac aphids, Saratoga Lake, N. Y.
Specimen of sphecoid wasp, Loudonville, N. Y.
Specimens of balsam gall midge galls, Tahawus, N. Y.
Specimens of tree hoppers ( Pubilis concava Say), Queensbury, N. Y.
Black-billed cuckoo, Malta, Y.
White-footed mouse, Loudonville, N. Y.
Koster, Louis J., Albany, N. Y.
16 skulls of small mammals, Rockland county, N. Y., and other localities
Skeleton of great blue heron, West Nyack, N. Y.
Starling, Albany, N. Y.
Schoonmaker, W. J., Albany, N. Y.
2 short-tailed shrews, Rensselaer county, N. Y.
2 white-footed mice, Rensselaer county, N. Y.
Red-backed mouse, Rensselaer county, N. Y.
Jumping mouse, Rensselaer county, N. Y.
Skull of short-tailed shrew, Rensselaer county, N. Y.
Skull of red-backed mouse, Rensselaer county, N. Y.
Eastern red-tail, Rensselaer county, N. Y.
Stoner, Dayton, N. Y.
6 lots of fleas from snowy owls, West Albany, N. Y. ; Schoharie county,
N. Y., and Voorheesville, N. Y. ; Ticonderoga, N. Y. ; East Schodack,
N. Y., and South Cambridge, N. Y.
Starling, Albany, N. Y.
4 bank swallows, Vienna, N. Y.
3 barn swallows, Voorheesville, N. Y.
5 cliff swallows, Troy, N. Y. ; Sylvan Beach, N. Y., and Altamont, N. Y.
Eastern song sparrow, Voorheesville, N. Y.
Lot of fleas from bank swallow, Oneida Lake, N. Y.
Skull of muskrat, Guilderland Center, N. Y.
House centipede, Albany, N. Y.
Northern gray squirrel, Albany, N. Y.
Whitney, A. G., Albany, N. Y.
Specimens of fungus beetles ( Lycoperdina ferruginea) , Albany, N. Y.
Specimen of plume moth, Albany, N. Y.
Specimen of parasite wasp ( Pelecinus ), Mt Rafinesque, N. Y.
BY TRANSFER
New York State Historical Collection (through C. C. Adams), Albany, N. Y.
54 miscellaneous chipped implements ; 20 miscellaneous chipped points from
the Harriet E. Lutman Collection (see 24th Report of Director, p. 37)
New York State Library, Albany, N. Y.
Old thread
Physician’s medicine case
Cockade
Superintendent’s Office, Education Building, Albany, N. Y.
2 old keys
GIFTS TO INSTITUTIONS AND INDIVIDUALS
Baudisch, Dr Oskar, Saratoga Springs, N. Y.
6 samples of Schenectady shale
Marlitt, Eleanor, Johnstown, N. Y.
15 specimens of rocks and minerals
Norvell, Stevens T. sr, Western Springs, Ill.
Specimen of Clinton iron ore
St Mary’s Girls’ High School (through Miss Pat Clemens), Phoenix, Ariz.
15 specimens of rocks and minerals
Swartz, Dr Frank M., State College, Pa.
Rubber mold of Odontochile phacoptyx var. gaspensis
INDEX
Accessions, 69-78
Accomplishments of the year, 13
Adirondack region, geology of, 61
Allegany State Park, 55
Appropriations, 53
Archeology, 44
Art, additions to collection, 43; ex¬
hibit of silk screen prints, 43;
historic and art collection, 22,
60; summary of activities in, 44
Attendance, annual, 18; relation of
exhibits to schools and colleges,
16
Bequest, form of, 8
Bibliography, annual, 67
Bird studies, 52
Blackflies, control methods, 51
Botany, in retrospect and prospect,
63; summary of activities in, 44
Broughton, Dr John G., appoint¬
ment, 51
Budget, 53
Collaborator, 9, 22
Collections, E. L. Henry exhibit,
20, 60; historic and art, 22, 59
Colleges, relation of exhibits to, 16
Cooperation, with state and other
organizations, 14
Council, State Museum, 22; mem¬
bers, 9
Council of Parks, State, 16
County and state planning, 16
Curator, honorary, 9
Deaconesses of Maple Hill, gift, 22
Directory data, staff, 53
Donations, 22; list, 69-76
Drafting, 21
Ecological vegetational surveys, 63
Educational emphasis, 55
Endowment and trust funds, 54
Entomology, in retrospect and
prospect, 64; summary of activi¬
ties in, 51
Exchanges, 76
Exhibition halls, annual attend¬
ance to, 18; condition of, 19
Exhibits, condition of, 19; E. L.
Henry exhibit, 60; history and
art, 60; relation to schools and
colleges, 16; silk screen prints, 43
Financial summary, 53
Fine arts, 59
Fossils, studies of, 52
Franklin bust, gift of, 22
Functions, 54
Funds, 53
Geological and Natural History
Survey, 62
Geology, problem of geology of
Adirondack region, 61; summary
of activities in, 51
Gifts, 22; list, 69-76; to institutions
and individuals, 78
Hall of New York History, 22, 44
Handbooks, 55
Henry, E. L., Art Collection, 20,
60
Henry, Joseph, special exhibit de¬
voted to, 19
Historic and art collection, 22; ex¬
hibits of, 60
History, 56; summary of activities
in, 44
Houdon sculpture, gift of, 22
Huntington, Anna Hyatt, gift of
animal bronzes by, 43, 61
Industrial arts, 56
Information, 18
Insect collections, 51
Insect control, 51
Institutions, gifts to, 78
Koster, Louis J., appointment, 52
Landon, Judson S., gift, 22
Linter, J. A., letter from, 67
[79]
80
INDEX
McCausland, Elizabeth, exhibit of
silk screen prints, 43
Minerals, studies of, 51
Monroe county, vegetational sur¬
vey, 51
Museum budget, 53
Museum Council, 22; members, 9
Natural history, school of, 55
Natural History Survey, 62
New York History, Hall of, 22, 44
Organizations, cooperation with,
14
Paine collection, 43
Paleontology, 52
Parks, State Council of, 16
Photography, 21
Planning, state and county, 16
Policies, 65
Postwar period, planning for, 65
Printing, 18
Publications, 18; annual biblio¬
graphy, 67-68; handbooks, 55
Publicity, 18
Purchases, accessions by, 76
Quadrangles, geological reports on,
61
Resources, state and county plan¬
ning for, 16
Retrospect and prospect, 54-67
Schools, relation of exhibits to, 16
Scientific appointments, temporary,
9
Shakers, 56
Silk screen prints, exhibit of, 43
Staff, accessions from, 77; list, 9;
summary of activities, 44; publi¬
cations by, 67; salaries, 53
State and county planning, 16
State Council of Parks, 16
State Museum Council, 22; mem¬
bers, 9
State organizations, cooperation
with, 14
Statistical summary, 53
Status of Museum, 54
Stetson-Wells, E. L. Henry Col¬
lection, 20, 60
Storage facilities, condition of, 21
Summary, financial and statistical,
53
Temporary scientific appointments,
9
Transfer, accessions by, 78
Trust funds, 54
Vegetational surveys, 63
Visitors, 16-18
Washington bust, gift of, 22
Work Projects Administration, as¬
sistance, 59
Zoology, in retrospect and prospect,
63; summary of activities in, 52
Contributions
to the
Flora of Central New Y ork — I
\ . ■ . i . . ■ ■ •
, j
" * ' t . • ' * • ; •;
By
Stanley Jay Smith
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
BULLETIN NUMBER 338
Published by The University of the State of New York
Albany, N. Y. August, 1945
M373r-O43-1800
Contributions
to the
Flora of Central New Y ork — I
By
Stanley Jay Smith
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
BULLETIN NUMBER 338
Published by The University of the State of New York
Albany, N. Y. August, 1945
M373r-O43-180Q
2
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
Regents of the University
With years when terms expire
1955 T homas J. Mangan M. A., LL.D., Chancellor Emeritus Binghamton
1957 William J. Wallin M.A., LL.D., Chancellor - - Yonkers
1950 Roland B. Woodward M.A., LL.D., Vice Chancellor Rochester
1951 Wm Leland Thompson B.A., LL.D. ----- Troy-
1948 John Lord O’Brian B.A., LL.B., LL.D. - - - - Buffalo
1954 George Hopkins Bond PhM., LL.B., LL.D. - - - Syracuse
1946 Owen D. Young B.A., LL.B., D.C.S., L.H.D., LL.D. Van Hornes1
1949 Susan Brandeis B.A., J.D. --------- New York
1947 C. C. Mollenhauer LL.D. --------- Brooklyn
1953 W. Kingsland Macy B.A., LL.D. ------ lslip
1952 John P. Myers B.A., D.Sc. ------- - Plattsburg
1956 Stanley Brady B.A., M.D. - -- -- -- - New York
President of the University and Commissioner of Education
George D. Stoddard Ph.D., LL.D., Litt.D., L.H.D.
Deputy and Associate Commissioner (Finance, Administration, Vocational Education)
Lewis A. Wilson D.Sc., LL.D.
Associate Commissioner (Instructional Supervision)
George M. Wiley M.A., Pd.D., L.H.D., LL.D.
Associate Commissioner (Higher and Professional Education)
J. Hillis Miller M.A., Ph.D., LL.D., Litt.D.
Counsel
Charles A. Brind jr B.A., LL.B., LL.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Research
J. Cayce Morrison M.A., Ph.D., LL.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Teacher Education
Hermann Cooper M.A., Ph.D., LL.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Personnel and Public Relations
Lloyd L. Cheney B.A., Pd.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Finance
Arthur W. Schmidt M.A., Ph.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Instructional Supervision
Edwin R. Van Kleeck M.A., Ph.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Professional Education
Irwin A. Conroe M.A., LL.D., L.H.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Vocational Education
Oakley Furney B.A., Pd.M.
State Librarian
Joseph Gavit, acting
Director of State Museum
Carl E. Guthe M.A., Ph.D.
State Historian
Albert B. Corey M.A., Ph.D.
Directors of Divisions
Adult Education and Library Extension, Frank L. Tolman Ph.B., Pd.D.
Elementary Education, William E. Young M.A., Ph.D.
Examinations and Testing, Harold G. Thompson M.A., LL.D.
Health and Physical Education, Hiram A. Jones M.A., Ph.D., D.Sc.
Higher Education, John S. Allen M.A., Ph.D.
Law, Joseph Lipsky LL.B.
Motion Picture,
Research, Warren W. Coxe B.S., Ph.D.
School Buildings and Grounds, Don L. Essex M.A., Ph.D.
Secondary Education, Warren W. Knox M.A., Ph.D.
Vocational Rehabilitation, G. Samuel Bohlin B.S.
CONTENTS
PAGE
Introduction . . . . . .. . 5
Abbreviations of herbarium names . 6
Abbreviations of collectors’ names . . 6
I The persistence and establishment of cultivated types . 7
II New and rapidly spreading weeds . 15
III Some natives, rare and otherwise . . . . 36
Bibliography . 64
Index to species . 71
[3]
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA
OF CENTRAL NEW YORK
By Stanley Jay Smith
INTRODUCTION
This paper deals with new, rare or otherwise interesting elements
in the flora of central New York, here defined as that area formed by
the combined drainages of the upper Susquehanna and Oswego rivers,
thus including all or parts of Lewis, Oneida, Oswego, Madison, Onon¬
daga, Cayuga, Seneca, Wayne, Herkimer, Schoharie, Otsego, Che¬
nango, Delaware, Broome, Cortland, Tompkins, Tioga, Chemung,
Schuyler, Steuben, Allegany, Yates and Ontario counties.
A report on the plants from this range has seemed important from
various standpoints. The Flora of the Upper Susquehanna has been
without revision since 1901, except for some local and special reports.
The flora of the Finger lakes has never been studied as a complete
unit. Moreover, the two areas have a close geological connection since
those lakes are held to occupy preglacial river-valleys once draining the
present Susquehanna region into a northern sea. A comparative study
of the two systems, giving due attention to the relationship between the
plants and this geological history, is desirable. This paper records
some of the distributional data on which such a study must be based.
The writer has had some opportunity to collect throughout this area
and to examine specimens at various public and private herbaria in
connection with this report. Local floras and floristic papers with
definite bearing, and in pertinent cases revisional and monographic
treatments, have been consulted. The nomenclature used in recent
revisions is followed, where the conclusions seem warranted ; correla¬
tions with names used by House (62) and by Wiegand and Eames
(111) are made, including references to papers discussing each change
(other than those necessitated to avoid tautonymy or those due to
academic questions as to generic limits, where these two works differ).
In the case of a plant not included in the usual manuals, citation is
made to a work which will furnish means of identification.
The writer wishes to express appreciation for aid and encourage¬
ment to K. M. Wiegand, W. C. Muenscher, R. T. Clausen, Mrs M. W.
Allen and the other taxonomists of the Cornell University Department
of Botany; to H. D. House, State Botanist, of the New York State
Museum, and to the curators or owners of the various other her¬
bariums listed below.
Stanley Jay Smith
Madison Barracks , N. Y.
January 31,1942 [ 5 ]
6
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
ABBREVIATIONS OF HERBARIUM NAMES
(A) State Museum Herbarium,
Albany, N. Y.
(B) Bailey Hortorium,
Cornell University,
Ithaca, N. Y.
(Bk) Brooklyn Botanic Garden
Herbarium, Brooklyn Botanic
Garden,
Brooklyn, N. Y.
(Bu) Clinton Herbarium,
Buffalo Academy of Natural
Sciences,
Buffalo, N. Y.
(Cl) Herbarium of G. D. Cornell,
Campbell, N. Y.
(Cn) Herbarium of J. Cohn,
New York, N. Y.
(E) Elmira College Herbarium,
Elmira College,
Elmira, N. Y.
(G) Gray Herbarium,
Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass.
(S) College of Liberal Arts and
Sciences Herbarium,
Syracuse University,
Syracuse, N. Y.
I
(T) Herbarium of C. A. Taylor jr,
Ithaca, N. Y.
Specimens are in the Herbarium of the New York State College
of Agriculture, Cornell University, Ithaca, unless otherwise noted; in
many cases, only one station from a county is represented by mounted
material, the others by collections in exchange sets.
ABBREVIATIONS OF COLLECTORS’ NAMES
A
C. M. Atwood
MacD
E. A. MacDaniels
Al
Mrs M. W. Allen
M
W. C. Muenscher
B
L. H. Bailey
S
S. J. Smith
C
R. T. Clausen
w
K. M. Wiegand
Cu
0. F. Curtis jr
w & w
Professor and Mrs K, M.
D
Miss S. C. Dyal
Wiegand
E
A. J. Eames
Wr
A. H. Wright
H
H. D. House
Wr & Wr Professor and Mrs A. H.
L
T. F. Lucy
Wright
* Observed by the writer.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK
7
I THE PERSISTENCE AND ESTABLISHMENT OF
CULTIVATED TYPES
. Cultivated plants frequently escape locally, or persist, and often
become integral members of the spontaneous flora. Notes on such
establishment are far too few. Many times specimens are not even
collected on the theory that such types are transient and thus of little
interest, despite the fact that some of our worst weeds were once intro¬
duced as garden subjects. No cultivated forms are here reported, how¬
ever, unless there are definite indications either of bona fide entrance
into the noncultivated flora or of recurrent appearance as a temporary
escape.
Picea Abies (L.) Karst. New. TOMPKINS: young trees, 1-22
ft high, at s. end of Slaterville Sw.*, seeded from some large old trees
at a near-by farmhouse, the largest already bearing cones ; a few plants
observed by Meunscher in a cemetery on the Bostwick road n. of upper
Enfield glen; CHEMUNG: a few young trees in Gee Sw., Van
Etten*, seeded from old trees at a near-by residence; 1 small tree in
a wet hollow, Austin hill* ; small trees about Breesport*, seeded from
ornamental plantings, not doing well in the dry soil. Otherwise not
reported as established.
Butomus umbellatus L. (74) Spreading from introduction.
TOMPKINS : thousands of plants actively propagating themselves in
low marshy ground and on an island along the Cayuga inlet near the
fairgrounds, M & W. T. Winne 20308 (1941 — introduced in 1932; at
the same time introduced in several places on the Ithaca flats near the
head of Cayuga L., where apparently holding its own.) The first-
mentioned colony may well give rise to others about the central New
York marshlands. Also known in N. Y. about the s. end of L. Cham¬
plain (79). In N. A., not known outside of the greater St Lawrence
drainage, whence previously reported from the vicinity of upper L.
Erie in Mich, and Ohio, upper L. Champlain in N. Y. and Vt; near
Ottawa, Ont., and at various places along the St Lawrence, proper, in
Ont. and Que. (16). Muenscher has supplied manuscript notes on
this species.
Bromus inermis Leyss. Locally abundant. MADISON : Munns-
ville, R. L. Crockett (S) ; ONONDAGA: roadside, Syracuse*; road¬
side near Green L., Fayetteville* ; SENECA : roadside s. of Fayette* ;
CORTLAND: roadside, s. Cortland*; CHEMUNG: ballast, State
Road, S 591; ditch-banks in the Jackson Ck area*; fields, Comfort
hill* ; roadsides, Horseheads* ; roadside and fields, Pine City*. Also
known locally from Sylvan Beach (62) and from several places in
Tompkins co. (Ill) ; infrequent in the State (62).
Arrhenatherum elatius (L.) Mert. & Koch (50). Becoming com¬
mon. ONEIDA: Bridgewater, locally abundant, W 19957 ; MADI¬
SON : fields near Pecksport, H 16369 ; ONONDAGA: along street,
8
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Westvale*; old field, Fayetteville*; CAYUGA: nw. of Cascade, F. A.
Ward; old cemetery, Venice, A; SENECA: abundant along road n.
of Hector* and n. of Valois*; roadsides near Covert*; BROOME:
meadows, 2 mi. e. of Binghamton, M 16061 ; TIOGA: dry roadside,.
2 mi. nw. of Jenksville, C & S 2639; CHEMUNG: scattered clumps
along road from county line s. to Pine Valley* ; single clump, ballast,
Erin* ; rather common along main road s. of N. Chemung* ; vacant
lots about Elmira*. Not unusual in the northeastern part of the Finger
Lakes region (22; 59; 111) ; formerly reported from Tompkins co.
(Ill) and Apalachin (15) southward; infrequent or locally abundant
in the State (62).
Holcus lanatus L. ( Ginannia lanata; Notkolcus lanatus. Holcus
L. , nom. cons., type species H. lanatus L. — 104). On the increase.
ONONDAGA: Mud Ck, swampy meadow, 1 mi. n. of Woodward,
M. J. Richardson 103 (S) ; Cicero Sw., A. Horton 46 (S) ; meadow
\y2 mi. e. of Three Rivers, G. P. & F. L. Van Eseltine 2688 (S) ;
CAYUGA: near Sempronius, A; CHENANGO: half-way between
Mt Upton and Norwich, Wr & Wr; CHEMUNG: Sullivanville,
C. A. & M. W . Taylor 3135 (T) ; Lowman, L (A) ;becoming frequent
about Erin*, as formerly in Tioga co. (26) and the Cayuga basin
(111); STEUBEN: along road between Caton and Sagetown, S
2068 ; ONTARIO: Gorham, H. P. Sartwell (S). Frequent in the
Hudson valley and on L. I. (81) ; less so northward and westward
(62).
Commelina communis ludens (Miquel) Clarke. (C. communis,
at least in part, of manuals — 95). Occasional about cities. CHE¬
MUNG: Elmira, on ballast, S 540; in shrubbery about Elmira
Heights* ; STEUBEN : e. of Corning, M 15306. Typical C. communis
L. has never been observed by the writer, the material about Ithaca and
Syracuse being the present plant. The species (undifferentiated) is
infrequent in the Hudson valley and on L. I. (81) ; also reported from
about the big cities of the Barge Canal belt (62) and Ithaca (111).
Leucojum aestivum L. Rarely established. CAYUGA: wet field,
Port Byron, “persisting for 25 yrs.” M 17572 ; TOMPKINS : wet
soil along run about 1 mi. n. of Bald hill, J. P. Young 17361. Previ¬
ously reported from sweetflag marsh near Peterboro ; often persistent
in old yards (62).
Iris Pseudacorus L. Locally naturalized . MADISON : Chit-
tenango gorge, R. L. Crockett (S) ; south of Oneida, House 14250
(A); TIOGA: several patches in wet pasture, jet. of Richford-
Caroline and Speedsville roads*; CHEMUNG: along each of 3 small
brooks, State Road*, Scotchtown*, Breesport*. Swamp n. of Salina
(43) ; 5 scattered stations in the Cayuga basin (111) ; well established
along Cayutta Ck near Waverly (76). It is not understood why some
colonies should be so extensive, and the last 3 new localities cited
should harbor but a single clump each.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK
9
Populus candicans Ait. Occasional. (62 ; 111) MADISON : Page
camp, R. L. Crockett (S) ; ONONDAGA: near Syracuse, L. M.
Underwood (S) ; Danforth, M. L. Overacker (S) ; TOMPKINS:
roadside n. of Connecticut hill, M 17575; CHEMUNG: spreading by
suckers, old farm yard, Redfern hill, S' 881.
Polygonum cuspidatum Sieb. & Zucc. ( P . Zuccarinii — 77).
Occasional. MADISON: Munnsville, R. L. Crockett (S) ; ONON¬
DAGA: salt flats, Onondaga L., Syracuse, M. & D. Isely 20153;
CAYUGA: weedpatch, Auburn*; CHEMUNG: several clumps on
waste ground along Newtown Ck s. of Brick pond, Elmira, S 2302.
Not reported by the local floras; considered locally common in the
Hudson valley and across the middle of the State (62) ; near Quaker
Bridge (66).
Cerastium tomentosum L. (5) Rare. ONONDAGA: a few
clumps along roadside, vacant lots, Syracuse*; CPIEMUNG: patch,
about 6 ft across, along the Watkins road s. of Pine Valley, S 776.
Not hitherto reported.
Silene Armeria L. Not too successful. TOMPKINS: spon¬
taneous about C.C.C. Camp SP-48*; CHEMUNG: spontaneous
in garden at Erin* ; 1 plant along curb, W. Water st., Elmira, .S' 345.
At North Bay (59) ; Onondaga Valley (43) ; not recently collected
in the Cayuga valley (111) ; not reported by Clute, although in Tioga
co. (26) ; “in waste places and spontaneous in gardens and recently
cultivated soil” (62). Apparently inability to compete with weeds
not controlled by garden operations prevents its spread.
Dianthus deltoid.es L. Rare. CHENANGO: roadside between
Triangle and Greene, S &D 1148 ; TOMPKINS: roadside near
Speedsville, L. Coville 1 6565 ; scattered along roadside, Ithaca, B
(B) ; roadside, Forest home, /. Cohn (Cn) ; CHEMUNG: pasture
lane, lower Maple av. flats*. Infrequent in the State (62) ; but for¬
merly listed only from Baldwinsville (43) for our region.
Ranunculus repens L. var. pleniflorus Fern. Occasional (62 ;
111). TOMPKINS: spontaneous in yard, Ithaca, B (B) ; yard,
Van Natta road, B (B) ; CHEMUNG: moist ditch Pine Valley, Z,
(E) ; along roads about Erin* and State Road* ; formerly abundant
in swaly pasture, Scotchtown*. Hitherto reported for the State
from Herkimer, Albany, Onondaga, Seneca, Monroe, Tompkins and
Genesee counties (22; 62; 111).
Berberis Thunbergii DC. (99) Following the generic tradition.
TOMPKINS: woods n. of Esty glen C et al. 19141 ; abandoned
field, Coy glen, M 17885; woods, n. side of Remington B., Cayuga
Heights, M 17480; hedgerow along Ellis Hollow road, S' 1552;
slough in Slaterville Sw.* ; wild bank, Fleming Meadow*; CHE¬
MUNG: seedlings and 1 bush approximately 3 yrs old, edge of lawns,
Erin* ; full-grown bush on thicketed slope near Breesport*. Also
JEFFERSON : 1 bush in Thuja bog, Sackets Harbor* ; GENESEE :
edge of Bergen Sw., M 19518. Reported by W. T. Winne as frequent
about Schenectady; rare in Erie co. (113).
10
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Fumaria officinalis L. Generally rare, but locally abundant.
MADISON: Georgetown, M. A. Phillips 19398 ; CAYUGA:
garden, Moravia, A ; CHENANGO : weed in peafield near Sher¬
burne, G. J. Raleigh 19714 ; CORTLAND: escaped in garden,
Cortland, E. L. Palmer 537 ; CHEMUNG: garden, 5th ward,
Elmira, L (E) ; old flowerbed at Erin* (persistent?) ; abundant weed
on the alluvial flats between Elmira and Wellsburg*. Hitherto
reported for our region from Geddes gorge, near Syracuse (43) ;
McKinneys, near Ithaca (111) and Chemung (15). Occasional in
the State (62).
Sedum ternatum Mx. Scarce, but locally abundant. ONON¬
DAGA: e. of Syracuse, L. Hamilton (S) ; CAYUGA: creekbank,
Moravia, Dr M. F. Merchant ; SENECA: woods along stream in
Lodi glen, M 16164; TOMPKINS: abundant over lawn, Dryden*;
CHEMUNG: hilly ground near Roericke’s glen, L. E. Chase (E) ;
spread over Jakeway’s lawn, Breesport, S' 783. As about Ithaca
(111), the plant, once started, spreads rapidly. Rare or sporadic
(14; 43; 62; 111). Apparently none of the stations is an indis¬
putably native occurrence.
S. spurium Bieb. (S. stoloniferum Auct., non Gmel. — 5) Very
rare. TOMPKINS: small clump along road near old house site,
Hungerford quarry, Ellis Hollow road, S' 1584 (B) ; CHEMUNG:
2 small patches on clayey bank along road, Scotchtown, probably
escaped from the near-by cemetery, S 445. Otherwise reported for
the State from St Huberts, Essex co. (62). (True S. stoloniferum
appeared once on a stone pile near Erin, but was soon smothered out
by the next species.)
S. sarmentosum Bunge (5) Occasional. TOMPKINS: small
clump along road, Hungerford quarry, S' 1494 (B) ; CHEMUNG:
spreading rapidly over stone pile near rock garden, Erin, S 1040.
Formerly reported for the State only from Crestwood, Yonkers (10).
Ribes sativum Syme. ( R . vulgar e — 5) Occasional (62; 111).
MADISON: Nine Mile Sw., Hubbardsville, M & Cu 5224;
CAYUGA: lakeshore s. of Union Springs, W & E 12137; CHE¬
MUNG: near Seely Ck bridge, L (E) ; gravel pile, Erin* (a tem¬
porary escape) ; wet woods along streambank, Erin* (apparently
well established) ; wet upland woods. Laurel hill*. In connection
with these notes, it is well to recall Wiegand and Eames (111) : “In
the dry-soil stations, the plant appears to have escaped directly from
cultivation, but in the boggy places, it seems to constitute part of a
general introduction into low ground throughout eastern North Amer¬
ica and is apparently spontaneous.’"
x Spiraea Billiardii Herinc. ( Douglasii x salicifolia) (99)
New. CHEMUNG: spreading about an old foundation, Fairview,
Y 427 ; abundant along roadside ditch near old farmhouse, Redchalk* ;
STEUBEN : about old gravel pit, edge of Caton Sw.* Perhaps only
persistent, although definitely seeming to spread.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 11
Filipendula rubra (Hill) Robinson. 5 new localities. MADI¬
SON: Oneida, R. L. Crockett (S) ; TOMPKINS: roadside, Tru-
mansburg, B ; roadside, s, side of Connecticut hill, M 16980 ; along
Ellis Hollow road near Plibbards Corners* ; large patch in damp
field near Asbury Church, fide M. Sand, florist. Near Oneida L.
(59); 3 other stations in Tompkins co. (Ill); occasional in the
State (62).
Rubus phoenicolasius Maxim. Occasional. CAYUGA: well
established in several places nw. of Cascade, F. A. Ward; in pasture,
Moravia, A. E. Salley 15706 ; TOMPKIN S : woods above gun works,
Ithaca, M 17385 ; woods near the Chi Psi house, Cornell U. campus*.
“Sparingly escaped” in se. N. Y. “and rarely elsewhere” (62).
R. laciniatus Willd. Occasional. TOMPKINS : Several large
bushes in old field, Danby road, South hill, Ithaca, Y 1190; about
duckpond at the Fuertes Bird Sanctuary, head of Cayuga L,*
(planted ?) ; YATES : Penn Yan, G. R. Youngs (S). Also known
from near Mud pond, Conquest (111) and se. N. Y. (62).
Rosa gallica L. Local. TOMPKINS : roadside near Ithaca,
B (B) ; roads ne. of Slaterville Sw.* ; CHEMUNG: old cemeteries,
Scotchtown*, Austin hill* and Blueberry hill* ; grassy banks, Mud
Lick road* ; STEUBEN : dryish banks near Caton Sw.*. Hitherto
reported from Tyre, Spencer, Michigan Hollow, and Danby (111)
for our region. Sparingly naturalized or escaped in the State (62).
Prunus fruticosa Pall. (99) Rare. TOMPKINS : crossroad
beyond upper reservoir, Six Mile Ck, Ithaca, W 15716. Observed for
several years by Weigand and others.
Amorpha fruticosa L. Increasing. SENECA : sandy fields
near Pout pond, Junius, M. & V . M. Refer 18362; TOMPKINS:
near Stewart av. bridge, s. bank of Fall Ck, Y. H. Burnham 18572 ;
vacant lot ne. of suspension bridge, M 14798; Connecticut hill,
M 18011 (var. angustifolia Pursh) ; ONTARIO : Black Pt, Canan¬
daigua L., Mrs E. P. Gardner. Reported eastward and southeast¬
ward in the State and from near Rochester (62) ; occasional, but not
considered established, in the Cayuga Lake basin in 1926 (111).
Robinia viscosa Vent. Locally established. TOMPKINS :
forming a thicket of more than y2 acre on hillside n. of Groton,
M 20188, the annotation label reading : “Also observed along road¬
side just south of Cayuga county line.” Well established in the State,
eastward, at least (62) ; North Bay, Oneida co. (59) ; possibly
escaped at Aurora (111) ; Waverly (26) ; rare in Erie and Niagara
counties (113).
Lathyrus latifolius L. Occasional ; 5 new stations. ONON¬
DAGA : abundant in swaly field, N. Syracuse, S & M. E. Faust 2336
(S) ; factory roadside, Syracuse* ; SENECA : roadside between
Hector and Hector falls* ; TOMPKINS : old field near Lloyd Cor¬
nell Wild Flower Preserve* (incl. albino) ; ONTARIO : roadside
12
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
near Black Pt, Canandaigua L., Mrs E. P. Gardner. Occasional in
the State (62) ; also near Constantia (59) and at 3 other Tompkins
co. stations (111) for our region.
L. tuberosus L. Very rare. CHEMUNG: abundant and spread¬
ing about cellar of abandoned house site on Erin branch of Marsh
road, Rodbourn marsh, N 18904. Previously reported for the State
from Fishers I. (45) and from the town of Amherst, Erie co. (113).
Also JEFFERSON : alfalfa field near Chaumont bay, 5 mi. from
Three Mile Bay, W. T. Winne; ERIE: town of Clarence (adjoining
Amherst), /. K. Wilson 20040, near Harris hill, Amherst, C. A.
Zenkert (1933).
Euphorbia lucida Waldst. & Kit. The number of recent collec¬
tions would indicate that this species is decidedly on the increase;
since, however, the plant does not usually produce seeds in this coun¬
try, and since it is so extremely localized (80), the additional colonies
were probably overlooked. BROOME : open dry roadside, Union,
W 4496 ; 1 mi. w. of Binghamton, L. F. Randolph 2; TOMPKINS:
Groton, W. R. Dudley (1875 — first from State ?) ; gravelly roadside
n. of Townley Sw., E 10234; e. of Townley Sw., Wr 15740; Peru-
ville, common along roads in Lansing Twp, B (B) ; 2 mi. e. and
Ys mi. n. of N. Danby, L. Coville 17605; TIOGA: roadside and
field e. of Spencer, M 16990; roadside, Smithboro, M 17499; jet. of
the Halsey-Valley and Spencer-Candor roads* ; STEUBEN : field s.
of Sonora, M 15738. 2 other stations in the southern part of the
Cayuga Lake basin (111) and a few others in the Susquehanna valley
proper (14; 111); new to the Chemung. Also JEFFERSON: in
grass by the roadside near village of Black River, M & B. Maguire
2373; roadside, s. of Watertown*.
Aesculus glabra Willd. Very rare. CHEMUNG: small flower¬
ing tree along roadside, Millport run, S 768 ; STEUBEN : Branch-'
port, T. M. Fry (S). Not previouly reported for the State.
Impatiens Roylei Walp. (5) New. MADISON: s. of Eaton,
R. L. Crockett (S) ; SCHUYLER: in woods, the Glen springs.
Watkins, M 17252.
Hibiscus Trionum L. (Trionum Trio mini) Occasional. MAD¬
ISON: vicinity of Hamilton, W. F. Langworthy; ONONDAGA:
garden, 1 mi. s. of Marcellus, N. Hotchkiss 960 (S) ; Syracuse,
L. M. Underwood (S) ; CAYUGA: Locke, Mrs Arthur Jones;
TOMPKINS: weed in cultivated ground, Bailiwick, Ithaca, B (B) ;
CHEMUNG: cornfield weed, Scotchtown* ; STEUBEN : vicinity of
Campbell, G. D. Cornell (Cl). In Onondaga co. (22) ; scarce to
locally abundant in the Cayuga basin (111) ; only at Wellsburg (14)
and Barton (26) in the Susquehanna valley heretofore; infrequent
westward in the State and in the St Lawrence, Champlain and Hud¬
son valleys (81).
Oenothera pilosella Raf. (0. pratensis; Kneiffia pratensis — 62;
84). Increasing. TOMPKINS: roadside at Halseyville, B (B) ;
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 13
spontaneous among currant bushes, yard, Cornell Heights, D 18074 ;
roadside near girls’ playground, Cornell U. campus, A. Gershoy 6928 ;
field along Fall Ck about iy2 mi. above Varna, IV & E. Palmatier
20205. Reported from brackish meadows, Montezuma (111); else¬
where in the State from the southern and southeastern sections (62)
and from Concord, Erie co., and Lakeport, Niagara co. (113).
Aegopodium Podagraria L. Occasional. TOMPKINS: weed
in athletic field, s. of ball-cage, E 10534 (with variegated leaves —
var. variegatum Hort.) ; dooryard, Ithaca, E 4674 (var. variegatum) ;
CHEMUNG: wet bank, Erin* (var. variegatum) ; curbing, N. Main
st., Horseheads, S 810. Reported for the southeastern part of the
State (62).
Primula veris L. (5) Occasional. MADISON : Colgate cam¬
pus, well established for 40 years, M &G. L. Stebbins 18970 ; CAY¬
UGA : in woods far from any house, in glen near rr., between Kings
Ferry and Willetts, IV 7003. Not previously reported from the State,
although one of the hybrid derivatives has been found on Connecti¬
cut hill, Tompkins co. (10).
Convolvulus japonicus Thunb. Scarce. MADISON : Wamps-
ville, R. L. Crockett (S) ; ONONDAGA: streets of Syracuse*;
TOMPKINS: st. n. of W. Hill schoolhouse, Y. H. Burnham 17408 ;
CHEMUNG: Rumsey hill, G. Rumsey (plant observed in Rumsey
garden) ; Hendy Hollow, specimen collected by Hendy Hollow 4-H
Club and retained in the dub’s collection; edge of cornfield, Scotch-
town*. The specimens are all of the double-flowered form. Scarce
in the Cayuga basin, where reported only from the vicinity of Ithaca
(111); locally abundant in the State (62).
Lamium maculatum L. Still occasional. CAYUGA: Moravia,
F. L. Kilborne ; TOMPKINS : roadside near Peruville, H. H. Craig ;
McLean, W. W. Rowlee ; Ellis Hollow, W (The L. album L. reported
from this station (111) has been redetermined by Wiegand as albino
L. maculatum) ; roadsides, Boyceville* ; chickenyard, Trumbulls Cor¬
ners*. Onondaga co. (22) ; 3 other stations in Tompkins co. (Ill) ;
sparingly naturalized in the Susquehanna valley (14) ; infrequent or
rare throughout the State (62).
Salvia pratensis L. (5) Rare. MADISON; Old pasture,
south of Clockville, House 14141 ; gravelly field, 3 mi. w. of Peter-
boro, M et al 20230 ; CAYUGA; J4 mi. w. of Venice center, E &
W. E. Manning 16732. Reported as occasional and persistent if undis¬
turbed (62) ; listed from Onondaga co. (22).
Origanum vulgare L. Rather rare. MADISON : in field near
Hatch L., M & A. A. Lindsey 3547; ONONDAGA: Manlius, A.
Westcott (S) ; CAYUGA: roadside between Cayuga and Auburn,
E. J. Townsend ; weedy roadside, Auburn*; SENECA: near Seneca
L., Lodi, N. W. Folwell ; along roadside between Lodi and Caywood,
M 17283; TOMPKINS: Six Mile Ck switchback, /, Lewis 17413 ;
14
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
several places on Cayuga heights fide Muenscher. Locally abundant
eastward in the State (81), but, for our region, hitherto definitely
reported only from Onondaga co. (43) and 2 stations in Broome co.
(14).
Verbascum phlomoides L. Appearing. TOMPKINS: Cornell
U. campus, S. H. Burnham 18636 ; abundant in barnyard near White
Church*, escaped from a commercial flower garden ; in cinders about
C.C.C. Camp S-125* (cinders transported from near White Church).
Also JEFFERSON : stony pasture s. of Adams*. Heretofore
reported for the State only from Wading River, L. I. (62), and from
Eighteen Mile Ck, Erie co. (113). Considered “as yet rare” by
Pennell (94).
Cymbalaria muralis Gaertn., Mey., & Scherb. ( Linaria Cymbal-
aria — 94). Rare, with “little aggressive tendency — doubtfully to be
included in our flora” (94). TOMPKINS: city dump, lighthouse
road, M 15924; CHEMUNG: a considerable quantity on dripping
stone wall under bridge, Elmira*. Otherwise reported from Onon¬
daga Ck (43), the hills about Cornell U. (Ill) and Owego (15).
Veronica Chamaedrys L. Increasing. CAYUGA: yards, Mora¬
via, A; CORTLAND: orchard, w. end of village of Truxton, W;
TOMPKINS: Baker lawn, Cornell U. campus, M. Pladeck 17296 ;
lawn, E. Seneca st., 5'. H. Burnham 17619; bad weed, lawn se. of
Sage, Cornell U. campus, S'. H. Burnham 17618. Rare in the State
(81) ; formerly reported in our region only from the vicinity of Syra¬
cuse (43).
Lonicera Morrowi Gray (99). Becoming established. ONON¬
DAGA: old field near cemetery, Fayetteville, Y 2157 (S) ; TOMP¬
KINS: on rocky waste in Hungerford quarry, Ellis Hollow road,
Y 1631 ; CHEMUNG : n. slope of Reservoir hill, Horseheads, S 816',
stony thicket, Cobble hill*. Also LIVINGSTON : abundant on
Leroy lime barrens, M 18999; ALBANY: common in fence rows,
Loudonville, H 19040 (B). Much material casually referred in the
field to L. Xylosteum L. may actually be this species, here apparently
first reported for the State.
Valeriana officinalis L. Occasional. CAYUGA: Moravia, F.
L. Kilbourne; SENECA: roadside, Lodi, B (B) ; TOMPKINS:
old hedgerow along Turkey Hill road, C 920 (B) ; bottomland along
Fall Ck, 1 y2 mi. above Varna, W. &E. Palmatier 20240; ditch near
village of Dryden*; CHEMUNG: Pine Valley, L (E) ; willow-
thicketed sloughs near rr., Erin* and Rodbourn*. In Onondaga
co. (43) ; 3 older scattered stations in the Cayuga basin (111) ; infre¬
quent, but widely distributed in the State (62).
Campanula Trachelium L. Very rare. TOMPKINS: Six Mile
Ck, C. A. Taylor jr , 18156 (1932) ; collected by others over several
seasons. First from the State.
Rudbeckia triloba L. Increasing. ONONDAGA : old pasture
n. of Tully* ; TOMPKINS: between greenhouse and Tower road,
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 15
Cornell U. campus, Al 17639; vacant lot overgrown with weeds,
Cornell st., Ithaca, Al 19027 ; roadside, College town, /. Cohn (Cn) ;
wet, grassy pocket, Cornell quarry, Ellis Hollow road*; abundant
about small slough in Slaterville Sw.* ; old pasture n. of Dryden* ;
CHEMUNG: wildly spreading weed in garden, Erin, S 521 ; grav¬
elly riverbank, W. Elmira*; banks of Newtown Ck, Elmira*. For¬
merly reported for this region only from the Ithaca dumps (111);
also in the Hudson valley (62).
Coreopsis lanceolata L. Recently noticed. TOMPKINS:
many plants along dead furrow, far from any house, along hill road
to Upper Enfield, well established, S. H. Burnham & W. R. Dann
17439 ; CHEMUNG: covering vacant lot, Center Mills, N 523 ;
several plants along gravelly roadside e. of Breesport* ; ONTARIO :
weedpatch, Geneva*. Reported in 1924 as “adventive or escaped
. in a few localities in southern New York” (62), and more
recently as “very freely” escaping on Fishers I. (45) ; as frequent
about New York City (78) ; by Winne as established about Schenec¬
tady and as scarce in the Buffalo region (113).
Anthemis tinctoria L. Spreading little, but tenacious where once
started. ONONDAGA: Tamarack Sw., M. L. Overacker (S) ;
dry roadside, Comstock av. M. E. Underwood 222 (S) ; dry soil,
Syracuse U. campus, M. E. Underwood (S) ; TOMPKINS : College
farm, Cornell U. campus, A. R. Bechtel 11013 ; grassy roadside, Gar¬
den av., Cornell U. campus*; CHEMUNG: gravelly roadsides,
Erin, 5 1011, near Scotchtown cemetery*, and Traynor farm, Laurel
hill*. Some of the material is A. Kelwayi Hort. which scarcely seems
distinct (5). Infrequent or rare in the State (62); in Onondaga
co. (22) ; not established in the Cayuga basin in 1926 (111).
Artemisia pontica L. Still occasional. TOMPKINS: just
below the narrows, near Caroline center, C. L. Wilson 17525.
Reported from the W. Junius region and from near Enfield falls
(111) ; rare in s. N. Y. and occasional elsewhere (62).
Onopordum Acanthium L. Occasional. MADISON : Hamil¬
ton, R. L. Crockett (S) ; TOMPKINS : city dump, Lighthouse road,
M 16330 ; 3 mi. s. of Jacksonville, G. Personius 5316; abundant in
rocky pasture hollow, n. edge of Slaterville Sw.* Also ST LAW¬
RENCE: roadside, Lisbon, O. P. Phelps. Reported from widely
separated areas in the State (62; 111; 113); for this region pre¬
viously, only from the Cornell U. campus, a pasture n. of Slaterville
and Penn Yan (20; 111).
II NEW AND RAPIDLY SPREADING WEEDS
The recording of fluctuations in the weed population is an impor¬
tant function of any floristic. work. A number of weeds, once known
from but a station or two for the area here considered, are now
known from several counties and are fairly prevalent. Among such
16
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
may be mentioned Pycnanthemum flexuosum (see below), Poten-
tilla recta (81) and Camelina microcarpa (81). Many are new to
the region, several to the State. Years of collection have been cited
after specimens as an added indication of time of introduction and
rapidity of spread.
Bromus arvensis L. Rare. TOMPKINS: Cornell U. farm
plots, F. P. Metcalf 5810 (1916) ; Stewart Park lawn, Al 17700
(1932). Otherwise known for this country from a few localities
in the Hudson valley (62) and eastern Md. (50).
B. mollis L. ( B . hordeaceus Auct., non L. — 51). Rare and
recently introduced. MADISON : Pecksport, R. L. Crockett (var.
leiostachys Hartm. — B. hordeaceus f. leptostachys ) (1940) (S) ;
TOMPKINS: Plant Science lawn, Cornell U. campus, S'. H. Burn¬
ham 17695 (1932) ; Lake st., Ithaca, near corner of Cayuga L., S'. H.
Burnham 19960 (undated) ; in gravel (said to be from Fall Ck,
Varna), Turkey Hill nursery, S' 1140a and S' 1140 (the latter var.
leiostachys) (1939). Infrequent in the Hudson valley and on the
coastal plain (81) ; apparently local elsewhere (62) ; listed from Onon¬
daga co. (43).
B. tectorum L. Becoming common, at least locally (81). ONON¬
DAGA: Warner, F. B. Armstrong (1910) ; near salt marsh between
Liverpool and Syracuse, W 1725 (1914) ; CAYUGA: sandy hillocks
e. of Lowery ponds, C et al. 2572 (var. glabratus Spenner — 50)
(1937); TOMPKINS: 1 mi. beyond McKinneys between rr. and
lake, M. D. Pirnie 13891 (1921) ; near Hoy field, Cornell U. Cam¬
pus, S'. H. Burnham 16054 (var. glabratus) (1925) ; rr. track, Brook-
tondale station, Al 17449 (1930); sandy bank near greenhouses,
Cornell U. campus, Al 17562 (1931); Earnes’ garden, Cayuga
Heights, E 17703 (1932); Lick Bk, W 19302 (var. glabratus)
( 1936) ; gravelly field, Slaterville Sw., S' 593 (var. glabratus)
(1937) ; idem* (var. typicus) (1937) ; gravelly soil in Turkey Hill
nursery, S' 777 (var. glabratus) (1939); CHEMUNG: along rr.
at Erin, S' 594 (1937) ; n. of Red Jacket inn, 5 784 (1938) ; along
rr. at Breesport* (1939) and Breesetown* (1940); abundant along
sts. of Horseheads* (1939). Our material of var. glabratus is usu¬
ally taller, with a more diffuse panicle. Taller plants with strigillose,
and shorter sparsely villous, glumes have been noted, however;
also one colony of taller, more diffusely panicled var. typicus. The
species has been reported for our region from Onondaga co. (22),
Cayuga (111), Ithaca (111) and Preble (63).
Puccinellia distans (L.) Pari. Very rare. TOMPKINS:
ditch, site of old Remington salt plant, W 19837 (1938). Hitherto
reported for our area from Liverpool, Syracuse, the Montezuma
region and Penn Yan (62; 111).
Poa nemoralis L. An 8th county. ONTARIO : Canandaigua,
Miss E. C. Webster (1910). Previously reported from Tompkins
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 17
(111) (where increasing), Onondaga (43), Yates (62), Fulton
(58), Richmond (62), Westchester (10) and Cattaraugus (65)
counties.
P. bulbosa L. Rare. TOMPKINS: under tree, lawn, East av.,
Cornell U. campus, Al 18722 (1935). Also at Riverhead, L. I. (28).
Reported from Va., N. C. and several western states (50).
Eragrostis spectabilis (Pursh) Steud. ( E . pectinacea Auct.,
non Nees. — 50). Rare or locally abundant. ONEIDA: North
Bay, R. L. Crockett (1939) (S) ; Sash-factory Ck, R. L. Crockett
(1941) (S) ; OSWEGO: sandy roadside n. of Bernhard’s Bay,
H 20111 (1932); MADISON: sandy roadside s. of Oneida,
H 24449 (1936) w. of n. Chittenango, H 27190 (1939); ONON¬
DAGA: widespread in sandy fields, N. Syracuse, S & M. E. Faust
2310 (1941) (S) ; SENECA: sandy field, Junius, Al 18266 (1933) ;
CHEMUNG: a few clumps along rr., Elmira Heights, Y 2314
(1941) ; YATES : Penn Yan, H. P. Sartwell (date unknown) (Bu).
Also WARREN: sandy roadside sw. of Sugar Loaf mt., town of
Queensbury, Y. H. Burnham (1916) ; WASHINGTON : sandy
field sw. of Moss St. schoolhouse, Hudson Falls, Y. H. Burnham
(1916); dry soil, Thompson, H 24091 (1936); SARATOGA:
“along D. & H. rr. n. of Saratoga Spa,” circa 1916, fide ms. notes of
Y. H. Burnham; SULLIVAN: sandy and gravelly roadside, 2j4
mi. nw. of Lackawaxen, Pa., C. A. Taylor jr (1941) (T). It is
difficult to distinguish the var. sparsihirsuta Farw. (23) in these
collections, the material varying from nearly glabrous to densely
villous-hirsute within a single colony, with some variation found on
individual clumps. Previously reported only from Apalachin (15)
for our region, E. pectinacea of Egler (22) presumably being the plant
now so named — a species relatively abundant about Syracuse. Also
on L. I. (62). Undoubtedly adventive upstate, since it is too spec¬
tacular a plant to have been overlooked by Paine and other earlier
botanists.
E. peregrina Wiegand. Probably overlooked rather than extremely
rare. ONONDAGA: rr. tracks n. of W. Genesee st., Syracuse,
N. Hotchkiss 1708 (1924) (S) ; TOMPKINS: gravelly roadside,
Paige’s Corners, Slaterville Springs, Y 1062 (1938) ; old rr. crossing,
Besemer* (1938) ; CHEMUNG: cinders at rr. crossings, Erin,
Y 1035, (1938), Bowman Hill road, Horseheads, Y 1018 (1938), and
N. Main st., Horseheads, Y 1019 (1938) ; roadside, Goodrich Cor¬
ners, Y & IV. T. Winne 4001 (1941); also in dense mats or as
scattered plants along road from there to Big Flats, a distance of 8
mi.* (1941); STEUBEN: cinders about filling station, Gibson,
Y 1060 (1938). Also ALBANY: Watervliet, C. H. Peck (1905) ;
JEFFERSON : rr. yard, Watertown, M. L. Fernald, W , & E 14171
(1922). Otherwise reported for the State only from Onondaga co.
(22), Auburn (111), Ithaca (111), Quaker Bridge (65) and Col¬
lins (113).
E. Frankii C. Meyer (50). Occasional. ONEIDA: Sylvan
Beach, H 24381 (1936); n. bank of Fish Ck, M 14573 (1922);
18
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
MADISON : Lakeport, H 9868 (1923) ; Lewis Pt, H 24355 (1939) ;
CAYUGA: rather abundant in small tufts along county road near
Slayton’s pond, Y 1831 (1940). Very rare locally, whence previously
reported from Onondaga co. (22), the Cornell U. farm (111), Apala-
chin (14), and possibly Big gully (111); cited as frequent in the
State (81).
Dactylis glomerata L. var. detonsa Fr. Very rare. CAYUGA:
meadows etc., cult., Moravia, F. C. Curtice , in part (1881) ; TOMP¬
KINS: Taughannock ravine, E 5726 (G), E 5728 (1916), the latter
possibly transitional. Hitherto reported for N. A. only from New¬
foundland: “Probably introduced in hay or straw and presumably
more generally naturalized.’’ (32). Abundant in the woods near
the lake entrance to Taughannock gorge, where it presents a strik¬
ingly distinct aspect; the entire plant slender, with seemingly nar¬
rower, darker green leaves; the lower branches of the panicle much
longer, slenderer, and more flexuous; the glumes, both sterile and
flowering, smaller than in the usual variant and nearly or completely
glabrous. Occasional plants of the large variety with shorter basal
panicle-branches have glabrate glumes, but the material cited is part
of a well-constituted variety.
Cynosurus cristatus L. Still occasional. ONONDAGA: grassy
roadside, Dewitt, C. A. W eatherby 3705 (1915); Euclid av., lawns
near Syracuse U. campus* (1941); CAYUGA: lawn, Moravia, A
(1891); TOMPKINS: E. Seneca st. lawn, S'. H. Burnham 17706
(1932); CHEMUNG: lawns about Erin* (1936); ONTARIO:
Canandaigua, Miss E. C. Webster (1910). Not common in the State
(62) ; in addition to these new records, reported for our area from
Onondaga co. (43), Ithaca (111) and Campville (15). Sometimes
used in lawn mixtures (50), but seeming more or less casual here.
Sporobolus cryptandrus (Torr.) Gray. Rare. TOMPKINS:
grass along the Lehigh Valley rr. tracks near the Barge Canal ter¬
minal, Ithaca, M 17744 (1932). New to the Cayuga basin; elsewhere
in our region only about Onondaga L., although frequent on the
Great Lakes lowlands; also on L. I. (62).
S. vaginiflorus (Torr.) Wood. Increasing. ONEIDA: sandy
soil e. of Verona beach, H 26132 (1938) (S) ; ONONDAGA:
cultivated field, Tully, G. F. Hastings (var. typicus ) (1898); near
Archbold stadium, Syracuse U. campus, S & M. E. Faust 2322
(1941) (S) ; CAYUGA: common in old fields between Aurora and
Kings Ferry, M 18281 (1933) ; SENECA : roadside, Covert* (1941) ;
TOMPKINS: along road near Agriculture College greenhouses,
Cornell U. campus* (1936); cinders about C.C.C. Camp S-125*
(1937) ; TIOGA: along road, 3 mi. e. of Slaterville Springs, S' 635
(1938); CHEMUNG: roadsides ne. of Erin, S 613 (1936), at
Scotchtown* (1937), Breesetown* (1937), Horseheads* (1937),
Rush run* (1940), Sullivanville* (1941), and from Lowman through
N. Chemung to Breesport* (1941) ; along rrs., Erin* (1939), near
Elmira College* (1940), and Elmira Heights* (1941). All material
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 19
is var. inaequalis Fern. (33) except the second collection, as noted.
Also reported for our region from Onondaga co. (43), Tioga co.
(14), where not uncommon, and from Penn Yan (62) ; widely scat¬
tered throughout the State (62).
S. neglectus Nash. 4 more stations for our region. ONONDAGA :
ballast near stadium, Syracuse U. campus, 5 & M. E. Faust 2322a
(1941) (S); TOMPKINS: waste places near salt plant, Ithaca,
W. W. Rowlee & V. C. Dunlap (1916); CHEMUNG: along rr.
tracks, Erin, N 1295 (1939); along rr., Elmira Heights* (1941).
Also JEFFERSON: common about Madison Barracks* (1941).
In Onondaga co. (22) ; considered frequent in the Cayuga basin
(111); a few other scattered stations in the State (62). Appearing
definitely introduced.
Aristida dichotoma Mx. Increasing, at’ least along rr. beds in
CHEMUNG: near Precision Tool Co, Elmira, 6" 618 (1936) ; Erin*
(1937) ; Breesport* (1937) ; Park Station* (1937). About Oneida
L. (59), vicinity of Syracuse (43), Apalachin (15) and presumably
elsewhere; considered locally abundant in the State (62).
Eleusine indica (L.) Gaertri. Appearing about the cities (62;
111); occasionally elsewhere. ONONDAGA: lawn near stadium,
Syracuse U. campus, N & M. E. Faust 2324 ( 1941) (S) ; CAYUGA :
lawn, Moravia, A (1881); TOMPKINS: increasing about Ithaca
sts, rr. yards and waste places (several collectors) ; Renwick woods,
in path, C 2267 (1936) (B) ; gravelly roadsides, C.C.C. Camp S-125,
S 1061 (1938); CHEMUNG: sts. e. of Elmira College, N 619
(1936); about curbings, Elmira Heights* (1936); alluvial borders
of Brick pond* (1941) ; YATES: Penn Yan, H. P. Sartwell (date
unknown) (G). Hitherto definitely reported for the region from
Oneida L. (59), Onondaga Hill (43), Waterloo (85), and Ithaca
(111) ; common in the Hudson valley and on the coastal plain (81).
Panicum dichotomiflorum Mx. Occasional, but perhaps increas¬
ing. MADISON : sandy shore, South Bay, Oneida L, M 14558
(depauperate) (1922); TOMPKINS: Tower road, Cornell U.
campus, S. H. Burnham 17355 (intermediate between vars. typicum
and geniculatum) (1929); Plant Science lawn, Cornell U. campus,
S. H. Burnham 17727 (depauperate) (1932) ; edge of runway, Ithaca
airport* (depauperate) (1940) ; CHEMUNG: roadside above Good¬
rich. Corners, .9 623 (1936) ; old field near Elmira southside dumps,
.9 622 ( 1936) . Elsewhere reported for us from Oneida L. (62) , Salina
(62), and Tioga co., where frequent or locally abundant along the
river (26) ; rare in the Cayuga inlet and outlet (111) as generally
upstate (62), but frequent in the Hudson valley and on the coastal
plain (81). Some of the moist-soil colonies are probably indigenous.
P. dichotomiflorum Mx. var. geniculatum (Wood) Fern. (38)
Much more rare than var. typicum in our region, although apparently
common elsewhere in the State, judging from collections. MADI¬
SON : shore of Oneida L., Lewis Pt, H 24360 (1939) (S) ; TOMP¬
KINS: near the Cornell U. barns, 5*. H. Burnham 18273 (1933)
20
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
CHEMUNG: in sandy alluvium, Elmira eastside dumps, Y 624
(1936); abundant along rr. near Elmira College, 5* 2309 (1941);
along road, Greatsinger Corners* (1941). Although intermediates
are not lacking, the two extremes of this species are markedly dis¬
tinct. (Some of the depauperates may belong here, but their
extremely dwarfed condition makes it difficult to determine.) In
older reports, no varieties are distinguished.
P. clandestinum L. Occasional as a weed; still rare in natural
occurrences. CORTLAND: rr. bank, Truxton, W (1896); CHE¬
MUNG: large colony of very vigorous stout-culmed clumps along
rr. tracks near Elmira Precision Tool Co.* (1936) and another on
rr. bank, Pine Valley* (1940) ; slender few-culmed clumps on gravel-
bars near the Chemung narrows* (1939) and in thickets, Greatsinger
Corners Sw.* (1940) ; stout phase along rr., n. of Pipeline, Cayuta
Ck* (1941) and slender phase in alluvial woods near-by* (1941).
Considered infrequent westward in the State (62) ; in Onondaga
co. (22) ; Montezuma and 3 Ithaca stations cited for the Cayuga
basin (111) ; not previously reported from the Chemung valley,
although common in the remainder of the Susquehanna drainage (14).
Setaria verticillata (L.) Beauv. ( Chaetochloa verticillata. Set-
aria Beauv., nom. cons. — 104). Occasional, but spreading rapidly,
once established. ONONDAGA: fence row along Harrison st. near
Greyhound Bus terminal, Syracuse, S & M. E. Faust 2554 (1941)
(S) ; also along other sts.* (1941) ; CAYUGA: Moravia, A (1918) ;
TOMPKINS : city dump, Lighthouse road, Ithaca, M 17741 (1932) ;
waste ground near sludge tanks, Ithaca, M 17740 (1932); along
Spencer st., Ithaca* ( 1938) ; curbing, Williams st., near Cornell U.
campus* (1941); CHEMUNG: curbing, Horseheads, S 1040
(1938); ballast, Hoffman’s nursery, Elmira* (1941); ONTARIO:
garden, Canandaigua, Miss E. C. Webster (1910). Locally reported
only northeastward (43; 59) up to now; considered infrequent in
the State (81).
Bulbostylis capillaris (L.) Clarke ( Stenopliyllus capillaris.
Bulbostylis Kunth, nom. cons. — 104) Becoming abundant, at least
along rrs., through the center of the region (10). MADISON:
Oneida, H 26182 (1938) (S) ; ONONDAGA: near ne. corner,
Onondaga L., Y &M. E. Faust 2546 (1941) (S) ; TOMPKINS:
about C.C.C. Camp S-125* (1937), in cinders from old rr. bed,
Caroline Depot; behind Freeville ballpark* (1938); CHEMUNG:
Elmira southside, S 570 (1936) ; Erin* (1936) ; Park Station*
(1936); Van Etten* (1936); Breesport* (1936); Breesetown*
(1936); near Elmira College, Y 2310 (1941); Van Etten Jet.*
(1941). Hitherto reported for the Susquehanna valley only from
the river flats opposite Apalachin (15); for the Finger Lakes area
from the sands of Oneida L. (54), from E. Syracuse (43), about
Cayuga L. (10), where increasing; probably to be found general
along railroads throughout. Most of the material is var. crebra Fern,
(previously considered typical — 39), but part of that from near
Elmira College has sessile basal spikelets, and is apparently referable
to var. typica (var. cryptostachya) .
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 21
Carex hirta L. Another locality. CAYUGA: low meadow near
South Central depot. Auburn, A (1886); flat waste ground near
Lehigh Valley rr. freight depot, Auburn, A (1921). Also at Ithaca
and Boonville, and on L. I. (62) in this State; reported from Onon¬
daga co. (43).
Juncus compressus Jacq. ONONDAGA: salt marsh, Syracuse,
W (1912). Also QUEENS: Coney I., anon . (1879). Otherwise
reported for the State only from Ithaca and Freeville; rare in N. A.
(1U).
Allium vineale L. Recently noted. MADISON : Page camp,
R. L. Crockett (1939) (S) ; WAYNE: in fields near Savannah,
L. E. Andrus 19515 (1936), “reputed to have been introduced with
red kidney beans from California”; CAYUGA: lower Paine’s Ck
ravine, M 18762 (1935); CHEMUNG: dry orchard thicket, Red-
fern hill* (1939). Frequent in the Hudson valley and on the coastal
plains; rare on the Great Lakes lowlands (81) ; previously reported
for our region only from Onondaga Hill (43).
Epipactis latifolia (L.) All. ( Serapias Helleborine. Epipactis
Zinn, apud Sw., nom. cons. — 104. Doctor Schweinfurth, in litt.,
states that the common European and sporadic American plant is
distinct from E. Helleborine (L.) Crantz and should take the name
here used) . Definitely spreading. CAYUGA : near Auburn, G. W .
Boynton (1904) ; OTSEGO: in woods, Summit L., M & Cu 5182
(1935) ; CORTLAND: wooded brookside, State Reforestation area
9* (1937); TOMPKINS: ravine, Caroline hills, E & M 16517
(1926) ; woods, Six Hundred tract near Slaterville Springs* (1936) ;
woods n. of Summit marsh* ( 1936) ; wet thickets, State Reforestation
area 2, S 1361 (1939) ; TIOGA: wet woods, reforestation area 3*
(1937) ; CHEMUNG: plentiful in dry or moist woods, Laurel hill*
(1935) ; SCHUYLER: moist woods, Tobehanna L, C 434 (1932)
(B) ; dry woods, Arnot forest, &E. Van Duzer 559 (1936);
YATES: clay bank, Clark gully, Middlesex, M & P. R. Burkholder
16518 (1926). Also CHAUTAUQUA: moist soil in ravine, 3 mi.
nw. of Mayville, R. McVaugh & Cu 7160 (1937). Besides these sta¬
tions, Cattaraugus co. (67) may be added to the picture of distribu¬
tion presented by House (64), making a total of 29 counties thus far
reported for the State. It is to be noted that House’s map showed
but one station for the Susquehanna valley (possibly a second from
the McLean region), whereas most of the stations here cited are
from that drainage. The Sayre specimen (1906) noted by Pretz
(98) is of interest in that it indicates the species has been in the Sus¬
quehanna region for some years.
Rumex maritimus L. var. fueginus (Phil.) Dusen ( R . maritimus
of manuals, at least in part). New stations for the State. SENECA :
w. side of Kipp I. on Route 31, House 17842 (1930) : CAYUGA:
salt pond near Howland I., M 17470 (1930). Hitherto reported
only from L. I. (62) and Ithaca (111) for the State.
22
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Chenopodium murale L. Occasional, but probably increasing.
CAYUGA : in garden, Rempt farm, Venice Center, M 18824 (1935) ;
TOMPKINS: city dump, Lighthouse road, Ithaca, E et al. 13945
(1921) ; weed in plant breeding garden, Cornell U. campus, S. H.
Burnham 17847 (1932) ; weed patch along Eddy st., Ithaca, S, Al,
et al. 20000 (1939). Infrequent in the Hudson valley and on the
coastal plain (81) ; less common northward and westward in the
State (62).
C. urbicum L. Rare. CHEMUNG: roadside, Elston farm,
State Road, S 360 (1936). At Syracuse (43) ; 2 northern stations
and about Ithaca in the Cayuga basin (111); new to the Susque¬
hanna valley; at Penn Yan (85) ; infrequent in the State (81).
C. carinatum R. Br. New to the State. TOMPKINS: weed in
garden, Ithaca, B (1921) (B) ; “came up in greenhouse, Ithaca,” B
(1928) (B) ; Lehigh Valley rr. yards, Ithaca, M 18310 (1939).
An Australian species otherwise known from Mass., N. J., Mo., Tex.,
Nev. and Calif., in this country (1; 108).
Salsola Kali L. var. tenuifolia Meyer (Y. pestifer). Increasing.
ONONDAGA: Solvay waste, Syracuse, W (1902); sandy trolley
tracks s. of N. Syracuse, N. Hotchkiss 776 (1923) (S) ; locally
abundant about the city* (1941) ; SENECA: along rr. from Geneva
to Junius, H. B. Brown (1908); gravel pile near Ovid* (1941);
TOMPKINS: Lehigh Valley rr. tracks n. of station, F. P. Met¬
calf & W. 6394 (1916) ; Myers Pt, E. & M 17852 (1932) ; field
between greenhouses and Forest home, S. H. Burnham 18527 (1934) ;
CHEMUNG: along rr. near Precision Tool Co., Elmira, Y 361
(1936), and near Elmira Heights, Y 2316 (1941); ONTARIO:
sts. of Geneva* (1941). Infrequent in the State (81); definitely
reported for our area only from Onondaga co. (22) and the vicinity
of Ithaca (111) up to now.
Oxybaphus nyctagineus (Mx.) Sweet ( Allionia nyctaginea.
The choice of A. incarnata L. as type of the genus conserves the name,
Allionia Loefl., for the plants otherwise known as Wedelia Loefl.,
non Jacq., and prevents its use for the present group — 7). Rapidly
spreading in ballast, particularly along rr. tracks. MADISON :
Cowaselon at rr., R. L. Crockett (1938) (S) ; ONONDAGA: along
rr., ne. end of Onondaga L., Y & M. E. Faust 2544 (1941) (S) :
CHEMUNG: rocky bank of stream where reinforced, Breesetown
Y & D 1235 (1939) ; along gravel fill at bridge, Breesport narrows,
Y 1653 (1940); roadside near rr., West Jet.* (1941); along rr.,
Big Flats* (1941) ; SCHUYLER : abundant along road near Odessa,
Y et al. 2080 (1941). Specimens have been cited (10) from Onon¬
daga co., N. Spencer and Ithaca; undoubtedly elsewhere in our area;
the new counties added to the previous report (10) making a total of
12 or 13 for the State.
Stellaria aquatica (L.) Scop. Very rare. OSWEGO: Hast¬
ings, abundant about the hotel* (1941); TOMPKINS: garden,
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 23
Judcl Falls road, Forest Home, S. 18839 (1935); JEFFERSON :
Montario Pt, House 19744 (1932) ; Infrequent in the State (62) ;
not reported by the local floras.
S. pubera Mx. Very rare. TOMPKINS: n. side of Cascadilla
Ck near footbridge, C 1084 (1934) ; woods near Beebe L., Miss M.
Tingley (1939) (retained in her collection). Also WEST¬
CHESTER : in garden, Peekskill, H. M. Fox 19392 (1936). Other¬
wise reported for the State only from Jamesville (43).
Silene dichotoma Ehrh. Scarce, but increasing. ONONDAGA:
weed in field, Spaflord, Al 19864 (1938); CAYUGA: fields and
waste places w. of Cascade near head of O wasco L., F. A. Ward
(date unknown) ; fields, Summer Hill, A (date unknown) ; CHE¬
MUNG: roadside near Mary Ann’s Crossing, S 1617 (1940) (B),
Rush run* (1940), and Greatsinger Corners* (1940). Also locally
reported from Fish Ck station (57), Marietta (91), Lafayette (43),
the area between Cortland and Groton (111) and Ithaca (111) ;
infrequent throughout the State (81).
S. Czerei Baumg. Vegetatively somewhat like N. Cucubalus
Wibel, (S. latifolia, non Poir. — 105), thus possibly overlooked;
recent. ONONDAGA: in rich soil along old rr. switch bed, near
ne. end of Onondaga L., S' &M. E. Faust 2550 (1941) (S) ; TOMP¬
KINS: along the Barge Canal terminal, Ithaca, M 17477 (1930),
persisting and spreading somewhat to adjacent grasslands. Also
KINGS: Canarsie, J. Monachino 47 ; ERIE: “common on waste
grasslands” and rr. embankments about grain-elevators, Buffalo,
M 16101 (1940). Muenscher has supplied manuscript notes on the
occurrence of the plant in this State. Reported from Ohio, Ind., Wise.,
Minn., Ia. and Mont. (24). The plant reported from N. D. as 5.
Fabaria (L.) Sibth. & Sm. (106) is the same, judging from the
description (47). Occurrence of the plant in some of the Wheat
Belt states probably accounts for its being found about grain eleva¬
tors and terminals.
Ranunculus bulbosus L. Scarce to locally abundant. MADI¬
SON : Oriskany Ck, R. L. Crockett (1936) (S) ; grassy bank under
trees, Colgate campus, Hamilton, M & G. L. Stebbins 18845 (1935) ;
Cazenovia, L. M. Underwood (1879); ONONDAGA: loamy soil
in dry pasture w. of swamp sw. of Round L., Fayetteville, N. Hotch¬
kiss 364 (1923) (S) ; fields near Manlius, H 10037 (1924) (S) ;
pasture in dry soil over limestone, Green L., E, M, & W 17879
(1932) ; sts. of Syracuse* (1941) ; roadsides and fields n. of Tully*
(1941); CAYUGA: Auburn, E. J. Durand (1894); Glenwood
Beach, Owasco lake, G. Arnold (1919) ; OTSEGO: field near Otego,
M et al 15486 (1924) ; CHENANGO: pasture, 3 mi. n. of Oxford,
M et al. 15485 (1924) ; CHEMUNG: ballast and beds, Hoffman’s
nursery, Elmira, S 2076 (1941); YATES: Penn Yan, G. Youngs
(undated). Onondaga co. (22) ; sporadic at the s. end of the Cayuga
basin, more common northward (111); reported hitherto from 3
24
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
eastern stations (14) and i\thens, Pa. (15), in the upper Susquehanna
valley; frequent in the east central and southeastern part of the
State (81).
R. sceleratus L. Decidedly weedy in certain localities. TOMP¬
KINS: circle s. of Roberts hall, Cornell U. campus, S'. H. Burnham
18548 (1934); jet. of Stewart and South avs., Cornell U. campus,
S'. H. Burnham 18549 (1934); CHEMUNG: moist places along
Miller Ck, Big I., R. McVaugh & Cu 7504 (1937) ; flats n. of Horse-
heads* (1938) ; more alluvial portions of Red Jacket Sw.* (1938) ;
abundant on alluvial flats, Beaver Bk* (1940). About Oneida (59)
and Onondaga (43) lakes; frequent in the Cayuga basin (111) ; rare
(14) to infrequent (26) in the Susquehanna region (introduced
there ?) ; new to the Chemung drainage; at Watkins (20); infre¬
quent in the State (81).
Anemone canadensis L. Occasionally a weed. TOMPKINS:
large patch in an old garden near rr. crossing, East hill, Ithaca* ;
CHEMUNG: rr. ballast, Erin, S 754 (1935); Swartwood along
rr.* (1937); grassy roadside near jet. of Greenbush and Marsh
roads, Erin Twp* (1937). New to the Chemung valley; undoubt¬
edly introduced at these stations ; more or less common elsewhere in
more alluvial soils (14; 62; 111).
Berteroa incana (L.) DC. Rapidly spreading. ONONDAGA:
weed in field, Spafiford, Al 19873 (1938); SENECA: clover field
just s. of Junius, H. B. Brown (1909) ; TOMPKINS : weed, Ithaca,
B (1911) (B) ; in field near Newfield, B (1921) (B) ; roadside bank
near hill entrance to Enfield glen, Newfield road, S 728 (1936),
possibly the same station as the last, recently observed to have spread
over mi. along road and through fields; plant science lawn, Cor¬
nell U. campus, S. H. Burnham 18342 (1933) ; Lake View cemetery,
Ithaca, R. S. Snell 18863 (1935) ; Cayuga Heights, E 19399 (1936) ;
Cayuga Inlet valley near Lick Bk, Al 19400 (1936); TIOGA:
grassland, n. of Candor, M 17892 (1932); CHEMUNG: Chicken
park, Middle road* (1940); old field e. of Red Jacket Sw., S , C,
& R. Ross 2056 (1941); STEUBEN: grassy patch near road, E.
Corning* (1940). Also ERIE: grassy wasteland, Buffalo, M 16102
(1940). Previously reported for the region only from a roadside
bank s. of W. Danby (111) ; considered frequent in the St Lawrence,
Champlain and Hudson valleys (81).
Alyssum alyssoides (L.) L. New Counties. MADISON : rr.
at Lillie farm, R . L. Crockett (1938) (S) ; CHEMUNG: banks of
old canal n. of Horseheads, S' 806 (1938) ; along abandoned rr. near
shalebank, Bowman hill* (1938). Also WASHINGTON: Goss’
dried-up meadow, thin soil, Vaughns, n. of Hudson Falls, S'. H.
Burnham (1915) ; JEFFERSON: sandy field sw. of Sackets Har¬
bor* (1941). Elsewhere locally at Syracuse (43), Skaneateles L.
(10) and Ithaca (111) ; known from New York City (62), Monroe
co. (62) and Buffalo (86), and more recently from Suffolk, Albany,
Cortland and Genesee counties (10).
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 25
Descurainia Sophia (L.) Webb (Sophia Sophia Brit., Descur-
ainia Webb & Barth., nom. cons. — 7). Rare. TOMPKINS: about
Lehigh Valley rr. Yards, Ithaca, M 17377 (1929), persistent; Earnes’
yard, Cayuga Heights, E 17930 (1932) ; sandy field between green¬
houses and Forest Home; Y. H. Burnham 18873 (1935). Hitherto
reported for the region only from Syracuse (43) ; rare in the State
(81).
Alliaria officinalis Crantz (Alliaria Alliaria) . Very local. MADI¬
SON : thicket, edge of alfalfa field, Peterboro Sw., M & G. L. Steb-
bins 18857 (1935); OTSEGO: bank of creek flowing into Otsego
L., at Three Mile Pt, near Cooperstown, Al 16970 (1927). “Becom¬
ing frequent or common in some sections of the State” (62), but
not previously reported by the local floras.
Erucastrum gallicum (Willd.) Schultz ( E . Pollichii ; the oldest
specific name is “ gallicum ” — 62). Scarce, but increasing. ONON¬
DAGA : ballast near stadium, Syracuse U. campus, S & M. E. Faust
2323 (1941) (S) ; reasonably frequent about the city (1941) fide
Faust; CHEMUNG: roadside n. of Gee Sw., Y et al. 298 (1936) ;
along rr., Elmira southside* (1936). Also of interest are: HER¬
KIMER : roadside, s. side of Mohawk near Little Falls, M & C 4650
(1934); ALBANY: gravel pits near Guilderland Center, H 21976
( 1934) ; JEFFERSON : ballast about motor shops, Madison Bar¬
racks* (1941); roadside sw. of Sackets Harbor, Y 3007 (1941);
barnyard, Henderson Harbor* (1941). These and the report from
Lewis co. (52) added to the Meunscher and Maguire summary (83)
make a total of 11 counties for the State.
Bunias orientalis L. (48). New. TOMPKINS : wasteland near
Agriculture College heating plant, Cornell U. campus, T. C. Davis
(1914).
Cardaria Draba (L.) Desv. ( Lepidium Draba — 100). Increasing.
TOMPKINS: pomology orchard, N. Y. S. Col. of Ag., MacD
17588 (1931); CHEMUNG: roadside, Millport, Y 772 (1938).
Also ONEIDA: grass along highway, 1 mi. s. of Oriskany Falls,
M 18870 (1935) ; ST LAWRENCE: abundant in grain-field, Stock¬
holm, 0. P. Phelps 1416 (1915); GENESEE: roadside, 1 mi. w.
of Batavia, E & M 17915 (1932). At Syracuse and Astoria (62) ;
rare in the northern and eastern lowlands and in the western part of
the State (81).
Thlaspi arvense L. Infrequent (62; 81; 111), but spreading.
MADISON : embankment of N. Y. O. & W. rr., Oneida Twp,
E 8152 (1917); SENECA: rr. tracks near Interlaken, M 15520
: Lehigh Valley rr. yards e. of inlet, Ithaca,
>1924) ; near squatters’ shacks along Taughannock blvd,
Z.l793t(l932>> '> alon£ Lehi£h Valley tracks s. of Ithaca, C & A.
, 570 ( 1933 ) ; cultivated field, hill n. of Enfield falls, MacD
19405 (1936) ; roadside ne. of Slaterville Sw.* (1937) ; nursery beds,
(1937); CHEMUNG: old field, Scotchtown, Y 780
( 1938) ; garden, Erin* (1939); along Watkins road n. of Horse-
heads* (1939); gravelly fields, Breesetown* (1941); YATES:
26
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Keuka Park, G. W. Seymour 510 (1927). Formerly reported from
Fayetteville (43) and the southern end of the Cayuga basin (111)
for our region.
Lepidium perfoliatum L. (108) Rare (81) and doubtfully
successful. TOMPKINS: Lehigh Valley rr. freight yards, M 16974
(1927) ; newly seeded lawn, plant science bldg., Cornell U. campus,
H. Burnham 17918 (1932) ; arboretum road, almost to test gardens,
Cornell U. campus, /. Shafer 20019 (1939). Also SARATOGA:
Waste ground near race tracks, House 27752 (1941). Hitherto defi¬
nitely reported for the State only from Pittsford, Monroe co. (62).
Reseda lutea L. Locally abundant. MADISON : near Morris-
ville station, E. G. Whitney 1449 (1931); gravelly roadside near
Bouckville, M & J. Stauffer 18874 (1935) ; Morrisville Sw., R. L.
Crockett (1938) (S) ; gravelly bank along U. S. Route 20, near Pine
woods, M et al. 20173 (1940) ; ONONDAGA: in grass along road
w. of Solvay, M & D. Isely 20174 (1940) ; roadside, Fayetteville,
M. E. Faust (1940) (S) ; Pompey hill, M. E. Faust (1940) (S).
Also ORANGE: field e. of Port Jarvis, M et al. 15556 (1924);
LEWIS: sandy soil, roadside between Natural Bridge and Diana,
M & B. Maguire 2302 (1931) ; JEFFERSON: alfalfa field s. of
Henderson Harbor, M 2304 (1931); along roads between Sackets
Harbor and Henderson Harbor* (1941) ; roadside s. of Watertown*
(1941). Infrequent eastward in the State (81) ; on the Cornell U.
campus (111).
Spiraea tomentosa L. Rare and local westward. CHEMUNG:
old field near Elmira southside dumps and rrs., S' 428 (1936). Pre¬
viously reported from 2 stations w. of Broome co. and Onondaga co. :
Campville (15) and nw. Dry den Twp (111). Frequent eastward
in the State, in the highlands and the northern valleys (81).
Potentilla Anserina L. Rare in the Susquehanna drainage,
where mostly near the divide. TOMPKINS: roadsides near C.C.C.
Camp S-125, 5 673 (1937) ; CHEMUNG: along rr. switch near
Elmira Precision Tool Co., .S' 431 (1936). Almost certainly intro¬
duced in both these stations. Otherwise known for the upper Susque¬
hanna from Otsego lake (85), the Cortland marlponds (20), Summit
marsh, Tioga co. (20) and Cayuta lake (20). More common north¬
ward (62).
F. arguta Pursh. Locally a weed. ONONDAGA: Otisco, F.
Cowles (1889) (S); CAYUGA: sandy knolls, slope s. of Seneca
R., n. of Port Byron, Y 1833 (1940) ; TOMPKINS : Giles st, Ithaca,
C. S. Marsh (1890); mucky roadbed, Slaterville Sw.* (1937);
TIOGA: w. side of Summit marsh, W 18000 (1932) ; grassy road¬
side between Speedsville and State Reforestation area 1* (1937) ;
CHEMUNG : sandy bushlot near Sullivan’s monument, 5 84 ( 1937) ;
open field, Cobble hill* (1938) ; cindered banks of rr., Pine Valley*
(1940). It is difficult to determine whether some of the sand-stations
are natural or acquired. Near Oneida L. (62) ; Onondaga co. (43) ;
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 27
scarce in the Cayuga valley where not previously reported from n.
of Genoa Twp. (Ill) ; rare in the Chemung valley, whence hitherto
reported only at Mountain House narrows (69) ; more frequent
eastward in the Susquehanna (14; 15) ; at Watkins (20) ; new to the
Ontario lowlands, except for the e. end (62).
Duchesnea indica (Andr.) Focke. Rare (81). ONONDAGA:
Oran, roadside, M. Jackson 253 (1926) (S) ; wasteplaces and ceme¬
tery, Fayetteville* (1941); TOMPKINS: increasing about Ithaca,
where 9 different stations known, the oldest collection apparently
by Bailey in 1916 (B). Formerly reported for our region from Syra¬
cuse (62) and Ithaca (111) ; on the coastal plain (62).
Sanguisorba minor Scop. ( Poterium Sanguisorba). Additional
stations. MADISON: Peterboro, R. L. Crockett (1929) (S) ;
WAYNE: rr. tracks w. of Savannah, E. H. Eaton (1930) ; CAY¬
UGA : old cemetery nw. of Cascade, F. A . Ward (1909) ; OTSEGO :
near Fly Ck, Mud L., S. H. Burnham (1908); CHEMUNG: rr.
yards near Elmira College* (1940). Rare in the State (81) ; locally
reported, up to the present, from Onondaga co. (43) and 4 widely
separated Cayuga basin stations (111).
Vicia tetrasperma (L.) Moench. Rapidly increasing. OTSEGO:
Otego, Anon. 15732 (1924) ; TOMPKINS: field, near road, Slater-
ville Sw., N 676 (1937) ; edge of woods and field, s. side of Cascadilla
Ck, opposite N. Y. St. Col. of Ag. pomology orchard, W 20041
(1939) ; CHEMUNG: old field, base of Sullivan hill, S & B 1316
(1939); grassy bank, crest of Sullivan hill* (1939); alluvial flat,
CHEMUNG narrows* (1939) ; grassy roadside between N. Che¬
mung and Greatsinger Corners* (1939) ; SCHUYLER: dry gravelly
roadside n. of Cayuta L., M & D. Isely 20190 (1940). Hitherto
reported only from Oneida L. (59) and Taughannock Pt (111) in
the entire region : infrequent in the State, mostly in the Great Lakes
lowlands (81).
Euphorbia Helioscopia L. More widespread than previously
indicated. ONONDAGA: Manlius, W. M. Smith (1848) (S) ;
Syracuse, W. R. Dudley (1878) ; near Onondaga L., D. Keefe (1884)
(S) ; along Route 5 n. of Dewitt, M. E. Faust (1941) (S) ; CORT¬
LAND: garden, Truxton, W (1893) ; CAYUGA: Moravia, Anon.
(1876); garden weed, Kelloggsville, F. L. Kilborne (1882);
TOMPKINS : weed in garden, N. Danby, M 15096 (1923) ; STEU¬
BEN : weed in backyard, Hornell, R. Hall (1934); ONTARIO:
covering a field of over an acre e. of Canandaigua, M 16359 (1926).
Onondaga co. (43) ; 3 stations in Tompkins co., hitherto, and locally
abundant farther n, on e. side of Cayuga L. (Ill); Norwich and
Unadilla Forks (14) ; infrequent in the greater St Lawrence 1owt-
lands (81).
Hypericum prolificum L. Rare. SENECA : swale, sandy field
near Cenchrus Road corner e. of Pout pond, Junius, W 18378 (1933) ;
CORTLAND : old pasture by roadside, Solon to Cincinnatus, W
6812 (1916); 2 miles e. of Solon, /. D. Kennedy , A; (1942);
28
MEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
CHENANGO: near Bainbridge, Mrs L. B. Fairbanks, A. (1931).
Also CATTARAUGUS: about >4 mi. e. of Farmersville Center,
E . Van Alstine 19755 (1937), the annotation label reading:
■‘locally called sage brush. It has overrun considerable area of
good pasture in the vicinity of Farmersville and Farmersville Center.
It seems to spread from west to east by seed distribution and has
extended from west to east a distance of about 10 miles in the course
of a few years. The area infested is about 2 miles across from north
to south.” Hitherto reported for our region only from Fabius (43),
although known just outside from Hannibal, Oswego co., where
weedy in disposition (90). Presumably to be found in other parts
of our region and the territory west. Rehder (99) gives the range
as N. J. to la. and Ga., but the New York City records (62) may be
for native colonies. Possibly an escape from cultivation, but behaving
differently from most shrubby escapes.
Convolvulus arvensis L. Locally abundant. ONONDAGA:
Syracuse, W . M. Smith (1838) (S) ; Fayetteville, L. M. Underwood
(1879) (S); CAYUGA: garden, Moravia, A (1925); CORT¬
LAND: abundant in old field, w. side of Cortland* (1941) ; TOMP¬
KINS: West hill, Ithaca, C 819 (1932) (B) ; along Ellis Hollow
road near C.C.C. Camp SP-48* (1940); CHEMUNG: garden,
Elmira, L (1898) (E) ; garden, Erin* (1925) ; roadsides n. of Horse-
heads* (1938), Breesetown* (1940), and Mt Zoar* (1941). Locally
common on the Great Lakes lowlands, but infrequent elsewhere in the
State (81) ; about Oneida L. (59) ; Marcellus (43) ; Ithaca, Esty’s
and Westbury bog for the Cayuga basin (111) ; definitely reported
from Apalachin and Binghamton for the Susquehanna region (14),
in previous papers.
Myosotis arvensis (L.) Hill. Occasional, and never very common.
CAYUGA: yard, Moravia, F. S. Curtis (1881) ; near L. Como, A
(1881) ; common in fields, Ensinore, town of Scipio, G. Arnold 12788
(1919) ; Glenwood Beach, Owasco L., G. Arnold (1919) ; TOMP¬
KINS: Ithaca flats, W & C. E. Anderson 20063 (1939); CHE¬
MUNG: lawn, Erin, Y 413 (1936). In Onondaga co. (22) ; scarce
in the Cayuga basin, where, at least for the most part, about Ithaca
(111); new to Clute’s region. Locally common northward and west¬
ward in the State and reported from near New York City (62).
Echium vulgare L. Increasing. ONONDAGA: roadside n. of
village, Tully, E 7063 (1916); abundant in fields and along road¬
sides from Tully to Syracuse*' (1941); TIOGA: gravelly slope e.
of Spencer* (1925); CHEMUNG: roadside and rr. bed, Erin*
(1925); ballast along road between Elmira and Big Flats, S 125
(1937) ; along rr., Elmira Heights* (1941) ; STEUBEN : Goff farm,
Coopers Plains, G. D. Cornell (1906) (Cl) ; since observed by Cor¬
nell as frequent in the vicinity of Campbell. Locally common in the
northern and eastern valleys of the State (81) ; reported westward
only from 2 stations in eastern Tompkins co. (Ill), Owego (26) and
Elmira (14) ; rare about Rochester (62) and infrequent in the Niag¬
ara region (113).
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 29
Verbena stricta Vent. Rare, but increasing. ONONDAGA:
dry open hillside pasture, 1 mi. s. of Marcellus, N. Hotchkiss 702
(1923) ; CAYUGA: Botrychium woods and Duck Lake bogs, Con¬
quest, Wr & Wr 13791 (1920); SENECA: pasture hill sw. of
Vandemark pond, S. H. Burnham (1931) ; TOMPKINS: rr. track
n. of McKinneys, F. P. Metcalf & W 7065 (1916); grassy place,
lower end of Taughannock ravine, C. L. Pratt 18402 (1933). Rare
in the western part of the State and the Hudson valley (81) ; definitely
reported from Onondaga co., Esty glen and Buttermilk glen (22; 111)
for our region.
Dracocephalum thymiflorum L. ( Ruyschiana thymiflora House —
61; Moldavica thymiflora Rydb. — 102). Very rare. CHEMUNG: a
few plants, gravelly roadside, Bowman hill, S 1370 (1940). Hitherto
reported for N. A. only from Mass. (41), Ont. (25; 44), N. D.
(106) and Ida. (25). “Native of W. Siberia, Turkestan, Russia;
long since established in Finland, south and central Sweden; newly
and increasingly adventive in Norway, Denmark and Germany —
mostly with Russian clover and rye.” (49).
D. virginianum L. has been proposed as type of the genus (7),
thus conserving Dracocephalum L. for the plants otherwise known
as Physostegia Benth., and rejecting the use of the former name for
the genus called Ruyschiana by Miller and Moldavica by Adanson.
This rejected interpretation of Dracocephalum is accepted widely —
Bentham and Hooker; Engler; Boissier; Hegi; Bailey. Both of the
substitute names were first proposed in works now suggested for
rejection (103). The two genera involved are both in cultivation;
choice of another generic type would prevent confusing nomenclatorial
shifts in the horticultural record.
Lamium purpureum L. Rare. ONONDAGA: Harbor Bk,
Syracuse, K. Murray (1888) (S) ; CORTLAND: garden, Cort¬
land* (1941); TOMPKINS: n. side Six Mile ravine, C 837
(1932) (B) ; CHEMUNG: abundant among evergreens, Furman’s
nursery, Elmira, Y 2003 (1941); among evergreens, Hoffman’s
nursery, Elmira* (1941). Infrequent in the State (81); otherwise
definitely reported for our region only from Onondaga co. (22) and
from 3 stations from Cornell University to Enfield (111).
Pycnanthemum flexuosum (Walt.) BSP. ( Koellia flexuosa.
Pycnanthemum Mx., nom. cons. — 7). Locally abundant and rapidly
increasing. ONONDAGA: weedy field in somewhat sandy loam
by swamp, w. side of Mud pond, w. of Baldwinsville, N. Hotchkiss
1735 (1924) (S) ; ditch, Syracuse road, Pompey, M. R. Jackman 286
(1926) (S) ; CORTLAND: in open field sw. of Labrador pond,
C & W 3254 (1937); abundant in fields, South hill, Cortland*
(1937) ; TOMPKINS: old field, Connecticut hill, S’ 1095 (1934) ;
.abundant on hillside fields n. of Slaterville Sw., 5 997 (1938);
TIOGA : Mutton Hill pond, Wr} Wr , & G. B. Upton 12841 (1919) ;
dry land, E. Waverly, B (1937) (B) ; CHEMUNG : pasture, Crown
hill* (1934)*; top of shalebank in pasture, Laurel hill, S 423 (1935) ;
30
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
pastures, Langdon hill* (1939) and Bowman hill* (1939); along
rr. w. of Van Etten* (1941); STEUBEN: vicinity of Campbell,
G. D . Cornell (1901) (Cl) ; now considered frequent there by Cor¬
nell. Elsewhere in our region, reported from Marcellus falls (43) ;
6 stations in southern and eastern Tompkins co. (Ill), where
unknown in Dudley’s time; Binghamton (14), Sayre, just across,
the state line (15), Campville (26), near Spencer L. (Ill), and on
the Caroline pinnacles (111) in the Susquehanna valley. Infrequent
in the State (62) ; reported only from Corfu to our west (113).
Nicotiana rustica L. Very rare. TOMPKINS: roadside, Judd
Falls road near Forest Home, S. H. Burnham 19903 (1938). Pre¬
viously, for our region, only from Onondaga co. (43), but considered
rare in central N. Y. and southward; infrequent westward (62).
S-olanum nigrum L. var. villosum L. Rare and recent. TOMP¬
KINS: Lehigh Valley rr. yards, Ithaca, M 17514 (1930). Also
reported for the State from 3 stations on L. I. (28; 78).
Pentstemon pallidus Small. A few more stations. SENECA:
sandy fields, near Pout pond, Junius, H. A. Schwartz 1398 (1940) ;
TOMPKINS: gravelly field near Slaterville Sw., Y 929 (1938).
Also RENSSELAER: upland meadow near Brainerd, H 21393
(1934); ULSTER: dry hillside s. of Ashokan reservoir, M et al.
15926 (1924); DUTCHESS: field near Poughkeepsie, F. /. & G .
W . Quinlin (1925). Binghamton, Taughannock ravine, Valley Mills,
Syracuse and Geneva previously cited for our region; 17 counties
for the State (94) ; 4 more counties are now added.
Chaenorrhinum minus (L.) Lange (Linar ia minor — 94). Becom¬
ing abundant. ONEIDA : Lehigh Valley rr. tracks ne. of Sylvan Beach,
N. Hotchkiss 1806 (1924) (S) ; MADISON: Hubbardsville, M &
Cu 5306 (1935); ONONDAGA: wasteland s. end of Onondaga
L., W 7132 (1916) ; Lackawanna embankment n. of Jamesville, H.
Ellis 169 (1926) (S) ; CAYUGA: near Glenwood, Owasco L.,
G. Arnold (1919); Utt Pt* (1938); SENECA: Interlaken, M.
15922 (1924); CORTLAND: above Little York, G. Mekeel and
A. R. Bechtel 8728 (1917); TOMPKINS: Cayuga inlet, S. 1092
(1935) ; e. side Cayuga L. between Portland Pt. and Esty glen, C &
A. Miller 2223 (1936); borders of drives and paths, C.C.C. Camp
S-125, Y 967 (1937), in cinders transported from the next station;
Caroline Depot* (1938) ; behind ball park, Freeville, S 962 (1938) ;
waste ground n. of dairy bldg., Cornell U. campus, Y. H. Burnham
20232 (1940); CHEMUNG: Erin, Y 404 (1936), both along rr.
tracks and wet foot of talus-slope near-by ; Van Etten* ( 1936) ;
Elmira* (1936). Except for the cases mentioned, the plants occur
almost exclusively along rr. tracks. Once infrequent in the State (81).
Veronica didyma Ten. (V. polita — 94). ^Recently discovered in
the region. ONONDAGA: lawns, Summit av., Syracuse, E 14048
(1921); TOMPKINS: weed in lawn and by roadside, Cook st.,
Ithaca, E 7143 (1916) ; lawn near Prudence Risley hall, Cornell U.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 31
campus, W. E. Manning 17026 (1927) ; roadside, n. side of green¬
houses near barns, Cornell U. campus, W 20224 (1940). Infrequent
in the State (81) ; listed by Pennell without definite frequency (94).
V. persica Poir. (V. Tournejortii — 94). Rare. CAYUGA: gar¬
den, Moravia, A (1912); flower-bed, Glenwood Beach, Owasco L.,
G. Arnold (1919) ; CHENANGO: Norwich, M. E. Fitch (188,?) ;
TOMPKINS: McLean, V. McCaughey (1905) ; beds, Turkey Hill
nursery* (1937); CHEMUNG: gardens, Erin, Y 2013 (1941, but
known for years) ; roadsides, Rodbourn marsh* (1938) ; lawn, lower
Maple av.* (1941). Infrequent in the State (81); also definitely
reported for our region from Onondaga co. (43), the vicinity of
Ithaca (HI), Taughannock falls (111), Oxford (14) and Apalachin
(15).
Orthocarpus bracteosus Benth. (97). Very rare. CAYUGA:
a single specimen growing on rr. track (old switch), 50 rods n. of
Locke depot, A (1918). Also NEW JERSEY: “Springfield/" G.
Rehell (1936). Not listed by Pennell (94).
Plantago indica L. (P. arenaria — 96). Rare, and in our region
confined to the vicinity of Ithaca, where spreading. TOMPKINS:
Lehigh Valley rr. freight yards, M 17022 (1927) ; new seeding on
filled-in ground, Stewart park, M 17299 (1928); roadside, College
Town, 5. H. Burnham 18142 (1932) ; sandbank near Six Mile Ck,
S 1089 (1934). Infrequent in the State (81), and” hitherto reported
for our region only from the Ithaca dumps (1925) (111), where
persisting.
P. media L. 2 new localities. ONONDAGA: University av.
between Genesee and Madison sts., L. M. Underwood (1880) (S) ;
James st. hill, C. M. Bell (1887) (S) ; lawns along Euclid av. near
Syracuse U. campus* (1941) ; ONTARIO: in lawn, Geneva, F. C.
Stewart 17300 (1928). Otherwise reported for our region from
Jamesville (43), Ithaca (111) and Canandaigua (62); infrequent
in the State (81).
P. aristata Mx. Occasional. CHEMUNG: Hendy Hollow, col¬
lected by the Hendy Hollow 4-H Club (1937) (retained in the club’s
collection) ; SCHUYLER: dry field e. of Waneta L., C 881 (1933).
Sylvan Beach (56); 4 Tompkins co. stations (111); at Apalachin
and Sayre (just over the state line) in the Susquehanna valley (15) ;
infrequent westward in the State, in the Hudson valley and on the
Coastal Plain (81).
P. virginica L. Rare. TOMPKINS: dry stony field, jet. of
Newfield and W. Danby State roads, W 17517 (1930) ; newly seeded
lawjbPlant science bldg., Corned U. campus, Y. H. Burnham 18144
(1932). Considered common in the southern and western parts
of the State (62), but for our region heretofore definitely reported
only from Onondaga co. (43) and the vicinity of Barton (14).
Succisa australis (Wulf.) Reichenb. Increasing in the region
from Union Springs to Auburn. CAYUGA: Island park, foot of
32
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Owasco L., A (1911) ; small patch in swaly ground, just s. of Seneca
R., ne. of Port Byron, S 1828 (1940); considerable colony along
marsh bordering Owasco outlet, just n. of Port Byron, S 1835 (1940).
Hitherto reported for our area from Auburn (111), the district
between Union Springs and Montezuma (111), and the vicinity of
Lisle (14); rare in the State (SI).
Knautia arvensis (L.) Coult. ( Scabiosa arvensis) . Local.
HERKIMER: W. Winfield, M & A, A. Lindsey 3637 (1932);
CHENANGO: N. Norwich, E. B. Clark 16364 (1926); CORT¬
LAND: Blodgett Mills, M 17522 (1930); Tioughnioga R., n. of
Marathon, M et al. 20243 (1940) ; CHEMUNG: grassy bank along
fence, top of Watercure hill, L (1893) (E). Locally abundant in
the Allegheny plateau region (81) ; definitely reported from Cayuga
Heights (111) ; new to the upper Susquehanna.
Lobelia spicata Lam. Increasing. MADISON : Palmiter bog,
R. L. Crockett (1940) (S) ; TOMPKINS: abundant in swaly pas¬
ture, Slaterville Sw., S 317 (1939) (inch albinos and material which
tends toward var. hirtella Gray ) ; CHEMUNG: in meadows or on
grassy hills, town of Ashland, L (1879) (tending toward var.
hirtella) ; in grass near Seely Ck, Erie rr. bridge, Southport, L
(1898) (E) ; open field, Comfort hill, S & H. Scudder 937 (1938) ;
(inch 1 plant of var. campanulata McVaugh — 71) ; single plant on
the shalecliffs n. of Horseheads, S, Al et al. 1255 (1939) ; STEU¬
BEN : open woods* vicinity of Campbell, G. D. Cornell (1901) (Cl).
Possibly native, but its abundance in places where formerly unde¬
tected indicates introduction. About Oneida L. (59) ; previously
known only from McLean in the Cayuga basin (111); hitherto cited
as rare in the Chemung valley, whence definitely reported only at
Painted Post (4), although common eastward in the Susquehanna
proper (14) ; frequent or locally common elsewhere in the State out¬
side of the Adirondacks (62).
Vernonia crinita Raf. Recently detected. TOMPKINS: pas¬
ture, s. of Shurger’s glen, M 18445{ (1933) ; pasture just w. of Route
34, n. of Esty, D. E. Harrum 17642 (1931). New to the State.
Aster pilosus Willd. var. demotus Blake (A. ericoides Auct.,
non L. — 6). Becoming locally abundant. MADISON: sandy soil
near lake shore, South bay, M 14949 (1922); dry fields near N.
Chittenango, H 25351 (1939); ONONDAGA: Fayetteville, M. E.
Faust ( 1940) (S) ; TOMPKINS : around Chicago bog, E 16758
(1926); Lehigh Valley freight yards, Ithaca, M 17039 (1927);
Forest Home, N. H. Burnham 19015 (1935) ; CHEMUNG : high, dry
crests n. of Chemung R., w. of Elmira, C et al. 2083 ( 1935) ; old
fields, Laurel hill* (1936), Langdon hill* (1938), Park hill* (1939),
Austin hill* (1939), slopes n. of Quarry farm, Elmira* (1940), Mt
Zoar* (1941); STEUBEN: West hill, town of Campbell, G. D.
Cornell (1902) (Cl). Increase in abundance indicates a weedy dis¬
position, the plant appearing introduced in the region. Originally
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 33
reported for our area from 2 Tompkins (20), 2 Tioga (15), and 2
Chemung (14) co. stations (another just across the state line — 15) ;
later common in the Cayuga drainage (111) and Tioga co. (26);
about Oneida L. (59) ; in Onondaga co. (43) ; infrequent across the
State s. of the Adirondacks (62).
Verbesina encelioides (Cav.) B. & H. Casual. TOMPKINS:
city dump, Lighthouse road, Ithaca, E 17067 (1927). New to the
State.
Iva xanthiifolia Nutt. Infrequent throughout the State (81).
ONONDAGA : roadsides and waste places, se. corner of Onondaga
L., W 7283 (1916) ; TOMPKINS: Lehigh Valley rr. yards, Ithaca,
M 17327 (1928); garden, Dusenberry Hollow, town of Dryden,
Al 20089 (1939). Specimens also seen from Saratoga, Columbia and
Monroe counties. Previously reported for the State from near
Albany (62), Fishers I. (45), Queens (78), St Lawrence (83),
Onondaga (22) and Erie (113) counties.
Helenium nudiflorum Nutt. Very rare. TOMPKINS: borders
of ponds in wet pasture, Slaterville Sw., N 994 (1938). Rare in the
Great Lakes lowlands, the Hudson valley, and on the coastal plain
(81); in Genesee co. (113). Reported only from Onondaga co.
(43) for our region, heretofore.
Matricaria Chamomilla L. ( Chamomilla Chamomilla. This species
has been designated type of the genus, thereby replacing Chamomilla
Gilib. with Matricaria L.) . New and as yet rare. MADISON:
over a considerable area of rather gravelly wasteland, pea pickers’
camp, Pine woods, M et al. 20306 ( 1941 ) . Otherwise known for the
State only from the southeastern area (62).
M. matricarioides (Less.) Porter ( Chamomilla suaveolens;
Matricaria suaveolens, non L.) Rapidly increasing. ONON¬
DAGA: along sts. near N. Y. Central station, Syracuse* (1941);
CHENANGO: roadside e. of Greene, S & D 1149 (1939);
BROOME: along trolley tracks, Endicott, M et al. 16003 (1924) ;
CORTLAND : roadside near St Mary’s Cemetery, Cortland* (1941) ;
TOMPKINS: Cornell U. poultry farm, M & A. Aslander 16365
(1926); near Roberts hall, Cornell U. campus, W 17529 (1930);
roadside, Boyceville* (1937) ; waste ground by Bool Greenhouse
road, Ithaca, M 20261 (1940) ; roadside, 1 mi. w. of Varna* (1941) ;
TIOGA: roadside between Newark Valley and Oakley corners,
S & R. E.Ladue 700 (1937) ; roadside near Oakley corners, S & R.E.
Ladue 699 (1937); hilltop farmroad, 2 mi. e. of Perryville, C &
S 2645 (1937) ; CHEMUNG: roadsides and ballast, Erin N 526
(1936) ; about sts. of Elmira* (1936) ; roadsides between Big Flats
and Mountain House narrows, N 128 (1937) ; near Gee Sw., Van
Etten* (1937), State Road* (1937) and Palmer Ridge* (1937);
cowlane, Moss’ pasture, n. of Horseheads, S 805 (1938); STEU¬
BEN: common in dooryard, w. of Caton* (1941); ONTARIO:
Canandaigua, Mrs E. P. Gardner (1915). Once reported for our
34
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
region only from Syracuse (43); rare in the State in 1924 (62),
but more recently considered frequent, mostly in the northern and
eastern lowlands (81) ; common on Fishers I. (45) ; at several places
in Brooklyn and Queens (78) ; 4 stations westward (66; 113).
Specimens have been seen from Clinton, Franklin, St Lawrence,
Washington, Rensselaer, Columbia, Suffolk, Herkimer, Oswego and
Jefferson counties, and Winne reports it as having been known about
Schenectady for 20 yrs, a total of 25 counties for the State so far.
Artemisia vulgaris L. Increasing in the south-central part of
our region. TOMPKINS: weed in arboretum garden back of Cres¬
cent, Al 18164 (1932) ; TIOGA: stone pile near rr., Spencer, 5 &
D 1212 (1939); CHEMUNG: roadsides just below fork of Latta
Bk road, L (1897) (E), Grand Central av. near county fairgrounds,
S 527 (1936), and lower Pennsylvania av., Elmira* (1936); low
stony river island, Lowman flats, S 64 (1937) ; stony banks between
Big Flats and Mountain House narrows, .S' (1937) ; SCHUYLER:
gravelly flats between Catherine Ck and rr., Montour Falls* (1937).
Infrequent in the State (81) ; hitherto definitely reported from Verona
(85), Onondaga co. (43), Barton (26) ; doubtfully from Union
Springs (111). Cultivated (5), but its occurrence about here sug¬
gests introduction as a seed-admixture more often than as an escape.
A. ludoviciana Nutt, (inch A. gnaphalodes Nutt. — 8). Very rare.
CHEMUNG: large patch along rr., just w. of Wellsburg, S 1660
(1940) (B) ; large patch in old pasture near rr., Breesport, 5 2096
(1941). Also ALLEGANY: pasture, 1 mi. w. of Oramel, W.
Washbon (1933). Hitherto reported for the State only from about
Rochester (62) and in Erie co. (113).
A. annua L. New to the region. TOMPKINS: waste ground
near Agricultural College greenhouses, M 17037 (1927); CHE¬
MUNG: Elmira southside rr. yards, Y 528 (1936). Infrequent in
the St Lawrence, Champlain and Hudson valleys, and on the Great
Lakes lowlands (81).
Carduus acanthoides L. Recent and rapidly spreading. ONON¬
DAGA : a considerable quantity along road near Green L., Fayette¬
ville, 5* 2155 (S) ; SENECA: pasture s. of Lodi, M 17314 (1928) ;
TOMPKINS: Dryden, L. J. Sweetland (1912) ; in field, s. end of
Michigan Hollow, M & O. L. Justice 20251 (1940) ; in meadow
sw. of Tompkins co. camp, M 20252 (1940) ; TIOGA: in old field,
Fisher Settlement, hill e. of Summit marsh, M 17630 (1931) ; CHE¬
MUNG : field near state nursery, S, Al, et al 1233 (1939) ; YATES :
along roadside between Keuka Park and Penn Yan near Russell’s
cabins, G . W. Seymour 1528 (1940). Also FRANKLIN: pasture
between Hogansburg and Ft Covington, M & O. L. Justice 19922
(1938); GENESEE: field near Batavia, S. R. Shapley 18427
( 1933). Not reported by any of the pertinent local floras ; rare in the
State (81).
Centaurea maculosa Lam. Rapidly spreading and locally abun¬
dant (81). ONONDAGA: roadside, Westvale* (1941); edge of
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 35
swaly field, N. Syracuse, Y & M. E. Faust 2332 (1941) (S) ; CHEN¬
ANGO : Sherburne, /. Mulligan 16333 (1925) ; CAYUGA : several
acres from 3-4 mi. n. of Moravia, T. Broderick (1925); fields,
Venice, A (1912) ; TOMPKINS: dry gravelly hillside field, road¬
side between Newfield Station and Newfield, M 16771 (1926);
roadside, Connecticut hill* (1936) ; TIOGA: meadow, Fisher settle¬
ment, e. of Summit marsh, M 17645 (1931); CHEMUNG: very
abundant on banks and flats along creek, Sullivanville, B (1935)
(B), spreading for several miles up the gravel bars of the w. branch
of Newtown Ck; gravelly roadsides, Park hill, Y 1017 (1938), n. of
Horseheads* (1938), Horseheads* (1940) and vicinity of Millport
and Pine Valley* (1941); along Newtown Ck, Elmira* (1941);
abundant in hedges and along fencerows, Tompkins Corners* (1941) ;
pasture, s. of Latta Bk.* (1941); SCHUYLER: roadside e. of
Tyrone, C. King & C 1395 (1934) ; roadside, Watkins Jet.* (1939) ;
ONTARIO: roadsides, vicinity of Geneva* (1941). Near Pout
pond ; 2 stations in ne. Tompkins co. ; previously reported only from
near N. Spencer for the upper Susquehanna (111).
C. solstitialis L. Rare. (81) CAYUGA: alfalfa fields, Venice,
A (1908); Genoa, A (1913); TOMPKINS: newly seeded lawn,
Cornell U. campus, Y. H. Burnham 18183 (1932). Reported from
s. Cayuga co. (89).
Leontodon autumnalis L. ( Apargia autumnalis ; Virea autumna-
lis. Choice of L. hispidus L. as type of the genus effects conservation
of Leontodon L. for this group of plants— 7). Mostly recent and still
rare. TOMPKINS: Cornell U. garden, W. W . Rowlee (1889);
CHEMUNG: abundant in pasture and spreading along the River
road, e. of Big Flats, 5 724 (1937). Near Skaneateles L. (43) ; 2
other stations in s. Tompkins co. (Ill); new to the Susquehanna
drainage; infrequent in the State (81).
Picris hieracioides L. Increasing. ONEIDA: sandy roadside,
Lee, E 7323 (1916); MADISON: roadside n. of Merrillsville, H
26206 (1938); ONONDAGA: alfalfa field near Baldwinsville, M
16337 (1925) ; alfalfa field near road, Jamesville, M 17063 (1927) ;
abundant along roads near Syracuse* (1941) ; sts. of Fayetteville,
5 2153 (1941) (S) ; CAYUGA: meadow, dry ridge e. of Levanna,
M 17530 (1930); Kings Ferry, M 18443 (1933); roadside ditch
about mi. w. of Slayton’s pond, Y 1830 (1940) ; roadside by swamp
bordering Owasco outlet, n. of Port Byron, Y 1829 (1940) ; w. side
of Owasco L., M&D. Isely 20262 (1940) ; TOMPKINS : roadside,
2 mi. s. of Lake ridge, Lansing, M 17531 (1930) ; near reservoirs,
Six Mile Ck, fide D. Isely (1941) ; YATES: Kashong glen, w. side
of Seneca L., G. W. Seymour 1534 (1940). Definite reports for
the State have been published only for L. I. (62), the vicinity of New
York City (62), Onondaga co. (22), Slaterville Sw. (Ill) and
Rochester (62) ; infrequent throughout the State (81).
Crepis capillaris (L.) Wallr. Still occasional. CAYUGA:
abundant in lawn, 5 mi. n. of Port Byron, Y 1834 (1940);
36
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
ONTARIO: Black Pt, Canandaigua L., Mrs E. P. Gardner (1913).
Elsewhere in our region, reported about Syracuse (43), Galen (111)
and Ithaca (111) ; infrequent in the State (81).
Hieracium florentinum AIL Becoming common in the general
region as in the Cayuga basin (10) and in other sections of the State
(81). ONONDAGA: Ram’s gulch, H. Ellis 11 (1926) (S) ; field
s. of E. Green L., Jamesville, C 2192 (1936); Fayetteville, M. E.
Faust (1940) (S) ; roadside n. of Dewitt, M. E. Faust (1941) (S) ;
dry field. N. Syracuse, S & M . E. Faust 2344 (1941) (S) ; common
about Syracuse* (1941); OTSEGO: old field n. of Springfield
Center, M & A. A. Lindsey 3671 (1932); CHENANGO: waste-
ground on slope near golf course, n. of Oxford, C & J. L. Edwards
2590 (1937); TOMPKINS: old field, Slaterville Sw* (1937);
rocky wastes, Cornell quarry, 5 1550 (1940), and fields near-by*
(1940) ; CHEMUNG: abundant on gravelly ground. Elmira north-
side dumps, 5 742 (1936) ; dryish ridge n. of Pine Valley* (1940) ;
pastures, Red Jacket Sw.* (1941). At Oneida (56) and listed from
Onondaga co. (22) ; previously reported only from Little York (111)
and Apalachin (15) for the Susquehanna drainage in N. Y.
H. Pilosella L. Rather widespread on dry, somewhat stony hill¬
side pastures in many parts of the area fide Muenscher. MADISON :
s. of Peterboro village, M et al. 20305 (1941) ; CAYUGA: Aurora,
E. L. French (1883) ; TOMPKINS: Baker laboratory lawn, Cor¬
nell U. campus, M 17528 (1930) ; Cornell Country Club golf course*
(1936); Cornell Arboretum Crataegus field (1940), fide Wiegand.
Also, just outside our region, in BROOME: w. of Deposit, M. 20307
(1941). Infrequent in the State (81) : hitherto reported only from
Cayuga Heights (111) for our area.
Ill SOME NATIVES, RARE AND OTHERWISE
The writer is particularly interested in the study of native plants
and the relation of their distribution to various ecological factors.
He presents here an account of such of these as are, or were, con¬
sidered rare, or might otherwise be interesting. Certain groups are
necessarily withheld for the present due to his faulty knowledge of
them.
Pellaea atropurpurea (L.) Link. Unusual. SCHUYLER : cliffs
about 3 mi. n. of Watkins Glen, e. shore of Seneca L., M 16024a.
In the Jamesville and Chittenango regions (62) ; 7 stations about
the lower end of Cayuga L. (Ill) ; at Penn Yan (62) ; reported only
from Leroy to our west (62).
Cryptogramma Stelleri (Gmel.) Prantl. Another county.
CAYUGA: Parsons ravine, nw. of Moravia, A. Several stations
about the Finger lakes (12; 62; 111) ; only at Killawog in the Sus¬
quehanna drainage (14).
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 37
Woodsia ilvensis (L.) R. Br. Very rare westward. ONTARIO :
Gorham, N. W . Folwell (1831-32). Once unknown from w. of the
Cayuga basin ; now reported from 3 stations there, all in Ontario
co.: this, w. side of Canandaigua L. (21), and High point, nw. of
Naples (12). Scarce eastward: Moravia (62); 3 stations about
lower end of Cayuga L. (Ill); 7 on the northern fringes of the
Susquehanna drainage (13; 14; 43; 111).
Cystopteris bulbifera (L.) Bernh. ( Filix bulbifera. Cystopteris
Bernh., nom. cons. — 104). Scarce or rare in the upper Susquehanna
valley. CORTLAND: ledges, Griggs gulf*; STEUBEN: Wood-
hull, B. B. Stroud (Bk). Common in the Finger Lakes region (62;
111); for the Susquehanna, previously reported from the Ouleout
valley and the far northeastern portion (13) ; from Oxford, Killawog,
n. of Apalachin, and Unadilla Forks (14). New to the Tioughnioga
and Chemung valleys.
Athyrium pycnocarpon (Spreng.) Tidestrom (A. angusti-
folium — 7, Art. 69). Infrequent in the Finger Lakes region; rare
southward. MADISON: woods near Oneida, H 17406 ; shaded
limestone talus, Perryville, H 23197 ; ONONDAGA: Dewitt, R. A.
Ware ; Onondaga Indian reservation, somewhat clayey soil in shady
woods, N. Hotchkiss 1829 (S) ; Peppermill gulch, L. L. Goodrich
(S) ; lower end of Howlett’s gorge, n. side, L. Petry (S) ; road to
Phoenix, L. L. Goodrich (S) ; CAYUGA: n. side of Fillmore glen,
A ; swamp, Venice, A ; woods on ridge sw. of Cascade, C & W. C.
Wilson 2404 ; low woods, Scipio, A ; Cascade, A ; Botrychium woods
at Spring L., C & J. W. Thompson 41 ; New Hope, F. L. Kilborne;
TOMPKINS: low woods around Jennings pond, E & C. L. Wilson
14986c ; rich woods on ridge nw. of Groton, C & W. C. Wilson 2391
(B) ; beech-maple woods, Michigan hollow, C & H. Trapido 3710
(B) ; ravine bottom, Six Hundred tract*; TIOGA: wet woods,
State Reforestation area 3*. Infrequent (111) or locally abundant
(62) across the middle of the State ; in the Susquehanna valley, pre¬
viously reported from the vicinity of Unadilla Forks and Van Etten
(14).
Dryopteris dilatata (Hoffm.) Gray var. americana (Fisch.)
Benedict ( Thelypteris dilatata var. americana. Dryopteris Adans.,
nom. cons. — 104). Very rare. CHEMUNG: Lowman Sw., E. J.
Winslow (G), the only specimen seen from the upper Susquehanna
valley, N. Y., although recently reported from Mt Ararat in Pa. (19).
Also but 1 specimen seen from the Finger Lakes region (12). Once
considered at least not rare in our area (13; 14; 43).
D. Goldiana (Hook.) Gray ( Thelypteris Goldiana ). Infrequent
northward; rare southward. ONONDAGA: rich rocky woods,
Dewitt, R. A . Ware\ Jamesville road near Syracuse, L. M. Under¬
wood (S) ; Peppermill gulch, S. Onondaga, L. L. Goodrich (S) ;
Lafayette, L. L. Goodrich (S) ; CAYUGA: Hamblin woods, n.
side of Fillmore glen, A ; swamp, Venice, A ; margin of swamp, Cas¬
cade, A; low woods, Scipio, A; TOMPKINS: foot of slope, just s.
38
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
of Lick Bk., W 17350; Freeville, H. P. Deforest; Groton, I. G.
Williams; ravine bottoms, Six Hundred tract*. Scarce to locally
abundant in the Finger Lakes drainage (62; 111) ; from the Susque¬
hanna known for the vicinity of N. Franklin (13), Unadilla Forks
(14) Nichols (27) and Van Etten (14).
Azolla caroliniana Willd. Rediscovered in the Cayuga basin.
CAYUGA: pools in old Cayuga Canal bed, 2 mi. sw. of Montezuma,
W 17442 (1930) ; SENECA: Tyre, C. H. Peck (G) ; TOMPKINS:
in sluggish ditch, entrance to Stewart park, Ithaca, M 20105 (1940),
spreading from introduction in 1938. Considered locally abundant
in Central N. Y. and on the Ontario lowlands (11; 62) , but not seen
in the Cayuga basin from the time of Dudley (20) and Peck to 1930.
Botrychium simplex E. Hitchc. var. tenebrosum (Eat.) Clausen
( B . tenebrosum — 9). Very rare. TOMPKINS: mossy hummocks,
Slaterville Sw., S. et al. 1164. At Baldwinsville (43) and Beaver
L. (62), Onondaga co. ; Ringwood, Odessa and Park Station (12)
in the south-central part of our area. A total of 11 counties are
listed for the State (9) ; the closely allied var. laxifolium Clausen (9)
is listed from 2 stations in Tompkins co. and 1 in Chemung (12) for
our region.
Ophioglossum vulgatum L. Presumably more overlooked than
rare. MADISON: Lebanon, B. M. Chandler (S) ; ONONDAGA:
Baldwinsville near Seneca R., L. L. Goodrich (S) ; on mound in dry
pasture, 1 mi. s. of Marcellus, N. Hotchkiss 695 (S) ; bogs, W . M.
Beauchamp ; CAYUGA : L. Como, W . W . Rowlee; Moravia A ;
near Auburn, L. G. Williams; s. of Mud pond, Conquest, Wr & Wr
13309; TOMPKINS: Danby and vicinity, W . R. Dudley; borders
of Lake Marsh, Dryden, anon. ; bog near Ringwood, M. Ross 17540;
abundant in wet pasture, Slaterville Sw., 5 et al. 1180; CHEMUNG:
swaly field, Rodbourn marsh, 5 et al. 1308 ; swaly fields, Beaver Bk,
Y 1385,. 30 counties in the State (9; 12). Supplemental to pre¬
vious reports (12; 14; 43; 54; 62; 111).
Equisetum palustre L. var. americanum Viet. ( E . palustre
Auct. amer. — 73). At the head of a 2d Finger lake. SCHUYLER:
near shore, se. corner of Seneca L., Watkins, M 16801 ; weedy, swaly
meadow s. of Montour, S 2076. Local northward and on the Great
Lakes lowlands (62) ; near Constantia (62) and Onondaga L.
(43) ; in the Cayuga inlet region (111) ; rare in the State (81).
Lycopodium annotinum L. var. acrifolium Fern. 3 new sta¬
tions, including a new county. CORTLAND: dry woods, Griggs
gulf*; STEUBEN : upland woods, Meade’s Ck, G. D. Cornell (Cl) ;
Sanford Ck, Wayne, J. G. Webster (Cl). Several stations at the
s. end of the Cayuga basin and in Schuyler and Chemung counties
(12); locally common in the northeastern part of our range (22;
62) ; the species (undifferentiated into varieties) at 5 e. Susque¬
hanna stations (14; 15) ; somewhat frequent westward in the State
(65; 113).
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 39
L. obscurum L. var. dendroideum (Mx.) D. C. Eaton. Scarce.
CHEMUNG: Sullivan Hill, L (E) ; dry fields, Crown hill* and
Langdon hill*. Definitely reported for our area from McDonough,
. Park Station, Oakley Corners and Connecticut hill (12) ; no typical
specimens of this extreme from the Finger Lakes drainage have been
seen.
L. tristachyum Pursh. 2 more stations, including a new co. CHE¬
MUNG: edge of dry woods, Austin hill*; STEUBEN: upland
woods, Meade’s Ck, G. D. Cornell (Cl). In Oneida (62) and Onon¬
daga (22) counties ; at several stations in the southeastern corner
of the Cayuga basin and in adjacent Chemung and Schuyler counties.
(12; 62; 111) ; occasional in the Susquehanna drainage (14); rare
westward in the Southern Tier (65).
Selaginella rupestris (L.) Spring. Very rare in this region;
a new station. TOMPKINS: Fall Ck gorge, on rock near foot¬
bridge by waterworks, /. G. Webster (1882) (Cl). Elsewhere in
our region, definitely reported only from Taughannock gorge (111) ;
listed as occasional in Onondaga co. (43) ; rare and local in the State
(62). -111'!
S. apoda (L.) Spring (22). Rare. ONONDAGA: deep gravelly
shore of small lake, Tully, W & W 26 ; wet pasture land s. of Borden’s
milk station, Apulia, M 16392 ; Apulia pond, F. A. Ward ; OTSEGO :
shore of Summit L., Springfield, H 22874\ CHENANGO: abundant
over hummocky ground, Greene Meadows, S & D ; Broome : lawn,
Binghamton, sent for identification to R. W. Curtis , 17081 ; CORT¬
LAND : old log, swampy bank of stream, Cortland, A. Along s.
shore of Oneida L. (54) and about Salina (85) ; reported from Una-
dilla Forks (14) and Green L., Preble (111), for the Susquehanna
in our area; at Sayre, Pa. (15), just outside.
Pinus resinosa Ait. Infrequent, if not more common, at least
in Chemung co. SENECA: s. bank of Lodi glen, M 16030a ; CHE¬
MUNG: old field, Redfern hill, S & J. R. Smith 1293 ; dry woods
and declivities, Hendy Hollow, L (E) ; Mt Zoar, L; old fields, Laurel
hill*, Bowman hill*, Ormiston hill*, Bird Ck*, hill s. of Latta Bk* ;
along the Chemung R. at various places* ; STEUBEN : hills near
Campbell*, where Cornell reports it frequent. Also on streambank,
Seely Ck, Daggett, Tioga co., Pa.* Reported as scattered through¬
out Onondaga co. (43) ; previously cited only from Yates co. (85)
and Letchworth Park (62) to the w. of the Cayuga basin, where
confined to the hills of Tompkins co. (Ill), and from only Barton,
the Chemung narrows, and n. of White church (15 ; 111) in the Sus¬
quehanna region, whence all of these stations, but the first.
Larix laricina (du Roi) Koch. Not too common. CHEMUNG:
abundant in lower end of Red Jacket Sw., S, Al, et al. 1277 ; low
swale, 1 mi. below Lowman, L (E) ; SCHUYLER: head of Seneca
L., W. M. Smith (S) ; YATES: moist ground, w. side of Potter
Sw., 2 y2 mi. ne. of Potter, C 3425 (B) ; STEUBEN: Caton Sw*
Infrequent (111) to frequent (62) in the region.
40
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Abies balsamea (L.) Mill. Rare in the higher hills and colder
swamps. TOMPKINS: Michigan Sw., C & H. Trapido 2433 ;
bog, Ringwood, C & R. Smith 19056 ; CHEMUNG: sphagnaceous
borders of woods, Redfern hill, Y 880 ; mucky, marly thickets n. of
Seven Acres pond, S 910; swales. Park hill* and Searles Crossing*;
Greatsinger Corners Sw.* ; swamp at Chambers* ; STEUBEN :
Wayland Sw., W 15181 ; several trees in Caton Sw., S' 2065. Also
streambank thicket, Seely Ck, Daggett, Tioga co., Pa., S'. Cicero
Sw. (43) ; 7 stations in e. Tompkins co. (Ill) ; previously reported
from 6 scattered stations in the upper Susquehanna (10; 14; 15 ; 85).
Common northward in the State and at higher elevations; locally
abundant elsewhere in swamps (62).
Potamogeton Vaseyi Robbins. Decidedly rare. CHEMUNG:
mucky outlet, Seven Acres pond, S 915. Otherwise known for our
region only from Cayuta L. (30) and Peterson L. near Savona (72) ;
new to the Finger Lakes drainage.
Bromus latiglumis (Shear) Hitchc. ( B . altissimus, non Gilib.
— 62, inch B. incanus). Probably much more frequent than once
supposed. ONEIDA: rich, bushy, shady roadside, n. of Oneida
Ck, e. end of Oneida L., N. Hotchkiss 1397 (f. incanus (Shear) Fern.
—35) (S); MADISON: Bridgeport, R. L. Crockett (S) ;
CAYUGA: Suckerport, between Moravia and Locke, A ; TIOGA:
along brook n. of Spencer L., M. L. Fernald, W, & E 14579 (f.
incanus) ; CHEMUNG: riverbanks and moist woodlands, Harring¬
ton’s I., L (E) ; alluvial thickets, Ring Jet.*, Elmira*, Fitch’s bridge*,
Lowman*, along Cayuta Ck, n. of pipeline* (f. incanus) ; on rich
wooded slope, Mt Zoar* (f. incanus) ; streambank, Newtown Ck below
Latta Bk* (f. incanus) ; riverbank opposite Mt Zoar, 5* 2086 (f.
incanus). Perhaps infrequent in the State, with only 2 stations cited
from the Susquehanna valley, hitherto (62) ; apparently more fre¬
quent in the Oswego drainage (22; 62; 111); f. incanus definitely
considered rare in the State (62; 66; 111). Additional specimens
have been seen from Essex, Washington, Saratoga, Westchester and
Erie counties, that from the last referable to f. incanus.
Festuca octoflora Walt. var. tenella (Willd.) Fern. (F. octoflora
Auct., as to northeastern race — 31). Rare, but probably overlooked.
SENECA: dry hill, Lodi, N. W. Folwell; TOMPKINS: dry
thickets near Williams Bk, S & E. Palmatier ; SCHUYLER : Hector
falls, fide note on Folwell specimen ; dry woods along Watkins Glen* ;
ONTARIO : Gorham, H. P. Sartwell. 7 stations previously cited
from Tompkins co. (Ill) ; 5 other scattered stations from the State
(59; 62), inch Oneida L. and Penn Yan for our region.
Eragrostis capillaris (L.) Nees. Rare or locally abundant; per¬
haps overlooked. CHEMUNG: dry soil in talus-slope woods, just
s. of Latta Bk, Y 2017 ; dry slope, e. side Mt Zoar, 5* 2087 ; abundant
along roads, edge of woods, crest of Sullivan hill, Y 2301 ; abundant
along railroads near Elmira College, Y 2312; SCHUYLER:
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 41
dry stony oak thicket, steep bank of Lehigh Valley rr., town
of Montour, W 7554. At 10 other scattered stations in the Finger
Lakes drainage (43; 59; 62; 85; 111); only near Apalachin, else¬
where in the Susquehanna region (15).
Elymus virginicus L. var. glabriflorus (Vasey) Bush ( E .
australis — -34). Occasional in the southern part of our range.
OTSEGO: shore of Goodyear L., M & Cu 5150 ; TOMPKINS:
Negundo woods, s. of Ithaca, W ; CHEMUNG: Ashland river banks,
L (A). All specimens cited belong to the hairy-glumed f. australis
(Scribn. & Ball) Fern. The variety is known from Catskill, Greene
co., the se. part of the State (62), Negundo woods (111), and the
Allegany Park region (65), all previously reported material except
that from Catskill being referable to the glabrous extreme.
Hierochloe odorata (L.) Beauv. var. fragrans (Willd.) Richter
( Torresia odorata, as to northeastern American plant. Hierochloe
R. Br., nom. cons. — 7). Very rare and local. TIOGA: hummocky,
springy ground near peatbog, Oakley Corners, Y 739 ; CHEMUNG:
swaly border of old Chemung canal, n. of Horseheads, 5 1373. In
Madison co. (22) ; infrequent or local on the Ontario lowlands, west¬
ward (62) ; reported from but 1 station in the Cayuga basin, that
also on the Ontario plain (111) ; not hitherto reported from the Sus¬
quehanna drainage in N. Y., although recently cited from ne. Pa. in
that river system (42) ; frequent northward in the State and locally
s. to L. I. and S. I. (62). Also CHAUTAUQUA: Sherman, /. W.
Spencer. House has suggested that the plant may be a relic of
Indian introduction in our region.
Paspalum ciliatifolium Mx. var. Muhlenbergii (Nash) Fern.
(P. pubescens ; P. ciliatifolium of Wiegand & Eames — 36). Rare.
OSWEGO: sandy field near Cleveland, House 27172 (1939);
CAYUGA: sandy hill field near Seneca R., n. of Port Byron, Y 1825.
Rare on the Great Lakes lowlands (81) ; cited from Lowery ponds
(111). Also in the Hudson and Mohawk valleys and on the coastal
plain (62). Not previously reported from Cayuga co.
Cyperus esculentus L. Local. TOMPKINS: Hoy field, S'. AT.
Burnham 16921 ; CHEMUNG: sandy flats, Elmira eastside dumps,
S 57 5 ; scattered plants on gravel bars and points of Chemung R.
near Mt Zoar, S' 2092 ; STEUBEN : gravelly shore, Chemung R.,
Corning, L. F. Randolph 9317. Frequent on the Great Lakes low¬
lands, the Delaware-eastern Susquehanna uplands, and the lower
Hudson valley (81) ; rather frequent in the Niagara region (113) ;
definitely reported for our region as abundant on the northern fringe
(62), as infrequent about Cayuga L. (Ill), as common in the Sus¬
quehanna valley in Tioga co. (26), and from Oxford, shores of the
Susquehanna in Broome co., and Harrington’s I. (14) : a very spotty
distribution.
C. erythrorhizos Muhl. Rare; perhaps casual. TOMPKINS:
Federal Grass nursery, W 19356 (1936); a few plants in sandy
42
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
alluvium at sw. corner of Cayuga L., Y 1244 (1939). Previously
known only from a few plants on the se. corner of Cayuga L. (1914)
(111) and about Oneida L. (59) ; frequent or common in s. N. Y.
(62).
Scirpus polyphyllus Vahl. Rare and local. CAYUGA: woods,
Jewett hill, sw. of Moravia, A ; CORTLAND : Kenney Ck, Truxton,
W ; CHEMUNG: Hendy Hollow, L (E) ; swaly depression, s. side
of Latta Bk, N 2020. Rare in the Cayuga basin (111), as elsewhere
northward and westward in the state (62) ; local in the Susquehanna
region (15 ; 20; 26; 1 1 1 ) ; at Penn Yan (85).
S. microcarpus Presl (inch S. rubrotinctus — 62) Occasional.
CORTLAND : swale by road, upper Labrador valley, W 9264 ; river
flats, Truxton, W ; rr., just n. of S. Pierce Crossing, Truxton, W
(var. confertus (Fern.) House) ; open swamp, Homer, A; TOMP¬
KINS: roadside swale, bordering swamp, n. edge of Village of Dry-
den*; CHEMUNG: small colony in alder thicket, Red Jacket Sw.,
5 1623; SCHUYLER: roadside ditch n. of Alpine, Gershoy 9365.
Common throughout the northern, central and western parts of the
State (62); 7 other scattered stations in the Cayuga basin (111);
not hitherto reported from the upper Susquehanna.
Eleocharis pauciflora (Lightf.) Link var. Fernaldii Svenson
( Scirpus pauciflorus, as to eastern American plant — 107). Still rare
(62; 111). MADISON: ne. of Madison, House 17619 (1930);
ONONDAGA : in white marl along shore, Green L., M & Cu 4983 ;
SENECA: marl of Lowery pond, C 19091a ; CHEMUNG: marly
bog area of Red Jacket Sw., Y 2097 . Reported from Long Branch
(43); on 2 lake-points near Farleys (111); reported for the Sus¬
quehanna only from Tully L. (62) and the Spencer L. and Summit
Marsh locality (111).
Eriophorum tenellum Nutt. Very rare. CHENANGO:
McDonough, Wr 11478. In Onondaga co. (43) and at Junius (62)
for the Finger Lake region; new to the upper Susquehanna; fre¬
quent in the Adirondacks and northern counties; elsewhere locally
abundant to rare (62).
E. gracile Koch. Unusual. CORTLAND: s. shore of Green L.,
Preble, A. R. Bechtel & W 7655; floating bog e. of rr., Little York
L., Preble, W & W 1780; CHENANGO: Warn’s pond, Wr , Wr,
6 G. B. Upton 11473. At Cicero Sw. (43) ; at Venice and in the
W. Junius bogs (111) ; 6 Tompkins co. stations (111) ; not reported
by Clute, but in the Summit L. area, Otsego co. (85) ; the same
general distribution in the State as the last (62).
E. spissum Fern. (E. callitrix as to common ne. representative- —
29). Rare. CHENANGO: bog between German and McDonough,
C & W. C. Wilson 2171 ; CORTLAND : Labrador Sw., Truxton,
W ; TOMPKINS: Woodwardia Sw., H. H. Whetzel 18750. At
Pecksport (57) ; Cicero Sw. (43) ; in 5 other bogs about Cayuga L.
(Ill) ; new to the Susquehanna drainage; frequent northward, local
southward, in the State (62).
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 43
Rynchospora capitellata (Mx.) Vahl ( R . glomerata var. minor
— 37). Professor Fernald states, in lift., that Miss Gale’s research
demonstrates the specific distinctness of R. capitellata and R. glomer¬
ata (L.) Vahl.). Very rare in our region. CHENANGO:
McDonough, R. L. Crockett (S). Reported from the swamps of
Oneida L. (59) and from Centreville (43). Frequent on L. I. and
in the lower Hudson valley ; local up the Mohawk-Oneida gateway ;
at Narrowsburg and Stockholm (62).
R. capillacea Torr. Rare. MADISON: Palmiter bog, R. L.
Crockett (S) ; ONONDAGA: wet boggy seepage near s. end of
Apulia pond, N. Hotchkiss 759 (S) ; CORTLAND: calcareous
springy shore of Green L., Preble, W. Also in the W. Junius bogs,
about Oneida L., and at Penn Yan for the Finger lakes ; at Waverly
and Little York L. in the Susquehanna drainage; rare to local in the
State (62).
Carex siccata Dewey. Unusual in the Oswego River system.
SENECA: sandy bank by road at Phillips pond, W 19663 ; dry
sandy fence row, 1 mi. sw. of Pout pond, W . E. Manning & W 16458.
Listed from Onondaga co. (43) ; reported from Apalachin (62) ; rare
to local in the State (62).
C. diandra Schrank. Scarce. MADISON : sunny bog s. of Clock-
ville, H 22456 ; ONONDAGA: E. Green L., Jamesville, W; bog,
w. side Labrador pond, W 15050 ; CORTLAND: very wet marshy
border of millpond between Cortland and Homer, W 1837 ; SENECA :
shore of Lowery’s pond, W 19648 ; STEUBEN : floating bog, Cran¬
berry L., R. McVaugh & Cu 7432 ; large clumps in open area, Caton
Sw.*; ONTARIO: Gorham, H. P. Sartwell. Oneida L. (59),
Pecksport (58), L. Como (111), 4 Tompkins co. stations (111),
and Penn Yan (85) cited for the Finger lakes ; Summit L., Otsego co.
(85), and Summit marsh, Tioga co. (Ill), for the Susquehanna;
frequent or common northward in the State, but less so southward
(62).
C. prairea Dewey. Unusual. CHEMUNG: large tussocks along
old Chemung canal, Red Jacket Sw., N 1613 ; loosely caespitose or
slightly creeping on hummocks, deeper part of swamp, S 1424.
Onondaga co. (22); at L. Como (111); 2 stations at the n. end
of the Cayuga valley and 3 at the s. end (111) ; at Summit L., Otsego
co. (85); new to the Southern Tier; Yates co. (85). Infrequent
northward and across the State (62).
C. disperma Dewey (C. tenella , non Thuill — -70). Occasional.
ONONDAGA: Tully lakes, G. F. Hastings', E. Green L., Jamesville,
W ; CAYUGA: border of cold hemlock swamp, Sempronius, A ;
woods, Four-Town schoolhouse, 3 mi. e. of Moravia, A ; swampy
woods, y2 mi. e. of Sayles Corners, Sempronius, A ; CORTLAND :
Thompson Sw, Truxton, IV; Green L, Preble, W 1817 ; WAYNE:
Westbury bog, F. P. Metcalf & C. C. Thomas 7692; TOMPKINS:
low woods, swamp e. of Slaterville, E & W 3610; CHEMUNG;
44
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
small clumps on fallen log in boggy woods, n. edge of Red Jacket
Sw., 5 1504 ; YATES: Penn Yan, H. P. Sartwell ; ONTARIO:
Gorham, H. P. Sartwell. Frequent in Tompkins co. (Ill); only
3 eastern stations reported from the upper Susquehanna (14; 15);
common northward, but less so or local southward in the State (62).
C. tetanica Schk. Locally abundant. CHEMUNG: creeping over
extensive area, Horseheads flats, Y 1397 ; scattered culms appearing
from buried rhizomes on many tussocks, Red Jacket Sw., Y et al. 1423.
One of the commonest sedges on the marshlands between Horseheads
and Millport; new to the Southern Tier. Reported from Onondaga
co., near Enfield Ck, the Junius bogs, Crusoe L., Penn Yan and Sulli¬
vans (43; 62; 111); local and rare in the State (62). (Pale basal
leaf-bases do not separate this species from C. Woodii Dewey; leaf-
bases may be either pale brown or purple. Also, the sheath-orifice
may be either concave or truncate, and ampliate or nonampliate;
these characters do not afford good separation from C . Meadii Dewey.
The three species, however, seem quite distinct otherwise — 70).
C. prasina Wahl. More frequent than indicated. MADISON :
wet woods, Sunset L., s. of Oneida, H 11657 ; Cowaselon woods, R.
L. Crockett (S) ; CAYUGA: ravines near Owasco L., A ; West
hill, Moravia, A ; CORTLAND : springy place, Kenney Ck valley,
Truxton, W; CHEMUNG: moist upland woods, Mt Zoar hill, L
(E) ; Ashland, L ; brookside, Laurel hill* ; swaly meadow, Horseheads
flats*; STEUBEN: mucky woods, Caton Sw., Y 2081. Frequent
in Tompkins co. (Ill) ; at 4 other scattered stations in the Finger
Lakes region, hitherto (62); at Apalachin (15) and Slaterville Sw.
(Ill) in the Susquehanna proper, up to now; reported as rare in
the Chemung region (14).
C. aestivalis M. A. Curtis. Very rare. CAYUGA: Dresserville
gulf, town of Sempronius, A ; woods, Four-Town schoolhouse, Sem-
pronius, 3 mi. e. of Moravia, A. 2 stations in Otsego co. and a few
other localities southeastward in the State (62) ; s. of Slaterville
Springs (111); frequent in the Allegany State Park region to our
west (65).
C. virescens Muhl. Infrequent. CAYUGA: Parsons ravine,
nw. of Moravia, A ; West hill, Moravia, A ; TOMPKINS : dry bank,
Slaterville Sw.* ; CHEMUNG: abundant on Laurel hill, C; dry
woods. Park hill* ; SCHUYLER : ledges, ravine s. of Cayuta L.,
W 9474; YATES: Penn Yan, H. P. Sartwell. In Onondaga co.
(22) ; at Ovid and Montezuma, northward in the Cayuga basin (111)
and at 6 other Tompkins co. stations, southward; previously only at
Summit marsh in the Susquehanna valley (111); not otherwise
reported from our territory, earlier reports apparently referring to
C. Szvanii (Fern.) Mack.
C. complanata Torr. ssp. hirsutella (Mack.) Clausen (C. triceps
var. hirsuta; C. hirsutella — 10). Local. CHEMUNG: dryish banks
and slopes, n. of Seven Acres pond*, Laurel hill*, Sullivan hill*. and ;
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 45
Mt Zoar*; swaly edge of old millpond, Erin*. Sylvan Beach (59) ;
on Utt Pt and at 6 Tompkins co. stations in the Cayuga basin (111);
frequent in Tioga co. (26) ; reported from Elmira (14) ; near Wan eta
L. and on Bull hill (10) ; at Penn Yan (85) ; generally frequent to
common in the State, although somewhat rare westward (62).
C. limosa L. Rare. OSWEGO : Long Bridge pond, Williams-
town, W. W . Rowlee ; MADISON : Castle Sw., s. of Oneida, H
14118 (S) ; CHENANGO: open bog on e. side Mud pond, about
2 mi. n. of Union Valley, C & J. L. Edwards 2597 ; TIOGA : sphag¬
num bog, Oakley Corners, H. M. Mapes. 5 Scattered stations about
Cayuga L. (Ill) ; only Pond brook cited by Clute (14), but later con¬
sidered locally common in the Susquehanna drainage proper (82) ;
more common northward in the State (62).
C. paupercula Mx. Rare. MADISON : marsh near N. Brook¬
field, H 17591 ; CORTLAND : Labrador Sw., Truxton, W ; TOMP¬
KINS: Woodwardia Sw., H. H. Whetzel 18738. Pecksport (58) ;
Pompey hill (43) ; in bogs at Freeville, W. Junius, and near Duck L.
(Ill); likewise more common northward in the State (62).
C. paucifiora Lightf. Rare. MADISON : Lost L., Brookfield,
R. L. Crockett (S) ; WAYNE: Galen, H. P. Sartwell (B) ;
CHENANGO: open bog, s. end of Mud pond, about 2 mi. n. of
Union Valley, C & J. L. Edwards 2595 ; CORTLAND: bog in
Labrador Sw., Truxton, W. Onondaga co. (22) ; reported from
Junius and the McLean region (111); new to the Susquehanna in
N. Y. ; frequent or common in the north of the State, but less so
southward (62).
C. folliculata L. Very rare in the upper Susquehanna. CHE¬
NANGO: Bliven’s pond, McDonough, Wr, Wr, & G. B. Upton
11697. Oneida L. (59) ; 6 stations from Ithaca to McLean (111) ;
reported from Carmalt L. in the Susquehanna drainage (15) ; more
or less common elsewhere in the State (62).
C. Schweinitzii Dewey. Rare and local. MADISON : Oriskany
Ck, R. L. Crockett (S) ; CAYUGA: Poison Oak Sw., Dresserville,
A ; Hall's Sw., Dresserville, A; TOMPKINS: marshy place where
small springy brook enters Ck, Van Buskirk glen, At 19846. Pre¬
viously known from Beaver Bk, Tompkins co. (Ill); frequent in
central N. Y., but less common westward (62) ; unknown from the
upper Susquehanna in N. Y., except for Spencer L. (111)'.
C. PseudoCyperus L. Rare. ONONDAGA: swamp near
Fabius, G. P. & F. L. Van Eseltine 2839 (S) ; Manlius, IV. M.
Smith (S) ; Tully, G. F. Hastings ; CHEMUNG: mucky, marshy
thickets n. of Seven Acres pond, S 911. Pecksport (57) ; Onondaga
Co. (43); 3 n. stations for the Cayuga basin (111); Summit L.,
Otsego co. (85); Pond brook (14); Campville (26); Spencer L.
(Ill) ; Big Flats (14) ; Penn Yan (85) ; also at Utica, Oswego, Pine
Plains and Bergen Sw. (62).
46
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
C. trichocarpa Muhl. Local. MADISON : Morrisville, L. M.
Underwood * (S) ; CORTLAND: rr. ditch, Truxton, W ; CHE¬
MUNG: forming swales, mucky borders of Beaver Bk, Horseheads,
S 1409; ONTARIO: Penn Yan, H. P. Sartwell. Onondaga co.
(22) ; frequent in Tompkins co. (Ill) ; not rare in Broome co. (14) ;
abundant along the river in Tioga co. (26) ; rare elsewhere (62) ;
new to the Chemung.
C. squarrosa L. Rare and local. CHEMUNG: open swaly
clearing in white oak woods, Comfort hill, S & H. Scudder 934 ;
a few clumps in alluvial thicket about ^ mi. w. of Wellsburg, 5 1536.
Otherwise reported for our area only from Clay (43) and Chemung
(15). Apparently rather frequent eastward in the State, in the
Hudson valley and near-by highlands, judging from records (62)
and specimens; scattered across the State (62).
C. vesicaria L. (inch var. monile — 70). Occasional and locally
plentiful. ONONDAGA: swale at head of Crooked L., Tully,
W 1943; CHENANGO: abundant in Greene meadows*; CORT¬
LAND: Nott pond, river flats, Truxton, W; CHEMUNG: tufts,
swaly borders of pond, n. edge of Red Jacket Sw., 5 1506; swale
s. of Latta brook* ; YATES : Dundee, .S'. H. Wright. Onondaga co.
(22); Moravia (20); at Pout pond (111); 4 stations in the
upper Fall Ck drainage (111); at Franklin, Slaterville Sw. and the
Cortland marlponds in the Susquehanna (14; 111) ; common in Tioga
co. (15); common northward, but much less so, westward in the
State (62).
C. Tuckermani Dewey. Locally abundant (62). ONEIDA:
Marshy borders of Oneida L., Lenox, J. V . Haherer 3935 ; MADI¬
SON : e. of Peterboro, R. L. Crockett (S) ; Morrisville, L. M. Under¬
wood (S); ONONDAGA: Tully, G. F. Hastings; CAYUGA:
swamp, head of Owasco L., A ; swampy woods, Sempronius, A ;
Venice, A; CORTLAND: river flats, Truxton, W; TOMPKINS:
hilltop swale on University plot, Newfield, M et al.; CHEMUNG:
mucky thickets n. of Seven Acres pond, S 913 ; low swale near Erie
rr. bridge, Seely Ck., Elmira, L (E) ; wet swales in low open woods
n. of Horseheads, town of Veteran, L (E) ; swale, Ring Jet.*; swale
s. of Latta brook*; YATES: Penn Yan, H. P. Sartwell. Onondaga
co. (22) ; near Clyde and 6 Tompkins co. stations in the Cayuga basin
(111); not too rare in the upper Susquehanna (14); common in
Tioga co. (26).
Arisaema Dracontium (L.) Schott ( Muricauda Dracontium) .
Scarce. ONONDAGA: s. end of Cross L., M. E. Faust (S) ;
CHEMUNG: rich woods, Cayuta Ck, n. of pipeline, S 2014;
alluvial base of Cobble hill*; alluvial thickets, Hoffman’s pond, H &
W: Scudder, specimens not preserved ; river bottom woods, Chemung
narrows*. Rockwell Springs (43 ) ; scarce in the Cayuga basiil (111) ;'
frequent (26) to plentiful (14) along the Susquehanna proper ; rare
in the Chemung (14), whence reported only! from Wellsburg' (69) ^
infrequent across the State (62).
contributions to the flora of CENTRAL NEW YORK 47
Juncus Dudleyi Wiegand. Generally infrequent, but rather com¬
mon where soils are more or less calcareous. ONEIDA: edge of
marsh, 2 mi. sw. of Sangerfield, H 17612; MADISON : Oriskany
Ck, R. L. Crockett (S) ; Page camp, R. L. Crockett (S) ; ONON¬
DAGA : small Tully L., W & W 274 ; marshy soil in open field
about 1 mi. e. of N. Syracuse, M. E. Underwood 38 (S) ; hillside
slough, 1 y2 mi. s. of Marcellus, G. P. Van Eseltine 3833 (S) ; damp
roadsides s. of Howlett hill, w. of Split rock, N. Hotchkiss 666 (S) ;
swale near Oran, G. P. Van Eseltine 3108 (S) ; OTSEGO: road¬
side swale n. of Summit L., M & Cu 5043; TOMPKINS: dripping
ledges by bridge, Judd Falls road near Cornell U. campus, S 1612
(B) ; clay roadside bank, West hill, Ithaca, S, Al, et al. 19366; wet
meadow, crest of West hill, A. Gershoy 7825; CHEMUNG: moist
pasture near Lowe's pond, 5 133; Sullivan hill, L (Bu) ; SCHUY¬
LER : streambank s. of Perry City, A. Gershoy 9562 ; roadside
swale s. of Mecklenburg, A. Gershoy 9561 ; STEUBEN : about
edge of marl pond, 1 mi. w. of Atlanta, C et al. 2693. Locally com¬
mon (111) to locally abundant (62) in the region; newly reported s.
and w. of Ithaca.
J. balticus Willd. var. littoralis Engelm. Very rare. TIOGA :
small swamp near Waverly, F. E. Fenno (A) ; CHEMUNG: in
shallow water over an area of considerably more than an acre, Red
Jacket Sw., Y et al. 1518. Considered scattered or local throughout
the Finger Lakes region and in the Southern Tier (62) ; these 2
collections are all found by the writer from the latter area.
J. Torreyi Coville. Scarce. MADISON : moist fields, 2 mi. nw.
of Oneida, H 25237 ; ONONDAGA: Syracuse, R. L. Crockett (S) ;
TOMPKINS: weedy area, mouth of Williams brook, Y 1217; clay
roadside bank across from Old Stone house, road to Trumansburg,
S, Al, et al. 19372 ; field e. of rr., just s. of Lick brook, Inlet valley,
W 17362; shore of Cayuga L., near Ithaca airport*. Scattered
throughout the State (62) ; head of Oneida (59) and shores of Onon¬
daga (43) lakes; 3 widely separated stations previously cited for
the Cayuga basin (111).
Smilacina stellata (L.) Desf. ( Vagnera stellata. Smilacina
Desf., nom. cons. — 7). Rare in the upper Susquehanna, or possibly
not collected. ONONDAGA: swamp near n. end of Crooked L.,
Tully, W 1995; OTSEGO : marsh at Mud L., Fly Ck. Y. H. Burn¬
ham; CHENANGO: alluvial soil along s. side of Chenango R.,
Greene, M et al. 15327 ; CORTLAND : on Lehigh Valley rr. bank n.
of county line, Cortland Twp, W & A. R. Bechtel 7863; CHE¬
MUNG: alluvium along Cayuta Ck. Rodbourn*; ALLEGANY:
damp hillside, Crosby Ck, sw. of Almond, L. F. Randolph 9626.
Otherwise reported only from Summit L., Otsego co. (85), in the
Susquehanna drainage, although frequent elsewhere in the State
(62; 111) ; new to the Chemung valley.
S. trifolia (L.) Desf. ( Vagnera trifolia). Unusual southward.
SCHUYLER: marsh on the Cayuga-Seneca watershed, Hector
48
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Twp, Al 18497. “In nearly all of the cold sphagnum swamps and
bogs of central New York. Rare southward .... and westward.”
Hitherto reported for the Cayuga basin from 3 stations at the n. end
and from Enfield (111) ; only at Preston, Chenango co., in the upper
Susquehanna valley (14).
Disporum lanuginosum (Mx.) Nichols. Local, but perhaps over¬
looked. CORTLAND: South hill, Cortland, in moist woods, Y et
al. 1179; TIOGA: rich woods, state reforestation area 1, Y 736.
At Auburn and Penn Yan (85) ; 12 stations in Tompkins co. (Ill) ;
Oxford, Binghamton and Kirkwood previously cited for the upper
Susquehanna (14); rare (62) from our territory, westward; appar¬
ently new to Cortland and Tioga counties.
Dioscorea villosa L. Rare. TIOGA: river bottom thicket, Bar¬
ton*; CHEMUNG: moist thickets, bank of Chemung R., opposite
Bohemia, L (E) ; wood near old state fairgrounds, L (E) ; moist
thickets, Beaver Bk, Horseheads, S & A. K. Rosecrans 111; alluvial
thicket, base of Cobble hill, Y 1058. In the region from Broome to
Chemung co., abundant eastward, gradually decreasing in frequency
towards the west (14) ; at Owasco L. (85) ; elsewhere in the State
only in the southeastern and southwestern portions (62).
Sisyrinchium mucronatum Mx. Locally abundant. CHE¬
MUNG: sandy thickets, Sullivan hill, Y 1145; grassy bank along
rr., Bowman hill, S 779 (albino) ; wet meadows along Beaver Bk,
Y 1408 (flowers divers shades of blue, indigo and purple; culms from
less than 5 cms. tall in dense tufts to 20 cms. in few-culmed plants) ;
Wellsburg flats, F. Benedict (specimens observed in garden) ;
STEUBEN : vicinity of Campbell, G. D. Cornell (inch albino) (Cl).
Locally reported only from Ithaca cemetery (20) ; frequent in the
State, at least southward (62).
Orchis spectabilis L. {Gale orchis spectahilis). Infrequent. MADI¬
SON: Morrisville, L. M. Underwood (S) ; ONONDAGA: How-
lett’s gorge, M. L. Overacker (S) ; CAYUGA: hill ravine sw. of
Owasco L., W. W. Rowlee; OTSEGO: Plainfield, Y. A. Brown;
CORTLAND: Jones’ woods, W; TOMPKINS: ravine-bottom,
Van Buskirk glen, Y & Al 19979; CHEMUNG: rich woods, Mac-
Duffy Hollow*, Erin*, Laurel hill*, Millport run*. Not uncommon
in the Cayuga basin (111); somewhat rare in the upper Susquehanna
(14); locally , common northward in the State, but less frequent or
rare southward and westward (62).
Habenaria lacera (Mx.) R. Br. (Blephariglottis lacera) . Scarce
to locally common. CAYUGA : low fields n. of Spring L., E &
MacD 6249; TOMPKINS: swale near Slaterville Sw., Y 658;
TIOGA: swampy place, 4 mi. n. of Barton, C & H Trapido 2677;
peat bog, Owego, H. M. Mapes; peat bog near Oakley Sw., Y & R.
Ladue (B) ; SCHUYLER: swampy woods, Camp Gorton, C 427.
Infrequent, but scattered, in the Cayuga basin (111); rare in the
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 49
Susquehanna valley, whence otherwise definitely reported only for 3
eastern stations in N. Y. (14; 15); frequent or common elsewhere
in the State (62; 113),
H. orbiculata (Pursh) Goldie (32). ( Lysias orbiculata-, inch L.
macrophylla — 111) Rare and local. CAYUGA: Moravia, anon.',
CORTLAND: dry chestnut woods, Mt Toppin, Preble, W; n.
Harford Twp, Wr & Wr 15052 ; TOMPKINS: w. of Drvden L.,
Wr 13473; Lloyd Cornell Wild Flower Preserve, M 16513; Danby,
W. R. Dudley; CHEMUNG: hilltop, Van Etten, E & MacD 7934;
dry knoll, Rodbourn marsh*. Infrequent (62; 111); heretofore
reported only at Barton (15) ; the region of N. Spencer (111), and
Cinnamon L. (14), w. of Broome co. in the Southern Tier, although
considered common eastward (14).
H. flava (L.) Gray var. virescens (Muhl.) Spreng. ( Perularia
flava, as to common northeastern race). Scarce to locally abundant.
CHENANGO: Greene Meadows, S & D 1152; CORTLAND:
moist pine plantation, state reforestation area 3*; TOMPKINS:
abundant in grassy swales near ponds or brooks, Slaterville Sw., S
& J. Langan 1281 ; swale, se. Dryden Twp*; CHEMUNG: thicket
between 2 old fields, Langdon hill, S' 555 ; border of old hill field near
thickets, Laurel hill, S' 926. Syracuse and near Oneida L. (55) ;
Clay (43) ; 2 other stations at the n. end of the Cayuga basin and
10 at the s. end (111). Infrequent across the southern part of the
State, although frequent northward (62) ; new to the Susquehanna in
N. Y., with the possible exception of the Bald Hill station (111).
H. clavellata (Mx.) Spreng. (Gymnadeniopsis clavellata). Rare.
CHENANGO: McDonough, F. V. Coville ; BROOME : sphagnum
bog at Killawog, Wr, Wr, & G. B. Upton 11822; SENECA: Lodi,
N. W. Folwell ; TOMPKINS: Malloryville bog E 15353; a few
plants on fallen logs, Slaterville Sw., S 964; TIOGA: peat bog,
Oakley Corners Sw.* Frequent in central N. Y., but less so or rare
westward (62) ; from Ringwood to McLean and at the n. end of
Cayuga L. (Ill) ; also reported from Pond brook, Oxford, and Barton
in the Susquehanna (14).
Pogonia ophioglossoides (L.) Ker. Scarce in the upper Susque¬
hanna. CHENANGO : tamarack swamp, Preston, F. V. Coville ;
Brisbin Sw., ex herb., H. L. Stewart; CORTLAND: bog, se. end
of Labrador Sw., W; Little York, R. Jones 7946; TIOGA: Oakley
Corners Sw., H. M. Mapes. About Oneida L. (59) ; Cazenovia
(55) ; about Syracuse (43) ; infrequent in the Cayuga territory
(111); near Little York (63); previously only from Binghamton,
Mutton Hill pond, and Barton at the west, although more common
eastward in the Clute region (14; 26).
Spiranthes Romanzoffiana Cham. ( Ibidium Romansoffianum.
Spiranthes L. C. Richard, nom. cons. — 7). Rare. MADISON:
moist embankment below dam, Tuscarora L,, Erieville, M & Cu
5186; marl bog, Woodman pond, M & Cu 5185; Rippleton Sw.,
50
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Cazenovia, W; OTSEGO: sedge bog, Summit L., M & Cu 5184 ;
CORTLAND: sphagnum, Labrador bog, Truxton, W ; TOMP¬
KINS: marly springy field, edge of Malloryville bog, E. Dean &
C. C. Thomas 3853. Central Square (43) ; e. Tompkins co. and the
W. Junius bogs in the Cayuga basin (111) ; only at Summit marsh
in the Susquehanna drainage, heretofore (111); local or somewhat
rare southward and westward in the State (62).
S. gracilis (Bigel.) Beck ( Ihidium gracile). Infrequent (14; 26;
62; 111) CAYUGA: dry banks, border of woods, Dry Ck ravine,
Fillmore glen, A; CHEMUNG: near Fitch’s bridge, L (Bu) ; in
dense underbrush, Laurel hill, S' 560. Rare in the Southern Tier
(62).
Goodyera tesselata Lodd. ( Epipactis tesselata ; Peramium tessel -
atum. Goodyera R. Br., nom. cons. prop. — 7). Rare. ONONDAGA:
damp soil, Fayetteville, W. R. Dunlop ; CHEMUNG: old woods,
rich and shady, Sullivan hill, L (E). Onondaga co. (22) ; 3 Tomp¬
kins co. stations cited for the Cayuga basin (111) ; rather rare west¬
ward in the State (62).
G. repens (L.) R. Br. var. ophioides Fern. ( Epipactis repens
var. ophioides ; Peramium secundum) . Rare. ONONDAGA: Eagle
cliff, Tully, G. F. Hastings ; SENECA: Lodi, N. W. Folwell ; CHE¬
NANGO: rich woods, w. shore of McCall s pond, Preston, W 6289 ;
TOMPKINS: Freeville, anon.) YATES: Penn Yan, T. Marshall
Fry (G). Rare hereabouts (14; 62; 111); infrequent in Tioga
co. (26).
Listera australis Lindl. ( Ophrys australis. 0. insectifera L. has
been proposed as type of the genus; orchids congeneric with the
present are referable to Listera R. Br., nom. cons. — 7). Rare and
local (62; 111). CHENANGO: Bliven pond near McDonough,
H 15837 (1928) SENECA: sphagnum n. of transmission line,
Junius, E 16937. ONEIDA: W. Vienna, H 17763 (1930) ; New
London, M. S. Baxter (1924). Cited for the region from Pecksport
(62), Cicero Sw. (43), Baldwinsville (53), Duck L., and Featherbed
bog (111); unknown from the Susquehanna drainage. Local in
the State (62).
Liparis liliifolia (L.) L. C. Richard. Rare. TOMPKINS:
maple woods on slope, Michigan Ck, 1 mi. n. of Tompkins co. line,
Danby, Wr 17770. Reported from Verona and near Ovid (85),
Oneida (53), Onondaga co. (43), Renwick slope (111) and near
Elmira (15) ; not common in the State (62).
Malaxis monophylla (L.) Sw. var. brachypoda (Gray) Morris
& Eames ( M . monophylla) Microstylis monophyllos — 3). Unusual.
CAYUGA: wet moss, rocks near Montville, Moravia, M. F. Mer¬
chant) damp shale rock, Dry Ck, Fillmore glen, A) SCHUYLER:
moist sloping bank, Watkins, E. J. Durand; also Sayre, Pa. E. J.
Winslow (G). Rare, local, or scarce (14; 62; 111) with us.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 51
M. unifolia Mx. ( Microstylis unifolia). Rare, but probably over¬
looked. OTSEGO: W. Bainbridge, Wr 11860; CHENANGO:
Bliven’s pond, McDonough, Wr, Wr, & G. B. Upton 11862;
BROOME: sphagnum bog, Killawog, Wr, Wr, & G. B. Upton
11861; TOMPKINS: 4 mi. s. of Dryden, Wr & Wr; 1.2 mi. nw.
of Etna, W. Blaser 18785; on a high hill, Fall Ck, Ithaca, N. W.
Folwell; TIOGA: dry woods, Oakley Corners, H. M. Mapes; CHE¬
MUNG: rich upland woods, w. slope of Park hill, S 566; acid hill
thicket, Laurel hill, Y 927 ; dry woods, Langdon hill*. Carpenter’s
pond (56) ; 3 e. stations cited for the Cayuga basin (111) ; Oxford
(14); South Pinnacle, Caroline (111). Seen by the writer only
in association with hemlocks.
Corallorrhiza trifida Chat. ( C . Corallorrhiza) . Local. MADI¬
SON: Morrisville, L. M. Underwood (S) ; Cazenovia, M. L. Over¬
acker (S) ; ONONDAGA: n. end of Labrador L., W. E. Manning
15054; SENECA: vicinity of Lodi, N. W. Folwell; CHENANGO:
deep swampy woods n. of Mud pond, about 2 mi. nw. of Union Valley,
C & J. L. Edwards 2601; CORTLAND: Labrador Sw., Truxton,
W; TOMPKINS: hemlock woods, Malloryville bog, M 16508;
TIOGA: Headwaters Sw., M 16507; wet woods, Oakley Corners
bog*; CHEMUNG: rich, dry, deciduous woods, N. Van Etten Sw.,
E & MacD 3856 ; in sphagnum. Rodbourn marsh* ; Laurel hill, fide
Clausen; SCHUYLER: Arnot Forest, M 17178. Baldwinsville
and Syracuse (53) ; 4 other swamps in Tompkins co. (Ill) ; Oxford
(14) and Slaterville Sw. (Ill) the only older records for the upper
Susquehanna in N. Y. ; “less common or rare southward” in the
State (62).
C. odontorrhiza (Willd.) Nutt. Local and rare. CAYUGA:
woods and bogs, Duck L., Conquest, Wr & Wr 13484. Elsewhere
in our region, in Onondaga co. (43; 62) ; about Oneida L. (59) ;
reported from 3 widely separated stations by Wiegand and Eames
(111), Richford being in the upper Susquehanna; not cited from
w. of Apalachin by Clute (15), although common eastward; con¬
sidered infrequent by Fenno (26) ; Yates co. (20).
Salix serissima (Bailey) Fern. Rare. CAYUGA: Halls Sw.,
Dresserville, A; CHEMUNG: low bushes in shallow water, Red
Jacket Sw., 5 et al. 1422. Otherwise reported for our region from
Onondaga co. (22), Crusoe L., W. Junius, and McLean (111);
still unknown in N. Y. outside of the greater St Lawrence drainage.
S. Candida Flugge (inch var. denudata Anders.). Rare southward.
ONONDAGA: swampy shores of Labrador pond, Apulia, W;
Tully, G. F. Hastings; CORTLAND: near Beaver Bk, not far n.
and w. of fish hatchery, W 18506 ; Labrador Sw., Truxton, W ; CHE¬
MUNG: small shrubs in shallow water, Red Jacket Sw., Y 1621 ;
YATES: Dundee, Y. H. Wright (S'). Considered frequent in the
central and western portions of the State (62) ; probably frequent at
n. end of Cayuga L., fide Clausen but known only from a meadow
s. of Ithaca at s. end (111); Summit L., Otsego co. (85); marly
52 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
areas in Steuben co. (10). Material of var. denudata Anders ., S et
al. 1419a, has been collected from the same shrub as var. typica, S et
al 1419.
Myrica pensilvanica Loiseleur (M. carolinensis Auct., non Mill.
— 37). Rare. ONONDAGA: swamp at s. end of Mud pond e.
of Marcellus, N Hotchkiss 676 (S) ; Kirkville, L. M. Underwood
(S) ; Riegel’s Sw., H. H. White (S) ; s. side of White lake, fide
Faust; TOMPKINS: dry knoll, Carter Ck*. Hitherto reported from
Peterboro (62), Onondaga co. (22), the bogs at the n. end of the
Cayuga basin (111), Summit L., Otsego co. (85), and Headwaters
Sw., Tompkins co. (Ill) for our territory.
Betula populifolia Marsh. Rare southward in our region.
TOMPKINS: old field near Slaterville Sw., N 1351, possibly seeded
from cultivated trees, although none have been noted near-by. Very
common eastward in the Susquehanna drainage and s. of our limits
(14) ; common in central N. Y., although rare in the highlands there
and westward (62), whence definitely reported only from s. of Owego
(27) ; not previously reported from the Cayuga basin.
B. nigra L. Very rare. CHEMUNG: swamp near Lowman, L
(A). Previously reported for our region only from Fish Ck (85)
and Seneca R. (43); Deerfield Ck (85). In the lower Hudson
valley and on the coastal plain (62).
Alnus rugosa (Ehrh.) Spreng. (Ill) (A rubra, non Bong. —
112). Unusual. BROOME : shore of Lily L., M & Cu 5189. Hitherto
reported from Oneida L. (59), Onondaga co. (43), the Cayuga
shores (111), Cayuta L. (Ill), and Mutton Hill pond (15) for our
region; common outside (62).
Arceuthobium pusillum Peck ( Ramouzofskya pusilla. Arceu-
thobium Bieb., nom. cons. — 7). Local in central N. Y. ONON¬
DAGA: bog e. of Labrador pond, C 2132; Cicero bog, in dense
sphagnum, M. C. Wiegand 6344 ; CORTLAND : Labrador Sw.,
Truxton, W. Known from Onondaga co. (22), Junius (111), and
Chenango co. (14) ; somewhat rare or local southward in the State
(62), its frequency probably limited by the rarity of Picea mariana
(Mill.) BSP., its usual host.
Polygonum cilinode Mx. More common than previously sup¬
posed. ONEIDA : thickets ne. of W. Vienna, H 17761 ; MADI¬
SON : Brookfield, Prosser; ONONDAGA: dry scrubby crests and
ledges, hilltop e. of Labrador pond, W 9848; CHENANGO: near
Bliven’s pond, McDonough, Wr, Wr, & G. B. Upton 11992; TIOGA:
gravelly bank w. of Richford* ; CHEMUNG: roadside thickets,
Rodbourn marsh, S 352; gravelly roadside banks s. of Pine Valley,
S & H. Scudder 1455; open woods, Langdon hill*; dry roadsides,
Post Ck* and nw. Catlin Twp*; SCHUYLER: abundant along
the roads near Monterey* ; STEUBEN : Woodhull, B. B. Stroud
(Bk) ; vicinity of Campbell, G. D. Cornell (Cl); roadsides and
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 53
thickets, jet. of Chemung, Schuyler and Steuben counties*. Pre¬
viously reported from Jamesville (43), Cortland co. (Ill), Coville’s
region, presumably Chenango co. (14), w. of Owego (26), and nw.
of Richford (10) ; rare in the western part of the State (62). Still
unknown in the Cayuga basin. Locally abundant in roadside thickets
and stonerows on the higher hills s. of the state line*. The plants
often appear on newly disturbed ground, as the writer is informed
is the case in the Adirondacks.
Chenopodium capitatum (L.) Asch. Local. MADISON:
vicinity of Hamilton, W. F. Langworthy 72 ; ONONDAGA: road¬
side, Tully, E 16114; near Syracuse, I. Beverly (S) ; Manlius,
W. M. Smith (S); CAYUGA: dry rich ground, Summer Hill, A;
Morse’s Mills, Sempronius, Wr 9849 ; near Union Springs, anon. ;
CORTLAND: rr. e. of Little York, W ; SCHUYLER: road in
Arnot forest, Al & L. Cox 19999. Infrequent in the highlands of
the State and in the St Lawrence valley (81); definitely reported
for our region, heretofore, from Onondaga co. (22), 5 stations in
the se. portion of the Cayuga valley (111), Otsego co. (85), Mul-
hoellen (4) and Penn Yan (62).
Ranunculus fascicularis Muhl. 1 new station. SCHUYLER :
woods on ledges, se. corner, Seneca L., W 17881. Reports as fre¬
quent or common may be due to confusion with R. hispidus Mx. in
early reports (14; 15). Definitely known from 2 other localities in
our region : Onondaga co. (22) and the lake cliffs above McKinneys
(111) ; Tioga co.? (26).
R. flabellaris Raf. ( R . delphinijolius — 62). More common than
previously supposed, but still local. CAYUGA: head of O wasco
L., A ; SENECA: Ovid, N. W. Folwell ; TOMPKINS: swale and
pools, Myers Pt, M & C 18327 , 18328 (the latter double-flowered) ;
in about 6 in. of water, Slaterville Sw., .S' 744; TIOGA: pond along
Candor Ck, Bowman 17880a; CHEMUNG: several kettle ponds in
Red Jacket Sw., N 1432; ONTARIO: Gorham, H. P. Sartwell.
Near Oneida and Onondaga lakes (62) ; scarce in the Cayuga basin
(111); Seneca L. and Penn Yan (20); rare in the Susquehanna
drainage, proper ( 14 ; 82 ; 111); cited only from L. Lamoka for the
Chemung (72) ; infrequent in the State (62).
Thalictrum revolutum DC. Rare. ONONDAGA: s. of Syra¬
cuse, M. L. Overacker (S) ; SCHUYLER: wooded cliffs, se. corner
of Seneca L., W 17884. Also reported from Oneida (62), Long
Branch (43), near Pout pond (111), Esty’s (111), Mt Prospect
(14), and Harrington’s ford (14) for our territory. Also in the
Hudson valley and on near-by highlands; on the coastal plain (62) ;
Irondequoit bay (60).
Adlumia fungosa (Ait.) Greene. Rare or local. ONONDAGA:
Syracuse, L. M. Underwood {$) ; Howlett’s gorge, M. L. Overacker
(S) ; OTSEGO: woods n; of Cooperstown, /. V. Haberer ; CHE¬
MUNG: “now found near Roericke’s glen, 1897” (annotation on
54
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
sheet of cultivated material, L (E) ; SCHUYLER: dryish rocky
cliffs s. of Watkins, 5 970 ; STEUBEN : Rathbone, B. B. Stroud
(Bk) ; “said to be found at Addison” (annotation on label of Lucy
specimen). Infrequent or local across the State (62); previously
reported from Oneida, Jamesville, and Junius at the n. end of the
Finger Lakes region (62) ; from the Ithaca and Watkins locales at
the so. end (111) ; from Otsego (85) and Tioga (15) counties in the
Susquehanna drainage in N. Y.
Corydalis sempervirens (L.) Pers. ( Capnoides sempervirens.
Corydalis Medic., nom. cons. — 7). Rare and local. SCHUYLER:
along wood-road, Arnot Forest, Y 291. Onondaga co. (43) ; Beebe
L., Cornell U. campus (111) ; 3 localities cited by Clute (14) for
N. Y. State; Sayre just across the line (15) ; less frequent or rare
westward in the State (62).
Arabis glabra (L.) Bernh. Rare. ONONDAGA: roadside n.
of Split rock, G. P. & F. L. Van Eseltine 2709 (S) ; CAYUGA:
Kelloggsville, meadow, F. L. Kilborne ; near Moravia, A ; CHE¬
NANGO: gravelly hillside, Chenango Forks, M 17481 ; CORT¬
LAND: river flats, Cortland, W; TOMPKINS: lawn, Baker
Laboratory, Cornell U. campus, S. H. Burnham 18555 (depauper¬
ate) ; old field near C.C.C. Camp S-125*; CHEMUNG: rich wood¬
land, n. of Fairgrounds, L (E) ; STEUBEN : roadside bordering
dense woods, Caton Sw., S 2070 . Occasional or frequent in the
State (62) ; Oneida L. (59) and Onondaga co. (43), northeastward
in our region ; scarce in the Cayuga basin, where mostly at the s. end
(111) ; tolerably common eastward in the Susquehanna valley (14),
but reported only from Apalachin (15), Summit marsh (111) and
Elmira (15) at the west.
Parnassia glauca Raf. ( P . caroliniana, non Mx. — -109). Local or
rare. MADISON: marly shore, Woodman pond, M & Cu 5220;
CAYUGA: wet banks, Moravia, A ; CHEMUNG: Red Jacket Sw.,
Y 1643. Locally common (62) ; Onondaga co. (43) ; frequent in
the ravines and bogs of the Cayuga region (111) ; at Port Crane and
near Waverly in the upper Susquehanna (14).
Ribes glandulosum Weber ( R . prostratum — 17; 18). Rare.
MADISON: Morrisville, L. M. Underwood (S); OTSEGO:
marsh at Mud pond, Fly Ck, Y. H. Burnham; CHENANGO: in
pasture near Maybury, M et al. 15573; CHEMUNG: hemlock-
sedge bog, Rodbourn marsh, Y 946. Definitely reported for the
Finger Lakes region, hitherto, only from Oneida L. (59), Tamarack
Sw., Syracuse (43), and swamps at the lower end of the Cayuga
basin (111); from Barton (26) and Slaterville Sw. (Ill) in the
upper Susquehanna.
R. hirtellum Mx. Locally abundant. ONONDAGA: swamp
near n. end of Crooked L., Tully, W 2450; OTSEGO: marsh at
Mud L., Fly Ck, Y. H. Burnham; CHEMUNG: abundant in Red
Jacket Sw.*, inch some heavily pubescent colonies — var. calcic ola
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 55
(Fern.) Fern. Common northward across the State, rare or local
southward and westward (62) ; Onondaga co. (43) ; frequent in
the Cayuga basin (111); hitherto not reported from the upper Sus¬
quehanna.
Spiraea latifolia (Ait.) Borkh. Rare in the Chemung valley.
CHEMUNG: escaped, roadside, Hoffman st., Elmira, L (E) ;
STEUBEN: Bath, /. G. Webster (Cl). Not reported by Clute
and Fenno, but probably included in the comprehensive S. salicifolia
L., only at Chicago bog and grotto in the Cayuga basin (111) ; about
Oneida L. (59) ; common in parts of Cortland and Tioga counties.
At 1 station in Niagara co., to our west, where thought introduced
(113).
Potentilla fruticosa L. Scarce, but locally abundant. TOMP¬
KINS : marl-spring near Ck, sw. of Newfield village, E & W. 12219 ;
CHEMUNG: single bush in hill swale, Laurel hill, 5 953; shrubs
scattered, or in places forming extensive stands, through several acres
in Red Jacket Sw., S' 1416; STEUBEN: talus-slope, n. side large
ravine, w. side of Hammondsport, C & W. C. Wilson 1641 ; Ham-
mondsport, G. R. Youngs (S). Scarce in the Cayuga basin (111) ;
rare in the Susquehanna (62), whence, up to now, definitely reported
only from near Cooperstown (85), near Little York (63) and at
Summit marsh, Tioga co. (Ill); Yates co. (20); more common
northward in the State (62; 81).
P. palustris (L.) Scop. (Comarum palustre) . Locally rare. MAD¬
ISON : vicinity of Hamilton, W. F. Langworthy ; SENECA :
swamp, Covert, N. W. Folwell; OTSEGO: bog, Summit L., M &
Cu 5231 ; STEUBEN : bog, w. end of Cranberry L., R. McVaugh
& Cu 7439; boggy shore of Peterson L., 3 mi. ne. of Savona, R.
McVaugh & Cu 7479; edge of Caton Sw., S 2064. About Oneida
L. (54) ; Apulia (43) ; infrequent in the Cayuga area (111), where
known only from McLean n. to Montezuma, thence w. to Junius;
previously reported from 9 scattered N. Y. stations in the Susque¬
hanna drainage (14; 15; 20; 26; 85). Common to the north of our
area.
Geum macrophyllum Willd. Very rare. CHEMUNG: ditch,
base of rocky wooded slope, n. of Horseheads, S' 1033. Rare in the
northern Adirondacks (62) ; also in Onondaga co. (43) and at Penn
Yan (20) outside; unknown elsewhere in the State.
Sanguisorba canadensis L. Rare, but locally abundant. MADI¬
SON : Nine Mile Sw., Sangerfield, M & Cu 5236; CAYUGA:
Little Bear Sw., A; WAYNE: s. of Mud pond, Conquest, Wr &
Wr 13674; SENECx\: Vandemark pond, S'. H. Burnham et al.
17595; CHEMUNG: springy bank by rr., se. Catlin Twp, W 12280;
mucky flats and sedgy swales, Horseheads, S' 1027 ; STEUBEN :
wet meadow, Wayne, J. G. Webster (Cl). Abundant in the Horse-
heads-Catlin- Veteran region, plants even occurring on the dry cindered
rr. banks, where they are shorter, stockier and markedly pubescent.
56
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Fish Ck. (85) ; about Oneida L. (54 ; 56) ; Kirk park, Onondaga
co. (43) ; L. Como and 3 Tompkins co. stations listed for the
Cayuga basin, up to now (111) ; Victor, Ontario co. (20) ; 3 scattered
stations in the Susquehanna valley, heretofore (14). Local in the
State.
Prunus Susquehanae Willd. Very rare. CHEMUNG: talus-
slope, Chemung narrows, S' & D 1131. First station for its home
drainage system in N. Y. South hill, Ithaca, and 4 other widely
separated districts in the State (62). (Also Athens, Pa., not far
from our new station — 15).
Astragalus Cooperi Gray ( Phaca neglecta ; A. neglectus, non
Freyn — 101). Rare and local. CAYUGA: gravelly se. shore of
Owasco L., A ; SENECA : vicinity of Lodi, N. W. Folwell;
ONTARIO : Black Pt, Canandaigua L., Mrs E. P. Gardner. Also
on slopes of Onondaga L. (85) ; Otisco (43) ; on a few ledges on the
e. shore of Cayuga L. (111). Otherwise unknown from our terri¬
tory and rare even westward (62).
Desmodium rotundifolium DC. ( Meibomia Michauxii — 7, art.
69). Occasional. ONEIDA: oak woods, North Bay, H 5882 ;
MADISON : dry woods w. of N. Chittenango, H 25346 ; CAYUGA :
dry sandy or rocky woods, Moravia, A; TOMPKINS: dry hill
woods n. of Slaterville Sw.*; CHEMUNG: gravelly and sandy
thickets near Unilar bog, Y 1662 ; talus-slope, Mountain House
narrows*; dryish woods, e. slope, Mt Zoar*; SCHUYLER: dry
woods on hill e. of Waneta L., C 645. About Oneida L. (59) ; Onon¬
daga co. (43) ; near Auburn (85) ; scarce in the Cayuga basin, where
mostly in Tompkins co. (Ill); 4 scattered stations in the upper
Susquehanna (14; 15).
Lespedeza violacea (L.) Pers. Slightly more frequent.
CAYUGA: dry border of copse near Dry Falls, Fillmore glen, A;
TOMPKINS: near Forest Home, w. of Fall Ck, R. S. Snell 18365;
CHEMUNG: warm sandy soil, Chemung, L. Onondaga co. (43) ;
rare on the ravine ledges and points of Cayuga L. (Ill) ; previously
reported only eastward in the Susquehanna drainage (14); Penn
Yan (85).
Linum virginianum L. Infrequent northward; rare southward.
CAYUGA: dry hills, Moravia, A; CHEMUNG: open rocky woods,
sw. slope of Bowman hill, Y 330 ; STEUBEN : on slope of hill e.
of Oak Hill, n. side of the Canisteo R., Canisteo Twp, C & H.
Trapido 2708 ; YATES: - , Y. H. Wright, (S). About Oneida
L. (59) ; Onondaga co. (43) ; Newton ponds at the n. end and 5
stations at the s. end of Cayuga L. (Ill); reported from Campville
(15), White Church (111), and Painted Post (4) and listed for the
lower Cayuta Ck valley (76), making a new total of 6 stations for
the upper Susquehanna. Previously listed from roadsides in the
Southern Tier (85).
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 57
Floerkea proserpinacoides Willd. Probably overlooked.
CAYUGA: brookside, Homer gulf, W 15742 ; CHENANGO: river
bottom, Norwich, H. L. Stewart ; BROOME: river bottom thickets,
Lisle* ; CORTLAND : bog, s. side Labrador pond, M 14008 ; Kenney
Ck valley, Truxton, W; TOMPKINS: rich bottomland woods just
below Varna crossroad, W & W 2753 ; pointed out to the writer
by Wiegand in the Six Hundred tract, Slaterville Springs ; CHE¬
MUNG: alluvium along brook, Lowman Sw., 5* 2006. Otherwise
cited from Oneida L. (59), near Syracuse (43), Auburn (20), 8
stations at the lower end of Cayuga L. (Ill), and near Watkins
Glen (10) for the northern sector of our area ; recorded only from the
Unadilla valley (85), Cayuta Ck (76), and Wilseyville (10) for the
southern.
Rhus copallina L. var. latifolia Engler (R. copallina, typical,
of House — 40). Occasional. TOMPKINS: se. of field w. of St
Mary’s cemetery, s. of Ithaca, W. W. Rowlee. Not hitherto reported
from the Cayuga basin; near Oneida L. (85) ; rare in western N. Y.
(62) ; reported from 3 widely separated Susquehanna stations (14;
2 7 ; 85) in N. Y., and one just over the line (15).
Rhamnus alnifolia L’Her. Rare in the southern subunit.
ONONDAGA: swamp, s. side of Labrador pond, C 2124; CORT¬
LAND: moor of Green L., Preble, W 8443 ; CHEMUNG: on tus¬
socks, Red Jacket Sw., 5 1501 ; wet woods, Gee Sw.* and Rodbourn
marsh*; SCHUYLER: swamp nw. of Alpine, M & F. B. Wann
14834 ; STEUBEN : Wayland Sw., W 15756. About Oneida L.
(59); Onondaga co. (43); frequent in the Cayuga basin (111);
Yates co. (85) ; previously reported from 5 scattered stations in
the Susquehanna drainage (14; 15; 85).
Hypericum boreale (Britton) Bickn. Very rare. CHENANGO:
boggy shore of Plymouth pond, IV. 6816; E. L. Davis (1927) (A) ;
rotten logs in mud, McCall’s pond, Preston, W 6815; Chenango L.,
E. L. Davis (1928) (A). Otherwise unknown in our region except
about Oneida L. (59), although common northward in the State (62).
Helianthemum Bicknellii Fern. Locally frequent. CHE¬
MUNG: rocky slopes. Cobble hill, 5 1053; sandy bushlot near crest
of Sullivan hill, S' 88 (pubescence of calyx longer and looser than
crisp-puberulent) ; in dry soil, roadside, just e. of Mountain House
narrows, L (E) ; abundant on sandy knolls at base of Sullivan hill* ;
on grassy, shaly slopes, Bowman hill* ; sandy slopes near Unilar
bog*. 4 stations at the s. end of the Cayuga basin (111) ; hitherto
not reported from the Susquehanna drainage ; locally common across
the State (62).
H. canadense (L.) Mx. Rare. CHEMUNG: rocky slopes, Cob¬
ble hill, N 1052. In the Oneida L. region (22; 59) ; the W. Junius
area (111) ; Apalachin (14) and lower Cayuta Ck (76) ; later con¬
sidered frequent along the river in Tioga co. (26), but possibly con¬
fused with the last.
58
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Le’chea intermedia Leggett. Locally abundant. TIOGA: dry
open field, e. shore of Spencer L., W 18059 ; CHEMUNG:
abundant over small area on sandy river knolls, base of Sullivan
hill, S 70 ; old rocky pasture, w. side of Bowman hill, S' 332 ;
rocky slopes, Cobble hill, S' 1054 ; sandy slopes near Unilar
bog* ; dryish woods, and marginal fields, crest of Mt Zoar, S' 2089.
Previously known only from Salmon Ck, Cayuga co. (Ill), about
Oneida L. (59) and Elmira (14) for our area. Common across the
State n. of the Hudson highlands and s. of the Adirondacks (62).
Viola striata Ait. Generally infrequent (14; 62; 111) ; more rare
southward. CAYUGA: Moravia, head of Sylvan L., F. S. Curtis ;
CHEMUNG: along rr. and in moist meadow near-by, Rodbourn* ;
along Cayuta Ck, n. of pipeline*. Several stations in Tompkins co.
(Ill) ; common near Oxford (14) and along the river in Tioga co.
(26) ; only at Ashland in the Chemung drainage (68).
V. Selkirkii Pursh. Locally common northward ; rare southward
(62). MADISON: Morrisville, L. M. Underwood (S) : CAY¬
UGA: swampy edge of pine woods nw. of Fillmore glen, Moravia,
A; Dry Ck, Moravia, F. C. Curtice ; CHENANGO: West hill,
Norwich, M. E. Fitch ; CORTLAND : slope ne. of Chicago bog,
M & C 18596 ; TOMPKINS: moist, mossy ledges, Carter Ck*;
SCHUYLER: Cayuta ravine, Wr 12547 ; wooded s. slope of ravine,
1 mi. n. of Alpine, C & W. C. Wilson 3409 (B). Abundant in
Oneida co. (85); common in Onondaga (43) and Tompkins (111)
counties; previously reported only at Port Dickinson (75), Oxford
(14) and Vestal (14) for the upper Susquehanna.
V. sagittata Ait. Rare. CHEMUNG: rocky pasture, base of
Laurel hill, S 320. About Oneida L. (59) and at Apalachin (26),
but otherwise apparently absent from between the Hudson valley
(62) and Erie co. (113). The plants are of the pubescent phase,
recently considered typical (93), here seeming quite as distinct from
V. fimhriatula Sm. (V . sagittata var. ovata) as many species in this
group are from each other, but much experimentation needs to be
done.
Epilobium palustre L. var. monticola Hausskn. Extremely rare.
TIOGA: sphagnum bog, Oakley Sw., H. M. Mapes. Possibly new
to the region, the E. palustre of earlier reports perhaps being other
of the smaller species. E. palustre var. monticola is frequent, north¬
ward in the State (62).
Proserpinaca palustris L. var. crebra Fern. & Grisc. ( P . palus-
tris of manuals, as to northeastern race — 40). Scarce. ONEIDA:
swamp along s. shore of Black Ck, M 14856 ; swamp, Sylvan Beach,
W ; MADISON: marshes e. of N. Manlius, H 24326 ; CAYUGA:
swamp, head of Owasco L., A ; CORTLAND : very wet marshy
border of millpond between Homer and Cortland, W 2930 ; CHE¬
MUNG: abundant in mats on wet, sedgy meadow, Gee Sw., N 461 ;
SCHUYLER : in mud, e. shore of Cayuta L,* Infrequent across
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 59
the State (62) and in the Susquehanna drainage proper (82) ; in the
northern marshes of the Cayuga basin and at Renwick (111); at
Gorham (85) ; but absent from the Chemung.
Aralia hispida Vent. Common northward (62) ; infrequent or
rare southward (14; 62; 111). CHENANGO: near Bliven’s pond,
McDonough, Wr, Wr, & G. B. Upton 12622 ; scrubby low road¬
side, Plymouth, W 6939 ; CORTLAND: Labrador hill, Truxton,
W; TOMPKINS: dry woods, Carter Ck*; CHEMUNG: bush-
lot, s. slope of Laurel hill, S 487 ; wet thickets, Rodbourn marsh*
and Greatsinger Corners*. 7 stations for the s. end of the Cayuga
basin (111); 5 older Susquehanna stations (14; 15); infrequent
in Tioga co. (26) ; “rare in Chemung co., more common in Steuben
co.,, (14).
Chimaphila maculata (L.) Pursh. Local. ONONDAGA: Mud
L., Baldwinsville, W. W. Rowlee ; WAYNE : woods s. of Mud pond,
Conquest, Wr & Wr 13754 ; TOMPKINS: state reforestation area
2 (fragment brought in by C. M. Atwood, not preserved). Rare
(14; 26; 62; 111).
Monotropa Hypopitys L. var. lanuginosa (Mx.) Domin (M.
Hypopitys Auct. amer. ; Hypopitys lanuginosa, inch H. americana—
66). Occasional. CAYUGA: oak woods, Moravia, F. C. Curtice ;
TIOGA: dry woods, state reforestation area 1*; TOMPKINS:
hill n. of Slaterville Sw.*; CHEMUNG: beech-chestnut-hemlock
woods, n. slope of Laurel hill, C&K.W. Hunt 2072 ; SCHUYLER :
rich woods in ravine, w. side of Waneta L., C 779 ; Cayuta ravine,
Catherine Twp, Wr 12664; STEUBEN: Woodhull, B. B. Stroud
(Bk) ; dryish oak woods, Oak Hill, Campbell, G. D. Cornell (Cl).
Occasional in the Cayuga basin, whence definitely reported only from
Tompkins co. (Ill); not hitherto reported w. of Broome co. for
the Susquehanna, although 8 stations cited eastward (14; 85) ; infre¬
quent throughout the State (62).
Kalmia polifolia Wang. Rare and local. ONONDAGA: bog
on e. side, Labrador pond, C 2129; CORTLAND: in bog, Labrador
Sw., W ; TIOGA : Oakley Corners Sw., H. M. Mapes. Bogs about
Oneida L. (43; 54; 57) ; Duck L. (Ill) ; previously reported from
5 other stations in the Susquehanna valley in N. Y. (14; 15; 85) ;
more common northward (62; 81).
Chamaedaphne calyculata (L.) Moench. Frequent to common,
but rare in the Chemung valley (14; 26; 62; 111). STEUBEN:
Cinnamon L ., L (E) ; peat bog about iy2 mi. w. of Atlanta, C et al.
2682. Hitherto reported only from Wayland (68) for the Chemung.
Andromeda glaucophylla Link. Rare westward with us. STEU¬
BEN : bog, w. end of Cranberry L., R. McVaugh & Cu 7437. Onon¬
daga Co. (22) ; at Michigan Hollow, in the McLean region, and on
the bogs northward for the Cayuga basin (111); not heretofore
reported from w. of N. Barton (26) for the Susquehanna, although
common eastward (14). In cold bogs southward in the State (62).
60
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Lyonia ligustrina (L.) DC. ( Xolisma ligustrina. Lyonia Nutt.,
nom. cons. — 104). Local. CHEMUNG: wet ground, hill slopes,
West hill, Elmira, L (E) ; small, dense colony in peaty soil, Unilar
bog, S 1611. Apparently only about Oneida L. (59) and at South
hill, Ithaca (111), for the Finger Lakes region; common eastward
in the Susquehanna (14; 26); rare westward (14).
Gaultheria hispidula (L.) Muhl. ( Chiogenes hispidula — 2).
Infrequent. CHENANGO: Afton Sw., M et al. 15855 ; swamp
n. of McCall’s pond, M et al. 15854 ; CAYUGA: near Locke pond,
anon.; CORTLAND : bog s. of Labrador pond, M 14034 ; BROOME :
boggy area, Chenango State park, Chenango Forks, C & N. M.
Bump 19205; sphagnum bog, Killawog, Wr, Wr, & G. B. Upton;
WAYNE : hummock in arbor-vitae swamp e. of Clyde, W 8601 ;
TOMPKINS : in sphagnum, Ringwood, A. Gershoy & A. R. Bechtel
8599 ; Caroline Station in a bog, F. C. Curtice. Rare to scarce
except northeastward in our area ( 14 ; 62 ; 111); not reported from
the Chemung.
Vaccinium macrocarpon Ait. ( Oxycoccus macrocarpus). Infre¬
quent or local. CHENANGO: boggy shore, Plymouth pond, W
6997 ; boggy shore, McCall’s pond, Preston, W ' 6995 ; TIOGA :
Summit marsh, Spencer, A. R. Bechtel & W 8616; CHEMUNG:
boggy ground on old rr. switch, n. side Bowman hill, 5 397 (undoubt¬
edly introduced) ; STEUBEN : bog at w. end of Cranberry L.,
R. McVaugli & Cu 7434; Cinnamon L., G. D. Cornell (Cl). Infre¬
quent in the region eastward (14; 62; 111); more common north¬
eastward (22; 43 ; 62 ; 85) ; rare westward in the State (62) ; new to
the Chemung valley.
Phlox divaricata L. Frequent in the State s. of the Adirondacks
and outside of the Delaware and Susquehanna drainages (62).
CHEMUNG: rich woods, Lowman Sw., L (E) ; bank of Chemung
opposite Bohemia, L (E) ; open woods and swales, Sullivanville* ;
SCHUYLER: stony thicket, Jackson Hollow*. Occasional in the
Susquehanna valley, except in Tioga co., where definitely cited only
from Apalachin Ck (14; 26).
Trichostema dichotomum L. Rare. CHEMUNG: abundant
on sandy knolls near Unilar bog, Y & S. C. Smith. About Oneida
L. (59) ; reported from Thornden (43) ; 3 localities along Fall Ck
near Cornell U. (Ill); on a hill sw. of W. Danby (111); flats
opposite Apalachin (14); locally abundant eastward in the State
outside of the Adirondacks (81).
Agastache scrophulariaefolia (Willd.) Ktze. Rare and local.
CHEMUNG: fence row thicket along rr., n. side Bowman hill,
Y 419; fence row thicket, s. side of Mt Zoar*. Onondaga co. (43) ;
along Paine Ck (111); 3 stations about Ithaca (111) ; Port Dickin¬
son (14) ; Barton (14) ; 2 other Chemung co. stations (14) ; Yates
co. (85). Infrequent or rare throughout most of the State (62).
Monarda clinopodia L. Also rare. CHEMUNG: moist woods
near Big I., R. McVaugh & Cu 7507 ; bend of Chemung R. opposite
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 61
Bohemia, L (E) ; STEUBEN: near base of hill, n. of Oak Hill,
n. side Canisteo R., Canisteo Twp, C & H. Trapido 2707; vicinity
of Campbell, G, D. Cornell (Cl). At 3 Tompkins co. stations
(111); “plentiful along the riverbanks and at Mutton Hill pond.”
in Tioga co. (15) ; at Mountain House narrows (4) ; Painted Post
(4) ; Rathbone (87). Infrequent from Broome, Chenango and
Oneida counties, westward (62).
Veronica humifusa Dickson. Very rare. SCHUYLER : 2 plants
at edge of small spring, rich woodland, Arnot forest, 5 693. Other¬
wise listed from Taberg (62) and Slaterville Springs (94) for our
region; also from Essex, Oswego and Sullivan counties (94) for
our State.
Aureolaria flava (L.) Farw. ( A glauca — 94). Locally frequent
(14; 26; 62; 111). CHEMUNG: Comfort hill, a single plant*.
New to the Chemung valley.
Gerardia tenuifolia Vahl (Agalinis tenuifolia — 94). Locally fre¬
quent across the State (62). CHEMUNG: dry soil, Sullivan hill,
L (E) ; rocky slope, sw. corner of Bowman hill, N 410; dryish slope
n. of Quarry farm* ; dryish woods, s. side of Mt Zoar* ; ONTARIO :
Geneva, W. M. Smith (S). Rare in the Cayuga basin (111) and in
the Chemung valley (14), whence up to now, definitely cited only
from Corning (92).
Orobanche uniflora L. ( Aphyllon uniflorum) . Infrequent, but
widely distributed (62). MADISON : Morrisville, L. M. Underwood
(5) ; ONONDAGA: moist woods, Jamesville, H (S) ; Oak wood,
Syracuse, H (S) ; CHENANGO: Norwich, H. L. Stewart; damp
rich woods along Bowman Ck., E. McDonough, C. & J. L. Edwards
2583; TOMPKINS: s. side of Taughannock ravine, E. M. Cipperly
& W ; open grassy space near edge of wood, Bailiwick, Ithaca, B
(B); CHEMUNG: open woods, Comfort hill*; ONTARIO:
Geneva, /. D. Ford (S).
Galium labradoricum Wiegand. Common northeastward (62).
CHEMUNG: scattered among bushes, on sphagnum, Red Jacket
Sw., S, C , & R. Ross 2055. Otherwise reported for our area from
Pecksport and Peterboro (57), the bogs at the n. end of Cayuga L.
(Ill), and the McLean region (111).
G. trifidum L. Scarce. CHENANGO : on logs, boggy shore of
McCall’s pond, Preston, W 7167; CORTLAND: boggy shore of
Little York L., e. of Pavilion, Preble Twp, E. L. Palmer 1135;
Labrador Sw., W. W. Rowlee; TOMPKINS: Myers Pt, anon.;
STEUBEN : bog along s. end of Round L., near Sonora, M 15938.
Common northward, in central N. Y., and on the Ontario lowlands
(62) ; about the Junius marlponds and at 4 Tompkins co. stations
(111) ; the typical race has previously been definitely reported for
the Susquehanna region only from Spencer L. and vicinity (111).
(Ssp. tinctorium (L.) Hara (G. Claytoni — 46) is common in the
latter drainage.)
62
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Lonicera oblongifolia (Goldie) Hook. Scarce southward in
the State. CAYUGA: Halls Sw., Dresserville, A; CORTLAND: !
Green Lake, Preble, W & R. N. Jones 8837 ; CHEMUNG: Red
Jacket Sw., Y et al 1415; STEUBEN: Wayland Sw., W 15954 .
Frequent northward (62) ; scarce in the Cayuga basin (111), where
mostly at the northern end ; also at Summit L., Otsego co., the head- ,
waters of the Unadilla, and Otter Ck, Cortland (20; 85), in the
upper Susquehanna.
L. hirsuta Eaton. Local. CORTLAND: thickets bordering
Papish pond, Cincinnatus, S & D 1209; Cortland, S'. N. Cowles
(S); TOMPKINS: Malloryville, ex. herb. I. A. Arnold; CHE¬
MUNG: large mounding tangle in fence row thicket n. of Red
Jacket Sw., Y 1463. Frequent, at least northward in the State (62) ;
Onondaga co. (43) ; Freeville (111*) ; Otsego co. (85) ; N. Pinnacle,
Caroline (111) ; Summit Marsh, Tioga co. (Ill) ; Potter, Yates co.
(85).
Viburnum Opulus L. var. americanum Ait. (native V. Opulus
of manuals). Scarce throughout the region, as in the Cayuga basin
(111). CAYUGA: Hall’s Sw., Dresserville, A; near L. Como, A;
Woods pond, Scipio, A ; CORTLAND : Preble Sw., along rr.,
W 1152; CHEMUNG : a few shrubs along Catherine Ck, Red Jacket
Sw., 5 et al. 1639; STEUBEN : swamp about 1 mi. w. of Atlanta,
C et al. 2689. Common northward, but less frequent or rare west¬
ward in the State (62). In Onondaga co. (22) ; scarce in the Cayuga
basin (111) ; new to the Chemung ; otherwise sparing throughout
the Susquehanna (14).
Valeriana uliginosa (T. & G.) Walp. Very rare. CHEMUNG:
1 flowering plant and several “rosettes” in a clump among bushes,
Red Jacket Sw., S, C, & R. Ross 2050. Otherwise in N. Y. State
from Bergen Sw. e. to Otsego, Herkimer, and Lewis counties (62) ;
also at Pine Plains, Dutchess co. (111). For our region, heretofore
definitely reported only from Tamarack Sw., Syracuse (43), and the
Ontario plain edge of the Cayuga basin (111).
Liatris scariosa (L.) Willd. ( Laciniaria scariosa. Liatris
Schreb., nom. cons. — 7). Very rare. TOMPKINS: weedpatch, n.
end of suspension bridge, A. L. Grant 16311 (doubtless introduced) ;
CHEMUNG: Cobble hill, L (E) ; several plants, edge of woods,
top of steep shaly hill s. of Latta brook, Y 2016. Hitherto reported for
our area only from the Onondaga Indian reservation (43) ; else¬
where in the State only southeastward (62).
Solidago ulmifolia Muhl. Rather frequent, at least in CHE¬
MUNG: shaly cliffs n. of Horseheads, S 1025; same habitat, Wells-
burg narrows*, Mt Zoar*, and Fitch’s bridge*; SCHUYLER: dry,
oak-covered hillside near rr. e. of Montour Falls, W 8898. 5 eastern
ravine or lake-shore stations in the Cayuga basin (111); reported
by Clute only from 2 other Chemung co. stations (14), although
later considered infrequent in Tioga co. (26) ; otherwise unknown
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 63
for our region. Infrequent across the State (62). At the Horse-
heads cliffs, occurs a form with inflorescence of a single main branch
with several branchlets, none over 15 mm. long, S 1026. Wiegand
pointed out its obvious connection.
Aster lucidulus (Gray) Wiegand ( A . punic eus var. lucidulus).
Rare. ONONDAGA: Danforth, M. L. Overacker (S) ; CHE¬
MUNG : dryish edge of Red Jacket Sw.* Reported from the Lowery
ponds and Ludlowville (111) ; unknown in the N. Y. Susquehanna
drainage.
A. paniculatus Lam. (A. paniculatus in part of manuals — 110).
Rare. CHEMUNG: wet meadow, Red Jacket Sw., S, Al, et pi.
1227 ; slough near Fitch’s bridge*. A collection from roadside, s.
side lower Six Mile ravine, E 5205 , and one from a marly bog s. of
Merrillsville, H 27119, are rather intermediate between var. typicus
and the common var. simplex (Willd.) Burg., the main cauline
leaves long and narrow, but somewhat broader than typical and
serrate. Wiegand considers var. typicus ‘‘frequent in northern New
York, but rare elsewhere in the State,” in contrast to var. simplex:
“the common and almost exclusive form in Central New York.” It
has been observed about Watertown that the plant of waste places is
var. simplex ; that of swamps and other less disturbed areas is var.
typicus.
A. pilosus Willd. (A. ericoides var. pilosus — 6). Unusual. MADI¬
SON: fields, South bay, H 18963 (S) ; dry field s. of Merrillsville,
H 27 118 (S) ; dry soil, Lewis Point, H 26121 (S) ; CAYUGA: Glen-
wood beach, G. Arnold ; TOMPKINS: Hillendale golf course, 5
mi. w. of Cayuga L., near Jacksonville, F. Boyle 20248; CHE¬
MUNG: sandy knoll, base of Sullivan hill, S' 81; rocky old field,
Mt Zoar, N 1056; upland field, Bowman hill*. Considered frequent
in the State within the range of the collective species (A. ericoides )
“especially southward” (62) ; not reported by the local floras. The
writer considers this the native variant here; the var. demotus Blake
(A. ericoides Auct., non L.) introduced.
Antennaria canadensis Greene. Probably common throughout.
CHEMUNG: open scrub field, w. slope of Reservoir hill, Horse-
heads, N 1405; dryish knolls, w. side of Red Jacket Sw., N et al.
1646; swaly field, Park Station*. Generally common in the Cayuga
basin (111) ; “less common southward. . . .and westward on the high¬
lands of central and western New York”; rare in the Southern Tier
(62).
Polymnia canadensis L. ( Osteospermum canadense. Choice of
P. canadensis as type of the genus (7), effects conservation of
Polymnia L. for the group of plants here concerned). Rare.
CAYUGA: in a deep hollow near Sheldrake Pt, N. W. Folwell;
shore of Cayuga L., Sheldrake, A ; near Aurora, moist shaded ravines,
F. C. Curtice; CHEMUNG: near Mountain House narrows, in
warm, rocky soil, L (E) ; talus-slope along river, Mt Zoar*. Com¬
mon in Madison and Onondaga counties (62) ; reported at the
64
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
O wasco Outlet (85); scattered about Cayuga L. (Ill); also cited
from Otsego co. (62), South Mt (14), Apalachin (14), Chemung
narrows (14), Athens, Pa. (15), Rathbone (88), and the North
Pinnacle, Caroline (111) for the Susquehanna valley ; at Gorham
(85).
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1 Aellen, P.
1929 Beitrag zur Systematik der Chenopodium-Arten Amerikas,
vorwiegend auf Grand der Sammlung des United States
National Museum in Washington, D. C. Fedde Rep. spec. nov.
reg. veg., XXVI: 31-64; 119-60
2 Airy-Shaw, H. K.
1940 Studies in the Ericales IV. Classification of the Asiatic species
of Gaultheria. Kew Bui. Misc. Inf., 1940: 306-30
3 Ames, O.
1938 Resupination as a diagnostic character in the Orchidaceae with
special reference to Malaxis monophyllos. Harv. Bot. Mus.
Leafl., 6: 145-83 (illus.)
4 Arnold, I. S.
1888 Notes on the flora of the upper Chemung valley. Bui. Torr. Bot
Club, 15: 131-33
5 Bailey, L. H.
1924 Manual of cultivated plants. 1-851 (illus.)
6 Blake, S. F.
1930 The names Asterericoides and A. multiflorus. Rhodora, 32 : 136-40
7 Briquet, J.
1935 International rules of botanical nomenclature, ed. 3. i-xi, 1-152
8 Clausen, J., Keck, D. D. & Hiesy, W. M.
1940 Experimental studies on the nature of species. I. Effect of
varied environments on western North American plants. Car¬
negie Inst, of Washington Publ., 520: i-vii, 1-452 (illus.)
9 Clausen, R. T.
1938 A monograph of the Ophioglossaceae. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club,
19: No. 2. 1-177 (illus.)
10 1939 Some plants of New York. Torreya, 39 : 1-9
11 1940 Aquatic vegetation of the Lake Ontario watershed. Part VII in
“A biological Survey of the Lake Ontario watershed.” Suppl.
29th. Ann. Rep’t N. Y. S. Cons. Comm.,: 167-87 (illus.)
12 - - & Smith, S. J.
1939 On some Pteridophytes of south central New York. Am. Fern
Jour., 29: 48-58 (map)
13 Cleveland, G. T.
1908 Ferns of the upper Susquehanna valley. Fern Bui., XVI : 101-3
14 Clute, W. N.
1898 The flora of the upper Susquehanna and its tributaries, i-xix,
1-142, i-x (map)
15 1901 First supplement, the flora of the upper Susquehanna and its
tributaries. 1-16
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 65
16 Core, E. L.
1941 Butomus umbellatus in America. Ohio Jour. Sci., 41 : 79-85.
(map)
17 Coville, F. V. & Britton, N. L.
1908 Grossulariaceae. N. Am. FI., 22 : pt 3 : 193-225
18 1918 Additions and corrections, Grossulariacae. N. Am. FI., 22 :
pt 6: 558-60
19 Dix, W. L.
1940 Additions to the fern flora of Lake Shehawken, Pennsylvania. Am.
Fern Jour., 30: 137-38
20 Dudley, W. R.
1886 THe Cayuga flora, Pt I. A catalogue of the Phaenogamia grow¬
ing without cultivation in the Cayuga Lake basin. Bui. Cornell
Univ. (Sc.) Vol. II: i-xxx, 1-135, i-iv (map)
21 Edson, J. Z.
1928 Ferns of Monroe and adjoining counties, New York. Am. Fern
Jour., 18: 56-57; 87-93
22 Egler, F. E.
1940 Check list of the ferns and flowering plants of Onondaga county,
New York. 2d mimeo. ed. i-xiii, 1-172
23 Farwell, O. A.
1927 Contributions to the botany of Michigan, No. 13. Notes on grasses
of Michigan and some others. Am. Midi. Nat., X : 305-15
24 Fassett, N. C.
1934 Notes from the herbarium of the University of Wisconsin, XI.
Rhodora, 36: 349-52
25 1941 Dracocephalum thymiflorum in Ontario. Torreya, 41 : 57
26 Fenno, F. E.
1903 Plants of the Susquehanna valley and adjacent hills of Tioga
county. Rep’t State Bot., 1902: 47-160
27 1904 Supplementary list of plants of the Susquehanna valley. Rep’t
State Bot., 1903 : 57-60
28 Ferguson, W. C.
1925 Contributions to the flora of Long Island, New York. Third
Paper. Bui. Torr. Bot. Club, 52: 133-36
29 Fernald, M. L.
1925 The identity of Eriophorum callitrix. Rhodora, 27 : 203-10
30 1932 The linear-leaved North American species of Potamogeton, section
Axillares. Mem. Am. Acad. Arts and Sc., 17 : 1—183 (illus.)
31 1932 Notes on Festuca octo flora. Rhodora, 34: 209-11
32 1933 Recent discoveries in the Newfoundland flora. Contr. Gray Herb.
Harv. Univ. CI. Rhodora,' 35 : 1-16; 47-63; 80-107; 120-40;
161-85; 203-23; 230-47; 265-83; 298-315; 327-46; 364-86;
395-99 (illus.)
33 1933 Two segregates in Sporobolus. Rhodora, 35: 108-10
34 1933 Types of some American species of Elymus. Rhodora, 35 : 187-98
35 1933 Some forms of grasses. Rhodora 35 : 316-19
36 1934 Some transfers in Digitaria and Paspalum. Rhodora, 36: 19-22
37 1935 Midsummer vascular plants of southeastern Virginia. Contr.
Gray Herb. Harv. Univ. CIX. Rhodora, 37: 378-413 ; 423-54
(illus.)
38 1936 Plants from the outer coastal plain of Virginia. Contr. Gray
Herb. Harv. Univ. CXV. Rhodora, 38: 376-404; 414-52 (illus.)
66 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Fernald, M. L. (continued)
39 1938 Noteworthy plants of southeastern Virginia. Contr. Gray Herb.
Harv. Univ. CXXIII. Rhodora, 40: 364-424; 434-59; 467-85
(illus.)
40 - - & Griscom, L.
1935 Three days of botanizing in southeastern Virginia. Contr. Gray
Herb. Harv. Univ. CVII. Rhodora, 37: 153-57; 157—89
41 Fletcher, E. F.
1911 Dracocephalum thymiflorum , a casual plant of Westford, Massa¬
chusetts. Rhodora, 13: 212
42 Glowenke, S. L.
1938 A locality for Hierochloe odorata in Pennsylvania. Bartonia, 19 :
43-44
43 Goodrich, L. L. H.
1912 Flora of Onond&ga county as collected by the members of th*
Syracuse botanical club. 1-210 (plate)
44 Groh, H.
1941 Distribution in Ontario of Dracocephalum thymiflorum. Torreya
41 : 187-88
45 Hanmer, C. C.
1940 Plants of Fishers Island. Torreya, 40 : 65-81
46 Hara, H.
1939 Some notes on the botanical relation between North America and
eastern Asia. Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. Univ. CXXVI. I,
Rhodora, 41: 385-92
47 Hayek, A.
1927 Prodromus florae peninsulae Balcanicae I. Fedde Rep. spec. nov.
reg. veg., XXX: i-viii, 1-1193
48 Hegi, C.
1923 Illustrierte Flora von Mittel-Europa, IV : Band, I. Halfte. 1-491
(illus.)
49 1927 Illustrierte Flora von Mittel-Europa, V : Band, 4. Teil. 2253-630
(illus.)
50 Hitchcock, A. S.
1935 Manual of the grasses of the United States. U. S. D. A. Misc.
Publ., 200: 1-1040 (illus.)
51 Holmberg, O. R.
1924 Bromi molles, eine nomenklatorische und systematische Unter-
suchung. Botaniska Notiser for ar 1924: 313-28
52 Hotchkiss, N.
1932 A botanical survey of the Tug hill plateau. N. Y. S. Mus. Bui.,
287: 1-123 (illus.)
53 House, H. D.
1903 Notes upon the orchids of central New York. Torreya, 3 : 49-54
54 1903 Notes on the flora of Oneida lake and vicinity. Torreya, 3:
165-68
55 1905 Further notes on the orchids of central New York. Bui. Torr.
Bot. Club, 32 : 373-82
56 1915 Notes upon local floras. Rep’t State Bot., 1913: 22-44 (illus.)
57 1915 Notes upon local floras II. Rep’t State Bot., 1914: 40-53 .
58 1918 Local flora notes IV. Rep’t State Bot., 1916: 52-60 (illus.)
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEJV YORK 67
House, H. D. ( continued}
59 1918 List of ferns, conifers and flowering plants of the Oneida lake
region. Rep’t State Bot, 1916: 72-110
60 1923 Local flora notes VIII. Rep’t State Bot., 1921 : 13-58
61 1923 Nomenclatorial notes, regarding certain New York State plants.
Rep’t State Bot., 1921 : 58-70
62 1924 Annotated list of the ferns and flowering plants of New York
State. N. Y. S. Mus. Bui., 254: 1-579
63 1925 Local flora notes IX. Rep’t State Bot., 1924: 11-27
64 1933 Distribution and spread of Serapias Helleborine in New York
State. Torreya, 33 : 133-35 (map)
65 - & Alexander, W. P.
1927 Flora of the Allegheny state park region. N. Y. S. Mus. Hand¬
book 2: 1-225 (illus.)
66 - & Gordon, R. B.
1940 Additions and corrections to the flora of the Allegany State Park
region, Cattaraugus county, New York (1927-38). N. Y. S.
Mus. Circ., 24: 1-24
67 Johnson, F. W.
1926 Notes on the distribution of Serapias Helleborine L. in western
New York. Bartonia, 9 : 10
68 Lucy, T. F.
1883 Notes from Chemung county, N. Y. Bui. Ton*. Bot. Club, 10: 8-9
69 1892 The Chemung county flora. — Its relation to that of the southern
tier counties, and a brief comparison with other portions of New
York State. Proc. Elmira Acad. Sc., 1 : 57-62
70 Mackenzie, K. K.
1931-35 Cariceae. N. Am. FI. 18: pts 1-7. 1-478
71 McVaugh, R.
1936 Studies in the taxonomy and distribution of the eastern North
American species of Lobelia. Rhodora, 38: 241-63; 276-98;
305-29; 346-62 (illus.)
72 1938 Aquatic vegetation of the Allegheny and Chemung watersheds.
Part VII, in “A Biological Survey of the Allegheny and
Chemung Watersheds.” Suppl. 27th Ann. Rep’t N.Y.S. Cons.
Comm : 176-95 (map)
73 Marie-Victorin, Frere.
1927 Les Equisetinees du Quebec, i-vii, 1-137 (illus.)
74 1935 Flore laurentienne. 1-917 (illus.)
75 Millspaugh, C. F.
1885 Broome county (N. Y.) finds. Bui. Torr. Bot. Club, 12: 100^2
76 1887 Notes on the flora of Cayuta creek. Bui. Torr. Bot. Club, 14 :
183-86
77 Moldenke, H. N.
1934 A supplementary list of tautonyms and miscellaneous nomencla¬
torial notes. Torreya, 34: 5-10
78 Monachino, J.
1940 Weeds of New York. Torreya, 40: 82-84
79 Muenscher, W. C.
1930 Butomus umbellatus in the Lake Champlain basin. Rhodora, 32:
19-20
1930 Leafy spurge and related weeds. Cornell Univ. Ext. Bui., 192 :
1-12 (illus.)
80
68
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
81 Muenscher, W. C. (continued)
1935 List of weeds of New York. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui..
635: 1-16 (map)
$2 1936 Aquatic vegetation of the Susquehanna and Delaware areas. Part
VII, in “A Biological Survey of the Susquehanna and Delaware
Watersheds.” Suppl. 25th Ann. Rep’t N.Y.S. Cons. Comm.:
205-21
83 - & Maguire, B.
1931 Notes on some New York plants. Rhodora, 33: 165-67 (illus.)
84 Munz, P. A.
1937 Studies in Onagraceae X. The subgenus Kneiffia (genus Oeno¬
thera) and miscellaneous new species of Oenothera. Bui. Torr.
Bot. Club, 64: 287-306
S5 Paine, J. A., jr
1865 Catalogue of plants found in Oneida county and vicinity. 18th
Ann. Rep’t, Board of Regents on the condition of the State
Cabinet of Natural History: 53-192
86 Peck, C. H.
1870 Facts and observations touching the flora of the State of New
York. 20th Ann. Rep’t Board of Regents on the condition of
the State Cabinet of Natural History: 159-66
87 1896 Species not before reported. Ann. Rep’t State Bot., 1896: 15-24
88 1896 Remarks and observations. Ann. Rep’t State Bot., 1896: 25-32
89 1910 Species not before reported. Ann. Rep’t State Bot., 1909 : 19-32
90 1911 Species not before reported. Ann. Rep’t State Bot., 1910: 23-41
91 1913 Species not before reported. Ann. Rep’t State Bot., 1912: 23-33
92 Pennell, F. W.
1929 Agalinis and allies in North America, II. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc.
Phila., LXXXI: 111-249
93 1931 On some critical species of the Serpentine barrens. Bartonia, 12:
1-23
94 1935 The Scrophulariaceae of eastern temperate North America. Mem.
Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila., I: i-xiv. 1—650 (illus.)
95 1938 ((Commelina communis” in the Eastern United States. Bartonia,
19: 19-22
96 Pilger, R.
1937 Plantaginaceae. Das Pflanzenreich, IV : 269 (102 Heft) : 1-466
(illus.)
97 Piper, C. V.
1906 Flora of the state of Washington. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb., XI:
1-637 (illus.)
98 Pretz, H. W.
1926 A new station for Serapias Helleborine L. Bartonia, 9 : 7-9
99 Rehder, A.
1940 Manual of cultivated trees and 'shrubs, 2d ed. i-xxx, 1-996 (map)
100 Rollins, R. C.
1940 On two weedy crucifers. Contr. Gray Herb. Harv. Univ. CXXXI,
III. Rhodorar, 42: 302-6
101 Rydberg, P. A.
1929 Astragalanae. N. Am. FI., 24: pts 5-7. 251-462
102 1931 Taxonomic notes on the flora of the prairies and plains of central
North America. Brittonia 1 : 79-104
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE FLORA OF CENTRAL NEW YORK 69
Sprague, T. A.
1935 Synopsis of proposals concerning nomenclature submitted to the
sixth Botanical Congress, Amsterdam, 1935. 1-80
1940 Additional Nomina Generica Conservanda ( Pteridophy ta and
Phanerogamae). Kew Bui. Misc. Inf., 1940: 81-134
- & Green, M. L.
1933 Silene Cucubalus : the correct name for the bladder-campion. Kew
Bui. Misc. Inf., 1933: 151-54
Stevens, O. A.
1922 New records and other notes on North Dakota plants. Bui. Ton*.
Bot. Club, 49 : 93-105
Svenson, H. K.
1934 Monographic studies in Eleocharis III. 1. The Eastern American
segregate of Eleocharis pauciflora. Bkln. Bot. Gard. Contr. 68.
Rhodora, 36: 377-89 (illus.)
Tidestrom, I.
1925 Flora of Utah and Nevada. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb., 25 : 1-665
(illus.)
Wherry, E. T.
1936 The ranges of our eastern parnassias and sedums. Bartonia, 17 :
17-20
Wiegand, K. M.
1933 Aster paniculatus and some of its relatives. Rhodora, 35 : 16-38
- - & Eames, A. J.
1926 The flora of the Cayuga lake basin, New York. Cornell Univ.
Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem., 92: 1-491 (maps)
Winkler, H.
1904 Betulaceae. Das Pflanzenreich, IV: 61. 1-149 (illus.)
Zenkert, C. A.
1934 The flora of the Niagara frontier region. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sc.
Bui., 16: i-x, 1-328 (illus.)
INDEX
A
Abies balsamea, 40
Adlumia fungosa, 53
Aegopodium Podagraria, 13
Aesculus glabra, 12
Agastache scrophulariaefolia, 60
Alliaria officinalis, 25
Allium vineale, 21
Alnus rugosa, 52
Alyssum alyssoides, 24
Amorpha fruticosa, 11
Andromeda glaucophylla, 59
Anemone canadensis, 24
Antennaria canadensis, 63
Anthemis tinctoria, 15
Arabis glabra, 54
Aralia hispida, 59
Arceuthobium pusillum, 52
Arisaema Dracontium, 46
Aristida dichotoma, 19
Arrhenatherum elatius, 7
Artemisia annua, 34
ludoviciana, 34
pontica, 15
vulgaris, 34
Aster lucidulus, 63
paniculatus, 63
pilosus, 63
pilosus var. demotus, 32
Astragalus Cooperi, 56
Athyrium pycnocarpon, 37
Aureolaria flava, 61
Azolla caroliniana, 38
B
Berberis Thunbergii, 9
Berteroa incana, 24
Betula nigra, 52
populifolia, 52
Botrychium simplex var. tenebro-
sum, 38
Bromus arvensis, 16
inermis, 7
latiglumis, 40
mollis, 16
tectorum, 16
Bulbostylis capillaris, 20‘
Bunias orientalis, 25
Butomus umbellatus, 7
C
Campanula Trachelium, 14
Cardaria Draba, 25
Carduus acanthoides, 34
Carex aestivalis, 44
complanata ssp. hirsutella, 44
.diandra, 43
disperma, 43
folliculata, 45
hirta, 21
limosa, 45
pauciflora, 45
paupercula, 45
prairea, 43
prasina, 44
Pseudo-Cyperus, 45
Schweinitzii, 45
siccata, 43
squarrosa, 46
tetanica, 44
trichocarpa, 46
Tuckermani, 46
vesicaria, 46
virescens, 44
Centaurea maculosa, 34
solstitialis, 35
Cerastium tomentosum, 9
Chaenorrhinum minus, 30
Chamaedaphne calyculata, 59
Chenopodium capitatum, 53
carinatum, 22
murale, 22
urbicum, 22
Chimaphila maculata, 59
Commelina communis ludens, 8
Convolvulus arvensis, 28
japonicus, 13
Corallorrhiza odontorrhiza, 51
trifida, 51
Coreopsis lanceolata, 15
Corydalis sempervirens, 54
Crepis capillaris, 35
[71]
72
INDEX
Cryptogramma Stelleri, 36
Cymbalaria muralis, 14
Cynosurus cristatus, 18
Cyperus erythrorhizos, 41
esculentus, 41
Cystopteris bulbifera, 37
D
Dactylis glomerata var. detonsa, 18
Descurainia Sophia, 25
Desmodium rotundifolium, 56
Dianthus deltoides, 9
Dioscorea villosa, 48
Disporum lanuginosum, 48
Dracocephalum thymiflorum, 29 ^
Dryopteris dilatata var. americana,
~ 37
Goldiana, 37
Duchesnea indica, 27
E
Echium vulgare, 28
Eleocliaris pauciflora var. Fernal-
dii, 42
Eleusine indica, 19
Elymus virginicus var. glabriflorus,
41
Epilobium palustre var. monticola,
58
Epipactis latifolia, 21
Equisetum palustre var. american-
um, 38
Eragrostis capillaris, 40
Frankii, 17
peregrina, 17
spectabilis, 17
Eriophorum gracile, 42
spissum, 42
tenellum, 42
Erucastrum gallicum, 25
Euphorbia Helioscopia, 27
lucida, 12
F
Festuca octoflora var. tenella, 40
Filipendula rubra, 11
Floerkea proserpinacoides, 57
Fumaria officinalis, 10
G
Galium labradoricum, 61
trifidum, 61
Gaultheria hispidula, 60
Gerardia tenuifolia, 61
Geum macrophyllum, 55
Goodyera repens var. ophioides, 50
tesselata, 50
H
Habenaria clavellata, 49
flava var. virescens, 49
lacera, 48
orbiculata, 49
Helenium nudiflorum, 33
Helianthemum Bicknellii, 57
canadense, 57
Hibiscus Trionum, 12
Hieracium florentinum, 36
Pilosella, 36
Hierochloe odorata var. fragrans, 41
Holcus lanatus, 8
Hypericum boreale, 57
prolificum, 27
I
Impatiens Roylei, 12
Iris Pseudacorus, 8
Iva xanthiifolia, 33
J
Juncus balticus var. littoralis, 47
compressus, 21
Dudleyi, 47
Torreyi, 47
K
Kalmia polifolia, 59
Knautia arvensis, 32
L
Lamium maculatum, 13
purpureum, 29
Larix laricina, 39
Lathyrus latifolius, 11
tuberosus, 12
Lechea intermedia, 58
Leontodon autumnalis, 35
Lepidium perfoliatum, 26
Lespedeza violacea, 56
Leucojum aestivum, 8
Liatris scariosa, 62
Linum virginianum, 56
Liparis liliifolia, 50
Listera australis, 50
Lobelia spicata, 32
INDEX
73
Lonicera hirsuta, 62
Morrowi, 14
oblongifolia, 62
Lycopodium annotinum var. acri-
folium, 38
obtusum var. dendroideum, 39
tristachyum, 39
Lyonia ligustrina, 60
M
Malaxis monophylla var. brachy-
poda, 50
unifolia, 51
Matricaria Chamomilla, 33
matricarioides, 33
Monarda clinopodia, 60
Monotropa Hypopitys var. lanugi-^
nosa, 59
Myosotis arvensis, 28
Myrica pensilvanica, 52
N
Nicotiana rustica, 30
O
Oenothera pilosella, 12
Onopordum Acanthium, 15
Ophioglossum vulgatum, 38
Orchis spectabilis, 48
Origanum vulgare, 13
Orobanche uniflora, 61
Orthocarpus bracteosus, 31
Oxybaphus nyctagineus, 22
P
Panicum clandestinum, 20
dichotomiflorum, 19
Parnassia glauca, 54
Paspalum ciliatifolium var. Muhlen-
bergii, 41
Pellaea atropurpurea, 36
Pentstemon pallidus, 30
Phlox divaricata, 60
Picea Abies, 7
Picris hieracioides, 35
Pinus resinosa, 39
Plantago aristata, 31
indica, 31
media, 31
virginica, 31
Poa bulbosa, 17
nemoralis, 16
Pogonia ophioglossoides, 49
Polygonum cilinode, 52
cuspidatum, 9
Polymnia canadensis, 63
Populus candicans, 9
Potamogeton Vaseyi, 40
Potentilla Anserina, 26
arguta, 26
fruticosa, 55
palustris, 55
Primula veris, 13
Proserpinaca palustris var. crebra,
58
Prunus fruticosa, 11
Susquehanae, 56
Puccinellia distans, 16
Pycnanthemum flexuosum, 29
R
Ranunculus bulbosus, 23
fascicularis, 53
flabellaris, 53
repens var. pleniflorus, 9
sceleratus, 24
Reseda lutea, 26
Rhamnus alnifolia, 57
Rhus copallina var. latifolia, 57
Ribes glandulosum, 54
hirtellum, 54
sativum, 10
Robinia viscosa, 11
Rosa gallica, 11
Rubus laciniatus, 11
phoenicolasius, 11
Rudbeckia triloba, 14
Rumex maritimus var. fueginus, 21
Rynchospora capillacea, 43
capitellata, 43
S
Salix Candida, 51
serissima, 51
Salsola Kali var. tenuifolia, 22'
Salvia pratensis, 13
Sanguisorba canadensis, 55
minor, 27
Scirpus microcarpus, 42
polyphyllus, 42
Sedum sarmentosum, 10
spurium, 10
ternatum, 10
74
INDEX
Selaginella apoda, 39
rupestris, 39
Setaria verticillata, 20
Silene Armeria, 9
Czerei, 23
dichotoma, 23
Sisyrinchium mucronatum, 48
Smilacina stellata, 47
trifolia, 47
Solarium nigrum var. villosum, 30
Solidago ulmifolia, 62
Spiraea Billiardii, 10
latifolia, 55
tomentosa, 26
Spiranthes gracilis, 50
Romanzoffiana, 49
Sporobolus cryptandrus, 18
neglectus, 19
vaginiflorus, 18
Stellaria aquatica, 22
pubera, 23
Succisa australis, 31
T
Thalictrum revolutum, 53
Thlaspi arvense, 25
Trichostema dichotomum, 60
V
Vaccinium macrocarpon, 60
Valeriana officinalis, 14
uliginosa, 62
Verbascum phlomoides, 14
Verbena stricta, 29
Verbesina encelioides, 33
Vernonia crinita, 32
Veronica Chamaedrys, 14
didyma, 30
humifusa, 61
persica, 31
Viburnum Opulus var. americanum,
62
Vicia tetrasperma, 27
Viola sagittata, 58
Selkirkii, 58
striata, 58
W
Woodsia ilvensis, 37
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
BULLETIN NUMBER 339
Published by The University of the State of New York
Albany, N. Y. September 1945
The Life and Work
of
EDWARD LAMSON HENRY N.A
1841-1919
by
Elizabeth McCausla
Figure 1 Portrait of E. L. Henry, N.A., by J. G. Brown, N.A., 1868
CAT. 1218. Presented to the Academy when Henry became an associate
Collection, National Academy of Design.
The Life and Work
of
EDWARD LAMSON HENRY N.A.
1841-1919
by
Elizabeth McCausland M.A.
New York State Museum
CHARLES C. ADAMS, Director
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
BULLETIN NUMBER 339
Published by The University of the State of New York
Albany, N. Y. September 1945
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
Regents of the University
With years when terms expire
1955 Thomas J. Mangan M.A, LL.D., Chancellor - - Binghamton
1957 William J. Wallin M.A., LL.D., Vice Chancellor - Yonkers
1950 Roland B. Woodward M.A., LL.D. ------ Rochester
1951 Wm Leland Thompson B.A., LL.D. ------ Troy-
1948 John Lord O’Brian B.A., LL.B., LL.D. - - - - Buffalo
1954 George Hopkins Bond Ph.M., LL.B., LL.D. - - - Syracuse
1946 Owen D. Young B.A., LL.B, D.C.S, L.H.D, LL.D Van Hornes
1949 Susan Brandies B.A, J.D. . . . New York
1947 C. C. Mollenhauer LL.D. . Brooklyn
1953 W. Kingsland Macy B.A, LL.D. ------ Islip
1952 John P. Myers B.A, D.Sc. - -- -- -- - Plattsburg
1956 Stanley Brady B.A, M.D. - -- -- -- - New York
President of the University and Commissioner of Education
George D. Stoddard Ph.D, LL.D, Litt.D, L.H.D.
Deputy and Associate Commissioner (Finance, Administration, Vocational Education)
Lewis A. Wilson D.Sc, LL.D.
Associate Commissioner (Instructional Supervision)
George M. Wiley M.A, Pd.D, L.H.D, LL.D.
Associate Commissioner (Higher and Professional Education)
J. Hillis Miller M.A, Ph.D, Litt.D.
Counsel
Charles A. Brind jr B.A, LL.B, LL.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Research
J. Cayce Morrison M.A, Ph.D, LL.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Teacher Education
Hermann Cooper M.A, Ph.D, LL.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Personnel and Public Relations
Lloyd L. Cheney B.A, Pd.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Finance
Arthur W. Schmidt M.A, Ph.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Instructional Supervision
Edwin R. Van Kleeck M.A, Ph.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Professional Education
Irwin A. Conroe M.A, LL.D, L.H.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Vocational Education
Oakley Furney B.A, Pd.M.
State Librarian
Joseph Gavit, acting
Director of State Museum
Carl E. Guthe M.A, Ph.D.
State Historian
Albert B. Corey M.A, Ph.D.
Directors of Divisions
Adult Education and Library Extension, Frank L. Tolman Ph.B, Pd.D.
Elementary Education, William E. Young M.A, Ph.D.
Examinations and Testing, Harold G. Thompson M.A, LL.D.
Health and Physical Education, Hiram A. Jones M.A, Ph.D, D.Sc.
Higher Education, John S. Allen M.A, Ph.D.
Law, Joseph Lipsky LL.B.
Motion Picture,
Research, Warren W. Coxe B.S, Ph.D.
School Buildings and Grounds, Don L. Essex M.A, Ph.D.
Secondary Education, Warren W. Knox M.A, Ph.D.
Vocational Rehabilitation, G. Samuel Bohlin B.S.
Contents
PAGE
Illustrations . . . . . . . . . 5
Introductory note . . . ... by Charles C. Adams 11
Introduction and acknowledgments . . . 15
Chronology . . . . . . . . 23
Biographical sketch . . . . . 25
Education and early life . . . . . . . . 25
Marriage and maturity . . . 32
The Henrys and Cragsmoor . . . 37
Henry as a person . 47
Career as an artist . . 56
Appreciations of Henry . 64
List of Henry's addresses . 68
The work of E. L. Henry . 81
Introduction . 81
Henry’s subject matter . 83
Henry's method of work . . . . . . . 95
The post-Civil War period . . . . . . 101
Esthetic considerations . . 106
Henry's importance for today . 116
A catalog of the work of E. L. Henry, 1858-1919 . 147
Appendix to the catalog . 291
A memorial sketch of E. L. Henry, N.A., his life and his life work, by
Frances L. Henry . 311
Dedication . 311
Childhood . 311
Student years . 314
Young artist in New York . . . . . 318
Travels in the South . . 321
Life in New York . 323
Travels abroad . ■ . 325
The Passion Play . 327
Life in Cragsmoor . 328
Important paintings . 330
The artist . 340
The man . 341
Appreciation . 343
Conclusion . 345
Bibliography . 363
Index . 368
131
.
i J 1
■ .
I i i
' . ib
: l, ■ i : iiotjf j 1 1 \j ti.M
. ... «!/■ Y.;v- ' • • ! dO
.
.
I-'. ■ ,\~A
... ; • i i ■
■ {-Jug
*
*
.< . •. S :■ •. t
•. ' .-.n'li-i >•'.
V i ' 3 ■ • ;«■>; u\ '{ A
■ '■ ’■ ' ■ '• ■ r' '1 1 ■ 1 j. 1 i I ' t
■
■ ; .. - . ■_ ’i -:>ij f • • • :< J
1
, b ..fbfcVf .<:.b '. ! , :
...
■
1 If
, ; r,< \ / ••• Y
.b nr, .lay*, i
. .
•
•
- '.
U ' .
’ ■ •
■
■
List of Illustrations
All illustrations are from the Henry Collection , New York State Museum,
unless otherwise credited. The quotations are verbatim transcripts of Henry’s own
inscriptions on photographs and other items.
PAGE
Figure 1 Portrait of E. L. Henry, N.A., by J. G. Brown, N.A.,
1868 . . . . . . . . ( Frontispiece )
Figure 2 “E. L. Henry. When a young student of art. Taken 1859
in Phila.” . . . . . 69
Figure 3 Sketch of E. L. Henry by J. G. Brown, 1868... . 69
Figure 4 Henry’s birthplace: “Old House in Society Street, Charleston,
S. C“ . . . . . .. 69
Figure 5 E. L. Henry. “Paris taken 1862.” . . 70
Figure 6 E. L. Henry. “Taken in Phila. 1865.” . 70
Figure 7 “Taken in Whittredge’s Studio . . . 1866“ . 70
Figure 8 Frances L. Wells . . . 71
Figure 9 Frances Livingston Wells [1867-72?] . . 71
Figure 10 Frances L. Wells, 1873-74 . . . . . . . 71
Figure 11 Mrs Henry, circa 1880 . . . . . . . . . 71
Figure 12 “Lake George, Sept. 10th, 1874“ . 72
Figure 13 “Back of Blakeley’s on the Mtn.” . 72
Figure 14 “Sam's Point . . . Shawangunk Mountains” . 73
Figure 15 Sam’s Point ledge, November 1907 . 73
Figure 16 “Thomas Botsford ... at the old wall, 1891“ . 73
Figure 17 “Maratanza Clouds . . . 1904”........... . 74
Figure 18 “Pickers’ Camp, July 1905“ . 74
Figure 19 “Full of dear memories where we lived for many years.
218 E. 10th, last of April 1904’’..... . 75
Figure 20 The Henrys’ studio, 3 North Washington square, circa 1888. 75
Figure 21 Henry’s studio at Cragsmoor . . . 75
Figure 22 The Henry honje at Cragsmoor in Henry’s time . 76
Figure 23 The Henry home, 1941....... . . . '. 76
Figure 24 Henry at work . . . circa 1917 . 77
Figure 25 Henry’s studio as it looked in 1941... . 77
Figure 26 The Henry bam . 78
Figure 27 Another view of the Henry house in his day . 78
Figure 28 Henry’s garden . 78
Figure 29 E. L. Henry, 1888 . 79
Figure 30 F. L. Henry, 1888 . 79
Figure 31 Mr and Mrs Henry at their cottage, 1910................. . 79
Figure 32 Portrait of E. L. Henry N.A., by Charles C. Curran N.A.,
1909 . . . . . . . . 80
Figure 33 E. L. Henry [1867?] . 125
Figure 34 From A Window, Newport, 1866 . 125
Figure 35 “Taken at Mr Jessup’s House, Marine ave., Newport, R. I.,
August 1866.” . . . . . . . . . 125
Figure 36 “Mrs A. D. Jessup’s Rig . . . Newport, 1866” . 126
[5]
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
ILLUSTRATIONS
Porch Scene, Newport, R. 1866 . 126
Four-in-Hand, Central Park, 1867 . 126
The Library of Jonathan Thorne, 5Z6 Fifth avenue, New
York, 1868 . 127
A Parlor on Brooklyn Heights, 1872 . 127
Portrait of Mrs Henry, London, 1876 . 128
In the National Academy of Design . . . 1882 . 128
The John Hancock House, 1865 . 129
“The Hancock House . . . about 1865“ . 129
Beach W^agon . . 130
On the Beach . .... ... 130
On the Beach: Waiting for the Bathers, 1879 . . . 130
East Hampton Beach, 1881 . . . an earlier version of figure
49 . 131
East Hampton Beach, 1881 . 131
Bathing Hour, East Hampton Beach, 1889 . . . . 131 !
After David, circa 1875 . 132 ;
Taking Life Easy, 1911 . 132
A photograph used as a detail for figure 52 . 132
The Mountain Stage, 1881 . . . 133
“Stage built 1845 Concord, N. H. Ran from Newburg to
Ellen ville. Photographed in Otis yard 1881.” . 133
Capital and Labor, 1881 . . . . 134
In the Roaring Forties, 1884 . 134
The Old Lydig House on the Bronx, Near Fordham, 1887 ... 134
A pencil drawing . . . used as a detail for figure 56 . 135
A pencil drawing . . . used as a note for figure 57 . 135
A sketch ... to document figure 58 . 135
Village Post Office, 1891 . . . 136
The old Jesse Low store . . . in 1941 . 136
“Winter Scene, Jan. 6, 1880." ... A drawing by . . .
Legrand W. Botsford . 137
Cragsmoor landscape . 137
Country Scene, circa 1890 . 137
Sunday Morning ( Old Church at Bruynswick) , 1898 . 138
The church at Bruynswick, N. Y., in 1941 . . . . 138
[Bruynswick Church] . 139
The Dutch Reformed Church, Napanoch, N. Y., in 1941. .. 139
[Maud Powell Plays the Violin], 1904 . 140
Maud Powell in Henry’s studio at Cragsmoor . 140
“R. R. Coach. From Boston and Providence Railroad.”.... 141
“Mr Armstrong ... in one of my old fashioned coats and
vest. July 1900.” . 141
Carriages collected by Henry . 142
Mrs Lawrence Stetson and Mr Martin E. Albert in Governor
Gansevoort's coach . . . 1900 . 142
“Old Brown House (as it was in the old days).” Photo¬
graphed by Henry in 1880 and copied by Botsford in
1904 . . . 143
The Peter P. Brown house, 1941 . . . . . 143
ILLUSTRATIONS
7
Figure 79 Bear Hill, 1908 . . . . . 144
Figure 80 Bear Hill as it looked in 1941 . 144
Figure 81 A Mountain Post Office, 1900 . . . . . 145
Figure 82 Transparency of a corn shock, possibly a detail for figure
205 . . . 145
Figure 83 In the Valley . 146
Figure 84 Dutch Reformed Church, Ellenville, 1941 . 146
Figure 85 Great Bend, Susquehanna, 1858 . . . . . 255
Figure 86 Mauch Chunk, Pa., 1859 255
Figure 87 On the Susquehanna, 1860 . 255
Figure 88 [Barnyard: 1], [1859] . 256
Figure 89 [Barnyard: 2], [1859] . 256
Figure 90 [Barn Interior ], [1859] . 256
Figure 91 [Barnyard], [1860] . 257
Figure 92 Barnyard Scene, 1860 . . 257
Figure 93 Farm Scene in Pennsylvania, 1860 . 257
Figure 94 Una Via in Napoli, 1861 . 258
Figure 95 Street Scene in Naples, 1864 . 258
Figure 96 The Market Place, Washington, October 1864 . 259
Figure 97 The Great Horse Depot at Giesboro on the Potomac below
Washington, 1864... . 259
Figure 98 Near Harrisons Landing, Lower James River, November
1864 . 259
Figure 99 Presentation of Colors, [1869 ?] . 260
Figure 100 A Presentation of Colors to the First Colored Regiment of
New York by the Ladies of the City in front of the old
Union League Club, 1869 . 260
Figure 101 A New York Regiment Leaving for the Front, 1864— 67 . 260
Figure 102 W estover, James River, 1864 . . . 261
Figure 103 W estover, 1865 . 261
Figure 104 The Warning, [1864—67 ?] . 261
Figure 105 City Point, October 1864 . 262
Figure 106 City Point, Va., 1864 . 262
Figure 107 City Point, Va., 1865-72 . . . 262
Figure 108 Station on " Morris 8 Essex Railroad ,” 1864... . 263
Figure 109 The 9.45 a. m. Accommodation, Stratford, Connecticut,
1867 . 263
Figure 110 Old Dutch Church, New York, 1869 . 264
Figure 111 St George’s Chapel, Beekman and Cliff Street, New York,
1875 . 264
Figure 112 St John’s Church, Varick Street, New York, 1866, 1868 ... 264
Figure 113 St Paul’s Church, 1766, 1868 . 264
Figure 114 A Chat After Meeting, 1868 . 265
Figure 115 Alt Kirche, Oberammergau, 1872 . 265
Figure 116 The Doctor, 1873 . 265
Figure 117 The Widower, [1873 ?] . 266
Figure 118 A Quiet Corner by the Door, 1873 . 266
Figure 119 The Old Paternal Home, 1874 . 266
Figure 120 Les Fosses Communes, 1876 . 267
Figure 121 Les Fosses Communes, Cimitiere de $t Owen, Paris, 1876 . 267
8
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure 122 Off for the Races, 1876 . 267
Figure 123 [Feeding the Geese], [1876] . 268
Figure 124 [Taking a Rest], [1888] . 268
Figure 125 Departure of the Brighton Coach, 1878 . 268
Figure 126 The Old Hook Mill, East Hampton, 1881 . 269
Figure 127 The Country Store, 1885 . 269
Figure 128 Joseph E. Mance, [1887 ?] . 270
Figure 129 Peter Brown, 1886 . 270
Figure 130 Martin Terwilliger, [1886 ?] . 270
Figure 131 Fred Thomas alias Black Fred, 1887 . 270
Figure 132 Nelly Bloomer, 1890 . 271
Figure 133 John S. Billings, 1883 . 271
Figure 134 A snapshot of Joseph E. Mance . 271
Figure 135 Mrs Nancy Evans, 1896 . 271
Figure 136 Sharpening the Saw, [1887 ?] . 272
Figure 137 A Mountain Road, 1881 . 272
Figure 138 Bracing Up, 1883 . . 272
Figure 139 A Hard Road to Travel, 1882 . 272
Figure 140 Reading the Story of Bluebeard, [1880] . 273
Figure 141 Kept In, 1888 . 273
Figure 142 Meditating Revenge, 1892 . 273
Figure 143 Uninvited Guests, 1883 . 274
Figure 144 The Old Forge, [1887 ?] . 274
Figure 145 TJie Country Carpenter, 1890 . 274
Figure 146 The Summer Boarders, 1881 . 275
Figure 147 " School's Out,” Below Cragsmoor, N. Y., 1887 . 275
Figure 148 A Country Doctor, 1886 . 276
Figure 149 A Country School, 1890 . 276
Figure 150 A Country Lawyer, 1895 . . 276
Figure 151 The Watering Trough, 1884 . 277
Figure 152 Thanksgiving Sleigh Ride, 1886 . 277
Figure 153 One Hundred Years Ago, 1887 . 278
Figure 154 A Temperance Preacher, 1888 . 278
Figure 155 A Virginia Wedding, 1890 . 278
Figure 156 Negro Stableboy . . a detail for figure 157 . 279
Figure 157 The Relay, 1881 . 279
Figure 158 The Arrival of the Stage, 1904 . 279
Figure 159 Indian Queen Inn, Bladensburg, Md., in 1795, 1899 . 280
Figure 160 Changing Horses, 1905 . 280
Figure 161 Leaving in the Early Morn in a Nor ’ Easter , 1918 . 280
Figure 162 The First Railway Train on the Mohawk and Hudson Road,
1892-93 . 281
Figure 163 Waiting for the New York Boat, Stonington, Conn., 1905.. 281
Figure 164 “Built in England by Stevenson" . 281
Figure 165 Waiting at the Ferry, 1899 . 282
Figure 166 Waiting at the Ferry, 1899 . . . a detail for figure 165. .. 282
Figure 167 Crossing the Ferry, 1893 . . 282
Figure 168 Fulton's First Steam Ferryboat, [1901] . '. . 283
Figure 169 Waiting at the Ferry, [1899] ... a detail for figure 165. .. 283
ILLUSTRATIONS
9
Figure 170 The Tow Path, 1891 . 284
Figure 171 Late Afternoon on the old Delaware and Hudson Canal at
Port Ben, N. Y., 1894 . 284
Figure 172 Scene Along the Delaware and 'Hudson Canal, 1907 . 284
Figure 173 On the Tow Path, 1 . 285
Figure 174 On the Tow Path, 3 . . . . . 285
Figure 175 On the Tow Path, 2 . 285
Figure 176 On the Tow Path, 4 . 285
Figure 177 A Disturber of the Peace, 1905 . 286
Figure 178 Contrasts, 1914 . 286
Figure 179 The New Woman, [1892 ?] . 287
Figure 180 Early Autumn, 1906 . 287
Figure 181 The Gossips, 1908 . 287
Figure 182 The County Fair, 1891 . 288
Figure 183 [News Office], [1894 ?] . 288
Figure 184 Food for Scandal, 1907 . 288
Figure 185 Passing the Outposts, 1903 . 289
Figure 186 Burgoyne’s Army on the March to Saratoga, September
1777, [1902 ?] . 289
Figure 187 Good-bye, Sweetheart, 1900 . 289
Figure 188 Statue of General Gansevoort, 1906 . . . Designed by Henry 290
Figure 189 The Pedler, 1879 . 295
Figure 190 A One-Sided Bargain, 1902 . 295
Figure 191 The Village Huckster, 1913 . 295
Figure 192 Testing His Age, [1892 ?] . 296
Figure 193 The Huckster, 1914 . 296
Figure 194 The Flower Seller, 1906 . 296
Figure 195 Testing His Age, [1892 ?] . . . a detail for figure 192 . 297
Figure 196 Horse and Pedler’ s Wagon ... a detail for figure 193 . 297
Figure 197 The Husson-Buxton cottage at Cragsmoor . 297
Figure 198 Forgotten, 1894 ... a detail for figure 199 . 298
Figure 199 Out in the Storm, 1899 . 298
Figure 200 A Village Street, 1916 . 298
Figure 201 The Cragsmoor Post Office, 1941. Seen in Figure 202 . 299
Figure 202 An October Day, 1903 . 299
Figure 203 The Bill Collector, 1913 . 299
Figure 204 The Four Seasons — Spring, 1914 . 300
Figure 205 The Four Seasons — Autumn, 1914 . 300
Figure 206 The Four Seasons — Summer, 1914 . 301
Figure 207 The Four Seasons — Winter, 1914 . 301
Figure 208 A Private View, 1906 . 302
Figure 209 In East Tennessee, 1906 . 302
Figure 210 The Uplands at Bow, 1914 . 302
Figure 211 Main Street in Johnstown, N. Y., in 1862, 1916 . 303
Figure 212 Main Street, Johnstown, 1917 . 303
Figure 213 The Floating Bridge, 1917 . 303
Figure 214 The Old Clock on the Stairs, 1917 . 304
Figure 215 St Mark’s in the Bowery, 1917 . 304
Figure 216 Waiting for the Stage, 1918 . 305
ILLUSTRATIONS
10
Figure 217 Waiting for the Stage, 1872. . . . A note for figure 216. .. 305
Figure 218 Florida Landscape, 1919 305
Figure 219 Talking Politics, 1900 . 306
Figure 220 Return from the Wars . 306
Figure 221 Colonial Doorway . . . details for Nos. 110 and 116 . 307
Figure 222 Doorway. ... A detail for No. 109 . 307
Figure 223 Negro Girl. . . . Compare with figure 124 . 308
Figure 224 The Lafayette Coach. . . . Compare with figure 75 . 308
Figure 225 Woman with a Basket . 309
Figure 226 Negro Boy and Girl on Oxcart . 309
Figure 227 Frances Livingston Wells (Henry), 1875 . 310
Figure 228 Henry’s first press notice in 1859 . 347
Figure 229 Off to Europe, 1860 347
Figure 230 From a ticket for diligence fare from Florence to Genoa,
April 21, 1861 . 348
Figure 231 Traveling Coach, Italy, 1862 . 348
Figure 232 An Italian Vettura, 1863 . 348
Figure 233 In Bella Firenze, 1861 . 349
Figure 234 Colico, Lake of Como, 1861 . 349
Figure 235 Cannstadt in Wurtemherg, 1861 . 349
Figure 236 In Stuttgart, 1861 350
Figure 237 Berlin Omnibus, 1861 . 350
Figure 238 Prussian Canal Boat, 1861 . 351
Figure 239 In Amsterdam, 1862 . 351
Figure 240 Rotterdam, 1862 352
Figure 241 Icebergs off Banks of Newfoundland, 1862 . 352
Figure 242 The Clermont, 1904 353
Figure 243 Near the Brandywine . 353
Figure 244 Stonington . 353
Figure 245 On the Old Gully Road, 1889-91 . 354
Figure 246 Study for “ Alt Kirche” . 354
Figure 247 St John's Park and Chapel, New York, 1905 . 355
Figure 248 St Johns Chapel, [1905 ?] . 355
.Figure 249 In the Old Stagecoach Days, 1907 . 356
Figure 250 News of the War of 1812, 1913 . 356
Figure 251 [Getting Out the Vote], 1913 . 357
Figure 252 Election Day [1914] . 357
Figure 253 Forgotten, 1888 . 358
Figure 254 Off the Main Road . 358
Figure 255 Entering the Lock, 1899 . 359
Figure 256 The MacNett Tavern, 1904 . 359
Figure 257 “The MacNett Tavern, Germantown Road . . . 1868”.... 359
Figure 258 Tenth Street Studio Building, 1877 . 360
Figure 259 Marketing Saturday Morning . 360
Figure 260 Happy Go Lucky, circa 1890 . 361
Figure 261 What Luck, 1910 . 361
Figure 262 Mrs E. L. Henry, 1914 . 362
Introductory Note
In 1836 the State of New York inaugurated a policy of culti¬
vating a knowledge of the natural and human resources of the
State. This agency was named the Geological and Natural History
Survey, and later in 1853 under the Board of Regents, the State
began to form an Historical and Antiquarian Collection. These
organizations were fused in 1870 to form the New York State
Museum, and in 1892, 50 years ago, the duties were expanded
with specific instructions that: “All scientific specimens and col¬
lections, works of art , objects of historic interest and similar
property appropriate to a general museum, if owned by the
State and not placed in other custody by a specific law, shall con¬
stitute the State Museum" (italics mine) .
During the State Capitol fire in 1911, a large amount of the
ethnological and historical material collected by the State Cabinet
was destroyed. The State Museum was at the time of the fire in
the old Geological Hall on State street and thus escaped damage.
It was not moved to the Education Building until 1912.
There has since been an increasing emphasis given to the accum¬
ulation of materials illustrating the history and arts of the State,
including the culture of the New York Indians, and progressively
more and more attention has been given to the industries as well
as to the cultural development of the State. When the threatened
loss of the cultural objective materials of the Shakers became im¬
minent, the State Museum devoted considerable attention to sal¬
vaging as much as possible of their cultural and industrial history.
The results of this effort have been elaborated elsewhere (Adams
’40, 103d Annual Report. State Mus. Bui. 323, p. 77— 141;
and Andrews, State Mus. Hdbk. 15, 1933). In recent years there
has been a rather widespread awakening of interest in the esthetic
value of Shaker industries and their cultural significance.
In the spring of 1940, two devoted friends of the State Mus¬
eum, Wilfred Thomas and Frank M. Thomas, found an important
collection of art material which had been accumulated by the
artist Edward Lamson Henry (1841-1919) National Academi¬
cian, of New York City and Ellenville, which was in the posses¬
sion of his wife’s relatives, Mr and Mrs Lawrence Stetson, Mr
and Mrs E. C. Wells and Margaret L. Wells of Johnstown.
Through the cooperation of this group the Henry materials,
[11]
12
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
including sketchbooks, letters, sketches, photographs, paintings
and other materials were presented, at the suggestion of Wilfred
Thomas, to the State Museum for the History and Art Collection,
and to form the Stetson-Wells , E. L . Henry Collection , and as a
memorial to the artist. This series included a manuscript on the
life and work of the artist by his wife, Frances Livingston Wells
Henry, which was presented by Mrs Lawrence Stetson. The
Messrs Thomas and Thomas also made several valuable donations
to this Henry Collection, as have also a few other friends of the
memorial. The State Library contains a number of volumes from
the Henry library.
Here was considerable material for a study of Henry and a
sketch of his life that seemed worthy of study and publication.
He was a leading artist of the rural scene during the “Horse and
Buggy” period in New York State between 1880 and 1919. He
lived in New York City and spent his summers south of the Cats¬
kills, at Cragsmoor, near Ellenville.
To make an original study of these extensive materials, and to
make a careful evaluation of his work I could learn of no better
qualified person for the study than Elizabeth McCausland, art
critic and author of New York City, whose judgment and
appreciation of the work of American artists qualified her for
organizing the mass of material and for making an estimate of
these and the allied materials which she and others obtained from
friends and acquaintances of the Henrys.
I wish also to take this occasion in order to emphasize what I
have previously advocated for a number of years, that the State
Museum should be made, as has been provided by law for 50
years, the State's central agency for developing a representative
collection of the fine arts, which will clearly portray the contri¬
butions which New York State artists, both living and dead, have
made to the graphic arts, painting and sculpture. We have long
persisted in a period of excessive concentration of such cultural
materials in the metropolitan centers, and now we need to inaug¬
urate a certain amount of diffusion or decentralization so that a
larger public will have the benefit of these collections. Certainly
the State of New York should lead in this matter, and the state
capital, at Albany, is the logical place for the State to develop
such a collection, as a part of the state educational system. Too
often education is considered exclusively a juvenile subject instead
of being a lifelong activity. The thousands of tourists and school
children who visit each year the exhibition halls of the State
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY 13
Museum have no other opportunity to learn what has been
accomplished through the fine arts in this State.
To provide adequately for such a collection and exhibition
would be one more reason for a new building for the State
Museum, which 20 years ago outgrew its present quarters in the
Education Building (Cf. State Mus. Bui. 293, p. 81 — 110).
It has been suggested that this expansion of art materials be
delayed until the new building is provided, but there is much
practical experience which indicates that the valuable collections
must be secured first, and then the importance of their exhibition,
care and storage will be appreciated and be provided for. Further¬
more, such a building should be built along the newer lines with
adequate storage as well as exhibition space. Appropriate dona¬
tions are therefore welcomed which will portray the past and
contemporary history of the fine arts in this State.
Finally, the State Museum should have on its staff artists who
are capable of doing original work, just as it has botanists and
geologists conducting original (“creative” is the current art term)
studies of the plants and rocks of the State. There is just as
much reason for the cultural development of art as for science, but
we have been slow to recognize this and have not adapted our
social and economic system to this end.
This is also the proper place to emphasize the need of the
artists, their families, relatives and friends, realizing that the
artists' sketches, studies and models should not be allowed to
become scattered and lost because of the relative neglect of
emphasis on this phase of art, education and history. These
materials should be kept intact and preserved in such public
institutions as will protect and use them to advantage. As far as
I have been able to learn this has not been a general, definite policy
of many leading public museums. Something more than a passive
attitude is needed toward such material. There should be a con¬
structive policy. The Henry Collection and study is an impor¬
tant step toward the realization of this general policy and program
of the New York State Museum.
Charles C. Adams
Director, New York State Museum
January 11, 1943
■
.
.
'
.
'
.
.
V
.
■
Introduction and Acknowledgments
INTRODUCTION. The Henry study was undertaken because
a gift to the New York State Museum of extensive materials
on E. L. Henry’s life and work provided opportunity to develop
a function conferred on the State Museum by legislative act half a
century ago but not adequately put into practice. The State
Museum has long appreciated the need of integrating the arts
into its active program. Without question, the arts no less than
the sciences have built the State. Therefore, to preserve and to
make of public use the State’s complete culture, history and art
must be explored, as well as the natural history sciences.
The Henry gift made a particularly appropriate occasion for
assuming the new function. E. L. Henry was intimately asso¬
ciated with the life of New York State. For .almost 40 years he
lived and worked at Cragsmoor in the Shawangunk mountains,
south of the Catskills. He incorporated a wealth of local subject
matter in his paintings. The people of the ‘‘Mountain” (Crags¬
moor had no legal place name for many years) and much of the
terrain around Ellenville, Napanoch, Stone Ridge, Pine Bush
and Bruynswick could be recreated by reference to Henry’s work,
if no other clue to their existence survived. In an especial sense,
Henry was the historian of a sector of New York State. Not to
utilize the Henry Collection’s source materials would have been
a social waste.
In the Henry study, the problem was what to study. In a
very limited period of time and with limited facilities, how much
could be accomplished, and what was of prime importance? The
Henry Collection comprises a large amount of physical material,
ranging from photographs of Henry’s paintings to souvenirs of
his personality, such as flute, flask, prayer book, fans and the Liv¬
ingston family coat-of-arms. What use should be made of this
material? And how should the resultant findings be presented?
Questions like these had to be decided in an experimental spirit,
as the problem posed by the Henry study is exceptional.
Rarely does the ‘‘immortal residue” of a man, whether a genius
or an obscure individual, survive in such sheer, quantitative bulk.
In the New York State Museum’s Henry Collection there are a
score of large files (4x14x18) packed solid with photographs of
Henry's work and of related subjects. There are a half dozen
[15]
16
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
larger boxes and an equal number of letter files, full of more
photographs, clippings, documents, correspondence. There are
28 sketchbooks and two diaries; a manuscript biography left
uncompleted by Mrs Henry at her death; quantities of large
photographs and prints; relicts of Henry's library; an album
(16x14) containing about 150 photographs of paintings, of
which 66 are not found elsewhere; over 200 sketches in oil, pencil
or pen-and-ink, on canvas, wood, cardboard or paper; and a
number of works by Henry or by persons associated with him,
such as the portrait of him by Charles C. Curran N.A., and the
landscapes by Worthington Whittredge and Arthur Parton,
probably gifts to Henry. In organizing these study materials, I
have sorted out into tentative chronological sequence photographs
of more than 300 paintings. In addition, the 225 sketches are
for the most part preliminary drawings or details. Correspond¬
ence, dating from 1860 to 1931, provides collateral data.
Here is a concentration of materials unusual even in the case
of artists whose reputations had not waned before death. With
multitudinous documents at hand, it was desirable to examine
them to learn what we could of Henry's life and work. In six
months, the Henry Collection's materials have been studied fairly
intensively. At the same time a search has been made of museum
collections and of some exhibition catalogs and literature of
Henry's period. In addition, numerous contacts have been fol¬
lowed up for further data. Finally, three weeks were spent in
the field at Cragsmoor, Ellenville and surrounding countryside to
record as much information as possible from surviving friends and
acquaintances of the artist.
My field trip was made at the suggestion of Dr Charles C.
Adams, who emphasized the importance of recording informal
recollections of those who knew Henry and of seeking other local
influences and facts. Henry has been dead 23 years. If he were
alive, he would be over a hundred years old. Even so, there are
living in Cragsmoor and Ellenville many people who knew him
well and whose memories are valuable. My Field Journal in
three manuscript volumes (McCausland '41) is a further source
of information about Henry. The comparison photographs I
made on this field trip, some of which are reproduced in the
report, have the value of providing a measuring stick by which
we can gage how exactly documentary was Henry's work. In
fact, the field trip was an indispensable tool for the study,
because it gave me firsthand knowledge of the region where Henry
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HeNRY
17
worked and so has enabled me to make better informed judgments
about bis paintings. Exploration of the terrain where an artist
worked is plainly essential for a thorough understanding of both
his subject matter and his spirit; and the technic of field work,
imported from the sciences, should be applied to the arts more.
The Henry study presented, as said before, somewhat unusual
problems. The State Museum possesses abundant source mate¬
rials: data are at hand. But connections had to be established.
Even if not one fact had been learned outside the Henry Col¬
lection, we should still have been able to construct a remarkably
detailed and faithful report of this artist's life and work. An
evidence of the wealth of material available is the fact that the
great majority of illustrations in this report are from our own
files. The visual image of Henry's art is well preserved.
The short time allotted the Henry study, compelling a choice
between objectives, resulted in one phase of research necessarily
being elided, namely, the investigations needed to establish the
present location of paintings. The catalog lists 345 items whose
present location is known. Of these 118 are oils, water colors
and important drawings in the possession of museums, private
collectors and dealers. The remainder, 227 in all, are in the Henry
Collection of the New York State Museum and comprise chiefly
sketches and drawings, although the State Museum owns four
canvases by Henry. It is hoped that the exhaustive listing and
illustration of unlocated or “lost" works will bring forward
information to fill in the lacunae indicated in this preliminary
cataloging of Henry's work.
Data were included in the Henry catalog on the principle of
exhausting all known facts, which makes not for compactness but
for completeness. Under the circumstances, it seemed wise to
provide the report's readers with clues which may help unravel
remaining snarls. A simple chronological order was chosen since
time did not permit elaborate classification and cross references.
If a definitive study of Henry should be desired, revision can be
made at that time.
Important though the preservation of source materials and the
recording of the State's culture are, the Henry study has a value
beyond its immediate usefulness. It is intended to encourage the
general public to deposit in public institutions those materials
which constitute the living archives of our country’s achievement.
The letters, photographs, diaries, newspaper clippings and other
documents of the Henry Collection are a potential source of great
18
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
information about Henry, and also about many other matters.
About the life of every person of public interest, no matter how
minor a figure, there accumulates this increment or matrix, which
becomes of value from the historical or documentary point of
view. This is an intangible value, rarely capable of being con¬
verted into cash. For this reason, these documents are too often
destroyed, and their potential of knowledge lost. Obviously, the
care and preservation of such material is a public duty; private
individuals can not be expected to assume the responsibilities of
custodians of culture. More and more, public institutions need
to develop this function throughout the country. For our Ameri¬
can past has been a rich one, richer than we have imagined, and to
reclaim our heritage is an important task.
Acknowledgments. The Henry study has been most happily
and gratifyingly cooperative in character. In stressing this fact, I
can not thank too warmly the Director of the New York State
Museum, Dr Charles C. Adams. He originated the Henry project
and brought to its direction the sound common sense of the
scientific method, as well as a robust pioneering courage in under¬
taking a new enterprise. His creative social vision in understand¬
ing the need for broad cultural functions and in putting his
understanding into effect has been a great stimulus and encourage¬
ment in making the study. My work with Doctor Adams has
been an education in how state institutions and officials can develop
public ends with imagination and intelligence.
I found widespread interest in and support for the study in
many quarters, public and private. During my field trip at
Cragsmoor and Ellenville, I met many of Henry’s old friends,
who assisted not only with information but also with gifts of
Henry material such as sketches, photographs, prints and related
items. As news of the study spread, more gifts came in from
various sources. Frequently they provided needed missing links.
For individual gifts subsequent to the large gift from Mrs
Henry’s heirs, thanks are due: Julie M. Husson, Mary D. Buxton,
Jessica Bruce, Annette Mason Ham, Mrs Anna M. Rhoades, Mrs
Thomas Wade, Mrs Charles A. Brown, Charles C. Curran, Mr
and Mrs Frederick G. Kraft, and Mr and Mrs Charles Peters, all
of Cragsmoor; S. D. Mance, Ellenville; Marie Antoinette DuBois,
Kingston; Mrs Grace Livingston Hill Lutz, Swarthmore, Pa.;
Bernard H. Cone, New York; Wilfred Thomas and Frank M.
Thomas, Albany; Mr and Mrs Lawrence Stetson and Margaret
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
19
Livingston Wells, Johnstown; Harry Gottlieb, Charles W. Folks,
Mrs C. T. Hall and Sidney E. Dickinson, all of New York City.
The donation by Mrs Estelle Wright Bouton of Cragsmoor of
almost 50 negatives made by Legrand W. Botsford, “the hermit
of Cragsmoor," was invaluable in providing photographs of other¬
wise unknown Henry paintings and in giving a well-rounded
picture of the countryside where Henry spent half his time for
37 years. Supplementary visual material was the loan from Mrs
Anna M. Rhoades, Cragsmoor’s summer librarian, of negatives
of contemporary (1938-41) Cragsmoor landscape and per¬
sonalities.
Many private individuals, museums and dealers assisted by
supplying photographs for reproduction in this report. Thanks
are due them as follows: Martin E. Albert, Mrs Francis P. Garvan
jr, and Ernest duPont Meyrowitz, New York; Mrs Harcourt
Wesson Bull, Springfield, Mass.; Dr and Mrs H. M. Sassaman,
Easton, Pa.; the Metropolitan Museum of Art, the National
Academy of Design and the New York Historical Society, New
York; the Yale University Gallery of Fine Arts, New Haven; the
Village of Ellenville; the First Church of Christ, Scientist, Boston;
the estate of the late Frances P. Garvan, New York, and the Bab¬
cock Galleries, the Bland Gallery, Albert Duveen, James Graham
and Sons, John Levy Galleries, M. Knoedler and Company, the
Macbeth Galleries, I. Snyderman, and Guy Mayer Galleries, New
York City.
Individuals and institutions were unfailingly cooperative in
supplying data. Grateful acknowledgment is hereby made of the
assistance of: Lloyd Goodrich, research curator, Whitney Museum
of American Art, and director, American Art Research Council,
who read the manuscript and made invaluable criticisms in a most
friendly spirit; John I. H. Baur, curator of paintings and sculpture,
Brooklyn Museum, who made valuable suggestions on procedure at
the outset of the study, kindly lent the writer the then unpublished
autobiography (Whittredge ’42) of Worthington Whittredge,
a contemporary and friend of Henry, and who further read
the manuscript and made proposals, particularly on esthetic
points, which were incorporated in the report; Herman Warner
Williams jr, Metropolitan Museum of Art, now on leave for
service with the armed forces; Bartlett Cowdrey, registrar, Brooklyn
Museum; G. E. Kaltenbach, museum registrar and keeper of
archives, Art Institute of Chicago; Mrs Cordelia Sargent Pond,
director, George Walter Vincent Smith Art Gallery, Springfield,
20
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Mass.; Leicester B. Holland, chief, division of fine arts, Library
of Congress; John D. Hatch jr, director, Albany Institute of
History and Art; C. Powell Minnigerode, director, Corcoran
Gallery of Art, Washington, D. C.; Earl Rowland, director. Hag-
gin Memorial Art Galleries, Stockton, Calif.; R. P. Tolman, act¬
ing director, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. ; the late
Charles C. Curran, corresponding secretary, National Academy of
Design, New York City; Aline Kistler, then assistant director of
exhibitions in charge of public relations, National Academy of
Design, New York City, and Frick Art Reference Library, New
York City.
The receipt of information is gratefully acknowledged from
many private individuals, including: Harcourt Wesson Bull jr,
and Mrs William B. Kirkham, Springfield, Mass.; Mrs Warren
van Kleeck, Brooklyn; Dr Ewen van Kleeck, Hartford, Conn.;
Kathrin Cawein, Pleasantville; Winifield Scott Clime, Old Lyme,
Conn.; George J. Corbett and Katherine Greves, for the estate of
the late Francis P. Garvan; Victor D. Spark; F. Newlin Price;
Joseph Gotlieb of the Milch Galleries; Frank Lord, chairman of
the Union League Club’s art committee, and Theodore Bolton,
librarian, Century Association. Publications which assisted by
printing notices are the Art Digest, the Springfield (Mass.) Sunday
Union and Republican, the Ellenville Press and the Kingston
Freeman.
Finally, warmest thanks are due those who aided me at dae
outset by cooperating enthusiastically in the investigations of my
field trip. A personal word of thanks is especially due Mrs
Florence T. Taylor, librarian, Ellenville Public Library, who
took a keen interest in the purposes of the study and who supplied
invaluable leads to other informants. Of equal good will and
cooperativeness was Mrs Anna M. Rhoades, librarian, Cragsmoor
Free Library, already mentioned for a gift and the loan of nega¬
tives. The list of those who assisted with information is proof
of the social nature of all such studies.
Thanks are due, besides those already given, to: Mary D. Bux¬
ton, Mrs Estelle Wright Bouton, Mrs Addison Brown, Mrs
Charles A. Brown, Jessica Bruce, Mrs R. J. Compton, Charles C.
Curran, Mrs R. L. Foster, Annette Mason Ham, Julie M. Husson,
John Kindberg, Grace J. Kudlich, Mrs Walter P. Long, Mr and
Mrs Charles H. Peters, Mrs C. Stevens Polk, Mrs R. H. Rulison,
Winifred Sturdevant, Sidney Terwilliger, Helen M. Turner, Mrs
Thomas Wade, of Cragsmoor; R. T. Cookingham, Casper S.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
21
Cosenza, Raymond G. Cox, Bertha Demarest, C. G. A. Fischer,
Mrs Richard Hayden, Mr and Mrs Arthur V. Hoornbeek, Mrs
Henry Horton, Mrs Lilah Deyo Johnson, Stephen D. Mance,
Alice I. Moffit, Mrs Bert Terwilliger, Mrs Nelson Terwilliger, of
Ellenville; Bert Goldsmith, Mount Meenagha; Mrs J. G. M.
Hilton, Saugerties; Mrs Lawrence Stetson, Margaret Livingston
Wells and Mrs Charles B. Knox, of Johnstown; Mary Hartshorn
Woodruff, Nyack, and M. J. DuBois, Kingston.
In thanking those who have cooperated in the Henry study, I
wish to mention especially an unseen collaborator, the State
Museum's staff photographer, N. E. Baldwin, who copied hun¬
dreds of objects for use in this report. The illustrations are for
the most part from his photographs. His cooperation is the more
appreciated as the fact that I worked in New York and he in
Albany complicated the work.
Finally, I wish to stress once more the essentially cooperative
and social character of the Henry study and to thank again all
those who made possible the publication of this report.
December 18, 1942
E. McC.
.
’
'
'
-
-
: '• • ; :
,
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
23
Chronology
1841 Edward Lamson Henry born January 12th, at Charles¬
ton, S. C.
1858 Art student in Philadelphia
1859 Exhibited first painting at the National Academy of Design
1860 To Europe to study art
1862 Returned to United States and set up as professional artist
1864 Saw service as a captain's clerk in the Union Army
Painted his first railroad picture this year, Station on
“Morris & Essex ” Railroad
1865 Painted his first Civil War subject, Westover
Began City Point , Virginia , finished in 1872
1866 Elected member of Century Association
Visited Newport and painted there
1867 Elected associate, National Academy of Design
Visited Ellenville and stayed at Mrs Terwilliger’s
Painted The 9.45 A.M. Accommodation , Stratford , Con¬
necticut
1869 Elected National Academician
Painted Presentation of Colors
1871 Abroad again
1872 Finished City Point , his Civil War masterpiece
1873 Met Frances Livingston Wells at an artists' reception
1874 Became engaged to Miss Wells
1875 Married and went abroad for honeymoon
1879 The Henrys spent a few days at the Bleakley farm on the
“Mountain"
1881 Began to paint genre subjects of Cragsmoor country life
1883 Bought land for home at Cragsmoor
1884 Built home from his own plans
1887 Sale by Ortgies & Co., auctioneers, of Henry’s antiques
1888 Travels in the south
1890 Painted A Country School and A Virginia Wedding
During the decade 1890—1900 painted many transporta¬
tion subjects, especially scenes along the Delaware and
Hudson Canal
1892-3 Painted The First Railway Train on the Mohawk and
Hudson Road, shown in the Transportation Building,
Chicago World's Fair
24
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1898 Painted Sunday Morning (The Old Dutch Church at
Bruynswick )
1905 Painted his first automobile subject, A Disturber of the
Peace
1914 Painted a commission for the First Church of Christ,
Scientist; also The Four Seasons and Contrasts, a
second automobile theme
Painted The Floating Bridge and St Mark's in the Bowery
Died at Ellenville, May 11th .
1917
1919
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
25
Biographical Sketch
THIS SKETCH is based almost wholly on source materials in the
Henry Collection. Its purpose is to present all available facts
about Henry's life; for biographical entries in various reference
works are brief and not too accurate. The sketch is therefore
thoroughly documented, the source of a statement being indicated
in parentheses by the following abbreviations:
BIOG. Biographical
CL. Clippings
CORR. Correspondence
DOC. Documents
PH. Photographs
The date follows the designation. References to the Henry
catalog and to illustrations in the report are abbreviated to CAT.
and FIG.
Education and Early Life
Childhood . E. L. Henry was born in Charleston, S. C., on
January 12, 1841, the son of Frederick and Elizabeth (Fairbanks)
Henry. . At seven he was taken to New York (Anonymous, 1928—
36, 8547—48). Although his life is copiously documented, there
is little material on his childhood. In the Henry Collection there
are two photographs of his birthplace, one of which (FIG. 4) is
inscribed Old House in Society Street , Charleston , where I lived
when I was a little One . Another inscription records the fact that
it was built in 1820. In Sketchbook 9 (CAT. 1193) there is a
drawing of the house, apparently made in the eighties.
There is no information about his moving north. He was an
orphan, living with his cousins/ the Stows (McCausland '41, p.
207) . Mrs Henry in her Memorial Sketch (p. 313) describes Henry
as a talented child, put to drawing to keep him quiet in church.
She adds that he had to overcome opposition from his family
before he was permitted to study art. A small oil painting in the
Henry Collection (No. 1628)- — 6l/2 by 9% inches, oil on paper,
by Walter M. Oddie — adds further data. It is inscribed in Henry’s
writing as follows:
A Sketch by W. M. Oddie, 1854. Presented to me in 1855 while at school
and my first visit to a studio and Mr Oddie kindly presented me this sketch.
I studied a short time with him in painting, 1855. W. M. Oddie’ s studio
was on Broadway below Canal Street, East side.
26
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
The first direct datum on Henry is the photograph in the Henry
Collection of him (FIG. 2) as a youth of 17, studying art in
Philadelphia in 1858. He studied there at the Pennsylvania
Academy of Fine Arts and also with F. Weber.
Education. From 1858 on, there is a quantity of data about
his development as an artist. He studied formally in Philadelphia,
as later he would with Suisse, Gleyre and Courbet in Paris. At
the same time he sketched industriously from nature, as he did
throughout his life. The sketches in the Henry Collection — Great
Bend , Susquehanna , 1858 (CAT. 1; FIG. 85), West Point from
Prof. Weirs , 1858 (CAT. 2), Bethlehem , Pa., 1859 (CAT. 3),
On the Lehigh, Penn., 1859 (CAT. 4), and Mauch Chunk, Pa.,
(CAT. 5; FIG. 86) — show how he scoured the countryside for
subjects. There are numerous related scenes in his sketchbooks
(CAT. 1185—1212). The barnyard series (CAT. 6—9, 11—15; FIGS.
88—93) testifies that Henry thoroughly explored a subject when
it interested him.
A barnyard scene, in fact, brought his first public recognition,
in a press notice printed in the New York Daily News, Wednesday
morning, June 8, 1859 (FIG. 228). At 18, Henry was exhibiting
in the National Academy of Design exhibition, in which he con¬
tinued to show his work for 60 years. The notice reads:
ACADEMY OF FINE ARTS— NO. VII
Northeast Gallery
No. 187 , Barn-Yard Scene — Ed. L. Henry, Philadelphia. A very natural,
conscientious and well painted picture, beautiful in composition, by a young
and most talented artist. We do not feel like seeking for its fault, being
satisfied that Mr Henry only requires experience, combined with that judg¬
ment which we think he possesses, to enable him to repair and improve
effectually any deficiencies which may be in this picture. We are much
mistaken if there is not a foreshadowing of great excellence in this “Barn-
Yard Scene/’
Critical encouragement may have served to persuade young
Henry’s family of the seriousness of his purpose and to induce
them to send him abroad. At any rate, Off to Europe, 1860
(CAT. 17; FIG. 229) documents the start of the young art stu¬
dent’s European studies and travels, which are well recorded in a
number of drawings (CAT. 18-32; FIGS. 233-41). Mrs Henry’s
Memorial Sketch, quoting from diaries which have been lost, gives
his itinerary. He left New York September 22, 1860, for London,
remaining there till October 29th, then went to Paris, ‘‘where he
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
27
began his studies." (p.315). His passport is pasted on manuscript
p. 11 of Mrs Henry’s life.
Interests which influenced Henry’s work in later life had
appeared before he went abroad. His enthusiasm for all forms
of transportation, from horse, oxcart and bicycle to steamboat,
railroad train and early automobile, is shown in drawings like
U. S. Sloop of War Lancaster , May 23, 1859; several side wheelers,
including King Philip, New York, 1859; Launch, Navy Yard,
Brooklyn, 1860; a horse car, Astor House . 3rd Ave. Line, and
Le Chemin de fer du New York , all in Sketchbook 1 (CAT. 1185) .
His interest in architecture, testified to by scores of photographs
of historic buildings and their interiors in the Henry Collection
as well as by the architectural subjects he painted, had an early
expression in the drawing, Old Church, near Limerick, Pa ., dated
April 10, 1859, in Sketchbook 1.
Travels . In Europe, Henry’s energies were devoted to conven¬
tional art education. He studied with Suisse, Gleyre and Courbet,
went to the gymnasium, took French lessons, sketched in the
Louvre, and developed the graphic talent already revealed in his
early drawings (CAT. 1, 5-8; FIGS. 85-86, 88—90) and sketch¬
books. The grand tour was still part of a privileged young man’s
education, so Henry may be found making the circuit early in
1861, as told by Mrs Henry (p. 315). In Rome he made friends.
In Sketchbook 1 (CAT. 1185) there is a pencil drawing of the
sculptor, Edward Valentine. From Rome, he went to Florence,
as may be seen in In Bella Firenze, 1861 (CAT. 20; FIG. 233),
and saw the spring races, later the subject of The Races at Florence,
1864 (CAT. 53) ; then through the Italian lakes (FIG. 234) and
into Germany (FIGS. 235-38).
We could reconstruct Henry’s travels in 1861 from drawings
annotated with place and date even if we did not have Mrs Henry’s
report from her husband’s missing diaries. Una Via in Napoli ;
The Campagna from Frascati; In Bella Firenze; Au Fond du Lac,
Colico, Lac du Como; Luino, Lake Maggiore; Cannstadt in
Wurtemberg; In Stuttgart; A Berlin Omnibus; A Prussian Canal
Boat (CAT. 18—28; FIGS. 233—38) chronicle Henry at work. He
rounded out his European studies in 1862, as recorded by the
drawings In Amsterdam and 'Rotterdam (CAT. 30, 31; FIGS. 239,
240). Sketchbook 3 (CAT. 1187) fills in gaps — Paris to London,
to Chester, to Dublin, to Cork, to Queenstown and back to the
United States, attested by Icebergs Off Banks of Newfoundland
(CAT. 32; FIG. 241).
28
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Henry’s method of work is documented early in his working
life. A drawing from his ticket for diligence fare from Florence
to Genoa (FIG. 230), pasted on the back of manuscript p. 1 1 of
Mrs Henry’s sketch, is the first step toward the painting An Italian
Vettura, 1863 (CAT. 34; FIG. 232). Intermediate is a drawing
Traveling Coach , Italy, 1862, in Sketchbook 2 (CAT. 1186),
reproduced in this report (FIG. 231) to indicate how Henry
developed a picture.
Highlights of Henry’s social life in Paris were invitations to
parties at the United States’ minister’s. He was beginning to blos¬
som out as the young dandy whom we see in several photographs
(FIGS. 3, 5, 6, 12, 33, 35). He was not idle, however. Italian
Scene, 1861 (CAT. 29) was entered in the National Academy of
Design catalog of that year with the note Now in Rome, Italy .
Back Home . Home again, Henry carried on two parallel lines
of work, painting from European material and at first hand from
contemporary American life. The small oil, The Arno, Florence,
1863 (CAT. 33), his “diploma picture” on election to the
Academy, is related to the drawing of 1861, In Bella Firenze (CAT.
20; FIG. 233). An Italian Vettura has already been referred to.
In 1863 and 1864, Henry painted a number of canvases, none of
which has been located, based on notes from European travel,
including Via Pallomette, Via San Lucia, St Maria del Sasso,
Canal in Venice, The Italian Man-of-War, Near Palestrina, Street
Scene in Naples, Souvenir de Lac Maggiore and The Races at
Florence (CAT. 35—37, 39—43, 53).
At the same time, he worked on subject matter of American life,
Americana of a character which anticipated his genre painting of
the 80’s and 90’s but which had its own distinct quality. Draw¬
ings in Sketchbook 3 (CAT. 1187) of a cow on a treadmill and
of a dog on a “dog churn” (FIG. 59), the latter inscribed Sparta
N. J., 1862, indicate Henry’s interest in the world around him.
The “dog churn” detail was incorporated in a later painting
Capital and Labor, 1881 (CAT. 150; FIG. 56). A drawing in
the same sketchbook shows Henry at work near Philadelphia in
1863. By 1864, he had painted his first railroad picture Station
on “ Morris and Essex ” Railroad (CAT. 44; FIG. 108), which
has not been located. Another “lost” picture which arouses
curiosity is Russian Fleet at Anchor in the North River, 1863
(CAT. 38) . To judge from extant data it was painted on a topical
theme and so represents about the only known instance of Henry
showing concern with current foreign affairs in his work.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
29
Civil War. In the fall of 1864, Henry saw service in the Union
Army as a captain’s clerk (p. 319). Small, homemade Sketchbook
4 (CAT. 1188), called War Sketches Oct . & Nov. 1864, is filled
with quick sketches of Negro soldiers; a battleship’s foredeck; The
Sinking of the Florida , Newport News ; Guard Ship Old Con¬
federate ‘ Iron Clad’ Captured at Savannah, Ga.; Gen. Ingals
Hd’Qtrs City Point, Nov . 1864, Appomatox River; Washington
from the Potomac; Westover; U S Army Wagon; City Point;
Fairfax Church; James River 1864, Harrisons Landing . In its
24 4x6~inch pages, Henry set down his first rapid notes from what
he always called “nature.”
Five drawings in the Henry Collection (CAT. 45-48, 51;
FIGS. 105, 96-98, 102) and the wash drawing City Point, Va.,
November, 1864 (CAT. 49; FIG. 106) represent the second stage
of subjects later worked up into finished paintings. City Point,
Virginia, Headquarters of General Grant, 1865— 72 (CAT. 96;
FIG. 107) , perhaps Henry’s masterpiece, evolved from two of these
sketches (FIGS. 105-106). Other sketches were developed into
On The James River, Va., 1864 (CAT. 52), Westover, 1865
(CAT. 57; FIG. 103), Gen . Fitzjohn Porter’s Headquarters, James
River, 1868 (CAT. 74) , After the Battle, 1868 (CAT. 75) , and
The Old Westover Mansion, 1869 (CAT. 84) . Civil War themes
for which documents have not been found are A New York Regi¬
ment Leaving for the Front, 1 864— 67 (CAT. 66; FIG. 101) and
Departure for the Seat of War, 1869 (CAT. 85) , and The Warn¬
ing, 1867 (CAT. 67, 67 -a; FIG. 104) . An important painting on
a Civil War theme, not a front line subject, is Presentation of
Colors to the First Colored Regiment, 1869 (CAT. 82; FIG. 100) .
The original sketch and commission for this painting are in the
Henry Collection — a scrap of paper three and three-eighths by
four and three-fourths inches (CAT. 82-a; FIG. 99) . The picture
was to be painted for $500, according to a note on the back of
the sketch.
The Civil War did not effect a radical break in Henry’s life, as
it did in the lives of many American intellectuals. In 1864 and
1865, he painted more Italian subjects, for which presumably
there was a good market. Among these were The Races at Florence
(CAT. 53) and St Erasme, Gaeta, Italy (CAT. 56) . At the same
time, he continued to document American life with paintings such
as The John Hancock House (CAT. 54; FIG. 43) and the lost
Residence at Poughkeepsie (CAT. 55) , which to judge from the
30
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
photograph on page 39 of the Henry Album was a fine piece of
Americana.
Success . Henry settled into a pleasant and prosperous way of
life. He did not seem to suffer from frustration. Photographs in
the years immediately following the Civil War show him as a
young man apparently in affluent circumstances, popular, per¬
sonable, invited to fashionable Newport homes, feted, successful in
the exhibition and sale of his work. The photograph made in
Philadelphia in 1865 (FIG. 6) shows the personality evident in
later portraits (FIGS. 20, 24 and CAT. 1220; FIG. 32). His small¬
ness of stature, frequently mentioned by those who knew him,
doubtless accentuated a kind of cockiness visible in the photographs.
The photograph (FIG. 33) by Sarony (Taft '39, p. 342 seq.)
in particular expresses this quality. Perhaps it was but natural in
a young man, highly successful at the outset of his career. Already
Henry included among his patrons James Thomson, B. H.
Moore, J. P. G. Foster, Robert Sanford, William E. Dodge, John
Taylor Johnson, C. J. Peterson, T. A. Vyse, A. D. Jessup, Henry
Dallett, Robert Gordon of London, Dr. J. D. Haren White, J. W.
Pinchot, Robert Hoe, the Union League Club, S. P. Avery, Charles
E. Gregory, a Miss Ward, the daughter of A. H. Ward (CAT. 89),
James W. Drexel, G. F. Tyler, Albert Bierstadt, John Bullard.
A decade later William Astor and E. T. Stotesbury are listed
among his purchasers.
There was a ready sale for Henry’s paintings, to judge from
the fact that many were sold even before they were shown in the
annual Academy exhibitions. In later life, Henry had the reputa¬
tion of always selling on varnishing day. The character of his
patronage may be gathered from photographs of the Jessup House
at Newport (FIG. 35) and of Mrs Jessup’s driving rig (FIG. 36).
Porch Scene , Newport , R . 1866 (CAT. 61; FIG. 37) and Four -
in-Hand, Central Park, New York, 1867 (CAT. 64; FIG. 38), both
apparently commissions from T. A. Vyse, suggest the scale of
income and manner of life of Henry’s patrons. That he was on
friendly terms with them may be learned from the photograph of
the party on the Jessup front porch (FIG. 35) and from the note
inscribed by Henry on a photograph of the painting From a
Window, Newport, 1866 (CAT. 62; FIG. 34), which reads
From a Sketch After Nature, July 1866, Jessups, Newport, R . 7.
Financial success was reinforced by the prestige of election to the
National Academy of Design as an associate in 1867, this at the
age of 26. The portrait by J. G. Brown (FIG. 1), presented
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
31
by Henry to the Academy as is customary on election, and the
pencil drawing by Brown (FIG/ 3), show the young A.N.A. as
something of a dandy, an impression given also by the stereopticon
view of him at Lake George in 1874 (FIG. 12) .
Patronage. Life was not all sales and success, however, even for
a young, talented, dashing painter. A letter from Mrs Blomfield
H. Moore of Philadelphia suggests that in the eyes of some wealthy
patrons the artist was not rated highly. The letter writer is
recorded in the Henry Collection by a faded photograph, touched
up in pencil. The letter (CORR. ’68), well worth considering as
a sample of the code of manners between patron and artist, follows:
My dear Mr Henry:
Who is responsible for the blunder concerning Mr Hubbard's picture?
I am extremely mortified by it. You will remember that I ordered through
you duplicates of the two pictures painted by Mr Brown and Mr Hubbard
for Miss Cushman’s Album. The size that they could paint for $100.
Mr Brown’s arrived , and was entirely satisfactory, bill included. But here,
upon my return to the city, I find Mr Hubbard’s with bill of $150!
Judging from the price of similar paintings, I expected one at least twice
the size for $100. Of course, had he not exceeded my order, I should have
been obliged to retain this one, small as it is; but as he has charged me $50
more, Mr Moore says that I must return it to him, which I shall do by
today’s express.
I shall order no more pictures, but wait until I can purchase them already
painted, as there seems to be so much uncertainty about the way in which
they are filled etc. You remember that Mr Beard would not take an order
from me, excepting with the understanding that he could do as he chose
about filling it.
After all, it is much the better way to wait until you see a picture that
takes your fancy (as we did with yours) and then purchase it, when
there is sure to be no misunderstanding . I expect to be in New York soon,
and then I shall visit the studios.
Studio Life. Henry worked during this period in the Tenth
Street Studio Building, 51 W. Tenth street, which housed almost
every successful artist of the time. Apparently he lived with his
cousins, the Stows, at No. 218 E. Tenth street (FIG. 19). A
stereopticon view, taken in 1866 in Worthington Whittredge's
studio (FIG. 7), records the solid middle class character of the
artistic life, certainly by no stretch of the imagination Bohemian.
The group shown in the photograph were: Thomas Le Clare,
J. F. Weir, Whittredge (Whittredge '42) , John W. Casilear, S. R.
Gifford, J. G. Brown (CAT. 1218; FIG. 1, FIG. 3), Jervis Mc-
Entee, William Hart, William Beard, Regis Gignoux, R. W.
Hubbard, S. J. Guy, and Henry himself.
32
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Henry had a studio at this address till 1885, when he moved
to even more luxurious quarters at No. 3 Washington Square
North (FIG. 20). The view along Tenth street is the subject of
his Tenth Street Studio Building , 1877 (CAT. 132; FIG. 258),
which Henry gave to the National Academy in 1911, with a note
of the circumstances connected with the painting. It was at an
artists’ reception here that he met Frances Livingston Wells (FIGS.
8—11), an event which Mrs Henry describes in her Memorial
Sketch (p. 320).
Before Henry settled down to the placid tempo of his married
life, however, he made another trip abroad, carrying with him
letters of introduction (CORR. ’71) from Benjamin Franklin Rein¬
hart to Col. D. D. Muter, editor, Anglo-American Times, and
H. Graves, “art publisher, Pall Mall.” Sketchbook 8 (CAT. 1192)
records his travels in Ireland, Belgium and Germany. The only
paintings we know of from this trip are The Passion Play, Ober-
ammevgau, 1872 (CAT. 99) and Alt Kirche, Oberammergau,
1872 (CAT. 100; FIG. 115).
Marriage and Maturity
Courtship . Henry’s courtship and marriage are relatively
undocumented. The Henrys’ love letters were destroyed. What
remains in the Henry Collection gives a rather dry, sparse picture
of his romance. Nevertheless, marriage was unquestionably a
turning point in Henry’s life. In the first place, as a result he
put down roots at Cragsmoor, which thereafter became his artistic
base of operations. His genre paintings of New York state rural
life and characters are the products of this new way of life.
Furthermore, it is not inconceivable that marriage fostered his
drive toward success. Interesting aspects of his earlier painting
are lost in the work of his middle years, when he expresses satis¬
factorily the standards of middle class patrons. Yet judged by all
records and accounts, ' Henry’s marriage was eminently happy.
Mrs Henry’s Memorial Sketch, undertaken after Henry’s death,
was surely no light labor of love. She herself (FIG. 31) was not
young, 74, and unfitted by experience for the hard task of writing.
Her manuscript (pp. 311—46) is a tribute to their relation.
The Memorial Sketch relates that Mrs Henry, nee Frances Liv¬
ingston Wells of Johnstown, met Henry at an artists' reception at
the Tenth Street Studio Building (p. 320) . Possibly their meeting
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
33
may have taken place at the event documented by a note (CORR.
January 29, 1873) pasted in the Henry Scrapbook, which reads:
Mr McEntee will be happy to see you, with the other artists of the Studio
Building, at his room, tomorrow (Thursday) from 11 to 12 a.m. to show
you for your free and frank criticism his last picture (not entirely com¬
pleted) “Sea from Shore.”
At any rate, it was one of these functions, of which another
document in the Henry Collection (DOC. '67) is a printed invita¬
tion to the Private View of William Page's Paintings.
On May 15th of this year, Henry wrote Miss Wells (CORR.
May 15, 1873) as follows:
Would you like to go on Tuesday afternoon to the private view etc. —
which I enclose. If so, I wilt call or will be pleased to escort you there .
The card of admission I retain as it is too large to place in the envelope. I
have rec’d them before, but never availed myself of them. Also made a
member but resigned, and I should like to go to this last one. And if you
care to go, I will be delighted to have your company, as the card says
' yourself Ladies .’ I may ask Emma & Dot, so don’t ask or say any¬
thing about it to Miss McCreedy till I know whether they can go.
I may go out of town tomorrow and return Saturday p.m. If so I will
call and see you Sunday.
On the other page is your Enoch Arden, a rough sketch in pen & ink
which you suggested.
Yours sincerely
ELH
The sketch on the third page of Henry’s letter shows Enoch
Arden looking through a window into a brightly lighted room.
It is signed, lower left, F M Wells , del. 1873 .
This brings up an interesting though minor point. Through¬
out their married life, the Henrys used the twin sets of initials
ELH and F L H. An unidentified newspaper clipping of their
wedding names the bride Frances Livingston Wells. Yet there are
a number of initialed signatures with the middle initial M, probably
for the family name Murray, that of her aunt. In Sketchbook 9
(CAT. 1193) there is a sketch inscribed Sunday Afternoon Aug
3d. 1873. F M W del. In Sketchbook 1 1 (CAT. 1 195) — inscribed
on the cover Fait pour cher petite Frank Pour mon cher Edward.
Aug. 10/74— there is a drawing of Henry sitting on a campstool
before an easel, painting a thumbbox panel, which is inscribed
E. L. Henry. Sketch by F M W. Did Mrs Henry drop one family
name as a middle name and adopt another so that her initials might
be similar to her husband's?
34
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
There are a few souvenirs in the Henry Collection of this
important time in Henry’s life. One is the photograph (PH. ’73),
inscribed nee Frank Wells . Taken 1873—4 in dress of 1803—4
(FIG. 10). Another is a small drawing (too stained and faded to
reproduce) inscribed Where I was engaged to Frank Aug. 1873,
at Crapsew, Catskills . E L H. The engaged couple may be found
the next summer sketching together. In Sketchbook 1 1 (CAT.
1195) there is a drawing of Henry which shows him rowing, with
Miss Wells in the stern of the rowboat and a small black dog in
the bow; it is inscribed Near Fort Miller, N. Y., Sept. 4, *74,
Friday, 5 p.m. A sketch in Sketchbook 10 (CAT. 1194) is
inscribed Frank 8 Peter 8 little Thompson child in hammock
at Thompson s, upper Hudson, Aug. 1874. Peter is the little
black dog. In the same sketchbook, there is a drawing initialed
F L H. It is inscribed Edward L. Henry. Near Fort Miller. Sept.
22d 1874. A photograph of The Old Clock on The Stairs (CAT.
70) , pasted on the back of manuscript p. 9 of Mrs Henry’s sketch,
is inscribed To Miss Frances M. Wells, 1874 .
Marriage. The Henrys were married in June 1875 (CAT. 117;
FIG. 227). The unidentified clipping referred to above gives the
following account;
Henry and Wells
In Johnstown, N. Y., last Thursday morning, Mr Edward L. Henry,
N.A., and Miss Frances Livingston Wells, daughter of the late Edward Wells
Esq., by the Rev. Charles M. Livingston, uncle of the bride. Mr and Mrs
Henry left in the afternoon for New York, received the congratulations of
their friends from one till eight p.m., Friday, at the Fifth Avenue Hotel,
and sailed for Europe on Saturday in the Britannic. They will remain in
Europe for a year, spending most of their time in Italy, where Mr Henry
wilt employ his graceful pencil in the pursuit of his art.
The documents reveal some relatively unimportant discrepancies.
Frances L. Wells was born in 1845. After her father’s death in
1869, she and her mother moved to New York in 1870 (McCaus-
land ’41, p. 208, 229) to stay with her aunt, Mrs Margaret
Livingston Murray, who from 1841 to about 1889 kept a board¬
ing house, first on Bleecker street when it was fashionable and
then at 24th street and Madison avenue. An uncataloged sketch¬
book in the Henry Collection is inscribed inside the cover Fannie
Wells, Flushing, L. I., Winter Cottage, 1860—1861. Were the
Wellses in New York this early?
Another interesting minor detail is the fact that Henry bought
on April 30, 1872, from A. M. Sypher, 593 Broadway, “2
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
35
dimonds,” paying $160 for them (DOC. 72). The appraisal of
Mrs Henry’s jewelry, after her death in 1928, lists, among other
items, the following:
1 cluster diamond ring (9 small diamonds).... . $60
1 small diamond ring . 10
1 three stone diamond ring, old fashioned . 250
1 four stone diamond ring, old fashioned . 300
Were the “2 dimonds” in this lot?
A third question mark is a letter (CORR. JUNE 25, 1874) from
Charles Collins to Henry:
Your kind invitation has just reached me ... It would have been
very pleasant to be with you and I hope at some time later to have that
privilege. 1 am glad to believe that you are both in good health again
and enjoying your charming home. With my love to Mrs Henry.
Perhaps the date is a typographical error on the writer’s part?
Honeymoon Abroad. There is much visual documentary matter
about the Henry’s honeymoon. No doubt memories of their ocean
trip on the Britannic supplied Henry with material for the pen-
and-ink drawing Newly Married (CAT. 1142). A water color
sketch in Sketchbook 13 (CAT. 1197) is possibly a forerunner of
the portrait of 1 8 76 (CAT. 122; FIG. 41), which shows Mrs Henry
standing at an easel, brush in hand. The water color is inscribed
Mrs E. L. Henry , London , Oct . 1875 , by E. L. H. Recorded in
sketches in Sketchbook 13 and also in larger sketches (CAT. 1029,
1052, 1067) is St Johns , Warwick, where we passed ’ two summers ,
according to the inscription on a photograph (PH. 75) in the
Henry Collection. Other English subjects are commemorated in
sketches in the Henry Collection (CAT. 1008, 1009, 1091).
From Warwickshire, the Henry’s went to Paris, later returning
to England. In Sketchbook 14 (CAT. 1198), inscribed inside the
cover in Henry’s handwriting Frances Wells Henry's Sketchbook,
London, 1875, there is one drawing by Mrs Henry, inscribed in
her writing Churchyard, Coventry. Most of the sketches, however,
are clearly by her husband. She continued to draw and paint for
a while, even exhibiting at the National Academy of Design in
1885 a painting Rhododendron, price $60 (CAT. 1221). This
was reincarnated (McCausland *41, p. 92) on the glass doors
leading from the living room of the Henrys’ Cragsmoor home to
the little library. Gradually Frances Wells Henry slipped into
the role of wife, whose chief duty was to aid and to admire her
husband.
36
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
She had not yet been molded, however, to the wifely pattern
and may be found noting down her impressions of travel and the
British. In Sketchbook 14 (CAT. 1198), we find the following:
Sitting here in Boulogne Harbor, what a medley presents itself to my eyes.
This poor little boat is already full, mostly English, judging by their broad,
harsh accents . Some already looking pale in anticipation of the sea, some
jolly & noisy. By me sits a John Bull sort of a man, who has deigned
not even a look at me since I so emphatically said. No, I’m American. On
his other side, a blind man. Here they come, each one looking as if he were
the important one on earth, all more or less looking like “Butchers Meat ”
men.
Sketchbooks 15 and 16 (CAT. 1199, 1200) contain more notes
on travel in France and England. While abroad, the young couple
enjoyed various cultural opportunities, among them a Reunion
Musicale, at the Magasins du Bon Marche in Paris (DOC. July 3,
1875). In Paris, too, they were invited to an “amateur drawing
room" at the apartment of Lucy Hooper, wife of Robert Hooper,
American vice-consul, in the Rue Neuve des Petits Champs (DOC.
’75). Similar incidents of their trip are set down in Mrs Henry’s
Memorial Sketch, especially the account of their stay with a French
family (p. 325/).
Married Life. Back in the United States, the Henrys settled
down to a comfortable, prosperous middle class existence. Henry
did his work, they gave dinners, spent summers with friends on
Long Island, lived in expensive quarters. A drawing in Sketch¬
book 5 (CAT. 1189), inscribed Dec. 31st, 1880, Tenth St. Studio
Building, shows a woman at the piano and a man leaning against
it. This subject is not unlike that of the photograph of the Henrys
in their Washington Square studio (FIG. 20) . The flute shown in
the latter — now in the Henry Collection — reveals Henry’s love of
music. In the Henry correspondence, there is a letter (CORR.
February 26, 1895) inviting the Henrys for the week end, with a
postscript that he will not be welcome without his flute.
At this time, Henry spent considerable time with Judge Charles
P. Daly and his wife at Sag Harbor. In Sketchbook 16 (CAT.
1200) there is a drawing of Judge Daly and his dog (CF. p. 252) ;
also a sketch of horses at Sag Harbor dated September 6, 1879. A
lighthouse, dated 1877, is shown in Sketchbook 17 (CAT. 1201),
while in Sketchbook 18 (CAT. 1202) there are several drawings of
East Hampton subjects, dating from 1877 to 1880. This gives
background for a lost painting which seems from photographs to
have been a fine canvas, East Hampton Beach, 1881 (CAT. 154;
FIG. 49) . Henry’s method of work is illustrated again in the series
of studies for this picture (FIGS. 45—50).
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
37
The Henrys and Cragsmoor
The Region. Why the Henrys located at Cragsmoor, known
till the late ’90’s as “The Mountain,” records do not show. A
certain amount of mystery surrounds the drawing in Sketchbook 5
(CAT. 1189), inscribed At Mrs Terwilliger’s , end of Oct. 1867.
Henry’s early visits to the region are- not otherwise documented.
We know, however, that he visited Professor Weir at West Point
(CAT. 2) in 1858. It is not unlikely that he had gone exploring
in the Shawangunk mountains before he visited them again and
decided to make his home on “The Mountain.”
Cragsmoor is about five miles from Ellenville, in southeastern
New York in the Shawangunk (pronounced “Shongum”) moun¬
tains. In recent years, Ellenville has become a center of summer
resorts. In Henry’s time, however, it was populated only by
farmers; he and the artists who followed him were pioneers.
Cragsmoor is an arrow-shaped plateau four miles long, overlooking
Ellenville and the valley of the Rondout river. It is bounded by
Bear hill (FIGS. 79, 80) and Sam’s point (FIGS. 14, 15).
Different accounts of the birth of the Cragsmoor colony have
been given. The facts seem to be as follows, however. In 1879,
the Henrys stayed for a few days at the Bleakley farm on “The
Mountain.” Mrs Catherine W. Bleakley was already an institution
then, taking in summer boarders and being widely known for the
quality of her hospitality (McCausland *41, p. 82, 226). A
drawing in Sketchbook 5 (CAT. 1189) shows that the Henrys
were in Ellenville the next year, being inscribed Peter & Charley .
Sunday June 27 ’80, Ellenville. There is a very interesting small
water color in Sketchbook 6 (CAT. 1190), signed lower right
F S Dellenbaugh, 1881 , which shows a blazing fire on Sam’s point,
frequently set on fire by the huckleberry pickers (McCausland ’41,
p. 130). A photograph (FIG. 55) in the Henry Collection (PH.
’81) is inscribed in Otis yard 1881. Dellenbaugh has recorded that
the Henrys stayed with the Otises in Ellenville in 1881 (McCaus¬
land ’41, p. 91, 153 seq., 227-30). Dellenbaugh, who had been
with Major J. W. Powell on his second expedition down the
Colorado river (Taft ’39, p. 288—89), married Harriet Otis,
whose memory is still a Cragsmoor legend. Later the Powells
stayed in Ellenville, the violinist Maud Powell hiring an empty
house on Canal street to practise in (CAT. 319; FIG. 71). A
friendship grew up between the Henrys and Maud Powell which
lasted throughout life (FIG. 72).
38
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Building a Home . After another trip abroad in 1881 and 1882,
witnessed by Sketchbook 19 (CAT. 1203), the Henrys began to
build their own home, from plans drawn by Henry, to be seen
in Sketchbook 20 (CAT. 1204). According to deeds (DOC. ’83)
in the Henry Collection, Henry purchased land from Hattie L.
Keir on August 3, 1883, paying $200. This property bad
formerly belonged to the Mance family, descending to George R.
Mance from his father, Jacob Mance. Both are immortalized in
photographs by Legrand W. Botsford in the Henry Collection. In
1888, Henry bought more land from Mrs Keir for $150. In 1894,
he again bought land from her, paying $500. These purchases
comprised the Henry property, part of which was sold in 1910 to
Julie M. Husson and Mary D. Buxton. The remaining Henry
land is now owned by Mr and Mrs R. L. Foster. The Ellenville
lawyer, George G. Keeler, central character of Henry's painting
A Country Lawyer (CAT. 264; FIG. 150), made the original
search of title (McCausland ’41, p. 137) . In addition to the deeds
noted, the Henry Collection includes two surveyor’s sketch maps of
the property, made in 1910. These facts explode the myth that
Henry “swapped” paintings for a “hummock of rotten shale”
(McCausland ’41, p. 145) on “The Mountain.”
Henry was his own architect, hiring the local carpenter, “Joe”
Mance, to build the house. Mance died in 1896, aged 64. He
was a millwright and, according to his son, Stephen D. Mance of
Ellenville, “built all the mills around here” (McCausland ’41, p.
47, 49). The photograph of Mance (FIG. 134) shows him in
back of the Ellenville knife factory, where “Artist Henry” is also
said to have hung out. Mance is seen in a number of Henry’s
Cragsmoor canvases, notably Joseph E. Mance (CAT. 193; FIG.
128) and The Country Carpenter (CAT. 234; FIG. 145). A
letter (CORR. May 5, 1884) from Mance to Henry reads;
Mr Henry,
I Rec. your Letter, your Door and Frame and Box etc. arived by
Canal all in good shape. The Freight is $4— I will git it up to House
This week, the Road is quite good. I am going to work at house
tomorrow.
I have got to get my Brick and Lath and Lime carted up.
In Regard to money I whould like to have $300^9. by the 9th to put
things threw as quick as possible.
Send money as soon as Can and Oblidge your
Frind Joseph E Mance
Ellenville, Ulster Co. N. Y.
Rain Today
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
39
The problem of building a home entailed not only financial
and practical difficulties, but also esthetic. A quotation from The
Summer Haunts of American Artists (Champney ’85, 847) pub¬
lished in the Century elaborates the point from the angle of the
artist-outsiders. The reference to Henry reads:
. . . At Ellenville a group of artists have taken possession of one of the
old farm-houses. Here Mr and Mrs E. L. Henry have established them¬
selves. Mr Henry, in building a studio, found great difficulty in impressing
his ideas of architecture on the local carpenters. “If you have the rafters
show like that,” they complained, “and stick the roof all over with little
gables, you ll make your studio look like one of them old Dutch manor-
houses at Kingston.”
Whether “Artist Henry” won out or not, at least the Henry
house did not look like the beautiful old Dutch houses of the
region, surely some of the finest vernacular architecture produced
in the United States.
A further document in regard to the Henry home at Cragsmoor
is a legal paper presented in the summer of 1942 to the New York
State Museum by Fred G. Kraft of Cragsmoor, who is the owner
of the painting Pillory and Whipping Post (CAT. 282) . It reads:
STATE OF NEW YORK )
COUNTY OF ULSTER S.S.(
Edward L. Henry being duly sworn says that
he is by occupation an artist, formerly resident of No. 3 North Washington
Square, New York city and State. That he severed his residence with said
New York city on or about the first day of April 1887 and became then
and ever since has been a resident of Town of Warwasing, Ulster County,
in said State of New York and that he intends to make for the future until
further determined his residence at said Town of Warwasing, Ulster County,
New York, where he now resides and is a householder and owner of resi¬
dence and real estate.
Sworn before me '|
this 29th day of August j- EDWARD L. HENRY
1887 J
C. A. Van Wagener
Notary Public Uls. Co. NY
Cragsmoor home built, the Henrys settled into a rhythm of
living which continued till Henry’s death. From early spring to
late fall, they lived in the country, going to New York for the
winter. Letters and a frantic telegram from Mrs Henry (CORR.
’94) record the problem of finding temporary quarters in the city
after they had given up their Washington Square studio. Toward
the end of Henry's life, they made the Hotel Chelsea their winter
40
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
home, except when they went to Florida. Henry's last, unfinished
painting is a Florida scene (CAT. 391 ; FIG. 218) , the Henrys hav¬
ing come directly from Daytona to Ellenville where he died. When
weather was too bad to open the house up on “The Mountain,"
they boarded in Ellenville, with Mrs Nelson Terwilliger, at whose
home Henry died (McCausland *41, p. 17) and with Mrs John
F. Morse.
Cragsmoor Then and Now . Here Henry developed his particular
gift of observation into what is his most interesting expression,
genre paintings of country life. In the early days when summer
people began to visit the community now known as Cragsmoor,
conditions were primitive (McCausland '41, p. 146). The stage¬
coach ran from Newburgh to Kingston, crossing the Shawangunk
mountains by the “plank road," now route 32, the Shawangunk
trail. It took two hours from Ellenville to Cragsmoor by the
“plank road" (McCausland ’4L p. 133). The old road followed
a different course than the new, the “horseshoe turn" for example
having been eliminated. Today one can not see from route 52
the same view Henry painted in Bear Hill (CAT. 347; FIG. 79).
The old “gully road,” shown in several paintings (CAT. 153, 162;
FIGS. 137, 139), takes about the same route and seems scarcely
less bumpy than when Andrew Carnegie bought one of Henry’s
paintings as propaganda for better roads in the eastern states (CAT.
247; FIG. 245). Some of the cottages are gone. The Peter P.
Brown house (FIG. 78) is visibly altered from the house of 1880
shown in Legrand W. Botsford’s photograph (FIG. 77). The
mansion of George Inness jr, Chetolah, is now a Roman Catholic
home, Vista Maria. Bleakley’s barn, home of the first post office
on “The Mountain," (CAT. 298; FIG. 81) has been rebuilt into
a summer theater. Sam’s point no longer boasts Thomas Bots¬
ford’s Mountain House, famous for fried chicken and green corn.
Henry’s old home has been remodeled (McCausland ’41, p. 166)
by its present owners (FIGS. 23, 25). Most of his old friends and
artist-confreres are dead (McCausland ’41, p. 14) . The character of
Cragsmoor as an artists’ summer colony is changing.
Sixty years ago, Cragsmoor was a different story. Ascent
to “The Mountain" from Walker valley was so steep that oxen
were used to haul heavy loads, including the community’s trunks
and food supplies. The climb to the final plateau of Sam’s point
was up a grade so steep that oxen which trotted were used to haul
parties to the summit. (McCausland *41, p. 88, 133). Orchards
and cornfields covered the top of the plateau. These Henry would
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
41
paint in numerous sketches and canvases, particularly his Four
Seasons (CAT. 372; FIGS. 204-07) . Architecture was of an earlier,
simpler kind, as the Peter P. Brown house indicates and as does a
fine photograph in the Henry Collection (PH. undated) showing
a log cabin opposite Tice’s, a dwelling of a type more characteris¬
tic of the south than of eastern building.
After the proprieties of atelier, Academy and the Tenth Street
Studio Building, to say nothing of No. 3 Washington Square
North, Cragsmoor must have seemed a wilderness. The Henrys
quickly conquered it, imposed their Victorian rococo (FIGS. 21, 22,
24, 26-28) and established a regimen of life composed of char¬
ades, readings from the drama by Harriet Otis Dellenbaugh, musi-
cales and teas (McCausland ’41, p. 132). Yet there was a poetry
in this countryside, surviving even today and recorded in the Del¬
lenbaugh water color, mentioned before (p. 37). Today at sun¬
set, the plateau above Sam’s point is a blighted heath, burnt over
by fires set by berry pickers (FIG. 18). It stretches out like a plain,
but without life — this watershed for the Ellenville water supply
(FIG. 17). The romanticist could still find here stimulus for the
imagination. How much more so 60 years ago!
Henry's Choice . Henry did not choose to devote himself to the
chronicle of nature on Sam’s point. An early member of the
Cragsmoor colony, Mrs Addison Brown, had first been charmed
by the region’s wealth of botanical specimens, then brought back
her husband and children a decade later (McCausland ’41, p. 190) .
But Henry, though he painted Bear Hill (CAT. 347; FIG. 79) and
had in his possession photographs of Sam’s point (FIG. 14) , chose
rather to paint life at the lower altitude of Cragsmoor.
The scene Henry found appealing was the rolling slope down
from Cragsmoor to the “plank road” (FIGS. 14-16). Legrand
W. Botsford, indigenous primitive, made his own naive record of
the view Henry expressed in more orthodox style in Country
Scene (CAT. 233; FIG. 66). To many Botsford’s vision will be
more acceptable. Nevertheless, in Henry’s day the gloss on nature
was in demand. Nature was not to be presented as a terrible,
uncontrolled force, but as a superior lawn. So, in Henry’s land¬
scapes we get so much of the earth and sky as may be compressed
within studio walls. Botsford, “the hermit of Cragsmoor,” with
his innocent eye, kept closer to the real aspect of nature in his
photograph of Cragsmoor landscape (FIG. 65). Yet this is, per¬
haps, saying too little on the credit side for Henry. The undated.
42
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
unlocated painting In The Valley (CAT. 929; FIG. 83) has a poetic
quality, which appears again in The Country Store (CAT. 181;
FIG. 127). Henry particularly fastened on obvious appeals of the
world he chose. In The Valley shows the ubiquitous spire of the
Ellenville Dutch Reformed Church (FIG. 84) , which Henry
worked into many scenes, regardless of whether it actually appeared
in them in nature.
Henry, however, did not need to be a romantic poet of nature.
In the country scenes he found congenial, there was a content of
genuine significance and value. At his death, the Ellenville Press
wrote in its May 15, 1919, issue that much of his valuable work
has been done in the studio of his mountain residence. Truly valu¬
able was Henry's work in recording American rural life in one
locality, with some revision. His paintings show us today how
people, buildings and objects made by people looked, and thus
Henry supplied a quantity of visual data on the American scene.
The World of Cragsmoor. Life at Cragsmoor was simple.
The world was divided into the summer people and the so-called
“natives." The “natives" had been there first. But they had to
give way to the newcomers, selling them their land and supplying
food and services. The Mances, Terwilligers, Deckers, Codding-
tons, Kindbergs, Peter P. Brown, Botsfords, Bleakleys, Cooks —
these are some of the people who settled “The Mountain" and
still live there. Almost all of them appear somewhere or somehow
in Henry’s work. They built his house, supplied eggs, chickens,
butter and milk, plowed his garden, housed and fed the Henrys on
flying trips to Cragsmoor before they opened their own house.
A few letters from Cragsmoor survive. They stress tangibly
the difference between summer people and “natives," being written
on odd scraps of paper and not always too literately. The first,
aside from “Joe" Mance's letter already quoted, is from
Bleakley. His first name has not showed up in the Henry
documents. The letter (CORR. January 3, 1892) reads:
Dear Mr Henry
Your letter is to hand. Sorry to hear of your sickness. I hope you will
soon be all right. It has been a very sickly time. The roof is painted. He
wanted more oil and wanted to know your address. But told him you
forgot to leave it with me. Nothing new here. Saturday it was very wet
all day from five o’clock in the morning. Could not get out all day. Will
send bank book so you will get it tomorrow. With kind regards to you
and Mrs Henry and wishing a happy New Year.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
43
A letter from Mrs Keir (CORR. February 20, 1894) has to do
with the sale of land mentioned above and reads:
Mr Henry —
Dear Sir.
I am sorry we do not know the dimentions of that lot, as it would save
some bother. Mr Mance is not at home or we would get him to measure
it for you. Do not forget to mention the ten feet. My given name is
Harriet L.
A note from M. J. Wright to Mrs Henry (CORR. July 29,
1895) portrays the domestic economy of “The Mountain.” It
reads :
My dear Madam —
I am sorry I cannot let you have any more eggs, as our hen we have now
have chicken and the rest was killed and sold last Saturday.
A postscript inquires: “Was chicken all right?”
A letter to Mrs Henry from Mrs C. H. Mance (CORR. March
19, 1894) follows:
We will try and not let you go off the mountain hungry. Dinner will be
ready soon after you arrive here.
This is annotated in Henry’s hand: “Charley Thomas & I
came up and dined. Warm, lovely day.” What happened to
Mrs Henry?
A letter from Thomas Boyce (CORR. March 24, 1896) has
more to relate about the Henrys’ domestic affairs. It incloses a
bill dated November 14, 1895. The letter reads:
To
Mr E. L. Henry
Dear Sir: If it is Convenient to you, would you kindly send me the amount
of my Bill, as I need it. It would oblige me very mutch.
I hope you and Mrs Henry have Ben well. Wee have had a great deal of
sickness here. Mrs Bleakley is not feeling well. We hav had lots of snow.
I remain yours
Thos Boyce
The bill, evidently for a summer’s supply of milk etc., was
for a total of $24.13 and was itemized as follows:
105 qts milk 5 cts pr qt . 5.25
8 qts Yi Butter Milk 2 cts qt . 17
9l/i lbs chicken 18 ct lb . 1.71
11 Loads Manuer 1.50 pr Load . 16.50
plowing garden 50 cts . 50
44
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Finally, the ‘ ‘natives’ ’ were the studies from nature for -Henry’s
genre pictures. We find Henry sketching “Joe Mance’s” in Sketch¬
book 22 (CAT. 1206), paying a school tax of $13.50 to Law¬
rence S. Keir in a note in Sketchbook 25 (CAT. 1209), painting
“Old Jimmy Mance” in 1886 — a sketch in oil on cardboard in
Loose Notes (CAT. 1213) . Interested in the picturesque and salable
aspect of rural life, Henry went farther afield and exploited Ellen-
ville local characters. The six original oils (CAT. 193, 187, 188,
194, 230, 167; FIGS. 128—33) given by Henry to the village of
Ellenville in 1918 and exhibited on August 6th and 7th at the
Hunt Memorial Hall in Ellenville for the benefit of the Red Cross
— admission 35 cents — are portraits of well-known Ellenville and
Cragsmoor people (McCausland ’41, p. 42—44, 54—59).
That the countryside responded to Henry’s use of local subject
matter may be gathered from what the Ellenville Press wrote of
this exhibition in its issue of August 8, 1918:
It has always been a matter of local pride that so many artists of note have
found inspiration and worthy subject matter in our beautiful environs,
but with rare exceptions we have not been privileged to enjoy the fruits of
their labors. The art exhibition held at Memorial Hall this week marks a
notable event in Ellenville’s history. . . .
The largest exhibitor was Mr E. L. Henry. For many years his friends
have looked forward to the annual return of Mr Henry to his mountain
home, and perhaps more than any other, we feel that he belongs to us. In
a very real sense, he has been our historian and on Tuesday he made the
village eternally his debtor by the gift to us of six portraits of well-known
local characters painted some time ago, but still remembered. The presenta¬
tion was made by Mr H. W. Coons and accepted by Mayor Potter for the
village and board of trustees. It was a unique and thoughtful gift and
cannot fail to be appreciated by those to whom Ellenville and its 'traditions
are dear.
How much Henry depended on his local subject matter may be
judged from a remark in the Cragsmoor Journal for September 12,
1912, to the effect that “Peter’s death [Peter P. Brown] was a
great loss to Mr Henry, for he had utilized him as a model in some
of his most striking pictures. Among these may be named
Uninvited Guests, Peter Brown, Bracing Up, A Hard Road to
Travel (CAT. 169, 187, 168, 162; FIGS. 143, 129, 138, 139).
It is rather interesting that Henry did not use as a subject one
of the more unusual Cragsmoor characters, Thomas Botsford
(FIG. 16). They are said to have been great friends, Botsford,
senior, being uneducated but intelligent. He built a house on
Sam’s point, which had to be bolted down. At that, it lasted only
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
45
one winter. It “blew away, or something," report has it. Then
he built below the point itself, setting the second house against the
rock wall (FIGS. 14—16). A spring ran through the main room,
ferns grew from the walls, and fissures in the rock were chimney
flues. In this Botsford anticipated modern architects, who bring
natural elements into the interior of dwellings. People from the
valley used to come up to dance. For 50 cents they had a wonder¬
ful dinner of fried chicken, green corn and ice cream. His son,
Legrand (pronounced Lee-grand on “The Mountain"), built the
road to the top of Sam’s point, now a toll road. Botsford, junior,
died only a few years ago, leaving behind him the photographic
negatives, many of which have supplied illustrations for this report.
He, too, painted, but in quite a different spirit than Henry. It is
said that he used to take his primitive oils to Henry for criticism.
Centainly, the academician could have done little to encourage this
child of nature (McCausland, *41, p. 128-30).
The Summer Colony. Who should be credited with being the
founder of the Cragsmoor summer colony is a question. Local
accounts have given Dellenbaugh the honor, with Henry second.
The 1867 entry in Sketchbook 5 (CAT. 1189) mentioned above,
however, should certainly raise the question if it were not Henry
who introduced every one else to “The Mountain." At any rate,
by 1886 the summer colony was well on its way. Mrs Eliza
Hartshorn of Newport, a connection of Mrs Henry’s on the Liv¬
ingston side, had begun to buy land and to build at Cragsmoor.
She is shown in a sketch in Sketchbook 23 (CAT. 1207) , which is
inscribed Mrs Hartshorn of Newport , R. L, taking a rowboat ride
on the canal basin below Ellenville, 1910 . In fact, Mrs Hartshorn
was the social pivot of life at Cragsmoor, especially as Mrs Henry,
the Otis sisters, the Woodruff sisters and Annette Mason Ham were
all cousins in different degrees (McCausland ’41, p. 40, 86, 207,
227, 229).
The summer colony grew gradually, first, the Henrys and the
Dellenbaughs, then Mrs Hartshorn. In 1886 J. G. Brown stayed
at the Bleakley farm. Later came Eliza Greatorex, whose property
was subsequently sold to George Inness, jr. Then came Edward
Gay. Through Dellenbaugh, Charles C. Curran was introduced
to “The Mountain,"* and through him Helen M. Turner came.
In its heyday, the colony included Henry, Dellenbaugh, Gay,
George Inness, jr, Miss Turner, Keller, Frederick Baker, Carol
Brown, Arthur Parton (McCausland ’41, p. 127, 130, 131).
46
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Life at Cragsmoor was simple, not only in the structure of the
community but also in the character of the pursuits of the summer
people. Harriet Otis Dellenbaugh gave readings from Ibsen. The
Henrys held teas for the benefit of the Cragsmoor Improvement
Association — cause, better roads on “The Mountain.” People
played croquet, witness Sketchbook 6 (CAT. 1190) and a photo¬
graph in the Henry Collection showing Mrs Henry, Dr Howard
Crosby and Nicholas Crosby with mallets in hand. Coming up
for the summer, the summer colonists left the train at Pine Bush
and rode up in carryalls (McCausland, ’41, p. 89).
Settling Down . In 1887, the Henrys cut their moorings and
made Cragsmoor their real home. This year Henry held the sale
of his antiques and paintings which gives a good cross section of
his interests (Ortgies ’87). Total receipts were $6700.60, accord¬
ing to the annotated catalog (DOC. ’87) in the Henry Collection.
China, antique furniture, mirrors, clocks, glass, engravings and
paintings and a number of works by Henry himself are listed, a
total of 258 items. The Henry paintings, 27 in all, brought
$2117. None of these has been located. It is possible that No. 53,
Learning the Trade might be Sharpening The Saw (CAT. 195;
FIG. 136).
The first decade of life at Cragsmoor was devoted to country
scenes. About 1890 Henry began to paint the canal themes which
have particular interest in relation to his whole transportation
series (FIGS. 156— 78). Sketchbook 23 (CAT. 1207), inscribed
Canal Studies, contains many details of local landscape and village
scenes, some still recognizable. The first dated sketch is of the
Delaware and Hudson Canal at Ellenville, in Sketchbook 5 (CAT.
1189), this in 1890. The “Old D. and H.” canal was a vital
fact in the life of the region, in the era before it was outmoded by
rail transport (Sciaky ’41), and so naturally made an appeal to
artists’ imagination. Ellenville children played around the locks.
Summer people from Cragsmoor “used to have picnics on the canal.
They would go up the canal on regular canal boats, towed by
horses. It was very, very smelly.” Henry loved the canal (p.
330), which as one drove up “The Mountain” and looked back
was like a silver ribbon winding through the Rondout valley
(McCausland ’41, p. 4-5, 59-61, 96, 137, .247).
Henry did not restrict himself to scenes of rural life at Crags¬
moor or to canal scenes. He ranged the countryside. In the Henry
Collection, there are quantities of photographs of subjects at
Napanoch, including some of the “Vernooy Place,” featured in
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
4 7
A Wedding in the Early Forties (CAT. 976). There are photo¬
graphs, too, of the Hoornbeek grist mill at Napanoch which is
the subject of a small oil (CAT. 386). Street scenes in Ellenville
and Napanoch attest Henry’s interest in the document. A fine
photograph shows the Rondout at Napanoch, which figures in the
titles of several unlocated paintings. Other photographs show the
post office at Cragsmoor, the “gully road” and a scene on “The
Mountain” with three children in a child’s express wagon, the
apple trees in blossom on all sides. No doubt, Henry ranged the
countryside to a greater extent even than the documents show.
Mary M. Woodruff’s account of a trip to Bruynswick with the
Henrys, in the catalog under Sunday Morning (CAT. 283; FIG.
67) suggests this. It was the anecdotal and topical which interested
Henry, however, rather than the land itself.
Henry as a Person
Mode of Life . At Cragsmoor Henry settled into a matrix com¬
posed of equal parts of work, practical details, social intercourse and
the interests related to his paintings — architecture, antiques, pho¬
tography, music and collecting historic carriages and costumes.
Hereafter there would be little change in Henry as a human being,
almost none in him as a painter. Note that it is impossible to date
his paintings by style after, say City Point , 1865— 72, (CAT. 96;
FIG. 107).
The quality of his life was not extraordinary. Henry refers
to a pass to sketch in the Smithsonian Institution (CORR. April
10, 1899) . Frederick Dielman, president of the National Academy,
writes to thank Henry for information about treating plaster casts
with shellac and wax (CORR. March 17, 1907). W. Bradford,
“artist painter of icebergs,” urges Henry to send work to an exhibi¬
tion in Minneapolis, on the ground that “last year they sold over
$3000 worth!” (CORR. July 21, 1891). Beers Brothers, manufac¬
turers of picture frames at 1264 Broadway, write to Henry about
a lost picture (CORR. June 4, 1895) and add:
The trouble we think about your pictures is this , you change your address
so often .... Glad to hear that you are going to send us some
money soon as we need all we can get.
Henry’s social life went along on an equally unadventurous
level. The Dalys remained his good friends all their lives; they
are frequently found corresponding with the Henrys, inviting them
to dinner, and so forth (CORR. January 17, 20, 1896). Thomas
48
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Waterman Wood, a president of the Academy, writes to Henry
from Springfield (CORR. April 23, 1896). W. J. Havemeyer
writes ( CORR. February 2, 1896) to make a social appointment.
H. W. Bookstaver writes (CORR. April 16, 1891) regarding an
appointment for lunch. Abraham Lansing of Albany writes
(CORR. December 21, 1894) in regard to a pageant of Albany
history. Brother Gilbert of the Order of Brothers of Nazareth
writes (June 13, 1896) asking for the loan of sherry or port
for the communion service at Cragsmoor. Earlier correspondence
(CORR. December 31, 1882) is from Sam Chew, owner of two
Henry paintings, The Reception Given to Lafayette (CAT. 114)
and The Battle of Germantown (CAT. 144).
The Cragsmoor rector, Dr Howard Crosby, previously men¬
tioned, writes (CORR. June 19, 1888) to thank Henry for Corner
of Ulster , adding that “The paper is a capital exhibit of the
beauties and wonders of Sam’s Point.” No clue to this water color
has turned up. Other names which appear in the correspondence
are H. C. Dallett, G. G. Stow, Mary N. Moran, J. G. Brown,
George H. Smillie, Charles Collins, Fred Linus Carroll, F. D.
Millet, W. H. Beard, A. R. MacDonough, Richard S. Ely, George
H. Galt, Stephen Harris, L. M. McCredy, C. B. Foote, Mrs Lilian
Livingston Remsen and scores of others. There is a quantity of
autographs cut from their context; and among these we find the
names of H. D. Martin, John Rogers, J. G. Brown, Eastman John¬
son, Worthington Whittredge and A. D. Shattuck, this last
annotated by Henry as follows: “Landscape painter. Gave up
Art & Went to Farming. Early in 1870 at Granby, Conn.”
There are a number of letters thanking Henry for the gift of a
photograph of one of his paintings, such as the letter of Elizabeth
H. Tobey (CORR. July 1895).
Architecture . Henry’s earliest drawings show a keen interest in
static forms of buildings. The quantity of photographs and
prints on architectural subjects in the Henry Collection indicates
how he pursued this interest all his life. The first we can locate
is a photograph (FIG. 44) of the Hancock House in Boston,
“Taken down (according to Henry’s inscription) for common
modern houses about 1865.” This is, writes A. Hyatt Mayor of
the Metropolitan Museum of Art, “the best record I have ever seen
of that great lost monument of our early architecture.” The photo¬
graph was used to document the painting The John Hancock
House (CAT. 54; FIG. 43).
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
49
Photographs by Rockwood of St John's Church on Varick
street, taken down about a quarter of a century ago, have a com¬
parable interest. The agitation to demolish this Wren church
began soon after the Civil War. There is much evidence in the
Henry Collection that Henry fought to mobilize public opinion to
preserve historic landmarks. He painted several pictures of St
Johns (CAT. 79, 324, 325; FIGS. 112, 247, 248), as well as
writing to city officials (CORR. June 6, 1813) and to the Times
(p. 215f.). Although Henry often took liberties with the realistic
presentment of his subject, nevertheless paintings of this kind
have a genuine documentary value, especially when they are but¬
tressed by faithful documents from nature lie the photographs in
the Henry Collection.
The sincerity of Henry's interest in architecture is indicated by
an appeal made to him in 1870 by William Kulp, an antiquary of
Philadelphia (CORR. June 18, 1870) in regard to saving old New¬
port houses. Kulp himself is documented by an advertisement
(CL. '70), in which Martin Brothers, auctioneers, announce a
Sale of Choice Antique Furniture , The Selection of Mr Wm Kulp.
His letter reads in part:
I reed your letter this morning. I am sorry you cant come on. It disap¬
points me. However , it is all right. The next thing that grieves me is
about those Newport mansions. Cant you write an eloquent letter praying
Mr Fiske for the sake of Art, of all that is sacred from antiquity and more
valuable in time to come, that ere it be too late, spare those gorgeous
reliques that all the mechanic art of the day can never replace. I realy feel
it a duty encumbent upon you to make this effort. It is quite likely if the
man has a real insight into the rare merits of these reliques he would spare
them. If however nothing can save them, do get the N. Y. Moran to
photograph them. Oh, it is most grevious. Why did you tell me when I
am so feeble in health ?
What success Henry had the Henry memorabilia do not show.
A quarter of a century later he was still interested in the preserva¬
tion of historic buildings, witness an editorial he saved in regard
to the Jumel Mansion, this from the New York Times, January 8,
1903 (CL. ’03). It ends with a plea — unquestionably congenial
to Henry’s own point of view — that the mansion be retained “In
a dignified condition, as one of the municipal monuments of a
city which has too few.’’
Henry's interest in architecture found outlet in building his
own home at Cragsmoor. In Sketchbook 20 (CAT. 1204) there
are plainly recognizable perspective drawings. There are also floor
plans and a sketch for a cottage, which must be I-Enia, purchased
50
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
in 1910 from Henry by the Misses Husson and Buxton. This
house appears in several Henry paintings, notably The Flower
Seller (CAT. 335; FIG. 194). Henry's love of antiques expressed
itself when he brought up, presumably from the Second Avenue
wreckers (McCausland ’41, p. 132), the carved staircase to be seen
at the rear of the photograph of his studio (FIG. 21).
Note, also, a newspaper reproduction (DOC. ’04), inscribed by
Henry as follows:
This Mansion was built for Wm L. Stow in 1893—4 from Designs and
Plans by E. L. Henry , N.A. Mr Stow sold it to Cord Meyer about 1900,
and [it] is now the residence of his widow, 1916. This print was cut
from the Herald, 1904.
A letter from Robert V. S. Sewell (pasted on manuscript p. 55
of Mrs Henry's sketch) , dated August 16, 1907, shows that Henry
kept up his unofficial architectural work. It reads, in part:
The sketches you sent were of the greatest interest to me. I shall try to
copy the stair rail, as well as other details in the charming old house.
A note by Henry adds the information that Sewell was an artist,
“building a fine house (time Edward VI) at Oyster Bay."
Antiques . Henry’s interest in antiques was of as long standing
as his interest in architecture. A letter from Thomas Peterson of
Philadelphia (CORR. January 23, 1865) reads:
I take pleasure in sending you this day by Kingsley Express freight paid,
an antique, which please accept with my . compliments. Hoping it may
reach you in safety & afford you some gratification.
The letter was annotated by Henry “Formerly the property of
G. M. Dallas, V.P.U. States, [1792] a present from the Tycoon,
Japan. Perry Exptn 1848." The antique was No. 98 in the
Ortgies catalog (Ortgies '87) and was sold for $26. Its descrip¬
tion follows:
Richly decorated cabinet, with scroll on top, epoch of Louis XIV, presented
to the late Hon. Geo . M. Dallas by the Mikado, at the opening treaty with
Japan, 1850, U. S. Commissioner with the Com. Perry expedition; pur¬
chased at the sale of his effects after Mr Dallas’ death.
Henry often acted as agent for collectors. A letter from him
to J. W. Pinchot (CORR. July 1867) gives the details of a trans¬
action in behalf of Pinchot. Purchases included
an antique Bureau and Case of Drawers Chipendale style of 1760. And if
the man could find you a Sofa same style as the one I have he was to send it
along with the others to your address, 6 Courtland Street. The case of
Drawers was $50, the Bureau $15.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
51
Henry embellished the letter with a drawing about an inch and
a half high, to describe the case of drawers.
The letter from Kulp above quoted also discusses a piece of
furniture Kulp was making for Henry. In 1871, J. W. Drexel
wrote (CORR. September 5, 1871) on a letterhead with the address
53 Exchange place, authorizing Henry to draw on him up to the
sum of $150. The order reads: “Dear Ned. Go Ahead. Fll
back you $150.” Henry annotated this: “An order of Joseph W.
Drexel to E. L. Henry at Paris to draw on him to purchase some
Antiques.” In 1872, there is a receipt for an outlay of $20 to buy
a bureau (DOC. April 19, 1872).
The Ortgies catalog gives information about Henry’s taste in
antiques. In his own circle he was established as an authority,
and his friends used to consult him about the purchase of antiques
(McCausland ’41, p. 52). The carved staircase in his Cragsmoor
home has been mentioned. He gave the Century Association
(CORR. March 9, 1891) a “fine carved mantelpiece, now placed in
the Committee Room on the first floor of the new clubhouse.” Miss
Annette Mason Ham of Cragsmoor and Providence, a connection
of Mrs Henry, relates that Henry found much fine wood carving
for his friends (McCausland ’41, p. 154).
Costumes. Related was his interest in costumes and carriages.
Numerous drawings, both in his sketchbooks and in the loose
sketches (CAT. 1001 seq.) , demonstrate this. His collection of
costumes was famous. He and Mrs Henry often dressed up for
charades (FIG. 31) ; and he found in his costume cupboard attire
for his models to wear in period pictures (FIGS. 74, 76) . A letter
from J. G. Brown (CORR. December 20, 1895) requests the loan
of a costume for his son-in-law. Julian Scott writes (CORR.
June 18, 1897) about a coat of 1800, regarding which he wishes
information. In Cragsmoor and Ellenville the memory of Henry’s
costume collection is still green. He had, local report has it, a
costume for “every period, every age, child, man and woman”
(McCausland ’41, p. 21).
The bulk of these costumes went to the Brooklyn Museum in
1921 (CORR. June 16, 1941). Among them were caps, collars and
dresses of the 30’s, 40’s and 50’s, a uniform coat from a Connecti¬
cut regiment of 1776, men’s dress suits of 1840 to 1850, women’s
dresses of the post-Civil War period, a straw scoop bonnet of 1850,
bonnets of horsehair, a child’s fancy braid bonnet, and finally a
“covered wagon” calash of 1835—50, which inspired a 1940 copy
52
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
by a New York designer (McCausland ’41, p. 14, 148, 149, 206,
237-43.)
Carriages . Henry’s old carriages at Cragsmoor are not listed in
the inventory of his estate. There are, however, a number of
photographs in the Henry Collection (BIOG. 1900-09), as well
as a copy of duties paid at the Port of Albany. The coaches are
mentioned in Mrs Henry’s Memorial Sketch (p. 331). She gave
them in 1922 to the Johnstown Historical Society (FIG. 75).
The papier mache horse which Henry used as a model to pose
harness on — just as he used the mannequin “Miss Wood’’ (FIG.
24) for costumes — is now owned by James E. Knox of Johns¬
town. It is the size of a polo pony or 1600-pound horse, dapple
gray, with mouth on hinge. It needs restoration, especially new
mane and tail; but it is hard to find “horse painters’’ these days
(McCausland ’41, p. 12, 120, 205, 206, 217).
Among the sketches in the Henry Collection a number show
Henry’s archeological passion for things of the past. Some of the
historic vehicles sketched are: The Lafayette Coach (CAT. 1051;
FIG. 224), “Rockaway” 1850 to 60 (CAT. 1151), Old Cones-
toga Wagon (CAT. 1143), Old “Rockaway” 1845 to 60 (CAT.
1144), Beekman Coach about 1772 (CAT. 1135), Runabout
1835 to 1845 (CAT. 1152), “Stage Waggon” of 1821 (CAT.
1155), and a stage which ran from South Ferry, Brooklyn, to
East Hampton in the 30’s and 40’s (CAT. 1153). Other catalog
entries having to do with vehicles are: Nos. 1137, 1145, 1154,
1010, 1138, 1157—59. Henry supported his sketches with photo¬
graphs. The back of General Gansevoort’s coach, Governor
Bouck's coach or runabout of 1810, the stage which ran from
Newburgh to Ellenville (FIG. 55), are some of these objects.
Photography. Hundreds of photographs in the Henry Collection
proclaim Henry’s interest in photography. Cragsmoor recalls that
after his death Mrs Henry broke up two barrels of plates Henry
had taken himself. People of Cragsmoor and Ellenville remember
“Artist Henry’’ going about carrying ?a camera, and especially
around the knife factory, so that the snapshot of “Joe’’ Mance
may be Henry’s work (FIG. 134). The inventory of his estate
lists one large camera at $50 and two small cameras at $3 each.
For the most part, he employed professionals to copy his work.
A score of 8x10 plates are still at the Shadowland Studios, Ellen¬
ville, successor of the photographers of an earlier day, Davis and
Tice (FIG. 11). In the Henry Collection there is a 16x20 plate
of the painting A Morning Call (CAJ. 937), the negative being
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
53
the gift of the Misses Husson and Buxton. This seems to be the
only survivor of Henry’s photographic hobby. The prints listed
in the Klackner catalogs (Klackner ’06) , are many of them platino-
types or photogravures made from 16x20 plates (McCausland
’41, p. 11 seq. 96, 99, 120).
Two objects in the Henry Collection (p. 208), large photo¬
graphs mounted on canvas on stretchers, one of them partly
colored in oils, raise a question as to how many apparent paintings
are in existence, which are actually duplicates made by semi¬
mechanical means. Henry was, however, merely anticipating a
common practice of painters today when he made use of photo¬
graphs as notes for his pictures.
Organizations. Henry was not organizationally minded, as we
interpret the phrase today, nor was he a “joiner.” When he
belonged to art societies, it was because membership in these groups
conferred prestige, important in the life of an artist who depended
on conventional patronage. Membership in the Academy was
indispensable to worldly success, though a great painter like Eakins
was not elected till he was 56 (Goodrich ’33, p. 135). Election
to the Century Association (this in 1866) was another accolade.
Henry belonged also to painting groups, like the American Water
Color Society. He joined the Salmagundi Club in 1901 (CORR.
March 16, 1901). Mrs Henry comments in her Memorial Sketch
(p. 343) on Henry’s feeling about the societies to which he
belonged. He was not apparently active in any of them, although
he acted on the committee of admissions for the Century (DOC.
1881—83) and gave that club the carved mantelpiece mentioned
above (p. 51) . In the Henry Collection, there is a New Year’s Eve
songbook from the Century, dated 1897—98, and inscribed by
Henry: “Drinking the old year out and the New Year in” (DOC.
1897—98) . As for the National Academy of Design, Henry is to be
found in 1863 (DOC. ’63), soliciting for its fellowship fund. In
1888 ( CORR. January 7, 17, 1888) he made a gift to the Academy’s
library of some books, including Nash’s Old Halls of England,
perhaps a source for paintings like The Grand Hall, Levens
(CAT. 59).
Henry did not take part in art world politics of the time,
apparently. He was asked to support Harry Watrous for election
as an associate (CORR. April 25, 1894). A circular letter in this
year (DOC. July 25, 1894) shows that the Academy was con¬
sidering selling its replica of the Doges Palace at the corner of
Fourth avenue and 23d street. The next year the Academy took
54
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
up a subscription to purchase two paintings from William H.
Beard (DOC. April 4, 1895), to be presented to the Century,
pledges limited to $20. About the same time Beard wrote Henry
(CORR. May 5, 25, 1895) on what was evidently a burning issue
in the Academy, personnel and policy. His letter follows:
You were not at the Century last eve, and I felt a little nervous. Don’t
fail to he on hand 'Wednesday! If we gather our full available strength,
we are triumphant! We have nothing to fear but the apathy of our own
people. Not all, but if a few fail our cherished institution falls into the
hands of these designing pretenders and our opportunity is gone forever.
All the sculptors seem against us. But we still have a goodly majority if
all will do as well as Carl Brandt, who is already here from his southern
home, and Sellstedt comes from Buffalo, Shattuck from Con., Haseltine is
already here and to be with us.
The other party are doing their utmost to elect Dielman president (!),
Maynard vice, and get Swain Gifford on the council etc . Their purpose is
obvious. They too must succeed now or never! And this is therefore
the deciding point of the future of the Academy. Come without fail, and
be there at lunch.
Henry apparently did not consider the issue as burning as did
Beard. Beard’s second letter reads in part:
I think you were quite excusable in not coming down to the meeting
under the circumstances . . . Thank heaven, we came out with flying
colors! And elected two new Academicians of our own stripe. We got 13
majority over the whole and Wood had 15 over Dielman, two scattering,
and this settles it, unless we let go the advantage we have gained through
supine neglect. The other party had gathered their full strength and
seemed perfectly confident of success. It shows a waning cause when we
draw secret votes from the ranks of our opponents. But the tide is turning.
In 1899, however, the “other party” triumphed. A printed
list of nominations for officers of the National Academy of Design
(DOC. May 10, 1899) shows Dielman slated for president. If
Henry was a supporter of the Wood faction, it did not win him an
extra privilege to judge from a letter (CORR. March 18, 1898)
from Thomas Waterman Wood, quoted later (p. 62).
Other Interests. Other interests of Henry were more personal.
His love of music has been mentioned. A letter from a friend
(CORR. April 5, 1894) invites the Henrys to spend the evening,
but adds: “Do Not Dare to Come without your flute.” Henry
had a habit of collecting obituaries. Two large scrapbooks of
clippings, collected by Henry, were left on the porch of the Henry
home at Cragsmoor after his death and ruined by rain (McCaus-
land '41, p. 15). The demolition of old buildings, murders,
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
55
divorce cases, articles on church music, are some of the subjects
which interested Henry sufficiently so that he saved clippings on
them. His flute and music for the flute are in the Henry Collection.
Personality. In person Henry was short and frail. An old
friend, Martin E. Albert (FIG. 76), who used to pose for Henry
and who owns a number of excellent examples of Henry’s work
(CAT. 152, 308, 315, 341, 347, 381) is authority for the state¬
ment that Henry never weighed over 1 10 or 115 pounds. He was
not apparently much taller than five feet two or three inches, to
judge from photographs (FIGS. 5, 24, 31, 32). In later life he
settled down to the discreet routine of tableaux (CL. '90) and
teas, witness the Cragsmoor Journal of August and September
1912. But in his youth he made the appearance of a gay blade
(FIGS. 33, 35, 38). A medley of objects in the Henry Collection
gives a composite portrait — a small flask, about four ounces
capacity, with the monogram E L H; a prayerbook with the name
Edward Henry , 1860 on the cover and inscribed inside the cover
“From my friend Frederick A. Guion, September 1860”; Wells
family records from Johnstown; the Fivingston family coat-of-
arms, framed; two fans with ivory ribs; also the flute.
In Henry’s 1898 diary (CAT. 1214) there are items of expense
for wine, an item which seems to be a bet on the races, and a
drinking song, as well as hymns and religious poems. A card of
admission to the Newport Casino (DOC. ’91) suggests that Henry’s
passion for horses was not confined to esthetic appreciation. His
love of dogs has been referred to, and there are many drawings
with the family dogs, Peter and Charley, as chief actors, especially
one dated at Ellenville, 1880, in Sketchbook 5 (CAT. 1189).
Mrs Henry’s niece, Mrs Lawrence Stetson of Johnstown, relates
that once when she was to visit the Henrys at Cragsmoor (FIG.
76) , her visit was put off because a pet dog had died!
From Henry’s Cragsmoor friends and acquaintances, one gets
a sense of Henry as a person. There is some conflict of testimony.
But outlines are clear. Traits of character frequently mentioned
are that he was quick-tempered, swore like a trooper, teased Mrs.
Henry a great deal, was somewhat penurious and liked to wear old
clothes. He had a parlor trick so remarkable that it is still a legend
at Cragsmoor, of “a summer night’s electric storm.” Regarding
Mrs Henry, there is also general agreement. She was “very precise”
and “rather prim and proper,” while “every one liked Mr Henry.”
On the other hand, “They were a darling old-fashioned couple,
who pretended to quarrel.” Or, “Mrs Henry kind of henpecked
56
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
the old gentleman. But she just adored him. She worshipped
him.” A typical Henry joke, reported in Ellenville, was: “I gave
Mrs Henry fifty cents last week. I guess she needs some more.”
(McCausland '41, p. 25, 131, 148).
There was a touch of the practical joker in Henry’s character, to
judge from A Private View (CAT. 334; FIG. 208) . The only clue
to this painting is a photograph in the possession of Mrs Charles
B. Knox of Johnstown, inscribed on the back “A Caricature
Exhibition held at the Century Club. This Caricature Picture on
the style of dress H hats of 1905-6. Private View of the Natnl
Academy Exhbtn, showing the Absurdities in Dress.” Henry
added a legend in the lower righthand corner, under three feathered
creatures. It reads “How we Three, a Tumbler Pigeon, a Top
Knot Hen, and a Goose, Suggested the Present Styles of A.D.
1905-1906.”
Career as an Artist
Honors and Awards. Henry exhibited in the National Academy
exhibitions every year from 1859 to 1919, except 1862, 1873
and 1913. Altogether he showed 147 pictures, not counting the
years 1920, 1925 and 1942. He exhibited regularly with the
American Water Color Society affer its formation, showed at his
various clubs, and was a particular favorite in the annual Gill
exhibitions in Springfield, Mass. (Gill, 1878—1928). From 1878
to 1919, Henry exhibited there on 16 occasions, showing a total
of 20 works, many of which must have found their way into
Springfield homes though inquiry has located only two (CAT.
139, 162; FIGS. 189, 139).
During his long exhibiting career, Henry received numerous
honors of the academic order, including honorable mention at the
Paris Universal Exposition of 1889, a medal at the World’s Indus¬
trial and Cotton Centennial Exposition in New Orleans in 1885,
a special medal for his railroad painting (CAT. 257; FIG. 162)
shown in the Transportation Building at the Chicago World’s
Fair of 1893 (CORR. October 10, 1893, pasted on MS. p. 39), a
bronze medal at Buffalo in 1901, a silver medal at the South Caro¬
lina Inter-State and West Indian Exposition held at Charleston in
1902, and a bronze medal at the St Louis World’s Fair of 1904.
In the Henry Collection (DOC. ’02) there is the certificate of award
from the Charleston Exposition for the oil painting Waiting for the
Ferryman (possibly CAT. 277). Mr and Mrs Charles Peters of
Cragsmoor (McCausland ’41, p. 179) have presented to the State
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
57
Museum Henry’s certificate of award at the New Orleans Exposition
and his diploma of award at the Paris Exposition, with many other
items.
Sales and Success. Election to the Century Association in 1866
and to the National Academy as A.N.A. in 1867 and as N.A. in
1869 started Henry on the road to formal success. His sales up to
1870 have already been noted (p. 30). Throughout his life he
found patrons for his art, making steady sales, though for the
most part, his sales were not spectacular. Catalogs of the annual
Academy exhibitions show that in the years 1880-96 (National
Academy of Design, 1859—1919) he priced his work from $125
to $2000. Two canvases are listed at $1000 and $1500; but the
median is around $500. Martin E. Albert reported to me that
Mrs Henry told him Henry received $15,000 for the large railroad
painting now in the Albany Institute of History and Art (CAT.
257; FIG. 162). Henry’s 1898 diary (CAT. 1214) notes an item
on May 19th, chk NAD for big church, $ 1620 . Entries in this
diary and the 1899 diary (CAT. 1214) show that he sold water
colors as low as $50. A letter from John H. Weiss of Harrisburg
(CORR. December 26, 1889) to W. S. Howard and Howard's note
to Henry (CORR. December 27, 1889) indicate that Henry received
$900 for Marriage in the Olden Times (CAT. A-222). An uni¬
dentified newspaper clipping among the obituaries pasted in at the
end of Mrs Henry’s manuscript notes that “For the Railway Station
[CAT. 58] he received $530, which in 1876 was a price that meant
fame and fortune to a rising American painter.”
In the two diaries — sole known survivors of Henry’s undoubt¬
edly meticulous personal records — there are accounts of the year’s
sales for 1898 and 1899. In 1898, he received from the salq
of pictures etc. $2226.60 and from coupons $150, a total of
$2376.60, against expenditures of $1212. From Klackner royal¬
ties, he got $96.85 in three payments. Paintings sold variously
at $50, $75, $100 and $135. For a music design for a Mr Hadley
Henry was paid $25. The sale of the “big church” — the large
canvas now owned by J. G. Myers Hilton of Saugerties, Sunday
Morning (CAT. 283; FIG. 67) — for the sum of $1620 was cer¬
tainly a red letter day. This is one of Henry’s outstanding canvases,
34 by 62 inches, painted with great attention to detail. "Jlie diary
further records the history of the work put into this painting by
Henry. From January 4th to March 1st, he painted almost every
day on the big church, not completing it in time to send to the
58
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Century, but finishing it so that it could go to the Academy on
March 9th. In 1899, Henry’s total sales were $2037.13, with
an additional $400 presumably again from coupons. The item
for expenditures is not clear, being either $1731 or $731. Royal¬
ties from Klackner came to $132.50. One picture, A Rainy Day
(CAT. A— 293) sold for $435, Bound to Shine (CAT. 223) for
$100, while a check from the Academy for $270 paid for several
unnamed works. This year Henry sold well at the Gill exhibition,
with items for Saturday Morning (CAT. A— 294) at $175 net and
for Off the Main Road (CAT. 941 ; FIG. 254) at $75. It is strange
that none of these pictures turned up in the Springfield investiga¬
tions.
Vogue. Henry’s success depended not only on popular vogue but
also on his willingness to cut his cloth to suit his customers. A
letter from H. C. Henry of Minneapolis (CORR. November 30,
1888) suggests the complacence with which successful artists of
the period met their market’s demand. It reads:
I saw a small painting of yours (“Forgotten ’ ) at the Exposition here that
I desired to have but was too late. I should like a scene from your hands
about as follows. The time near sun-rise on a cold winter morning. An
open room which may be comfortably furnished with a stove or fireplace, a
bed and other furniture. The room and especially the bed are inhabited by
a man and his wife. Whether or no there is a baby will depend on you.
The unmistakably nightcapped head of the wife plainly appears above the
coverings on the front side of the bed. The poor shivering husband in his
nightgown only & bare feet is building or lighting the fire in the stove or
grate. The room is in disorder with the clothing, pants, dresses, boots,
shoes etc., scattered about, as thrown off 8* stepped out of the night before.
There may be a pair of pants hanging by the suspenders from a chair. I think
the marked idea of the painting should be the excessive cold of the morning.
A good size window opening out, with glass partly frosted, icicles suspended
on the outside, snow covered hills with the morning light just falling on
them etc., as you will best know. I am not drawing rigid lines for you
to follow, but wish to indicate what I want. Can you do this satisfac¬
torily to your reputation for say $150 or $175 8* if so how long would
it take you ? You have a fine painting on exhibition that I would like
if 1 could afford it (Smith has it on exhibition at the West Hotel.)
P.S. What branch of the Henry family do you belong to?
The painting referred to in the first sentence may be Forgotten
(CAT. 208; FIG. 253). Whether “Artist Henry” ever painted the
picture according to the Minneapolis Henry’s specifications is not
known. At any rate, requests for pictures cut to pattern were not
unique. In the Peters gift, there is a letter (McCausland ’41,
p. 175) dated March 16, 1899, from Oliver H. Durrell of Boston
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
59
to Henry at 1 1 1 East 25th street, New York, which states that the
writer is sorry the water color is sold and asks if Henry would
paint a similar subject for him in oil, which would remain in a
private collection and never go on the market.
Reproductions . The popularity of Henry’s kind of art is gauged
by the quantity of reproductions of his work made during his
lifetime. Many of these are still very much in evidence. Frequently
during my field trip in the Cragsmoor-Ellenville country I would
be told that Mr or Mrs So-and-So owns a Henry “painting/’
Investigation almost always showed the alleged “painting” to be
a platinotype or photogravure, sometimes colored by hand, some¬
times in black and white. As early as 1887, C. Klackner, 7 West
28th street, New York (Klackner ’06), was publishing reproduc¬
tions of Henry’s paintings (CL. ’87). The demand for Henry
prints warranted the publication of a catalog of 12 pages with 40
illustrations and a list of seven titles not illustrated. In the Henry
Collection there are three copies of this catalog, which I have not
been able to date. In 1906 the Klackner firm published a more
elaborate catalog, comprising 16 pages with 80 entries and 60
illustrations. The State Museum owns two of these. According
to Martin E. Albert, Klackner bought all the paintings Henry did
not immediately sell, and when Mrs Henry did the bargaining, she
got top price. Two letters from Klackner to Henry (CORR. March
17, 19, 1894) discuss terms, Henry apparently considering Klack-
ner’s offer too low. The records of this firm, now out of existence,
are not available, though a nephew, George C. Klackner of the
same address, has a number of large Henry prints in fine condition.
Many of the Henry reproductions were colored by hand by Mr
and Mrs Henry, and also by a Mrs Anna Saxton Hartshorn of
Ellenville (McCausland ’41, p. 1, 20, 62). The “big church”
painting referred to above was immediately photographed and copy¬
righted on its completion; and on April 14, 1898, we find Henry
noting in his diary that he “colored all day big church print.”
Among the documents in the Henry Collection are a number of
copyright applications, including those for The Opening of the
First Railroad in New York State (CAT. 257; FIG. 162), Home
from the War (CAT. A— 303) and The Old Clock on the Stairs
(CAT. 379; FIG. 214) (DOC. April 22, 1893; February 12, 1903;
June 27, 1910).
The case for reproductions is made by the unidentified newspaper
clipping quoted under Sunday Morning (CAT. 283). It reads, in
part:
60
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
[The painting] ought to be engraved, or well printed in colors, so that
when the original is in the possession of some private owner, or placed in
some public gallery, people who will never have the opportunity to look
at it may have a copy to hang in their homes.
With the objective of a democratic, popular use of art there can
only be the most general agreement. Today artists meet the gen¬
uine need for art for the home by working directly in some practical
“multiple original’’ medium, like the recently developed silk screen
color print (See 107th Annual Report of the New York State
Museum (p. 43.) In Henry’s time, however, direct graphic work
had fallen into a decline. The ambitious Academy piece was fash¬
ionable. The smaller and less conspicuous print was not. Hence,
artists depended on indirect, semimechanical methods for the repro¬
duction of their work.
If an objection is to be raised to these reproductions, it is that
they lack of the quality of direct multiple original prints. To be
sure, there are some good etchings, such as Near the Brandywine
(CAT. 939; FIG. 243) and the large print of Sunday Morning seen
at George Klackner’s. But on the whokj the platinotype process
produced what amounts to a record rather than an esthetic expres¬
sion. When the large photographs were “water colored’’ by a
number of hands, the result got rather far away from Henry’s
original color scheme. There is a picture in the Springfield (Mass.)
Museum of Fine Arts which was once thought to be a Henry
original but now seems to be a print or photograph painted over
(CAT. 907). No doubt, focusing of attention on Henry will
bring to light many similar instances.
The mere .repetition of a subject, however, does not in itself
seem unethical. Most artists repeat themselves; and it is only
when the style a man employs is realistic or representational that
the repetition is glaringly evident. A contemporary of Henry, the
very interesting still life painter, William M. Harnett (Downtown
Gallery ’39) painted the same “nature-vivre’’ arrangement over
and over again in canvases such as With the New York Times,
With the New York Herald, Flute and Times, The Daily Tele¬
graph and Public Ledger, or his numerous violin pictures. As to
the ethics of coloring photographs, there is no question at all if the
colored photographs are described as such. On the other hand,
there may be a need for more common sense than has been shown
toward this question. Is it vastly different to use a still photograph
to take the place of handcraft drawing or to project by motion
picture technic a design on a wall for the mural painter to paint?
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
61
The experience of John Kane (Janis ’42, p. 78) in coloring photo¬
graphs gives a somewhat more human orientation to the problem.
Kane questioned a narrowly puristic interpretation. In the ulti¬
mate effect, probably we had better judge art by its content and
communication rather than by its materials and means.
At any rate, the reproductions not only served to spread Henry’s
name and fame, but from the documentary point of view, they
insured that these visual records of life in America have a better
than fair chance of surviving the uncertainties of time and social
change. Moreover, they filled a need which persists even to today.
The use of Henry’s paintings on calendars, which began in his
lifetime (CAT. 302, 304, 313, 321, 331), continues. Almost life
size is the color reproduction of The 9.45 a.tn. Accommodation
(CAT. 65; FIG. 109) used by the West Virginia Pulp and Paper
Company on its 1941 calendar. That the appeal of Henry’s work
is superior to the often sneered at “calendar art’’ may be gathered
from a story told by a museum curator. He, with two well-known
photographers, stopped in a west coast saloon for a beer. The
only work of art was the above calendar. Sequel : The museum
curator liked the painting so much he got a copy of the calendar
too! In 1 942, the same company reproduced The Clermont (CAT.
323 -a) in an edition of 30,000. An interesting obiter
dictum connected with this calendar is that the best efforts of the
writer and the advertising agency handling the calendars could not
locate the painting itself, in spite of the fact that correspondence
in the Henry Collection gave what seemed a first class “lead.’’ All
this shows that there exists a real audience for Henry’s work.
Economic Pressure. The artist’s life is not all popularity and
affluence, however. A brief sentence in a letter from James Henry
Moser (CORR. November 2, 1894) tells another story: “I find it
gives me all I want to do to keep the pot biling' this year and
sometimes I am quite discouraged.’’ Henry himself knew phases
of potboiling, such as the music design above-mentioned and the
sketch for Ed. E. Ayer (DOC. ’77) . This was A Portrait from life
by E. L. Henry of the late Edward Ayer, father of Edwd E. Ayer,
one of the pioneers of Chicago, taken at Geneva Lake, Wisconsin,
1877. The drawing was used on the checks drawn by Ed. E. Ayer,
Ties, T elegraph Poles, Post by Cargo on the North Western Na¬
tional Bank of Chicago and shows the “pioneer” sitting . in a
rocking chair, cane against his knee. That there were times of
economic pressure may be gathered from a letter from George W.
62
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Stow (CORK. May 11, 1895) saying he will be happy to lend
Henry $50 and Henry should have asked him before. A letter
from Henry to J. H. Smith, dated August 15, 1915, in the posses¬
sion of Martin E. Albert, advising against the sale of In the Old
Stage Coach Days (CAT. 341 ; FIG. 249) reads, in part:
That stage picture I considered, one of my best works ... At
present , no one seems to have any money for pictures just now. I haven’t
sold anything except one small work since last Christmas and all the other
artists’ complaint is the same except a few portrait painters, and in Europe
it is deplorable.
Waning Reputation. The above quotation seems to imply a
gradual decline in reputation and popularity. Lucia Fairchild
Fuller A.N.A., writing in Scribner’s after Henry’s death (Fuller
’20), suggests this when she discusses the amalgamation in 1906
of “the National Academy of Design . . . with the Society of
American Artists — which was made up of these now successful
younger men.’’ She continues:
Consequently , an academician, instead of having a right to hang several
pictures on the line in every exhibition, was allowed only one picture, and
that hung where the hanging committee pleased.
As a matter of fact, although during the first years of this regime, Mr
Henry’s small canvases were sometimes discourteously used, it was not for
long. After a picture or two of his had been t(skyed” or hung in what is
known as the Academy’s Morgue (a room lit only by artificial light), back
to the light and back to the best gallery they came.
A letter to Henry (CORR. March 18, 1898) from Thomas
Waterman Wood, president of the Academy, suggests that the
process of attrition had begun sooner. It reads:
You know by our Constitution, the President is carefully excluded from
any connection whatever with the Hanging Committee. The place where
you hear your picture is hung, would be a very good one if that “ cussed ”
heater was out of the room.
I hear that my portrait of Gay is in the South room, and so is his land¬
scape. I will see Weldon in the morning to ascertain if a change can be
made, although I am afraid it is too late.
Henry's Estate. As he grew older, Henry’s production slowed
up, as well as his sales. At his death, he left only a few canvases,
according to Arthur V. Hoornbeek of Ellenville, who appraised the
estate (McCausland ’41, p. 41). The inventory (McCausland
’41, p. 118 seq.) made by Raymond G. Cox, Ellenville lawyer,
executor of both Mr and Mrs Henry’s estates, listed the following
paintings at the Milch Galleries in New York:
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
63
1 water color
Reading the Story of Bluebeard (CAT. 145; FIG. 140)
Waiting for the Stage (CAT. 387; FIG. 216)
Old St Mark’s , Bowery (oil) (CAT. 381; FIG. 215)
10x12 inches
7x10 inches
25x27 inches
The following were listed as being at the Brooklyn Warehouse
Storage Company:
1 frame containing 4 framed paintings, The Four Seasons
(CAT. 372, 1—4; FIGS. 204—7) ‘ each 6x9 inches
1 large oil painting
$4
2 life size lay figures
2 easels
1 black mirror used by artists
Probated in the Kingston Surrogate’s court June 6, 1919,
Henry’s estate was valued at approximately $10,000 to $11,000
personal property and $5000 real estate. At her death nine years
later, Mrs Henry left an estate valued at approximately $47,000.
In the inventory of her estate, the following were listed:
2 wax figures
Old fashioned costumes
Studies for paintings
Swords and pistols
5 studies for paintings
1 large camera $50
2 small cameras each 3
1 large oil painting Lady 3
Old cuts, prints, sketches, photos and studies
Small chest of paints and brushes
Portfolio of photographs
Many little sketches, studies, photographs and other details used in
his work.
The bulk of the drawings, photographs, prints and sketches are
now in the Henry Collection.
Henry's Death . Henry died in Ellenville at the home of Mrs
Nelson Terwilliger on May'll, 1919, having contracted a cold on
the train coming up from Florida (McCausland *41, p. 18). He
was buried in Johnstown, where Mrs Henry was later also buried.
His last painting, unfinished, was Florida Landscape (CAT. 391;
FIG. 218). Henrv’s death evoked a flood of tributes, recorded in
part below.
64
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Appreciations of Henry
Obituaries . The American Art News wrote in its issue of May
17th, seeking a just evaluation for a kind of painting which had
already then gone out of vogue:
Some critics have considered Henry more as an illustrator than as a painter
as he deals with minute details and carefully finishes his canvases to the
end, like his early fellows of the old Hudson River School — but this estimate
is hardly a fair one.
An unidentified newspaper clipping pasted at the end of Mrs
Henry’s manuscript reads:
Only the older generation recalls familiarly the paintings of E. L. Henry
.... His pictures today are miles out of fashion in manner and sub¬
ject . ... In his own metier, Mr Henry had no superior. His simple,
homespun genre paintings, too full of precision and detail to suit the tastes
of the moment [1919] are the best of their kind ....
The tendency of the day is to slight the fact that every true picture tells a
story. The apostles of “art for art's sake ” are in the ascendancy. They
try to relegate the story-telling picture to the realm of illustration ....
Mr Henry never failed to tell a story with his pigments and to tell it as
well as any one who painted in the same style. It was the style of Meissonier
and Knaus, and with them he was one of the great masters of the style
into which he never failed to put something that was his own. .
A second unidentified newspaper clipping pasted at the end of
Mrs Henry’s manuscript reads in part as follows:
. . . occupies a place in American art history . . . that is absolutely
unique. He is the Washington Irving of a painted “Sketch-Book,” the
genial and gracious old-school picture chronicler of the nation s colonial
period and of the early and middle nineteenth century ....
The recently discovered paintings of Quidor (Baur ’42) make
the comparison with Washington Irving seem a little inappropriate.
This is the advantage of hindsight, however, and should not be
held against Henry’s critics of a quarter of a century ago. The
lack of accurate knowledge which bedevils the student of art is
made evident, though, when the obituary goes on to state that
Henry produced in all less than 200 works. The catalog of this
report — by no means an exhaustive listing — indicates how folk
error is spread even about facts of so recent occurrence that they
could be checked and verified. The clipping continues:
He was slow, not so much from technical virtuosity as from his habit of
meticulous documentation in every detail. These pictures occupy places of
honor in the principal art museums and historical societies of the country,
as well as in many of the best of the conservative private collections of
native painting.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
65
Here is a further error. If the principal art museums and his¬
torical societies of the country owned work by Henry in 1919,
they have managed to lose it since; for of the 57 American museums
of 59 replying to a questionnaire sent out by the New York State
Museum in the summer of 1941, none had any paintings by Henry.
Public institutions, other than the State Museum, which own work
by Henry today are the Metropolitan Museum of Art, the Corcoran
Gallery, the Albany Institute of History and Art, the New York
Historical Society, the Yale University Art Gallery and the Haggin
Memorial Galleries. The notice continues with a remark which
sheds light on the critical values of the time:
Then the New Moment intervened, and garish impressionism eclipsed the
pale-lighted and lavender -shaded canvases [of Henry].
Finally it ends with what is surely, to our later eyes, a dubious
compliment:
The technical style of E. L. Henry underwent no change or evolution in
the full 50 years of his professional career.
A third unidentified newspaper clipping pasted at the end of
Mrs Henry’s manuscript places what probably informed opinion
today will consider a more correct value on Henry's work. It is
headed Pictures as History and reads in part :
. ... a phase of pictorial art too little understood or appreciated . . .
pictures as historical records ....
. As an American social historian, Henry may have failed of recognition in
his lifetime . . . But there can be no doubt of the value of his pictures to
the social student of future years. Now that St John's Chapel in Varick
Street is gone forever, Henry’s charming picture of it (CAT. 79 ; FIG. 1 12)
preserves a social and architectural record that American art could ill spare.
A sound evaluation was expressed by Will Low in the Evening
Post (Low ’19). His criticism follows in part:
His work . . . will remain . . . unique . . . and a typical American
product little affected by his early training in France, devoted to the per¬
petuation of truly national types and forming, when the day comes for its
better appreciation, a life work of which an American artist may well be
proud . . .
With such patriotic interest can we regard Mr Henry’s art, that our Metro¬
politan Museum could hardly undertake a more pious task than assembling a
really comprehensive exhibition of his varied work; varied indeed more than
is generally realized, though always related to our American life.
) Without claiming for Mr Henry a dominant place, there are few American
artists who have better served their country in preserving for the future the
quaint and provincial aspects of a life which has all but disappeared since
we have become the melting pot for other races than our own .
66
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Memorials . The memorial from the annual report of the
president, Herbert Adams N.A., read at the annual meeting of the
National Academy of Design, April 28, 1920, presents the judg¬
ment of his lifelong colleagues. It follows:
No one can doubt the peculiar historic interest as well as the genuine charm
of the paintings of Edward Lamson Henry - — a full-fledged Academician
for over half a century. Mr Henry was born in Charleston, South Carolina ,<
January 12, 1841; was elected an associate in 1867; an Academician in
1869. Although he studied in Paris with Gleyre (that same Gleyre who
had perhaps more influence upon the art of Whistler than is generally
admitted) Mr Henry’s art has a characteristic American quality, no doubt
enhanced by his subjects, yet not wholly due to them. In depicting on
canvas the manners and customs, the inventions and habitations, the politics
and pioneering of his native country during the first half of the nineteenth
century, Mr Henry stands unrivalled. Surely he may be called the Meis-
sonier of America. His contribution to our art is historic, unique. No
other painter approaches him in the delicate delineation of such subjects as
" The First American Railway Train” in the Albany Historical Society.
From the Century Association also came a memorial, printed in
Mrs Henry’s Memorial Sketch (p. 344) . Pasted at the end of her
manuscript is a letter to Mrs Henry from H. Bolton Jones, secretary,
in behalf of the Artists Fund Society. It reads:
I am directed by the Board of Control to convey to you its deepest sympathy
in your bereavement and to assure you that the Society feels deeply the loss
of one of its honored and beloved members. Mr Henry occupied a unique
place among the artists of America and 1 know of none who can fill it.*
Contemporary Critical Opinion. Appreciation of Henry during
his life was not undiscriminating, to judge from various clippings
in the Henry Collection. A letter from Frank T. Robinson (CORR.
July 23, 1895) inclosed a clipping from the Boston Transcript
for Saturday, July 6, 1895. In the article, Robinson has called
for the founding of a National Museum of Art which would be a
truly American institution, devoted to the encouragement of work
by living Americans. He also urged the creation of a new post
“minister of art for our cabinet” and suggested for the office the
president of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, Henry G. Mar-
quand. Evidently he ranked Henry among those deserving of
support; for he wrote:
Once I get interested in an artist I never let go. Perhaps I like to endorse
myself. At all events, I am with you and your future and want to know
you personally as / do your efforts on canvas.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
67
An unidentified newspaper clipping, probably of 1904, discusses
Henry’s work as follows:
... a confirmed academician . . . This pupil of Gleyre . . . with the
Meissonierlike technique , paints avowedly in a style that is long since out
of date; even his old friend J. G. Brown has been influenced by modern
ideas caught in the currents of impressionism. Not so Mr Henry. He
calmly continues to paint those delicate studies of a vanished epoch in this
country with the knowledge of an archeologist .... Not so broadly
human nor so humorous as W. S. Mount or Eastman Johnson, nevertheless
Mr Henry has made his own niche and fills it admirably .... This
evocation of sweet, brave, old fashioned days when paint was paint and
neither poetry or drama, Mr Henry has mastered the secret of, although
he seldom dives deeper than, the anecdote.
Finally, the American Art News may be found writing in 1906,
as follows:
... is in a sense almost the Doyen of American figure and landscape
painters. He is really the art historian of American early life and customs,
for his pictures have had for their subjects the life of the United States
during the late 18th and early 19th centuries. To the depiction of these
scenes and times, their quaintness of custom and costume, Mr Henry has
given a life of perservering study and research, and his portrayals of such
scenes . . . are familiar to the public everywhere through countless reproduc¬
tions. He is still painting [this at the age of 65], and no American collection
or exhibition is really complete that has not an example of his able brush.
Such is the sum of the life and activity of this typical and there¬
fore significant nineteenth century painter.
68
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
List of Henry's Addresses
The following list of addresses is taken v.erbatim from entries in
the annual catalogs of the National Academy of Design.
1859
.1860
1861
1863
1864
1867
1885
1887
1888
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1899
1900
1901
1904
1905
1906
1907
1909
1910
No address
Philadelphia
Now in Rome, Italy
15 Tenth street [New York]
Studio Building, 15 Tenth street
5 1 West 10th street
3 North Washington square
Ellenville
58 West 57th street
77 West 45th street
35 West 14th street
51 East 59th street
7 West 43d street [Century Association]
111 East 25 th street
7 West 43d street [But Henry lived at 111 East
25th street (see McCausland *41, p. 175).]
Ill East 25th street
7 West 43d street
222 West 23d street (Hotel Chelsea)
7 West 43d street
222 West 23d street
7 West 43d street
222 West 23d street
“The Chelsea"
The Chelsea Hotel continued to be Henry's New York home until
his death, though there are no more entries in the N. A. D. catalogs.
t
Figure 2 “E. L. Henry. When
a young student of art. Taken
1859 in Phila. at the age of 17.”
(Photograph, Henry Collection,
New York State Museum)
Figure 3 Sketch of E. L. Henry
by J. G. Brown, 1868. (Henry
Collection, New York State Mu¬
seum)
Figure 4 Henry’s birthplace : “Old House in Society Street, Charles¬
ton, S. C., where I lived when I was a little one.” It was built
in 1 820. (Photograph, Henry Collection, New York State Museum)
[69]
Figure 7 “Taken in Whittredge’s Studio, Tenth St. Studio Building, N. Y.*'
(Reading from left to right and alternately from row to row) “Thos. Le Clare,
J. F. Weir, Whittredge, Casilear, S. R. Gifford, J. G. Brown, McEntee, Wm Hart,
Wm Beard, Regis Gignoux, R. W. Hubbard, S. J. Guy, E. L. Henry — 1866.
All have passed away (1912) except J. G. Brown, J. F. Weir & E. L. Henry."
[70J
Figure 10 Frances L. Wells, Figure 11 Mrs Henry, circa 1880
1873— 74, wearing a costume (Tice’s Fine Art Studio, Canal
from Henry’s collection street, Ellenville, N. Y.)
Figure 8 Frances Livingston
Henry. 1876
Figure 9 Frances Livingston
Wells [ 1867-72 ?]
[71]
Figure 12 “Lake George, Sept. 10th, 1874.” Henry is
on top of the coach, at the left, wearing a top hat
Figure 14 “Sam’s Point, 2234 feet,
overlooking the Hudson Valley, Crags-
moor, Shawangunk Mountains”
Figure 15 Sam’s Point Ledge, November 1907
Figure 16 “Thomas Botsford (born 1824, died 1899) at the
old wall, 1891“
[73]
Figure 17 “Maratanza Clouds. Looking south across the lake
September ’04”
Figure 18 "Pickers Camp, July 1905." Where the migrant huckleberry
pickers "squatted" on Sam’s Point
[74]
Figure 1 9 “Full of dear memories $
where we lived for many years. 218
E. 10th, last of April, 1904.”
Figure 20 The Henrys’ studio, 3 North Washington
square
Figure 21 Henry's studio at Cragsmoor. “Newel post
40 inches tall, base 9 inches, □. Carved handrail 30, 17
columns. Small mantle 77 inches long”
[75]
Figure 22 The Henry home at Cragsmoor in Henry's time
Figure 24 Henry at work, circa 1917. “Miss Wood,” model,
looks on. On his easel may be seen The Floating Bridge , CAT. 380
Figure 27 Another view of the Henry house in his day
Figure 28 Henry’s garden (Photograph by Jessie Tarbox Beals)
[78]
Figure 26 The Henry barn, where Henry had his studio
when the Henrys first moved to Cragsmoor
Figure 29 E. L. Henry, 1 888:
CAT. 1215. A silhouette. Col¬
lection, Bernard H. Cone
Figure 30 F. L. Henry, 1 888:
CAT. 1216. A silhouette. Col¬
lection, Bernard H. Cone
Figure 32 Portrait of E. L. Henry, N.A., by Charles C. Curran,
N.A., 1 909: CAT. 1220. Collection, New York State Museum
[80]
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
81
The Work of E. L. Henry
Introduction
HE Henry CATALOG lists about 150 known oils and water
1 colors in museums and private collections and about 250 oils,
water colors and sketches in the Henry Collection, and over 200
paintings are recorded by other evidence. Henry’s paintings range
in size from 6 by 5 inches — the small portrait of Mrs Henry (CAT.
117; FIG. 227) —to 42% by 110 inches — The First Railway Train
on the Mohawk and Hudson Road (CAT. 257; FIG. 162) — though
in the main his pictures were small. Henry worked mostly in oils;
however, the catalog lists a number of water colors and black-and-
white wash drawings, the latter usually early. A considerable body
of work thus exists from which to evaluate his painting.
The exhibition of about 70 of Henry's oils and water colors,
held in May 1942 at the Century Association in New York, while
not a wholly accurate cross section, afforded an exceptional oppor¬
tunity to compare his development period by period. Such events
— and especially a project like this study and the publication of
this report — emphasize the need for re-examination and revaluation
of America’s typical 19th century academic painters. It would be
possible to argue that they fulfilled their function, produced their
work, made their contribution, passed. into oblivion as their vogue
waned, and need not be exhumed. Henry illustrates the cycle; only
in the past few years has his name come to notice again. That
attitude, however, seems unhistoric, and, indeed, present-day criti¬
cism more and more focuses attention on the origins and evolution
of American art so that by understanding the roots of native culture
We may more successfully encourage living art in America.
The need for re-examination and revaluation of the past, of
course, is not confined to the immediate American past. In all
fields of human endeavor genius rises from the average or typical
activity of the time. The promotion of scholarship leading to
humanistic knowledge requires that we more and more survey the
characteristic qualities of every country and every craft in every age;
such knowledge supplies the background against which continuous
human progress may be plotted.
Growing interest in the American tradition has brought critical
attention to bear on the minor artists who form the base of average
or typical activity on which genius^ builds. The point is well
82
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
formulated in John I. H. Baur’s introductory note to the auto¬
biography of Worthington Whittredge (Whittredge ’42, p. 5), a
contemporary and friend of Henry. Baur writes:
Perhaps most interesting ... is the fact that 'Whittredge’ s experiences and
ideas come as close to being typical of his time as those of an individual
can. The obstacles that he faced in obtaining an art education in the still
primitive Middle West, the search for more adequate training in Duesseldorf
and Rome, the conscious striving to contribute to the building of a native
American school — these were the problems faced by almost every artist
of the time, and Whittredge’s solutions were, too, those of the majority.
He was not a man in conflict with his day, and the Autobiography is in no
sense a document of revolt; he was if anything too much of his era for
his own good as an artist, but for the same reason the story of his life
may well stand as a symbol of the experiences and esthetic judgments of a
generation of American painters.
Holger Cahill makes a further statement of the principle (Cahill
’36, p. 18) , writing in part as follows:
. . . it is not the solitary genius but a sound general movement which
maintains art as a vital, functioning part of any cultural scheme. Art is not
a matter of rare, occasional masterpieces. The emphasis upon masterpieces
is a nineteenth century phenomenon. It is primarily a collector’s idea
and has little relation to an art movement. When one goes through the
galleries of Europe which preserve, in spite of war, fire, flood and other
destructive forces, an amazing quantity of works from the past, one is struck
by the extraordinary amount of work which was produced in the great
periods. During the early part of the twentieth century it is said that some
forty thousand artists were at work in Paris. It is doubtful if history will
remember more than a dozen or two of these ; but it is probable that if
the great number of artists had not been working, very few of these two
dozen would have been stimulated to creative endeavor. In a genuine art
movement a great reservoir of art is created in many forms, both major and
minor.
Not only does present-day critical opinion seek better knowledge-
of the immediate American past for the sake of throwing light on
the present, but particularly it stresses that rediscovery of our
tradition necessitates that “periodic revaluation of the past" which
Lloyd Goodrich has called “one of the most important functions
of criticism." Such revaluation is valuable and indeed essential
because the function of time added to experience makes it possible
to obtain a clear view of what was not necessarily always seen
clearly in its own period: and historical logic may.be observed, as
cliches, slogans, hypocrisies and mediocrities fall into order. In
regard to this study, the forces which beat on artists in the post-
Civil War period are plain in retrospect, as is the period’s typical
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
83
esthetic expression. That expression is described in this report as
“the visual, sentimental image,” a conception defined in the section
on esthetic effects in this chapter. (110 f )
The foregoing is a statement of the point of view of this discus¬
sion. The thesis that the new patronage for artists after the Civil
War helped mold and direct Henry’s development as a painter will
be considered after his subject matter and method of work have
been described and his work placed in the matrix of its period. It
may be noted that when a reputation waxes, wanes and revives,
the process is likely to be attended by disproportionate judgments.
Critics may be found today who totally reject what a painter like
Henry represents, while others will say that work of the kind Henry
produced is the goal at which painters of our time should aim. It
is plain that neither position is just. A study of this character, on
the contrary, should endeavor to arrive at a conclusion as to the
importance of Henry’s painting both in its own time and for today,
but especially for the present.
♦
Henry's Subject Matter
Stories in Pictures. Henry’s subject matter falls into the two
main groups of American genre themes and re-enacted historical
events, though as a student abroad and infrequently later in life
he painted European scenes. Landscape and portraiture were not
his forte. Whatever the subject, he always told a story in pictures;
for his was the age of the story-telling picture, and he did not
depart from its convention. Essentially, his story was the visual
sentimental image, with record values secondary. Typical is the
anecdotal A One-Sided Bargain (CAT. 305; FIG. 190), which
shows a scene at Cragsmoor on the side of the mountain toward
Newburgh. Peddler Oliver Evans and his wife, Nancy, who trav¬
eled about the countryside with “store goods” and pears, apples,
onions and such, are shown dickering with Farmer “Mattie”
Wright, a local character, who was still alive on the occasion of
the field trip to Cragsmoor in the summer of 1941, but who pre¬
ferred describing the region’s snakes to reminiscing about its old-
time artists. Another example is Food for Scandal (CAT. 343;
FIG. 184). On the back of a photograph of the painting, Henry
penciled at some time; “A village girl has picked up a ‘Drummer’
& invited him out for a Ride in her Buggy.” He noted, further;
“A sketch of a village News Depot. The old women watching a
village girl who has picked up a ‘Drummer’ and taking him for a
84
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
'Buggy Ride.' The oldest saying-— ‘I wouldn’t have believed it if
I hadn't seed it with mine own eyes. The hussy!' ” Has this not
the ring of Aunt Samanthy, Mr Dooley and George W. Peck?
Broadly classifying Henry’s painting as historical reconstructions
and genre, we may list his early student work with his genre sub¬
jects, as it deals realistically or naturalistically with everyday scenes.
Examples are early drawings (CAT. 1—9, 17) and notes in Sketch¬
book 1 (CAT. 1185). His Civil War paintings also are observed
from nature, as were early American subjects like Station on “ Mor¬
ris and Essex • Railroad " (CAT. 44; FIG. 108). Henry did not
begin to paint historical themes until 1869, and his turning from
genre to historical subject matter seems to reflect a changing demand.
In the 80’s, Henry began to paint Cragsmoor and Negro subjects,
his material being derived from direct observation, the former at
his summer home and the latter from travels in the South.
Though of greater interest today, Henry's genre subjects are not
as well-known as historical works like The First Railway Train
on the Mohawk and Hudson Road (CAT. 257; FIG. 162) or The
Clermont (CAT. 323; FIG. 242) or the fine example of Americana,
The 9 :45 A. M. Accommodation (CAT. 65; FIG. 109) . A criticism
already quoted, from the clipping pasted on page 41 of Mrs Henry’s
manuscript, states:
Perhaps Mr Henry is best known by his pictures of the period following
the Revolution, during the latter part of the eighteenth and the early part
of the nineteenth century.
Another clipping, pasted on the back of page 63 of her manu¬
script, says:
Mr Henry is an authority on the costumes and life of early days of the
century.
In view of the growing interest in all kinds of information about
the American past, and especially the immediate past, it is probable
that Henry's real life subjects will come more and more into vogue.
They have more authentic historical status than pictures reassem¬
bled, like jigsaw puzzles, from bits of facts, prints, costumes,
vehicles and so forth, and they are more expressive.
Student Work. Henry's student work survives in two oils and
a number of drawings made before he went abroad in 1860, also
the sketchbooks before mentioned. Since much of his work has not
been located, it is fortunate that the two oils may be consulted;
they are Barnyard Scene (CAT. 12; FIG. 92) and Farm Scene in
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
85
Pennsylvania (CAT. 13; FIG. 93). These are related to the draw¬
ings [Barnyard: 1] (CAT. 6; FIG. 88), [Barnyard: 2] (CAT. 7;
FIG. 89), [Barn Interior] (CAT. 8; FIG. 90) and [Barnyard]
(CAT. 11; FIG. 91), as well as to paintings not illustrated or
located, Barnyard Scene Near Philadelphia (CAT. 9), [Barnyard
Scene] (CAT. 14) and Woodpile (CAT. 15).
That Henry had native talent as well as sound graphic training
his student drawings witness. Among these arc Great Bend , Sus¬
quehanna (CAT. 1; FIG. 85), West Point from Prof. Weirs
(CAT. 2), Bethlehem , Pa. (CAT. 3), On the Lehigh, Penn.
(CAT. 4), Mauch Chunk, Pa. (CAT. 5; FIG. 86), and Off to
Europe (CAT. 17; FIG. 229), as well as the carefully observed
Pennsylvania landscapes and New York City scenes in Sketch¬
book 1 (CAT. 1185). These drawings, with many others, are in
the Henry Collection. There are over 200 sketches and drawings
plus the sketchbooks (CAT. 1185—1212), all of which give a good
account of Henry’s skill and method of work.
Training Abroad. Henry’s European training developed his
native graphic gift, as may be seen in a series of sketches; Una Via
in Napoli (CAT. 18; FIG. 94), The Campagna from Frascati (CAT.
19), In Bella Firenze (CAT. 20; FIG. 233), Au fond du Lac, Lac
du Como (CAT. 21) , Colico, Lake of Como (CAT. 22; FIG. 234) ,
Luino, Lake Mag giore (CAT. 23), Livorno (CAT. 24), Cannstadt
in Wixrttemberg (CAT. 25;#FIG. 235) , In Stuttgart (CAT. 26;
FIG. 236), A Berlin Omnibus (CAT. 27; FIG. 237), Prussian
Canal Boat (CAT. 28; FIG. 238), In Amsterdam (CAT. 30; FIG.
239), Rotterdam (CAT. 31; FIG. 240), and Icebergs Off Banks of
Newfoundland (CAT. 32; FIG. 241). The paintings Henry made
abroad, during his student years, are not remarkable. They are
pertinent, however, as suggesting how American artists felt com¬
pelled to pay homage to a foreign ideal. The Arno, Florence (CAT.
33) and Street Scene in Naples (CAT. 42; FIG. 95) are the only
two of this group located jto date, though the character of others
is visualized in many photographs in the Henry Collection. Prob¬
ably they showed no great difference in quality; and certainly they
expressed a respect for the wonders of the Old World proper in an
age when America was beginning to be a nation of innocents abroad.
Civil War Sketches. When Henry began painting, the American
genre tradition had not fallen into decline. His Civil War sketch¬
book (CAT. 1188) — indorsed by him on the cover War Sketches
Oct. & Nov. 1864 — demonstrates how he worked to set down a
86
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
literal transcript of nature. The five large pencil and chalk draw¬
ings in the Henry Collection minutely detail episodes in Henry's
service in the Union Army, as may be noted in the catalog entries,
based on the data inscribed on the sketches by Henry. Their titles
also suggest what Henry found interesting in the life about him;
the drawings are City Point Oct . 1864 (CAT. 45; FIG. 105), The
Market Place , Washington (CAT. 46; FIG. 96), The Great Horse
Depot at Gieshoro on the Potomac (CAT. 47; FIG. 97), Near
Harrison s Landing, Lower James River (CAT. 48; FIG. 98) and
W estover, James River (CAT. 51; FIG. 102).
In addition, we have located two excellent black-and-white
drawings done on the spot, City Point, Va. (CAT. 49; FIG. 106)
and U.S . Transport on the Potomac (CAT. 50), as well as a
small oil On the James River (CAT. 52). Two fine black-and-
white drawings apparently made a few years later are A New York
Regiment Leaving for the Front (CAT. 66; FIG. 101) and The
Warning (CAT. 67 -a; FIG. 104). Henry had not then abandoned
that naturalistic style of Americana now particularly appealing to
Americans who seek to re-establish connections with the American
past. Four canvases have been located dealing with Civil War
themes, which were painted after the war. They are W estover, Va.
(CAT. 57; FIG. 103), A Presentation of Colors (CAT. 82; FIG.
100) , The Old W estover Mansion (CAT. 84) and City Point, Vir¬
ginia, Headquarters of General Grant. (CAT. 96; FIG. 107). Paint¬
ings on Civil War themes which have not been located but of which
there is record are Gen . Fitzjohn Porter's Headquarters, James River
(CAT. 74) , After the Battle (CAT. 75) , Departure for the Seat of
War (CAT. 85) and [U.S. Transport on the Potomac] (CAT. 90) .
City Point, Virginia (1865— 72) , the culmination of Henry’s work
in this line, is a painting of considerable formal interest, though
not perhaps as emotionally evocative as Blythe’s General Doubleday
Crossing the Potomac, illustrated on the same page of Life in
America (Metropolitan Museum of Art ’39, p. 45). By this time
Henry had assimilated his Civil War experiences and was about to
pass on to other subjects and styles. Here, he most closely
approached his model, Meissonier.
Americana. Before his Civil War service, Henry had begun to
paint Americana, applying to that category his habit of observation
and exact transcription. The earliest painting of this kind is the
unlocated Station on (e Morris and Essex Railroad ” (CAT. 44;
FIG. 108) , recorded by a photograph in the Henry Album (Henry
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
87
1864-68, p. 9). In this painting — which looks from the photo¬
graph to be a first-class work — Henry painted in the manner of
his early barnyard scenes, from life around him. Was the same
quality to be seen in Russian Fleet at Anchor in the North River
(CAT. 38) ? The- only record of this painting is a letter written by
Henry in 1863 to the Russian consul general in New York (p.
153), offering to present the painting to the Russian government.
Though Henry rarely showed interest in politics, his painting this
subject and offering it to the Russian government suggests that he
responded to general public interest in the visit of the Russian fleet
in the critical Civil War years when Russia was one of the United
States’ best friends (Horwitt ’42, Pomeroy ’43).
On his return from war service, Henry painted — in 1865 — two
more American subjects, one of them The John Hancock House
(CAT. 54; FIG. 43), which has been located, and the other Resi¬
dence at Poughkeepsie (CAT. 55) , which has not been located. The
Hancock house painting is interesting as showing how Henry
combined historical and contemporary subject matter. The records
do not say whether or not Henry painted the picture after the house
was torn down (p. 128) . At any rate he had a photograph of the
house taken from the same angle of view as the painting (FIG. 44) ,
which he may have used to document the painting. Probably this
canvas should be classed as a historical reconstruction, especially as
it is somewhat wooden in feeling. Residence at Poughkeepsie , on
the other hand, known only through the photograph in the Henry
Album (Henry 1864— 68, p. 39), is an attractive painting, which
one would like to see in order to learn how well it bears scrutiny.
Another unlocated painting, An American Railroad Station
(CAT. 58), may have been a successor of Henry’s first railroad
subject, above mentioned, and a forerunner of The 9.45 a.m .
Accommodation (CAT. 65; FIG. 109), the latter undoubtedly one
of Henry’s best paintings. About this time, he painted a number
of American documents, such as Porch Scene, Newport (CAT. 6 1 ;
FIG. 37) , From a Window, Newport (CAT. 62; FIG. 34) , Four -in-
Hand, Central Park (CAT. 64; FIG. 38) , The Library of Jonathan
Thorne (CAT. 72; FIG. 39), A Chat After Meeting (CAT. 77;
FIG. 114), St John's Church, Varick Street, New York (CAT. 79;
FIG. 112), St Paul's Church (CAT, 80; FIG. 113), Old Dutch
Church , New York (CAT. 83; FIG. 110), No. 217 E. 10th,
N. Y. (CAT. 97), A Parlor on Brooklyn Heights (CAT. 98; FIG.
40), The Doctor (CAT. 105; FIG. 1 16) , St George's Chapel (CAT.
119; FIG. Ill), and Tenth Street Studio Building (CAT. 132;
88
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
FIG. 258) . Henry's visual records of such fine examples of Amer¬
ican architecture as St John's, St Paul's and St George’s, have
historic as well as esthetic value, as do the railroad station pictures.
Interiors like A Parlor on Brooklyn Heights and The Library of
Jonathan Thorne record both the exterior fact of American Vic¬
torian baroque and the interior fact that they were painted to
immortalize their owners and their possessions.
Historical Themes . Henry’s historical pictures are foreshadowed
in The Grand Hall , Levens, Westmoreland (CAT. 59), in which
rendering of detail is his chief concern. The first historical recon¬
struction cataloged is Graeme Park, Near Philadelphia (CAT. 86),
painted in 1869 on a Revolutionary War theme. In 1871 Henry
painted Independence Hall (CAT. 91) , showing the Declaration of
Independence's signers immediately after that event. This painting,
Henry’s first on an important historical theme, is known only by
photographs in the Henry Collection. Henry painted other his¬
torical subjects, from 1869 to 1872, including Lady Elizabeth
Ferguson Sending a Letter to Gen. Joseph Reed (CAT. 92), A
Courtship: Time, 1817 (CAT. 104), The Meeting of Gen. Wash¬
ington and Rochambeau (CAT. 109), [Colonial Couple] (CAT.
113) , A Reception Given Lafayette . . . July 20th, 1825 (CAT.
114) , Going Out to Ride: New York, about 1796 (CAT. 115),
William Floyd (CAT. 130), The Battle of Germantown (CAT.
144) , [Revolutionary Scene] (CAT. 157) , The Battle of German¬
town (CAT. 161) and Meeting's Out, about 1849 (CAT. 164).
None has been located, so that the only visual knowledge of them
comes from photographs and reproductions in the Henry Collec¬
tion. None is especially noteworthy, although the resemblance
between Lafayette’s face in Henry’s picture and in the Morse por¬
traits (Wehle '32, FIGS. 34, 35) may be noted. Did Henry use
these for his reconstruction?
English Scenes and Long Island. Before Henry’s genre paintings
of Cragsmoor, Ellenville and related countryside subjects are dis¬
cussed, works which do not fit into the general scheme may be
noted. His portraits of Mrs Henry, painted in 1875 and 1876
(FIGS. 227, 41), reveal an atypical tenderness. In a few English
scenes, notably Off For the Races (CAT. 124; FIG. 122), he used
material at hand without regard for what proved popular with his
American clients. According to Martin E. Albert, Henry’s English
themes were not particularly salable, as American colonial views
were in demand.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
89
A few pictures suggest that Henry had a potential lyric gift.
Sketches and paintings made at East Hampton, Long Island, from
1879 to 1881, are well executed and poetic, implying that Henry
had a sensitivity to form not always evident in his work. Did he
perhaps consult a good model like Boudin? These paintings, none
of which has been located except Old Hook Mill , East Hampton
(CAT. 151; FIG. 126) , express light and air, to judge from photo¬
graphs in the Henry Collection. Two apparently important paint¬
ings are On the Beach: Waiting for the Bathers (CAT. 140; FIG.
47) and East Hampton Beach (CAT. 154; FIG. 49). Should the
publication of this report bring these canvases to lights it will be
interesting to note how they bear inspection. In the photographs,
they seem to have genuine esthetic appeal. Henry’s work often
looks better in photographs, however, than in actuality, so on this
point judgment may be reserved.
In addition, at this time Henry capitalized on the popularity of
his railroad station pictures. Two subjects, not located but known
from photographs and reproductions, are The Approaching Train
(CAT. 146) and The Way Station (CAT. 147), neither especially
interesting. Characteristic of the period was the pressure on artists
to repeat successful subjects.
Cragsmoor Genre. At Cragsmoor Henry put down the roots
described in the biographical sketch. For two score years, he made
Ulster county subject matter his most typically American theme.
At the same time he continued to paint historical reconstructions,
and as genre petered out around 1900, he gave greater attention to
historical subjects. At Cragsmoor he painted the daily routine of
a life whose scale was modest. The Mountain Stage (CAT. 155;
FIG. 54) served the whole countryside, passing through Cragsmoor
on its swing around from Newburgh to Kingston. In The Latest
Village Scandal (CAT. 178) , country neighbors in two buckboards
pause on a rocky road to gossip. Henry’s early Cragsmoor paint¬
ings frequently pictured Cragsmoor people, especially Peter P.
Brown. Peter Brown fell asleep after noonday dinner, and the
chickens came in and walked on the table; see Uninvited Guests
(CAT. 169; FIG. 143) . Brown drank, being by Cragsmoor general
report the “village drunk," and Henry painted him Bracing Up
(CAT. 168; FIG. 138). Other paintings in which Brown figures
are A Mountain Road (CAT. 153; FIG. 137) and A Hard Road
to Travel (CAT. 162; FIG. 139), which emphasize pictorial and
anecdotal elements rather than plastic. In the latter painting, the
carriage and buffalo robe are well painted, but the surrounding
90
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
landscape is less successful. An outstanding canvas of this group
is Henry’s first recorded genre painting on a Cragsmoor subject.
The Summer Boarders (CAT. 152; FIG. 146), painted in 1881,
which shows Mrs Henry and Mrs Hartshorn in a buckboard driven
by Brown, coming down the “gully road” from the “Mountain.”
This is purely a story-telling picture, with local characters, con¬
temporary costume and vehicle, and characteristic Cragsmoor ter¬
rain, which depicts everyday life realistically in visual sentimental
images.
For the record, the six small paintings presented by Henry to
the village of Ellenville may be listed here, again. These are
portrait sketches of Ellenville and Cragsmoor characters — John S.
Billings, Peter P. Brown, Martin Terwilliger, Joseph E. Mance,
Fred Thomas and Aunt Nelly Bloomer (CAT. 167, 187, 188, 193,
194, 230; FIGS. 133, 129, 130, 128, 131, 132). In these he
portrayed well-known local people, in characteristic poses and
actions, a mood probably closer to genre than to portraiture.
The range of Henry’s Cragsmoor subject matter is plotted in
an incomplete list of titles, as follows; The Watering Trough
(CAT. 179; FIG. 151), Sharpening the Saw (CAT. 195; FIG. 136),
The Old Forge (CAT. 200; FIG. 144), Thanksgiving Sleigh Ride
(CAT. 191; FIG. 152), Coming from Church (CAT. 203), The
Mail Stage on the Mountain (CAT. 206), The Country Store
(CAT. 181; FIG. 127), The New Scholar (CAT. 241), School's
Out (CAT. 199; FIG. 147), At The Toll Gate (CAT. 242), The
Country Carpenter (CAT. 234; FIG. 145), On the Old Gully Road
(CAT. 247; FIG. 245), The County Fair (CAT. 246; FIG. 182),
The New Woman (CAT. 253; FIG. 179) , A Country School (CAT.
232; FIG. 149), Testing His Age (CAT. 254; FIG. 192), [News
Office] (CAT. 263; FIG. 183), A Country Doctor (CAT. 189;
FIG. 148), A Country Lawyer (CAT. 264; FIG. 150), News of
the Nomination (CAT. 272), Morning Prayers (CAT. 273), A
Mountain Post Office (CAT. 298; FIG. 81), Talking Politics (CAT.
299; FIG. 219), A One-Sided Bargain (CAT. 305 ; FIG. 190), Dis¬
turber of the Peace (CAT. 326; FIG. 177), The Flower Seller
(CAT. 335; FIG. 194), Early Autumn (CAT. 338; FIG. 180),
Taking Life Easy (CAT. 359; FIG. 52), The Huckster (CAT.
370; FIG. 193), The Bill Collector (CAT. 365; FIG. 203) and
Contrasts (CAT. 371; FIG. 178).
Thus Henry covered the gamut from buggy (On The Old Gully
Road) to bicycle (The New Woman) to automobile (Disturber
of the Peace and Contrasts ) , making a record of how people lived
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
91
in a typical New York State rural community 60 years ago. He
visualized the countryside’s artisan carpenter and smith at work,
neighborhood food supply in numerous marketing pictures, dwel¬
lings of wooden frame construction, transportation in buggy,
buckboard and stage, farmers at work and stopping to talk of news
of the nomination, and a score of similar simple anecdotes of the
daily round of life. Especially do Henry’s pictures record the slow
tempo of farm life before modern mechanization of agriculture:
a dozen show the easy, unhurried pace of existence as a bearded
old man files his saw or a sun-bonneted young girl goes out to feed
the chickens. Working in the fields, men have time to stop and
lean on the rail fence and chat with a neighbor passing by. Farmer
and wife jog leisurely to town on market day or to meet the train,
perhaps to pick up summer boarders at Walker Valley. This life
has now been drastically modified by technology. Its portrait is
therefore doubly valuable and welcome.
Negro Life. Side by side with Cragsmoor genre subjects, Henry
painted themes of Negro life, based on trips to the South, episodes
of which are recorded in Mrs Henry’s Memorial Sketch (321 ff.) .
In the Henry Collection there are numerous sketches based on direct
observation in the field, and there are also casual notes in Henry’s
sketchbooks. Henry’s first known painting on a Negro subject is
A Study in Black and Tans (CAT. 133), dated 1877, which shows
a little girl playing with two brown dogs. Next comes Reading
the Story of Bluebeard (CAT. 145; FIG. 140), probably painted
about 1880. This seems to be a Cragsmoor scene; the same woman
and child appear in other Cragsmoor paintings. Though Henry
sentimentalized the Negro, nevertheless his frequent use of Negro
subject matter is significant as suggesting a widespread interest in
Negroes in that period. He painted 30 known pictures in which
Negroes appear prominently. Of the sketches in the Henry Col¬
lection, three (FIGS. 223, 225 and 226) are reproduced in this
report. (Porter, 1943, p. 82 seq , 98 seq.)
Other paintings on Negro themes listed in the catalog are, in
chronological order: What Am Dat? (CAT. 182), Fred Thomas
alias Black Fred (CAT. 194; FIG. 131), School's Out (CAT. 199;
FIG. 141), [Taking a Rest] (CAT. 204; FIG. 124), A Temper¬
ance Preacher (CAT. 212; FIG. 154), A Vender of Simples (CAT.
213), Smoky Mountains, N. C. (CAT. 214), Street Scene , Knox¬
ville, Tenn. (CAT. 215), [Family Party] (CAT. 216), [Southern
Scene] (CAT. 217), [A Clean Sweep] (CAT. 218), Bound to Cut
a Shine (CAT. 223), In Doubt (CAT. 224), [Young Merchants]
92
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
(CAT. 225) , [Negro Girl Ringing Doorbell] (CAT. 226) , Happy-
Go-Lucky (CAT. A-241 ; FIG. 260) , Studying Her Sunday School
Lesson (CAT. 240), Meditating Revenge (CAT. 255; FIG. 142),
The Sweetest Fruif (CAT. 271), A Virginia Post Office (CAT.
274), A Chip Off the Old Block (CAT. 284), [Maud Powell
Plays The Violin] (CAT. 319; FIG. 71), In East Tennessee
(CAT. 337; FIG,. 209), Taking Life Easy (CAT. 359; FIG. 52).
In addition, Negro boys figure in Capital and Labor (CAT. 150;
FIG. 56) and Sharpening the Saw (CAT. 195; FIG. 136), and
Negro servants in The Relay (CAT. 156; FIG. 157), A Virginia
Wedding (CAT. 231; FIG. 155), Waiting at the Ferry (CAT. 287;
FIG. 165) and News of the War of 1812 (CAT. 366; FIG. 250).
The illustrations in this report show how Henry treated his Negro
themes.
Henry’s Humor. A number of paintings by Henry fall into the
category of humor, as judged by the standards of his time. Among
these may be named most of the Negro subjects listed above and the
following: Bracing Up (CAT. 168; FIG. 138), Uninvited Guests
(CAT. 169; FIG. 143), The Latest Village Scandal (CAT. 178),
The New Scholar (CAT. 241), The New Woman (CAT. 253;
FIG. 179), Testing His Age (CAT. 254; FIG. 192), [News Office]
(CAT. 263; FIG. 183), One-Sided Bargain (CAT. 305; FIG. 190),
A Disturber of the Peace (CAT. 326; FIG. 177), [What’s That
You Say] (CAT. 328), A Private View (CAT. 334; FIG. 208),
Food for Scandal (CAT. 343; FIG. 184), The Tramp (CAT. 364),
The Bill Collector (CAT. 365; FIG. 203), [A Dog’s Life] (CAT.
383) and [A Buggy Ride] (CAT. 908) . Typical, also, is Henry’s
use of such a detail as the dragging diaper of the baby in The Pedler
(CAT. 139; FIG. 189) .
Transportation. From a record point of view, an important
group of paintings is that in which Henry is revealed as a “trans¬
portation artist par excellence.’’ He painted vehicles of all kinds,
including oxcarts, phaetons, stage coaches, buckboards and buggies,
automobiles, early locomotives and railroad coaches, ferry boats,
canal packets, ocean liners and bicycles. The number of Henry’s
paintings on transportation themes suggests that popular enthusi¬
asm for the new inventions, as they came along, created a market
for paintings representing such subjects. The motive power of
transportation in premotorized days was a favorite theme of
Henry’s. He loved horses, liked to go to the races at the Newport
Casino, and (329 f.) worked both from life, hiring horses from
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
93
local farmers to pose them, and from plaster casts. Rare is the
canvas in which a horse does not appear in some manner. In the
Henry Collection there are a quantity of sketches of horses, drawn
from life, in pencil and in oil, some quick notes and others ideas
which were not finished. They show excellent observation and
draughtsmanship, as well as real feeling for the subject. In regard
to> vehicles, Henry studied them with great care for exact detail,
as is suggested in the section in the biographical sketch on his car¬
riage collection at Cragsmoor (p. 52) and is developed further in
this chapter in the section on Henry’s method of work.
The now vanished Delaware and Hudson Canal (p. 46) passed
practically through Henry’s front yard. From the higher eleva¬
tions of Cragsmoor, it was possible to look down and see its silver
ribbon shining in the sun. It quite naturally supplied Henry with
material for another chapter in his pictorial history of transporta¬
tion. Besides the canal sketches (FIGS. 173— 76) and the sketch¬
book devoted to canal studies (CAT. 1207) , there are the following
paintings on canal subjects: The Tow Path (CAT. 249; FIG. 170) ,
Late Afternoon on the Old Delaware and Hudson Canal (CAT.
261; FIG. 171), Scene Along the Delaware and Hudson Canal
(CAT. 342; FIG. 172), Entering the Lock (CAT. 289; FIG. 255)
and A Canal Boat Entering a Lock (CAT. 362). The first two
show scenes along the canal in or near Ellenville and can be roughly
identified even now, despite changes in the town and the gradual
filling in by time of the old canal bed. Architecture in particular
has changed little.
Historical Subjects. Henry painted historical subjects all through
his working life, turning more and more to this genre as he grew
older. Besides the titles previously mentioned, he painted the
following pictures on historical themes, reconstructing events from
old prints and books and verifying physical detail from actual
costumes, vehicles and objects: Traveling South in the Thirties
(CAT. 170), A Virginia Wedding (CAT. 231; FIG. 155) , The
First Railway Train on the Mohawk and Hudson Road (CAT.
257; FIG. 162), Waiting for the Ferryman: Time About 1844
(CAT. 277), The Childhood of Rapid Transit (CAT. 281), Sun¬
day Morning ( Old Church at Bruynswick) (CAT. 283; FIG. 67),
Crossing the Ferry (CAT. 288 -a; FIG. 167), Indian Queen Inn ,
Bladensburg , Md ., in 1795 (CAT. 290; FIG. 159), The Battery at
New York in 1660 (CAT. 302), Fulton s First Steam Ferryboat
(CAT. 304; FIG. 168), Burgoyne s Army on the March to Sara¬
toga , September 1777 (CAT. 306; FIG. 186) , Passing the Outposts
94
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
(CAT. 309; FIG. 185), Sir Wm Johnson Presenting Medals to the
Indian Chiefs of the Six Nations at Johnstown, N. Y., 1772 (CAT.
310), The Surrender of New York to the English by Stuyvesant,
1664 (CAT. 313), The MacNett Tavern (CAT. 317; FIG. 256),
Arrest of Major William Dyre for Treason (CAT. 321), The
Clermont , Fulton s First Steamboat (CAT. 323; FIG. 242), St
Johns Park and Chapel, New York (CAT. 324; FIG. 247), St
Johns Chapel (CAT. 325; FIG. 248), Changing Horses (CAT.
327; FIG. 160), Waiting for the New York Boat at Stonington,
Conn., the First Railroad from Stonington to Boston (CAT.
329; FIG. 163), Residence of Capt. William Kidd, 1691 (CAT.
331), The Inn at Bladensburg (CAT. 333), In the Old Stage Coach
Days (CAT. 341; FIG. 249), Bear Hill (CAT. 347; FIG. 80),
Stenton (CAT. 348), News of the War of 1812 (CAT. 366; FIG.
250), [Getting Out the Vote) (CAT. 368; FIG. 251), Election
Day (CAT. 373; FIG. 252), Main Street in Johnstown, N. Y., in
1862 (CAT. 374; FIG. 211), The Floating Bridge (CAT. 380;
FIG. 213), St Mark’s in the Bowery in the Early Forties (CAT.
381; FIG. 215), and Leaving in the Early Morn in a Nor’easter
(CAT. 388; FIG. 161).
Miscellaneous . The above cover the main classes of Henry’s
subject matter. A painting may be mentioned here which is surely
a “sport” — Les Fosses Communes, Cimitiere de St Owen, Paris
(CAT. 128; FIG. 121) painted in 1876. The small pen-and-ink
sketch for this canvas (CAT. 128-a; FIG. 120) shows how the
painting was studied from nature. Dealing as it does with a mass
funeral after an epidemic, can it be called Henry’s one example of
“social content”? Seriously, is it possible that Henry was influ¬
enced by Courbet’s Funeral at Ornans, a very large canvas of a long
narrow shape, 10x26 feet, painted in 1850, showing a subject
superficially similar? According to Mrs Henry’s memorial sketch
(p. 314) and to other biographical references, Henry studied with
Courbet in Paris. This has always seemed open to question, in
view of Courbet’s sound plastic and realistic contribution to mod¬
ern painting. But it may be that Henry was influenced in this
instance.
Landscape and portraiture were not Henry’s forte, as said before.
Nevertheless, besides the portraits of Mrs Henry mentioned above
(p. 34 ff.j, he did produce a few landscapes which are sincere and
expressive. Two or three village street scenes have poetic feeling;
and it is not exaggeration to state that these paintings — some of
them known only from photographs or reproductions — have an
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
95
idyllic mood. They represent a romantic quality in Henry of
which we know almost nothing from other sources. Among these
may be listed: Main Street, East Hampton, L. I. (CAT. 163), A
Country Store (CAT. 181; FIG. 127), A Village Street (CAT.
190), Coming from the Train (CAT. 207) , Vacation Time (CAT.
210), Country Scene (CAT. 233; FIG. 66), On the Way to Town
(CAT. 237), Toward Evening (CAT. 245), Village Post Office
(CAT. 248; FIG. 62), A Village Street (CAT. 293), and In the
Valley (CAT. 929; FIG. 83) . The small panels The Four Seasons
(CAT. 372; FIGS. 204-07) illustrate how Henry paid meticulous
attention to naturalistic detail, each season having been painted at
its appropriate calendar time, according to his note (p. 226) . Was
this a belated influence of Impressionism, a reminiscence of Monet’s
haystacks and water lilies? Old Hook Mill, East Hampton
(CAT. 151; FIG. 126) , already mentioned as an example of Henry’s
best work, belongs here also.
These categories make it clear that above all else Henry was a
story-teller in pictures. In so far as he continued to paint pictorial
anecdotes when * ‘light and air had become the real subjects of
painting” — as Goodrich has written (Whitney Museum of Ameri¬
can Art ’35, p. 8) — he was an esthetic survival. Before his esthetic
expression is considered, however, his method of work may be
examined.
Henry's Method of Work
“Meticulous Documentation .” Henry collected visual facts with
great industry, using as sources sketches, photographs, old prints
and written descriptions — a method with which his contemporaries
were well acquainted, both personal friends and art critics often
referring to his practice. An unidentified newspaper clipping pasted
on a blank sheet at the end of Mrs Henry’s manuscript, quoted in
full in the Biographical Sketch (p. 64), speaks of Henry’s “habit
of meticulous documentation in every detail.” He followed this
method to his death, as the late catalog entries show. The data on
The Floating Bridge (CAT. 380; FIG. 213), begun at the end of
the 19th century but finished in 1917, are a case in point.
Henry’s method of work was established early in life, as may be
read in a letter to Henry (CORR. June 28, 1871) from Frank M.
Etting, author of History of Independence Hall and restorer of the
State House in Philadelphia in 1876. The letter reads in part:
... I went immediately ... to the Sunday Despatch office and examined
their Hies for the picture of the Pine St. House. It turns out that while it
was referred to in the text, the picture was a house of Logan's ....
96
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Your specialite delights me, and the photographs of your pictures you
were so kind as to bring on with you have really enraptured many of my
antiquarian friends who are anxious to make the acquaintance of the artist,
My friend S. C. [Sam Chew] wishes to give you a couple of orders when
you can execute them, the subjects just such as you will delight to paint
and hence they must please every one.
I am much in hopes that the city will be induced to order a large painting
of the Committee coming out of Independence Hall July 8th, 1776 [see
CAT. 91]. I shall take the liberty in such case to give you a few points
about introducting actual likenesses among the spectators that will be con¬
sistent chronologically and that will tell upon their descendants [sic] of
this day ....
I have found a letter among my Mss of Th. Graeme [see CAT. 86]
which I have put away for you ... .
We shall certainly go to Stenton [see CAT. 348] together when you
come on.
Henry's “habit of meticulous documentation in every detail” was
almost apocryphal. Charles C. Curran N.A. relates that Henry
drove to Grahamsville — in those days a half day’s journey from
Cragsmoor by horse and buggy — to verify a special belly band
detail (McCausland '41, p. 144) . For The First Railway Train on
the Mohawk and Hudson Road (CAT. 257; FIG. 162) he posed
Cragsmoor people, among them Mrs Henry, Harry Cook (McCaus¬
land '41, p. 171) and Martin E. Albert, the latter for a man run¬
ning beside the train and for a coach passenger. Mr Albert, who
knew Henry from about 1886 till his death in 1919, reports that
Henry worked — in paintings in which horses figure — both from
casts of horses' legs and from living equine models, paying local
farmers to pose their nags for him.
Henry's Use of Sketches. Henry’s working up of specific sketches
into paintings has been referred to frequently in this report. In
The Roaring Forties (CAT. 175; FIG. 57) is based on two drawings
in Sketchbook 2 (CAT. 1186), one illustrated in this study (FIG.
60). Henry revised his first draft from nature; for the sketch¬
book's color notes are not carried out exactly in the painting (see
p. 134 f.) . Capital and Labor (CAT. 150; FIG. 56) is documented
by a drawing in Sketchbook 3 (CAT. 1187) of a dog and a “dog
churn” (FIG. 59). The sketchbooks contain many notes for
paintings, already identified. If more paintings had been located,
without question more drawings could be matched to them. Sketch¬
book 24 (CAT. 1208) has a detail for The Floating Bridge (CAT.
380; FIG. 213). In Sketchbook 21 (CAT. 1205) there are draw¬
ings for At The Toll Gate (CAT. 242) and A Temperance Preacher
^ at. 212; FIG. 154). Loose Notes (CAT. 1213) has a detail for
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
97
the ragpicker’s dog cart seen in St Mat e's in the Bowery (CAT. 381;
FIG. 215) .
Further sketches for paintings are: Sketchbook 5 (CAT. 1189)
— a Negro servant putting a trunk on the back of a carriage, used
in A Wedding in the Early Forties (CAT. 976) ; drawings for
Election Day (CAT. 373; FIG. 252), and [Getting Out The Vote ]
(CAT. 368; FIG. 251), showing a chimney sweep 1836—7 and
bootblack 1837 ; sketch for A Morning Call (CAT. 330) . Sketch¬
book 6 (CAT. 1190) — a pen-and-ink drawing for The Ancestral
Home (CAT. 131). Sketchbook 8 (CAT. 1192) — Dr H. P. Far -
num's visiting Buggy W. 23d St N Y April 1874 , used for The
Doctor (CAT. 105; FIG. 116), with color notes silver , yellow line
and 2 yellow lines on Hub & spokes. Sketchbook 10 (CAT. 1 194)
— a dwarf street cleaner working front of St Mark's Stuyvesant St.
N Y April 1874 , related to St Mark's in the Bowery (CAT. 381 ;
FIG. 215). Sketchbook 13 (CAT. 1197) — Mrs E. L. Henry ,
London Oct. 187 5 by E L H for the portrait done in 1876 (CAT.
122; FIG. 41), and a sketch for The Departure of the Brighton
Coach (CAT. 136; FIG. 125). Sketchbook 21 (CAT. 1205) —
besides details already mentioned, a sketch for Coming from Church
(CAT. 203). Sketchbook 22 (CAT. 1206) — besides the above
comparisons, a sketch for A Moment of Terror (CAT. A-244) ;
and a scene in front of an inn, related to Changing Horses (CAT.
327; FIG. 160). In Sketchbook 23 (CAT. 1 207) , inscribed Canal
Studies, there are the following details: Pumping out the Bilge, On
the Tow Path, Hoods on the Mules Heads to Keep the Flies off,
A Canal Lock, On the T ow Path, a canal store house and entrance
to a lock, as well as a direct detail for The Tow Path (CAT. 249;
FIG. 170). In Sketchbook 24 (CAT. 1208), besides the detail
mentioned, there is Fulton's first steam ferry boat. From Paulus
Hook (Jersey City) to N. Y. 1813 for the painting of that title
(CAT. 304; FIG. 168).
A number of the Henry Collection’s larger sketches are related
to paintings also, including drawings of mules on the tow path
(FIGS. 173-76) used in The Tow Path (CAT. 249; FIG. 170).
There is also the drawing of a man examining a horse’s mouth
(FlG. 195) used in Testing His Age (CAT. 254; FIG. 192). A
fairly complete series is seen in Beach Wagon (CAT. 1010; FIG.
45), On the Beach (CAT. 1068; FIG. 46) , On the Beach: Waiting
for the Bathers (CAT. 140; FIG. 47), East Hampton Beach (FIG.
48) , East Hampton Beach (CAT. 154; FIG. 49) and Bathing Hour,
East Hampton Beach (CAT. 154-a; FIG. 50).
98
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
This method of work Explains why Henry did not produce
more titles. Entries in his 1898 diary (CAT. 1214) in regard to
Sunday Morning (CAT. 283; FIG. 67) indicate that from January
4th to March 1st he painted steadily on the canvas, which is one
of his largest, being 34x62 inches. A recurring entry is Painted
all .day big church. Later he noted Big church pas able to finish it
on time to go to Century on coming Saturday, then Nearly finished
and finally Photo for copyright. On March 9th he sent the paint¬
ing to the Academy.
Henry's Use of Photographs. The earliest instance of Henry’s
using photographs to document a painting is the print in the
Henry Collection, inscribed: The Gap, from the East Side of the
River . Evening. No. - Scenery in the Region of the Delaware
Water Gap, Pennsylvania. Photographed by Moran & Storey,
Philadelphia. The view is almost identical with On the Susque¬
hanna (CAT. 16; FIG. 87), a painting known only through the
photograph of it in Henry’s Album (Henry 1864—68, p. 8).
Henry probably used photographs collaterally with sketches at this
time; for there is a drawing of the same subject (CAT. 1 ; FIG. 85)
in the Henry Collection. Drawings in Sketchbook 1 (CAT. 1185)
of New York buses in 1860 are matched by photographs of the
same subject in the Henry Collection.
The John Hancock House (CAT. 54; FIG. 43), painted in 1865
— the year it was taken down for common modern houses — is
documented by a photograph (FIG. 44) . Though in the painting
the house is considerably foreshortened, the comparison shows how
Henry worked for literal accuracy. There are also photographs in
the Henry Collection of the end and side views of Graeme Park
(see CAT. 86, 92; p. 163 f.) . Henry went further in the photo¬
graph of old Peter P. Brown’s house at Cragsmoor (FIG. 77),
which he took in 1880. This was copied in 1904 by Legrand \V.
Botsford, the figures by the woodpile being playfully painted in,
as he [Henry] talked of the old days. Though touched up, the
picture supplies a gauge for comparison with the house as it looks
today (FIG. 78). Henry used a photograph (FIG. 55) as a detail
for The Mountain Stage (CAT. 155; FIG. 54). In addition, Dick
Elting, probably the driver in the photograph, posed for the picture
(McCausland ’41, p. 63).
The Henry Collection offers many examples of Henry’s use of
photographs to document his paintings, among them FIGS. 74
and 76, not yet matched to paintings but obviously made for the
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
99
purpose. Both Mrs Stetson and Martin E. Albert (McCausland
'41, p. 203,209) speak of Henry's using them as models (FIG. 76).
Cragsmoor reports that Henry frequently took photographs of
local people for details (McCausland '41, p. 181). Mrs Charles
(Bertha Mance) Peters of Cragsmoor relates that Henry took many
photographs of her mother, the late Mrs Charles Mance, to use in
paintings. Mrs Peters has a photograph which shows her brother,
Ralph Mance, at the wheel of a righthand drive Winton, wearing
a chauffeur's cap, and Mrs Henry, in linen duster and veil, in the
back seat. The car's registration plate reads “NY 1914, 89828."
In the painting Contrasts (CAT. 371; FIG. 178), the number is
18750. A drawing in Sketchbook 25 (CAT. 1209) shows the
number as 41744. Thus, though Henry studied visual facts care¬
fully, he altered them as he saw fit. Another drawing in Sketch¬
book 27 (CAT. 1211) shows a woman in a veil, a driver's cap and
a car’s brasswork.
Also, compare Taking Life Easy (CAT. 359; FIG. 52) and the
photograph in the Henry Collection (FIG. 53). In the painting
Henry has changed the course of the road; it curves less than in the
photograph. The vehicle is slightly different; boards across the
rear axle seen in the photograph have been eliminated in the paint¬
ing. Does this suggest that Henry used photographs or detailed
drawings not to obtain a literal transcript but to simplify the
manual labor of painting? The photograph of a railroad coach
on the Boston and Providence Railroad (FIG. 73) may be a detail
for a subject like Waiting for the New York boat at Stonington,
Conn . (CAT. 329; FIG. 163). The transparency of a corn shock
among Legrand W. Botsford’s plates (FIG. 82) could well be a
detail for the Autumn panel of The Four Seasons (CAT. 372; 3;
FIG. 205), which shows corn shocks in a field.
There are many photographs in the Henry Collection of archi¬
tectural subjects, including: Side view <(Chew House” ; St Johns
Chapel as Seen from Beach Street; Interior St John's Varick Street,
N. Y . Built 1806—7 . Taken in 1867. (Rockwood) ; Stairway
City House Built 1803; Chase Sitting Room (with printed data
on the back: H. Schaefer . Photo- Art Studio. 14 Main Str.
Annapolis, Md.) ; Stenton, the seat of James Logan, 1730; Front
view “Cliveden” ; Hallway “Cliveden.” Probably most of these
could be identified from a complete record of Henry’s paintings.
As a consequence of his method of work, it is often hard to
distinguish a photographic copy of a Henry painting from a direct
photograph of the same subject. Some examples are the paintings.
100
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
recorded in the Henry Album (Henry 1864-68, p. 35, 68) [Fam¬
ily Party] (CAT. 216) and [Southern Scene] (CAT. 217). One
should add here that in this practice Henry had the distinguished
company of those two masters of realism, Eakins and Degas
(Mayor, 1944).
Henry's Use of Prints and Books . Among the Henry Collec¬
tion’s study materials items which illuminate his approach to
painting are chromos of the Brandenburg Gate, the Crystal Palace,
the Vatican, Dresden and Vesuvius touched up (perhaps by his
own hand?) in pencil and paint. Also among the prints is a
photograph of Henry’s painting A Paris Diligence (CAT. 129)
treated the same way. On my field trip at Cragsmoor and Ellen-
ville, in June, 1941, I frequently found touched-up photographs
of Henry paintings and was often directed to a treasure cache of
his work, only to find the pictures of this kind. A unique item is
the print (CAT. 1001; FIG. 51) of Jacques Louis David’s Madame
Recamier , pasted on a wood panel and painted over in oils, David’s
original composition having been enlarged by the unidentified re¬
toucher’s painting beyond the edges of the print. Though the fact
that this was done by Henry is not proved, yet the probabilities
are that he was the retoucher; for Cragsmoor and Ellenville report
on the practice well-known in the community of the two Henrys
“water coloring’’ photographs or other prints of his paintings
(p. 52-53, 59) .
Henry used historical books, as well as prints, as sources of infor¬
mation. In Sketchbook 20 (CAT. 1204) he noted; “History of
First Locomotive of America by Wm H. Brown. Appleton & Co.
1871. (551 Bdwy).’’ A more extensive note in Sketchbook 22
(CAT. 1206) reads; “Cuzzis Civilis, Or Genteel Designs for
Coaches, Chariots, post chaises, etc., vis-a-vis, Whiskeys, single
horse chaises, &sc, in the most fashionable taste, colored, engraved
on 30 plates, price 10 s & 6, plain 18 s. 1788. Printed and sold
by I. Taylor Holborn.’’ In the Henry Album (Henry 1864-68,
p. 19) a note in regard to “Lady Elizabeth Ferguson Sending a Let¬
ter to Gen. Joseph Reed’’ (CAT. 92) reads; “Vide Mrs Ellett’s
Houses of the Revolution, vol. 1, 1828.’’ In his note on The Float¬
ing Bridge (CAT. 380; FIG. 213; see p. 228-29) Henry writes of
using books of travel. The correspondence between Mrs Daly and
Henry, quoted under The Old Lydig House (CAT. 197; FIG. 58;
also FIG. 61) shows how carefully he verified factual visual detail.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
101
The Post-Civil War Period
A Description . E. L. Henry matured as a painter after the Civil
War. Thus his working life extended from 1859, the year he
first exhibited in the National Academy of Design, to the year of
his death, 1919. In time his work spans decades when the United
States developed as an industrial nation, and copper, steel, coal and
railroads’ new rich became art's new patrons. In this span of 60
years, the United States passed from a rural to an urban way of
life, and technology became its ruling principle. Modern trans¬
portation and communication — foreseen by Henry in primitive
forms like The Clermont (CAT. 323; FIG. 242) and The First
Railway Train on the Mohawk and Hudson Road (CAT. 257;
FIG. 162) — bloomed into transcontinental limiteds. The Nation
moved into full economic independence, world center of financial
gravity shifting definitively after the first World War to Wall
Street. In this period industrialism became the Nation’s established
productive system, and wealth concentrated in the hands of indus¬
trial entrepreneurs created a new order of patronage.
Henry's painting career, during which he exhibited almost every
year in the National Academy of Design, outspanned the Salon des
Refuses (1863) and the deaths of Cezanne (1906) and of Renoir
(1917). In these 60 years the United States produced Ryder,
Homer and Eakins (Goodrich '33, '44; Museum of Modern Art
’30) , as well as scores of painters equally integrated in the American
tradition (Baur '40, '42, '42a; Metropolitan Museum of Art '39;
Whitney Museum of American Art '35, '38, ’42). In these years
the battle of Impressionism and Cubism was fought. In these
years, too, American artists created a body of work on which
present-day opinion looks with justified pride. These years are
the environment in which Henry evolved. To evaluate him as a
painter, it is desirable to understand him as a part of his time.
Thus the character of the period, the values which pervaded it
and the general role of artists in the age need to be examined.
Looking back on the post-Civil War period, one may note the
causes and effects summed up by Holgcr Cahill (Cahill ’36, p. 11
seq.) partly as follows;
After the Civil War the picture changed completely . ... The rapid
expansion of industrialism made for the dominance of social groups which
had no tradition of art patronage and little interest in art except as it might
serve as the badge of a newly -acquired social distinction or as an object of
conspicuous display .... After the Civil War the new generation of art
patrons demanded the grandiose, the vulgar , the spectacular, the over-
102
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
embellished and the over-genteel — this last as a means of obliterating their
crude beginnings .... The serious result of this wasteful showiness was
less the spread of vulgarity than the dislocation of art in this period from
its social context. In a society with such aims there was little place for
the creative artist whose concern was with the expression of human
experience.
By implication, the artist who succeeded did so because he was
content to express human experience not at all or on the level of
shallow thinking and feeling.
Add to “insecurity of taste" (Cahill '36, p. 13) a parallel inse¬
curity in the sources of income on which an American artist of the
time might count. Eastman Johnson's abandonment of genre
subjects for portrait commissions is explained by John I. H. Baur
on the basis of financial necessity (Baur ’40, p. 25, 27) . The new
patrons wanted portraits, but not paintings of everyday life. Thus
the “genteel tradition," as Cahill has called it, operated as the aegis
under which American painters of the time perforce worked.
The Period's Visual Aspect. The quality of the time may be
gauged by its visual aspect. To 20th century eyes, it was elaborate,
costly, ostentatious, making appeal by material show. Conspicuous
display was, as Cahill writes, the hallmark of late 19th century
taste. The period has been pictured by Isham (Isham ’27, p. 260)
as follows:
They gratified themselves with fast trotters, diamonds and champagne; they
built themselves big and amazingly ugly houses and filled them with furni¬
ture whose only excuse was its cost. And with other things they bought
pictures.
For visual witness, see Mrs A. D. Jessup’s rig and T. A. Vyse’s
four-in-hand (FIGS. 36, 38) in regard to “fast trotters"; for “big
and amazingly ugly houses," see Vyse’s and Jessup’s Newport
residences (FIGS. 35, 37) ; and for “furniture whose only excuse
was its cost," see the crowded Victorian parlors (FIGS. 39, 40) .
About this time, the Henrys gave a reception for Mr and Mrs
Ernest Parton of London (Cl. undated) , an occasion when their
studio was reported to be hung with flags and its corners banked
with palms 20 feet high. Wealthy folk had their horses photo¬
graphed in front of painted backdrops showing balustered terraces,
with barouche and liveried footmen; two such photographs are in
the Henry collection (PH. undated) . The look of the time may be
studied in In the National Academy , (FIG. 42) , a wood engraving
by William St J. Harper, published in Harper’s Weekly of April
29, 1882: in it bustles parallel walls crowded three rows deep with
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
103
ornately framed paintings. Henry’s carved walnut frame, now
on the portrait of Mrs Henry (CAT. 122; FIG. 41) in the New
York State Museum, is typical. The frame was evidently a favor¬
ite of his; it is seen in numerous photographs of his studio building
and Washington Square quarters.
The Period's Values. Inevitably the vast increase in wealth in
the United States after the Civil War, the growing popularity of
European travel, the importation by the new millionaires of foreign
art — pointed out by Lloyd Goodrich in his essay on American
genre (Whitney Museum of American Art ’35) — affected Ameri¬
can art and artists. From early American folk painters to Mount
(Baur ’42) genre had flourished in the United States, recording
the development of the country in visual terms. Henry’s early
paintings of American subjects, such as The 9.45 A.M . Accommo¬
dation (CAT. 65; FIG. 109), were straightforward expressions in
this tradition. The new patrons after the Civil War, however,
did not seek realism in art. Goodrich (Whitney Museum of
American Art ’35, p. 7) has described the effect of their patronage as
follows;
Saloons, painted women and slums would have seemed positively indecent
to the art public of the time. The urban burgher preferred his rural scenes,
or at the most J. G. Brown’s scrubbed newsboys or E. L. Henry’s charming
little idylls of an earlier New York .... Sex was sublimated into sentiment
or confined within the range of family virtues.
The “family virtues’’ agreeable to “urban burghers’’ may be
studied in the work of a score of academicians, all friends of Henry,
among them Arthur Parton, S. J. Guy, Worthington Whittredge,
J. W. Casilear, Sanford R. Gifford, Jervis McEntee, William H.
Beard, E. Wood Perry, William Hart, William Page, Robert W.
Weir, John F. Weir and Benjamin Franklin Reinhart.
Art books of the time record subjects in favor then — Parthenon,
Venice canals, Adirondacks sunsets, “Lo, the Poor Indian,” scenes
along the Nile and the like. Illustrations in American Painters
(Sheldon ’79) suggest the caliber of the period. Values are im¬
plicit also in a statement made by Thomas Moran to Sheldon
(Sheldon ’79), which follows:
Half the foreign stuff that is sold here I feel is a swindle on the public.
The works of Jules Breton, L. Knaus, Oswald Achenbach, Meissonier and
Gerome are admirable, to be sure; but I can’t think anything of Corot.
The protest'against support for foreign art which discriminated
against American artists was justified. It is difficult, however, to
104
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
agree with Moran’s judgment of “admirable” European painters. In
the decade in which he uttered his opinion, Monet, Manet and Degas
were at work. The heritage of French painting, from Gericault
and Delacroix to Corot and the Impressionists, was available to
the United States’ art patrons. What they collected is therefore a
measure of taste at that time.
An agreeable story in pictures was what was chiefly wanted.
W. J. Lampton, writing to Henry (CORR. ’00?), emphasizes
“pictures that would paint well and pay well” and specifies the
story element:
I don’t know anything about Art — with a big A — but I know what I like
in pictures, and for a long time I have been scrapping with my artist
friends because they persist in painting things that call for a plan and
specifications when there are so many things that tell their own story, as
soon as the artist gets them on canvas.
t
Art patrons also expected artists to agree with their political
ideas. The letter to Henry from May A. Bookstaver (p. 195),
headed Pembroke West, Bryn Mawr, October 22, 1896, suggests
that Henry’s connections were with people of conservative political
opinion. This, too, would affect an artist’s expression. Will Low’s
criticism, quoted at the end of the Biographical Sketch (p. 65),
speaks of “a life which has all but disappeared since we have become
the melting pot of other races than our own”; and Mrs Henry refers
somewhat slightingly, in her Memorial Sketch (p. 325), to the
Italian section of New York's lower West Side.
An occasional contemporary statement held out against pre¬
vailing standards. Art in America (Benjamin '80, p. 115—16)
indorses a criticism of J. G. Brown because he washed his urchins’
ears before he posed them. Benjamin criticizes Henry for hardness
of outline, then refers approvingly to Waiting for the Bathers
(possibly CAT. 140; FIG. 47), but gives first place to Winslow
Homer and Eastman Johnson for painting truly American genre.
Generally, artists found it easiest to conform.
The Period's Taste. The period expressed itself in ways often
unacceptable to present-day criterions. Is it likely that the subject
described by H. C. Henry of Minneapolis in the letter quoted above
(p. 58) would be painted today? The idea of the husband, in
nightshirt, shivering in the unheated bedroom etc., is not in our
time-spirit. Typical, too, is a poem inscribed “with the compli¬
ments of Treadwell Cleveland of Newark Eve. News,” a longhand
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
105
manuscript, dated at the Hotel Chelsea, March 12, 1918, pasted
in Mrs Henry's manuscript Memorial Sketch. The text follows:
Midst fads and shibboleths , and freaky schools
Whose creeds are folly, whose disciples fools.
How gracious glows the brush whose touch sincere
Depicts in truth the beauty all revere.
As pigments from the palette of the skies
Are purely seen through frank and faithful eyes ,
And forms, true traced with earnest, humble skill.
Crow quick with art yet breathe of nature still t
As vivid as Meissonier’s master stroke.
As fine as Vibert’s pencil would evoke.
But more alive, more intimate, more true.
The world that Henry’s hand unveils to view.
When Futurist is buried by the Past,
While Cubist molders with his shattered cast,
And all the cults of psychopathic twist
Are blown afar as winds dispel the mist ;
When honest sunlight clears the air of art.
And honest craftsmen follow head and heart;
Then homage will be paid to Henry’s name
And workmanship will seal his brow with fame.
The tribute is characteristic. The effect of such standards was
to enforce conformity. The quality of patronage is mirrored in
Art Treasures of America (Strahan '79, II; c. 86, c. 98, t. 82,
f. 126, III, c. 28, f. 28), which shows the kind of story-telling
picture in vogue. Generally the story favored was an episode from
history or mythology, a blurred image of the neoclassicism of
David and Ingres, in the main lacking even the appeal of senti¬
mental genre. Among the collectors recorded in this de luxe three-
volume subscription set were W. H. Vanderbilt, Fairman Rogers,
A. J. Drexel, W. W. Corcoran, T. H. Havemeyer, Mrs A. T.
Stewart, J. Pierpont Morgan, who collected Bougereau, Gerorne,
Meissonier and the like. Almost no American artists were repre¬
sented, though some of those named had purchased paintings by
Henry. The kind of painting in demand is suggested in an uni¬
dentified newspaper clipping (CL. April 3, 1879), which refers to
Old Folks at Home [The Old Paternal Home (CAT. 110; FIG.
119)] as an “uncommonly fine and handsome canvas." The
criticism continues:
. . . the refined nature of the artist has imparted, it seems to us, to this
picture the very feeling of security and happy contentment which belongs
to a well regulated household.
106
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Henry’s taste in antiques has been mentioned in connection with
the Ortgies sale (p. 46). His taste in literature is suggested by
fragments of his library now in the Henry Collection. Among
these are the magazines Character Sketches, edited by Marion Har-
land; Current Literature: A Magazine of Record and Review, The
Art Amateur, Paris in the series King’s Views, and (1870) Day’s
Doings: Illustrating Current Events of Romance, Police Reports,
Important Trials and Sporting News, also Sporting Times and
(1879) The Daily Graphic: An Illustrated Evening Newspaper.
The carved walnut frame in the Henry Collection has been
mentioned (p.103) . Possibly the painting From a Window, New¬
port (CAT. 62; FIG. 34) inspired its shape. More probably it
represented an influence from the vogue for Romanesque which
Richardson brought into architecture, to have it echoed in buildings
as different as Post’s New York Produce Exchange Building and
a Brooklyn coffee warehouse (Abbott ’39, p. 20-21, 200-1).
Although today round and oval shapes are out of favor, this frame
indicates an esthetic preference in Henry, as does the long, narrow
horizontal he often used. About the only statement from him on
a matter of taste has to do with a suitable frame for Spring (CAT.
315). A letter from Henry to Martin E. Albert, dated "On Mtn
June 14th, 1904,” reads in part:
It is one of my strongest little pictures, I feel. I thought of framing it in a
black ebonized frame with gilt flat next to canvass [sic], feeling that the
dark wood helped to make the contrast greater like looking out of doors
from a window. They are more durable and far more effective than gilt.
If you don't want it, preferring a gilt frame, you can have your choice, as
the frame is included in the price, of course; only if it were to be mine, I
should have the heavy dark polished ebonized frame as the picture is sunny
(springtime) and the effect would be bully.
In general, we may say that taste functioned on a low level, the
period’s "sensibility to the different degrees and kinds of excellence
in the works of Art or Nature” — as Hazlitt wrote — being unde¬
veloped and indiscriminate.
Esthetic Considerations
Alternatives for the Artist . In the United States after the Civil
War, the artist had the alternatives of conforming and surviving
or of making an upstream fight against prevailing standards, but at
a price. Lack of support for American art made the latter course
unattractive. The late Charles C. Curran N.A., Cragsmoor neigh¬
bor and friend of Henry, recalled to the writer (McCausland ’41,
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
107
p. 149) that when he came to New York in 1881 as a student, there
were few galleries and none gave assistance to American artists.
The first gallery devoted exclusively to the exhibition and sale of
work by Americans was founded only half a century ago (in 1892)
by the late William Macbeth. Yet American painting and sculp¬
ture had had more than a century and a half of continuous produc¬
tion (Museum of Modern Art ’32), not counting the fine anony¬
mous portrait of Margaret Gibbs, painted in 1670. The general lack
of support for American artists is witnessed by a newspaper clipping
in the Henry Collection (CL. April 3, 1879) which urged that
... it would be well for American art if such collectors of art as John
Taylor Johnson, William H. Vanderbilt, Judge Hilton, Mr James H.
Stebbins, Mrs A. T. Stewart, August Belmont and others that we could
name, would buy more of it than they do, and they would, too, by so doing,
possess much more interesting galleries than they now do.
The letter to Henry from Frank T. Robinson (CORR. July 25,
1895) quoted above (p. 66) proposed as a remedy that the Nation
build a National Gallery of American Art and “that a minister of
art for our cabinet’' be created, nominating for the office Henry G.
Marquand, Metropolitan Museum of Art president. A half cen¬
tury has not seen this proposal effectuated, though government
programs for the support of art are an important step forward.
Neglect of American art is stressed in the report of W. W. Story,
one of the American commissioners for the Paris Exposition of
1878, in which Henry was represented by Off for the Races (CAT.
124; FIG. 122). Commissioner Story (Story ’80, p. 3, 6, 7, 9)
stated that the fine arts are an organic part of our educational sys¬
tem, writing in part as follows:
. . . the small sum of $150,000 actually appropriated to cover all expenses
of every kind was not only so insufficient in itself, but was so tardily given
as to render it impossible for America to make an exhibition worthy of a
great country ....
The consequence has been an injury, not only to the reputation of the
country, but even more to its material interests ....
We wish to take among nations the high place to which we are justly
entitled, but we grudge the necessary outlay. Our penurious grants of
money for great public objects retards the development of the country.
Commissioner Story went on to list existing museums and
academies in Boston, New York, Philadelphia and Washington, but
added that these were supported by private gift, while he sought
to have established the principle that the support of the arts is as
much a public duty as the support of the sciences. He continued:
108
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
But these ate private and local in their character and funds. They are not
national institutions.
We have no national collections ; no national museums, academies, or
schools of art ... .
As a nation, we do not profess to look down upon art; at least we utterly
neglect it. It forms no portion of our education, and in the public repre¬
sentative bodies of our country a lamentable ignorance prevails. There
is neither knowledge nor good taste in the patronage of the government ....
If we are a great country, as we justly claim to be, let us behave like a
great country ....
As it is, art is heavily handicapped in America. The notion of our
government is that it [art] must manage for itself, without means and
opportunities of study and culture, depend for its support upon private
patronage solely, and develop itself as it may in the cold shadow of neglect.
One might as well as expect the highest literary culture without libraries and
schools.
In such a situation, artists obviously had to function at the level
of private patronage. Criterions were not high, and the effect was
to sentimentalize, degrade and otherwise corrupt American art.
Probably most post-Civil War American artists accepted the con¬
ditions without protest or rebellion, as Baur has pointed out in
regard to Worthington Whittredge (p. 82). No evidence has
come to light that Henry rebelled against prevailing criterions.
Patronage and the Artist. Henry’s patrons have been listed in
part in the Biographical Sketch (p. 30 f.) . Complete data, as far as
are known, are given in the catalog entries. Besides T. H. Have-
meyer, William Astor, W. H. Vanderbilt, J. W. Drexel, E. T.
Stotesbury, Sam Chew, Richard Hoe, John Taylor Johnson,
Charles Peterson, T. A. Vyse, H. C. Dallett and others, the Henry
Album Index (Henry 1864— 68) lists the following: Mrs Mark
Hopkins, John H. Hall, Emil Heineman, George Kemp, Harvey
Kennedy, Leo I. Seney, William O’Brien, W. J. Raynor, John
Sherwood, G. W. Stow. Their general scale of life may be judged
from visual documents such as FIGS. 35—40. It is not an unfair
assumption that in the main they mirrored the standards and taste
above described. Henry seems to have accepted without question
the support availabler There is no testimony that he objected to
the commission offered by the Minneapolis Henry (p. 58) or even
to the shrewish letter of Mrs Moore (p. 31). Like his generation,
he went with the stream.
The generalization may be particularized by describing the
esthetic school to which Henry subscribed. Meissonier, not Manet,
was his hero. Mrs Henry wrote in her Memorial Sketch (p.340) :
He was very liberal, however, in his likes and dislikes of others who painted
in a different school; and I have often seen him standing before a painting
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
109
of Manet and finding many things in it to admire. Only it must have
some originality in it, for he had no patience with copyists.
But, so that there may be no mistake, she adds:
Meissonier always stood to Mr. Henry as the greatest artist of his time.
Henry's time, it may be noted, was the time of Corot and Cour¬
bet, the Impressionists including Monet, Manet, Degas and Renoir,
not to add Cezanne, Gauguin, Seurat and van Gogh.
Henry emulated Meissonier well, witness the judgment of the
National Academy of Design memorial quoted in the Biographical
Sketch (p. 66), which states “Surely he may be called the Meis¬
sonier of America." Henry had won the designation before his
death, vide the Cleveland poem quoted above (p. 105). A news¬
paper clipping pasted at the end of Mrs Henry’s manuscript repeats:
Mr Henry never failed to tell a story with his pigments and to tell it as
well as any one who painted in the same style. It was the style of Meis¬
sonier and Knaus, and with them he was one of the great masters of the
style into which he never failed to put something that was his own.
Remaining true to his ideal, Henry stood apart from the battle
of Impressionism. He continued to paint “with the Meissonierlike
technique, though his old friend J. G. Brown has been influenced
by the modern ideas caught in the currents of Impressionism’’- —
says an unidentified newspaper clipping (CL. ’04 ?).
From such witness, as well as the internal evidence of his work,
it would seem that Henry set himself a lesser rather than a greater
objective. If it is argued that he followed the current of his time,
nevertheless another criterion existed at that time, as may be read
in what Commissioner Story wrote (Story ’80, p. 18 seq .) of the
Meissoniers exhibited in the French section of the 1878 Paris
Exposition :
He is an admirable draughtsman. His works are finished with exceeding
elaboration and pains. His attitudes and movements are correct, his
minuteness of finish and study of detail are surprising, his precision of
touch admirable, but all his works bear the mark of over-study and effort.
There is a want of freedom and happiness in it all. It is very well done,
but it leaves us cold. It is monotonous in tone, rigid and hard in feeling,
and not agreeable in color. His figures are as hard as tin. His dresses have
no texture or quality, his landscapes and skies no air. Everything has a
look of pre-determination and not of accident. It is what it is, because
the artist has chosen to have it so, and not because it happened to be so.
Nothing is like the real thing, though it is wonderfully copied in all its
details. The charm of a work that is finished more through happiness than
pains is entirely lost — one feels the labor.
Is not this opinion curiously up-to-date?
110
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
The Visual Sentimental Image . The phrase “the visual senti¬
mental image” is used here to describe a typical post-Civil War style
when the demand for “family virtues” (p. 103) led artists to
“prettify” their work. The writer has the impression that the
phrase is not original; however, so far search of reference works and
consultation with authorities has failed to locate a source. Scholars
consulted agree that as a description the phrase is exact.
In the post-Civil War period, American painting founded itself
on literal representation of visual subject matter — an expression
which some critics today dismiss summarily as “representational”
or “naturalistic.” It was not an esthetic statement concerned with
formal and plastic research, as were Impressionism, Post-Impres¬
sionism and Cubism. The picture was made, not to be seen for
pure theoretical motives, but to tell a story in pictorial terms.
Further, the emotional intensity of the expression was at best
moderate; for the powerful dynamics of romanticism, as in Geri-
cault or Delacroix, middle class art of the time substituted ardors
of the parlor, for example, Library of Jonathan Thorne (CAT. 72;
FIG. 39) and Parlor on Brooklyn Heights (CAT. 98; FIG. 40).
Sentiment was the emotional channel for the genteel. In the
United States the visual sentimental image reached its apogee in
the rosy-cheeked smiling newsboys of J. G. Brown, scrubbed be¬
hind the ears. The sentiments represented in visual terms in the
main did not strike deep chords of human experience. By com¬
parison with the figure paintings of Corot, the portraits of Degas
and Manet, the superb formal statements of Gauguin and Seurat,
the realism of Courbet and the monumental creations of Cezanne;
this typical expression is a dilution. Measured, also, by our own
masters, Ryder, Homer and Eakins, the visual sentimental image
is a minor expression.
Not all of Henry's work can be so described; and it is likely
that in a kinder climate he would have escaped the “genteelizing”
process. His development in style and choice of subject matter
graphs the decline of American genre painting which Goodrich has
pointed out (Whitney Museum of American Art ’35). Henry’s
emphasis has been described (CL. .’04 ?) as follows; “He calmly
continues to paint those delicate studies of a vanished epoch,” the
“evocation of sweet, brave, old fashioned days.” In 1906 the Art
News (Anon. ’06) referred to the “quaintness of custom and
costume” in Henry’s paintings. The laudator temporis acti motif
in itself gages the quality of the time; the tendency to admire
the past and to reject the present, which may be called cultural
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
111
recidivism, is typical of an esthetic which will not face existing
reality. To such a point of view, the past offers a retreat as safe
as the opposite tendency to retreat into experimentation and formal¬
ism. Yet while Henry and his generation were extolling tht glories
of time past, the young '‘New York Realists” (Whitney Museum
of American Art ’3 7) were going out into the city streets and
portraying the facing of living humanity with zest and tenderness.
The Will Low criticism referred to before (p. 65, 104) may be
quoted, in part, again:
There are few American artists who have better served their country in
preserving for the future the quaint and provincial aspects of a life which
has all but disappeared .
Does the .statement imply that this life was of importance not
by virtue of what it was or what it meant, but simply because it
has disappeared? If so, an esthetic status quo is set up, as if what
was , is venerable and deserving of the artist's brush, and what is,
is of no account. In a clipping from the Ellenville Journal of
February 14, 1918, pasted on the back of page 63 in Mrs Henry’s
manuscript, which quotes from a New York newspaper criticism
of the painting St Mark's in the Bowery (CAT. 215; FIG. 381),
the adjective old is used five times in eight sentences.
“Family virtues” were in demand, Goodrich wrote (p. 103) . In
choice of subject, this factor operated to produce such paintings as
The Widower (CAT. 106; FIG. 117) , A Quiet Corner by the Door
(CAT. 107; FIG. 118), The Old Paternal Home (CAT. 110; FIG.
119), Sunshine and Shadow (CAT. 116), and Out in the Storm
(CAT. 376; FIG. 199) , which may be referred in the reproductions
in this report. Other examples of the visual sentimental image in
Henry’s work are: The Old Clock on the Stairs (CAT. 70; see
FIG. 214), The Invalid (CAT. 71), [“A Cold Deceitful Thing Is
The Snow"] (CAT. 73), accompanied by a poem (Henry 1864—
68, p. 30; see p. 160), apparently of Henry’s own composition,
[Old Woman Reading] (CAT. 81), An Unexpected Attack (CAT.
94), [The Snowstorm] (CAT. 95), [Nurse and Two Children]
(CAT. 101), The Young Heir (CAT. 1.03), Taking a Nightcap
(CAT. 112) and [Children in a Graveyard] (CAT. 121), photo¬
graphs of which may be consulted in the .Henry Album.
Effects on Henry's Work. Henry’s working life, as said before,
outspanned the Salon des Refuses and the deaths of Cezanne- and
Renoir. From 1859 to 1919, painting in the western world
underwent drastic changes. In the United States, genre declined —
112
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
perhaps America’s most characteristic expression, folk art excepted;
and the theories of Impressionism and Post-Impressionism were
tardily accepted by Weir, Twachtman, Hassam, Prendergast and
others. -Yet, according to a clipping at the end of Mrs Henry’s
manuscript,
The technical style of E. L. Henry underwent no changes or evolution in
the full fifty years of his professional career.
Is this true?
In the main, Henry’s style and choice of subject matter typifies
the development of painting in the United States after the Civil
War. The golden day of genre culminated in Mount, Bingham
and Johnson. Thereafter, other values controlled painting. In
Henry’s case, the early Barnyard Scene (CAT. 12; FIG. 92) and
Farm Scene in Pennsylvania (CAT. 13; FIG. 93), both painted in
1860, stylistically may be called the last glow of the golden day.
In these canvases, his style is relatively free and warm, not yet
frozen into his later hard, tight Meissonierlike technique (p. 67).
Years of study in Europe and the Civil War intervened, and Henry
began to be subjected to the academy, to the European vogue and
to the new patronage. In The 9.45 A.M. Accommodation (CAT.
65; FIG. 109), painted in 1867, he still derives, however, from
the American genre tradition, depicting realistically an event of
everyday life and at the same time expressing it with enthusiasm
and verve. A dozen years later Henry was continuing to paint
American railroad stations with crowds waiting for the oncoming
train; but by this time the subject has ceased to be a spur for his
imagination. In this interval there was a tightening of line and
a graying of color, evident but not crucially distracting in City
Point , Va. (CAT. 96; FIG. 107), painted in 1865-72, in which
Henry reached his goal of emulating Meissonier. One of the best
Henry’s, if not his masterpiece, this canvas has the authentic virtue
of its fidelity to nature. Though it does not appeal on plastic or
sensuous grounds and though its color is subdued and certainly less
exciting than Blythe's General Doubleday Crossing the Potomac
or Bierstadt’s The Bombardment of Fort Sumter (Metropolitan
Museum of Art ’39, PL. 192, 184), to take comparable instances,
nevertheless City Point has the harmony of its own design and the
integrity of its own method. Tight gray waves of the Appomattox
are organized in a composition conscientiously observed and exe¬
cuted by the painter, with copies natural detail (Fig. 107).
Hereafter, Henry’s style evolved along the period’s typical path.
He painted realistically, representationally or naturalistically —
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
113
whichever word is preferred- — reproducing physical visual detail
almost as minutely as in photography, with colors subdued, though
not as dark as the bitumen which Dusseldorf foisted on American
painters from Duveneck to Luks. In his Cragsmoor genre themes,
beginning about 1880, Henry achieved a warmer palette. His
historical reconstructions are not as strong in color as his genre
paintings and have been described by present-day critics as candy-
box covers/' According to his posthumous biographer, Mrs Henry,
Henry remained untouched by Impressionism. But is this com¬
pletely accurate? Brushwork may be noted in A Virginia Wedding
(CAT. 231; FIG. 155), painted in 1890, which is somewhat akin
to Impressionist divisionism. Does Henry's note on The Four
Seasons (CAT. 372, 1-4; FIGS. 204-7) “Each in its season at the
same place" (p.226) echo Monet's procedure in painting haystacks,
Waterloo Bridge and Rouen Cathedral? Toward the end, Henry's
painting relaxed its characteristic hard outline, which may be con¬
strued as, if not an actual concession to, at least an unconscious
response to the influence of Impressionism.
This possibility may be supported by an episode related by the
late Jerome Myers in his Artist in Manhattan (Myers '40, p. 37) :
It was at the Armory Show that I was introduced by friends to E. L.
Henry , who was then in his eighties . [E. L. Henry, having been born in
1841, would have been 72 in 1913. E.McC.] I had known his work ,
for which I had a great respect. Together we went around the huge show .
Henry had an impairment of one eye , to such an extent that he had to hold
the eyelid up with his finger to see. Yet he carefully looked at all the pic -
fares, and when he had finished, he said, “Mr. Myers, they told me there was
a lot of crazy wild art, here, but I really found it wonderfully interesting
and I am very glad to have seen it.” This was the unbiased tribute of an
unpretentious American of a past generation.
The critic Forbes Watson adds his personal recollection that
Henry was urged to exhibit in the Armory Show but refused.
The period's influence on Henry's painting may be observed
particularly in his selection of and treatment of subject matter.
The typical idealization of style had a parallel in the painter's
attitude toward his material. Just as the J. G. Brown scrubbed
newsboys purported to be "real life" but were not, so Henry's
painting purported to be an exact realistic transcript of nature.
Actually it was not, as he altered literal visual fact in many
instances. Yet today his paintings appeal chiefly on the basis of
historical value— their mirroring of American life in that time,
their humor and especially their recording of the history of 19th
114
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
century transportation in the United States. About the accuracy
of his paintings of historical events, skepticism is permissible, in
view of the fact that they are mostly reconstructions. Skepticism
may also be allowed in regard to his genre subjects, because he
systematically altered details.
In regard to humor, changing times evolve changing standards,
and much that seemed funny in Henry's time does not seem funny
today. Again, the need for revaluation is evident. The subjects
described in the section on humor (p. 92) undoubtedly had a
vogue; they appeal to that superiority inherent in the phrase “coun¬
try jake.” To a degree, they recall aspects of American life not
far removed in time from the present. The most informed taste,
however, probably rejects the humor exemplified. Today it does
not seem funny that white children “picked on" a Negro girl,
upset her bucket of huckleberries and ran away in gales of mirth.
In general, the standard of humor of the second half of the 19th
century is well summed up when Henry uses Negro subjects. In
his paintings, the Negro almost always appears as a servant or a
social inferior, that is, a shabbily dressed, unkempt farmer or
loafer at the village crossroads. In this attitude, Henry simply
reflected his period. Eastman Johnson also echoed the prevailing
white superiority in some of his paintings on Negro themes (Baur
'40, PL. 16); and even Winslow Homer’s A Happy Family in
Virginia (Whitney Museum of American Art '37, p. 21, no. 12)
might be so construed. The conception of the “pickaninny” as a
comic figure to be laughed at on the minstrel show stage was typical
of the time.
Why did Henry alter visual detail? The point is not of prime
importance: for an artist is surely free to rearrange nature as he
pleases, and when optical or emotional rather than so-called “real”
appearances are recreated, the liberty is valid. Henry has been
praised, however, especially for his “meticulous documentation”
(p. 64, 95) . Plainly standards of documentary fidelity vary from
period to period; for there are many instances in which Henry
changed details without a corresponding esthetic gain. For ex¬
ample, Sunday Morning (CAT. 283; FIG. 67) recreates a Sunday
morning scene in front of the old Dutch church at Bruynswick,
Ulster county. This 200-year-old edifice, known as “Shongum
Church,” is a fine example of the region’s colonial architecture.
Henry naturally has to reconstruct the churchgoers in colonial cos-
. tume. He had the church at first hand to study, for visual accuracy.
Vet he eliminated one of its five columns (FIG. 68), saying that a
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
115
church could have only four. Myth is strong: today the caretaker
tells visitors (McCausland ’41, 30) that the fifth column was
added after the picture was painted — this despite Miss Woodward’s
evidence (p. 202 if.) . Was Henry influenced in his standard of ideal
church architecture by the fine church at Napanoch (FIG. 70: see
McCausland ’41, p. 40), almost next door to the Vernooy Place
(p. 46 E), which attracted him as an architectural specimen?
The example is not isolated. Consider the painting [Maud
Powell Plays the Violin ] (CAT. 319; FIG. 71) . Major John W.
Powell and his family, including his violinist daughter, summered
in Ellenville in the 80’s, and Maud Powell hired an empty Canal
Street house to practise in. So much for the story Henry tells.
When he painted the picture, however, he altered the material of
which the house was built. Ellenville never had stone houses,
according to Florence T. Taylor, Ellenville librarian (McCausland
'41, p. 220) . The Canal Street house, formerly occupied by the Otis
family, whom the Powells visited, is a good example of wooden
frame Victorian Gothic, in 1941 painted white. The point is not
crucial, except that a future researcher trusting to the apparent
visual accuracy of Henry’s details could be led astray as to Ellenville
architecture, if he had no other source of information. It would
be a little hard to argue, on the esthetic side, that the painting
gains anything by making the house of stone.
Bear Hill (CAT. 347; FIG. 79) was assembled from diverse ele¬
ments, according to the specifications of its owner, Martin E.
Albert, who commissioned the painting (p. 220) . A further ex¬
ample of this habit of Henry’s is An October Day (CAT. 308;
FIG. 202) , which may be compared with the Cragsmoor post office
(FIG. 201) as it looked during my field trip in 1941. Henry’s
painting shows the rooftree at right angles to the position shown
in the 1941 photograph. Has the building been rebuilt since
Henry painted the canvas in 1903? Apparently not; an old photo¬
graph in the Henry Collection shows the rooftree at right angles to
the front porch. Therefore Henry simply revised the building to
suit his own taste. In so doing, he lessened to a degree the paint¬
ing’s historical value; for the building is no longer literally accurate
and thus can not be accepted as typical of Cragsmoor architecture
40 years ago.
Another instance is Village Post Office (CAT. 248; FIG. 62),
known to me only through a faded and crumpled photograph in
the Henry Collection. The painting seems to be a good one,
116
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
related in quality to The Country Store (CAT. 181; FIG. 127),
and certainly less hard in line and brushwork than many of Henry's
canvases. Village Post Office shows the old Jesse Low store (FIG.
63) at the corner of Canal street and Cape road in Ellen ville
(McCausland '41, p. 109), still standing little changed in 1941.
The painting is not a literal visual transcript of nature, however. In
the first place, the Low store never was the post office, according
to Mrs Taylor (McCausland '41, p. 109) ; the church is correctly
placed, but the houses are not; and so on. Similarly Sidney Ter-
williger of Cragsmoor recalls (McCausland '41, p. 172) that Henry
“wouldn't do us children as we were. He'd have us take off our
shoes and stockings and put our shoes back on without stockings.''
In Spring (CAT. 315) Henry changed the position of the road in
relation to the Coddington cottage — formerly the George Mance
place. Mr Terwilliger found an old photograph of the cottage to
show how in the painting it had been turned at a right angle to
the road (McCausland '41, p. 171, 189).
Henry's Importance for Today
Contemporary Consensus . In his own time, Henry's rank as an
artist was secure, as the self-appointed historian of the manners and
customs of earlier days, as Isham wrote (Isham '27, p. 346— 47) :
No one else knows so well as he the manners and customs of an age which
has become old-fashioned, but hardly as yet historic; the first half of the
last century, when travel was by way of stagecoach or pack boats on the
canal, when railroads were strange innovations of doubtful merit, when
women wore hoops and carried reticules and bandboxes and the men were
stately in swallow-tailed coats and hats of real beaver fur.
Similar quotations throughout this chapter and in the Biograph¬
ical Sketch indicate the place Henry won during his lifetime; and
more are set down here. The historical usefulness of his paintings
was the point stressed by contemporary critics. “He is really the
art historian of early American life and customs,'' wrote the Art
News in 1906 (Anon. '06). In 1919 Will Low (Low '19)
emphasized the service Henry had performed “in preserving for the
future the quaint and provincial aspects of a life which has all but
disappeared." He continued that Henry's “typical American
product . . . devoted to the perpetuation of truly national themes
[was] a life work of which an American artist may well be proud."
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY 117
Pasted at the end of Mrs Henry’s manuscript is a clipping headed
Pictures as History , which reads in part :
... a phase of pictorial art too little understood or appreciated . . .
pictures as historical records. ... As an American social historian , Henry
may have failed of recognition in his lifetime .... But there can be
no doubt of the value of his pictures to the social student of future years.
Now that St Johns Church in Varick Street is gone forever, Henry's
charming picture of it [see CAT. 79, 324, 325; FIGS. 112, 247, 248]
preserves a social and architectural record that American art could ill spare.
Henry's admirers, however, were not unaware of adverse judg¬
ments on his painting, as may be noted in the American Art News
(Anon. ’19) obituary:
Some critics have considered Henry more as an illustrator than as a painter ,
as he deals with minute details and carefully finishes his canvases to the
end, like his early fellows of the old Hudson River School — -but this
estimate is hardly a fair one.
Another clipping pasted at the end of Mrs Henry’s manuscript
may be quoted :
The tendency of the day is to slight the fact that every true picture tells a
story. The apostles of " art for art's sake" are in the ascendency. They
try to relegate the story-telling picture to the realm of illustration.
As early as 1876, Professor Robert W. Weir wrote in his official
report on the 1876 American Centennial Exhibition (U.S. Cen¬
tennial Commission ’76) :
Mr Henry's style is often ragged and unskillful, but his aim is a compensa¬
tion, and he attains happily the sentiment of olden times.
Thus the dwindling popularity which overtook Henry toward
the end of his life was the fate of a style rather than of a person.
The process may be observed with many 19th century American
artists, who went into eclipse and are but now emerging. At
Henry’s death it was stated, in a clipping pasted at the end of Mrs
Henry’s manuscript, that “His pictures today are miles out of
fashion in manner and subject,’’ this despite the fact that
In his own metier, Mr Henry had no superior. His simple, homespun
genre paintings, too full of precision and detail to suit the tastes of the
moment [1919] are the best of their kind.
A little later— according to letters in the Henry Collection, dated
1925 and 1931 — New York art dealers informed Mrs Henry and,
after her death, her heirs that there was no market for Henry's
work, his style being out of vogue. Moreover, Mrs Henry could
118
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
not place the manuscript of her Memorial Sketch, due probably not
only to its commercial unavailability but also to the lack of audience
for Henry’s kind of painting.
Revival of Reputation. Today, a quarter of a century after his
death, Henry is coming back into fashion, on a wave of American
genre. The exhibition of his work at the Century Association in
New York in May 1942 (Century Association ’42) is an indica¬
tion that painting of this kind is returning to favor. Royal
Cortissoz’s review in the April 26, 1942, issue of The New York
Herald Tribune, headed “Edward L. Henry and Some Others,”
suggests how gladly the return is welcomed in quarters which
always kept a soft spot for the old school. The review reads in
part:
A particularly welcome development in the domain of exhibitions has been
the growing revival of interest in certain of our older men. 1 do not forget
the large historical exhibitions, in which they would be bound to appear,
but what I especially have in mind is the one-man show. The Brooklyn
Museum has played a conspicuous part in this movement, paying tribute
to Eastman Johnson ( whose brilliantly painted " Husking Bee” would
alone justify renewed attention to him) , to John Quidor and W. S. Mount.
The first named of these has been well recalled, also, very recently at the
John Levy Gallery. The Babcock Gallery has done honor to Winslow
Homer and to Ralph Blakelock. And I might cite signs of an awakening
to the fact that our seniors have a right to remembrance, even though they
did not paint like, say, Manet. Another one of them is just now being
commemorated at the Century Club. He is Edward Lamson Henry, who
was born in Charleston, S. C., in 1841, and died in New York, in 1919.
[E. L. Henry died in Ellenville. E. McC.] He was a member of the
National Academy of Design, to which he was elected as a painter of genre,
drawing his subjects from American life. His work has been unjustly
neglected. It is that of a good craftsman who treated his simple material
with a markedly sympathetic touch. The present exhibition is one of the
most charming of the season.
Cortissoz continues his tribute by describing Henry’s subject
matter as “Pictures of People” in a subhead:
It is charming because it contains exact pictures of our people, mostly in
homespun, so to say, the people of what is called today the horse -and -buggy
era. . . . The manner in which he was prepared to deal with his material
is rather surprising to learn. His earliest training was received at the
Pennsylvania Academy, but he was only nineteen when we find him a pupil
of Charles Gleyre in Paris. What is surprising about the conjunction of
his name with Henry’s is that he was a painter of religious and mythological
pictures, the last things in the world that the young American might have
been expected to emulate. In fact, he did nothing of the sort, but, on the
contrary, followed his own path, and though he subsequently visited
Europe more than once, especially Paris, Rome and Florence, [not to
mention England. E. McC.] he turned irresistibly to the stuff of the
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
119
American scene, for his themes. In his twenties he found some of these
in the Civil War . One of the pictures at the Century is a large, panoramic
view of “ City Point, Virginia, Headquarters of General Grant/’ It is a
workmanlike affair, but not in his real characteristic vein. That is illus¬
trated far more conclusively in the exhibition in the “Street Scene in Naples,”
done in 1864, and the better for being shadowy instead of registering the
food of sunlight conventionally associated with such studies. But it was
at home that he did the work he was born to do.
He made his choice thoughtfully. The face that looks out at us from
the portrait — admirably painted — of J. G. Brown, is eloquent of intelli¬
gence. The choice was directed, however, chiefy by instinct, by a deep
inner feeling for American life. Despite his so different preoccupations,
Gleyre had disciplined him in the fundamentals of his craft. Henry could
draw. He had a sound sense of composition and a modest but excellent
gamut of color. Also, as is shown again and again in this exhibition, he
had a gift for the landscape background. Above all, he caught with its true
sentiment the note of his selected feld. Nothing could be more veracious
than or more agreeable than the roadside episode entitled “News of the
Nomination,” in which the occupant of an old wheeled vehicle pauses to give
his tidings to a pair of farmhands. It is a reconstruction, as it were, for
it dates from as recently as 1896, but it remains absolutely spontaneous
and convincing. I would note here, too, the merit in the landscape. Henry
never fails to lend that factor the charm of which I have spoken. It is a
fine part of the pictorial unity which he was wont to achieve. For he
always saw his picture as a whole, not only the figures but their surround¬
ings, welding them all together in a closely knit design. He could manage
this even when he took a rather sprawling subject, as in the railway scene,
“The 9.45 A.M. Accommodation .” He put much into this composition but
leaves it well balanced. Henry was a competent painter.
He was also varied. Sometimes he would do a “costume piece,” as in
the “Passing of the Outposts,” or “The MacNett Tavern,” or the festal
“Virginia 'Wedding More often he clung to later habiliments and painted
pictures like the “Sharpening the Saw” or like the delectable one of “The
Latest Village Scandal,” in which country types stop their horses and
exchange gossip. Somehow one can’t help feeling that there is a kind of
innocence about the “scandal.” [Particularly as there is no evidence that
the title is Henry’s own. E. McC] That is the ultimate impression that
Henry leaves, one of the sweet sentiment, the neighborliness, the friendly
domesticity, to which he was essentially dedicated. His pictures are as
wholesome as bread and butter, and it is good to have them brought back
into view. For they are, in the bargain, well painted.
Pros and Cons. Despite errors of fact — such as that Henry was
elected to the Academy as a painter of American genre subjects;
his presentation painting was an Italian street scene — the Cortissoz
opinion reflects the most favorable judgment criticism today is
likely to make on Henry’s work. At the opposite extreme is the
opinion of Neuhaus (Neuhaus ’31, p. 145) :
His pictures have little artistic merit, but today they are of interest as replicas
of the customs and costumes of our ante-railroad days.
120
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
The most sensible present-day judgment lies between these two
poles, the one uncritically embracing the academic and the other
totally rejecting it. Felicitous and pertinent is an excellent middle-
of-the-road statement from the late Charles C. Curran, N.A., the old
friend and neighbor of Henry often referred to before (p. 106 ff.,
254) . In a personal letter to the Director, Dr C. C. Adams, dated
August 1, 1942, he wrote, in part, as follows:
Critically I think he [Henry] could be said to be about sixty per cent
historic and forty per cent pictorial. When it comes to the question of pure
artistic quality, I should not rate him very high. Artistic quality was, I
think, second in his mind, the human subject first. I know he greatly
admired the work of artists who are placed high in the scale of greatness.
Henry’s place in the annals of the past will, I think, be largely as a
recorder of the ways and manners of his and of previous times.
He drew sufficiently correctly ; but he will not be classed as a great drafts¬
man. His color was accurate; but mere accuracy in coloration does not
constitute a painter as a “colorist.” His compositions were good regulation
plans; but he could not be called a great designer such as artists like Thayer,
Inness, Brush, Wyant, Dewing and their like .
It would be as much of a disservice to Henry’s memory to rate him too
high as to rate him too low. I think Henry would agree to this.
Conclusion. By the above evidence, Henry was highly regarded
in his own time as a pictorial historian of the American scene, his
paintings being considered source books for students of the past.
In the past quarter of a century, his reputation has waned and
been rehabilitated. But current interest in his work derives from
different motives than in his lifetime; in the past three quarters of
a century, taste and critical opinion have traveled a considerable
distance from the taste and criterions of his age. Today the more
prevalent opinion is that Henry's genre paintings are his best work,
because they are more representative of life in America in the late
1 9th century and because they are more esthetically expressive than
his historical set pieces.
There is no need to evaluate Henry’s painting by a documentary
standard, even though his contemporaries thought they did so. In
the sense of the past decade, documentary is a discipline of realism
based on scientific observation and statement. In the inescapable
truthfulness of such documents as photographs of real life, the
modern soul finds a counterpart for modern technics. This is an
esthetic in its essence almost antiseptic, certainly hygienic (Abbott
'41, p. 163-69). As George Bernard Shaw wrote in 1910
(McCausland '42) :
Photography is so truthful — its subjects such obvious realities and not idle
fancies — that dignity is imposed on it as effectively as it is on a church
congregation .
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
121
The discipline, as a matter of fact, operates in all great realistic
art. Of Caravaggio’s Boy Bitten by a Lizard or Bernini’s Portrait
of Costanza Buonarelli (Museum of Modern Art ’40, p. 52, 58),
one feels that this thing happened, this person was; the esthetic
impact is immediate and real. The esthetic of Henry’s period,
however, was not of such a character. Sentiment rather than
realism ruled. If his method was one of “meticulous documenta¬
tion’’ (p. 64, p. 95, p. 114), it was the meticulous documenta¬
tion of details, not of essences. Delacroix in 1839 might paint The
Battle of Taillebourg , which took place in 1242, or in 1831 paint
Boissy d' Anglas at the National Convention in 1795, and, because
profound human, historical and esthetic awareness informed him,
make a significant and moving statement of historical themes. But
the so-called historical paintings of Henry's generation were for the
most part set pieces, mannequins posed and draped, properties in
place. Henry's period accepted such reconstructions as historical,
though by the standards of the second third of the 20th century
they are not.
Henry’s genre work, however, deservedly earns him the title of
pictorial historian. Working from life, rather than from prints,
costumes, vehicles and the like, he studied people, houses, landscape,
clothing and accessories of the Cragsmoor scene, to give these back
in his own dry, unemotional style. Lacking great warmth of
feeling or plasticity of form, his paintings of everyday subjects
nevertheless are expressive and even evocative. If the present-day
beholder has no personal memory of the subjects represented, he
may still obtain a fair knowledge from these paintings of the time’s
visual aspect. If the subject matter is familiar, the paintings arouse
overtones of remembrance, of what was known and is remembered
pleasurably. The current vogue for Americana must to a large
degree be rooted in such understandable psychological factors; to
the genuine rediscovery of the recent American past, sentimental
motives have been added to the valid cultural objectives.
It has been stated above (p. 1 14 If,) that in his paintings of genre
subjects Henry mixed hybrid elements, borrowing a detail here
and a detail there, and mingling costumes and architecture from
different periods. With this caution in mind, it is possible to
derive a quantity of information from his work. His paintings
are especially informative in regard to details. The interior of
Sharpening the Saw (CAT. 195; FIG. 136) appears to have been
carefully observed. Scenes of farm and country life seem accurate,
even when the visual facts have not been verified minutely. For
122
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
example, the buffalo robe of Peter P. Brown, seen in a number of
pictures (FIGS. 137, 139, 146), is an interesting bit of factual
information. Is Henry's painting then essentially miniature still
life? That the frozen image of nature rnorte was congenial to him
may be noted from his habit above mentioned (p. 92) of working
from plaster casts of horses’ legs. His genre paintings record people
as well as appurtenances. The six small portraits owned by the
village of Ellenville tell a good deal about the men and women
portrayed. John Billings (CAT. 167; FIG. 133) is differentiated
from “Aunt Nelly” Bloomer (CAT. 230; FIG. 132), whom Henry
visited on her hundredth birthday, carrying her a bouquet. “Black
Fred” (CAT. 194; FIG. 131) is depicted in worn work clothes, no
doubt as he was customarily seen about Ellenville. Henry’s exact¬
ness of factual representation is attested by the painting (FIG. 128)
and the photograph (FIG. 134) of Carpenter “Joe” Mance. In
general, this is the kind of information which may be garnered
from a study of Henry’s painting.
A “typical American product,” Will Low (Low T9) called
Henry. Is such the respect in which his work is of most value
today? In the limitations of his art, is the period faithfully
mirrored? In technical matters, this seems true. Henry’s painting
is meticulous, neat, carefully studied, industriously produced. He
was a carefully trained draughtsman and expert in his painting
craft, so that today his canvases are well preserved, showing no
signs of cracking or undue darkening. He was not a great colorist,
as Homer was in water color, nor did he possess a great plastic
gift, as Eakins did. He did not show forth the joy of living
expressed by Mount. Henry lived and worked in a period perhaps
best described by the adjective “circumscribed.” The tiny, even
haggling quality of his brushstroke may thus be considered indica¬
tive not of his individual talent but of the period’s character.
Yet this is not the whole picture. The culture of Henry’s time
has been inherited by Americans today. Despite lacks and evasions,
that culture speaks of historic'American experience. Though senti-
mentalization of the Negro in art, as elsewhere, is regrettable,
nevertheless the fact that Henry frequently painted Negro subjects
shows him reacting to life around him, and in that life the Negro
appeared more and more. Though the period tended to vulgarize
genre, yet Henry revealed sensibility when he painted Cragsmoor
and Ellenville characters. Surely he used such subject matter be¬
cause it appeared to his imagination? Further, his treatment of
country themes is significant. Through the early part of America's
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
123
history, the rural community was homogeneous; in Henry’s time
there began to be a division, evidenced at Cragsmoor by “summer
people” and “natives.” Even so, the democratic spirit of earlier
days was not dead. This may be seen in the best of Henry's
country life paintings. So analyzed, his work is indeed best
described as typical.
Henry’s paintings record a period which is gone. They arouse
a nostalgia which Henry doubtless would have approved; and they
visualize a time not far removed, re-creating scenes familiar not
long ago. Henry’s picture of the past spells security in the uncer¬
tain, changing today. Perhaps we attribute to that time virtues it
never had? At any rate, the pleasure gained from work like Henry's
is that it reminds us of the past. Because it does not question or
criticize that past, we can endow memory with a glamor probably
fictitious but nonetheless pleasurable. Take an example of how
memory “glamorizes”: Henry is often spoken of as the recorder of
“horse-and-buggy” days; and surely he set down, with great atten¬
tion to detail, the visual image of many kinds of horse-drawn
vehicles. Those old enough to remember pre-automobile days are
reminded, when they see such pictures, of their youth and savor
that remembrance. However, probably none would wish to aban¬
don the motor vehicle and return to the horse and buggy — even
in gas rationing days (1943).
The appeal of Henry’s painting, then, is that it speaks on a
level of experience shared by many. It makes no exorbitant de¬
mand on emotion, nor does it force the spectator into fantasy. It
deals recognizably with the known. Accepting the familiar, as its
base, it postulates a common denominator of great scope. Despite
lacks and limitations, Henry's painting is another reminder that a
popular art in the United States today would best be based on
general human experience, stated in intelligible terms. By his
implications, perhaps even more than by his absolute esthetic
achievements, Henry may be said to be integrated in the native
tradition and therefore well to deserve his place in the history of
painting in the United States.
More than this should be set down on the importance of artists of
Henry’s rank for the American tradition. In the accelerating redis¬
covery of that totality loosely called “America’ — the whole com¬
plex sum of American history, experience, culture and aspiration
— men like Henry are seen to stand higher than formerly they
were thought to do. This is due not alone to the impact of world
events on the Nation but also to an esthetic process which is now,
124
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
as it were, completing its cycle and returning upon itself, 1 refer,
of course, to the return to an interest in and a concern with
realism or naturalism as a convention capable of expressing broad
democratic meanings.
Those who say that America (meaning the United States) is
too young to have a history fail to see that already by the 19th
century an American stamp had been thrust deep into the yielding
substance of native subject matter. Nevertheless sincerely scientific
study of this period, of which Henry is a characteristic product,
reveals that a prime object of the painters of the time was that
rendering function of art, which has been lost in the furious theo¬
retical battle of 20th century artistic theory. The visual artists of
that too often scorned academic age were given at least two arrows
for their quiver — sound training in draftsmanship and orientation
to the outer world. If they had a philosophic point of view as
well is another question. However that may be, having been
trained to useful tasks in art, they succeeded in creating a better
and more expressive portrait than they knew of the America of
their time and place. To this increasingly valuable and significant
visual chronicle Henry contributed his full share.
Figure 3 3 E. L. Henry, circa 1867. Figure 34 from a Window,
(Photograph by Sarony, 680 Broad- Newport, 1866: CAT. 62
way, New York City)
Figure 35 “Taken at Mr Jessup’s House, Marine Ave., Newport, R. I.,
Aug. 18 66.” Henry is third from the left, perched on the rail
[125]
Figure 36 “Mrs A. D. Jessup's Rig with Seat Behind
for Footman. Used at Newport, 1 866“
Figure 38 Four-in-Hand , Central Park, 1867: CAT. 64
\ 126]
Figure 37 Porch Scene, Newport, R. I., 1 866: CAT. 61
Figure 39 The Library of Jonathan Thorne, 526 Fifth Avenue,
New York, 1 868: CAT. 72. “Just after they were married”
Figure 40 A Parlor on Brooklyn Heights, 1872: CAT. 98.
This was painted “from Nature” for Mr and Mrs John Bullard
[127]
Figure 41 Portrait of Mrs Henry, London, 1876: CAT. 122. Note the
Victorian frame. Collection, New York State Museum
Figure 42 In the National Academy of Design, a wood engraving by Wil¬
liam St J. Harper, published in Harper’s Weekly, April 29, 1882.
1 1281
Figure 43 The John Hancock House, 1865: CAT. 54. Collec¬
tion, Estate of Francis P. Garvan.
Figure 44 “The Hancock House. Taken down
for common modern houses about 1 865“
|129]
Figure 45 Beach Wagon: CAT. 1010. Collec¬
tion, New York State Museum
Figure 46 On the Beach: CAT. 1068. Collection, New York
State Museum
Figure 47. On the Beach: Waiting for the Bathers: 1879: CAT. 140
1 130]
Figure 48 East Hampton Beach , 1881, earlier version of figure 49
Figure 49 East Hampton Beach, 1881: CAT. 154
Figure 50 Bathing Hour, East Hampton Beach, 1889: CAT."154-a
[131]
Figure 52 Taking Life Easy, 1911: CAT. 359.
Figure 53 A photograph used as a detail for figure 5 2
[132]
Figure 54 The Mountain Stage , 1881: CAT. 155
Figure 55 “Stage built 1845 Concord, N. H.
Ran from Newburg to Ellenville. Photographed
in Otis yard 1881.” On the box are Henry,
Harriet Otis (?), Mrs Henry and the driver,
Dick Elting of the old Elting House in Ellen¬
ville. This photograph was used for figure 54
[1331
Figure 56 Capital and Labor , 1881: CAT. 150.
Collection, New York Historical Society.
Figure 57 In the Roaring Forties, 1884: CAT. 175. Col¬
lection, Mrs Seabury C. Mastick.
Figure 58 The Old Lydig House on the Bronx , Near
Fordham, 1887: CAT. 197
1134]
Figure 59 A pencil drawing in Sketchbook 3: CAT.
1187, used as a detail for figure 56. The page is signed,
lower right: Sparta, N. J., 1862
Figure 60 A pencil drawing in
1186, used as a note for figure 57
Sketchbook
CAT.
Figure 61 A sketch in a letter from Mrs Charles I\
Daly to Henry, to document figure 58
1135]
Figure 62 Village Post Office, 1891: CAT. 248, a “lost” painting
Figure 63 The old Jesse Low store, at the corner of Canal street
and Cape road, Ellenville, as it looked in 1941
H36]
Figure 64 “Winter Scene, Jan. 6, 1880. Copy of
Pencil Sketch, Milton W. Wright Place, LWB." A draw¬
ing by the “hermit of Ctagsmoor,’’ Legrand W. Botsford
Figure 65 Cragsmoor landscape. “This is with the stone wall
you spoke of .... I will sell the negative. Will be up in the morn¬
ing with camera if the wind don’t blow. LWB’’
Figure 66 Country Scene , circa 1890: CAT. 233. Collection,
Estate of Francis P. Garvan.
[137]
Figure 67 Sunday Morning ( Old Church at Bruynswick ) , 1 898: CAT. 283.
Collection, J. G. Myers Hilton. Note the four columns
Figure 68 The church at Bruynswick, N. Y., in 1941
[138 1
Figure 69 [Bruynswick Church] : CAT. 283 -a
Figure 70 The Dutch Reformed Church, Napa-
noch, N. Y.. in 1941
11391
Figure 71 [Maud Powell Plays the Violin], 1904:
CAT. 319
Figure 72 Maud Powell in Henry’s studio at Cragsmoor
r 140]
Figure 73 “R. R. Coach. From Boston and Providence Rail¬
road”
Figure 74 ‘‘Mr Armstrong (Beth Chappell’s
husband) in one of my old fashioned coats and
vest. July 1900”
[141]
Figure 75 Carriages collected by Henry. These went to the Johns¬
town Historical Society in 1922
Figure 76 Mrs Lawrence Stetson and Mr Martin E.
Albert in Governor Gansevoort’s coach.
[142]
Figure 77 “Old Brown House (as it was in the old days.)” Photographed
by Henry in 1880 and copied by Botsford in 1904. “The figures by the
woodpile being playfully painted in, as he talked of the old days. LWB
Figure 78 The Peter P. Brown house, 1941, owned
at that time by Frederick Baker
[ 143]
Figure 79 Bear Hill, 1908: CAT. 347. Collection, Martin E.
Albert. (Photograph courtesy, Martin E. Albert)
Figure 80 Bear Hill as it looked in 1941
[144]
Figure 81 A Mountain Post Office, 1900: CAT. 298
Figure 82 Transparency of a corn shock,
possibly a detail fot figure 205
[145]
Figure 83 In the Valley : CAT. 929, another “lost” canvas
Figure 84 Dutch Reformed Church, Ellenville,
1941. The spire of this church may be seen in
the painting above
[146]
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
147
A Catalog of the Work of E. L. Henry,
1858-1919
THIS CATALOG lists original works, including those of whose
existence the only document is a reproduction (as photograph,
platinotype or photogravure) or a reference in correspondence or
printed material. Chronological order has been followed, rather
than, an elaborate system of cross reference, and in the first section
of the catalog, drawings and sketches have been collated with oils
and water colors, for the ease of the reader in studying Henry’s
development. Measurements are given in inches, height first.
Abbreviations used are:
AL. Photographs of Paintings by E. L. Henry: An Album (see
bibliography)
FIG. Figures in this catalog
KL. Reproductions of the Works of E. L. Henry N.A., Klackner,
1906 (see bibliography)
MS. A Memorial Sketch: “E. L. Henry N.A. His Life and His Life
Work.” A manuscript by his wife, Frances L. Henry, pub¬
lished in this report (p. 311-461).
NAD Annual exhibitions of the National Academy of Design
NO. Numbers used in this catalog
Italics are used to show the artist’s signature or other identifying
data in his hand. Identifying data from other sources are italicized,
with source given. Brackets [ ] indicate attributed dates and
titles.
The catalog is divided into the following sections:
Oils, Water Colors and Sketches: Dated
Oils and Water Colors: Undated
Sketches in Oil and Water Color on Wood, Canvas and Paper,
in the Henry Collection
Sketches in Pencil and Pen and Ink on Paper, in the Henry
Collection
Henry’s Sketchbooks
Miscellaneous Works by Henry
Works Related to the Henry Collection
148
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Oils, Water Colors and Sketches: Dated
This section comprises completed works and preliminary draw¬
ings for them, which can be dated with reasonable certainty.
1858
1 GREAT BEND, SUSQUEHANNA
Pencil on paper, 7x10 in.
Lower center: Great Bend, Susquehanna
Lower right: Sept/ 5 8
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 85
The earliest known work of Henry. Cf. NO. 1 6
2 WEST POINT FROM PROF. WEIR'S
Pencil on paper, 5x8*4 in.
Inscribed on mount as above
Collection: New York State Museum
Henry’s acquaintanceship with influential people began early. Professor
Weir taught drawing at West Point, having been Whistler’s teacher. One
of his sons, J. F. Weir, was director of the Yale School of Fine Arts for
many years. A letter from him to Henry, dated April 19, 1897, indicates
that the family friendship continued in later life. In the Henry papers
there is no indication that Henry was particularly friendly with the better
known son, J. Alden Weir, a leader among the early American Impressionists.
J. F. Weir's letter (on stationery of the School of Fine Arts) follows:
7 am sending you by express a little souvenir of Dordrecht, where I spent
a summer some years since. It is a sketch taken from Popindrecht, looking
over the meadows toward Dordrecht. The black frame is Dutch in color at
least, and seems to suit the sketch. This is for a “sweet remembrance,” as I
am often reminded of you as I go up our staircase, and I hope it will
remind you of
Very truly your friend
Jno. F. Weir
Give my kindest regards to Mrs Henry
1859
3 BETHLEHEM, PA.. 1859
Pencil on paper, 524x10 in.
Lower left as above
Collection: New York State Museum
On the back are two drawings: Freight Engine in pencil' and Express
Locomotive about 1858 in water color.
4 ON THE LEHIGH, PENN., 1859
Oil on board, 9x13*4
Inscribed on back: On the Lehigh, Penn., 1859, one of the first sketches
from Nature of E. L. Henry
Collection: New York State Museum
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
149
1859
5 MAUCH CHUNK, PA., SEPT. 1859
Pencil on paper, 7x10 in.
Lower center as above
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 86
Cf. NO. 10
6 [BARNYARD: 1]
Pencil on paper, 61/ix87/s in.
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 88
7 [BARNYARD: 2]
Pencil on paper, ruled off to 3%6x6:M.6 in.
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 89
This drawing shows the barn, corn crib, hay wagon and house seen in
NOS. 9, 12, 13 and 14. Proportions have been changed, the paintings
including more sky than the drawing.
Cf. also Sketchbook 1: NO. 1185
8 [BARN INTERIOR]
Pencil on paper, ruled off to 4x6 Ys in.
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 90
The same architecture, vehicles and chickens may be seen in this drawing
as in the other barnyard subjects. On the back is a sketch for NO. 13.
9 BARNYARD SCENE NEAR PHILADELPHIA
Lower right: E. L. Henry ’59
Cf. NQS. 12, 13 and 14
This may be Barnyard Scene , NAD 1859, NO. 781. Of that painting,
the Daily News (FIG. 228) wrote on Wednesday morning, June 8, 1859,
as follows:
ACADEMY OF FINE ARTS— NO. VII
Northeast Gallery
No. 187 , Barn-Yard Scene — Ed. L. Henry , Philadelphia. A very natural,
conscientious, and well painted picture, beautiful in composition, by a young
and most talented artist. We do not feel like seeking for its fault, being
satisfied that Mr Henry only requires experience, combined with that judg¬
ment which we think he possesses, to enable him to repair and improve
effectually any deficiencies which may be in this picture. We are much mis¬
taken if there is not a foreshadowing of great excellence in this “Barn-Yard
Scene.”
"187" seems to be a transposition of "781”
AL. p. 43
10 BELOW MAUCH CHUNK ON THE LEHIGH RIVER
Exhibitions: NAD 1859, NO. 586
Cf. NO. 5
150
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1860
11 [BARNYARD]
Figure 91
The photograph in the New York State Museum Henry Collection shows
the same barn and house as are seen in NO. 14; but the house is turned so
that its gable end faces out. Cf. NO. 9. Inscribed on the back of the
photograph is the following: Painted about 1863—4. Originally pur¬
chased by G. W. Stow of New York in the sixties. Afterwards taken for a
debt by J. H. Brown of New York. After his death in 1880, held by his
widow for a few years. Then sold at auction to a Philadelphia dealer,
Hugh McCann. And afterwards turned up at a sale in Washington, D. C.,
in 1908 and [was] purchased by a Mr William T. Clerk of that city, who
made this little photo copy of it. 1896—7. It seems more correct to
ascribe the earlier date to this work, as Henry was sometimes inaccurate in
dating his pictures and as the other barnyard paintings (FIGS. 92 and 93)
fall in the years 1859-60.
12 BARNYARD SCENE
Oil on board, 10x14 in.
Lower right: E L HENRY (capitals in red)
Exhibitions: NAD 1860, NO. 478; Century Association, 1942, NO. 2
Collection: Estate of Francis P. Garvan
Figure 92
This painting was formerly listed as The Old Home in Dixie. Pasted on
the back of the stretcher is the Art News obituary of E. L. Henry.
13 FARM SCENE IN PENNSYLVANIA
Oil on board, 10x14 in.
Lower right: E L Henry ’60
Exhibitions: NAD 1860, NO. 647; Century Association, 1942, No. 11
Collection: Estate of Francis P. Garvan
Figure 93
This painting was formerly listed as* Farmyard.
14 [BARNYARD SCENE]
AL. p. 44
Cf. NOS. 1 2 and 13
15 WOODPILE
AL. p. 6
16 ON THE SUSQUEHANNA
AL. p. 8
Cf. No. 1
Cf. also the photograph in the New York State Museum Henry Collection,
described in a printed label on the back as follows: The Gap, from the
East Side of the River. Evening. No. — Scenery in the Region of the
Delaware Water Gap, Pennsylvania. Photographed by Moran 8* Storey,
Philadelphia.
Figure 87
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
151
1860
y,
17 OFF TO EUROPE
Pen and ink on paper, 51M.6x71%6 in.
Lower right: E . L. Henry, N. Y., Sept. 22, I860 (with the date added
in pencil, apparently later)
Lower left: Off to Europe
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 229
1861
18 UNA VIA IN NAPOLI /61
Pencil on paper, 12x8% in.
Lower right: una via in Napoli / 61 ; Naples Fehy 1861
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 94
Cf. NO. 42
19 THE CAMPAGNA FROM FRASCATI
Pencil on paper, 5%xl2 in.
Lower left : Frascati
Collection: New York State Museum
Inscribed on mount as above
20 IN BELLA FIRENZE
Pencil on paper, 5)4x8% in.
Lower right as above
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 233
Inscribed on mount: Fort Belvidere, Florence, from the Arno
Cf. NO. 33
21 AU FOND DU LAC, COLICO, LAC DU COMO
Pencil on paper, 6%x8% in.
Lower left as above
Collection: New York State Museum
22 COLICO, LAKE OF COMO
Pencil on paper, 7%xl2 in.
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 234
Inscribed on mount as above
23 LUINO, LAKE MAGGIORE
Pencil on paper, 7%xl7% in.
Collection: New York State Museum
Inscribed on mount as above
24 LIVORNO, LAKE MAGGIORE
Pencil on paper, 7%xll% in.
Collection: New York State Museum
Inscribed on mount: Livorno, Lake Maggiore, St Maria del Sasso
Cf. NO. 37
152
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1861
25 CANNSTADT IN WURTEMBURG, JUNI 1861
Pencil on paper, 6%xll in.
Lower left as above
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 235
Inscribed on mount: Die Rosenstein near Stuttgart and Palace of the King
of Wurtemburg
26 IN STUTTGART
Pencil on paper, 10)4x8% in.
Lower left as above
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 236
Inscribed on mount: Street View in Stuttgart, Wurtemburg
27 A BERLIN OMNIBUS
Pencil on paper, 4% x6 in.
Lower right: nach Berlin
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 237
Inscribed on mount as above
28 PRUSSIAN CANAL BOAT
Pencil on paper, 3%6x6 in.
Lower right: nach Berlin
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 238
Inscribed on mount as above
29 ITALIAN SCENE
Exhibitions: NAD 1861, NO. 270
Collection: Isaac H. Brown, 1861 —
NAD catalog note: Now in Rome , Italy
1862
30 IN AMSTERDAM
Pencil on paper, 11% x8 in.
Lower right as above
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 239
31 ROTTERDAM, APRIL '62
Pencil on paper, 8)4 xl 2 in.
Lower right as above
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 240
32 ICEBERGS OFF BANKS OF NEWFOUNDLAND
Pencil on paper, 5%xl2 in.
Lower left: ELH ’ 62
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 241
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
153
1863
33 THE ARNO. FLORENCE
Oil on canvas, mounted on board, 10x11% in.
Lower left: E L Henry ' 63 (in red)
Bibliography: Our Heritage, 1942, p. 32, NO. 207
Exhibitions: Our Heritage, National Academy Galleries, 1942, NO. 207
Collection: National Academy of Design; NAD Catalog NO. 729
Henry’s “diploma” picture on election to the Academy.
34 AN ITALIAN VETTURA
AL. Index and p. 7
Collection: James Thomson, 1864-?
Figure 232
Cf. Figures 230 and 231
35 VIA PALLOMETTE, NAPLES, AFTER A MODEL FROM NATURE
Exhibitions: NAD 1863, NO. 166
36 VIA SAN LUCIA
AL. p. 44
Cf. Figure 95
37 ST MARIA DEL SASSO, LAGO MAGGIORE
Exhibitions: NAD 1863, NO. 397
Cf. AL. p. 1 7 ; also NO. 24
3 8 RUSSIAN FLEET AT ANCHOR IN THE NORTH RIVER
A letter from Henry (from which the signature has been torn off and to
which the Date Nov. 1863 has been added later in pencil) refers to this
painting. It reads:
To the Russian Consul General
I understand by the papers that the Russian Fleet will leave Boston next
week. As I wish to present to the Admiral a painting of the Russian
fleet at anchor in the North River , I would like to know how or in what
manner I can forward the painting to him ere he leaves this country.
With respect, I am, dear sir,
Your obedient servant
On the back is the following:
To' Admiral Lisoffsky, 1863, commander of the Russian Fleet for several
weeks anchored off the Battery, New York City. The painting of the
Russian Fleet by E. L. Henry was presented to the Russian Government and
fully acknowledged by the Russian minister and consul at New York at the
time — early in 1864.
154
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1864
39 CANAL IN VENICE
AL. Index and p. 5
Exhibitions: NAD 1865, NO. 552, as A Canal Scene , Venice
Collection: James Thomson, 1865—?
A photogravure in the Henry Collection shows the subject reversed from
the photograph in the Album.
40 THE ITALIAN MAN-OF-WAR, IL RE GALANTUOMO
Exhibitions: NAD 1864, NO. 83
41 NEAR PALESTRINA, ITALY
Exhibitions: NAD 1864, NO. 71
42 STREET SCENE IN NAPLES
Oil on canvas, 24x17 in.
Exhibitions: NAD 1865, NO. 568, as Via. St Catarina, Naples; Century
Association, 1942, NO. 54
Collection: B. H. Moore, 1864 — ?; Century Association, 1942, gift of
Mrs. J. H. Gibbons of Washington, D. C., in memory of her father,
Richard S. Ely
Figure 95
Cf. NO. 18, 1078
A letter to Henry gives the following information:
Phila Jan 23/64
Dear Sir
Your picture has arrived & is much admired.
We heard that you were coming to the ‘‘Fair'’ in a day or two. Is this
the case 2 We shall be pleased to see you, and also in relation to the pic¬
ture, I had the pleasure of dining with Mr Bierstadt and other artists
yesterday.
Respectfully
B. H. Moore
A note added at the top of the paper continues:
Your picture on exhibition has been sent to my house as those in charge
did not know what to do with it, the exhibition having closed (Acad. Fine
Arts)
43 SOUVENIR DE LAC MAGGIORE
AL. p. 39
44 STATION ON “MORRIS AND ESSEX RAILROAD”
AL. Index and p. 9
Exhibitions: Probably NAD 1864, NO. 56, The Railroad Depot
Collections: James Thomson, 1864——?
Figure 108
The photograph in the Album is inscribed Old Station at South Orange,
N. J., 1864, though the printed index gives the title as above. The paint¬
ing shows a station of the period. A coach, a wagon, a surrey, with people,
are waiting for the train, while a Negro boy chases sheep across the track
before the approaching train.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
155
1864
4 5 CITY POINT, OCT. 1864
Pencil and pastel on paper, 8^x1814' in.
Lower left: ELH, Oct. 1864
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 105
Inscribed on mount as above; also: (from left to right) Sketch taken from
Pilot House on a U. S. Transport. Down James River. Anchored
vessels with stores waiting to discharge cargoes. tf Double ender” ( guard
ship). Stores dock. Monitor. U. S. Mail Dock. Adams Exp. Barge.
(Ltnt Grant's Hd Qurts) (Commander in Chief). Sutler’s schooner.
Gen Ingall’s Hd Quarters. Mouth of Appomottax River.
Cf. Figures 106 and 107
46 THE MARKET PLACE, WASHINGTON
Pencil and white chalk on paper, 6^x12 Yz in.
Lower left: ELH, Oct. 1864, Washington
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 96
Inscribed: The Market Place, Washington, sketched from the window of a
hotel, Oct. 1864. Showing fortifications on the Virginia side of the
Potomac, protecting the Capitol
47 THE GREAT HORSE DEPOT AT GIESBORO ON THE POTOMAC
BELOW WASHINGTON
Pencil and water color on paper, 11J4x18H in.
Lower left: E. L. Henry Nov. 1864
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 97
Inscribed: The great horse depot at Giesboro on the Potomac below Wash¬
ington where horses were broken in & drilled for the two branches of
the Service and where they were brought back to recuperate. Horses
ready to be shipped on a Transport. Where the incurable & condemned
Horses were shot. Dead animals loaded on barges & carried across the
Potomac.
48 NEAR HARRISON’S LANDING, LOWER JAMES RIVER
Pencil and pastel on paper, 11^x19}^ in.
Lower left: Near Wilson’s Landing, Lower James River, sketched from the
Pilot House on a Transport, Nov. 1864
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 98
The inscription is over writing which has been erased. A drawing in
Sketchbook 4, called Harrison’s Landing, shows the same subject. The
gazetteer gives Harrison’s Landing as the scene of important actions in this
Civil War campaign.
156
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1864
49 CITY POINT, VA., NOV. 1864
Black and white wash, 9x20 in.
Lower left: E. L. Henry, City Point, Va., Nov. 1864
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 4-a
Collection: Harry M. Bland
Figure 106
Inscribed further: View from James River. From sketch taken from the
pilot house of a transport, Nov. 1864
Cf. Figures 105 and 107
50 U. S. TRANSPORT ON THE POTOMAC BELOW WASHINGTON:
DURING THE WAR, 1861-1865
Water color on paper, 10x16 in.
Lower right: E. L. Henry, Nov. 1864
Collection: Bernard H. Cone
Inscribed: Drawing made from a small boat on the river
The name John Brooks is plainly lettered on the paddle wheel.
Data on the back: Side-wheel Steam-boat JOHN BROOKS. Length
239.8, beam 31.4, depth of hold 10.8. Ran from Bridgeport, Conn., in
1859. At start of Civil War in the call for Steamboats was chartered
for $600 a day and served in Virginia and Carolina waters. At the end
of the war, returned to Bridgeport and ran for many years in New
Hampshire and Maine waters. From 1890 to 1894, ran from Boston to
Portsmouth
Cf. NO. 90
5 1 WESTOVER, JAMES RIVER
Pencil and pastel on paper, 12*4xl9J4 in-
Lower left: Grant's Campaign, Nov. 1864. Old “W estover,” James River,
a Division Hd Qtrs, Army of the James
Lower right: Sketch Made from the Deck of a Transport. E L Henry,
Nov. 1864
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 102
Cf. Figure 103
52 ON THE JAMES RIVER, VA.
Oil on canvas, 6x12 in.
Lower left: E L Henry Nov. 1864
Lower right: On the James River, Va. Campaign of 1864
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 39
Collection: Guy Mayer Gallery
Inscribed on back of canvas in pencil: Study from Nature. Sunset effects
through the smoke of the campfire of the Confederate armies from the
James River below Richmond Landing. 1864. EL Henry
53 THE RACES AT FLORENCE, ITALY
AL. Index and p. 1 1
Collections: J. P. G. Foster, 1865—?
This painting is titled as above in the index of the Album, but inscribed
under the photograph: Spring Races at Florence, Italy.
Cf. also a photograph in the Henry Collection inscribed: The Race Course
at Florence, Italy. From pencil sketches made at the time. Dated: 1864
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
157
1865
54 THE JOHN HANCOCK HOUSE
Oil on wood, 7x8*4 in.
Lower center: E L Henry ' 65
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 21
Collection: Estate of Francis P. Garvan
Figure 43
Cf. Figure 44
55 RESIDENCE AT POUGHKEEPSIE
AL. p. 39
Inscribed: Owned by the late Robt Sanford
56 ST ERASME, GAETA, ITALY
AL. index and p. 13
Exhibitions: NAD 1866, NO. 438
Collection: William E. Dodge, 1865—?
5 7 WESTOVER, VA., 1863
Oil on wood, 12x14 in.
Lower right: E L Henry
Exhibitions: NAD 1867, NO. 294, as Westover, James River, Campaign
of 1863; Century Association, 1942, NO. 60
Collection: Century Association
Figure 103
Cf. NO. 51: also MS. p. 319; also AL. Index and p. 15
This painting is titled as above on the card fastened to the frame. The
date 1863 is an obvious error, probably the artist’s, as the James River
campaign was fought in 1864, the year in which Henry served with the
commissary of the Union Army.
1866
58 AN AMERICAN RAILROAD STATION
AL. Index, No. 9
Collection: John Taylor Johnson, 1866—?
At the sale of his collection in 1876, a painting was sold, No. 41,
Railway Station, Westchester, 16x30 in. It may be the same painting.
59 THE GRAND HALL, LEVENS, WESTMORELAND
AL. Index and p. 23
Exhibitions: NAD 1867, NO. 494, as above.
Collection: C. J. Peterson—?
The printed index of the Album gives the title as follows: Drawing
Room of Levens Hall, Westmoreland, England, though Henry has given
the above title under the photograph on p. 23 of the Album. The nota¬
tion dates the picture as 1868 . But this is obviously incorrect, from the
NAD entry, as well as from a letter from Peterson to Henry, dated February
2, 1865 : Mrs Peterson is looking for something very fine. "Levens'’
will be her pet picture, if it equals what she expects .
158
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1866
60 [THE MAIL CARRIER]
AL. p. 58
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: The mother of our
old housekeeper , Mrs Jane Morgan of North Wales. She carried the mail.
Painted from this little photograph sent over by the Countess of Vane to
the old woman's daughter here in New York City.
61 PORCH SCENE, NEWPORT, R. 1.
AL. Index and p. 21
Lower right: E L Henry, 1866
Collection: T. A. Vyse, 1866— ?
Figure 37
Cf. Figure 35
62 FROM A WINDOW, NEWPORT
AL. p. 39
Figure 34
Another photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: From a
Sketch after Nature, July 1866, Jessup's, Newport, R. I. This painting
may be the inspiration for the heavily carved walnut frame, now in the
Henry Collection. Cf. Figure 41
63 SOUVENIR OF A TRIP TO NANTUCKET
AL. p. 3
1867
64 FOUR-IN-HAND, CENTRAL PARK, NEW YORK
AL. Index and p. 1 6
Lower left: E L Henry, 1867
Collections: T. A. Vyse, 1867—?
Figure 38
Photograph in Album is inscribed: 1867. Mrs. Vyse, her sister. Miss
Power, & E. L. Henry. Thos. A. Vyse driving. The Four-in-Hand of the
late Thos. A. Vyse in Central Park.
65 THE 9.45 A.M. ACCOMMODATION, STRATFORD, CONNECTICUT
Oil on canvas, 16x30^ in.
Lower right: E. L. Henry P. 1867
Bibliography: Life in America, pi. 212; Metropolitan Museum of Art
Bulletin, June 1939, Vol. 34, No. 6, p. 137—38, “The Moses Tanen-
baum Bequest"; Magazine of Art, June 1939, p. 332; Life, June 19,
1939, p. 30; “Our Heritage," 1942, p. 29, NO. 179
Exhibitions: Life in America, Metropolitan Museum of Art, 1939; Our
Heritage, National Academy Galleries, 1942, NO. 179; Century Asso¬
ciation, 1942, NO. 32
Collections: Moses Tanenbaum; Metropolitan Museum of Art
Figure 109
A photograph in the Henry Collection shows what seems to be another
version of the subject, with minor changes. The architecture of the houses
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
159
1867
at the right is different. The man in the wagon at the extreme right is
whipping his horses. At the extreme left, the woman running wears a
different costume and does not lead a child. Details throughout show such
alterations.
Of the above painting, the Metropolitan Bulletin writes: Henry's pic¬
ture ... is all human activity , all bustle and confusion. Here is the fine
puffing engine that frightens horses and little children , here are the houses
and station that man has made for his comfort and convenience , here are
his wagons, his trunks, his horses, his dogs, and here is man himself, a very
bee for busyness. And how this scene has changed since the artist’s time !
The wood-burning locomotive may have been the iron monster of its day —
it seems but a toy to us, its antlered lamp, its bell and all, charming us with
their quaintness. And did the owners of the pretty houses realize that this
pleasant little train would soon grow up and drive them from their once
gracious and quiet homes and turn the neighborhood topsy-turvy ? Per¬
haps they did, but here in 1867 it is still all very fine, all very gay — a
veritable feast for the eyes. Louise Burroughs
66 A NEW YORK REGIMENT LEAVING FOR THE FRONT TO REEN¬
FORCE THE ARMY OF GEN. GRANT. SCENE, NEW JERSEY
RAILROAD TERMINAL, 1864-5
Black and white wash drawing on paper, 1\%x\9]/2 in.
Lower right: E L Henry, 1864—7
Collection: Albert Duveen
Figure 101
Cf. NO. 85
67 THE WARNING
Lower left: E L Henry
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: The
Warning: An Episode in the Valley of Virginia during Campaign of 1864 .
Owned by Dr Sternberg, N. Y .
67 -a. THE WARNING
Oil on paper, 1414x20*4 in.
Lower left: E L Henry
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 58
Collection : Albert Duveen
Figure 104
68 THE MONASTERY OF ST MARIA DEL SASSO
AL. Index and p. 17
Collection: A. D. Jessup, 1867-?
69 SANTA SPIRITO, FLORENCE, ITALY
Exhibitions: NAD 1867, NO. 363
Collection; Henry Dallett, 1867-?
160
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1868
70 THE OLD CLOCK ON THE STAIRS
AL. p. 33
Lower right: E L Henry
Exhibitions: NAD 1869, NO. 406, as The Clock on the Stairs ; Inter¬
national Exhibition, Philadelphia, 1876, NO. 258
Collection: Robert Gordon, London, 1869-1918
Cf. MS. p. 320; also NO. 379; also Sketchbook 7, which notes; 20 stairs, 6
panels etc. for this painting; also NO. 81
In the Henry Collection there are several photographs of the subject, one
inscribed: To Miss Frances M. Wells , 1874, Compts of E. L. Henry.
The most informative inscription is: A Study after Nature in lower
Spruce Street, Philadelphia, in 1866. Purchased by Robert Gordon, a
banker of London. His residence was at Sydenham, near London, where
this picture is. He died there early this year, 1918.
Cf. Figure 214
Cf. CORR. December 24, 1894
71 THE INVALID
AL. Index and p. 27
Exhibitions: NAD 1870, NO. 233
Collection: Dr J. D. Haren White, 1868-?
The photograph in the Album is inscribed: Portrait of Miss Kate White,
Philadelphia, died February, 1868
In the Henry Collection there is photograph, colored by hand, on the
back of which a visiting card has been pasted. There is a further notation
by Henry: Born 1846. Died 1868
72 THE LIBRARY OF JONATHAN THORNE. 526 FIFTH AVENUE
AL. p. 43
Figure 39
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: Mr and Mrs Jonathan
Thorne in their parlor, Fifth Avenue near 44th Street. 1868. Just after
they were married.
73 [“A COLD DECEITFUL THING IS THE SNOW”]
AL. p. 30
Lower left: E L H '68
This seems to fit the arch-shaped frame shown in Figure 41
Under the photograph in the Album the following verse is written:
A cold deceitful thing is the snow
Though it come on 'dovelike wing
the false snow
’Tis but rain disguised,
appears
And our hopes are frozen
tears
like the snow.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
161
1868
74 GEN. FITZJOHN PORTER'S HEADQUARTERS, JAMES RIVER
AL. p. 43
This seems to be a second version of W estover. A letter to Henry from
C. J. Peterson, dated February 2, 1865, may bear on the question. It
reads, in part, as follows:
/ did not answer your last letter . . . because I expected, before this, to
have had the James River picture, and, with it, an occasion for writing.
I fear, now, that you have not had time to paint the picture, for the
exhibition where you were to show it came off, I believe, more than a week
ago. If you have painted it, I should like to have it, as soon as is con¬
venient to yourself. How shall I remit ? By my check ?
75 AFTER THE BATTLE
AL. p. 45
Inscribed : Souvenir of the Peninsular, 1864
76 THE TERRACE AT H ADDON
Exhibitions: NAD 1868, NO. 335
77 A CHAT AFTER MEETING
AL. p. 43
Collection: J. W. Pinchot, 1868—?
Figure 114
78 FACADE OF CATHEDRAL PIACENZA. LOMBARDY
AL. Index and p. 25
Collection: Robert Hoe, 1868—?
A note from R. Hoe, dated June 15, 1868, reads:
Please send the picture by bearer. I intended to come & see you today but
am much engaged Id I may be absent on business for several days.
Cf. the photograph in the Henry Collection, which seems to be reversed,
to judge by the signature. This reads in mirror image: E L Henry Pxt
79 ST JOHN’S CHURCH, VARICK STREET, NEW YORK: 1866
Oil on board, 6lA x4H in.
Lower left: E L Henry ’68
Exhibitions: Collections in Hartford, Wadsworth Atheneum, 1936; Cen¬
tury Association, 1942, NO. 49
Collections: Misses Welcher, Hartford; Macbeth Galleries
Figure 112
Cf. NOS. 324 and 325; also clippings in Henry files.
A large photograph (15*4x21% in.) of this subject in the Henry
Collection is inscribed on the back as follows: Old Dry Plate Negative.
Taken by Rockwood by order of E. L. Henry. Winter of 1866-7, as the
City Government had to or was about to commence to cut down the trees
Id destroy the old park to make way for a freight depot for the N. Y.
Central R. R. through the efforts, Id, Id, of William H. Vanderbilt.
The unidentified newspaper clipping quoted under NO. 89 writes:
St. John’s Chapel, before the old trees surrounding it were cut down, and
the fine park in front was not covered with a mass of brick and mortar, has
also an existence on his canvas.
162
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1868
80 ST PAUL’S CHURCH: 1766
Oil on board, 8x524 in.
Lower left: E L H ‘68
Exhibitions: Collections in Hartford, Wadsworth Atheneum', 1936; Cen¬
tury Association, 1942, NO. 50
Collections: Misses Welcher, Hartford; Macbeth Galleries
Figure 113
81 [OLD WOMAN READING]
AL. p. 42
The model seems to be the aunt of William Kulp, Philadelphia antiquarian;
she posed for NO. 70.
Mortimer E. Barnes, Westbury, L. I., has a small oil on cardboard,
524x9 in., signed, lower left: E L Henry ' 70 , which seems to be related.
It is inscribed on the back: The old back sitting room. Souvenir of Phila
Quaker families. E L Henry
1869
82 A PRESENTATION OF COLORS TO THE FIRST COLORED REGI¬
MENT OF NEW YORK BY THE LADIES OF THE CITY IN
FRONT OF THE OLD UNION LEAGUE CLUB, UNION SQUARE,
NEW YORK CITY IN 1864
Oil on canvas, 17x2624 in.
Lower right: E L Henry 1869
Collection: Union League Club
Figure 100
82 a PRESENTATION OF COLORS
Pen and ink on paper, 324x424 in.
Unsigned and undated
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 99
Inscribed on back: To be painted by Mr Henry , 17x26 for
the Union League Club for 500$
Presentation of Colours
by the Ladies of NY
to the 1st NY Coloured Reg.
83 OLD DUTCH CHURCH, NEW YORK
Oil on canvas, 18x14 in.
Lower right: E L Henry 1869
Bibliography: Life in America, pi. 213 ; Valentine’s Manual of New York,
1916
Exhibitions: NAD 1869, NO. 383, as Middle Dutch Church, Fulton
Street; Life in America, Metropolitan Museum of Art, 1939; Century
Association, 1942, NO. 37
Collections: S. P. Avery; Metropolitan Museum of Art
Figure 110
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
163
1869
The unidentified newspaper clipping quoted under NOS. 79 and 89 reads:
New York can thank him for preserving in this manner several old land¬
marks fast disappearing before the march of improvement . Among these
are the New York Hospital . . also, the old North Dutch Church in
'William street before its curtailment by the vandal hands of workmen, or
fire had toppled over its spire and destroyed the carved memorial above its
doorway.
84 THE OLD WESTOVER MANSION
Oil on canvas, 11x13 in.
Lower right: E L Henry * 69
Collection: Corcoran Gallery of Art
Cf. NOS. 5 1 and 5 7
85 DEPARTURE FOR THE SEAT OF WAR FROM JERSEY CITY
AL. p. 41
Exhibitions: NAD 1869, NO. 398, as Departing for the Seat of War
Collection: Charles E. Gregory, 1869-?
Cf. NO. 66; also two photographs in the Henry Collection, one an albumen
print, the other colored in oils, the first called A New York Regiment
Leaving Jersey City for the Front, March 1864, the second Embarkation
of Troops, Weehawken.
86 GRAEME PARK, NEAR PHILADELPHIA
AL. p. 46
The photograph in the Album shows a colonial interior, with a man
and a woman in period costume sitting before the fireplace. A second
woman opens the door at the right as a man enters, lifting his tricorne.
Two photographs in the Henry Collection show exterior views of Graeme
Park. One is inscribed on the back: End View, Graeme Park, at Horsham.
Built by Sir William Keith, 1720—22, near Philadelphia. Gov. of Penn.
1720 to 1727. Full of Historical Associations. The Home of Lady
Elizabeth Ferguson of Revolutionary Memory. The other photograph is
inscribed on the back: “Graeme Park/* Built 1722 by Sir Wm. Keith.
Gov. of Penna. 1720 to 1727. At Horsham near Philadelphia
87 INTERIOR OF HOPE LODGE
AL. p. 27
88 [REVOLUTIONARY INTERIOR]
AL. p. 38
An interior with a couple in period costume
1870
89 THE LIBRARY OF A. H. WARD
AL. p. 32
Lower right: E L Henry
Exhibitions: NAD 1870, NO. 340, as Interior of a Library
Collection: Miss Ward, 1870-?
The photograph in the Album is inscribed: Old Mr Ward in his
Library, Waverly Place. Painted from life.
164
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1870
An unidentified newspaper clipping, probably of 1869, adds: At
present Mr Henry is engaged in painting the interior of the library of the
late A. H . Ward , Esq., in Washington Place, with a portrait of the deceased
therein. The room is a copy of Sir Walter Scott's library at Abbotsford,
with oak ceiling and panelling. The coats of arms and heraldic devices
belonging to the family of Mr Ward, together with portraits on glass of
English and Scottish poets, also adorn its walls.
Cf. Sketchbook 7 for a notation: Ward’s Room, 22 feet long. 15 Do
wide. 16 feet high.
90 [U. S. TRANSPORT ON THE POTOMAC]
AL. p. 62
Cf. NO. 50
1871
91 INDEPENDENCE HALL
AL. p. 49
Lower right: E L Henry ’71
Exhibitions: NAD 1872, NO. 159
Collection: James W. Drexel, 1872—?
The photograph in the Album is inscribed: Independence Hall, July 8,
1776; after signing the Declaration of Independence, July 4, 1776
92 LADY ELIZABETH FERGUSON SENDING A LETTER TO GEN.
JOSEPH REED OF REVOLUTIONARY MEMORY, JULY 28, 1778,
AT GRAEME PARK NEAR PHILADELPHIA
AL. p. 19
Lower left: E L Henry ’71
A further note in the Album reads: Vide Mrs Ellett’s Houses of the
Revolution, vol. 1, 1828
93 NORTH PORCH. CATHEDRAL OF BERGAMO
AL. p. 47
Exhibitions: NAD 1871, NO. 333
Collection: G. F. Tyler, 1871—?
94 AN UNEXPECTED ATTACK
AL. p. 61
Exhibitions: NAD 1872, NO. 192
Collection: A. Bierstadt, 1872—?
95 [THE SNOWSTORM]
AL. p. 17
Lower left: E L H ’7 1 (reversed, a mirror image)
1872
96 CITY POINT. VIRGINIA. HEADQUARTERS OF GENERAL GRANT
(1822-1885)
Oil on canvas, 2924x61 in.
Lower right: E L Henry, 1865-1872
Bibliography: Life in America, pi. 191; American Battle Painting: 1776—
1918, p. 57 and pi. 26
Exhibitions: Life in America, Metropolitan Museum of Art, 1939; Cen¬
tury Association, 1942, NO. 4; American Battle Painting, National
Gallery of Art, 1944, Museum of Modern Art, 1944
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
165
1872
Collections: Union League Club: Stephen C. Clark; Addison Gallery of
American Art, Andover, Mass.
Figure 107
Cf. Figures 105 and 106
The photograph in the Henry Album (p. 29) is comprehensively docu¬
mented. From left to right the inscriptions read:
Transport disembarking troops, horses
Mail dock
Adams Exp. Barge. Embalmed bodies being sent north. Andy Hepburn's
barge. Head sutler. Captain’s gig
Grant’s Hd Qts
Gen . Ingal’s Hd. Qts
15 -inch Mortar & 2 Hundred Pound parrots on platform cars. Mouth of
Appomattox
Schooners with stores, forage, & lumber swinging to the current
Monitor in the distance, Bermuda Hundreds
97 NO. 217 E. 1 OTH, N. Y.
Oil on paper, 21x14 in.
Lower left: E L H ’72
Lower right as above
Collection : Albert Duveen
About an inch of paper has been added at the bottom of the painting,
which shows a snow scene. A cutter with one bay horse is hitched in front
of a three-story red brick house. Henry lived across the street from this
subject.
Cf. Figure 1 9
98 A PARLOR ON BROOKLYN HEIGHTS
AL. p. 50
Figure 40
Another photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: The parlor on
Brooklyn Heights of Mr and Mrs John Bullard overlooking East River and
New York City. Painted from Nature for them.
99 THE PASSION PLAY, OBERAMMERGAU
Ortgies catalog, 1887, NO. 60
An unidentified clipping (pasted on an unnumbered page of the MS.
following MS. p. 58) reads as follows: There is now on exhibition in the
west window of Messrs. Bailey, Banks and Biddle, Twelfth and Chestnut
Streets, a large painting by Edward L. Henry, representing The Passion
Play as given at Oberammergau. The picture contains a large number of
figures and is a fine piece of descriptive work , showing one of the closing
tableaux of the play — the crucifixion. In the foreground is the large audi¬
ence showing respectful attention to the grand scene being carried out, and
the artist has grouped the figures in an attractive manner. In coloring and
other respects the painting is well-executed, and is viewed daily by hundreds
of admirers.
Cf. MS. p. 527 f; also NO. 100
The painting listed in the Ortgies catalog sold, according to Henry's
annotated copys for $165.
166
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1872
100 ALT KIRCHE, OBERAMMERGAU
AL. p. 52
Figure 115
Another photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: Alt Kirche,
Oberammergau, where mass is held before the play. Collection, Hon . H. W.
Bookstaver.
Cf. NOS. 99 and 1080
101 [NURSE AND TWO CHILDREN]
AL. p. 48
Lower left: E L Henry , 1872
Cf. NO. 61
102 THE HICKSITE QUAKERESS
AL. p. 40
Lower left: E L Henry * 72
103 THE YOUNG HEIR
AL. p. 40
Lower right: E L Henry ’ 72
104 A COURTSHIP: TIME, 1817
AL. p. 61
1873
105 THE DOCTOR
Oil on cardboard, 9x12% in.
Lower left: E L Henry ’73
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 9
Collection: Estate of Francis P. Garvan
Figure 116
The doctor's name, Dr H. P. Farnham, is painted on the side of the
horse block from which one mounts to the doctor’s gig.
Cf. Sketchbook 8 for a detailed drawing, inscribed: Dr H. P. Farnum’s
Visiting Buggy. W. 23d St. April 1874
106 THE WIDOWER
Oil on wood, 8x5% in.
No signature
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 62
Collection: Estate of Francis P. Garvan
Figure 117
107 A QUIET CORNER BY THE DOOR
AL. p. 36
Lower left: E L H ’73
Figure 1 1 8
In the Henry Collection there is a print of this subject, colored by hand
in oils and framed.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
167
1873
108 A SUMMER MORNING
Oil on canvas, 9J4xl3}4 in.
Lower left: E L Henry ' 73
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 55
Collection: James Graham and Sons
A slip pasted on the back reads: A Summer Morning. Artist, E. L.
Henry. Price $100. 51 West 10th Street. The painting shows a country
landscape. A man in a red shirt and a woman in a white sunbonnet are
driving along in a wagon drawn by a white and a bay horse.
109 THE MEETING OF GENERAL WASHINGTON AND
ROCHAMBEAU
AL. Index and p. 51, p. 53
Lower right center: E L Henry, 1873
Exhibitions: NAD 1874, NO. 217
Collection: W. H. Raynor, 1874—?
Cf. NO. 1020; Figure 222
1874
110 THE OLD PATERNAL HOME
Oil on cardboard, 9x8 in.
Lower left: E L Henry, 1874
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 38
Collection: Mabel Brady Garvan Collection, Yale University Art Gallery
Figure 119
This painting was formerly called Group in a Colonial Doorway
111 [THE DOCTOR’S CALL]
Oil on canvas, 13x12 in.
Lower left: E L Henry ’74
Collection: Albert Duveen
The painting shows an old woman in cap and plaid shawl, watching the
doctor make up powders, which he pours from a bottle into papers.
Through the window his gig and horse may be seen outside.
112 TAKING A NIGHT CAP
AL. p. 14
Lower right: E L Henry, 1874
Exhibitions: NAD 1875, NO. 450; International Exhibition, 1876, Phila¬
delphia, NO. 429
Collection: W. O'Brien, 1876-?
An old woman in a nightcap is heating water on a coal stove in her bed¬
room. A glass with a spoon in it stands on her bedside table, while a
wicker-covered jug of rum may be seen underneath the table.
An unidentified clipping in the Henry Collection reads: " Taking a
Night Cap” is . . . elaborate and faithful in execution, representing an old
lady in an old fashioned room sitting by the fire and brewing for herself a
168
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1874
hot whiskey toddy before retiring. The old-fashioned furniture, mantle
ornaments, dress of the lady, who sits with a comfortable pet terrier in her
lap, blinking his eyes at the fire, are admirably worked up. The artist, E. L.
Henry, makes old American subjects a specialty, and has now on his easel an
American battle scene, which promises well, and has recently completed
an interview of American and British officers in Revolutionary times, which
was much admired.
Cf. NO. 1085
113 [ COLONIAL COUPLE ]
AL. p. 28
A man and woman in period costume have just come down a flight of
stairs and are going out a colonial doorway with a fanlight. A dog is run¬
ning beside them.
114 RECEPTION GIVEN TO LAFAYETTE (AT THE CHEW HOUSE,
GERMANTOWN, THE CONTESTED POINT AT THE BATTLE
OF GERMANTOWN, OCT. 4th, 1778) BY HIS BRETHREN OF
THE MASONIC FRATERNITY, MILITARY AND OTHER OR¬
GANIZATIONS, AND BY THE TOWNSPEOPLE, JULY 20th,
1825
AL. p. 26
Exhibitions: NAD 1874, NO. 246
Collection: Samuel Chew, 1874-
115 GOING OUT TO RIDE: NEW YORK, ABOUT 1796
AL. p. 20
Lower left: E L Henry
L X X IV
1 1 6 SUNSHINE AND SHADOW
AL. p. 20
1875
117 FRANCES LIVINGSTON WELLS (HENRY)
Oil on board, 6x5 in.
Lower left: [name illegible], 1875
Collection: Alida Wells Stetson, Edward C. Wells, Margaret L. Wells and
William C. Wells; Albany Institute of History and Art
Figure 227
The painting is apparently in its original condition. It is in a gold
frame, set in a deep black walnut shadow box, lined with plush now faded
to ashes of roses.
Pasted on the back is a slip, reading: Loaned to Mrs M. C. Murray dur¬
ing her lifetime. Then to be returned to E. L. Henry, New York City. The
date May, 1905 has been added, possibly the date of the picture's return.
Probably the portrait was painted before the Henrys’ marriage.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY 169
1875
118 LIBRARY AT THE HOME OF W“ LORING ANDREWS, 16 E. 38
Oil on wood panel, 9x7 in.
Lower left: E L Henry 1875
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 26
Collection: Century Association
There are two labels pasted on the back. The upper reads: Painted by
E. L. Henry. The old man is a fancy sketch. A daughter of E. L. Henry
posed for the young girl.
The unidentified writer was in error, for the Henrys had no children.
The lower label reads: The above painting brought $200 at a sale at
the American Art Galleries on April 10, 1931. But is incorrectly catalogued
as The Grandfather : Interior of a Phila Living Room. J. E. Turkas. Ms.
of Wm Loring Andrews.
AL. p. 52
Cf. note pasted on manuscript p. 37, MS. (February 29, 1904) regarding
possible purchase by Metropolitan Museum of Henry’s railroad painting.
119 ST GEORGE’S CHAPEL, BEEKMAN AND CLIFF STREET, NEW
YORK
Oil on wood, 10x8H in.
Lower left: E. L. Henry ’ 75
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 48
Collection: Metropolitan Museum of Art
Figure 111
This church was torn down in 1868 (McCausland ’41, p. 180).
120 THE LITTLE CHICKS
Exhibitions: NAD 1875, NO. 438
121 [CHILDREN IN A GRAVEYARD]
AL. p. 53
Lower left: E L Henry ’ 75
1876
122 PORTRAIT OF MRS HENRY
Oil on canvas, oval, 13*4 xll*4 in.
Lower right: London 1876
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 41
Mrs Henry is shown standing at an easel, palette and mahlstick in left
hand, brush in right, painting a flower subject. This painting evidently
was designed for a rectangular frame, as it has been pieced out to fill the
oval frame, itself a piece of Henryiana. It shows up in numerous
photographs of his studio at 5 1 West 10th street, New York, with various
pictures in it. It is made of walnut, 24J4 x24H in., and is heavily carved
with flowers and leaves. The inset oval frame, 17x15 in. outside, is gilded,
and measures 13*4x1114 inside.
A letter written 28 years later to Martin Albert (Cf. NO. 315) gives
a clue to Henry’s taste in presentation. He writes of feeling that the dark
wood helped make the contrast greater like looking out of doors from a
window.
Cf. also Figure 34, actually the view through a window at Newport.
170
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1876
123 ALL HALLOWS, GREAT AND LESS: THOMAS STREET, LONDON
4 water color sketches on paper
Exhibitions: Architectural League, New York, 13th annual, 1915
Collection: New York State Museum
1 Interior of the Church . . . and the Noted Rood Screen
Water color on paper, 21% x2 6% in.
Lower left: London, 1876
2 Arms of the Hatters’ Guild
Water color on paper, 7% x4% in.
3 The Noted Wood Carved Pulpit and Clerk’s Desk
Water color on paper, 9x6% in.
4 Wood Carving on Rear Pews '
Water color on paper, 5%x5 % in.
NOS. 2, 3 and 4 are on one mount.
124 OFF FOR THE RACES
Oil on canvas, 10%xl8% in.
Lower right: E L Henry 1876
Exhibitions: NAD 1877, NO. 271, $500, illustrated, 12x20; Century
Association, 1942, NO. 33
Collection: Fairman Rogers, Philadelphia, 1878—?; Estate of Francis P.
Garvan
Figure 122
On the stretcher is written: Fairman Rogers. West Rittenhouse Square,
Philadelphia, U. S.
In the Henry Collection, there is a framed photograph (Il%x20 in.)
of this subject. The photograph has been touched up with black and white
and is signed lower right E L Henry, Warwickshire, 1882. A slip pasted
on the backing reads: “Off For the Races’ ’ a study from Nature of old St
John’s, Warwick, England, belonging to Lord Brooke. Painted July 1876.
The painting from this study was purchased by the late Fairman Rogers,
Philadelphia, in 1878. E. L. Henry
125 [FEEDING THE DUCKS]
Oil on canvas, 24x16 in.
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 123
Gift of Wilfred Thomas
126 WARWICK, ENGLAND
AL. p. 14
Lower right: E L Henry, Warwick, 1876
This may be A View of Warwick, England, from the Commons, sold
for $100 at the Ortgies sale, 1887, NO. 66.
127 INTERIOR OF AN OLD ENGLISH MANSION
Exhibitions: NAD 1876 (50th annual) NO. 77, $150
Cf. AL. p. 57. The photograph there shows the interior of an English
castle, which may be the above painting.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
171
1876
128 LES FOSSES COMMUNES, CIMITIERE DE ST OWEN, PARIS
Oil on canvas, 19x32 in.
Lower left: E L Henry, Paris 1876
Exhibitions: NAD 1877, NO. 159, $500
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 121
128-a LES FOSSES COMMUNES
Pencil and pen and ink on paper, 524x1014 in.
Lower right: E L H
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 120
129 A PARIS DILIGENCE
Exhibitions: NAD 1876 (50th annual) NO. 85, $150
130 WILLIAM FLOYD
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: Original copied by
E. L. Henry for Independence Hall, Philadelphia, Nov. 1874. Presented
by David Floyd, Greenport, L. /,, No v. 1874.
A letter from Henry printed in the American Art News in 1917 gives a
little history connected with this painting. It reads:
Those Philadelphia Portraits
Editor AMERICAN ART NEWS
Dear Sir:
In reading the editorials in your paper and your quotations from others
in connection with the supposed * Take ” pictures in Independence Hall,
Phila., I would like to add a word as in 1875 I served on a committee for
restoration of the building having the “expert” advice of the late Daniel
Cotier and the late James Renwick, also early in 1876 I was given a com¬
mission to copy a portrait of one of the “Signers,” Wm Floyd— the original
being at the ancestral home, at Greenpoint, L. I.
I can still feel the deathly chill of the parlor where I had to work from
the original, almost at the risk of pneumonia. Several other artists were
also given commissions to copy other originals, there being no known copies
or portraits of the few that were left. They closed up the list with what
they had and so the controversy over the supposed “Fakes” is to me a very
mistaken conclusion, and partly one of a new committee which does not
seem to have made much of an investigation whether they are originals,
copies or so-called “Fakes” and want to throw them all “out.” Perhaps to
be able to get “ new jobs” for some of their artist friends.
While in Paris in 1875, I made an oil study of the Tomb of La Fayette
at the Cimitiere Picpus.
I presented it to the City of Phila. to hang in Independence Hall. Two
years later, on visiting the city, I found the work covered with dust and
dirt. They promised to “clean it off.” Evidently the “job” was given to
some poor char woman who used probably sand soap, for in visiting the
hall again later, I found most of the iron railing around the tomb nearly
172
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1876
all erased and all of the lettering on the tomb, as well as the Mural Tablets
rubbed off entirely . Also the tablet reading “ Tomb of La Fayette, Cimitiere
Picpus,” was all gone and a new tablet in its place reading “Tomb of
La Fayette — Pere le Chaise” the latter not being known as a cemetery until
many years later, but what a hard lesson to learn to whom to give it to.
Yours very truly
N. Y. Mar . 12, 1917
E. L. Henry
1877
131 THE ANCESTRAL HOME
AL. p. 55
Lower right: E L Henry
Exhibitions: NAD 1877, NO. 195, $1500, illustrated, 39x29; Gill 1879,
The Ancestral Home (An Elizabethan Manor, property of Earl of
Warwick)
131 -a [THE ANCESTRAL HOME]
Pen and ink on paper, 8x6 % in.
Lower right: E L Henry ’76
Collection: New York State Museum
Cf. Sketchbook 6
132 TENTH STREET STUDIO BUILDING
Oil on canvas mounted on board 11x8 in.
Lower left: E L Henry Feb. 1877
Lower right: E L H
Bibliography: “Our Heritage,” 1942, p. 31, NO. 203
Exhibitions: Our Heritage, National Academy Galleries, 1942, NO. 203
Collection: National Academy of Design; NAD Catalog NO. 725
Figure 258
The painting was acquired by the Academy in 1911, the gift of the artist
as a memento of the old Studio Building at 5 1 West 1 0th street. A letter
and note attached to the back of the painting tell the story:
Cragsmoor, N. Y., Oct. 8th, 1911
My Dear Maynard:
Thank you so much for your letter in relation to the sketch of the “cor.
of 10th St. and 5th Ave.” made in 1877. I remember writing the letter
offering it, but I do not recall ever having an answer, whether the Academy .
cared for it. However1. I have it still and when I return early Nov. will
get it Framed & send it or take it up. It isn't very much after all. Yet
as so many of the older men lived 8* painted in that old “51” I thought
it might help to recall the corner. The old sign on that corner as far back
as I remember it, was nailed on that old forlorn tree and when I made the
sketch of it had a Kite tail and the remnants of an old kite tangled in the
branches, the end of the tail hanging down like a noose. A rainy dismal day.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
173
1877 Jj
a little wet snow, & the prison van going down 10th St. to the courthouse,
made a picture suited to that very dull season when few if any were paying
Expenses. We have had so far the most cold cheerless Autumn for many
years. Last night was a killing black frost, froze ice. The weather has
driven nearly everyone away, except Inness, 8* he and his wife ( who I don’t
think wishes to) are to remain up here on this mountain plateau all
Winter. It is awfully lonely now. What will it be like in the depth of
winter ? Hope you & Mrs Maynard have had a pleasant summer S’ with
very best wishes.
Most sincerely yours
Edw. L. Henry
The note by Henry on the painting reads: “The old tree with the sign
that stood on the corner of 5th Ave. 8* W. 10th St. N. Y ., for over forty
years.” Painted in 1877 from a lead pencil sketch from nature. Wm
Beard 8" Wm De Haas were passing at the time. The bad winter of *77 ,
when there was very little business done & “the prison van 8" funerals were
most of the traffic through the street,” as was said by the Artists in the
building at the time.
133 A STUDY IN BLACK AND TANS
AL. p. 22
Lower right: E L Henry ’ 77
The photograph in the Album is inscribed: Exhibited in Royal Academy,
1878. Another photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: This
little painting called a “Study in Black and Tans” was exhibited in the Royal
Academy, London, in 1881 and hung on the line. It was painted after
Nature at Concord, Pa., close to the Delaware line. The little Nigger was
cutting off pieces of red flannel to decorate the collars of two “Black and
Tans ”
A sketch in water color on paper, 4*4 x6J4 in., signed lower right, E L
Henry '77 , is in the collection of the Guy Mayer Gallery.
134 A QUAKER VISIT
AL. p. 26
Lower right: E L Henry ’77
Bibliography: KL. NO. 51
1878
135 SARAH AKINS WELLS
Oil on board, 10^4x1314 in.
Lower right: E L Henry, 1878
Collection: Miss Margaret L. Wells
A portrait of Mrs Henry’s grandmother. On the back it is inscribed:
Painted from life at her home in William Street, Johnstown, N. Y., summer
1878. Sarah Akin was born May 9, 1788. She was married at Sir William
Johnson Hall to Nathan P. Wells Ap. 22, 1813. She died in Johnstown,
Jan. 25, 1881, aged 92 years and 8 months.
174
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1878
136 THE DEPARTURE OF THE BRIGHTON COACH
AL. p. 12
Lower left: E L Henry, 1878
Exhibitions: NAD 1878, NO. 339, $600
Figure 125
137 REVERIE
AL. p. 27
Lower right: E L Henry ’78
This painting was stolen from the gallery of the Union League Club,
early in 1879, according to a newspaper clipping pasted in the Album.
138 AN AWKWARD THROW
Exhibitions: Gill, 1878
1879
139 THE PEDLER
Oil on canvas, 13^xl9J4 in.
Lower right: E L Henry ’79
Bibliography: KL. NO. 47; illustrated in earlier edition of Klackner.
Collections: James Kirkham; James W. Kirkham; William B. Kirkham
Figure 189
140 ON THE BEACH: WAITING FOR THE BATHERS
AL. p. 1 7
Exhibitions: NAD 1879, NO. 198, Waiting for the Bathers ?
Figure 47
141 A PORTRAIT OF MRS E. L. HENRY AND THE TWO BLACK AND
TANS: ON THE UPPER HUDSON NEAR FORT MILLER,
SUMMER OF 1879
Lower left: E L Henry ’79
The photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: This painting
was stolen from the picture frame shop of late Geo. F. Of, Clinton Place ,
1886.
An inscription on the back reads: This painting was left all summer at
the frame shop of Geo. F. Of in Clinton Place and the following autumn
was gone. Stolen from there during the summer. Never been able to trace
it. Fortunately this photograph was taken of the painting before it was left
at Mr Of’s.
141 -a “ON THE LOOKOUT”
Pen and ink on paper, pasted on canvas, 7Yi x9 in.
Lower left: E L Henry 1879
Lower right: E L H
Collection: New York State Museum
142 SOUVENIRS OF LONG AGO
Bibliography: KL. NO. 60, not illustrated
Exhibitions: NAD 1879, NO. 434
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
175
1880
143 CHANGING HORSES
Oil on canvas, 16Hx31 in.
Lower left: E L Henry, 1880
Collections: James Ben Ali Haggin sr; Louis Terah Haggin; Eila Haggin
McKee; Haggin Memorial Art Galleries, Stockton, Calif., NO. 65
144 THE BATTLE OF GERMANTOWN, PA., OCT. 4, 1777
AL. Index and p. 18
Collection: Samuel Chew, 1880-?
In 1881, Henry painted this subject for William Astor. Cf. NO. 161.
Was it an exact copy of Chew’s painting?
Cf. also reproduction, MS., pasted on back of manuscript p. 23, called The
Attack on Chew's House during the Battle of Germantown, 1777.
An unidentified newspaper clipping in the Henry Collection writes of
one of these canvases as follows:
. . . the most important he has on hand. This is the " Battle of German¬
town," which, it will be remembered, was fought on the part of the British
from the old Chew House, one of the most interesting of Revolutionary
relics which is still standing, carefully preserved with all the marks of the
dangers it passed through. As the work is historical, the artist has
endeavored to make it as accurate as study of the house and grounds will
permit. It is represented with windows filled with red coats, whose posi¬
tion has enabled them to scatter the grounds with the bodies of American
soldiers who are trying to gain the house by assault. The cannon in the
road has done some execution on the house, and the statuary of the grounds
and the house is on fire in several places.
145 READING THE STORY OF BLUEBEARD
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: Water
color. “Reading the Story of Blue Beard." E L Henry
Figure 140
Can this be Fairy Story, exhibited NAD 1880, NO. 332, $125?
146 THE APPROACHING TRAIN
Bibliography: KL. NO. 12, as The Coming Train
Cf. MS., back of manuscript p. 16, for another reproduction.
A photograph in the Henry Collection shows the signature and date as
E L Henry, N. Y., 1880, painted on a fence at the lower right.
147 THE WAY STATION
Bibliography: KL. NO. 80
Exhibitions: NAD 1880, NO. 182, $650
148 THE HALT AT THE FERRY
Exhibitions: NAD 1880, NO. 145
Collection: G. H. Blanchard, 1880-?
149 THE OLD TRIMBLE HOUSE, CHESTER CO., PENN: BUILT IN
1741
Exhibitions: Gill, 1880
176
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1881
150 CAPITAL AND LABOR
Oil on canvas, 12)4x15^4 in.
Lower left: E. L. Henry "81
Collection: New York Historical Society
Figure 56
Cf. Sketchbook 3 for drawings of a dog on a “dog churn” (Figure 59)
and of a cow on a treadmill.
151 OLD HOOK MILL, EAST HAMPTON
Oil on canvas, 14x22 in.
Lower left: E L Henry, East Hampton "81
Collection: Mrs Francis P. Garvan sr
. Figure 126
The Garvan estate owns a painting by Childe Hassam with the same
title and subject.
152 THE SUMMER BOARDERS
Oil on canvas, 15x19 in.
Lower right: E L Henry "81
Bibliography: KL. NO. 9, as City Boarders
Collection: Martin E. Albert
Figure 146
The driver was a neighbor of the Henrys, Peter P. Brown. Mrs Henry
is on the right and Mrs Eliza Hartshorn on the left. The buggy is com¬
ing down the old “Gully Road” from Cragsmoor to Ellen ville.
153 A MOUNTAIN ROAD
AL. p. 24
Bibliography: KL. NO. 61, as A Stony Road, not illustrated in 1906 edition,
but in earlier edition
Figure 137
The photograph in the Album is inscribed: A Mountain Road.
Shawangunk Mountains Above Ellenville, N. Y.
The subject was identified by Sidney Terwilliger of Cragsmoor as Peter P.
Brown on the old gully road. The same man and vehicle are seen in
Figure 139.
The original Botsford negative envelope is inscribed: Old Peter P. Brown
on the old Gulley Road. LWB
154 EAST HAMPTON BEACH
AL. p. 34
Lower right: E L Henry 1881
Exhibitions: NAD 1881, NO. 547, $1000, illustrated, 21x51.
Figure 49
A photograph in the Henry Collection, AL. p. 1 7 (Figure 48) shows the
same subject, with slight differences. It may represent the canvas in an
earlier state.
This painting or NO. 140 may be Study at East Hampton, sold at
Ortgies sale in 1887 for $127.50, NO. 64.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
177
1881
154 -a BATHING HOUR, EAST HAMPTON BEACH
Pen and ink with white on bleached photograph, in.
Lower right: E L Henry, 1889
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 50
This item was prepared for magazine reproduction and illustrates Henry's
method of work. It is interesting that he altered the date of the original
painting, which shows in other photographs plainly as 1881.
155 THE MOUNTAIN STAGE
AL. p. 38
Lower right: E L Henry ’ 81
Bibliography: KL. NO. 34
Figure 54
Mrs Frederick Dellenbaugh is said to be one of the passengers in the stage.
Cf. Figure 55
156 THE RELAY
Bibliography: KL. NO. 53
Exhibitions: NAD 1881, NO. 10, $850
Figure 157
157 [REVOLUTIONARY SCENE]
AL. p. 60
A man in the costume of a Revolutionary general, an Indian chief, soldiers,
sentries, are seen grouped in the doorway of a colonial house.
Cf. NO. 251
158 A WAY STATION ON A SMALL PENNSYLVANIA RAILROAD
The photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: In possn of Lady
Northcote, London.
159 CHINA WAS THE PASSION OF HIS SOUL
Exhibitions: NAD 1881, NO. 445, $600
160 THE PETS
Exhibitions: Gill, 1881, “sold"
«
161 THE BATTLE OF GERMANTOWN
AL. p. 24
Collection: William Astor, 1881 — ? •
Cf. NO. 144
1882
162 A HARD ROAD TO TRAVEL
Oil on canvas, 17x14 in.
Lower left: E L Henry *82
Collections: Dr Lawton S. Brooks; Mrs Harcourt W. Bull
Figure 139
A letter from Harcourt W. Bull jr, states that the painting was pur¬
chased by his grandfather from James D. Gill in 1884, for $205. He
178
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1882
adds the following description: On a partially overcast day in autumn
when some colored leaves are still left, some branches are bare, on a country
road running along a hillside and bordered by a split-rail fence, an old
farmer drives home in an ancient topless buggy . He is moving directly
away from the observer, giving a detailed view of the back of the old char¬
acter seated on his buffalo robe, a red handkerchief showing from his pocket
between his coat-tails, the head of a pig protruding by the dashboard at his
feet. The weather-worn buggy is painted with particular care. Of especial
and humorous interest are the large wheels which are just passing over a
stony outcropping in the road and are each turned at a different angle.
163 MAIN STREET, EASTHAMPTON, L. I.
AL. p. 58
Lower left center: E L Henry ' 82
164 MEETING'S OUT, ABOUT 1849
Exhibitions: NAD 1882, NO. 88, $450
165 PREPARING DINNER
Exhibitions: Gill, 1882, $225
166 A COUNTRY ROMANCE
Exhibitions: NAD 1882, NO. 454, $200
1883
167 JOHN S. BILLINGS
Oil on cardboard, 13]^ x9 l/i in.
Lower left: E . L. Henry
1883
Exhibitions: Art Exhibition for the Benefit of the Red Cross, Hunt
Memorial Hall, Ellenville, August 6—7, 1918
Collection: Village of Ellenville
Figure 133
A card tacked on the back is inscribed: The late John S. Billings. An
esteemed citizen of Ellenville. A lover of roses.
“Josh” Billings lived 6n Center street, had a garden, loved roses, loved
dramatics, used to go to New York for first nights, according to the village
clerk. Miss Alice I. Moffit. Henry painted him sitting in a chair, in a dark
blue suit, holding a rose in his hand. The picture is dark in key, the two
notes of color being the rose and the purple velvet facing on his coat collar.
168 BRACING UP
Lower right: E L Henry ' 83
Exhibitions: NAD 1884, NO. 131, $450
Figure 138
When Mrs Thomas Wade of Cragsmoor gave the New York State
Museum a sepia photograph of the subject, she spoke it as A Quiet Nip.
In the Henry Collection there is a sepia photogravure (plate, 8*4x624
in.; paper, 17J^xl3)^ in.) published by the Woodbury E. Hunt Co.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
179
1883
This is called Going Through the Rye and shows a different background
than the above. The accompanying poem is printed on a separate, gold-
edged slip of paper and tipped on to the mount.
A painting called Bracing Up brought $155 at the Ortgies Sale, 1887,
NO. 55.
168-a PETER BROWN TAKING A DRINK
Pen and ink on paper, 15^x11 in.
Lower right: E L Henry ’83
Collection: Edward C. Wells, Johnstown, N. Y.
169 UNINVITED GUESTS
Lower right: E L Henry ’83
Bibliography: KL. NO. 1, as An Afterdinner Nap
Exhibitions: NAD 1884, NO. 203, $650
Figure 143
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: Large negative 18x22.
Owned by C. Lambert , Patterson, (sic) N. J.
170 TRAVELING SOUTH IN THE THIRTIES
Water color
Lower left: E L Henry, 1883
Bibliography: KL. NO. 68; Ortgies sale catalog, 188^, NO. 62, as Traveling
South Fifty Years Ago (not sold)
In the Henry Collection there is a large photograph, 14^x13^ in.
171 A HARD SCRAPE
Exhibitions: NAD 1883, NO. 13
Collection: Hugh Auchincloss, 1883—?
172 A LADIES RECEPTION AT THE OLD UNION LEAGUE, MADI¬
SON SQUARE
Exhibitions: NAD 1883, NO. 376, $200
173 NOVEMBER DAYS
Exhibitions: NAD 1883, NO. 215, $375
174 IN SIGHT OF HOME
Exhibitions: NAD 1883, NO. 151, $500
1884
175 IN THE ROARING FORTIES
Oil on mahogany panel, 14x21 in.
Upper left: E L Henry ’84
Bibliography: The Story of My Life' by Lucien Calvin Warner, 1914,
p. 133-34
Exhibitions: NAD 1884, NO. 215, $650
Collections: Dr Lucien Calvin Warner; Mrs Seabury C. (Agnes Warner)
Mastick
Figure 57
180
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1884
There is considerable documentary material about this picture. The
account book kept by Mrs Mastick’s mother shows it to have been bought
before January 1885, for $650. At that time, it was listed as In The
Roaring Forties . A recapitulation, dated 1904, gives it as In The Rolling
Forties. And by this title Doctor Warner refers to it in his autobiography.
At this time, apparently the Warners had a winnowing of their col¬
lection; for written on the back of the panel is: L. C. Warner, Waldorf-
Astoria, 2127/04 — new frame.
A large photograph (\3%x\9\i ) in the Henry Collection is inscribed
on the back: Painted by E. L. Henry about 1885. On the deck of the old
White Star liner the Celtic. Four masts, three ship rig and jigger, one screw,
about 13 knots.
Cf . Sketchbook 2, NO. 1186, for two sketches related to the painting;
also Figure 60.
Mrs Mastick gives the following information about the picture: The
scene is on the open deck of an Atlantic steamship of the time. The phrase
“roaring forties ■" was used for the stormy waters off the Newfoundland
Banks in the latitude of the forties. I have heard my father say that Mr
Henry told him that he made the sketch on shipboard and that the mem¬
bers of the party sent the rugs and wraps that they wore to his studio
later for him to finish the painting. Dr Warner took a fancy to this
picture because it * reminded him of his own first trip abroad. [This in
1880.] I quote from his autobiography, The Story of My Life, privately
published in 1914 : “We took passage on the steamer ' City of Chester'
which was at that time one of the best steamers crossing the Atlantic. It
was a single-screw steamer of about five thousand tons. The ventilating
shafts from the kitchen and engine-room opened on the main deck, where
the passengers walked and sat, so that the vile smells of the ship were con¬
stantly in evidence .... The only covering for the deck was canvas awn¬
ings, and these were usually removed when it rained or when the wind was
high, so that in case of storm or rough weather the passengers must either
endure the storm or remain in their cabins below. The painting by E. L.
Henry entitled Tn The Rolling Forties' is an excellent representation of the
ships of this period, and might have been taken from the decks of the
4 City of Chester .' '*
Henry painted the costumes with a different color scheme than that
indicated in his sketch. The first woman at the left, sitting, wears a red
cloak, the second is covered with a blue, green and red plaid steamer rug,
and beyond her a woman is covered with a roman striped blanket. The
color is quite strong, with the seaman's red neckerchief, the blue-green water
and the brown wood tones.
The color notes in the sketch are: Scarlet hood. White border, Astrahkan.
Muff, white. Cray shawl. Black skirt.
176 MISS X AND SISTER
Oil on canvas, 20x13 in.
Lower right: E L Henry '84
Collection: Mrs Warren Van Kleeck
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
181
1884
177 TAKING HIS MORNING EYE-OPENER
Oil on wood, 11x7% in.
Signed on back: Painted by E L Henry from life in 1884. Old Peter Paul
Brown above Ellenville , N. Y., at the age of 83. Taking His Morning
Eye-Opener.
Collection: Miss Margaret L. Wells
In this version. Brown has his coat off. The two top buttons of his vest
are open. He is wearing a white shirt, with a short lavender tie, untied.
He is pouring something (?) from a bottle into a glass, his firm grip on
bottle and glass indicating the need for an eye opener. His lips are parted
(in anticipation?) and his hair is mussed. The painting shows a three-
quarter length figure.
178 THE LATEST VILLAGE SCANDAL
Oil on canvas, 18x28 in.
Lower left: E L Henry
Exhibitions: NAD 1886, NO. 434, $500; Century Association, 1942,
NO. 24
Collection: William H. Thompson
179 THE WATERING TROUGH
Lower left: E L Henry
Exhibitions: NAD 1884, NO. 622, $500
Figure 151
180 THE WANING OF THE YEAR
Exhibitions: Gill, 1884, $200
1885
181 THE COUNTRY STORE
Oil on canvas, Il%x20 % in.
Lower left: E L Henry, ' 85
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 7
Collection: Estate of Francis P. Garvan
Figure 127
182 WHAT AM DAT?
Oil on wood, 12x10 in.
Lower right: E L Henry *85
Collection: Gimbel’s
A Negro girl in a red dress leans on her broom while she stops to talk to a
Negro boy carrying a basket.
Could this be What Dat For?, NAD 1886, NO. 590, $225?
183 THE MAIN STREET
Exhibitions: NAD 1885, NO. 511, $350
184 FOUR O’CLOCK TEA
Exhibitions: NAD 1885, NO. 367, $375
182
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1885
185 AMONG THE FLOWERS
Exhibitions: NAD 1885, NO. 355, $325
186 THE HOME OF THE SQUIRE
Exhibitions: NAD 1885, NO. 38, $425
1886
187 PETER BROWN
Oil on cardboard, 17J4xl4J4 in-
Lower right: E L Henry
1886
Exhibitions: Art Exhibition for the Benefit of the Red Cross, Hunt
Memorial Hall, Ellenville, N. Y., August 6-7, 1918
Collection: Village of Ellenville
Figure 129
Peter P. Brown, the celebrated “drunk” of Cragsmoor, is shown shaving.
According to Miss Alice I. Moffit, the Colgate Company asked permission
from the village of Ellenville to use the picture in an advertisement. The
trustees wrote Mrs Henry, then alive. She refused, saying that Mr Henry
had never commercialized his art.
187-a PETER BROWN SHAVING
Pen and ink on paper, 7%x6 in.
Lower right: E L Henry
Collection: Edward C. Wells
Inscribed on margin of paper, lower right: Pen & Ink Drawing of old
Peter Brown Shaving, 1885.
188 MARTIN TERWILLIGER
Oil on cardboard, 13*4x924 in-
Lower right: E L Henry
Lower left: Martin Terwilliger at the age of 95
Exhibitions: Art Exhibition for the Benefit of the Red Cross, Hunt
Memorial Hall, Ellenville, N. Y., August 6—7, 1918
Collection: Village of Ellenville
Figure 130
189 A COUNTRY DOCTOR
Lower right: E L Henry * 86
Bibliography: KL. NO. 13
Figure 148
190 A VILLAGE STREET
AL. p. 38
Lower right: E L H *86
Bibliography: KL. NO. 72
Exhibitions: NAD 1889, NO. 341; Gill, 1890, $175?
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
183
1886
191 THANKSGIVING SLEIGH RIDE
Oil on canvas, —
Lower left: E L Henry ’86
Figure 152
A painting of this title brought $172.50 at the Ortgies sale, 1887,
NO. 67.
192 WHAT DAT FOR?
Exhibitions: NAD 1886, NO. 590, $225
1887
193 JOSEPH E. MANCE
Oil on canvas, 1 8x14 in.
Lower left: E L Henry
Exhibitions : Art Exhibition for the Benefit of the Red Cross, Hunt
Memorial Hall, Ellenville, N. Y., August 6-7, 1918
Collection : Village of Ellenville
Figure 128
Cf. Figure 134
Joe Mance, the Cragsmoor carpenter, is shown standing, holding an
L-square in his hand.
Cf. correspondence, 1884, for a letter to Henry from Mance, dated
Ellenville, May 5, quoted in full in the Biographical Sketch, p. 38
194 FRED THOMAS ALIAS BLACK FRED
Oil on wood, 14x10 in.
Lower right : 1887 , E L Henry
Lower left: A sketch on the Del & Hudson Canal
Exhibitions : Art Exhibition for the Benefit of the Red Cross, Hunt
Memorial Hall, Ellenville, N. Y., August 6—7, 1918
Collection : Village of Ellenville
Figure 131
Inscription on a card tacked on the back : Fred Thomas alias “Black
Fred.’’ A Hunchback, Canal Boatman and Guide to the Trout Streams.
Was murdered by another Negro some years ago.
The back of the panel is inscribed similarly.
195 SHARPENING THE SAW
Oil on canvas, 16^ xl2 in.
Lower left : E L Henry
Exhibitions : American Genre, 1935, Whitney Museum of American Art ;
Century Association, 1 942, NO. 5 1
Collection : Estate of Francis P. Garvan ; New York State Historical Asso¬
ciation
Figure 136
Is this Learning The Trade, sold for $115 at the Ortgies sale, 1 887,
NO. 53?
184
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1887
196 STAGE COACH
Oil on canvas, 27x21 in.
Lower right: E L Henry, 1887
Collections: James Ben Ali Haggin sr; Louis Terah Haggin; Eila Haggin
McKee; Haggin Memorial Art Galleries, Stockton, Calif., NO. 68
197 THE OLD LYDIG HOUSE ON THE BRONX, NEAR FORDHAM
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed as above, with the
following: Painted from an old painting dated 1790 for the late Maria
Lydig Daly.
Figure 58
A letter from Henry to Mrs Daly gives the history of the painting, as
well as throwing light on his careful method of work. It follows:
Ellenville, N. Y., July 19th ’87
I would like to have a few points on the old home on the Bronx.
I was up there 8 made a number of drawings 8 studied the place 8 am
working it out (the problem ) of how it must have been 30 to 40 years
ago, as numbers of the trees that I saw 8 have had to omit were evidently
at that time not planted or very little saplings.
1 wish more particulars (as it is the most prominent object ) to be
correct on the house. I was unable to tell from that old picture of yours
whether the house was of wood, stone or stucco. If wood, was it clap-
boarded or boards perpendicular with battens ? Also, if the end of house
seen in picture had two windows side by side or but one in the middle?
I have made drawing so you can mark it 8 return. I hope to have the
picture finished by end of the month, 8 hope it will meet your expecta¬
tions. Mrs Henry joins me in sending our love 8 best wishes 8 hope you
are both having a very pleasant summer.
Very sincerely yours
EDW. L. HENRY
Cf. Figure 61 for the above-mentioned drawing, which is on the back
of Henry's letter and is carried over onto a second sheet of paper. It is
annotated as follows:
Was the base of the big tree on this line or line of this piazza?
Were chimneys red brick or white?
Was this the style of dormer window?
Wing from here to end?
Was this door at end of piazza a blind door or half door or did it look
through a hall 8 window at other end? It would look very pretty in a
picture.
Were there two windows parallel on this side? Or windows one above the
other, only in the middle only?
If wood, what was the color of the house , red, yellow or white?
Mrs Daly replied on the back of Henry’s letter, as follows: The side of
the house was common mason work, like good stone fencing of sand stone
or granite grey stone and white plaster. The roof was wood shingle
rounded, the rest wood boards lapping over each other, across, not up and
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
185
1887
down. There was a small ledge forming a bench-seat about 2 feet high so
that the piazza was sunken and the turf seemed to come up to the house.
The old tree had pendant branches and was on a slight rise. You could
see but 2 sides of house .
A letter from Mrs Daly to Henry, dated Sag Harbor, July 20th adds a few
details: I have tried to alter your drawing. There were two doors on the first
side by the steps, which opened inwards and with two steps down from the
piazza which made them look short. All that side was stone and white¬
washed. The projection was wood and as I mention boarded, laterally, not
upright. The chimneys I think were stone. I have changed the dormer
windows. The steps came down quite steep. I have no doubt but that you
will make a success. Bring the picture to us and stay a few days. With
kindest regards to Mrs Henry.
198 ONE HUNDRED YEARS AGO
Bibliography: KL. NO. 44
Exhibitions: NAD 1888, NO. 386, $2000; Gill, 1891, $1000, with a
note that the painting was exhibited at the Paris Salon, where ’it received
honorable mention
Figure 153
Cf. AL. p. 35, that photograph being inscribed: Near Philadelphia. Old
house, 1747
A letter on The Art Club of Philadelphia stationery from Henry Bentley,
dated November 30, 1891, reads as follows:
Friend Henry :
I am very glad we shall be able to keep your " One Hundred Years Ago”
in our city and I am also pleased to know that one of my neighbors in
Germantown was the purchaser. Let me hope too that you got a satis¬
factory price for it. It was the picture — take it all around, on exhibition.
, It has been much admired and it was sure to have [sold] over here had not
Mr. S. bought it.
A letter from "Mr S." [E. T. Stotesbury] continued the story. It reads:
124 Tulpohocken Street
Germantown
April 9/92
Mr. E. L. Henry
Dear Sir
Some time ago I purchased at the Art Club a picture painted by you
called "One Hundred Years Ago,” which has been much admired as I
have it in my colonial house. I want to thank you for a beautiful photo¬
graph sent me by your friend Henry Bentley, which you forwarded to him
to be given the purchaser of the "One Hundred Years Ago.” Should you
ever visit Germantown I would be glad to have you call on me & see what
an addition your picture has made to my home.
186
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1887
199 “SCHOOL'S OUT:" BELOW CRAGSMOOR, N. Y.
Figure 147
After School, sold for $67.50 at Ortgies sale, 1887, NO. 50, may be this
picture.
200 THE OLD FORGE
Bibliography : KL. 4 1 ; illustrated in earlier edition
Figure 144
Cf. NO. 234
201 GOING TO MARKET
AL. p. 47
Lower lejft: E L Henry ' 87
Bibliography: KL. NO. 26
A subject Henry painted with many variations. The rutted road curves
from left to right over a plank bridge. At the left is a farm building,
and in the distance at the right another. A man and a woman are driving
away from the spectator in a single-seated spring wagon, drawn by a white
and a dark horse. The woman is holding an umbrella.
Is this On the Way to Market, Gill, 1891, $300?
202 THE OLD TOLL GATE
Bibliography: KL. NO. 66
Exhibitions: NAD 1887, NO. 324
1888
203 COMING FROM CHURCH
Oil on canvas, 22x16 in.
Lower left: E L Henry * 88
Bibliography: KL. NO. 10
Collections: Daniel Graham; Mrs Charles B. Knox
The man driving is Mr Graham's great-grandfather, James C. Kennedy.
With him are his wife, Lucinda Grinnell Kennedy, and a friend. They are
on their way home from the West Galway, N. Y., church.
203 -a COMING HOME FROM CHURCH
Oil on academy board, 14x11 in.
Lower left: E L Henry
Exhibitions: Art Exhibition for the Benefit of the Red Cross, Hunt
Memorial Hall, Ellen ville, N. Y., August 6—7, 1918
Collections: Mrs George Deyo; Mrs Barbara Deyo Bealer
A letter from Mrs Lilah Deyo Johnson of Ellenville, Mrs Bealer's aunt,
states: The scene depicts people leaving a country church. The time is
autumn. In far background are horses and carriage, and man and woman
on ground. Then coming down road a team of bay horses ; four in wagon,
. man driving and three women. In foreground a single. rig with white horse,
elderly man having gray beard, driving, two older women in bonnets and
shawls, one on either side of driver. This rig is passing a tittle girl and
boy, walking on road. My niece states she has been told this girl was named
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
187
1888
Grace Keir, who lived at Cragsmoor. This painting was one of many
exhibited in Ellenville, as a benefit for Red Cross , during the World War.'
Many Cragsmoor artists loaned and had for sale some of their work. Mr
George Inness jr, stated this picture differed from some of Mr Henry's work
in that it showed greater distance, and the lighting raised from some of his
. others.
In a second letter, Mrs Johnson adds the information that the picture
was purchased by her brother, George Deyo, as a present for his wife, and
that at her death it went to their daughter, Mrs Bealer.
Cf. Mc£ausland, '41, p. 54—55/57, 95-96, for further information on
the Red Cross benefit exhibition.
204 [TAKING A REST]
Oil on canvas, 17x1214 in.
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 124
205 KEPT IN: A STUDY IN A COUNTRY SCHOOL
AL. p. 38
Figure 141
206 THE MAIL STAGE ON THE MOUNTAIN
AL. p. 60
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed : Painted about 1888.
Owned by Mrs Willis A. Barnes, 44 6 Central Park West, N. Y.
207 COMING FROM THE TRAIN
AL. p. 62
Lower right : E L Henry
Bibliography : KL. NO. 1 1
A man and a woman are driving toward the spectator, with a child seated
between them. The woman holds an umbrella. The buckboard is drawn
by two dark horses and is about to cross a plank bridge over a rivulet. The
road is lined on either side with rail fences. At the left in the distance is a
farmhouse.
208 FORGOTTEN
AL. p. 27
Lower left: E L Henry '88
Figure 253
From the photograph in the Henry Collection this seems to be a water
color. It is inscribed on the back: "Forgotten.'' Owned in St. Paul, Minn.
209 [MRS HENRY IN A BUCKBOARD]
AL. p. 32
210 VACATION TIME
AL. p. 62
211 [A PAUSE]
AL. p. 19
A couple on horseback have stopped to talk to a clergyman in a carriage.
188
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1888
212 A TEMPERANCE PREACHER
Lower left: E L Henry ’ 88
Bibliography: KL. NO. 64
Exhibitions: Possibly NAD 1888, NO. 78, $375, as Layiri Down De Law
Figure 154
Cf . AL. p. 47, inscribed Scene in Georgia; also manuscript p. 22 MS., for
pencil sketch and reproduction
213 A VENDER OF SIMPLES
AL. p. 58
Exhibitions: Gill, 1890, $175
An unidentified newspaper clipping refers to this picture as follows:
Among the figure pieces one of especial merit is Edward L. Henry’s “Vender
of Simples ” which is not only a delightful character picture, and one of the
best things Mr Henry has ever painted, but preserves for history a charac¬
teristic southern scene. The original village square which forms the scene
and background of the picture must be in Virginia, and all its rustic traits
are attractive; while the old chap in the front who at his board awaits
customers for garden sauce is a quaint and original person, whom one
would like to meet and chat with.
It is more likely that the scene of the painting is Tennessee; for the
Henrys traveled there in 1888.
214 SMOKY MOUNTAINS, N. C.
Bibliography: KL. NO. 59
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: “On the
Way to Market ’’ A Study in the great Smoky Mts. of North Carolina on the
border of East Tennessee. Owned in N. Y.
215 STREET SCENE, KNOXVILLE, TENN.
Bibliography: KL. NO. 62
216 [FAMILY PARTY]
AL. p. 46
A Negro family is sitting in the yard behind a Southern mansion. The
younger man is playing a guitar. Through a rustic covered gate a woman
in white may be seen in a garden. In the foreground there is a square
wooden pump.
217 [SOUTHERN SCENE]
AL. p. 35
Three men in shirt sleeves and slouch hats are sitting in front of a build¬
ing which cannot be identified, though there is a sign which reads
House in front of it. An ox cart and oxen are standing in the street, and
a dog looks on. The types are related to other Southern subjects, and the
ox cart is like that in NOS. 2 1 2 and 2 1 4
218 [A CLEAN SWEEP]
AL. p. 35
Lower right: E L Henry
A Negro maid sweeping the porch has been interrupted by some comic
incident not clear in the picture and leans on her broom to laugh. She is
wearing a white apron and a hat. A drove of hogs may be seen coming down
the street.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY 189
1889
219 ON THE RONDOUT
Oil on canvas, 11J^x15H in.
Lower right: E L Henry 1889
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 40
Collection: James Graham and Sons
Inscribed on back: A sketch from nature on the Rondout above
Napanoch , N. Y., the Shawangunk Mountains in the distance. This is just
below the celebrated “Yama Nouchi Farm.” E L Henry 1889
220 THE VILLAGE STREET
Lower right: E L Henry ’ 89
Bibliography: KL. NO. 72
Exhibitions: NAD 1889, NO. 341, $175
221 [BACKDOOR CONVERSATION]
AL. p. 62
Lower left: E L Henry
Two women are talking at a farmhouse back door. The architecture is
faintly southern. But the women are reminiscent of those Henry painted
around Cragsmoor.
222 A LOVER OF OLD CHINA
Lower right: E L Henry ’89
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: Finding
rare examples in the old lady’s cupboard. The gentleman in this picture
was Mr Richard Ely, cor. 5 th Ave & 35th St, and who was attache of
Legation at court of Louis Phillipe, 1839—40 & 41. The old lady was
Mrs Livingston Murray (Mrs Henry’s aunt) & who lived to nearly 101
years of age. Painted by E. L. Henry, in 1886—8.
223 BOUND TO CUT A SHINE
AL. p. 57, 60
Exhibitions: NAD 1889, NO. 316, $375; Gill, 1890, as Bound to Shine,
$300
The unidentified newspaper clipping quoted under A Vendor of Simples,
No 213, refers to this painting also, as follows: Mr Henry also illustrates
Negro life in " Bound to Shine,” with the belle posing before the glass, the
little sister admiringly grinning, and outside the expectant beau leaning
against the fence with his hands in his pockets, waiting for the appearance
of his charmer.
224 IN DOUBT
AL. p. 57
Exhibitions: NAD 1889, NO. 43, $300
225 [YOUNG MERCHANTS]
AL. p. 58
Lower left: E L Henry
226 [NEGRO GIRL RINGING DOORBELL]
AL. p. 62
190
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1889
227 A QUIET LITTLE COUNTRY WEDDING
A photograph in the Henry Collection gives the title as above.
228 A CALL ON THE BRIDE
Exhibitions: Gill, First Annual Water Color Exhibition, 1889, $250
229 THE COUNTRY STAGE
Exhibitions: Gill, 1889, $450
1890
230 NELLY BLOOMER
Oil on wood, 18^x15 in.
Upper right: E L H, Sept. 1890
Lower left: Aunt Nelly Bloomer
Exhibitions: Art Exhibition for the Benefit of the Red Cross, Hunt
Memorial Hall, Ellenville, N. Y., August 6-7, 1918
Collection: Village of Ellenville
Figure 132
A card tacked on the frame reads: Aunt Nelly Bloomer. Painted from
life on her 100th birthday. She lived to the great age of 103.
Tacked on the back of the panel is a card, reading: Mrs Nelly Bloomer
of Ellenville. Painted from life on her 100th birthday. She lived to 103
years. E. L. Henry, 1890. The story goes that Henry read in the local
papers that she was to celebrate her hundredth birthday. He went to call,
with a bouquet of flowers, and began then and there to paint the portrait.
She is shown wearing a gray dress, with lace cap and fichu and old steel
spectacles. She sits in a rocking chair with an antimacassar.
Aunt Nelly Bloomer’s home was at the corner of Canal and Bloomer
Streets, the latter named for her family.
Cf. Loose Notes (CAT. 1213) for sketch inscribed Aunt Nelly Bloomer at
95. 1885. Sept. 10.
231 A VIRGINIA WEDDING
Oil on canvas, 21^4x36 in.
Lower right: E L Henry, N.A. ’90
Bibliography: KL. NO. 74
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 56
Collection: Estate of Francis P. Garvan
Figure 155
The occasion of this painting was the marriage of Elizabeth Otis Wood¬
ruff to Edward Carroll of Charleston in the '80s. The horses were painted
from the gray team of Doctor Woodruff of Pine Bush, N. Y., Jennie being
on the left and Major on the right.
Robert McIntyre of Macbeth Galleries bought the painting from James D.
Gill of Springfield and sold it to the Garvan Estate. An unidentified news¬
paper clipping pasted on manuscript p. 41, MS., reads as follows:
Perhaps Mr Henry is best known by his pictures of the period following
the Revolution, during the latter part of the 18th and the early part of
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
191
1890
the 1 9 th centuries . He has made a special study of the costumes, the archi¬
tecture, the decoration, the carriages, the manner of life of the well-to-do
classes in this country, both North and South, during that time, and he
loves the picturesqueness, the color, the vivacity by which it is charac¬
terized. His Virginia 'Wedding, with its gay crowd on the veranda of a
colonial mansion, the carriage at the door, and all the happy excitement
so well indicated in faces and gestures, is a good example of this phase
of Mr Henry's art.
232 A COUNTRY SCHOOL
Oil onboard, Il%xl6% in.
Lower left: E L Henry, N.A. '90
Bibliography: KL. NO. 15; Life in America, 1939, pi. 147
Exhibitions: NAD 1891, NO. 264, as The Class in Second Reader; Life in
America, Metropolitan Museum of Art, 1939; Century Association,
1942, NO. 7
Collection: Estate of Francis P. Garvan
Figure 149
Cf. NO. 241
233 COUNTRY SCENE.
Oil on canvas, 12x22 in.
Lower left: E L Henry
Collection: Estate of Francis P. Garvan
Figure 66
The scene shows barns and a house, apple trees and in the distance the
familiar mountains of the Cragsmoor country.
Cf. Figures 64 and 65
234 THE COUNTRY CARPENTER
Lower left: E L Henry 1890
Figure 145
The photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: Painted after
nature in the early “ eighties " at Cragsmoor, N. Y.
Cf. Figures 128, 134 and 144
235 A SITTING ROOM IN HOLLAND
One photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the front of the
mount: E L Henry, 1889, and on the back: Mrs Judge Bookstaver, posed
for this figure and it was a fine likeness and Judge Bookstaver bought the
picture.
Another photograph is inscribed on the back: Mrs Bookstaver, widow
of Judge Bookstaver, in early Dutch dress. Painted for the Judge. Painted
in 1890. An old Holland Dutch interior.
236 THE DEPARTURE OF THE BRIDE
AL. p. 57
Bibliography: KL. NO. 21
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: Left by Mrs
Wilcox of Brooklyn. Now at Westerly Memorial Hall, R. I.
192
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1890
237 ON THE WAY TO TOWN
AL. p. 52
Exhibitions: Probably NAD 1891, NO. 149
The same man and woman and wagon as are seen in NO. 201 appear in
this painting. The horses are both dark now, however. A farm girl in
sunbonnet is walking beside the road, barefooted. The woman still holds
her umbrella, and the equipage is still driving away from the spectator.
238 [STOPPING TO TALK]
AL. p. 58
A couple in a buckboard drawn by two dark horses has stopped to talk
to a farm girl in sunbonnet leaning over the fence. This subject differs
from NOS. 201 and 237 in that the two have a child on the seat between
them, and the woman does not hold an umbrella.
239 [SWAPPING NEWS]
AL. p. 58
A man in a buckboard with a robe draped over the seat has stopped to
talk to a neighbor. He has his back turned to the spectator but has pivoted
around to talk to the other man who faces out of the picture. The scene
is a typical one on the “mountain" at Cragsmoor, N. Y.
240 STUDYING HER SUNDAY SCHOOL LESSON
The photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: Studying her
Sunday School lesson and fell asleep. A study from life by E L Henry.
241 THE NEW SCHOLAR
AL. p. 17, p. 27
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: Owned by Wm
Alker.
Cf. NO. 232
242 AT THE TOLL GATE
AL. p. 46
The painting shows the Evanses in a buckboard at the toll gate, in a
view from the opposite side shown in KL. NO. 66.
243 A SUMMER DAY
Exhibitions: NAD 1890, NO. 263
244 A MOMENT OF PERIL
Exhibitions: NAD 1890, NO. 479
Is this A Moment of Terror , KL. NO. 32?
245 TOWARD EVENING
AL. p. 58
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
193
1891
246 THE COUNTY FAIR
AL. p. 60
Bibliography: KL. NO. 17; Sun and Shade. 1891—2, v. 4
Exhibitions: World’s Columbian Exposition, Chicago, 1893, Fine Arts
Building, NO. 550, as The Country Fair
Collection: W. F. Havemeyer, 1893-
Figure 182
The photograph in the Album is inscribed: From the picture in the
possession of W. F . Havemeyer and is dated April, 1891. The scene is at
the Ulster County Fair, and Nancy Evans of Walker Valley, N. Y., was
the model for the woman.
24 7 ON THE OLD GULLY ROAD ABOVE ELLENVILLE
AL. p. 60
Figure 245
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: The
painting was purchased by Andrew Carnegie & is now in Skibbo Castle in
Scotland. He purchased it to show some of the awful roads in the Eastern
States.
Cf. Figures 137 and 139
248 VILLAGE POST OFFICE
AL. p. 54
Bibliography: KL. NO. 71
Figure 62
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: Col¬
lection of Shepard Knapp. Another photograph is inscribed: The Main
Street
Florence T. Taylor, Ellenville librarian, states that there is no reason
to believe the old Low store was ever the post office. This store is still
standing at the corner of Canal street and Cape road. Formerly owned by
Jesse Low, it is now owned by David Harkavy.
Cf. Figure 63
249 THE TOW PATH
AL. p. 52
Bibliography: KL. NO. 67
Exhibitions: Gill, 1893, as The Delaware Canal , $400
Figure 170
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: Now
in possession of G. G. Stow, White Plains.
Leon Sdaky in New York History, July 1941, gives a good account
of the Delaware and Hudson canal, which appears in many of Henry's
paintings of this period. The canal, to be a tidewater route from mine to
city, was begun in July 1825, and opened for business in October 1828.
It was 28 feet wide at the top, 20 at the bottom, with a maximum
depth of 4 feet. At first it accommodated only barges up to 30 T.
The distance from Eddyville (on the Hudson near Kingston) to Hones-
dale, Pa., was 108 miles, with another 16 miles by rail to Carbondale.
194
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1891
The first barge to navigate the canal was the Orange Packet. By 1832,
there was a traffic of 4000 tons a month. In 1836 a flagstone industry
developed in this region, due to the cheap transportation. Twice the canal
was enlarged, till it reached a maximum capacity of 136 T. per boat.
By 1872, a million tons of cargo were being carried by canal to tidewater.
The flood of December 1878 caused serious damage. But the greatest
harm was caused by the rise of rail transport. On November 5, 1898,
Boat No. 1107 cleared Honesdale with the last load of anthracite. A trans¬
portation era had ended. (Cf. also McCausland, ’41, p. 4—5, 46, 59—61,
155.) Henry did not seem to concern himself with this aspect of the
DSH canal. It was its picturesque quality he put down on canvas. Rarely
a subject like Fred Thomas (NO. 194 and FIG. 131) portrayed the realistic
side of canal life. Usually it was the visual sentimental image Henry set
forth.
An unidentified newspaper clipping, probably from the Ellenville Journal
or Press, adds further data. It reads:
Last Trip on Old Canal
Edward Murtha of New York was last week visiting friends in Hones -
dale, and talking about bygones he said that he drove the horses that drew
the last load of pea coal out of Honesdale. That was on Saturday, November
5, 1898; the name of the boat was “Sunshine/' and her number 1107.
Frank Hinzenbecker, of 49, German street, Kingston, captained the barge
on this farewell trip.
That was thirteen years ago. A glance at the line of the old canal along
the valley suggests that it must have been much longer ago. The Hones¬
dale Citizen, which contains this note, recalls that the canal was built in
1828, eighty-three years ago ; cost more than six millions of dollars, and
was in operation almost 71 years, then in 1899 sold to the Erie R. R.
Company.
More information is supplied by an unidentified newspaper clipping,
probably from one of the Ellenville papers, inscribed by Henry: The last
of the “ breaks ” in the old Del & Hudson Canal — Now in use for a few
weeks only, prior to its being filled up for the R. R. It reads:
A bad break occurred in the canal on the level below Kerhonkson, Thurs¬
day afternoon, the fourth, occasioning much inconvenience to Cox Bros.,
and other shippers of wood, &c., whose time for boating is now very short.
The leak started near the aqueduct, the origin being unknown — very possi¬
bly the work of a muskrat, or something of the sort.
The break took away some thirty or forty feet of the canal bank, and
tore out the bottom for a good stretch to the depth of ten or a dozen feet
below the canal bottom. Sup't Rose at once organized a force for repair,
and fifty or more men, with teams, piled in stonewall and earth from a
neighboring Reid into the gap, and it was a scene of genuine hustling up to
Tuesday, when water was put in, but a leak necessitated further work.
Thursday afternoon the water was let in, and 'the waiting boats were started
down.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
195
1891
250 [AT THE LOCKS]
AL. p. 19
Another scene on the Delaware and Hudson canal. It shows a packet
boat towed by two horses, approaching the locks. Men and women in gay
costumes of the early part of the 19 th century sit on the flat top of the
packet boat and observe the country landscape.
251 [CONFERENCE]
AL. p. 1 9
Another revolutionary scene. ( Cf . NO. 157) Sentries stand outside a
mansion, through whose open door uniformed men may be seen sitting at a
table in earnest discussion.
252 THE GOLDEN HOUR
Exhibitions: NAD 1891, NO. 392
1892
253 THE NEW WOMAN
Bibliography: KL. NO. 37
Figure 179
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: The
Bicycle Girl. Quite common, 15 to 20 years ago. From a sketch from
nature above Ellenville, 1892.
Cf. McCausland, *41, p. 193-94
A letter from May A. Bookstaver, dated October 22, 1896, refers to
this painting. It reads as follows:
Pembroke West,
Bryn Mawr,
Dear Mr Henry: Pennsylvania.
If it were not for that demon of procrastination which possesses me,
you would have known long ago how much I enjoyed your letter and the
newspaper clippings you so kindly sent me.
Judge McLean should I think be greatly complimented on having had the
courage of his convictions. I hope the women will prove themselves capable
for that would encourage me more than anything else to take steps toward
accomplishing what is still my ambition, .
I am glad that you have so few Bryanites in your part of the country. I
wish we could say the same here. This is the only part of Pennsylvania, I
believe, which is not solid for McKinley, but here we have numerous expres¬
sions of free silver ideas. I am going to a political meeting tonight in the
Town Hall, where both sides of the question are to be discussed. What do
you think the upshot of such an arrangement will be, a free fight ?
It is certainly very kind of Mrs Henry to think of sending us apples. I am
sure they will be greatly appreciated at home. Things edible always are.
Mrs Henry and yourself will not forget to come and see me, will you when
you come to Philadelphia ? I can promise you material for numberless
caricatures, for women when they go all to brain do very strange things. I
saw a long article about that bicycle picture of yours the other day. It
seems to have been fully appreciated.
This sounds like another new woman.
196
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1892
254 TESTING HIS AGE
Bibliography: KL. NO. 65
Exhibitions: NAD 1892, NO. 418, as Proving His Age
Figure 192
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back as above
and on the front as: Holding him uncomfortably by the under lip.
Charles Peters of Cragsmoor has a letter from Oliver H. Durrell of
Boston, Mass., dated March 16, 1899, to Henry, at 1 1 1 East 25th street.
New York, to the effect that he was sorry the painting had been sold and
wanted to know what Henry would paint a similar subject for in oil.
The painting would be only for his private collection and would never go
on the market. He referred to the painting as Making a Trade, a water color.
The scene is in front of the old Mance house on the mountain at Crags¬
moor. Later the house was owned by the Coddingtons. The Evanses of
Walker Valley serve as models again.
Cf. McCausland '41, p. 224
254-a TESTING HIS AGE
Pencil on paper, 14%xl0% in.
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 195
255 MEDITATING REVENGE
AL« p. 5 6
Exhibitions: NAD 1893, NO. 296, $200
Figure 142
256 AFTER THE SHOWER
Exhibitions: NAD 1892, NO. 236
Could this be KL. NO. 2, After the Rain ?
A water color of this title was sold at the sale of the Frederick Halsey
Collection at the Anderson Art Galleries in 1916 for $62.50. The catalog
describes it as follows: Stage coach leaving the Tavern. Signed with initials.
1893
25 7 THE FIRST RAILWAY TRAIN ON THE MOHAWK AND HUDSON
ROAD
Oil on canvas, 42^x110 in.
Lower left: Copyrighted
E L Henry 1892-3
Bibliography: KL. NO. 23, as The First Railway Train
Exhibitions: World’s Columbian Exposition, Chicago, 1893, Transporta¬
tion Building; Corcoran, 1894; NAD 1894, NO. 377, as The Opening
of the First Railroad in New York State, August, 1831, between Albany
and Schenectady ; Universal Exposition, St Louis, 1904, special medal
Collection : Albany Institute of History and Art, Albany, N. Y.
Figure 162
Note that the signpost in the painting reads: To Schenectady 15 miles
To Albany 2 miles. The locomotive is inscribed: Mohawk & Hudson
R.R. Co.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
197
Cf. MS. p. 330 ff.
Martin E. Albert, himself the owner of a number of Henrys, reports that
Mrs Henry told him Henry received $15,000 for the painting. Mr Albert
postfd for some of the figures, namely, the man running and a man sitting
in a coach.
There is considerable correspondence about the painting in the files of the
Henry Collection, including a note from the Quaker William Kite of
Germantown about the first locomotive; letters between Henry and J. C.
Pangborn of the Baltimore and Ohio about shipping the canvas to Chicago
etc.; a request from F. E. Stebbins of the U. S. Patent Office for a photo¬
graph of the picture; a letter to Henry from Tiffany's regarding using
the railroad painting on a “Transportation Vase,” and letters from John S.
Kennedy and W. F. Havemeyer about the possible purchase of the painting
by the Metropolitan Museum of Art.
The Mohawk and Hudson Rail Road Company was chartered April 1 7,
1826, but took four years to raise capital of $300,000. Construction
began August 1, 1830. For thirteen years (writes the New York Times
of April 11, 1926) horses drew the cars from the tollhouse in Albany to
the first incline , up which the trains were drawn by ropes. Then the locomo¬
tive hauled the cars over twelve miles of level and straight road to the
Schenectady incline, from whose foot horses pulled the train to the Sche¬
nectady tollhouse.
The railroad’s official opening was on September 24, 1831. But a trial
trip for passengers was made on August 9 — free for those who dared
attempt it. The DeWitt Clinton engine, built at the West Point Foundry,
supplied power. Concord coaches with special wheels to fit the rails were
hitched on. The locomotive belched forth smoke and fire, and the pas¬
sengers had to put out the flames. Frightened horses ran away. All in all,
an historic occasion, and a good theme for Henry’s anecdotal gift.
A loose, unnumbered sheet in the MS. gives more information:
THE OPENING OF THE FIRST RAILROAD TRAIN IN N. Y.
STATE AND THE SECOND JN AMERICA AS A PASSENGER ROAD
SEPT. 1831
The start was made at the two mile level, at the junction of Lydias Street
and the Western Turnpike, and ran from Albany to the top of the hill at
Schenectady. The train consisted of three cars, stage coach bodies, sup¬
ported on trucks, and were drawn by the " little ” De Witt Clinton, built
at the West Point Iron Foundry, and were followed by several platform
cars drawn by horses driven tandem.
Large crowds collected from the surrounding country, attracted by this
novel sight, or event.
The roadbed was supported on square stone blocks, on which were laid
pine timbers, with half-inch iron bars nailed on as rails. No brakes were
used on these experimental trips, and the sudden jerk in starting, and violent
bumping in stopping was so serious, that at the first water station, fence
rails were strapped on between each car, thus keeping them apart.
On this trial trip, those seated on top, particularly the two back coaches,
suffered from the sparks from the engine pipe , burning holes in their
198
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1893
umbrellas and clothes . The conductor sat on a small “gig seat” at the end
of the tender and gave the signal for starting and stopping by blowing
through a tin horn .
The engine was built on the idea of a coach horse, lightness with strength
and of course failed in traction, particularly in wet weather, when, accord¬
ing to their advertisements, horse power was substituted.
This was the first R R built and equipped for passenger service in
America, with the exception perhaps of an experimental one, between
Charleston and Hamburg in South Carolina the year previous.
A note added on the back reads:
The first train run as a passenger train in America was from Charleston
to Hamburg, S. C., built in 1830. The engine was built at West Point
Foundry, where the DeWitt Clinton was built. It blew up after running
for three months. After that horses were used. The engine was called the
Best Friend.
257 -a THE FIRST RAILWAY TRAIN
An entry under the heading, Water Colors by E. L. Henry, in the catalog
for the sale of the Frederick Halsey Collection at the Anderson Art Galleries
in 1916 gives the above title as having sold for $125. The description
reads: [Hudson and Mohawk R.R.] Sept. 9th 1831. From the paint¬
ing by E. L. Henry. Colored. 14x38.8 in.
The photogravure, advertised in Klackner as 1324x34%, sold for $10
plain and $15 colored. The difference in dimensions suggests, however,
that the picture sold was not necessarily a colored print, in spite of the
catalog's description, but a smaller version of the" large painting.
258 THE COACHING PARTY
Oil on canvas, 18x14 in.
Lower left: E L Henry, 1893
Collection: Albany Institute of History and Art
259 IN THE RONDOUT VALLEY
Exhibitions: NAD 1893, NO. 322, $200; Gill, 1894, $150
May this be one of the Henry paintings, of the same title, shown at the
Red Cross benefit exhibition in Ellenville, in 1 9 1 8 ? Cf. McCausland, '4 1 ,
p. 54-55, 95
260 NOON TIME
Exhibitions: NAD 1893, NO. 238, $85
1894
261 LATE AFTERNOON ON THE OLD DELAWARE AND HUDSON
CANAL, AT PORT BEN, N. Y.
Oil on board, 7% x9% in.
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 23
Collections: Thomas B. Clarke; Mabel Brady Garvan Collection, Yale
University Art Gallery
Figure 171
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
\
199
1894
A slip of paper pasted on the back of the painting reads:
A study of a late afternoon effect at a canal lock on the old Del & Hud
Canal at “ Port Ben/' Ulster Co., N. Y., The spire of a church in the dis¬
tance is at Ellenville, a few miles back.
The characters in the picture were residents of that locality and posed
for me. The painting was sold at a private exhibition at the Century Club
to Mr Thomas B. Clarke and was afterwards in the sale of his noted
collection.
E L HENRY, N.A.
262 ENTRANCE TO HENRY HOUSE, CRAGSMOOR, N. Y.
Oil on board, 73/ix9]4 in.
Lower left: E L Henry 1894
Collection: Miss Margaret L. Wells
The painting is inscribed on the back: To F L H, for her birthday
June 25, 1894, with love of E L H — pinxit. The painting shows the
rustic gateway leading into the Henry grounds, now renamed The Hemlocks
by the present owners, Mr and Mrs R. L. Foster.
262-u E. L. HENRY'S HOME AT CRAGSMOOR, N. Y.
Oil on board, 7%x9J4 in.
Lower left: — June 25, 1914
Collection: Edward C. Wells, Johnstown, N. Y.
Inscribed: A Present to Frankie cm her Birthday, June 25th, 1914,
painted for her by her husband, E. L. Henry, N.A.
263 [NEWS OFFICE]
Oil on canvas, 4 ]4 x6% in.
Lower left: E L Henry
Collection: James Graham and Sons
Figure 183
Cf. NO. 343
The mat is inscribed: To Honbl Henry W. Bookstaver with complt *
of E. L. Henry. April 1894.
1895
264 A COUNTRY LAWYER
Lower left: E L Henry ’95
Bibliography: KL. NO. 14
Exhibitions: NAD 1895, NO. 200, $450, as Asking Legal Advice, illustrated
18x23
Figure 150
The country lawyer is George Keeler of Ellenville and his client is Peter P.
Brown, ubiquitous in Henry's paintings of this period.
265 [AN INFORMAL CALL]
Lower right: E L Henry 1895
The photograph in the Henry Collection shows an old man and woman
in a buggy drawn by a single dark horse, talking to a couple outside their
200
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1895
farmhouse. The man is seated on a sawhorse, and the woman wearing a
sunbonnet stands, her back to the spectator, with her hands on her hips.
In the distance the familiar Cragsmoor mountains may be seen, with the
characteristic rail fence also in view. May this be On the Way Home,
exhibited NAD 1896, NO. 95, $500, illustrated 19x30?
266 [RALPH MANCE AS MESSENGER]
AL. p. 48
Ralph Mance of Cragsmoor is carrying a basket. He is five years old.
Mrs Bertha Mance Peters of Cragsmoor, his sister, has a photograph of the
subject taken by Henry, evidently as a model for the painting.
267 GETTING READY FOR MARKET
Lower right: E L Henry ’95
Bibliography: KL. NO. 25
268 THE VILLAGE STREET
Exhibitions: NAD 1895, NO. 183, $200
269 THE VILLAGE SQUIRE ENTERTAINING THE NEW DOMINIE
Exhibitions: NAD 1895, NO. 195, $500
1896
270 MRS NANCY EVANS »
Oil on panel, 8x6 in.
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 30
Collection: Harry MacNeill Bland
Figure 135
The panel is inscribed on the back: Painted from life. Walker Valley,
Ulster County, N. Y., 1896.
271 THE SWEETEST FRUIT
Oil on canvas, 11^x15)4 in.
Lower left: E L Henry * 96
Collection: Bernard H. Cone
Two white boys and two Negro boys are stealing water melons and
running for it. An old Negro and his dog are coming out of the corn¬
field in pursuit of the marauders.
272 NEWS OF THE NOMINATION
Oil on canvas, 17x28)4 in.
Lower left: E L Henry
Bibliography: KL. NO. 36
Exhibitions: NAD 1897, NO. 143; Century Association, 1942, NO. 31
Collection: Milch Galleries
The painting shows a man in a buggy which sags under his weight as
he leans to the right to talk to two farmers. One of them is sitting on
the rail fence, the other leans on it. Both wear work clothes and seem
glad of a breathing spell. A scythe is hooked over the top rail of the fence.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
201
1896
273 MORNING PRAYERS: A STUDY AT A POOR FARMER’S HOME
IN ULSTER CO., N. Y.
Lower right: E L Henry [96
Another photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: Reading the
Bible before breakfast. Old Oliver Evans and wife. Walker Valley, N. Y.
274 A VIRGINIA POST OFFICE
Bibliography: KL. NO. 73
275 BIDDING GOOD BYE
Lower left: E L Henry * 96
276 “GOOD-BYE”
Exhibitions: NAD 1896, NO. 346, $180; Gill, 1897, $175
111 WAITING FOR THE FERRYMAN: TIME, ABOUT 1844
Exhibitions: NAD 1896, NO. 230, $275
278 WAITING FOR THE FERRY
Lower left: E L Henry
Bibliography: KL. NO. 76
279 ON THE WAY HOME
Exhibitions: NAD 1896, NO. 95, $500, illustrated 19x30; possibly, Gill,
1907, $450
Could this be KL. NO. 55, Returning Home ?
1897
280 [NEAPOLITAN SCENE]
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: Painted
for Peter Doelger, 1897 .
The painting shows a scene along the waterfront with Vesuvius in the
background, smoking. A two-wheeled vehicle drawn by a horse with a
plume in its harness is filled to overflowing with driver, a woman holding
a baby, a priest, three men sitting at their feet and three other men hanging
on behind. Typical architecture is seen at the left, and to the right there
is a flirtation going on.
281 THE CHILDHOOD OF RAPID TRANSIT
Lower left: E L Henry * 97
Bibliography: KL. NO. 8
Exhibitions: NAD 1897, NO. 309, illustrated 16x33, as In 1837—
The Childhood of Rapid Transit; Gill, 1913, $1200
282 THE PILLORY AND WHIPPING POST, NEW CASTLE, DELAWARE
Bibliography: KL. NO. 20, as A Delaware Whipping Post
Exhibitions: NAD 1897, NO. 140
Collection: Fred G. Kraft
202
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1898
283 SUNDAY MORNING (OLD CHURCH AT BRUYNSWICK)
Oil on canvas, 34x62 in.
Lower left: E L Henry, 1898
Bibliography: NAD catalog, 1898, NO. 205, illustrated 34x62; KL. NO.
39, as The Old Dutch Church, Bruynswick, N. Y.
Exhibitions: NAD 1898, NO. 205
Collections: John G. Myers; Mrs George P. Hilton; J. G. Myers Hilton.
Figure 67
Cf. MS. p. 331, 333/f.; also McCausland, ’41, p. 29—31, -68: also Figures
68, 69 and 70
The story of this painting is interesting. It was originally purchased
by John G. Myers of Albany from the artist; he was the grandfather of
the present owner. The painting was inherited by his daughter, Mrs George
P. Hilton (Jessie Kenyon Myers) and bequeathed by her to her son, J. G.
Myers Hilton. On her death, Mr Hilton lent the painting to his aunt, Mrs
H. King Sturdee, Taunton Manor, England, for her lifetime. The paint¬
ing came back to the United States about a dozen years ago. There was
considerable difficulty in getting it out of England without paying death
duties. In the course of all these travels, the key to the identity of the people
in the painting was lost. The painting was cleaned by David C. Lithgow of
Albany and is now under glass. (McCausland, '41, p. 196—201.) Mrs Hil¬
ton, in giving the above facts, added that the yellow house in the back¬
ground was taken from an old house in Johnstown, N. Y. Mrs Lawrence
Stetson of Johnstown states that the house was the Gilbert house on South
William street, built by Judge Morrell, no longer in existence.
Miss Mary Hartshorn Woodruff of Nyack, N. Y., a cousin of Mrs Henry,
added another chapter to the history. (McCausland, '41, p. 232—36.) The
Henrys were staying with the Woodruffs in Pine Bush. Miss Woodruff could
drive a horse, so the three of them went in a double-seated carriage on the
five-mile drive to Bruynswick. Henry painted all day, just stopping while
they ate their picnic lunch in the carriage house.
In regard to the fact that the church actually has five columns, though
Henry painted it with but four, Miss Woodruff contributed a footnote.
Henry said he knew antiques. All the time he was painting, he fussed,
blustered and flustered, saying no church could be built that way; this, in
spite of the fact that the Bruynswick Church obviously was built that way.
So the church appeared in the painting edited and censored.
The final anecdote from Miss Woodruff tells of the sale of the picture.
Walter L. Palmer, son of the Albany sculptor, was in Henry's studio, in
New York, and saw the painting. John G. Myers, the Albany merchant,
was hunting for a painting to celebrate his wife’s return from a trip. He
had built a new house and there was a large space in the hall for which
he wanted a picture. Palmer told him of the large Henry canvas he had
seen, and Myers bought it forthright. When his wife came home and entered
the hall, she exclaimed “Where did you get that picture of that church?''
As a little girl, she had visited cousins nearby and had attended it every
Sunday.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
203
An unidentified clipping in the Henry Collection reads:
ACADEMY OF DESIGN
The Spring Exhibition
Academy exhibitions generally contain a good proportion of subject
pictures, and the present display is no exception to the rule. These pictures
interest visitors who do not care much about technical questions in portrait
painting nor about subtle points concerning atmosphere and compositions
in landscapes, and often, too, they interest the painters themselves, for it is
not unusual to find men of good equipment telling stories in their pictures,
and others find in figures doing something more than standing up to be
painted a congenial theme for the exercise of tried abilities. In this latter
class, for example, is Mr Henry with his large picture in the south gallery,
“Sunday Morning,” No. 205. The scene shows an ancient stone church
in a country town in New Jersey, or in Virginia, probably, with four great
round pillars supporting the roof of the porch, and a gallery staircase built
under it leading up to the second story. Weeping willow trees on the one
side and tall shade trees on the other, a broad stretch of green grass and a
summer sky form the setting for this architectural feature. This is the
mise en scene, and the personages appear in the foreground, walking away
at the close of services from the church to the carriages and gigs or standing
about in groups to chat. The people are in the costumes of the early part
of the century, and the stuffs are of many brilliant hues. Yellow, green,
red, blue, pink, and white appear in the gowns, shawls and parasols of the
women, and only slightly less sober tints in the coats and breeches of the
men. The reconstruction of this scene of life and manners is so well done
as to give an air of naturalness to the picture, and the individual types are
all closely studied. The whole picture is carefully and competently painted.
It ought to be engraved, or well printed in colors, so that when the original
is in the possession of some private owner, or placed in some public gallery,
people who will never have an opportunity to look at it may have a copy
to hang in their homes. It is a very pleasing picture, and an American
document of genuine value.
A letter to Henry from Dr John Deyo of Newburgh, dated August 30,
1918, adds another chapter to the saga of this painting. It reads in part:
I am very much pleased to learn that through your efforts, and through
you and Judge Clearwater, the consistory and others at the Shawangunk
Church have been induced to see a light and will refrain from despoiling
the unique and historical church which you have made so well known
through your art.
I am very much interested in historical matters, being the President of
Board of Trustees at Washington's Headquarters and State Museum at
Newburgh, also President of Temple Hill Association and a Director of
Knox Headquarters Association, all in and near Newburgh. I would be
delighted to have you call to see me when I am at home, and I would take
pleasure in showing you all these places. You might think one or more of
them would be worth while to reproduce in canvas or otherwise.
I thank you very much for your thought in offering me a photo repro¬
duction of one of your recent works. I know I will enjoy it.
204
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1898
283 -a [BRUYNSWICK CHURCH]
A photograph in the Henry Collection shows another version of this
subject. Though the photograph is faded and hard to read, the medium
seems to be water color.
This arouses conjecture. It is more probable than the painting on which
Henry worked during the famous trip with his wife and Miss Woodruff
would be a smaller work and in a medium easier to work than oils. A
further point is that the trip took place when Miss Woodruff was a child
or a young girl, and in 1898 she would have been a young woman.
What has happened to this version?
Figure 69
Can this be KL. NO. 5 7, A Sabbath Morn, Bruynswick, N. Y., not
illustrated?
284 A CHIP OFF THE OLD BLOCK
Oil on canvas,
Lower left: E L Henry ’98
Collection: Bernard H. Cone
A Negro boy has just crawled under the fence and is eying the roosting
fowl. The scene is night, and pale moonlight illuminates an otherwise
dark picture.
285 ONE-SIDED BARGAIN
Water color
This sold for $50 at the sale of the Frederick Halsey Collection at the
Anderson Art Galleries in 1916. The catalog gives the information: E. L.
Henry ’98
Cf. NO. 305 and Figure 190
286 THE COUNTRY STORE
Oil on wood, 7]^xl0 in.
Lower right: To my friend G. Inness, Jr., from E. L. Henry, 1911
Collection: Winfield Scott Clime
Cf AL. p. 28
According to a letter from Mr Clime, a piece of paper pasted on the back
of the panel is inscribed: E. L. Henry, June, 1911. Cut down old sketch
made in 1898 and repainted to fit frame.
This agrees with the photograph in the Album, in which E L Henry ’98
may be seen very faintly in the lower right. Mr Clime’s letter gave so good
a description of the painting that it was possible to identify its verbal
details by the above-mentioned photograph. The painting was given to
him -by Mrs George Inness jr, after her husband’s death.
Mr Cline’s description of the painting reads as follows: The picture is a
typical E. L. Henry. To the right, occupying slightly more than one-third
of the canvas, is a country store with a porch supported by four columns,
and under the porch a display of vegetables in boxes and baskets. There
is a large dog lying on the floor of the porch. There is a figure of a man
in the store, visible through the door. In approximately the center of the
canvas is a white horse hitched to a single-seated rig, the top of which is
folded halfway back . This horse is looking at the dog . In the middle
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
205
1898
distance the toad crosses a bridge, apparently over a very small stream. One
man is leaning against the railing of this bridge and apparently talking to
another man. On the same plane back of the horse is the side of a country
house. In the extreme distance is part of a small country house, picket
gate in front, and small covered porch. At the extreme right of the canvas
is a tree which bends over to the left and hides the part of the store that is
above the porch. The horse is tied to a hitching post. ... I almost forgot
to say that our picture is a bright sunny one, with a blue sky and fluffy
clouds.
Mr. Clime adds:
Mr. Henry died before we went to Cragsmoor, N. Y., but we knew Mrs
Henry very well and often called on her , and many times she took us
through the house and Mr Henry's studio, showing us his pictures and his
historical collection of costumes etc., which we understand were sent to
Johnstown, Pa. We are glad to know that our dear friend Charles C.
Curran painted a portrait of Mr Henry. (Figure 32) Mr Henry occupied
a unique place among American painters, and it is good to know that a
record is being made of his work.
The Henry estate went to Johnstown, N. Y, The costumes are now in
the Brooklyn Museum.
1899
287 WAITING FOR THE FERRYMAN
Oil on canvas, 28x50 in.
Lower left: E L Henry 1899
Exhibitions: NAD 1900, NO. 8, as Waiting at the Ferry; Century Associa¬
tion 1942, NO. 57
Collection: Albany Institute of History and Art
Figure 165
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: The
Return from the First Congress. This carriage was imported from France
in 1788 by Genl Peter Gansevoort of Albany (the Hero of Fort Stanwix)
and was given to me by his granddaughter, Mrs Gansevoort Lansing. This
vehicle is now in my collection at Cragsmoor, Ulster Co., N. Y. Washington
rode in it with Gen. Gansevoort while on a visit to Albany in 1792. It
was driven by a postillion as seen in the picture.
Cf. Figures 166 and 169
287-a WAITING AT THE FERRY
Pencil on paper, 10x11% in.
Lower right: E L H Oct. 8 '99
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 166
Cf. NO. 1088 and Figure 169: another detail for the painting, showing
a man in greatcoat, purplish-plum in color, wearing a top hat and lean¬
ing on a cane
206
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1899
288 A BROOKLYN FERRYBOAT
Water color
Lower left: E L Henry , 1899
Bibliography: KL. NO. 40, as An Old Ferry Boat (Fulton Ferry, 1832)
288 -a CROSSING THE FERRY
Water color on paper, 11*4x20 in.
Lower right: E L Henry, 1893
Collection: Mrs Frank E. Miller
Figure 167
289 ENTERING THE LOCK
Water color on cardboard backed, 1824x26*4 in.
Lower left: E L Henry '99
Exhibitions: A History of American Water Color Painting, Whitney
Museum of American Art, 1942, NO. 109; Century Association, 1942,
NO. 10
Collection: Albany Institute of History and Art
Figure 255
The canal boat is inscribed: Buffalo Express Packet
290 INDIAN QUEEN INN, BLADENSBURG, MD., IN 1795
Lower left: E L Henry, 1899
Bibliography: KL. NO. 29
Figure 159
Cf. NOS. 143, 327 and 333
291 PASSING THE OUTPOSTS
Water color
Lower left: E L Henry, 1899
Bibliography: KL. NO. 46 seems to be another version
Exhibitions: Philadelphia Art Club, water color exhibition, 1900; Water
Color Society, 1901
Cf. Figure 185
'
292 A MORNING CALL ON NARRAGANSETT BAY
Lower right: E L Henry ’ 99
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the mount, lower
right, as above and, lower left: Painted by E L Henry 1899
-
293 A VILLAGE STREET
AL. p. 46.
Lower right: E L Henry ’99
Exhibitions: Possibly NAD 1901, NO. 240, as A Village Street, in the Old
Stage Days
294 AT THE WATERING TROUGH
Lower right: E L Henry ’99
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: A party
of city men. Been out hunting. In the Shawangunk Mtns.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
207
1899
295 “HOME AGAIN”
Exhibitions: NAD 1899, NO. 54
296 A SEPTEMBER AFTERNOON
Bibliography: KL. NO. 58
Exhibitions: NAD 1899, NO. 161
297 “A STORMY AFTERNOON”
Exhibitions: NAD 1899, NO. 194
1900
298 A MOUNTAIN POST OFFICE
Lower left: E L Henry 1900
Exhibitions: NAD 1904, NO. 117
Figure 81
299 TALKING POLITICS
Lower right: E L Henry, Oct, 1900
Bibliography: KL. NO. 63
Figure 219
300 GOOD-BY, SWEETHEART
Water color,
Lower left: E L Henry, 1900
Bibliography: KL. NO. 27
Figure 187
A photograph in the Henry Collection (touched up with black and
white) is inscribed on the back: Old Houses, Kingston, R. I. This was
before the road was cut down or graded some years ago.
A water color of this title sold for $65 at the sale of the Frederick Halsey
Collection at the Anderson Art Galleries in 1916. The catalog gives the
signature as E. L. Henry, 1900 and describes the picture as Trooper;
Revolutionary period,
301 CROSSING THE LOG-BRIDGE IN A FRESHET
Wash drawing
This picture brought $52.50 at the sale of the Frederick Halsey Collec¬
tion at the Anderson Art Galleries in 1916. The catalog gives the signa¬
ture as E, L. Henry 1900.
Of. NO. 380
302 THE BATTERY AT NEW YORK IN 1660
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: The Battery at
New York in 1660 and “The Church in the Fort.” Governor's Island in
the distance. Painted by E. L. Henry for the Guarantee Title and Trust
Co., N. Y.
303 HOME FROM THE PHILIPPINES
Exhibitions: NAD 1900, NO. 145
Is this Refum from the Wars? Cf. Figure 220
208 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1901
304 FULTON’S FIRST STEAM FERRYBOAT, RUNNING FROM CORT-
LANDT STREET TO PAULUS HOOK, JERSEY CITY, 1813-14
Reproduced as a calendar in 1901 by Theo. Gubelman, Jersey City
Figure 168
1902
305 A ONE-SIDED BARGAIN
Oil on canvas, 12^x21 in.
Lower left: E L Henry, 1902
Bibliography: KL. NO. 48, as The Peddler, No. 2
Exhibitions: Probably NAD 1903, NO. 97, as The Peddler; American
Genre, Carnegie Institute, 1936; American Genre, Whitney Museum of
American Art, 1935; Century Association, 1942, NO. 41
Collection: Estate of Francis P. Garvan
Figure 190
Cf. NO. 285; also Figure 195
306 BURGOYNE'S ARMY ON THE MARCH TO SARATOGA, SEPTEM¬
BER 1777
Bibliography: KL. NO. 7, as Burgoyne’s March down the Hudson
Exhibitions: NAD 1902, NO. 60
Figure 186
There are two copies of the subject in the Henry Collection: 1) a
photograph mounted on a stretcher 15)4x29 and colored by hand in oils;
2) the same photograph in black and white, similarly mounted.
The Albany Institute of History and Art can not locate a water color,
12x1 8Yi, signed not dated, called The Army of General Burgoyne. Are
these paintings the same?
307 TIME IS NO OBJECT
Exhibitions: NAD 1902, NO. 367
1903
308 AN OCTOBER DAY
Oil on canvas, 12x22 in.
Lower left: E. L. Henry, 1903
Exhibitions: NAD 1904, NO. 313
Collection: Martin E. Albert
Figure 202
The subject is the post office in the center of Cragsmoor. Just down the
road, though not visible, is the Cragsmoor Inn. Mrs Henry, wearing a
blue sunbonnet and a red skirt and carrying a market basket, is reading
a letter as she comes away from getting the mail. With her are the two
Henry dogs. Driving away in a buggy are Tom Boyce and his daughter,
while other members of the community sit on the porch of the building
which serves also as general store. George Inness jr’s coachman has just
come up, riding a horse, to collect their mail. On this plateau, 2000 feet
above sea level, autumn has already turned the leaves orange and red.
Cf. Figure 201
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
209
1903
309 PASSING THE OUTPOSTS
Oil on canvas, 1 7x/i x28]4 in.
Lower left: E L Henry 1903
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 42
Collection: Babcock Galleries
Figure 185
Cf. NO. 291
A photograph of this picture at Fraunces Tavern is inscribed: Passing
the Outposts on the old Kingsbridge Road. British Occupation of New
York. To the Society of the “Sons of the Revolution.” Complts of E. L.
Henry, N.A.
A letter in the Henry Collection refers to this photograph, among others,
as follows:
Sons of the Revolution
in the State of New York
Fraunces T avern
Corner Broad & Pearl Streets
New York City
Sept. 17, 1910
E. L. Henry, Esq., N.A.,
c/o Rev. George S. Baker, D.D.,
205 West 107th St.,
New York.
My dear Sir:
Your very generous donation of five photographs of your own paintings
representing Colonial and Revolutionary scenes is received and 1 beg to
express to you the earnest thanks of the Society and our apprciation of the
spirit which prompted the gift. The pictures are most appropriate for
this building and will add greatly to our collection.
Under separate cover I am sending you one of our acknowledgment
certificates.
Yours very truly
Henry Russell Drowne (signed)
Secretary
310 SIR WM JOHNSON PRESENTING MEDALS TO THE INDIAN
CHIEFS OF THE SIX NATIONS AT JOHNSTOWN, N. Y., 1772
Oil on canvas, 22x36 in.
Lower right: E L Henry, 1903
Collection : Mrs Charles B. Knox
Painted as a commission for the Knoxes. Henry, according to Mrs Knox,
“considered it his very finest painting." No copies were made, until the
Knoxes realized that the artist felt badly not to be able to duplicate the work.
Today there are copies in eight or ten libraries throughout the State. A
copy was presented by Henry to the Johnstown Historical Society. It now
hangs in Johnson Hall, Johnstown. A water color, Johnson Hall, Johns-
town, {TJVi xl 8, signed and dated 1 907,) is listed as belonging to the
Albany Institute of History and Art but can not be located.
210
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1903
When Johnstown held an historical celebration in 1922, the painting
was acted out as a charade at the Colonial Club. The picture has been
reproduced as a postcard. Today the blockhouse at the left of Johnson
Hall is gone, but the fort and other blockhouse still stand.
Cf. correspondence, 1910; clippings, 1922
310-a A PRESENTATION OF MEDALS BY SIR WILLIAM JOHNSON
TO THE TRIBESMEN OF THE SIX NATIONS HELD AT JOHN¬
SON HALL A.D. 1770
Pen and ink on cardboard, 11x16 in.
Lower left: E L Henry
Lower right: E L Henry
Collection; Johnstown Historical Society; presented by the artist May
1910
A letter from Brigadier General Edgar S. Dudley, U. S. Army, (retired) ,
to Henry, dated May 11, 1910, reads:
I had the pleasure last evening at the meeting of the Johnstown Historical
Society to present to them, in your name, the copy of your painting of ” The
Presentation of Medals by Sir William Johnson to the Tribesmen of the
Six Nations at Johnson Hall, 1770.” It was much admired and its historic
value appreciated.
The society not only gave you a vote of thanks, but also elected you an
honorary member of the body, of all of which you will probably be soon
notified officially by the corresponding secretary, Mr Carroll. (Cf. corre¬
spondence, May 19, 1910) We hope you will visit Johnstown during the
summer, and I am sure any suggestions made by you will be thankfully
received. Trusting that your health is restored and with kindest regards to
Mrs. Henry and yourself, I remain,
Yours sincerely
Edgar S. Dudley
P.S. It may be well to say also that it was directed that the picture be
suitably framed with an inscribed plate showing the name of the donor
and hung in the Hall. I would be glad of a suggestion as to the “most
suitable” frame. Apparently a flat frame on which the plate can be placed
will be appropriate, but I am not the best kind of a judge in such matters.
E.S.D.
311 SPRINGTIME
Lower right; E L Henry, 1903
Exhibitions: NAD 1903, NO. 160
312 [WATERING THE HORSES]
Lower right: E L Henry, 1903
313
THE SURRENDER OF NEW YORK TO THE ENGLISH BY STUY-
VESANT, 1664
Lower right: E L Henry, 1903
Reproduced as a calendar for Title Guarantee and Trust Company, 146
Broadway, New York
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
211
1903
314 "OUR LANE”
Water color,
Lower right: E L Henry ' 03
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: Water
color. Our Lane, Mtn. Sold up there to Mr. Edgar N. Sidman, married
Arthur Keller's sister. Sherman Sqr. Hotel.
1904
315 SPRING
Oil on canvas, 11x20 in.
Lower left: E L Henry, May 1904
Collection: Martin E. Albert
Cf. KL. NO. 79, A Wayside Well
The Coddington cottage was the first house up the gully road from
Ellenville. The subject is characteristic — rustic cottage, apple trees in
bloom, pump. Mrs Coddington is churning while she talks to Harry Cook,
a farmer whose rig is hitched by the road.
A letter from Henry to Martin Albert, dated On Mtn June 14th, 1904,
reads :
I am taking the picture of the horse and wagon, man at well, girl churn¬
ing etc., which you have wanted so long, and it is at last finished. I worked
all the time I have been here since early June and having few interruptions
and nature to work from, I have it completed. It is one of my strongest
little pictures, I feel. I thought of framing it in a black ebonized frame
with gilt Rat next to canvass, feeling that the dark wood helped make the
contrast greater like looking out of doors from a window. They are more
durable and far more effective than gilt. If you don't want it, preferring a
gilt frame, you can have your choice, as the frame was included in the price,
of course ; only if it were to be mine, I should have the heavy dark polished
ebonized frame as the picture is very sunny (springtime) and the effect
would be bully ....
P.S. I had a letter from that firm in Phila. who are making a small replica
of part of your picture “An October Day."
3 1 6 THE ARRIVAL OF THE STAGE
Oil on canvas, 1214x2114 in.
Lower right: E L Henry 1904
Exhibitions: NAD 1905, NO. 38; Century Association, 1942, NO. 1
Collection : Estate of Francis P. Garvan
Figure 158
3 1 7 THE MacNETT TAVERN
Water color on paper, 14x21J4 in.
Lower right: E L Henry 1904
Bibliography: KL. NO 31, as McNetts Tavern, Germantown, Pa., (Head¬
quarters of Gen. Howe )
Exhibitions: A History of American Water Color Painting, Whitney
Museum of American Art, 1942, NO. 110, as McNett's Tavern, 1909;
Century Association, 1942, NO. 27.
212
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1904
Collection: Albany Institute of History and Art
Figure 256
Cf. Figure 257
An entry label of the American Water Color Society pasted on the back
reads: General Howe’s Headquarters after the Battle of Germantown.
A photograph of the tavern (still standing in 1868) in the Henry Col¬
lection is inscribed on the front of the mount: The Macnett Tavern,
Germantown road, Used by Lord Howe as Hd Qtrs during the and after
Battle Oct. 4, 1777. Still Standing. Another notation reads: E L Henry
from Wm Kulp, Antiquary, 1868. There is correspondence with Kulp in
the Henry files, and it was his old aunt who posed for The Old Clock on
the Stairs, NO. 70.
318 GOODBYE, SWEETHEART
Water color on cardboard, llxl6J4 in-
Lower left: E L Henry, 1904
Collection: Albany Institute of History and Art
Penciled on the backing is the following note: Original study in black-
and-white by E. L. Henry for a water color in possn of A. Lewiston, N. Y.
( the “Copper King”)
Cf. NO. 300
319 [MAUD POWELL PLAYS THE VIOLIN]
Lower right: E L Henry, 1904
Figure 71
In the Henry Collection there are several photographs and photogravures
of this painting. One, the gift of Miss Annette Mason Ham of Providence
and Cragsmoor, is inscribed: To Miss Annette M. Ham. With the best
wishes of E L Henry. Inscriptions on other examples give further informa¬
tion: A little Negro selling berries is entranced at front door listening to
Maud Powell on the violin. She had never before heard such “ fiddle play¬
ing.” Also: A Study from nature at Ellenville, N. Y., where the incident
happened in 1883. And: Photo from painting by E L H in possn of Mrs.
Cord Meyer, Great Neck, L. I.
Major Powell and his family (including Maud, the famous violinist)
used to come to Ellenville for the summers, no doubt through Frederick
Dellenbaugh, who had been with Powell on his second expedition down the
Colorado river in 1871 (Cf. Taft, 1939, p. 288—89) and who had become
interested in and later married Harriet Otis, who lived on Canal street in
Ellenville. Maud Powell used to rent an empty house to practice in. At
various times, all boarded at a village boarding hofise run by Mrs John
A. Morse. (McCausland, ’41, p. 6—7)
Henry and Maud Powell kept up the friendship, witness the correspond¬
ence of December 4, 1891, March 29 and April 21, 1894, which suggests
a fairly steady exchange of tickets for concerts and vernissages. The first
mentioned letter is endorsed by Henry: Maud Powell, aged 24 years , the
great Violin Virtuoso. She was thus only 1 6 years old in the picture, if
Henry’s inscribed date of 1883 is correct.
A photograph (also the gift of Miss Ham) shows her in Henry's studio
at Cragsmoor. Cf. Figure 72.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY 213
1904
All these documents show the foundation in real life for the painting.
Henry's incurable habit of “dressing up” his subjects would out, however.
Florence T. Taylor, Ellenville librarian, states that there were no stone
houses in Ellenville like the one depicted!
320 [STOPPING TO WATER HIS HORSES]
Lower right: E L Henry, 1904
At the left is a farm cottage, with an old woman sitting on the porch
knitting. In the center is a well, from which the farmer is drawing water
for the team of horses, stopped on the road at the right.
321 ARREST OF MAJOR WILLIAM DYRE FOR TREASON IN WRONG¬
FULLY TAXING THE PEOPLE OF NEW YORK
Lower right: E L Henry, 1904
Reproduced as a calendar for Title Guarantee and Trust Company, 146
Broadway, New York
322 [THE MAIL STAGE WAITING FOR THE FERRY]
Lower left: E L Henry
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: A single
team mail stage in use from 1830 to 1865. From a drawing made from
. the old Stage in Concord, N. H., 1904. The picture represents the mail
stage waiting for the ferryboat to carry it over. Photod from the painting
by E. L. Henry.
323 THE CLERMONT, FULTON’S FIRST STEAMBOAT
Lower left: E L Henry, 1904
Figure 242
A letter, dated February 3, 1911, to Henry from G. B. Schley refers to
the Henry painting he bought at the last N.A.D. exhibition. This is
pasted on the back of manuscript p. 30, MS. A photograph in the Henry
Collection is inscribed: Purchased by Mr. Schley, who died Nov. 1917
An undated letter to Henry from F. D. Millet (pasted on the back of
manuscript p. 51, MS.) requests data about the Clermont.
Reproduced, apparently as a calendar, by Theo. Gubelman, Jersey City.
There is a discrepancy in the date, the copy of this reproduction in the
Henry files being dated 1901.
323 -a THE “CLERMONT” MAKING A LANDING AT CORNWALL ON
THE HUDSON, 1810
Platinum photograph worked up in gouache by the artist, 9)4x19 in.
Bibliography: American Historic Prints, Early Views of American Cities
etc. p. 53.
The above reference adds:
Date depicted: 1810.
Artist: E. L. Henry, whose penciled signature appears in the lower left
corner, and a pencilled presentation inscription in the lower right corner:
“To Mr Henry Havemeyer. Complts of E. L. Henry.
We are indebted to this artist for many carefully studied and charmingly
drawn “ reconstructions9 ' of old time buildings, costumes and events.
Taking a photograph of this touched-up photograph and having it
colored, the West Virginia Pulp and Paper Company used this Henry
subject for its 1942 calendar, printing an edition of 30,000 copies.
214
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1905
324 ST JOHN'S PARK AND CHAPEL, NEW YORK
Lower left: E L Henry 1905
Bibliography: KL. NO. 56
Figure 247
Cf. NO. 79, 325; Figures 112, 248
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: As it appeared
about 1839—40 .
The literature about this painting reveals Henry’s interest in preserving
relics of the past. St John’s was tenacious in its hold on life; for a half
century passed before it was finally demolished. (Cf. NO. 79) Till the
end Henry struggled to save what he called one of the best examples in
America of Sir Christopher Wren architecture. A letter from the secretary
of the Borough President of Manhattan, dated June 6, 1913, begins the
story :
George McAneny
President
Leo Arnstein
Secretary of the Borough
Louis Graves
Secretary to the President
City of New York
Office of
The President of the Borough of Manhattan
City Hall
June 6, 1913
E. L. Henry, Esq .
Cragsmoor, Ulster County
New York
Dear Sir:
President McAneny has received your note about St. John's Chapel.
He has been giving the matter his very careful personal attention, and is now
having plans prepared that may very possibly offer a solution. If the
engineering difficulties that have been encountered can be overcome, and the
old church saved from demolition, he will be very much gratified ; and he is
doing all that he can to this end.
Yours very truly
Louis Graves
Secretary to the President
An unidentified newspaper clipping, probably 1914, continues
ST JOHN'S CHAPEL UP TO-DAY
Future of Old Episcopal Structure to
Be Settled by the Board of
Estimate
Old St. John's Episcopal Church, Trinity Parish, in Varick Street, seems
sure to go at last. Consideration of the future of the ancient landmark is
on the calendar of the Board of Estimate for to-day. It is recommended to
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
215
1905
the Board that the Commissioners in the proceedings be asked by the Cor¬
poration Counsel either to agree to the removal of the portion of the building
encroaching upon the street or to the moving of the building to a position
wholly on property belonging to Trinity Corporation.
The report of the city engineers to the President of the Borough of
Manhattan shows that an agreement between the city and Trinity Cor¬
poration stipulated that the building, part of which was taken in the Varick
street widening and title to which has been vested in the city, was to remain
undisturbed for two years from July 1, 1914.
A second unidentified newspaper clipping, probably 1916, reads:
MUST ST JOHN'S BE WRECKED ?
It is the preservation of such edifices as old St Johns chapel in Varick
street, a link between the New York of the present and the New York
of the past of which there are too few landmarks remaining, which gives a
city personality as well as individuality. The metropolis is too prone to
forget that it is the sum of all it has been in the past plus what it is today
and to take note only of the piles of brick and stone that are new is to lose
much of its heritage.
We are told once again that old St John’s must go unless public spirited
citizens donate the funds necessary to its preservation. Trinity Corporation
owns the body of the church; the city had to take title to the front, includ¬
ing the columns and the bell tower which they support, in widening Varick
street. In London they would have bent the street into a curve to save
them as was done in the cases of St Clement’s Danes and St Mary’s-le-Strand.
But now the building is falling into decay; if the facade, which should
be maintained in spite of the obstruction to the sidewalk, is removed,
scarcely a ruin will remain. The congregation has disappeared and Trinity
is not willing to provide the upkeep; neither is the city.
Considering the great wealth that Trinity Corporation has accumulated
through appreciation in the value of metropolitan real estate, keeping old
St John’s in repair should not fall as an unbearable hardship upon it. In
the two years during which the matter has been in abeyance there have
been no public subscriptions toward that end.
A letter to the editor of the New York Times, pasted on the back of
manuscript p. 26, MS., reads:
Old Saint John’s in Varick Street
An article in your Sunday edition signed H.K.R., has verified what I
feared would happen, i.e., the demolition of old St John’s in Varick Street.
I wrote a few years ago to Mr McAneny of the Board of Aldermen and
he generously responded in regard to preserving the portico by allowing the
sidewalk to extend out into the street , passing around the bases of the
columns and then returning to the new sidewalk line, doing all within his
power to preserve the magnificent edifice. But it appears it was all of no
use. Trinity Corporation was eager for what the site would bring. So
it is being destroyed. Very fortunately, I painted two large pictures of it a
few years ago from sketches made in 1867—8. But they give a very poor
216
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1905
idea of the splendid church edifice itself and the wonderful detail in it all.
St John's was without doubt the most magnificent example of the Sir
Christopher Wren type of church in America — the exterior and the interior
particularly. And it is a shame that it was not allowed to stand as a rare
example of the early nineteenth century church architecture. Too bad.
E. L. Henry , N.A.
Ellenville, N. Y., Sept. 24, 1918
Cf. MS. p. 324
325 ST JOHN’S CHAPEL
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: View taken from
the park as it looked about 1840. Another photograph is inscribed on the
back: Old St Johns Chdpel from the Park. Park taken away 1867.
Figure 248
Cf. NO. 79, 324; Figures 112, 247
326 A DISTURBER OF THE PEACE
Lower left: E L Henry 1905
Bibliography: Broadway Magazine, August 1908, p. 221
Figure 177
A* tear sheet for this article (which is called “A Painter of the Good
Old Times” and was by Page Dunbar) is annotated by Henry: Stone Ridge,
N. Y., though the church steeple in the picture looks more like the Ellenville
church as he represented it.
327 CHANGING HORSES
Lower right: E L Henry 1905
Figure 160
Cf. NO. 143, 290 and 333
General Jackson adorns the inn sign in this painting, whereas in Indian
Queen Inn, Bladensburg, Md., the sign shows the presentment of an Indian
maiden.
328 [WHAT’S THAT YOU SAY?]
Lower right: E L Henry 1905
The photograph in the Henry Collection shows a single-seated spring
wagon. A woman and a man, the latter apparently the Negro of Taking
Life Easy ( Cf . NO. 359) have stopped to talk to an elderly farmer, who
is having difficulty in understanding what they say, to judge from his hand
cupped behind his ear and the inquiring cock of his head. The small Negro
boy perched on the rear seems to be related to the boy in Returning Home,
KL. NO. 55.
329 WAITING FOR THE NEW YORK BOAT AT STONINGTON,
CONN.. THE FIRST RAILROAD FROM STONINGTON TO
BOSTON
Lower left: E L Henry 1905
Figure 163
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
217
1905
330 A MORNING CALL
Lower right: E L Henry 1905
Lower left: Copyright 1906 by E L Henry
Exhibitions: Possibly NAD 1906, NO. 89
The photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: At old
Stone Ridge near Kingston, N. Y.
331 RESIDENCE OF CAPT. WILLIAM KIDD, 1691
A photogravure in the Henry Collection (4^$ x6% in.) is from the
same Title Guarantee and Trust Co. series as NOS. 302, 304 and 321.
1906
332 KNOX HOMESTEAD
Oil on canvas, 18x24 in.
Lower left: E L Henry 1906
Collection : Mrs Charles B. Knox
This painting was a commission for the Knoxes, painted from a photo¬
graph of the' old family homestead, about 1 2 miles from Canajoharie. It
shows three generations of Knoxes.
33 3 THE INN AT BLADENSBURG
Wash drawing on paper, 10x15 in.
Lower left: E L Henry, Bladensburg, Md.
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 19
Collection : Century Association
A label in Henry's handwriting on the back reads: The Main Street,
Bladensburg, and the Indian Queen Tavern. Presented to the Century Club
for the new private dining room, 1906 . The price $50 is marked on an
exhibition label of the Boston Art Club, undated.
Cf. NOS. 143, 290 and 327
334 A PRIVATE VIEW: A.D. 1905-1906
Lower left: E L Henry
Lower center as above
Lower right: How we three, a Tumbler Pigeon, a Top Knot Hen, and a
Goose, suggested the present Styles of 1905—1906
Figure 208
A photograph, lent the New York State Museum by Mrs Charles B.
Knox of Johnstown, N. Y., is inscribed on the back: A caricature Exhibi¬
tion held at the Century Club .... This caricature picture was on the
style of dress & hats of 1905—6. Title, “private view of the Natnl Academy
Exhbtn” showing the Absurdities in Dress.
335 THE FLOWER SELLER
Lower right: E L Henry '06
Exhibitions: NAD 1907, NO. 164
Figure 194
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: A study
from nature at Cragsmoor, N. Y.
218
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1906
The setting is front of the cottage now owned by Miss Julie M. Husson
and Miss Mary D. Buxton, which they purchased from the Henrys about
this time. (Cf. Figure 197) The setting has been used in at least one other
Henry painting, Unexpected Visitors, NO. 355.
33 6 ON THEIR VACATION
Water color and chalk drawing on paper, 13x20 in.
Lower left: E L Henry 1906
Collection: Bernard H. Cone
Two horses are being watered at a trough. They are drawing a carriage
containing a man and a woman and a young boy and a dog. A boy and
his dog are passing at the extreme right. The picture is inscribed: Upper
part of Ellenville, N. Y Shawangunk Mts. in the distance,
337 IN EAST TENNESSEE
Lower right: E L Henry 1906
A white girl in a sunbonnet is riding a horse. She has paused to talk
with a white woman and man. A Negro woman is leaning out of the
window of a shack to watch. There is a house at the fight rear.
Can this be NAD 1915, NO. 64, In the Mountains of East Tennessee ?
And Gill 1917, $250?
Figure 209
338 EARLY AUTUMN
Lower right: E L Henry 1906
Figure 180
339 THE CALL BY THE WAY
A reproduction from the Broadway Magazine, August 1908 issue, shows
this picture, with the above title and date. A buggy has drawn up at the
side of the street and its occupants are stopping to talk to a woman who
stands on the hitching block. A man in a tall hat is driving the vehicle,
while two women sit behind him.
340 COUNTRY FOLKS
Exhibitions: NAD 1906, NO. 66
1907
341 IN THE OLD STAGE COACH DAYS
Oil on canvas, 24x28 in.
Lower left: E L Henry 1907
Collection: Martin E. Albert
Figure 249
The old Terwilliger House stood on the site of the present Ellenville
post office. The scene shows muddy street, slabs of stone for sidewalks,
cobblestone gutters, hitching posts and all, with the coach leaving the inn.
The artist made an addition, however, putting in the church. The oxcart
is of the period.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
219
1907
A letter from Henry to J. H. Smith, the original owner of the painting,
dated January 12, 1908, reads:
I cleaned it , retouched it in places and varnished it the day before it was
called for by the Century Club. It made quite a “hit” there last night and
was considered the best work in general “tone” that I had ever yet pro¬
duced. Out of decency I cannot write you of the comments I heard on the
work , but judging from it you have one of my best examples .
A second letter from Henry to Smith is dated August 15, 1915:
That stage picture I considered one of by best works . ... At present,
no one seems to have any money for pictures just now. I haven't sold any¬
thing except one small work since last Christmas and all the other artists'
complaint is the same except a few portrait painters and in Europe it is
deplorable.” He advises therefore against attempting to sell the picture
until the season begins.
342 SCENE ALONG THE DELAWARE AND HUDSON CANAL
Oil on board, 8x11 in.
Lower right : E L Henry 1907
Bibliography: Check list of exhibition. Our Own — Our Native Art, John
Levy Galleries, May 10— June 15, 1941, NO. 11
Exhibitions: possibly NAD 1908, NO. 149, On the Banks of the Canal
(Miss Anna Riker Spring) ; Our Own — Our Native Art, John Levy
Galleries, May 1 0-June 15, 1941 ; Century Association, 1 942, NO. 52
Collection : John Levy Galleries
Figure 172
The check list has this to say: The Delaware -H udson Canal ran from
Harrisburg to Albany and the water right-of-way was later used by
the Delaware and Hudson Railroad. This scene is evidently painted in back
of Kingston, r near Henry's home.
Here is a scene that might well have illustrated the recent book, “Chad
Hanna.” E. L. Henry had the clearest eye for catching the spirit of American
life at the close of the 19th century. We owe much of our knowledge of
the Civil War to his sketches and studies, and his keen eye for character
and quaint humor give us a clear picture of our neighbors in the country.
The above suggests the need for documentation of our artists of even
the recent past; for several errors of fact creep into the statement about the
canal. It did not run from Harrisburg to Albany, but from Honesdale, Pa.,
to Kingston, etc.
343 FOOD FOR SCANDAL
Lower right : E L H 1907
Figure 184
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: “Food
for Scandal” A village girl has picked up a “Drummer” & invited him
out for a Ride in her Buggy.
A photograph, lent to the New York State Museum by Mrs Charles B.
Knox of Johnstown, N. Y., amplifies : Food for Scandal. A sketch of a
village News Depot. The old women watching a village girt who has picked
220
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1907
up a " Drummer " and taking him for a " Buggy Ride/' The oldest saying—
“ I wouldn't have believed it if I hadn’t seed it with mine own eyes." The
Hussy!
Cf. NO. 263
344 JOHNSON HALL, JOHNSTOWN, N. Y.
Water color, 18x27)4 in.
Signed and dated 1907
Collection: Albany Institute of History and Art
This painting can not be located.
345 ON THE WAY TO TOWN
Exhibitions: NAD 1907, NO. 228
346 WAYSIDE REST
Exhibitions: NAD 1907, NO. 257
1908
347 BEAR HILL
Oil on canvas, 22x26 in.
Lower right: E L Henry 1908
Collection: Martin E. Albert
Figure 79
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: Bear's
Hilt on the Shawangunk Mountains. The old Ellenville and Newburg Stage
crossing the Mountains on the way to Newburg through Orange Co.
Where steamboat was taken for New York City or Albany passengers.
Painted for Martin Albert.
The painting is a sunset subject which combines details of reality and
imagination. The present owner, for whom the artist painted the picture,
wanted a bridge, cattle, a farmhouse, a stage coach with four horses and the
setting sun. So Henry obligingly altered his angle of view. Tired from
the pull up from Walker valley, with a full coach, the horses are in a slow
walk. The formation of the cliff which gives the pictures its name is true
to nature. (Cf. Figure 80) Bear Hill is on the top of Cragsmoor and
gets its name from the wild life which once abounded on this high ridge.
348 STENTON
Oil on canvas, 14)4x23 in.
Lower right: E L Henry , 1908
Exhibitions: NAD 1909, NO. 189, as An Afternoon Reception at ‘‘Sten-
ton,” the Seat of James Logan, Philadelphia: Time, about 1760
Collections: James Ben Ali Haggin sr; Louis Terah Haggin; Eila Haggin
McKee; Haggin Memorial Art Galleries, Stockton, Calif., NO. 66
349 THE GOSSIPS
Water color, 67/zyi8y^ va.
Lower left: To cousin Edith with best wishes of E. L. Henry, 1908
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 13
Collection: Estate of Francis P. Garvan; now in private collection
Figure 181
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
221
1908
350 TERWILLIGER TAVERN
Lower right: E L Henry 1908
Inscribed on the back of the photograph in the Henry Collection is:
After a black and white by E L Henry. Taken early July 1908.
351 [A SERIOUS TALK]
Lower left: E L Henry 1908
The two photographs in the Henry Collection show a buckboard with
two horses. The scene is somewhat different than usual, a road leading up
from a bay. There is no evidence to identify it as Rhode Island coast or
Long Island. The elderly man driving looks like a reformed Peter Brown
and seems to be sitting on the buffalo robe which figures as a property in
Figures 137 and 139.
352 “HOME AGAIN”
Exhibitions: NAD 1908, NO. 17
353 [ALONE]
A photograph in the Henry Collection is mounted on a sheet of paper
in which corners have been cut. It is inscribed: Old Gray standing alone
in the pasture. A horse stands by a rail fence and looks lonesomely at the
horses in the pasture beyond.
1909
354 [MISS INNESS AND FRIEND]
Lower left: E L Henry 1909
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: Miss
Inness and friend calling on us, Cragsmoor, N. Y.
355 UNEXPECTED VISITORS
Exhibitions: NAD 1909, NO. 5
1910
356 A STOP AT THE CARPENTER’S
Exhibitions: NAD 1910, NO. 236
Cf. NOS. 200 and 234
357 WHAT LUCK
Lower left: E L Henry 1910
Exhibitions: NAD 1911, NO. 221
Figure 261
358 THE ROAD BY THE RIVER
Exhibitions: NAD 1910, NO 1/
222
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1911
359 TAKING LIFE EASY
Oil on canvas, 14x22 in.
Lower left: E L Henry 1911
Exhibitions: NAD 1912, NO. 100; Century Association, 1942, NO. 59,
as Wayside Greeting
Collection: James Graham and Sons
Figure 52
C f. Figure 53
360 [DOING HER CHORES]
Lower left: E L Henry 1911
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: Sent to
Gill exhbtn, Springfield, Mass., ft sold there $100 — Jany 1917. The
annual Gill catalogs do not list any title which fits the picture. It shows a
pasture with a log cabin in the background. A farm girl in sunbonnet
and apron is walking down the path toward a pool, from which she
apparently is abo'ut to dip up water in the pails she carries in each hand.
A dog follows her, and horses graze at the left.
361 A MORNING IN JUNE
Exhibitions: NAD 1911, NO. 46
1912
362 A CANAL BOAT ENTERING A LOCK
Water color
Lower left: E L Henry 1912
Bibliography: Scribner's, August 1920, p. 253.
363 HAVE YOU HEARD THE NEWS?
Exhibitions: NAD 1912, NO. 99
364 THE TRAMP
Lower left: E L Henry 1912
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: Photo
copy of painting sold at National Academy of Design Dec. 1912, called
“The Tramp,” by E. L. Henry.
1913
365 THE BILL COLLECTOR
Oil on canvas, 14x21 in.
Lower left: E L Henry 1913
Collection: Dr and Mrs H. M. Sassaman
Figure 203
The painting shows a scene in front of a familiar barn on the ‘‘Moun¬
tain.’' ( Cf . Figures 144 and 145) A Cragsmoor farmer leans against a
spring wagon, mopping his forehead, while the bill collector (clad in a
frock coat) shakes his finger at the farmer. The farmer's wife watches
proceedings through the open bam door, and a horse stretches his head out
Of the barn window.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
223
1913
3 66 NEWS OF THE WAR OF 1812
Oil on canvas, 26x42 in.
Lower left: E L Henry 1913
Collection: Martin E. Albert
Figure 250
In the distance may be seen Sam’s Point, a mile as the crow flies from
Cragsmoor, Henry’s summer home. An old stone house stands on the
country road leading from Kingston. Two women sit in a buckboard,
with the driver in the costume of the period. A man in uniform, ready
to join his regiment, stands by the side of the road with his bride and her
parents. The Negro cook is coming from the servants’ quarters to learn
the news: that war has been declared on Great Britain. A photograph in
the Henry Collection, an enlargement of the center part of the painting, is
inscribed on the back: The Vehicle . From a sketch made in Albany at the
Bicentennial . One of the earliest vehicles in America , the body hung on a
frame by leather straps. It dated back to just before the middle of the
eighteenth century, about 1743 to 5.
Cf . NO. 1157
367 THE VILLAGE HUCKSTER
Lower left: E L Henry 1913
Figure 191
3 68 [GETTING OUT THE VOTE]
Lower left: E L Henry 1913
Figure 251
Cf. Figure 252
1914
369 THE UPLANDS AT BOW
Oil on canvas, 20x3 3 H in.
Lower left: E L Henry 1914
Collection: The First Church of Christ, Scientist, in Boston, Massachusetts
Figure 210
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: The
Birthplace of Mrs Eddy, Christian Scientist, at “ Bow ,” N. H. Painted for
Woodbury Hunt, Concord, N. H. The New York State Museum has
received from the First Church of Christ, Scientist, in Boston, Mass., a copy
of the brochure for which this picture was painted. It is: The Birthplace
of Mary Baker Eddy. Bow. New Hampshire, copyrighted 1914 by the
Woodbury E. Hunt Company, Concord, New Hampshire. The title page
reads: Concerning a Painting by Edward L. Henry, entitled The Uplands
at Bow portraying the Birthplace of Mary Baker Eddy. A loose sheet is
inserted in the brochure, with prices for reproductions of the painting, as
follows :
Popular Edition, Size 12x20 inches
Style A. Platinum prints, gray tones . $5.00
Style B. Platinum prints, sepia tones . 5.00
Style C. Platinum prints, hand colored . 10.00
Limited Edition, Size 1 6]/2 x27l/z inches
Style D. Hand colored platinum prints only. Price for the first
200 copies $30.00 each
224
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1914
Regarding the painting, the brochure reads in part:
In recent years, much has been done to preserve and restore the birth -
places of illustrious persons and what could be more fitting and proper,
than that a study should be made of this homestead, the birthplace of Mary
Baker Eddy, the beloved leader and founder of Christian Science and the
best known and most illustrious woman that America has ever known.
Many months ago it occurred to the writer, [name not given. E.McC]
an old neighbor of Mrs Eddy, that it would be of great interest and
importance, to produce a better picture of this historic birthplace, than
had hitherto been issued. ... To produce an ideal picture, required a vast
amount of study and research, also an artist, qualified by experience, to paint
it. Mr Edward L. Henry, the eminent New York artist, was selected as the
best and only man in the United States for such a composition. Mr Henry
has spent a lifetime in painting pictures of this nature and he was a happy
selection, as demonstrated by the completed picture. The commission was
given him in January, 1914, and the painting was completed in September.
The greatest credit should be given Mr Henry for his painstaking and
conscientious work. Acknowledgment is also * made to Mr John Brown
Baker, Mrs Eddy's second cousin, and to his son, Mr Rufus Baker, for
their uniform courtesies and great helpfulness. ... It was possible to
secure detailed information concerning the house shed and the feeding
shed and with a part of the old foundation of the barn still in sight, Mr
Henry was enabled to execute his conception of the original.
The painting is an oil 20x33]4 inches in size. It is rich in color and
delightful in atmosphere. The small cut shown herewith can give but a
faint conception of the beauty of the original. The details of the picture
Mr Henry has executed in the most charming and idealistic way conceiv¬
able and in harmony with the times. The grass-grown road; the old stone
walls; the apple orchard in full bloom; the lilac bushes (in Mrs Eddy's
favorite color); the flowering almonds; the well-sweep and old oaken
bucket; the old carriage in the shed and wagon in the farmyard; the dog
in the doorway; the little blue pitcher in a window; the cat, emerging from
the house by the way of the " cat -hole " (a common thing in those days);
the two-seated vehicle in the front yard, with occupants dressed appro¬
priately for the period; the milk pans by the south door; the farm fowls
about the place; the cow in the barn, all lend an indescribable charm. The
general atmosphere of the picture is distinctly that of the period about
1831—32, when Mary Baker was about 10 or 11 years old. Mr Henry
has put in the foreground the figure of a little girl, which might well have
been Mary Baker, watching with interest the people who have just arrived
at the front of the house.
In producing the picture the chief aim was historical accuracy and
it is believed a valuable service has been rendered to American history. The
eminence of the artist guarantees a valuable and artistic painting; as there
could be but one Mary Baker Eddy, so there could never be another E. L.
Henry. The original painting is priceless and not at present for sale, but
it is hoped that, some day, it will find its home in some important place,
where it may be viewed by coming generations. For the present, the painting
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
225
1914
has been reproduced for circulation in two sizes, particulars of which may
be had on application to the publisher .
On the Baker farm, not far from the house, there has been standing for
150 years or more, an apple tree, blossoming and bearing fruit during all
the years of Mrs Eddy's life. It was, indeed, fortunate that this tree could
be secured and from the wood thereof a quaint and beautiful frame has
been constructed, as a most appropriate setting for this original painting by
Edward L. Henry, of Mary Baker's birthplace.
The brochure ends with a page of biographical data, called Concerning
the Artist, and with a photograph of Henry at work in his Cragsmoor
studio on the painting, The Uplands at Bow. The biographical sketch
reads as follows:
Mr Edward Lamson Henry is a member of the National Academy of
Design and the American Water Color Society. He is a painter of genre
and historical subjects, having always shown a decided preference for pic¬
tures of American country life and for country vehicles and other means
of transportation and for pictures of American history. He was born in
Charleston, South Carolina, in 1841, came north before the war, studied
art in Philadelphia and afterwards in Europe, with Suisse. He occupies a
unique place in American art and is one of the best known and most highly
respected of American artists. He has a winter studio in New York City,
but his summers are spent at his charming home at Cragsmoor, New York,
among the Catskills, where, amid the grandeur of the scenery and the
superb views, he does much of his painting. He has a rare and unusual
personality and those of his friends who have been entertained in his Crags¬
moor home, presided over by Mrs Henry, a lady of equal charm and a most
delightful hostess, are fortunate indeed. He was on the James River in the
latter part of the Civil War, where he made many studies. One of his
Southern sketches was “ Old Westover,” one of the most celebrated colonial
houses in America, then the headquarters of Fitz John Porter. “The Head¬
quarters of General Grant at City Point," now in the Union League Club,
New York, was his first important work and his large picture, “The First
Railway in New York State, 1831," from Albany to Schenectady, is
another of his noted compositions. His latest important work is “The
Uplands at Bow," portraying the birthplace of Mary Baker Eddy.
3 70 THE HUCKSTER
Oil on canvas, 13^x23|4 in-
Lower right: E L Henry 1914
Exhibitions: NAD 1914, NO. 319, as The Huckster's Wagon; Century
Association, 1942, NO. 16
Collection: I. Snyderman
Figure 193
Cf. Figure 196
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: On
Mountain at Cragsmoor, N. Y.
The peddler was probably John Howe. The summer house is gone
now. (McCausland ’41, p. 164, 224.)
226
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1914
371 CONTRASTS
Oil on canvas, 15)4x25 in.
Lower left: E L Henry 1914
Exhibitions : NAD 1915, NO. 1 8
Collection: Alicia Wells Stetson, Edward C. Wells, Margaret L. Wells
and William C. Wells: Albert Dureen
Figure 178
Cf. Figure 177; also Sketchbook 25: CAT. 1209 and Sketchbook 27:
CAT. 1211
3 72 THE FOUR SEASONS
Four small oils originally framed in one large gold frame, each small
panel being framed in a narrow molding and sunk into gilt matboard.
(Cf. McCausland, ’41, p. 119, on inventory of Henry estate.)
Exhibitions: Gill, 1917, $500
Collection: Alida Wells Stetson, Edward C. Wells, Margaret L. Wells and
William C. Wells: Albert Dureen
Pasted on the back is a slip: The Four Seasons . Painted from Nature.
In the Shawangunk Mountains, New York. Each in its season at the same
place. E. L. Henry.
1 Spring
Oil on board, 5^x9 3/s in.
Lower right: E L Henry
1914
Figure 204
2 Summer
Oil on board, 5%x9^ in.
Lower right: E L Henry 1914
Figure 206
3 Autumn
Oil on board, 5^x9^ in.
Lower right: E L Henry
1914
Figure 205
4 Winter
Oil on board, 5%x9 Ys in.
Lower right: E L Henry
1914
Figure 207
373 ELECTION DAY
Lower left: E L Henry
Exhibitions: NAD 1914, NO. 12
Figure 252
Cf. Figure 251; also the photograph pasted on manuscript p. 48, MS. A
photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: Nov. 5,
1844, between Henry Clay and James K. Polk
Cf. MS. p. 33 6f.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
227
1916
374 MAIN STREET IN JOHNSTOWN, N. Y„ IN 1862
Oil on canvas, 20x30 in.
Lower left: E L Henry 1916
Johnstown in 1862
Collection: Mrs. Charles B. Knox
Figure 211
The painting shows the main street of Johnstown in the days when the
railroad stopped at Fonda. John Dunn's coach completed the trip to
Johnstown. On the route between Buffalo and Albany, along which cattle
were driven, Johnstown had a famous inn, the Cayadutta House. Another
item of local interest was the annual arrival from New York City of the
Livingston coach. This family had a summer home in Johnstown, and
the whole community turned out to see their coach drive up. Elizabeth
Cady Stanton’s home stood on the corner where the People’s Bank stands
now, beside the inn. The Livingston coach, incidentally, is the smaller
of the two seen in the painting.
Cf. Figure 212
375 OLD PETER BROWN OF CRAGSMOOR, N. Y.: TAKING, AS HE
CALLED IT “AN EYE-OPENER”
Oil on board, 6x4 in.
Lower left: E L Henry
Collection: Mrs Charles B. Knox
Inscribed: To Mrs Chas. B. Knox. From her friend , E. L. Henry, July
1916
Cf. NOS. 168, 177 and 187
3 76 OUT IN THE STORM
Lower right: E L Henry 1916
Bibliography: NAD 1917 catalog, illustrated
Exhibitions: NAD 1917, NO. 146
Figure 199
Cf. Figure 198
3 76-a “FORGOTTEN”
Pencil on paper, 2^x3^ in.
Lower left: A sketch in the rain, E L H 1894, “ Forgotten ”
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 198
(This drawing is pasted on manuscript p. 23, MS.)
Cf. Figure 199
377 ON THE PORCH
Exhibitions: NAD 1916, NO. 155
This may be the picture, a photograph of which in the Henry Collec¬
tion is inscribed on the back: My Back Porch, Cragsmoor, N. Y . Maid
Shelling Peas. It signed, lower left: E L Henry 1915
3 78 A VILLAGE STREET
Lower left: E L Henry 1916
Figure 200
228
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1917
3 79 THE OLD CLOCK ON THE STAIRS
Oil on canvas, 20x16 in.
Lower right: E L Henry 1917
Collections: Emil B. Meyrowitz; Ernest du Pont Meyrowitz
Figure 214
A letter from Henry to the elder Mr. Meyrowitz, dated July 12, 1917,.
reads :
I send you by Adams Express today the picture you purchased while
calling here some days ago. I hope you will like it. I found after looking
it over carefully that 1 could improve it greatly by painting it over, so 1
painted it in oil, getting a much stronger, better effect than was possible
in water color, particularly as I had not the white water color paper to
work on. It was a sort of “ labor of love ” as they say, for I was over three
days on it; but as I felt you have given me the honor of such a long ride
up here to see me and my place that I could return the courtesy by giving
you a fairly good example of my work in return.
With the picture Henry sent the following statement:
The original of this painting was made from nature in an old Phila¬
delphia house built in the latter part of eighteenth century on Spruce Street.
It was the residence of the noted antiquary, 'William Kulp, and was exactly
as it appeared then. His old aunt, sitting in her back private room, reading
the morning paper, her cat on a stool close to her.
It struck me at the time as so picturesque that I painted the work from
life and it was afterwards sold to a Mr Robert Gordon of London, where
the painting is now. The title was the “Old Clock on the Stairs .”
E. L. Henry, N.A.
Cf. NO. 70; also MS. p. 320
380 THE FLOATING BRIDGE
Oil on canvas, 22^x39^ in.
Lower left: E L Henry 1917
Bibliography: KL. NO. 24
Exhibitions: NAD 1901, NO. 185, as The Floating Bridge Across the
Schuykill/ and the “Stage Waggon” of the Latter Part of the 18th
Century
Collection: Mr and Mrs Arthur V. Hoornbeek
Figure 213
Cf. Sketchbook 24: CAT. 1208 and NO. 301.
From Knoedler’s library came the following document: “THE FLOAT¬
ING BRIDGE ACROSS THE SCHUYLKILL RIVER AT GRAY'S
FERRY, PHILADELPHIA, AND THE ' STAGE WAGON ' OF 1795.”
These Stage Wagons ran from Paulus Hook (Jersey City) via Trenton and
Burlington to Philadelphia. From there, via Chester, Wilmington, to Balti¬
more. There were no side doors, the only way of entering being by the
front steps and climbing over the seats, which had no backs. The stage
was copied from a scale drawing in a work issued at the time — “Mellish’s
Travels in the U. S., 1795 to 1800.” The “Floating Bridge” was, from a
description of it, in a work issued a few years ago called, “T winings Diary”
of a trip to America in 1795. I was also aided in some of the details by a
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
229
1917
very old Quaker gentleman of Philadelphia, a Mr William Kite, who rode
over the bridge as late as 1816 (when a boy) in a heavy wagon, and his
father driving the horses. His account of how the heavy vehicle settled the
bridge down so that the water ran in over the bottom of the wheels, and
gave me many details which 1 would have been ignorant of otherwise. This
painting was commenced about 1898, and taken up and completed in 1908,
and last year it was taken off the old stretcher, was “relined” and entirely
repainted, and is as nearly an accurate representation of the hard primitive
traveling of those days as it is possible to represent at this present day.
The “Draw” in this bridge can be seen just beyond the leading horses, and
was opened and allowed to float down stream, enabling a vessel to pass
through, and was then hauled back and fastened, as shown in the painting.
The whole bridge was held in place by chains and anchored in the river.
E. Henry, N.A.
A photograph given the New York State Museum by Knoedler’s was
apparently taken before the painting “was entirely repainted,” for it does
not show the Georgian mansion in the upper right background on the rise
beyond the river. It is the one reproduced in this report.
The Hoornbeeks have a note from Henry, framed with a 4-column cut
from the New York Sunday Sun, Sept. 30, 1917, under the heading “In
the World of Art.” The note (Field Journal p. 32—41) reads as follows:
“ The Floating Bridqe Across the Schuylkill, Philadelphia, and the ' Stage
Wagon ' of 1795”
This bridge was made of logs and planked over and floated on the river,
being anchored to prevent it from moving with the current. Generally, it
sank a little when a heavy weight passed over it, causing the water to run
over the bridge and the rims of the wheels. If vessels wished to pass up or
down, the bridge was unfastened at one end, and allowed to drift down¬
stream with the current and afterwards hauled back and secured at the
shore end. This picture of the stage was made from a drawing in a book
of the time, “ Mellish’s Travels in North America” and shows what a heavy
cumbersome affair it was. It had four cross seats with no backs except
the rear one and no way of entering it except by a step over the front
wheels, and then climbing over the front seats. The “ stage wagon” was
drawn by four horses, and often carried the mail. And whatever luggage
the passengers carried was generally in small parcels and placed under the
seats. It was hard riding, roads very rough, and traveling in those days,
unless by private conveyance, very wearisome. This route south “by land”
was from New York across the “ Jerseys ” by stage to Philadelphia, then
by this route from Philadelphia to Baltimore via Chester and Wilmington,
Delaware, and was the only route south, except by sea in “sailing packets.”
An excellent account of the above can be found in “Twining' s Diary in
America, 1795 to 1800,” published a few years ago in New York.
E. L. Henry
The photographs in the Henry Collection, including one pasted on the
back of manuscript p. 30, MS., all show the picture in its first state, as it
was reproduced in Klackner.
230
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1917
381 ST MARK'S IN THE BOWERY IN THE EARLY FORTIES
Oil on canvas, 20x30 in.
Lower left: E L Henry 1917
Lower right: St Mark's in the Early Forties
Bibliography: Scribner’s, August, 1920, p. 252, as Old St Mark’s-in-the~
Bouwerie
Exhibitions: NAD 1918, NO. 34; NAD Centennial Exhibition, 1925, NO.
100, illustrated NO. 26
Collection: Martin E. Albert
Figure 215
Cf. Loose Notes, CAT. 1213
This is a typical Henry subject. Coaches and gigs are waiting outside
the church for the wedding party. There are pigs in the unpaved street,
just as James Fenimore Cooper had written a little earlier of New York.
Gas lamps, a dog team pulling a ragpicker's cart, signposts reading Boston
Road and Bowery Lane, all set the stage for a century ago. Today the old
church is covered with stucco, to remove which a campaign is being
initiated.
Pasted on the back of manuscript p. 63, MS., there is a photograph
of the painting, also a clipping from the Ellenville Journal of February
14, 1918. The item is in quotation marks in the clipping. It reads:
ftE. L. Henry, of the Chelsea, 222 W. 23d St., New York, is now at
work on one of his interesting canvases of old New York, a picture of old
St Mark’s in the Bouwerie as it appeared in 1842. A wedding is taking
place at the church, and in front are coaches and gigs of the period. A
coach on the way to New Haven is in the foreground . Mr Henry is an
authority on the costumes and life of the early days in this country. He
owns many old vehicles and has made interesting sketches and careful studies
of them. For many years the Henry home was directly across the street
from old St Mark’s, so that Mr Henry knows his neighborhood and subject
well. He has at his studio numerous sketches of the vicinity and of other
parts of old New York. He is preparing this picture for the coming Spring
Academy exhibition.”
A large photograph in the Henry Collection (1314x1514) is inscribed
on the back of the mount: A. T. Stewart Died April 10th, 1876. April
10, 1818. Died 42 years ago today. Was buried in a vault, St Mark’s
Churchyard under the willow tree to the right. His body was stolen from
there later in the year. This bit of information is typical of Henry's
interest in necrology, evidenced by quantities of clippings of obituaries in the
Henry files.
Another photograph in the Henry Collection has two slips of paper pasted
on the back of its mount, one reading: To. Mr Rawson W. Haddon,
Complts of E L Henry, March 16th, 1918, and the other reading: " Old
St Mark’s in the Bowery” as it appeared about 1842. Second Ave. was the
old “ Boston Road.” Stuyvesant Street was then called “Bowery Lane.” In
the distance can be seen the spire of old St Ann’s, Formerly “Father
„ Preston’s Church.” The present St Ann’s was finished 1847, 12th St.
below 4th Ave., the original St Ann’s was taken down some years ago for
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
231
1917
the subway & the large Wanamaker’s new building . Pigs were everywhere
in the streets at that time as scavengers, two of which are seen in the gutter
at the extreme left. The New Haven stage (seen at the left) started at
Park Row and via the Boston Road went via Bridgeport to New Haven,
thence via Hartford Id Springfield to Boston. The N. Y. Id New Haven
R. R. was opened for traffic end of 1848. The old willow tree at the right
marks the vault where A. T. Stewart’s body was stolen from, many years
ago.
• £. L. Henry
An inscription on a third photograph adds another tidbit: Old St Ann s,
taken down for the subway Id Wanamaker’s big building.
None of the photographs in the Henry Collection show the signature
and inscription as they appear on the canvas now.
382 MAIN STREET. JOHNSTOWN
Lower right: E L Henry 1917
Figure 212
Cf. Figure 211
383 [A DOG'S LIFE]
Lower right: E L Henry 1917
The Henry porch and Henry dog provide setting and actors for this
story-telling picture of teaching a dog tricks.
384 THE PEDDLER
Exhibitions: NAD 1917, NO. 145
385 [THE TRAMP: 2]
Lower left: E L Henry 1917
386 THE OLD GRIST MILL AT NAPANOCH
Oil on paper, 7x10 in.
Lower left: E L Henry
Collection: Mr and Mrs Arthur V. Hoornbeek
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed: Old Mill, Napanoch,
N. Y. Taken from oil study from Nature in 1917, the original painted in
1895. This painting is of the old grist mill in Napanoch, owned by the
Hoornbeek family and now used to make pulp (McCausland ’41, p. 4).
The small oil is possibly painted over a photograph. It was given to the
Hoornbeeks by Henry, and a card on the back is inscribed: The Old Grist
Mill at Napanoch. Built in J709. ( Date on it.) Early in the Eighteenth
Century During the Reign of Queen Anne. Rebuilt in 1887. From a
Study from Nature by E. L. Henry. 1887. A note has been added by Mrs
Hoornbeek: Old Stone House Opposite, 1741.
The John C. Hoornbeek Sons Pulp Mill (which makes “wood flour”
for linoleum, dynamite, plastics) was rebuilt about 15 years ago after a fire.
It is now a corrugated iron building on a steel frame. The old hoys? is
falling down for lack of repairs.
232
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1917
3 87 WAITING FOR THE STAGE
Lower left: E L Henry
Exhibitions: NAD 1918, NO. 216
Figure 216
Cf. Figure 217
1918
388 LEAVING IN THE EARLY MORN IN A NOR’E ASTER ■
Oil on canvas, 12x20J4 in-
Lower right: E L Henry 1918
Exhibitions: NAD 1919, NO. 209; Century Association, 1942, NO. 25
Collection: Estate of Francis P. Garvan, formerly recorded as Early Morn¬
ing Stage
Figure 161
Inscribed on the back: Study for large painting for man in Chicago,
1899 ; taken up to finish in 1918. Lined by Beers, West 30th Street .
1919
3 89 A RIVER LANDING
Exhibitions: NAD 1919, NO. 25
3 90 [STAGECOACH DAYS]
Lower right: E L Henry 1919
391 [FLORIDA LANDSCAPE]
Oil on board, 10x14 in.
Unsigned and unfinished at the artist's death
Collection: Alida Wells Stetson, Edward C. Wells, Margaret L. Wells, and
William C. Wells; New York State Museum
Figure 218
Oils, Water Colors, Prints, Undated
Frequently the only proof of the existence of the work listed is a
photograph in the Henry Collection. It is difficult to date Henry’s
work by internal evidence because of his practice of painting a
second version of a popular subject many years after the first was
painted. Stylistic variations are relatively slight, therefore.
Ascribed titles are enclosed in brackets [ ] and listed in alphabe¬
tical order.
900 AFTER THE RAIN
Bibliography : KL NO. 2
901 [AT DUSK]
AL. p. 54
A scene on the “Mountain” at Cragsmoor. The landscape stretches out,
not dramatic or spectacular. Cows are going down the road to be milked.
An old man sits beside the road, resting, contemplating the evening calm.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
233
902 AT NAPANOCH
Lower left: E L Henry
A photograph in the Henry Collection is inscribed on the back: The
Original was sold out of the Nat . Academy Exptn cor. 23d st & 4th Ave
many years ago to old Mr Wilson (firm of Earl & Wilson, collar makers,
Troy, N. Y.) & is in his attempt at the “ Chelsea ” West 23d St. Was
painted at Napanoch, close to the mills.
The subject is typical — a country road, a two seated surrey, the driver
stopping to talk to the country folk on foot. The reference to the National
Academy can not be traced.
903 AT THE FERRY
Bibliography: KL. NO. 3
The photograph in the Henry Collection is in too bad condition to be
reproduced, the emulsion peeling away at the edges. It shows a two-seated
vehicle covered, with rear wheels larger than front, and three dangling steps.
A woman sits in the rear seat, a boy in the front, while a man holds the
horses’ heads and a second woman has descended to break the monotony
of the wait for the ferry, to be seen crossing the river.
904 AT THE OPERA
Water color
This brought $37.50 at the Ortgies Sale, 1887, NO. 54
905 AN AUTUMN MORNING IN VIRGINIA
Bibliography: KL. NO. 4
906 AN AUTUMN STUDY
This brought $35 at the Ortgies Sale, 1887, NO. 58
907 BEFORE THE DAYS OF RAPID TRANSIT
Bibliography: KL. NO. 6; Pageant of America, IV, Figure 167; U. P.
Hedrick's History of Agriculture, opp. 252.
In the collections of the Springfield (Mass.) Museum of Fine Arts there
is a painting in oils of this subject, 8x19 in. It seems to have been painted
over a photograph on a support and is signed lower left: E L Henry .
It is inscribed on the back: Original owned by Shepard Knapp.
908 [A BUGGY RIDE]
Lower right: E L Henry
The photograph in the Henry Collection shows a courting couple out
for a ride in his fashionable stanhope. They have stopped to talk with two
women and a man standing on the sidewalk. The man in the buggy wears
a derby and sits with his hand on his thigh; the woman holds a parasol.
The man on the sidewalk has one foot up on the buggy’s wheel. The
couple in the buggy faces out of the picture.
909 [BUYING A FOWL]
The photograph in the Henry Collection shows a buxom housewife in
cap and apron dickering with a Negro huckster who holds a scale in his
hand to weigh the dangling bird. His jaded nag looks around at the pro-
234
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
ceedings, while a woman with a child in her arms stands in the gateway
looking on. Across the street is the southern colonial facade of a house
where a Negro maid is sweeping the sidewalk. Beside it is a house with a
Dutch gabled roof. Approaching from down the street may be seen a
white horse.
910 [CALLING THE CHICKENS]
A girl in a sunbonnet and full skirt has come down some steps from a
yard and is throwing grain to the chickens which answer her call.
9 1 1 A COUNTRY LANE
NO. 68 in the Ortgies Sale, 1887, not sold
912 A COUNTRY TEA PARTY
Bibliography: KL. NO. 16
913 CROSSING THE BRIDGE
This brought $42.50 at the Ortgies Sale, 1887, NO. 56.
914 CROSSING THE LINES
Bibliography: KL. NO. 18
915 [DAY DREAMS]
A man is sitting on the steps of his little shack, while a woman waters
the flowers with a watering-pot. The subject well might “Be it ever so
humble, there’s no place like home."
The photograph in the Henry Collection shows the signature, lower
left: E L Henry
916 THE DOCTOR’S VISIT
Water color
This picture brought $72.50 at the sale of the Frederick Halsey Col¬
lection at the Anderson Art Galleries in 1916.
917 [THE ERIE CANAL COMPLETED]
The clue to this painting is a reproduction in an unidentified clipping
in the Henry Collection. Pretty certainly, the title is not as above.
918 [A FAMILY AT TABLE]
Lower right: E L Henry
The photograph shows two women, a man and a child seated at the
table. The baby is leaning from his highchair to feed the family dog.
Cf. NO. 1136
919 [THE FAMILY WASH]
AL. p. 58
A woman is bent over the washtub, while her husband sits (one charita-
ably interprets) tired out by his own proper “man's work."
920 GARDEN IN WARWICK
Exhibitions: Gill* 1919, $225
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
235
921 [GATHERING BERRIES]
AL. p. 35
Lower right: E L Henry
This seems to be a water color to judge from photographs in the Henry
Collection.
922 [GOING HUNTING]
A photograph in the Henry Collection shows two men with shotguns
over the shoulders and gamebags at their backs, who have stopped to talk
with an old farmer standing beside his ox team and wagon in front of his
barn. The usual rail fence and country landscape complete the picture.
923 GOING TO TOWN
Exhibitions: Gill, 1919, $375
924 GOSSIPING
Collection: Mabel Brady Garvan Collection, Yale University Art Gallery
This painting can not be located.
925 GOSSIPS
Bibliography: KL. NO. 28
926 INTERIOR
Oil on wood, 5 Mx7% in.
Exhibitions: NAD 1939
Collection: Mabel Brady Garvan Collection, Yale University Art Gallery
This is inscribed on the back: E L Henry.
A man and a woman are sitting at a table in an interior of the early
republic.
927 INTERIOR OF ST JOHN’S, WARWICK, ENGLAND
Ortgies Sale, 1887, NO. 65; not sold
928 [IN THE GARDEN]
A woman in a sunbonnet, seen through an opening in a vine-covered
porch, is picking flowers in the garden. A photograph in the Henry
Collection is inscribed on the back: From Back Door, Mtn., sold 19.11
Fall Exhtn. Could this be A Morning in June, NAD 1911, NO. 46?
929 ‘ [IN THE VALLEY]
Figure 83
The photograph shows a landscape, somewhat different than Henry’s
usual style, though the subject matter is familiar. A buckboard is coming
down the mountain and driving toward a village, where the characteristic
white church steeple is seen. At the right is a gambrel-roofed farmhouse.
The quality of design is more formal, more classic, than is usual in Henry’s
paintings.
930 JACK’S RETURN
Bibliography: KL. NO. 30
236
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
931 [JOHNSON HALL]
AL. p. 35
An old woman is sitting on the stoop of a colonial house. A note in
Henry's hand reads: Owned by the Late Mrs Murray of Johnstown , N. Y.
Aged 100 years , 1910. This would seem to refer to Mrs Murray. She
sold Sir William Johnson Hall to the Johnstown Historical Society.
Cf. NO. 310
932 JUDGE DALY
Bibliography: KL. NO. 19
933 LEARNING THE TRADE
This brought $115 at the Ortgies Sale, 1887, NO. 53. Can it be
Sharpening the Saw, NO. 195?
934 THE LONG GOOD-BYE
This brought $110 at the Ortgies Sale, 1887, NO. 61
935 THE MARAUDERS: SKETCHED FROM A WINDOW IN WARWICK
This brought $125 at the Ortgies Sale, 1887, NO. 48. Apparently
this was bought by Dr Lucien Calvin Warner (Cf. NO 175) ; for Mrs
Warner’s account book has an entry, under March, 1887, of the pur¬
chase of a picture of this name for $125. Nothing further is known of it.
93 6 MARKETING SATURDAY MORNING
Lower left: E L Henry
Figure 259
A photograph pasted on the back of manuscript p. 52, MS., is inscribed
on the back: From the painting by E L Henry, N.A., in the possn of Mr
and Mrs Lang of Montclair, N. J. It shows a companion piece of NO. 367,
the woman shopper having gotten down from her equipage and begun to
look through the comestibles displayed on the sidewalk outside the store.
93 7 [A MORNING CALL]
Cf. New York State Museum photograph to differentiate from other similar
subjects. (Baldwin 667.)
938 MORNING CALL IN 1800
Exhibitions: International Exhibition, Philadelphia, 1876, NO. 130, p. 20,
Official Catalogue, U. S. Centennial Commission
Collection: C. S. Smith, 1876—?
939 NEAR THE BRANDYWINE '
Etching, \6Yix26Y2 in.
Bibliography: KL. NO. 35
Collection: New York State Museum
Figure 243
940 [NEIGHBORS’ MEETING]
A buggy has drawn up beside a single-seated buckboard, the two vehicles -
facing in opposite directions. Two women are in the buckboard, a man and
a woman in the buggy. This scene is a familiar theme of Henry.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
237
941 OFF THE MAIN ROAD
Lower left: E L Henry *
Figure 254
A photograph in the Henry Collection is given this title by an inscrip¬
tion on the back. It shows the back of a farmhouse with two-storied back
porch. The daughter of the family is scrubbing away at a tub and wash¬
board, the mother talks to a man who is drawing up a bucket of water
from a well, and the man’s wife sits dourly in a buggy holding the reins.
942 OLD ENEMIES
This brought $200 at the Ortgies Sale, 1887, NO. 70.
943 OLD GRANDFATHER
Bibliography: Klackner, (earlier edition), illustrated, no number, platino-
type 8x614 , $1
944 OLD WARWICK
Bibliography: KL. NO. 43
945 ON GUARD
Water color
Ortgies Sale, 1887, NO. 52; not sold
946 [ON THE CANAL]
Oil on canvas, 14 14x2 2 in-
No signature or date.
Collection: Albert Duveen
This painting, probably unfinished, shows a scene on the Delaware and
Hudson canal, with the Shawangunk mountains in the background.
947 ON THE WAY HOME
Water color
This brought $22 at the Ortgies Sale, 1887, NO. 47.
948 A PASSING SHOWER
This brought $185 at the Ortgies Sale, 1887, NO. 69.
949 THE PHAETON
Oil on cardboard, 14J^ x20?4 in.
Lower left: E L Henry
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 43
Collection: Albany Institute of History and Art
950 THE PLANET (CAMDEN 8 AMBOY R. R.)
Bibliography: KL. NO. 49
951 PLEASANT MEMORIES
This brought $62.50 at the Ortgies Sale, 1887, NO. 59.
238
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
952 PRINCE OF THE MOHAWK
Bibliography: KL. NO. 50
Can this be King of the Montauks, an oil 12x16 in., dated 1880, lent
anonymously to the Century Association exhibition of 1942, NO. 22?
The Klackner entry is not illustrated, so the point can not be checked.
953 READY FOR THE POST
Bibliography: KL. NO. 52
954 THE REPAST
This brought $37.50 at the Ortgies Sale, 1887, KO. 73.
955 THE RETURN FROM JOURNEY
Bibliography: KL. NO. 54
956 RETURN FROM THE WARS
Water color and crayon on paper, 15x23J4 in.
Lower left: E L Henry
Collection : Albert Duveen
Figure 220
Is this Home from the Philippines? Cf. NO. 303
957 RETURNING HOME
Bibliography: KL. NO. 55
Cf. [What That’s You Say?] NO. 328
95 8 ROADSIDE CHAT
Oil on canvas, 5x7 in.
Lower right: E L Henry
Collection: F. Newlin Price
959 SOLITUDE, COAST SCENE
This brought $50 at the Ortgies Sale, 1887, NO. 71.
960 STUDY FROM DOOR AT FULHAM, LONDON
This brought $50 at the Ortgies Sale, 1887, NO. 72.
961 THE SURPRISE
This brought $42.50 at the Ortgies Sale, 1887, NO. 51.
962 THRASHING MACHINE
This brought $35 at the Ortgies Sale, 1887, NO. 49.
963 [TOLL GATE]
The painting shown in the photograph in the Henry Collection is related
to NO. 242, in so far as the general subject matter is the same, the buck-
board, the Evanses, the old woman coming out of the tollhouse to collect
the toll etc. This picture differs, however, to the extent that the Evanses
have with them in the buckboard a child in a very fancy cap and holding
tenaciously to a basket.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
239
964 UNION LEAGUE CLUB, 26th STREET AND MADISON AVENUE,
IN THE OLD GEROME MANSION
Oil on canvas, backed with wood.
Lower right: E L Henry
Collection: Union League Club, presented by William E. Benjamin, 1925
965 VACATION DAYS
Bibliography: KL. NO. 69
966 VILLAGE GOSSIPS
Bibliography: KL. NO. 70, not illustrated
Is this NO. 263 or NO. 343?
967 A VILLAGE STREET
Oil on canvas, 12x10 in.
Lower right: E L Henry
Collections: James Ben Ali Haggin sr; Louis Terah Haggin; Eila Haggin
McKee; Haggin Memorial Art Galleries, Stockton, Calif., NO. 67
968 WAITING FOR THE FERRY
Bibliography: KL. NO. 76
969 WAITING FOR THE STAGE
Bibliography: KL. NO. 77, not illustrated
970 WAITING UP FOR HIM
This brought $135 at the Ortgies Sale, 1887, NO. 63.
971 THE WATERING TROUGH
Oil on canvas, 12x16 in.
Lower right: E L Henry, 1900
Exhibitions: American Genre, Whitney Museum of American Art, 1935;
Century Association, 1942, NO. 34, as The Old Caleche
Collection : Salmagundi Club
972 THE WATERING TROUGH
This brought $45 at the Ortgies Sale, 1887, NO. 57.
973 WAYSIDE GOSSIP
Bibliography: KL. NO. 78, not illustrated
974 A WAYSIDE WELL
Bibliography: KL. NO. 79
975 WEARY WAITING
Water color, 11x18 in.
Unsigned
Collections: James Ben Ali Haggin sr; Louis Terah Haggin; Eila Haggin’
McKee; Haggin Memorial Art Galleries, Stockton, Calif., NO. 181
240
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
976 A WEDDING IN THE EARLY FORTIES
The only direct evidence of the existence of this painting is a photograph
seen at the home of R. T, Cookingham, 163 South Main street, Ellenville,
inscribed as above and: ( Painted from a study of the old Vernooy House
at Napanoch, N. Y.). The photograph shows bride and groom departing
from a house of southern colonial type, the old “Vernooy Place.” Negro
servants are speeding the newly wed couple, a man servant putting luggage
on the back of a coupe with the top down, while a Negro driver sits on the
box ready to crack his whip and drive off in style.
There is considerable myth about the picture, however. A cousin of Mrs
Henry, a Wells from “out West,” made a lot of money (rumor is vague
as to how) and came back east. He saw Henry’s painting of the “Vernooy
Place” and bought it, then liked the house so well he bought it also. On
his death, his widow married again, according to legend her sons’ tutor, and
seems to have vanished from the scene. Perhaps the picture went with her?
(Was this Wells, N. W. Wells, who wrote Henry January 23, 1894, on
the letterhead of Wells 8 Nieman, Millers and Grain Merchants, Platte Valley
Roller Mills, Schuyler, Neb.? He had seen the large railroad picture in the
Transportation Building at the 1893 Chicago World’s Fair and wrote to
express admiration, adding: Give my love to my dear Cousin and tell her
I often think of her.)
The “Vernooy Place” was built in the 30’s of the last century by the
Southwick family. Later the Vernooys lived there. After Mr Wells’ death,
the place was purchased by Raymond G. Cox, an Ellenville lawyer, who was
the executor of the estates of Mr and Mrs Henry. Today it houses a
hospital for mental diseases and is sadly grown up with trees and shrubbery.
The Henrys stayed at Napanoch, three miles from Ellenville, at various
times. Sometimes they boarded with Miss Grace Denman, who lived on
the hill up behind the Vernooy house. Mrs Richard Hayden of Ellenville
has two Henry platinotypes, The Old Toll Gate and The First Railway
Train, which Miss Denman had given to Mrs Hayden’s mother.
Miss M. J. DuBois, now of Kingston, whose father was president of the
bank in Ellenville, and who lived with her family in Napanoch at that
time, relates that Henry used to come to their house a great deal when he
came to sketch in Napanoch. She adds that Mr Wells paid $300 for a
painting he bought from Henry.
For the above data Cf. McCausland, '41, p. 40, 50—1, 67, 97—8,
123-24, 245-46.
Napanoch: A Wedding in the Thirties (a water color which sold for $65
at the sale of the Frederick Halsey Collection at the Anderson Art Galleries
in 1916) may be the same work.
There are four photographs of the “Vernooy Place” in the Henry Col¬
lection, showing different views. An inscription on the back of one notes:
“Southwick,” Napanoch, built 1830. Bought by Mr Wells of Omaha in
1904 . He died in 1910 & it is now owned by Mr Seamen of Yama Nouchi
Farm, Napanoch. E. L. Henry 1917.
977 [WOODLAND COURTSHIP]
Lower right: E L Henry
A photograph in the Henry Collection shows this scene — a young woman
has been interrupted at reading a letter, perhaps from a rival of the young
man who comes around a tree to intrude bn her shady nook.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
241
Sketches in Oil and Water Color on Wood, Canvas and
Paper in the Henry Collection
1001 AFTER DAVID [ circa 1875]
Oil over paper pasted on wood, 9x12 in.
Figure 51
1002 APPLE TREES
Oil on cardboard, 15x20 in.
1003 APPLE TREES IN BLOOM
Oil on wood, 8%xl0% in.
1004 THE ARBOR
Oil on paper, 8x10% in.
1005 ASLEEP
Oil on canvas, 7% xl 0% in.
1006 THE BACK FENCE
Oil on paper, 10x14 in.
1007 BACK YARD AT CRAGSMOOR
Oil on paper, 10x14 in.
1008 BANQUET HALL, BANBURY
Oil on canvas, 14%xl9% in.
1009 BANQUET HALL, BANBURY: ENTRANCE DOOR FROM ALLEY
WAY
Oil on canvas, 13% xl 0% in.
1010 BEACH WAGON
Oil on paper, 7%x 9% in.
Figure 45
This may be related to the Easthampton scenes. Cf. Figures 46—50.
1011 BY THE LAKE
Oil on canvas, 1 2% x21 in.
1012 BY THE OCEAN
Oil on paper, 9% xl 3% in.
1013 CHOPPING WOOD
Oil on wood, 11x7% in.
This is obviously a Cragsmoor character; but who ? A white-haired
man, clad in brownish coat and greenish cap, holds an ax in his right and
. a branch in his left, as he chops wood.
1014 CITY POINT, VA., NOV. 1864
Oil on paper, 7%x 14 in.
Lower right as above
Cf. NOS. 45, 49, 96
242
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1015 COLONIAL DOORWAY
Oil on canvas, 1 6% xl 1% in.
Figure 221
Cf. NOS. 1 1 0 and 1 1 6
1016 CORNER CUPBOARD
Oil on wood, 5 5/16x3 7/% in.
1017 COUNTRY BACK YARD
Oil on canvas, 12x18 in.
1018 A COUNTRY ROAD
Oil on canvas, 7x14 in.
1019 CRAGSMOOR SCENE
Oil on paper, 10x14 in.
1020 DOORWAY
Pen and ink with water color wash on paper, 10x14 in.
Figure 222
Detail for The Meeting of Gen. Washington and Rochambeau, NO. 109
1021 EARLY NOVEMBER, ELLENVILLE, N. Y., 1905
Oil on wood, 6)4x10 in.
Lower left: Nov. 1905
1022 FLOWER STUDY «
Oil on canvas, 8x7 in.
1023 FROM AN OBSERVATION CAR
Oil on paper, 14x10 in.
This shows the shape of a frame, as in From a Window, Newport, 1866,
NO. 62
1024 FROM SAM’S POINT
Oil on cardboard, 7%x9% in.
1025 A GARDEN
Oil on wood, 5)4x8 in.
1026 GARDEN AT HENRY’S HOME
Oil on paper, 10x14 in.
1027 GARDEN FENCE
Oil on canvas, 9x14)4 in.
1028 GARDEN SCENE
Oil on canvas, 14x11 in.
1029 THE GHOST ROOM, ST. JOHN’S
Oil on paper, 10x14 in.
This sketch is inscribed on the back: The Ghost room, St John's.
This sketch painted from Nature, August 1876. A Lady dressing for a
ball in this room in 1626 was burned to death by her dress catching fire.
Her father had the family arms and her initials placed over the door to
commemorate the event. A. S. (Ann Stoughton) 1626.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
243
1030 THE HENRY HOME AT CRAGSMOOR
Oil on wood, 4*4x5 J4 in.
The sketch shows the garden with a pitchfork stuck in the earth and a
basket lying beside it. The house is in profile against the sky.
The date, June 25, 1892, is carved on the wood panel.
1031 HOLLYHOCKS
Oil on canvas, 14J4x9 in.
1032 HORSE
Oil on paper, 7x10 in.
Lower left: E L H
1033 HORSE
Oil on paper, 14x10 in.
1034 HORSE
Oil on cardboard, 924x4*4 in.
1035 HORSE
Oil on cardboard, 7x3 in.
1036 HORSE FACING LEFT
Oil on wood, 7x10 in.
1037 HORSE FACING RIGHT
Oil on wood, 4x7^4 in.
On the back, vertically, are the forelegs of a bay horse.
1038 HORSE IN HARNESS FACING LEFT
Oil on canvas, 14J4xl 6 in.
1039 HORSE IN HARNESS FACING LEFT
Oil on canvas, 13x15 in.
1040 HORSE IN HARNESS FACING LEFT
Oil on wood, 7x10 in.
1041 HORSE GRAZING
Oil on wood, 7*4x4 J4 in.
1042 HORSE LOOKING OVER FENCE
Oil on board, 8x10*4 in.
1043 HORSE ON TOW PATH
Oil on wood, 7*4 x4J4 in.
Collar and tow line are plainly shown.
1044 HORSE'S HEAD
Oil on canvas, 17xll}4 in.
1045 HORSE'S HEAD
Oil on wood, 8J4 x4% in
1046 HORSES
Oil on paper, 10x14 in.
244
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1047 HORSES
Oil on wood, 7x13 in.
On the back, vertically, there is a man on a horse. He wears a blue
coat and tall hat.
1048 HORSES
Oil on wood, 7x/i x4l/$ in.
On the back, in pencil, there is a horse harnessed to the shaft of a buggy,
shown in a head-on view.
1049 HORSES STANDING
Oil on paper, 7^x3 Yi in.
1050 HORSES WITH BUGGY
Oil on canvas, 7^x9 in.
1051 THE LAFAYETTE COACH
Oil on canvas, 15x19 in.
Lower right: This sketch after nature , made at Chittenango, N . Y., Sept.
1882. E. L. Henry
Lower left: The So-called Lafayette Coach. It was built for President
Monroe. And Lafayette on his visit in 1824 rode in it with the Presi¬
dent through the City of Baltimore and Back to Washington. It was in
the early thirties purchased by the Hon. Abraham Yates and inherited
by his daughter, Mrs. Brinkerhof. This carriage was afterwards pur¬
chased by the U. S. Government and presented to France where it is now.
Figure 224
1052 MAIN STAIRWAY, ST JOHN’S, WARWICK
Oil on canvas, 18^x15^ in.
Lower right: E L H *76
Lower left: Warwick, Eng. ’ 76
1053 MRS. FRANCES L. HENRY
Oil on canvas, 1614x13 in.
1054 MOUNTAIN RAINBOW
Oil on paper, 7x10 in.
1055 NEGRO BOYS
Oil on canvas, 11x9 in.
1055-a NEGRO BOY AND GIRL ON OXCART
Oil on wood, 9^x14 in.
Lower right: Aug. 1930, found in the Studio of E. L. Henry, N.A., by
Chas. C. Curran, N.A., removed by permission of executor
Collection: New York State Museum. Presented by Charles C. Curran,
1941
Figure 226
1056 NEGRO GIRL HOLDING CAT
Oil on canvas, 11x6 in.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
245
1057 NEGRO STABLEBOY
Oil on paper, 10x14 in.
Figure 156
Detail for The Relay, Figure 157
1058 NEGRO WOMAN AND CHILD
Oil on wood, 7x3 Yi in.
The woman is shown as a full length figure facing right. She wears
blue with a white apron. High shoes, a hat with red roses, and gold
earrings complete her costume. The child wears a pink dress and blue
bonnet.
1059 NEGRO WOMAN WITH HANDS ON HIPS
Oil on wood, 1 1 x/i x5^ in.
The woman, a standing figure, is in white with a red belt. Her hands
are on her hips.
1060 NEGRO WOMAN IN WHITE
Oil on cardboard, T% x4 *4 in.
1061 OLD CLOCK ON THE STAIRS
Oil on wood, 10)4x8 in.
1062 OLD MAN ASLEEP IN A ROCKING CHAIR
Oil on paper, 5x7 in.
Lower left: Goshen, Sept. 1872
1063 OLD MAN AT A TABLE
Oil on paper, 4J4 x4 )4 'in. ’
Lower right: E L H 1872
1064 OLD WOMAN IN A ROCKING CHAIR
Oil on canvas, 11x10 in.
1065 OLD WOMAN READING
Oil on paper, 10x14 in.
Cf. painting of the same title, NO. 8 1
1066 OLD WOMAN WRITING
Oil on paper, 9^x13^ in.
1067 ONE OF THE BEDROOMS, ST JOHN’S
Oil on canvas, 14x22 in.
Lower right as above
1068 ON THE BEACH
Oil on wood, 5)4x11% in.
Figure 46
Related to Easthampton scenes, Figures 45, 47—50
1069 ON THE “MOUNTAIN”
Oil on paper,. 10x14 in.
1070 ORCHARD AND HOUSE
Oil on canvas, 10%xl6 in.
A
246 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1071 ORCHARD AND HOUSE
Oil on wood, 6x8 in.
1072 OXCART AND OXEN
Oil on paper, 6x8 in.
1073 THE PORCH
Oil on canvas, 10%xl3K in*
1074 ROSES AT CRAGSMOOR
Oil on canvas, 10J4xl5 in.
Lower left: June 22 * 94
1075 SAG HARBOR (?)
Oil on canvas, 7x12^4 in*
1076 STONINGTON
Oil on paper, 10x14 in.
Figure 244
1077 STOVE
Oil on paper, 1 2x8 in.
1078 STREET IN NAPLES
Oil on canvas, 4^x3]^ in.
Lower right: H
Lower left: 1861
A sketch for the painting of the same title, NO. 42
1079 STUDY OF A CHURCH, NEW YORK
Oil on card, \ll/$x9l/2 in.
1080 STUDY FOR ALT KIRCHE
Oil on paper, 10x14 in.
Figure 246
Cf. NO. 100
1081 SUNFLOWERS
Oil on canvas, 7x12 in.
1082 SUNSET
Oil on paper, 7^x14 in.
1083 SUNSET
Oil on paper, 8^x10 in.
1084 SUNSET AT CRAGSMOOR
Oil on wood, 6x8 in.
1085 TAKING A NIGHT CAP
Oil on paper, 10x14 in.
Detail for painting of the same name, NO. 1 1 2
1086 TREE IN PASTURE
Oil on paper, 14x1014 in.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
247
1087 TWO TREES
Oil on wood, 10x6^ in.
1088 WAITING AT THE FERRY
Oil on wood, 10x6^4 in*
Figure 169
Detail for painting of same name, NO. 287
1089 WAITING FOR THE STAGE
Oil on paper, 11^x10 in.
Lower left: Posed by Miss M. E. Powel, Newport , R. /., 1872
Lower right as above
Figure 217
This sketch was used for the painting of this title, NO. 387
1090 THE WELL
Oil on paper, 10x14 in.
1091 WHITE FRIARS, COVENTRY
Oil on paper, 11^x9 in.
Inscribed on the back: Sketched by E L Henry July 1876
1092 WILD AZALEA BUSH
Oil on paper, 10x14 in.
Lower right as above
1093 WOMAN AT A TABLE
Oil on paper, 10x8 in.
1094 WOMAN IN A CITY INTERIOR
Oil on wood, 4 Yi x6Y in*
A woman is sitting, at the left, on a sofa, facing right. In the center
of the composition there are four casement windows, framed in curtains
looped back.
1095 WOMAN IN A COUNTRY INTERIOR
Oil on wood, 8x11^4 in.
A woman is standing center rear at a table. Two lanterns hang on the
wall above her. At the left, a white door opens out. At the right, through
another, a second open door may be seen. At the left under' a window, a
second table is set. The effect of the interior is rustic, but the furniture is
of period style.
1096 WOMAN IN A VICTORIAN INTERIOR
Oil on wood, 6*4x5% in.
A woman, facing right, is sitting at the left. Above and behind her is a
window yrith curtains looped back. In the center rear there is a tall
mahogany colored commode, with a full length mirror, showing the
woman's figure reflected. A corner of a fireplace and overmantel mirror may
be seen.
1097 WOMAN IN BLUE
Oil on canvas, 6x4 % in.
248
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1098 WOMAN IN WHITE
Oil on wood, 9x7% in.
The sketch shows a full length figure, wearing a blue sunbonnet and
with a basket over her right arm, coming down a path. A pink belt is an
accent of color. The woman is reading a letter.
Is this Mrs. Henry?
1099 WOMAN IN WHITE WITH A RED SCARF
Oil on canvas, 10x5% in.
Lower left: Aug 1877
This seems to be Mrs Henry
10 99 -a WOMAN WITH A BASKET
Oil on wood, 9%x7% in.
Lower right: Found in the studio of Edw. L. Henry. , N.A.; removed by
permission of the executor by Charles C. Curran, N.A., Aug. 9, 1930
Collection: New York State Museum. Presented by Charles C. Curran,
1941
Figure 225
1100 WOODLAND SCENE
Oil on wood, 924x12% in.
On the back there are three military dress uniforms pictured in blue and
buff.
1101-07 MISCELLANEOUS SKETCHES IN OIL ON CANVAS
1108-33 MISCELLANEOUS SKETCHES IN OIL ON PAPER
Sketches in Pencil and Pen and Ink on Paper
in the Henry Collection
1134 AT THE WASHTUB
Pencil on paper, 9 % x7 in., mounted on paper 12 % x9% in.
Lower left: E L H
Lower right: F L H
Upper right: Nov. 18 1873
1135 BEEKMAN COACH, ABOUT 1772
Pencil and water color on paper, 5x8% in.
Lower left: Beekman Coach, about 1772. Sketched from Nature. Oyster
Bay.
On the back, there are quick ^sketches (vertical) of a Negro boy in stand¬
ing poses.
1136 BESSIE AND PETER
Pencil on paper, 9%x5% in.
Lower right: Bessie & Peter. 218 E. 10. 1871.
1137 EASTHAMPTON, L. I.
Pen and ink on paper, 4x6 in.
Lower right: 1830 to 60. Easthampton, L. I., 1879.
On the back there is a sketch of a man with whiskers sitting in a spring
wagon, inscribed Montauh Express. This is signed, lower right: E H 4th
Oct. 80
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
249
1138 FAMILY CARRIAGE, 1830 TO 45
Pencil on paper, 6%x8 in.
Lower left: Sketched at Darby, Pa., 1867
Lower center as above.
1139 IN ELEVATED TRAIN, 10 P.M., MAY 23, 1910
Pencil on paper, 7x4 in.
Inscribed across bottom as above
1140 KNOXVILLE, TENN.
Pencil on paper, 9%xl3^$ in.
Lower right as above
On the back are quick sketches of two old men.
1141 NEGRO GIRL
Pencil on paper, 11x8 in.
Cf. [Taking a Rest,] NO. 204
1142 “NEWLY MARRIED"
Pen and ink on paper, 11x7^ in.
Lower right: E L Henry
The title, as above, is written on the back.
1143 OLD CONESTOGA WAGON
Pen and ink on paper, 5 *4x7)4 in*, (evidently the back of an Eastman
booklet, as a printed rectangle may be seen with the slogan: There is no
Kodak but the Eastman Kodak.)
Inscribed across the bottom: From Phila to Pittsburg. Old Conestoga
'Wagon.
On the back are details of the wagon’s construction and the inscription:
Very rare specimen
1144 OLD “ROCKAWAY” 1845 TO 60
Pencil on paper, 4^x6^ in.
Inscribed across top: Old ” Rockaway” 1845 to 60. Sketched at Johnstown,
N. Y. Belonged to Wm Livingston.
On the back in, water color, is a sketch of a cottage.
1145 OLD STAGE SLEIGH
Pencil on paper, ruled off to 4 Yi x6J4 in.
Lower left E L H
Across the bottom, the sketch is inscribed: Old Stage Sleigh. The Body
Put on Double Runners.
Lower right: Quick sketch from Nature, 1871
1146 ON THE TOW PATH: 1
Pencil on paper, 15x1024 in.
Figure 173
Two horses are carefully drawn.
On the back are quick rough horizontal sketches of two horses pulling
a barge.
250
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1147 ON THE TOW PATH: 2
Pencil on paper, 10^4x15 in.
Figure 175
Two horses are feeding from nosebags.
On the back, two horses are pulling a barge with a boy walking beside
them.
1148 ON THE TOW PATH: 3
Pencil on paper, 16%xll% in.
Figure 174
Two horses are shown with nosebags, feeding.
Figure 196
On the back, is a sketch of a horse and pedler’s wagon.
1149 ON THE TOW PATH: 4 4
Pencil on paper, 824x11 % in.
Figure 176
A man is walking at the left, and two horses are pulling a barge.
1150 OXCART
Pencil on paper, 5x8 % in.
1151 “ROCKAWAY” 1850 TO 60
Pencil on paper, 4x6 in.
Lower left as above
Lower right: 3 -seated wagon 1850 to 60
On the back are details of construction of another type.
1152 RUNABOUT 1835 TO 1845
Pencil on paper, with water color, 7)4x8% in.
Lower left: Light Runabout formerly in possn of Hon. Abram Yates.
Sketched from Nature , 1882.
Lower right as above
1153 STAGE FROM BROOKLYN TO EAST HAMPTON
Pen and ink and pencil on paper, 4 1/16x5% in.
Lower left: Sketched from Nature 1880.
Lower right: This Stage ran from South Ferry, Brooklyn, to East Hamp¬
ton in the thirties and forties, 19th century
A newspaper paragraph pasted on the top center reads: Charles Ketcham,
the last of the drivers of the old mail coach line from Fulton Ferry to Mon -
tauk Point, died yesterday at his home near Babylon, aged 92.
On the back, there are quick sketches of two men’s heads and a dog,
inscribed: At Judge Daly’s, Sept. 21st ’80
1154 STAGE WAGON: END VIEW
Pencil on paper, with water color, 7x5 in.
Lower left: E L H
Lower center: End View, Stage Wagon, 1820 to 1830
Lower right: Sketched at Sag Harbor, end of L. I., 1880
On the back, horizontal, is the stage wagon’s side view. It is signed,
lower left: E L H, and lower right: Running from Sag Harbor to the
Hamptons in connection with the first Steamboat, 1821.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
251
1155 “STAGE WAGGON” OF 1821
Pencil and water color on bluish-green paper, 5x7 in.
Lower left: Used to meet the Steamboat
Lower center as above
Lower right: Sketched at Sag Harbor, L. I.
On the back are sketch of “stage waggon” at wharf and at railroad sta¬
tion with locomotive puffing away.
1156 STUDY FOR “THE FIRST RAILWAY TRAIN”
Pencil on paper, ruled off to 5x9^ in.
Cf. the painting, NO. 257
1157 [VEHICLE] ABOUT 1775
Pencil on paper, 5x8 in.
Inscribed across the bottom: About 1775. Bicentennial at Albany, 1886
1158 [VEHICLE] 1830 TO 40
Pen and ink with blue water color, on paper, 7]/i x4^4 in.
Inscribed across bottom: 1830 to 40. Sketched, Chittenango, N. Y. 1882
1159 [VEHICLE] 1830 TO 40
Pen and ink with water color on paper, 7J4x 4^ in.
Lower right: 1830 to 40. Sketched at Chittenango, N. Y., 1882
1160-84 MISCELLANEOUS SKETCHES IN PENCIL ON PAPER
Henry's Sketchbooks
Numbered chronologically by earliest dates
1185 SKETCHBOOK 1: 1859-61
1186 SKETCHBOOK 2: 1862-90
1187 SKETCHBOOK 3: 1862-64
1188 SKETCHBOOK 4: “War Sketches, Oct. and Nov. 1864”
1189 SKETCHBOOK 5: 1867-1919
1190 SKETCHBOOK 6: 1868-1912
1191 SKETCHBOOK 7: 1869-?
1192 SKETCHBOOK 8: 1871-1902 (?)
1193 SKETCHBOOK 9: (1873-1 900s)
1194 SKETCHBOOK 10: 1874
1195 SKETCHBOOK 11: 1874
1196 SKETCHBOOK 12: 1874-80
1197 SKETCHBOOK 13: 1875-79
1198 SKETCHBOOK 14: 1875-76
252
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1199 SKETCHBOOK 15: 1875-76
1200 SKETCHBOOK 16: 1876-79
1201 SKETCHBOOK 17: 1876-79
1202 SKETCHBOOK 18: 1877-80
1203 SKETCHBOOK 19: 1882
1204 SKETCHBOOK 20: 1883-?
1205 SKETCHBOOK 21: 1888-?
1206 SKETCHBOOK 22: 1888-98
1207 SKETCHBOOK 23: (1890-1918) ,
1208 SKETCHBOOK 24: 1899-1906
1209 SKETCHBOOK 25: 1903-12
1210 SKETCHBOOK 26: 1906
1211 SKETCHBOOK 27: 1908-19
1212 SKETCHBOOK 28 (no dates)
1213 LOOSE NOTES: 1871-1904; 1884-1917
1214 HENRY'S DIARIES FOR 1898 and 1899
Miscellaneous Works by Henry
1215 E. L. HENRY
Silhouette, mat opening 4% x3 [4 in.
Lower right: E L Henry 1888
Collection: Bernard H. Cone
Figure 29
1216 F. L. HENRY
Silhouette, mat opening 4^x3 [4 in.
Lower right: F L Henry 1888
Collection: Bernard H. Cone
Figure 30
1217 STATUE OF GENERAL GANSEVOORT
Bronze, 7 feet 2 inches: with pedestal, about 16 feet in height.
Designer: E. L. Henry
Sculptor: E. F. Piatti
Architect: D. N. B. Sturgis
Presented to the City of Rome by Catherine Gansevoort Lansing, 1906
Figure 188
There is considerable information about the statue which Henry “de¬
signed. " It was, according to his notation on the photograph in the
Henry Collection, unveiled at Rome, N. Y„ Nov. 8, 1906, and erected on
the site of Fort Stanwix which he [Gen. Gansevoort] so successfully
defended against the British general, St Lege r, in 7777 .
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
253
A letter from Mrs Lansing to Henry, dated October 2, 1906, tells of
arrangements for the trip to the dedication:
Your letter of the 30th ult. has been received. How you must have
enjoyed your visit with your cousin at the beautiful old home I remember
so well in your wedding pictures! I sincerely regret that we were unable to
get over to Cragsmoor from Mohonk. If I had been alone, I might have
attempted the journey.
I am glad that the bronze tablets have at last been settled upon. I only
wish I had been able to express to the architect long ago the reasons for
preferring the bronze — as you so well expressed them to me in your letter
of two or three weeks ago.
The delay was caused by the non-receipt of the die for the pedestal ,
which no one seems to be able to account for. Mrs Henry has made a mistake
in thinking Nov. 8th falls on Monday. If she looks again in the calendar,
she will see that is Thursday.
The plans for the day are this: A special train will leave the Albany
Station at 11.15 a.m.. reaching Rome at 1.45 p.m. On the train going up
a luncheon will be served. The exercises will be at Z p.m., and at 4 p.m.
the special train is to leave Rome for Albany, so as to connect here with the
Empire and allow the New York guests, who so desire, to go home that
evening, either by boat or train.
I want you and Mrs Henry to come up to Albany the day before, so that
Mrs Henry can have a good night's rest and start out feeling fresh. I am
hoping that some of your Johnstown friends will be able to go up with us.
Mrs Henry can stay here the night of the 8th, and get another good rest, and
then, if you choose, you can go on to Johnstown the next day.
I want you and Mrs Henry to come for my pleasure as well as your own
benefit. I am hoping that some of our prominent citizens will meet you
both on that day, and in this way get a greater interest in you and your
work, — especially the Railroad Picture, which I am still hoping the His¬
torical Society wilt buy.
I will send you twenty-five invitations, as I before suggested, which you
can send to your artist friends, enclosing your own card. It will be a com¬
pliment to them, even if some of them are not able to attend the exercises.
I hope Mr Havemeyer will certainly come. Do write him and express my
desire to meet him and have him come.
.A full page spread in the Utica Saturday Globe, November 10th, gives
a long account of the ceremony, with illustrations, one halftone showing
Mrs Lansing (the granddaughter of General Gansevoort,) standing with
her arms full of flowers, and Henry also in the group.
254
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Works Related to the Henry Collection
1218 PORTRAIT OF E. L. HENRY, N.A. by J. G. Brown, N.A.
Oil on canvas, 35x30 in.
Unsigned
Bibliography: “Our Heritage," 1942, p. 16, NO. 46
Exhibitions: Our Heritage, National Academy Galleries, 1942, NO. 46
Collection: National Academy of Design; NAD Catalog NO. 90
Figure 1
The date 1868 is written on the back of the stretcher in blue pencil. The
portrait was presented to the Academy by Henry when he became an associate.
Cf. Figure 3
1219 E. L. HENRY by Sarah E. Cowan
Silhouette, 10x7 in.
Signed: E . L. Henry 1917
by Sarah E. Cowan
Collection: Bernard H. Cone
Henry is sitting, brush in hand, palette on his knee.
1220 PORTRAIT OF E. L. HENRY, N.A. by Charles C. Curran, N.A.
Oil on canvas, 20x12 in.
Lower right: Chas . C. Curran, 1909
Collections: Frances L. Henry: New York State Museum
Figure 32
A letter from Mr Curran, dated August 8, 1941, reads in part:
1 painted the portrait of Mr Henry in his studio while he was actually
. at work on one of his pictures, as I wanted to get a characteristic pose.
His eyes made me think always of an eagle's. 'Wide open and birdlike. He
was very slim and I think he very often sat at his easel with his legs appar¬
ently twisted around each other!
1 gave the portrait to Mrs Henry ....
/ am glad to know that my little portrait is in the Museum at Albany. . . .
What would Mr Henry have said if he had known what care would be
taken to memorialize him !
Cf. McCausland, *41, p. 147, for Mr Curran’s first acquaintance with Henry
1221 RHODODENDRON by Frances L. Henry
Exhibitions: NAD 1885, NO. 229, $60
Cf. the painted glass doors in the Henry home at Cragsmoor; also the
rhododendron bank beside the Sarine’s brook (McCausland, '41, p. 9-b)
1222 IN THE VILLAGE OF BRUNNEN by Worthington Whittredge
Oil on canvas, 12J4xl5 in.
Lower left: W. Whittredge , 1853
Collection: New York State Museum
On the back of the canvas : In the Village of Brunnen , Switzerland. Painted
in 1853. W. W.
Figure 35 Great Bend, Susquehanna, 1858: CAT. 1.
Collection, New York State Museum
Figure 86 Mauch Chunk, Pa., 1859: CAT. 5. Collec¬
tion, New York State Museum
Fiure 87 On the Susquehanna . 1860: CAT. 16
1255|
Figure 88 [Barnyard: 7], [1 859]: CAT. 6. Collec¬
tion, New York State Museum
Figure 89 [Bardyard: 2], [1859]: CAT. 7. Collec¬
tion, New York State Museum
Figure 90 [Barn Interior ], [ 1 859]: CAT. 8. Collec¬
tion, New York State Museum
[256|
Figure 91 [Barnyard] , [I860]: CAT. 11
Figure 92 Barnyard Scene, 1860: CAT. 12. Collection,
Estate of Francis P. Garvan
Figure 93 Farm Scene in Pennsylvania, 1 860: CAT.
13. Collection, Estate of Francis P. Garvan
[257|
Figure 94 Una Via in Napoli, 1861:
CAT. 18. Collection, New York State
Museum
Figure 95 Street Scene in Naples, 1864: CAT.
42. Collection, Century Association
[258]
.
Figure 96 The Market Place, Washington, October 1864: CAT.
46. Collection, New York State Museum
Figure 97 The Great Horse Depot at Giesboro on the Potomac
below Washington, 1864: CAT. 47. Collection, New York State
Museum
Figure 98 Near Harrison’s Landing, Lower James River, Novem¬
ber 1864: CAT. 48. Collection, New York State Museum
[259]
Figure 100 A Presentation of Colors to the First Colored
Regiment of New York by the Ladies of the City in front
of the old Union League Club, Union Square, ... in
1864, 1869: CAT. 82. Collection, Union League Club
Figure 101 A New York Regiment Leaving for the
Front to Reenforce the Army of Gen. Grant. Scene, New
Jersey Railroad Terminal, 1864—5, 1864—67: CAT. 66.
[260]
Figure 102 W estover, James River, 1864: CAT. 51.
Collection, New York State Museum
Figure 103 W estover, 1865: CAT. 57. Collection,
Century Association
Figure 104 The Warning, [1864--67 ?] : CAT. 67 -a.
[261]
Figure 105 City Point , October 1864: CAT. 45. Sketch made from a
Union transport. Collection, New York State Museum
Figure 106 City Point, Va., 1864: CAT. 49. Collection, Harry M. Bland
Figure 107 City Point, Va., 1865—72: CAT. 96. Addison Gallery of Ameri¬
can Art, Andover, Mass.
[262]
Figure 108 Station on “ Morris and Essex Railroad,” 1864: CAT. 44
Figure 109 The 9.45 A.M. Accommodation, Stratford, Connecticut, 1867:
CAT. 65. Collection, Metropolitan Museum of Art. (Photograph courtesv
Metropolitan Museum of Art)
T263]
Figure 110 Old Dutch Church,
New York, 1 869: CAT. 83. Col¬
lection, Metropolitan Museum of
Art. (Photograph courtesy, Me¬
tropolitan Museum of Art)
Figure 112 St John's Church,
Varick Street, New York,
1866, 1868: CAT. 79. Col¬
lection, Macbeth Galleries
Figure 111 St George's Chapel,
Beekman and Cliff Street, New
York, 1875: CAT! 119. Collec¬
tion, Metropolitan Museum of
Art. (Photograph courtesy, Me¬
tropolitan Museum of Art)
Figure 113 St Paul’ s Church, 1766;
1868: CAT. 80. Collection, Mac¬
beth Galleries
1264]
Figure 114 A Chat After Meeting, 1868: CAT. 77
Figure 115 Alt Kivche, Oberammergau, 1872: CAT. 100
WtKUHtmBSm
Figure 116 The Doctor, 1873: CAT. 105. Collection,
Estate of Francis P. Garvan
[265]
Figure 117 The Widower,
(1873 ?) : CAT. 106. Col¬
lection, Estate of Francis P.
Garvan
Figure 118 A Quiet Corner by the
Door, 1873: CAT. 107. A photo¬
graph, colored, is in the Henry Col¬
lection, New York State Museum
[266]
Figure 120 Les Fosses Communes, 1876: CAT. 128-a.
Collection, New York State Museum
Figure 121 Les Fosses Communes, Cimitiere de St Owen, Paris,
1876: CAT. 128. Collection, New York State Museum
Figure 122 Off for the Races, 1876: CAT. 124. Collection,
Estate of Francis P. Garvan
[267]
Figure 123 [Feeding the Ducks],
[ 1876]: CAT. 125. Collection, New
York State Museum
Figure 124 [ Taking a Rest], [ 1888]:
CAT. 204. Collection, New York State
Museum
Figure 125 Departure of the Brighton Coach, 1878:
CAT. 13 6
[268]
Figure 126 Old Hook Mill , East Hampton, 1881: CAT. 151. Collection,
Mrs Francis P. Garvan sr.
Figure 127 The Country Store. 1885: CAT. 181. Collection, Estate of Francis
P. Garvan
1269]
Figure 128 Joseph E. Mance,
[ 1887 ?]: CAT. 1 93. Collection,
Village of Ellenville. (Photograph
copyright. Village of Ellenville)
Figure 129 Peter Brown, 1886:
CAT. 187. Collection, Village of
Ellenville. (Photograph copyright,
Village of Ellenville)
Figure 130 Martin Terwilliger,
[1886]: CAT. 188. Collection,
Village of Ellenville. (Photograph
copyright, Village of Ellenville)
Figure 131 Fred Thomas alias
Black Fred, 1887: CAT. 194.
Collection, village of Ellenville.
(Photograph copyright, Village
of Ellenville)
[270]
Figure 134 A snapshot of
Joseph E. Mance, the gift of his
son, S. D. Mance of Ellenville
Figure 132 Nelly Bloomer, 1890:
CAT. 230. Collection, Village of
Ellenville. (Photograph copy¬
right, Village of Ellenville)
Figure 133 John S. Billings.
1 883: CAT. 167. Collection,
Village of Ellenville. (Photograph
copyright, Village of Ellenville)
Figure 135 Mrs Nancy Evans,
1896: CAT. 270. Collection, Harry
M. Bland
[271]
Figure 136 Sharpening the Saw,
[ 1887 ?] : CAT. 195. Collec¬
tion, New York State Historical
Association
Figure 138 Bracing Up,
1883: CAT. 168
Figure 137 A Mountain Road,
1881: CAT. 153
[272]
Figure 139 A Hard Road to Travel,
1882: CAT. 162. Collection, Mrs
Harcourt Wesson Bull
Figure 140 Reading the Story of Bluebeard, [1880 ?] :
CAT. 145
Figure 141 Kept In, 1 888: CAT. 205
Figure 142 Meditating Revenge, 1892: CAT. 255
[273]
Figure 144 The Old Forge, [1887 ?] : CAT. 200
Figure 143 Uninvited Guests, 1 883: CAT. 169
Figure 145 The Country Carpenter, 1890: CAT. 234
[274]
Figure 146 The Summer Boarders, 1881: CAT. 152.
Collection, Martin E. Albert
.* . d
Figure 147 School’s Out,” Below Cragsmoor,
N . Y., 1887: CAT. 199. Compare with figure 20,
in which this painting may be seen on the wall
[275]
Figure 148 A Country Doctor, 1 886: CAT. 189
Figure 149 A Country School, 1890: CAT. 232. Col¬
lection, Estate of Francis P. Garvan
Figure 150 A Country Lawyer, 1895: CAT. 264
[276]
Figure 151 The Watering Trough , 1884: CAT. 179
Figure 152 Thanksgiving Sleigh Ride, 1886: CAT. 191
[277]
Figure 154 A Temperance Preacher , 1888: CAT. 212
Figure 155 A Virginia Wedding , 1890: CAT. 231.
Collection, Estate of Francis P. Garvan
1278]
Figure 153 One Hundred Years Ago, 1887: CAT. 198
Figure 156 Negro Stableboy : CAT. 1057. Used
as a detail for figure 15 7. Collection, New York
State Museum
Figure 157 The Relay, 1881: CAT. 156
Figure 158 The Arrival of the Stage, 1904: CAT. 316.
Collection, Estate of Francis P. Qarvan
[279]
Figure 159 Indian Queen Inn , Bladensburg, Md. 189-9: CAT. 290
Figure 160 Changing Horses , 1905: CAT. 3 2 7
Figure 161 Leaving in the Early Morn in a Nor’easter, 1918:
CAT. 388. Collection, Estate of Francis P. Garvan
[280]
Figure 162 The First Railway Train on the Mohawk and Fludson Road,
1892-93: CAT. 257. This photograph is a copy of the Klackner print,
copyrighted in 1894. Collection, Albany Institute of History and Art
Figure 163 Waiting for the New York Boat, Stonington , Conn., the First
Railroad from Stonington to Boston, 1905: CAT. 329
Figure 164 "Built in England by Stevenson." A draw¬
ing in Sketchbook 24: CAT. 1208. Collection, New York
State Museum
[281]
Figure 166 Waiting at the Ferry, 1899: CAT. 28 7 -a. A drawing
used as a detail for figure 165. Collection, New York State Museum
Figure 167 Crossing the Ferry , 1893: CAT. 288-a. Compare
also with CAT. 288. Collection, Mrs Frank E. Miller
[282]
Figure 168 Fulton’s First Steam Ferryboat, Running from Cortlandt Street
to Paulus Hook, Jersey City, 1813—14, [1901]: CAT. 304
Figure 169 Waiting at the Ferry, (1899):
CAT. 1088. A sketch in oil on wood used as a
detail for figure 165. Collection, New York
State Museum
[283]
Figure 170 The Tow Path, 1891: CAT. 249
Figure 171 Late Afternoon on the Old Delaware
and Hudson Canal at Port Ben, N. Y., 1894: CAT.
261. Mabel Brady Garvan Collection, Yale Uni¬
versity Art Gallery
Figure 172 Scene Along the Delaware and Hud¬
son Canal, 1907: CAT. 342
1 284 1
Figure 173 On the Tow Path, 1 :
CAT. 1 146. Collection, New York
State Museum
Figure 174 On the Tow Path, 3:
CAT. 1148. Collection, New York
Slate Museum
||J
Figure 175 On The Tow Path, 2: CAT. 1147.
Collection, New York State Museum
Figure 176 On the Tow Path, 4: CAT. 1149.
Collection, New York State Museum
[285]
1
Figure 177 A Disturber of the Peace, 1905: CAT. 326
Figure 178 Contrasts , 1914: CAT. 371. Collection. Albert Duveen
1286]
Figure 179 The New Woman , [1892 ?]: CAT.
253
Figure 180 Early Autumn , 1906: CAT. 338
Figure 181 The Gossips , 1908: CAT. 349
[287]
Figure 183 [News Office ], [1894 ?]: CAT. 263.
Figure 184 Food for Scandal, 1 907: CAT. 343
Figure 182
The County Fair, 1891: CAT. 246
1288]
Figure 185 Passing the Outposts , 1903: CAT. 3 09
Figure 186 Burgoyne’s Army on the March to Saratoga, Septem¬
ber, 1777, [1902 ?] : CAT. 306
Figure 187 Good-Bye, Sweetheart, 1900: CAT. 300
[2891
Figure 188 Statue of General Gansevoort, 1906: CAT. 1217.
Designed by Henry and presented to the City of Rome by Catherine
Gansevoort Lansing of Albany
[290]
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
291
Appendix to the Catalog
Titles which have been located since the completion of the
catalog in 1942 are entered in this appendix, being designated by A
followed by the number of the catalog entry they should succeed
(as A- 57), to distinguish them from catalog entries of collateral
items already designated by « which follow the catalog number
(as 244-a) .
A-57 THE RAINBOW 1865
Oil on canvas, 8x12 in.
Lower right: E L H ’65
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 44
A-64 CANAL STREET, NEW YORK, 1830 1867
Oil on cardboard, 11x10 Yi in.
Lower right: E L Henry ’67
Collection: E. Mortimer Barnes
A- 105 STATION AT ORANGE, N. J. 1873
Oil on academy board, 11x19 in.
Lower left: E L Henry ’73
Collection: E. Mortimer Barnes
A- 106 THE GOVERNOR GOES TO THE FARM c. 1873
Oil on canvas, 8x7 Yi in.
Lower right: E L Henry
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 14
Collection: Mrs Frederic Frazier
A- 108 OLD CHURCH
Oil on board, 534x3% in. 1873
Lower right: E L H ’73
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 35
Collection: Macbeth Gallery
A-110 SKETCH AFTER NATURE, SEPTEMBER 30 1874
Oil on canvas, 10x1 4% in.
Lower right: E L Henry 1874
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 53
Collection: Douthitt Galleries
A 119 RESIDENCE OF DUDLEY S. GREGORY 1875
Oil on canvas, 16x28 in.
Lower right: E L Henry 1875
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 45
Collection: Mrs Ernest Tyler
A- 126 WARWICK FROM ST. JOHN’S PRIORY 1876
- , Il%xl9% in. (inside mat)
Lower right: Warwick from St. John’s Priory
E. L. Henry 1876
Collection: Juanita A. Almirall
Miss Almirall has supplied the above information and gives the following
text of an inscription, location not stated:
A study from nature of Warwick, England from the Gate House of St.
John’s. St. Mary’s is seen at the right, at the left in the distance is the
Norman Tower of Warwick Castle. Made in July 1876.
292 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
A- 143 KING OF THE MONTAUKS 1880
Oil on canvas, 12x16 in.
Lower right: E L Henry ’80
East Hampton, L. /.
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 22
Cf. Prince of the Mohawk CAT. 952
A- 197 A STUDY NEAR PETERSBURG, VA. c. 1887
Oil on canvas, 12J4x21 in.
Lower left: E L Henry, and as above
Collection: E. Mortimer Barnes
A-222 MARRIAGE IN THE OLDEN TIME c. 1889
The only datum is a reference in a letter dated December 27, 1889.
A-229 IN THE GARDEN c. 1889
Water color on paper, 6% x4% in.
Lower left: E L Henry
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 18
Collection : Macbeth Gallery
A-23 8 THE DOCTOR’S BUGGY c. 1890
Oil on canvas, 12]^xl7 in.
Lower left: E L Henry
Collection: E. Mortimer Barnes
A-240 COUNTRY POST OFFICE, EAST TENNESSEE c. 1890
Water color on paper, 5^x8 ]4 in.
Lower left: E L Henry
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 6
Collection: Arthur Lasslow
A-241 HAPPY-GO-LUCKY c. 1890
Oil on wood panel, 10]/? x7^ in.
Lower left: E L Henry
Collection: Guy Mayer Gallery
Figure 260
A-244 A MOMENT OF TERROR
KL. NO. 32
A-258 THE MESSAGE 1893
Oil on board, 10x14 in.
Lower right: E L Henry ’93
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 28
Collection: Gilbert Gabriel
This painting was given to its present owner by William Beers Crowell,
whose mother was a daughter of one of the Beers brothers who did framing
for Henry.
The painting seems to be related to [Mrs Henry in a Buckboard] CAT.
209.
A-293 A RAINY DAY c. 1899
The only datum is a reference in Henry’s 1899 diary.
A-294 SATURDAY MORNING c. 1899
The only datum is a reference in Henry’s 1899 diary.
A-303 HOME FROM THE WAR c. 1900
The only datum is the copyright application, dated February 12, 1903.
For date attributed here, see NOS. 295 and 303.
Included in the Century Association exhibition. April 7 to May 9. 1942,
was a water color and crayon drawing on paper, 1 5 by 23]/? inches, NO. 46.
entitled Return from the Wars. Could this be the above unidentified
pictuxe ?
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
293
A -304 OLD NEW YORK 1901
Water color on paper, 13x21 in.
Lower right: E L Henry 1901
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 3 6
Collection : Douthitt Galleries
Inscribed on back: The first brick house built in America
A- 354 ST. JOHN’S CHAPEL, VAR1CK STREET, NEW YORK CITY 1909
Oil on - , 21 15/16x20 12/16 in. (inside frame)
Lower left: E. L. Henry — 1909
Collection: Juanita A. Almirall
Miss Almirall has supplied the above data.
A 355 A SUNSET PAINTED FROM NATURE AT CRAGSMOOR 1909
Oil on - , 15% x 19^4 in. (inside frame)
Lower right: E. L. Henry — 1909
Collection: Juanita A. Almirall
Miss Almirall has supplied the above information and gives the following
text of an inscription, location not stated:
A sunset painted from nature at Cragsmoor on the Shawangunk moun¬
tains overlooking the Roundout Valley and the distant Alleghanies [sic!]
in Eastern Pennsylvania. Painted from studies made of the sunset the
next morning by
E. L. Henry
Summer of 1909
Miss Almirall's letter adds that this painting received honorable mention
at the 1909 winter exhibition of the National Academy of Design.
A-372 COUNTRY LANDSCAPE c. 1914
Oil on canvas, 18x30 in.
Lower right: E L Henry
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 5
Collection: Joseph A. Muller
A-3 88 [THE OLD LOCK BELOW ELLENVILLE] 1918
- , 9%xl2% in. (inside frame)
Lower right: E. L. Henry - 1918
Collection: Juanita A. Almirall
Miss Almirall has supplied the above information and gives the following
text of an inscription, location not stated:
This picture was made from a study from nature at this old lock just
below Ellenville in the nineties at the old " Delaware and Hudson Canal ”
which ran from Honesdale, Pennsylvania, in the coal mining district to
Rhinebeck-on-the- Hudson. It supplied coal all along the whole route
plentifully and cheap and brought up freight even from New York City.
J. P. Morgan came up from New York City and seeing that the canal inter¬
fered with the revenue of the new Ellenville and Kingston Railroad, pur¬
chased it and had it destroyed, to the regret of the whole valley.
Miss Almirall’s letter adds that this is Henry’s last completed picture.
Cf. NO. 249
A-907 THE BROOKS POST OFFICE, STRATFORD, CONN.
Oil on canvas, 11x13 in.
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 3
Collection: Charles Wellington Walker
294
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
A-910 COLONIAL WEDDING
The only datum is a reference in the MS., p. 33 1, 335
A-911 COUNTRY LANE
Bibliography: Parke-Bernet catalog, February 10—1 1, 193 9, NO. 91
A-912 COUNTRY WEDDING
The only datum is a reference in the MS., p. 331
A-919 FOOT OF EAST BROAD STREET, STRATFORD, CONN.
Oil on canvas, 14x20 in.
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 12
Collection: Charles Wellington Walker
A-925 INDIAN ENCAMPMENT
Oil on canvas, 7x1 0J4 in.
Exhibitions: Century Association, 1942, NO. 17
A-932 KITCHEN OF FRAU JUDAS .
Oil on paper, 10x8^4 in.
Lower right: E L H (enry) , [the latter added in another hand]
Sept. 11
Collection: Joseph P. Hartert
A- 9 76 THE WEDDING DAY
Exhibitions: World’s Columbian Exposition, Chicago, 1893, NO. 551
Collection: “Mr. Dickinson, Holyoke, Mass.”
A-l 101—07 The Gift of Mr and Mrs Charles H. Peters, of Cragsmoor, includes
two sketches in oil on canvas not listed in the catalog proper.
A-l 108—33 The gift of Mr and Mrs Charles H. Peters, of Cragsmoor, includes
several sketches in oil on paper not listed in the catalog proper.
A-l 160—84 The gift of Mr and Mrs Charles H. Peters, of Cragsmoor, includes
a number of pencil drawings on paper not listed in the catalog
proper. Among these may be noted the following:
(1) St. Erasme, Gaeta. 9^x7J4 in. Apparently a drawing for NO. 56,
an unlocated painting.
(2) A sketch for The 9.45 A.M. Accommodation, NO. 65, measuring
5J4 x9 in. There are in the Peters gift two other drawings of railroad
station scenes, which seem related.
(3) Sketch, 8J4xlO in., for The Temperance Preacher, NO. 212.
(4) Sketch, 10x14 in., for A Virginia Wedding, NO. 231.
(5) Sketch, 7J^xll in., of Gen Gansevoort’s gig, with the initial “G“
in a circle.
(6) Several sketches of horses, related to details reproduced in report.
Cf. Figs. 173-76.
(7) Sketch, 9^x6 in., of Negro girl standing in listening pose: a detail
for [Maud Powell Plays the Violin], NO. 319, Fig. 71.
(8) Sketch, 13%x9% in., pencil with colored crayon. This drawing
shows a woman sitting in a window alcove, reading. It is interesting
because it documents Henry's attention to detail and shows how
carefully he worked.
(9) Sketch, 7*4 x 5^4 in-, showing a religious procession in a French
church led by the bedeau with halberd and mace. Was this a note for a
French subject which has not come to light? Cf. NOS. 128 and
128-o. Figs. 120 and 121.
Figure 189 The Pedler, 1879: CAT. 139. Collection,
William B. Kirkham
Figure 190 A One-Sided Bargain, 1902:
Collection, Estate of Francis P. Garvan
Figure 191 The Village Huckster , 1913: CAT. 367
[295]
Testing His Age , [1892 ?] : CAT. 254
Figure 193 The Huckster, 1914: CAT. 370. Collec¬
tion, I. Snyderman
Figure 194 The Flower Seller, 1906: CAT. 335
£296]
Figure 195 Testing His Age, [1892 ?]:
CAT. 254-a. A detail for figure 192.
Collection. New York State Museum
Figure 196 Horse and Pedler’s Wagon:
CAT. 1148. A detail for figure 193.
Collection, New York State Museum
Figure 197 The Husson-Buxton Cottage at Cragsmoor,
formerly owned by the Henrys, seen in figure 194, as it
looked in 1941
[297]
Figure 198 Forgotten, 1894: CAT. 3 76-a. A
detail for figure 199. Collection, New York
State Museum
Figure 200 A Village Street, 1916: CAT. 378
[298]
Figure 203 The Bill Collector, 1913: CAT. 365. Col¬
lection, Dr and Mrs H. M. Sassaman
[299]
Figure 201 The Cragsmoor Post Office, 1941.
Seen in figure 202
Figure 202 An October Day , 1903: CAT.
lection, Martin E. Albert
Col-
Figure 204 The Four Seasons — Spring , 1914: CAT. 372-7. Collection,
Albert Duveen
Figure 205 The Four Seasons — Autumn, 1914: CAT. 372-5. Collection,
Albert Duveen
[300]
Figure 207 The Four Seasons — Winter, 1914: CAT. 372—4. Collection,
Albert Duveen
[301]
Figure 209 In East Tennessee , 1906: CAT. 337
Figure 210 The Uplands at Bow , 1914: CAT. 369.
Collection, The First Church of Christ, Scientist, in Bos¬
ton, Massachusetts f
Figure 208 A Private View , 1906: CAT. 334
[302]
Figure 211 Main Street in Johnstown , N . Y., in 1862,
19,16: CAT. 374. Collection, Mrs Charles B. Knox
Figure 212 Main Street, Johnstown, 1917: CAT. 382
Figure 213 The Floating Bridge, 1917: CAT. 380. Col¬
lection, Mr and Mrs Arthur V. Hoornbeek. (Photograph
courtesy, M. Knoedler and Company)
[303]
Figure 214 The Old Clock on the Stairs,
1917: CAT. 379. Collection, Ernest du Pont
Meyrowitz. (Photograph courtesy, Ernest du
Pont Meyrowitz)
Figure 215 St Mark’s in the Bowery , 1917: CAT. 381.
Collection, Martin E. Albert
[304]
Figure 216 'Waiting for the
Stage, [1918] : CAT. 387
Figure 217 Waiting for the Stage,
1872: CAT. 1089. A note for figure
216. Collection, New York State
Museum
Figure 218 Florida Landscape, 1919: CAT. 391. A canvas left
unfinished at Henry’s death. Collection, New York State Museum
[305]
Figure 219 Talking Politics, 1900: CAT. 299
Figure 220 Return from the Wars: CAT. 956. Collection, Albert Duveen
[306]
Figure 221 Colonial Doorway : CAT. 1015. A
detail for Nos. 110 and 116. Collection, New
York State Museum. See figure 1 19
Figure 222 Doorway: CAT. 1020. A detail for No. 109. Col¬
lection, New York State Museum
[307]
Figure 223 Negro Girl: CAT. 1141. Compare
with figure 124. Collection, New York State
Museum
Figure 224 The Lafayette Coach: CAT. 1051. Compare with
figure 75. Collection, New York State Museum
[308]
Figure 225 Woman with a Basket: CAT.
1 099-a. Collection, New York State Museum,
the gift of Charles C. Curran, N.A.
Figure 226 Negro Boy and Girl on Oxcart : CAT. 105 5 -a. Col¬
lection, New York State Museum, the gift of Charles C. Curran,
N.A.
[309]
Figure 227 Frances Livingston Wells (Henry), 1875: CAT. 117. The
original is 6 x 5 inches, in a handsome shadow box. Collection, Albany
Institute of History and Art.
[310]
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
311
A Memorial Sketch :
E. L. HENRY, N. A., His Life and His Life Work
By Frances L. Henry*
Dedication
I dedicate this sketch, written in loving memory of him, to all
those patrons who cared for his paintings and all the dear friends
who knew and loved him and who still care enough for him to read
the simple and imperfectly written memoirs of his life and work.
Although he has laid down brushes and paints, his lifework fin¬
ished and well done, I hope he still lives in the hearts of these his
friends. [1920—28]
F. L. H.
Childhood
People as a general thing seem to have a desire to know some¬
thing of the private life of those whose work has brought them
before the public, as it is often the inner life of one that counts as
well as the more open, and I have been asked if I could not write
some details of the life of my husband, Mr E. L. Henry, as nearly
half a century of our life was spent together.
I have been asked, would I not tell something about the way
he painted? How and where he found so many varied subjects of
American life? Did he get his ideas from books? If so, what
books? What he considered his most important work? These
* The late Mrs Henry left her manuscript unfinished at her death in 1928. It
has been edited for publication with a minimum of revision to keep the color
of her style. Spelling and punctuation have been partially corrected for clarity,
and the material has been arranged chronologically. Brackets [ ] indicate my
additions to her text. Parentheses ( ) enclose references to this report.
Frances L. Henry died at Cragsmoor July 23, 1928, of angina pectoris, and
was buried in the Johnstown cemetery with her husband. The Cragsmoor Echo
of August 6, 1928, printed a memorial by Frederick S. Dellenbaugh, which states
that she was born in Johnstown in 1845, of one of the oldest families in New
York State. Dellenbaugh states that she went to New York to study art, which
is erroneous, according to her niece, Mrs Stetson (McCausland ’41). He adds,
what is obviously true by Henry's portrait of her (CAT. 117; FIG. 227) that a
prominent Academician, meeting the Henrys in Paris soon after their marriage,
said Mrs Henry was one of the most beautiful women he had ever seen.
E. McC,
31 2
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
questions are constantly asked me, not only by friends, but also
people have written me about paintings which they own, [asking]
where and how they are painted?
I. have portfolios of reproductions of his paintings and in trying
to answer these questions by looking over them, I realize more
and more what his life work was, and how everything centered in
it. His large library of books, mostly Americana, travels, cos¬
tumes and customs of the early American habits and life that our
forefathers led, [was one evidence of his interest. Then he was
always] searching through the country for their homes, sparing
no pains or expense in getting all and everything that could help
him make his work as perfect as possible; for he always felt and
others often said, his paintings would live and be used as references
long after he had gone. So, he wanted to make them as perfect
and as true to the time they represented as was possible.
He had little if any care for foreign subjects although he has
painted some. His great interest was historical as well as the
simple country life of America. An article entitled “A Painter
of the Good Old Times," (CL. ’08) found in the Broadway Maga¬
zine of August, 1908, (Dunbar, ’08) is so true of him that 1 am
quoting from it.
“But each for the joy of working and each, in his separate star ,
Shall draw the Thing as he sees it for the God of
Things as They Are!1'
. . . For “the Thing as he sees it ” is the thing that he straight-forwardly
paints, regardless of changing fads and fashions in art. All outdoors k full
of beauty and of interest for him, and although he has chosen certain por¬
tions; of it as his special province, he could set his canvas anywhere and be
quite sure that either the face of nature or the life of man, or both together,
would offer him a scene worth painting . Nor would he think it necessary
to make changes in it in order to intensify its beauty or sentimental appeal.
He sees .the thing, exactly as it is, so full of beauty and of meaning and
sentiment that to paint it with exact truth seems to be the full duty and
the ■ quite sufficient task of the artist. Nor does the question, “It’s clever,
but. is it Art?’’ ever trouble him. Through all the years of a long and busy
life he has been so occupied in transferring to canvas as much as he could of
the everlasting beauty of the world that he has scarcely had time to consider
whether this, that, or the other way of seeing or working is or is not art.
’['This quotation was edited by Mrs Henry. In the original, the
second sentence from the end reads: "Nor does Kipling's Devil of
the Workshop, the , Mephistopheles of Art, with his age-old,
deadening conundrum. ‘It's clever, but is it Art!' ever whisper his
paralyzing question in Mr Henry's ear." E. McC. ]
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
313
He collected vehicles of all kinds, guns, dueling pistols, harnesses
or a worn oxcart wheel, costumes of men, costumes of women,
shoes, hats, children's dresses, everything can be found in his col¬
lection, and all were used in his paintings. Very often he was
asked where he got them and people would hardly believe him when
he.said he owned them all.
I have his diaries from 1860 when he was sent alone to Paris to
study art, because from babyhood he was an artist. When other
children were given children’s playthings, he would sit quiet and
happy if he could only have paper and pencil trying to make some
mark or little drawing that would look like something real. And
when fame came to him he said he could still often feel the thrill
of ecstasy that came over him, baby as he was, when something
that looked like a figure was on the paper. He was only a very
little child, but he had created something. A little older, when
children ask for toys and playthings, he asked for brushes and
paint. In church, to keep him quiet during the long sermons of
that day, he was given a pencil and Bibles, hymn books and prayer
book were filled with battles, boats, horses and wagons. And if the
minister happened to be preaching about the warriors and heroes of
old, they too were generally to be found among the drawings —
[as like as not] David, a very fierce man, and not at all as the sweet
singer of Israel, but as a boy fighting Goliath. When only five
years old, he was watching with deep interest a string of boats on
the Connecticut shore, and was seized with a desire to make a
picture of them, so with pencil and bit of paper he did his baby
best to make them look as he saw them, with recognizable result.
In that day when a boy left school, it was thought that he
must be put in some business, mercantile or otherwise, and he was
sent down as a messenger in Wall Street for a beginning. One
day’s trial was sufficient. He was given some bonds to deliver in
a great hurry. Reaching the bank, he was attracted by an engrav¬
ing of early American history hanging on the wall and stood so
long looking at it that the president of the bank, noticing the
young boy’s interest [to be] so great, became interested in him,
asking his name. The engraving which heretofore was merely a
piece of furnishing for the bank wall, gained great interest through
the boy’s eyes, and time flew.
Suddenly awaking to the great need for hurry as it was nearly
time for closing, he was charged to run all the way back. But
again seeing pictures in a window in the street [he] forgot hurry,
time, bonds, and returned to the office long after closing hours,
314
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
interest on bonds for that day lost. Then his family gave up all
thought of a business career for the boy and allowed him to follow
his own inclination and study the one profession he loved.
Student Years
Mr Henry was only 19 years old when he went to Paris to study
art. He had been studying some time already in Philadelphia, as
schools were considered more advanced there at that time than in
New York, but showed such ability that his family was
advised to send him abroad, where in the ateliers of various masters
he would have greater advantages than at home. I think he studied
with F. Weber, Courbet, also Gleyre, as well as copying in the
Louvre. A large copy of Vibert which he made at that time is
still in existence and brilliant with color.
Art at that time was almost purely classic, pupils being drilled
in drawing before they were allowed to use color, first from casts,
then the life class, which is still done, of course. But it w^s draw¬
ing, drawing, drawing, and I think that early drilling is shown in
his paintings; for I am quite sure every one will concede that his
drawing is quite perfect and hardly ever to be criticized. In later life
when students often came to him for criticism on what they were
doing, bringing their work with them, he would beg them to, before
learning to paint in colors, learn to draw, then study perspective,
composition etc.
Once, in passing a class of students who were sitting in the road
trying to paint from nature, they asked him to help them or at
least tell them why the road would go up hill on their canvases
[in spite of] all they could do, when in nature it went down. In
a few moments with the brush in his hand, it was all right. Then
he gave them a lesson on drawing and the importance of even
drawing in color. Color itself was easy enough if one only knew
first how to draw and the rules of perspective. A foreign artist
who was looking at one of his paintings said, “Henry is truly a
master of drawing and perspective."
In looking through his diaries which commence from his stu¬
dent days, I find how much he had to study from models classically
draped, but his eyes were always open to everyday passing events.
Even in those early days of hard study, his great interest was
centered in life around him; but the greatest interest was American
history. In school days the lesson in history was always read so
far beyond the given lesson that the teacher would be compelled
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
315
to stop him at recitation. The lesson was given for a certain chap
ter perhaps, but there was hardly need to study or memorize for
him, for his memory was almost abnormal and he would read
on and on until the book was finished. In other studies he might
be quite defective, but never in history. He never forgot dates;
ask him at any time when such or such an event happened, instead
of mentioning a number of years he would tell the exact date of
the event.
When the students in the class in Paris were told to bring in
a sketch, the subject their own choosing, he brought in a little
picture of the French Voitute de Chemin , people inside and out,
the conductor standing on the steps behind, people passing in the
street and the street stretching far off in the distance. It was con¬
demned as very commonplace, uninteresting and not “art.” It was
what had appealed to him, however, although he had to continue
drawing and painting from the classic.
Mr Henry was always very fond of traveling. Even in those
early days of 1860, when only 19 years old, he took advantage of
intervals of study to visit the noted places of Europe. Writing
again from his diary of that date:
He sailed from New York Saturday, September 22d, (CAT. 17;
FIG. 229) going directly to London, where he stayed until Oct.
29th, visiting all places of interest. Oct. 29th, he left London
for Paris where he began his studies in art and copying in the
Louvre, taking lessons in French, going to a gymnasium, taking
lessons in fencing, in which he became very proficient. He went
to Lyons, Marseilles, Napoli (Naples), (CAT. 18; FIG. 94)
Genoa, Livorno, Civita Vecchia, Parsleppo, Pompeii, Vesuvius,
Rome. Of course, in Rome he went to the ateliers of Rogers,
Buchanan Reed. Saw the Pope at St Peters, blessing the people;
went to the Coliseum, which he saw by moonlight and writes in
his diary, “Grand magnificent picture.” Up early next morning
to go to Grotto Ferate, then Frascati, (CAT. 19) took donkey ride
to Tusculum, again writes of visiting Crawford's studio and
Buchanan Reed's making his studies and sketches everywhere.
Leaving Rome, April 9th and stopping at Florence, (CAT. 20;
FIG. 233), seeing the races, (CAT. 53) of which later he made a
painting, and going to Power's studio. Leaving Florence April
21st [for] Genoa, Spezzia, Milan, stopping some time at all places
of interest for sketches. Venice, Verona, Mantua, Reggio.
His diary is full of descriptions of places he visited all the way
back from Paris. Up early many times at 5-6 a.m. and once at
316
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
>.30 to take an early diligence, from one place to another, missing
no place on the way, walking up hill and down, [seeing]
cathedrals, academy d’art, picture galleries, churches. Mr Henry
was never very strong, and on many pages of the diaries, after
these long walks and sightseeing is written “Malade Tout le Nu.it."
He seems never to have rested, but with indomitable energy is up
the next morning early that he may miss nothing of what he is
seeing and making sketches of the interesting scenes. The Messrs
Valentines of Richmond, Va., the sculptor and brothers noted for
their excavations in the south and southeast, and establishing the
Valentine Museum in Richmond, figure largely in the diary at this
time: “Going out with Valentine. Going to Valentine's room.
Going to cafe with Valentine." I think he traveled extensively
with them also.
[The entries continue.] Lake of Como, (CAT. 21, 22; FIG.
234) Lake Maggiore. (CAT. 23, 24). Taking a boat. Rowed on
lake. Took sketch. Stuttgart, (CAT. 26; FIG. 236) where he
describes the baths and beer gardens and has funny little sketches
of them. Frankfort, Dresden, Berlin, (CAT. 27, 28; FIGS. 237,
238) where he stopped July 4th and writes of going to a big
Fourth of July dinner at Arum’s hotel. " Beaucoup Americans,
speeches and tracts till 12 p.m." He took lessons in German, but
was very ill, being confined to his room; however, using the time
by “making sketches out of the window." Then comes Potsdam.
Here he writes of receiving news of defeat at Manassas and account
of Battle of Bull Run. Back in Berlin he continues his studies in
German. He makes many excursions to neighboring places, going
to concerts, museums, churches, picture galleries, “festas," walking
and apparently never weary. Dusseldorf, Coblentz, Bingen,
Baden-Baden, Heidelburg, Strasburg, Chalon, Paris.
On Monday, November 28 th, he went with other students to
call on Gen. Winfield Scott at Westminster Hotel. The Gen.
so great as a Gen., so great in person, was sitting in a great chair
under a draped flag of the stars and stripes, and gave the young
men much good advice. January 19th he attended a reception at
the U. S. Consul’s, [U. S. Minister] where he seems to have been
a constant .visitor as well as a welcome one. A very amusing
incident occurred while in one of the large cathedral cities.
Meeting an acquaintance one day in the street, both walked on
to the beautiful building. Close by the street through which they
were walking was a narrow rather dark street filled with small
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
317
shops. As they both stood looking at the towers (as he thought, )
he said :
‘What wonderful carving/’ Mr. H.
“Yes! most beautiful,” friend.
“The coloring is exquisite.”
“Wonderful; I have never seen finer.”
“It must have taken man many years to do it.”
“Y-e-s, but not necessarily so very long.”
“Oh, yes it has! Time only could bring out such wonderful
colors in the stone.”
“S-to-n-e, there is no stone about it.”
“Why! What do you mean? It’s all stone, nothing else.”
“What are you talking about? It is not made of stone at all my
boy. They never make them of stone.”
Turning to look at his friend with astonishment, [the young
student] found him standing with his back to the cathedral, look¬
ing in a tobacconist’s window at a beautifully carved meerschaum,
while Mr Henry had been gazing at the marvelous carving in stone
of the cathedral.
Back again in Paris with its great schools of art, the Luxembourg,
its salon, the Eldorado for artists. Paris held so many attractions
for him. So many friends were there. His diaries are full of
accounts of gatherings in studies and cafes after the day’s work had
been accomplished, criticisms upon the salon pictures, and exhibi¬
tion as a whole, merits and demerits of certain paintings; which
school of art was the greatest, and which would bear the test of
ages, visions of the great work each one was to do. These sub¬
jects are generally discussed.
Oh! how many names I find written in these diaries. Names
so memorable and other names forgotten now — faded visions!
All so happy, so young, heedless of much except the beauty of their
own world, the world of art. What matter to them if sometimes
finances were a little low and economy needed; a little self-denial
did not amount to much. They had something so much greater
in themselves, each in his own way living his own life, his life
so full of dreams and beauty, their dreams of future greatness.
Art had given them dreams, and they were trying to find a way
to make those dreams come true. They were looking beyond a
painted canvas and seeing the deeper meaning, the great difficulties
overcome, the ideal attained.
He is back again in London, walking, walking everywhere,
feeling miserably sick, for he was terribly troubled with dyspepsia,
318
new york State museum
but still making the most of time. He speaks of hearing Dickens
in Dotheboys hall and the trial scene of Pickwick, and there is a
drawing of Dickens. Here again he finds many friends, Boughton
and others, then the Royal Academy, Derby races. He leaves
London June 9, 1862, stopping at Chester and making sketches,
Holyhead, Kingston. Then cars for" Dublin, staying there several
days, then Cork. Then Queenstown. Steamer for home.
He was never a good sailor, and each day on ship passes with
but few entries, just some little note of some particular event of
interest. One day, man overboard. Icebergs (CAT. 32; FIG. 241) .
Fogs — “tres froid.” A little sketch of the end of the ship. On
June 23d sees land and is home June 24th.
His diaries are full of sketches, sentences in French and in Ger¬
man. It was always much easier for him to illustrate a thought
than to write, so the diaries are full of tiny sketches. When he
went to the races in London, there is a drawing of the racing horses
at the top of the page. When he heard Dickens, there is quite a
good portrait of him. Fourth of July is drawn with flags flying
and banners waving. Processions are all drawn out. Boats, R.R.
going and coming, wagons of all kinds, each as it was used.
Of course, everything is necessarily very tiny, as it must be in
these small pages. But there is always character, open the book
anywhere, and one knows in what place he was at that time by
the little drawing found in it.
Young Artist in New York
Arriving in New York he took a studio in the Tenth Street
Studio Building and he told me how the older men who were
there resented such a boy coming there and putting his name on
the door, but after a while how every one of them called on him,
looking at his work and encouraging him in every way.
Mr John Taylor Johnson, remembered as one of the collectors
of American art, gave him one of his first large orders, for one of
the early R.R. paintings (he painted several besides the noted
large one of the trial trip) and paid him $500, an almost
unheard-of price at that time even by a man of reputation, not
speaking of Church, Bierstadt, Gifford and a few others. It (CAT.
58) was placed on an easel at one of Mr Johnson's noted artist
receptions, attracting a good deal of attention, as also the young
artist. It was here he was introduced to Mr S. P. Avery, who at
that time was dealing only in American paintings and who became
one of his earliest patrons.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
319
He kept his studio in the Tenth Street Studio Building for 25
years, and here he painted many of his important canvases,
[including] a Presentation by the Ladies of the Sanitary Commis¬
sion, New York, to the First Colored Regiment in front of the
Union League Club, Union Square, New York, March 1864,
(CAT. 82; FIG. 100) painted for and owned by that club still,
[and] the historic painting of Old W estover, James River, (CAT.
51; FIG. 102) sketched from a XJ. S. transport on James river,
October 1864, owned by the Century Club, New York.
At the breaking out of the War of the Rebellion Mr Henry was
very anxious to go but was too young to enlist as a soldier; so
there was a position found for him [in 1864] as captain’s clerk
on a transport taking supplies down the James river to the army.
He got all his notes and sketches for his painting Grant’s Head¬
quarters at City Point (CAT. 96; FIG. 107) at that time, although
the painting was not finished until several years later. One day
sitting on deck, he saw a short thick-set man dressed in uniform
standing on the shore, watching him. He saw on his shoulders a
band with four stars and instantly knew that it was “Grant." Then
came to him the thought of the painting. The whole scene was
there and his notebook is full of the sketches he made.
Not thinking of war conditions, he started out (as was his cus¬
tom) to make his drawings. Climbing up the bank he was busy at
work making his studies in his sketchbook when suddenly he
heard shouting and felt stones falling all around but fortunately
none hitting him. A guard was running and calling out to him in
no choice language, "What are you doing? What do you mean
taking drawings of this place? If I had my gun, there wouldn’t
be much left of you, I can tell you." Realizing only then his great
danger, he said he never ran so fast in all his life, almost tumbling
down the bank, and was glad enough to get back on the boat com¬
pletely out of breath, heart beating almost to suffocation, almost
dead with fright. I leave to the imagination what the captain said
when hearing of it. As the boat was anchored near the shore, he
made his drawings on deck afterwards and at a safe distance.
The painting was exhibited at a dinner given by the Union
League Club of Philadelphia to Gen. Grant, who stood so long
looking at it that, dinner being ready, he had to be literally pulled
away from it. When Gen. Grant was President, Mr Henry
was invited to spend an evening at the White House by Mrs Ann S.
Stephens, the authoress. On the anniversary of her birthday, she
320
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
had received from the President a large basket of flowers and this
evening went to the White House to personally thank him.
The President, understanding [that] Mr Henry was an artist,
spoke of this painting, praising it highly. But when Mr Henry
told him he had painted it, he seemed so young that Grant could
hardly believe him until Mrs Stephens said: “Yes, he did truly.
I took many a lunch with him when he was at work upon it, and
also watched him, sitting beside him at his easel, while he was
working, seeing him painting/'
He told him how he had climbed the bank, the guard threatening
him. The President said, “Why Mr Henry, why did you not send
directly to me, telling me what you wanted to do? I would have
given you permission to go any and every where, and you could
have made all the drawings you wanted.” Then he said, “We
are the men who make history, but you are the men who per¬
petuate it.”
This painting is so accurate in every detail that Grant could
pick out every tent and even the seat he sat on before his own
quarters. The painting is owned by the Union League Club of
New York City. [It was sold in 1939. See catalog entry.]
When I first met Mr Henry, it was in the old Tenth Street
Studio Building [CAT. 132]. It was a reception day, and all the
studios were open to the public, but of course invitation was by
card. It seemed to me that all of the noted artists of that day were
in that building, Mr Church, Mr T. W. Wood, Mr Gifford, Mr
William Beard, Mr J. G. Brown, Mr Hubbard, Mr Whittredge,
Mr Bierstadt, Mr Casilear, Mr McEntee, and many others, whom
it was an honor to know, and oh! what memories these names all
call up. They have all passed into the great beyond now: but
surely they have left work behind which speaks of a life well spent.
Mr Henry was painting interiors at that time also [1872 ?]
but had just finished Grant's Headquarters on the James River
now owned by the Union League Club of New York) [subse¬
quently sold — E.McC.] which was being exhibited at Schenede-
cars Galleries, Broadway below Tenth. At this reception, there
was the painting of the old clock on the stairs on his easel. The
grandfather’s clock, the pleasant room in the background with
the sun shining on the old lady reading, the kitten playing with
the forgotten ball of wool, are faithful portraits of an actual
scene in an old house in Philadelphia. The painting (CAT. 70)
is owned by Mr Robert Gordon, formerly of New York, but
who is living now in Scotland. It was taken there with other
American paintings he owned.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
321
It may be interesting to know that Mr Henry sent a photograph
of his painting to Longfellow by a friend; and I only wish I had
the letter Longfellow wrote back, asking how it came to be painted,
as it was exactly his own idea of the poem, especially of the clock
standing on the stairs.
Somewhere back from the village street
Stands the old fashioned country seat,
Across its antique portico
Tall poplar trees their shadows throw :
And from its station in the hall
An ancient timepiece says to all
“Forever — Never!
N ever — Forever ! ' '
Mr Webster claimed the letter for taking [the photograph to
Longfellow] although Mr Henry realized its value, but with his
usual kindness let him have it. He was lost on a steamer going to
California, all his effects with him, and this letter with them also.
[An unidentified- newspaper clipping pasted in the manuscript
here completes the story.]
On Monday ( says a London letter) last died Una Hawthorne, the
eldest daughter of the late Nathaniel Hawthorne. She was affianced to the
late Mr Alfred Webster, and from the time of his death steadily sank and
faded out of life — an end sad enough for any one who, with the writer of
this, remembers the charm of her childhood and girlhood . It was beside
this daughter that Hawthorne watched at Rome so anxiously and long
during an illness, from the effects of which neither Una nor her father
ever recovered. She was endeared to many friends in England by her many
lovely qualities, as well as by her sorrows.
Travels in the South
He always said his work needed a wider scope than just the
daily surroundings of his home, and felt that seeing other scenes and
peoples which traveling could give him would broaden out his
work and give him a larger prospective. He always said “art”
should be spread over a large “aria.” Consequently the many
subjects covering so many different phases [to be found in his
work.] South [for example, The Temperance Preacher, (CAT.
212) ] as well as north yielded subjects for his brush.
Having a very pressing invitation to visit a friend living at
Knoxville, Tenn., he thought it would be a good opportunity
to see other places as well and find some new and different subjects.
Mr George I. Seney of Brooklyn, calling at the studio and hearing
of the proposed trip south, asked him to go to Atlanta, Georgia,
and make a portrait picture of an old colored woman, “Aunt Dot,”
for him. She had been a slave in a noted family there; but when
322
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
she was given her freedom after the war, would never leave them
although they had been very much reduced in circumstances as
many of the wealthy families were. Mr Seney, knowing the
family, was deeply interested in her, knowing of her faithfulness;
hence the portrait. It gave Mr Henry an excuse to extend his trip
for which he was very glad, so we went to Atlanta and the portrait
was painted with some rather funny experiences.
“Aunt Dot” lived some way out of Atlanta, about a mile, but
not hard to get there if plenty time was allowed for the trip. The
little one-horse car would often get off the track and then we would
all get out and stand waiting while all the men would lift it on
the rail, but sometime the women not feeling they wanted the
trouble of getting out sat still, so they were lifted with the car!
“Joe,” the driver, had taken many errands to do from any one
meeting us, such as leaving some vegetables at one house on the
way, eggs at another, a large tin wash-boiler at another and so on,
the people waiting inside for each delivery, telling stories, the news
and gossip of the day. We, of course, as strangers were kindly
included, asked our names, and introduced to other and oh! how
many Colonels there were.
One day Mr Henry forgot his painting materials, so I went
back for them. As we neared the hotel where we were stopping,
I asked “Joe” if he would, or could rather, wait until I ran up to
the room to get the things, it might possibly take a few moments.
But nothing loath, he seemed very willing and glad for a rest.
Neither were the people in any hurry and waited patiently. One
evening we were invited out to tea. About 9 o'clock our hostess
asked us if we wanted to ride back, as “Joe” said if so, he would
keep the car waiting our pleasure — as this would be the last trip
for the day.
A picket broken from the fence could lay where it fell, one
waited for another to put it back in place. Men sat on the piazza
all day, chairs tipped back, feet on rail, no one hurried, every one
took life so easy. Of course Mr Henry saw a picture in the dilapi¬
dated car, the equally dilapidated driver “Joe,” the disconsolate
little old horse; but he saw something deeper, touching in the sad¬
ness of it all, for indeed sad it was. The old horse had been a
frisky young colt once. The car once had been new and bright
with fresh paint, and “Joe”— well, “Joe” was still young in years.
| He | would go on and on, year after year, driving the same old
horse before the same old car, until by and by “Joe” would be
an old man, horse and car long since gone, life over. Isn’t there
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
323
something more than just a painted canvas, or method of work to
see in such a picture?
Mr Henry always saw so much in such a subject, and I think
it was just that “inner vision" that appealed so greatly to people —
everyday commonplace scenes, in which so many see reproduced
scenes and events that have taken place in their own lives. He had
great power in creating a very human type, the portrayal of char¬
acter even in an old cartwheel. The critics have not in many cases
undervalued this capacity which made him so dear to the people.
Life in New York
It was one of his greatest pleasures to meet people, especially
people of distinction. How vividly I recall those delightful even¬
ings at Chief Justice C. P. Daly’s, with that dear old man and his
charming wife Maria (CAT. 197; FIG. 58) and also the many
weeks spent in their summer home, Sag Harbor. They always
gathered around their fireside so many interesting people, and the
judge’s stories and anecdotes of old New York and the people of
that time, the intimates of his younger days, were listened to with
such interest and pleasure by all.
Paul Du Chaillu was always a most welcome guest, and his
personal stories of his African travels lost none of their interest in
his telling; for he was a great raconteur , and we were told many
incidents not found in his books. Some days we all went out in
the judge’s sailboat, some days only the judge, Toby his faithful
dog and ourselves. [See Sketchbook 18 (CAT. 1202).]
Mr Henry made many warm friends, and a friendship once made
was rarely ever broken unless by death. [Among these were]
Charles Peterson, the publisher of Philadelphia, [and] Mr Chew
of Cliveden, the historic “Chew House’’ at Germantown, where the
battle of Germantown was fought, and where two of Mr Henry’s
paintings. The Battle of Germantown (CAT. 144) and Reception
Given to Lafayette (CAT. 114) (given in that house) painted for
Mr Chew, are now hanging. Mr William Astor, seeing this
painting in Philadelphia, gave Mr Henry an order for a copy of it,
which was made, (CAT. 161) [he] making some changes so that
it would not be a faithful copy.
Mr Henry rarely forgot a face even if seen only in print, although
a name would often escape his memory. One day when going to
the bank in Paris, there was a large fine-looking man coming out;
he was buttoning his glove. Mr Henry had a habit of speaking his
324
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
thoughts aloud and instantly said: “C'est Rossini:’ The man, of
course, looked up and seeing the young boy regarding him so
earnestly said with a smile, “Oui, mon garcon. Je suis Rossini
When a student in Philadelphia, taking his usual afternoon walk,
he saw a quaint looking little old man dressed in the costume of
the early [19th century] knee britches with large silver buckles at
the side, a long coat, hair tied in a queue, gold-headed cane. “Sully,
the artist,” he said. A glow came all over him, for he had seen
Sully. Could it ever be possible for him to attain such greatness
as that little old man?
He was greatly interested in keeping the old landmarks of the
city for coming generations. With Mr Kulp, a noted antiquarian
of Philadelphia, he made the restoration of Independence Hall as it
is today. In scraping a little of the paint off, he saw [that] the
original red and black bricks had been painted over and over. With
a great deal of opposition from the city fathers, who said they did
not need a young “upstart” from New York coming over there
telling them what should be done to one of their own buildings,
[he] finally prevailed and the paint was scraped off and the old
brick brought from Europe was laid bare. Every one then
acknowledged the improvement, and it is still the same now, as it
was originally, showing the old red and black brick.
The painting (CAT. 79; FIG. 112) of St John’s Church in
Varick street is now historical. While at work upon this painting,
he went down there over and over again as was his custom, to get
the absolutely correct drawings; for fortunately the church was
still standing and one of the finest, if not the finest, examples of
Sir Christopher Wren in America. Varick street, when it was
built, was about the “court end” of the city. The park was beauti¬
ful, full of large trees, walks, seats, the houses around it occupied
by the noted old families who lived there. Sometime before the
park was destroyed to give place to the ugly warehouse now occupy¬
ing its site, Mr Henry had had photographs taken of it, [as also
he had had photographs taken of the New York Hospital on lower
Broadway and other public buildings, which are still in his collec¬
tion, and which have given place long since to many skyscrapers
and business houses.] So with the aid of them and stories of how
it was filled Sunday mornings with people going and coming from
church, he has made two very accurate paintings of the church, the
park and Varick street in the days of their early greatness.
He made every effort by writing to press and everyone he could
meet to take a personal interest in keeping this beautiful example
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L, HENRY 325
of early New York for New' York and the beautiful architecture
intact, but to no avail. It was necessary to widen the street. He
wrote to Mr McAdoo and others who he thought had influence.
He suggested that the street should go under the park as he had
seen done in London, and I think it was done for a short time.
But the church was sold, and another of N. Y.’s old splendid
landmarks has been destroyed. I think there was some suggestion
that it should be taken down and rebuilt further uptown; but I
am not sure anything was ever done about it.
To be sure, that part of the city is peopled with Italians or at
least it was when we last saw it. But even so, what a great pity
such beautiful architecture which should be the pride of a city must
be destroyed to give place to money-making ugly buildings.
In looking at the paintings, how much they show of the great
changes which have taken place in New York. What a difference
between the present, with the noisy autos making a walk in the
city not only a brain-racking thing, but a menace to life as well,
and the quiet Sunday morning of that day.
Travels Abroad
We were invited when last visiting Europe to spend some time
in the home of a most interesting French family at F.heims, France.
I do not know that that is a pleasure given to many travelers; but
certainly to us it was one of the events of our life. We are so con¬
stantly reminded of the trivial life of the French people and gen¬
erally think of them as leading just a life of gaiety and frivolity.
There is no word in the French language which expresses our
English word ‘'home." But we were entertained in a French
“home!" And although I have been in English homes [and]
American homes, I have never seen anything more beautiful than
this “home” life of that French family. The great honor paid to
father and mother, the kindly consideration shown to brother and
sister, the loving care of parents for children, and the most charm¬
ing hospitality to the guest.
In the early morning until breakfast a la fourchette, neither
host nor guest were expected to interfere in any way with each
other, but each followed the duties of the day in their own way.
Meeting each other in the early forenoon, there was a bow and
pleasant “good morning" only. The guest was left to read, write
etc. ; the hostess attended to her duties of the day.
In my case it was somewhat changed; for with a most thought¬
ful kindness, as I was a stranger and young, with a very imperfect
326
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
understanding of French, the eldest son and his wife came to stay
at the father’s house, so I would have a companion of my own age.
She spoke English as little as I spoke French, and those many morn¬
ing hours what jolly times we had, she with her English dictionary,
I with my French. What funny mistakes we made, and how we
would laugh, and I think she enjoyed it, as I am very sure I did.
The afternoon was given up to drives in the surrounding coun¬
try, and the evening to entertainments, neighbors coming in to call
on the American artist and his wife, for in France an artist is held
in decided high esteem. One day a fete champetre was given in our
honor. Early in the morning, servants with tables, comfortable
chairs and hampers laden with the delicious breads, cakes, patties
the French cook makes so temptingly were sent ahead to prepare
for our later coming. Then [came] the ride through that interest¬
ing country, the long day in the woods, the tables beside a clear,
sparkling stream, the plentiful wild flowers which as I picked them
(the daisies and buttercups of my homeland) brought a twinge
of homesickness. Then the coming back in the gloaming, stopping
for a large and fashionable dinner at the Juge de la Pays.
This whole country was all so highly cultivated at that time
because it was the noted champagne country of France. [Here
were] the estates of the Count of Montebello, of Mon. Heidsick
(Piper-Heidsick) and the wonderful place where we were visiting,
Mr Bouchait, where the great wine vaults were so large that the sons
themselves had to take a guide to go through them.
Day after day [it was] one constant effort for our pleasure and
entertainment. Is it any wonder that in looking back upon that
visit I know there is a beauty in the family of France excelled in no
other country?
If I should go back there today, I would see it all changed. War
has passed over it. Those great vineyards are all torn up. Old
Rheims Cathedral, so rich in history, [is] a ruin. And the dead
friends who made our visit one never to be forgotten [are] all
scattered. I shall never go back again. The dear companion who
made this visit possible for me has gone, too, and I am all alone
now with only memories left.
Coming home, we stopped in Paris. Mr Ridgeway Knight,
[CORR. Nov. 8 ’75] a lifelong friend of Mr Henry, was living with
his family in Poissy, and wanting to renew a student friendship,
we went to see them. Meissonier's studio and home was adjoining
Mr Knight’s, a gate separating the one place from the other. And
although Meissonier was not at home then, his son Charles was,
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HeNRY 32 7
and Mr Knight, who was an intimate friend, took Mr Henry
there to call.
I wonder if the lay public can ever realize what pleasure it is
for one artist to meet another who paints in the same school of
art as himself; the comradeship, the pleasure of talking over
methods of work, mediums used, colors, oils? It was so in this
case. A few panels of Meissonier, given to him [E. L. H.] at
that time, had a value no money could buy. Mr Henry had made
a little study of Mr Knight's boy (the present artist) , which was
shown to Meissonier, who praised it highly, saying he regretted
very much not being home to meet the American artist, who was
very often called the “Meissonier of America.”
Meissonier always stood to Mr Henry as the greatest artist of
bis time. And the pleasure of going to his studio, seeing his studies
and sketches and through them his methods [was very great.]
The Passion Play
I have said he was a painter of American subjects which indeed
he was. But I should say almost everything he painted was
Americana; for among his paintings is found his picture of The
Passion Play at Oberammergau, 1860, (CAT. 99) where he passed
two or three months. [He painted also] some subjects in War¬
wick, England, where we spent two summers, a few in London,
also a few in France. (CAT. 123—29.)
It was very interesting to hear him tell of those weeks spent at
Oberammergau. [In his painting of Oberammergau, Mr Henry is
seen sitting in a back seat sketching in his sketchbook. E.McC. ]
He was allowed to make drawings of the interior of the open air
theater and small sketches in his notebook sitting at the extreme
back of the building. But I think he was the only one given that
privilege, as at that time the reason for this play was purely its great
religious significance, and as such was to impress the people, that
anything drawing away one's thoughts from the seriousness of it
was not allowed. Dean Stanley was there with Lady Stanley and
became greatly interested in the young artist, asking him to visit
him in London and giving him a card to Westminster Abbey and
St Paul's, as a special privilege to go there to make drawings if he
so desired. He met many other travelers of interest, drawn to the
place as he was by this wonderful play of the life of our Saviour.
But the one who left the more lasting memory even than that of
the play, was the old white-headed priest about who [sic] the
328
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
children gathered in loving embrace, as he walked in the paths,
with his hand always raised in blessing, not only for them, but
every one whom he met and upon whom his kind benevolent
glance fell.
Mr Henry formed a great friendship with him and was often,
as he said, one of those upon whom that blessing was bestowed;
and he carried away with him the remembrance of the picture of
that kind old man, the little children crowding about him, his
hand on their heads, and the sun and shadow making a beautiful
picture of old age and youth. When he came back to America, he
sent him some book and other things representative of America;
for he had through long years of study spent amidst those great
mountains and in the quiet of his cloistered life attained a knowl¬
edge of the outer world and languages, thus could read and speak
English and knew a good deal of America.
Life in Cragsmoor
In his walks how much he saw that escaped the notice of others.
His great love for dogs, birds, flowers, early spring with its tender
soft color, the blossoming plants, late fall with its glowing golden
sunshine and falling leaves, [may be seen in many paintings.]
Very often when he was painting out of doors, the birds would
come on the branches of the tree under which he was sitting and
answer his whistle, never seeming to fear, and once one perched
on his palette in the Vermillion paint, waiting there a moment and
then leaving the prints of its little feet on everything as it flew away.
Perhaps his two little black-and-tan dogs, Peter and Charlie, his
faithful companions who figured so often in his earlier paintings,
may still be remembered, as also the great St Bernard, Don.
He felt for all animals a close human companionship that seemed
to draw them to him. And how he would stand entranced over
our wonderful mountain sunset, a faraway look in his eyes as if
he could see far, far into the beauty beyond. This little poem
found in his diary will tell better than I can what his thoughts were
then.
Do you ever think when the skies are blue
And the clouds in the west are an amber hue
And a shaded red and a shimmering white
That the Great- All -Father takes delight
In seeing his children rest awhile?
Has the day been weary and the task been long?
Lay care aside, and let a song
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
329
Rise to your lips as you gaze at the sky,
For the glories of Heaven seem passing by
And the Great- All-Father shifts the scenes .
For some life seems but an idle play,
While others are burdened with care alway.
But idle seeming oft hides the pain
As the sun oft shines in the summer s rain ;
Yet the Great-All-Father sees it all.
And the beauty of sun and cloud and sky,
That gilds the west as night draws nigh,
But shows the love that will safely hold
Each trusting heart of this trusting fold
Till the Great- All-Father leads us home.
And when at last the “beauty of sun and cloud and sky" had
faded slowly away, leaving only the wonderful afterglow, and
that, too, giving place to still evening shadows, with that faraway
look in his eyes almost as if he had seen beyond the cloud and sky,
asking not to be spoken to, he would go in his studio, and make a
little memoranda with his pencil, drawing in the shape and color
of the clouds. And after one of these beautiful sunsets, he would
be so very quiet, hardly speaking again all the evening, but in the
early morning with the help of the sketch [he would] make a study
in oil of what he had seen the night before.
Everyone who knew Mr Henry spoke of his unique and charm¬
ing personality. [He had] the gentleness of a child yet the strength
of a man, [coupled with] extreme modesty and a passionate love
of nature, seeing beauty in everything, standing absolutely alone
in his method of work. [One critic wrote that he was] “always
true to his own ideals; for when fashion and art changed from the
carefully thought-out detail and close imitation of nature to that
of the impressionist, he never changed his own way of painting, he
painted as he saw everything.” He always worked directly from
nature. Often out in a field with a board fastened to his palette,
he would follow a horse around or, sitting at an easel in the field,
watch them as they moved, studying the play of each muscle.
One day sitting thus absorbed in his painting, he felt a breath
on his head, looking up, [he saw a] horse looking over his shoulder
evidently wanting to see what it was all about. Perhaps feeling
satisfied with the result, [the horse] trotted off, and Mr Henry
went on with his work. (CAT. 1032—50)
Nothing seemed to escape his eyes. He rarely painted a picture
but there was sunlight in it, for his own life was so full of sunlight.
330
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
But as* in every life there are shadows, so had some of his pictures.
And when, in an exception, the canvas showed a dark cloud, there
was always a pathos that touched the heart.
A good many of his subjects were found in Ellenville and the
surrounding country, as also in his home at Cragsmoor. I am
sure he had a warm place in the hearts of these people; for they
always showed a pride in him and his work and, whenever he asked
anything of them, always willingly allowed him to go wherever
he wanted to. In offices or homes he was always welcome.
In his Lawyer s Office , (CAT. 264; FIG. 130) a lawyer kindly
put his office at his disposal (McCausland, June— Aug. ’41, p 137) .
Before the Days of Rapid Transit, (CAT. 907) a water color well
known by its many reproductions, was painted from the Delaware
and Hudson canal which ran through the village. And although
the scene of the painting is laid back in the early days of the state
waterways, he could sit with [his] easel in a window jutting over
the canal and paint the hills and valleys from nature, the same as
when canal and canal boats were the means of quiet restful travel.
The shrill whistle of the train comes to me as I am writing.
“Rapid transit,” the hurry and rush of today, has taken the place
of the slow gliding boat, gliding so quietly and peacefully through
these lovely mountains and valleys. The old canal boat is gone,
the canal bed is covered with grass and weeds, restfulness has given
place to restlessness, but the everlasting hills, the peaceful valleys,
are the same as when God's hand formed them in the long, long
ago.
Again quoting from an article taken from a magazine:
Much of Mr Henry’s work is the portrayal of the homely everyday life
of the village and farmers both in New York State and in the south. There
is often much insight into character and portrayal in these paintings of
country life. The lawyer and his client in the Country Lawyer are lifelike
studies of country character. The old, brown , gray or white country nags
that amble through Mr Henry’s out-of-doors canvases deserve a word to
themselves so true to life they are.
Important Paintings
In answering the question, “Which of his paintings [did] Mr
Henry consider the most important?”, I should think first of all
would be The First Railroad Train in New York State, which
now hangs in the Albany Institute of History and Art, (CAT. 257 ;
FIG. 162) presented by Mrs Abraham Lansing of that city. It is
the largest and has the most figures in it of any he ever painted.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
331
Sunday Morning (The Old Church at Bruynswick) , (CAT.
283; FIG. 67) A Virginia Wedding (CAT. 231; FIG. 135), Coun¬
try Wedding (CAT. A-912), Colonial Wedding (CAT. A-910),
The Election of 1842 (CAT. 373; FIG. 25), are among the most
important as to size and detail. Before the Days of Rapid Transit
(CAT. 907), a water color, is well known by the many reproduc¬
tions of it. There are so many, however, I could hardly name
them all.
One of the last ones he painted is St Marks in the Bowery (CAT.
381 ; FIG. 215) . He was as fond of the many small ones and took
as much pains in painting them as to details as the larger ones
(CAT. *1213). The people in all his paintings were real people
to him, and he always seemed to feel as if they were really living.
His painting of The .First Railroad in New York State , was
maturing in his mind fully ten years before he commenced drawing
it on canvas. He had studied every work that could possibly help
him, bought books, wagons, costumes and had even drawn it all
in on the canvas as he thought it should be, but somehow was not
satisfied as to the location from where it started.
He went to Albany to see if he was right, and through the kind¬
ness of Mr Abraham Lansing was introduced to some of the men
who were there at the time and who not only took him to the place
from where it really started but told him of many incidents which
happened — how great crowds of people came from all over the
country in oxcarts or any and every kind of conveyance to be had,
how people had to hold umbrellas over them to keep the sparks
from the engine from falling on them, and the umbrellas being
burned.
The wagons behind the cars (which were stages put on trucks)
waiting for the start so they could race with it; many bets being
made of which would get to Schenectady, the end of the journey,
first; wives bidding husbands goodby with tears, fearing the awful
perils of this dangerous journey; the conductor running by the side
of the car; the barrels of wood to feed the engine — all are shown
in the picture.
He painted most of this painting at Cragsmoor; for he had an
opportunity of getting men to pose for him and would have as
many as three or four at once to get the natural action he wanted.
And as he had his own wagons he could pose his models as he
wanted them, stretches of fields are here, and down in the village
of Ellenville is the railroad. And although he had been in Albany
332
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
to get the exact place from where the train started after making his
drawings there, he elaborated them here from nature.
It is a singular thing to know that in painting so many of the
historical subjects how many facts known to only a few came to
him. He was one evening describing this picture to a very old man
and, as was his custom, illustrating it on a bit of paper, when the
old man said, “Why, Mr Henry, I was a young man then and was
on that trial trip, sitting in the front stage, and heard an argument
between the others that steam could never be used for any practical
purpose. Feeling I was toe? young to take a part in the discussion I
was a silent listener. But that evening [I] wrote my article to
the New York paper (I think it was the Evening Post) saying
before the end of this century we would take our breakfast in
Albany, our dinner in Syracuse and supper in Buffalo.
“The editor had a note at the bottom of the article, ‘That it
was very good and well written [and that] the writer was very
young and greatly ahead of his time, [that] perhaps at the end
of the twentieth century steam would be used as this young man
predicted, but it was hardly possible.” Remember, this trip was
1832.
This photograph [FIG. 162] is too small to show all the detail;
but if one could know all the painstaking labor to be historically
correct and how he worked on it. It was to be finished in time for
the Chicago Exposition. But it was not, as he was taken very ill
from close application and exhaustion. It was accepted, however,
as it was still unfinished. He went to the exhibition hardly well
enough and much against his doctor’s advice, but was greatly pleased
to see it splendidly hung and a medal upon it. He stopd modestly
back of a great crowd before it, hearing criticism upon himself as
the artist and upon the painting, which I am glad to say were not
at all adverse.
Names of the passengers shown in the picture, on the Mohawk
and Hudson Railway train, 1832, [are], from left to right:
1 Unknown
2 Lewis Benedict
3 Jas. Alexander, Prest., Commercial Bank
4 Chas. E. Dudley, Dudley Observatory
5 Jacob Hayes, high constable of New York
6 Major Meggs, sheriff
7 Unknown
8 Billy Winnes, penny postman
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
333
9 Unknown
10 Unknown
1 1 Thurlow Weed
12 Unknown
13 Ex-Gov. Jos. C. Yates
14 Unknown
15 Unknown
16 John Hampson, engineer.
It was exhibited for some weeks in the Metropolitan Museum,
as well as in the Rotunda of the Capitol at Washington, and there
was a good deal of pressure brought to bear to have the Metropoli¬
tan Museum purchase it.
Through Orange and Ulster counties, . . . there are still standing
many of the old stone houses built during the time when it was
necessary to build so much for protection against attacks of the
Indians who were roaming all over this part of the State. Every¬
thing that had any history or story greatly appealed to Mr Henry.
Friends living in the vicinity of many of these stone houses had
not only told him about them, but had described an old church at
Bruynswick, Ulster county . . .
When we went to see it, it was one of those quiet, warm, mid¬
summer afternoons when all nature seems to be asleep and at rest.
Only the song of birds was in the air. Our ride led us through a
farming country noted for its beauty of landscape and rich pas¬
turage. In the fields around the cows chewing their cuds were
lying under the shadow of large trees. A soft purple haze was
over the mountains in the distance, and over all a few soft white
fleecy clouds in the deep blue sky.
When this beautiful old stone church — standing so stately alone
in a broad stretch of green grass, its four [five in reality — E. McC.]
large round pillars supporting the roof of the porch, the gallery
staircase built under it and leading to the upper story, the weeping
willows on the one side, the tall shade trees shading the old grave¬
yard with the antique gravestones with the quaint inscriptions of
long ago at the side and back — came in view, it was indeed a very
lovely scene [McCausland, June— Aug. ’41, p. 29—31]. As Mr
Henry stood looking at it, he said it seemed suddenly as if the
present time passed away and a curtain rolled back, and he saw it
again as it was many, many years ago. He saw a clear bright beauti¬
ful Sunday at the close of service; people dressed in the costumes
of that time, yellow, green, red, blue, pink and white of the
33 4
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
women and only slightly less sober tints in the coats and breeches
of the men, walking away or standing about in groups chatting
with each other; wagons, gigs, carriages in waiting, each and every
type was all carefully seen, and an air of perfect naturalness to it all.
He said it was all as vivid as if he was there.
The pastor, a white-haired old man, seemed happy to see us
and welcome us. He had preached there a good many years, he had
baptized the little ones, married the older ones and blessed for the
last time many of those who were lying so quietly sleeping in the
old church yard. He loved the old church and told us so much
of its history.
It was built in 1700 [?] during the fearsome sudden attacks of
Indians, and during services had always to be protected by a guard
walking around it outside. As the men of the congregation came
in, each one would stack his gun in the middle aisle, letting the
“wimmen folks” go in the seat first and themselves taking the
end to be ready to snatch their guns at a first alarm of the "Indians
are coming,” which was very frequent at that time. Some changes
had been made during the many years. Many more new-made
graves [are to be seen] in the old churchyard, some trees had fallen
with age; but the old church is still just about now as it was then.
Mr Henry slept that night with picture in his dreams. So it
was an easy thing to go back the next day with easel, brushes and
paints, and make all the sketches from the actual scene and after
put the figures in from life as he had seen them in his vision.
Friends and relatives all furnished models for each character, his
own collection furnishing dresses of both men and women and
the vehicles too of that time.
Many people motor to see the old church today and, walking in
the aisles where the guns were once stacked, see the reproduction
of his painting hanging on the wall. Perhaps the curtain may roll
back for them as it did for him, and they may see it all again
through his eyes and his work. The reproduction is illustrated on
the opposite page, [this refers to Mrs Henry’s manuscript; here see
Figure 67 — E.McC.], the original painting was bought by Mr.
Myers of Albany, and I think his daughter still owns it.
One Sunday morning just as we were starting for church, he
suddenly said "Please go on, I will join you in a moment.”
There was a "faraway” look in his eyes, as if things present were
forgotten. So .1 left him and went to church. Service ended, and
he had not come. I hurried home wondering what had happened.
I found him perfectly absorbed in a drawing. As I entered, he
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY 335
looked up in surprise, saying “What is the matter? I am coming
right away. Don't wait.” I told him church was all over.
"Why,” he said, “you only just went out.” The hours had passed
for him only as moments, and he had drawn in his noted painting,
A Virginia Wedding, (CAT. 231; FIG. 155).
Of course, this painting is purely imaginary. The building is
drawn from the beautiful southern mansions of the large estates or
plantations of Virginia. In his own collection he had the cos¬
tumes both of men and women of that date, also the stately coach
of the same period. The bride, bidding her mother goodby, wears
a dress of white gauze with a satin leaf woven into it. It was
worn over white satin [made with] plain waist and large puffed
sleeves. The small close hat, slippers of white satin, etc. [are of
the period.] The groom, bidding the father goodby, has over
his arm a silk shawl of brilliant colors brought from China by one
of my own ancestors.
As a general thing Mr Henry used only the regular professional
model for detail in costumes and poses, but found the character
he would need in people around him. In his own quaint way, he
would ask any one he saw who happened to represent just the
person he wanted in the picture he was at work upon if they
would not let him make a little drawing of them [as] he would
like to put them in the painting. They might be very much
astonished and often were, but I cannot remember that he was
ever refused.
In this painting Dr Howard Crosby, our pastor and very dear
friend coming to call one day, was chosen as the clergyman and is
seen standing in the door. It was such a good likeness of him
that at the time of his daughter Agnes’ wedding, the picture was
etched on white satin and presented to her as a wedding present.
Colonial Wedding (CAT. A-910) is also a large painting full
of figures. Of course, the scene is in a measure purely imaginary
as it represents a time before the Revolution. The date on the
old stone house is 1600 [?] and it is one of the stone houses built
in the early Indian times. My grandmother, who lived to 96 years
old, with her sister owned the historic Sir William Johnson Hall,
Johnstown, Fulton county, N. Y., now owned as a museum by
the State.
One day when Mr Henry was sitting with her she told him
about her marriage, which was a large and grand affair. The farm
hands were all invited [and] a table was spread for them on the
grounds adjoining the mansion. Friends from far and near came
336
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
to celebrate the wedding, a separate table for the friends and family
being set at the front of the hall. In that early time there were
few carriages in the country, and the wedding journey, only one
mile to the village, was taken on a pillion behind grandfather’s
back, she holding on with her arms around his waist. A little
horsehair trunk was strapped on the pack horse to follow.
It was only necessary to tell Mr Henry some story of those early
days to get his interest so greatly aroused for a painting to be made,
and Colonial Wedding was the result of her description of her own
wedding. Although it in no way represents the hall at Johnstown
where my grandmother's wedding took place (for he laid the whole
scene in Virginia) the idea came from her story originally.
The scene is laid in Virginia as being more possible for him to
depict a fashionable wedding of the early colonies there. The
English officers from the boats lying far off shore [and] the
peculiar costumes of the women were all carefully studied. He
was criticized as to the boats [his critics] saying [that] boats of
that kind were Italian catamorans and such boats had never been
seen in America, but he proved by history he was correct.
The bride is here seen riding on a pillion behind the groom;
and what a time he had to find some sketch of one! Schoolbooks,
libraries, histories were all searched in vain. No early drawings
or pictures that he could find gave him any clue as to what a
pillion looked like, until about this time being in Washington,
D. C., and going through the National Museum, he saw carefully
preserved in a glass case by itself a worn old ragged pillion. Intro¬
ducing himself and saying for what he wanted it, it was taken
out of the case, hung on two chairs, and he was allowed to make
his studies of it.
The pewter dishes (all pewter dishes were used then) were
from a set owned by a friend whp had an entire dinner set and
kindly loaned them to him. A table was set out of doors with
them on it. [The friend was Miss Belle Dellenbaugh. ] It was
not difficult to get the rest of the needed material, [such as] Indians,
Indian women with papooses strapped on [the] back, dogs gnaw¬
ing bones thrown to them from the table. The English officers,
the dresses of ladies of wealth and fashion! are historic. Our own
surrounding country supplied the old stone house, and imagination
the rest.
Another of his large and important paintings painted more
recently is the Election of 1842 (CAT. 373: FIG. 251) when Polk
and Henry Clay were the contestants. One evening calling on a
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
337
friend, Mr Henry was shown an old scrapbook, made especially
for her at that time. It was full of cartoons and the crude engrav¬
ings of that day of habits and customs now obsolete, such as
colored men going through the street with a long pole borne upon
their shoulders, upon which was hung perhaps two or three dozen
of the high boots men wore at that time, being taken away to be
blackened. [Shown, too, was] the little colored chimney sweep
who was sent up the chimney to keep it clean on the inside from
the accumulation of soot and perhaps swallows’ nests, with him
his employer carrying the long stick to which was tied the brooms
and brushes used for that purpose. There were also songs of that
day, [and] there were the posters with names of contestants for
offices, for pasting on signboards.
Mr Henry was greatly interested in this book; for he had for a
long time thought of painting an election of about that period,
and here in this old scrapbook he saw so many things he needed
for the painting but never had been able to get such detail as was
here shown. I think perhaps his first idea of such a painting came
from seeing an election in Ellenville about 1888, which struck
him as being very picturesque.
The village street full of wagons, oxcarts, all kinds of vehicles,
then especially the old man being carried in a chair to the polls,
[all are] seen in the painting. This man was 90 years old, too
feeble to walk but still mentally strong. So fearing to lose a vote,
friends carried him in that way so he could cast his vote.
Of course, no women were ever seen in the streets which were
crowded with men, but were often onlookers from upper piazzas
at the taverns or [from] behind jealously closed blinds; perhaps
not so tightly closed, however, that one could not look down to
see what was going on, or look up to see some pretty face peeping
through them. Oxcarts, wagons, men arguing with others who
were doubtful as to their vote and thus could be influenced for the
wished for man [furnish detail.]
This painting was exhibited at the World’s Fair in California,
won its medal, and [was] bought by a gentleman in Massachu¬
setts, I think, who wrote Mr Henry a most charming letter in
appreciation of it. A very gratifying thing for an artist to receive,
especially when he has worked hard and long and himself feels
that he has made a success of his subjects. It is not always selling a
painting that is compensation to the artist, but sometimes the
kindly word of praise gives such encouragement, that even the
paintings still to come show the influence.
338
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
I should mention another painting he was very fond of and felt
he had great success in painting, The Landing of the Clermont at
Cornwall-on~the-Hudson (CAT. 323; FIG. 242). He had painted
most of this on his canvas, when as usual he wanted to get the
detail more perfect. So in passing through Cornwall on his way
to New York, he got out of the train and, in making the extra
notes as he thought it should be, stood drawing in his sketchbook.
An old man walking by stopped to see what he was doing. Mr
Henry explained to him.
“But/' he said, “mister, you are wrong. My father always came
from his farm beyond here with his load of vegetables to send to
the city by the boat, I, a little boy with him. The boat landed
just below here." He then told him many more details, and his
picture had to be all repainted. This tells of his great care to get
all details perfect. The painting was bought by Mr G. B. Schley.
Another painting (owned by Mrs Arthur V. Hoornbeek of
Ellenville) is The Floating Bridge (CAT. 380; FIG. 213). Very
fortunately Mrs Hoornbeek has the written description given her
by Mr Henry as it was written by him, and which Mrs Hoornbeek
has allowed me to copy.
THE FLOATING BRIDGE ACROSS THE SCHUYLKILL ,
PHILADELPHIA
This bridge was made of logs and planked over and floated on the river,
being anchored to prevent it from moving with the current. Generally it
sank a little when a heavy weight passed over it, causing the water to run
over the bridge and the rims of the wheel. If vessels wished to pass up or
down, the bridge was unfastened at one end, allowed to drift down the
stream with the current and afterwards hauled back and secured at the
shore end.
This picture of this stage was made from a drawing in a book of the
time, Mellish’s Travels in North America, and shows what a heavy cum¬
bersome affair it was. It had four cross seats with no backs except the
rear one, and no way of entering it except by a step over the front wheel
and then climbing over the front seat. The " Stage Wagon” was drawn
by four horses and often carried the mail. And whatever luggage the
passengers carried was generally in small parcels and placed under the seats.
It was hard riding, roads very rough and traveling in those days ( unless
by private conveyance) very wearisome. This route south by land was
from New York across the Jerseys by stage to Philadelphia. Then by this
route from Philadelphia to Baltimore, via Chester, Wilmington, Delaware,
and was the only route south except by sea in “ sailing packets.”
An excellent account of the above can also be found in Twining’s Diary
in America, 1795—1800, republished a few years ago in New York.
E. L. Henry, 1918.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
339
Mr Henry always tried to give some deeper meaning to a paint¬
ing than to show just a pleasing picture. So he stepped away from
the general subjects of the country wagon when he painted the
very modern painting, Contrasts (CAT. 371; FIG. 178). His idea
was to represent the extremes in life. The small reproduction in
black and white cannot show the full meaning he wanted to
convey.
[This painting tells its story clearly.] The automobile and
people in it portraying all the ease, luxury, wealth and comforts
of living for the comparatively few; the hard-working woman with
her bare-footed children, her face seamed with lines of care and the
heavy responsibility of life-, the expression of longing for some¬
thing in her life of what the other had; the little cigar-box wagon
with the wheels made of spools; the old rag-doll in the girl’s hand;
the meager surroundings; the fat pampered dog with a big ribbon
bow on its head safe in the car, not wanting to meet in the open
the shabby mongrel who on the contrary would be only too glad
to meet him in battle. Many asked him to change the car for the
old country wagon, saying it was lacking in picturesqueness, who
cared for the automobile in a picture? Who wanted it? [It was]
modern, commonplace. But his idea was the story he told in
Contrasts, the great contrast in the lives of some- — “some to work,
some to play.” But after all which life speaks the more eloquently
of what life and its needs really are?
St Mark’s Church-in-the Bouwerie (CAT. 381 ; FIG. 215) is the
last large painting he ever painted. The Bowery at this time was
the “Boston Road.” Traveling from New York to Boston and
vice versa was by coach. We of today ca‘n hardly realize that
then pigs were the scavengers of the city. I can remember the rag¬
man with his dogcart and bells hung on a string coming through
the street, crying “Rags, rags!”
While Mr Henry was at work upon this picture, he would go
down to the church day after day with sketchbook and pencil to
make sure every architectural detail should be correct. He felt these
old churches and their surroundings represented much of New
York’s history. St Mark’s had its historical value as well as St
Paul’s, St John's, St George’s and others. He could not write a
history of them. But at least he could leave behind him a pictured
history of them, for he felt that perhaps in the not so far distance
they might meet with the same ultimate ending of St John’s, and
then these pictures would be valuable for reference. Coming years
will show the result of his work.
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
HO
The Artist
His method of painting was very painstaking, that is, in careful
detail. Nothing annoyed him more than to see a wheel, a bit of
architecture etc. carelessly drawn or out of keeping with the time
it was supposed to portray. Often artists would come to him for
help in the picture they were at work upon, asking him if such
and such a thing was correct. As usual any near piece of paper
and little pencil [would be seized] and he would quickly illustrate
the correct thing needed.
I remember once an artist coming in his studio and, seeing a
finished painting on the wall, asking if he could copy it. Mr
Henry, with a very peculiar and quizzical expression on his face,
allowed him to do so, such a request being rather uncommon in
artist’s etiquette.
He was very liberal, however, in his likes and dislikes of others
who painted in a different school, and I have often seen him stand¬
ing before a painting of Manet and finding many things in it to
admire. Only it must have some originality in it, for he had no
patience with copyists.
He was very quick to see a subject, but very deliberate in paint¬
ing. He would be walking in the street when he would see some¬
thing that would attract his attention. [Then he would] make
a little drawing of it in his sketchbook or on any little piece of
paper in his pocket, going indoors to elaborate it a little, then get
canvas and make still another drawing with charcoal. Corrections
if needed would be made now, then when satisfactory [he] would
draw or paint it in outline, then rarely change it again. He often
said he could always see the whole picture fully finished when he
commenced. It was only to get it on canvas as he saw it.
This only applies to his smaller out-of-doors canvases. The
large historical subjects would seem to flash in his mind and be
drawn on paper. Then what study of books, places, dresses, char¬
acter. The paintings of The First Railroad Train and of an Elec¬
tion of 1842 were maturing in his mind fully ten years before he
even commenced his drawing, and oh! what infinite patience it
took for perfection.
St Mark's was a labor of love. In truth everything he painted
was a labor of love; for he lived in his painting. People and
places [from the past] were real [and] living to him. He used
models of course all the time, people all around him; but they onlv
represented the character he wanted.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
341
The people in his paintings and on his canvas were to him
truly alive. Village streets and the country scenes which he loved
so to paint, of course, were all from the immediate time; but an
old chair, an old clock, an old piece of china, was full of memories
of those who had used and handled them. He saw so much; yes!
in the present, too, as well as in the past.
He loved the village street, but it was much more often the little
village street of a bygone generation. Old carriages, the call being
made in them before the door, men and women standing by the
side, it all seems quaint to us today; but it was not then, and he, as
he painted them, lived in that time.
The Man
I do not think he would ever voluntarily enter any argument
which might be going on, unless it might be on art, architecture
or perhaps some question of an early period of furniture, vehicle,
drawing of wheel or in fact anything pertaining to early colonial
life, where indeed his opinion was often asked as he was considered
an authority. As it was always easier for him to make a little
drawing of what he wanted to describe, out would come a bit of
pencil which he always carried, an envelope or handy margin of
newspaper, and I wonder how many of these little drawings are
still in existence, for they were so often preserved by the one he
was talking with.
One evening at the Salmagundi Club ther'e had been a dinner
given for an artist or guest. As he was one of the oldest artists
there and perhaps representing a special period of art, he was sud¬
denly called upon to make a speech for which he was utterly
unprepared.
Looking at the younger men who were very critical of his
manner of painting, he said:
“It seems to me that I can see a long bench. Many years ago
I was sitting at the near end of it. I was full of ambition, aspira¬
tion and dreams; but someone coming in I moved down, and he
took my seat. Then another coming in, that end seat was given to
him, and I moved on again. Then another and another came,
taking that end seat again and again. The place I occupied was
taken.
“It seemed only such a short time ago when I sat up at that
end. But now at last I am way down, and soon my last place will
be occupied by another. Looking back at that other end, I can
342
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
see new bright faces as they come in full of life, full of brilliant
hope. Along the line faces had grown older as they moved down
the bench, life becoming more serious to each one. Their dreams
were changing, too, somewhat, perhaps; their eyes were seeing
more distant beauty, methods of work were changing.”
Then speaking more directly to them, he said:
“You younger men of today look upon the art of the early
Hudson River School as old and antiquated. But you who are
now on that end of the bench where I once sat, must move on and
still again move on. Younger men will take your places. The
art of this your day will change, too, for changes are in everything
around us. You too will meet with harsh criticism by and by.
“Think of this and remember each year is pushing you on, and
by and by you will be looking back as I am. Remember this, and
be kindly in your thoughts of those who have gone before you.
Think of them not with ridicule of their way of painting the
beautiful, but as the men who opened the way which you are
walking in now. Your method of work is different; but it all
leads up, up into the great realm of art.”
He was very fond of collecting not only everything that would
be useful in his work; but an old mahogany table, chair, desk,
clock, even old china, not only had value to him for its age and
beauty of workmanship, but he would draw some story or some
allegory from it.
At a dinner given to him on his 75th birthday, after many kind
wishes and congratulatory speeches, he in answering [spoke some¬
what as follows:]
Often, as he wound up the old tall clock which stands in the
hall of his home in Cragsmoor, he thought it seemed so emblematic
of life. How well-made and strong it must have been when it left
the maker's hands in the early 18th century. How long it had
ticked away the many years, months, weeks, days, moments, never
losing a moment, just ticking, ticking on and on. But now, after
so many years of work, once in a while it would stop and it was
necessary to call in the clock doctor, who said some little thing
had happened, it only needed a little looking over.
For some time it went on again, almost as well as ever. Then
one day it commenced to go a little slower again. The hands did
not move quite so easily. They seemed to be getting a little stiffer.
The clock doctor was sent for to see it. Looking it over again,
he said some of the wheels were out of order now, the cogs were
getting worn, the clock was getting pretty old.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
343
A few more years passed, and now the bell, which had always
been so clear and loud, seemed hushed. Still the old clock ticked
on, but slower, always slower, and losing time more often. Again
the clock doctor came. He shook his head, saying the clock was
very old, he could do but little more for it. All the works were
worn out.
Tick— tack— tick-tack. Just a little while longer, and then the
old clock stopped. There was no more use sending for the clock
doctor now. For the old clock's work was finished.
This is not my story. I have only tried to tell it as he told it,
the story the old clock told him.
Mr Henry was very fond of having his friends come to see him.
His hand was always outstretched in welcome at his door, and a
warm bright smile on his lips. People have written me, [asking]
can they come to see the home where he lived, his studio where he
painted so many of his pictures. Oh yes! But the dear hand with
its warm clasp of welcome, the bright personality which made the
visit so pleasant, is no longer there.
The old clock still stands in the hall as he left it. It is a very
old clock ; but still its slow solemn tick-tack-tick-tack tells me
of quickly passing time. Yet as I wind it, I know it will not be
long before its long work will be done, and the old clock will stop
for evermore.
Appreciation
Mr Henry was a member of the Lotus Club, the Salmagundi
Club, the Union League Club (where he served on the art com¬
mittee for some time) , the Century Club, of course one of the older
members of the Academy of Design, the Water Color Society, the
Artists' Fund [Society] and the New York Historical Society,
when it was on Seventh avenue near Tenth street.
But as he grew older, he grew more fond of his own fireside.
Feeling he could not go to all the meetings of the different societies,
he resigned his membership in the other clubs and only retained it
in the Century Club, where he greatly enjoyed meeting of an even¬
ing the friends he had known so long.
The passing years took many of those friends away who like
him were growing older, so those evenings together became more
and more rare. But the "monthly meetings" were seldom missed ;
the collection of paintings by artist members, the talks on art; the
344
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
meeting of friends was not only a very great attraction but also an
inspiration as well.
He generally exhibited one or two of his own paintings and liked
to hear a criticism upon them. But his shy pleasure was great
when strangers asked to be introduced to him and told him of their
admiratiori of his work.
But perhaps I can introduce here better than elsewhere the appre¬
ciation in which he was held in this club by copying from the report
of the board of management of 1921 :
Fate has been kinder to the Century membership in 1919 than the year
before. But when we 'read the names , recall the friendly faces and seem to
hear again the familiar voices which were so long a part of the club’s inti¬
mate life, we begin to understand how much it is personality that counts .
In our group of men of art and letters, the hand has touched lightly as
to number but heavily when measured by achievement. [J. Alden Weir’s
death had just been spoken of.] An artist of a curiously different quality
ended his career when Edward Lamson Henry died at his home in Crags-
moor. Henry was a painter of American life in its picturesque aspects,
past and present. The type of his work was purely national; the interest
human and genuinely historic; the touch was always that of the masterly
genre artist.
The public, quick to recognize and appreciate such work well done, has
long been familiar with The First Railway Train in America and The Erie
Canal Packetboat, even when it had not knowledge of the painter. It
understood, as the artist meant it to understand, that the canvas was giving
a clear and vivid glimpse of life as it really was, in the United States of
1832 and 1840. To Henry, even an oldtime house or church made its
own appeal ; his interesting study of the Westover mansion of Virginia is
on the walls of our club. But he was fondest of bringing human figures
upon his canvases with a realism from which, as one of his fellow-artists
said of his oldtime coach arriving at a southern ferry, one actually “ feels
the wind, the slapping of the water,” even “ the vexation of the travelers.”
Mr Henry’s house at Cragsmoor was a museum of curios after his own
heart and in line with his peculiar genius. A collector of actual stage
coaches and postchaises of a century ago stands in a class by himself; and
when these unusual relics were supplemented by the actual costumes, the
arms, even the tools of that distant period, it is easy to understand how the
atmosphere of his mountain retreat, was the atmosphere of his paintings.
[Pasted into the manuscript here is “A Memorial from the
Annual Report of the President, Mr Herbert Adams, N.A., read at
the Annual Meeting of the National Academy of Design, April 28,
1920,” which reads as follows:
No one can doubt the peculiar historic interest as well as the genuine
charm of the paintings of Edward Lamson Henry, a full-fledged Academician
for over half a century. Mr Henry was born in Charleston, South Carolina,
January 12, 1841; was elected an associate in 1867; an academician in
LTFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
345
1869 . Although he studied in Paris under Qleyre ( '.tfiaf, same Qleyre who
had perhaps more influence upon the art of Whist, ler than is generally
admitted), Mr Henry’s art has a characteristic American quality, no doubt
enhanced by his subjects, yet not wholly due to them. In depicting on
canvas the manners and customs, the inventions and habitations, the politics
and pioneering of his native country during the first half of the nineteenth
century, Mr Henry stands unrivalled. His contribution to our art is
historic, unique. No other painter approaches him in the delicate delineation
of such subjects as The First American Railway Train, Albany Historical
Society .]
Conclusion
In closing, I realize how inadequate this attempt to tell some¬
thing about the life and work of Mr Henry is. There could have
been much more written; for it was such a full and long life of
work. I also realize how I have failed in so much I wanted to
write.
Those who knew him intimately knew of the charm of his per¬
sonality, the unconsciousness of himself which was one of his
greatest charms. One must have known him personally to know
the quaint, quiet humor which rarely left him, that was in himself.
I have also attempted to answer some of the questions asked me
about his paintings, but feel the illustrations I have selected are the
better answers. I could only select a very few out of the many
he painted, equally important as these. His subjects were chosen
not because others might care for them, but he cared for them him¬
self. The men and women of his canvases seemed to move before
him as living human beings and were as much alive to him as people
of today who still walked, breathed and thought.
He was very broad in his outlook of art and always saw much
to admire in the early impressionists. He had great love for music.
His love for books, his love of nature, his love of everything human,
of everything of beauty, his method of work, I have tried to
describe.
I was asked what influence the school of art in which he painted
had upon the art of today; but I do not feel I am capable of answer¬
ing such a big question as that. But what influence has a Dickens
upon the books of today? Is [sic] Nicholas Nickleby, Little Dor -
ritt , forgotten? What influence have the sweet old songs we still so
love to hear upon the music of today: Home, Sweet Home, Annie
Laurie ? In exhibitions, before what pictures do we see the greater
mass of people standing the longest? In a country home or the
farmer's cottage, is it not some print cut from a magazine or news¬
paper which tells some simple story we see hanging on the wall?
m
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
And ip galleries and private collections do not people linger a little
longer over the Meissoniers and Knauses?
The last winter of Mr Henry's life was spent in Daytona, Fla,
[He was] sent there by his doctor after a very serious sickness.
Coming home in the early spring, I asked him if he felt he had
benefited by it. He answered so full of enthusiasm:
“Oh, yes, I feel I am still to do my best work!"
Two days after, God called him, and he quietly fell asleep.
WteDNESOA* MORSIRi
- . &8X. — ■ '
***r *w**#*w
¥ NEW!
JU«* 8,
ACADEMY OF F1KE ARTS.- No. VI
IMJRTHSUS* a ALBERT,
, „ •«►«*•• . ' * . , .. .. J, -
l o ♦ ’S&7 , ®»^dl , £,„ XJnuijr* Pblla
A ver-v „at„-» 5’ ** •
iro, beaut
j Ifl:
a art! s|,t We do
, bei ng sat
3“Lh«™
• ayoung and
id that Mr. Ren?y ottfc-' reqfniri
pttlsnce, combined with that jusigmcat which we ■.___
he peruses, to enable him to repair and improve el j
fect&#Jij .., iy deficiencies which may be in this picture ‘
W # are much mistaken if there is not ft iVreshadowin,
>f great excellence in this » Barn-Yard Sce»e,?> ^ ‘
Figure 228 Henry’s first press notice in 185 9, slightly enlarged,
from the original clipping in the New York State Museum
Figure 229 Off to Europe, 1860: CAT. ,17.. A penrand-ink
sketch. Collection, New York State Museum
[347]
Figure 230 From a ticket for diligence fare from Florence to Genoa,
April 21, 1861. Collection, New York State Museum
Figure 231 Traveling Coach , Italy, 1862. A drawing in Sketch
book 2: CAT. 1186. Collection, New York State Museum
Figure 232 An Italian Vettura, 1863: CAT. 34
[348]
Figure 233 In Bella Firenze , 1861: CAT. 20. Collec¬
tion, New York State Museum
Figure 234 Colico, Lake of Como, 1861: CAT. 22.
Collection, New York State Museum
Figure 235 Cannstadt in Wurtemberg, 1861: CAT. 25.
Collection, New York State Museum
[349]
Figure 23 6 In Stuttgart, 1861: CAT. 26.
Collection, New York State Museum
Figure 237 Berlin Omnibus, 1861: CAT. 27. Collection, New
York State Museum
[350]
Figure 23 8 Prussian Canal Boat, 1861: CAT. 28. Collection,
New York State Museum
Figure 239 In Amsterdam, 1862: CAT. 30.
Collection, New York State Museum
[351]
Figure 240 Rotterdam, 1862: CAT. 31. Collection, New York State Museum
Figure 241 Icebergs off Banks of Newfoundland, 1862: CAT. 32. Collection.
New York State Museum
[352]
Figure 242 The Clermont, 1904: CAT. 323
Figure 243 Near the Brandywine: CAT. 939. An etching by
W. G. Bauer from a Henry painting. Collection, New York State
Museum
Figure 244 Stonington : CAT. 1076. Sketch in oil on canvas.
Collection, New York State Museum
[3S3]
Figure 246 Study for “Alt Kirche” : CAT. 1080.
New York State Museum
Collection,
Figure 245 On the Old Gully Road, 1889-91 :
CAT. 247
[354]
Figure 247 St John’s Park and Chapel, New
York, 1905; CAT. 324
Figure 248 St John’s Chapel, [1905 ?]: CAT. 325
[355]
Figure 249 In the Old Stagecoach Days, 1907: CAT. 341. Col¬
lection, Martin E. Albert
Figure 250 News of the War of 1812, 1913: CAT. 366. Collection, Mar¬
tin E. Albert
[356]
Figure 251 [Getting Out the Vote], 1913: CAT. 368
Figure 252 Election Day , [1914 ?]: CAT. 373
[357]
Figure 254 Off the Main Road: CAT. 941
[358]
Figure 255 Entering the Lock , 1899: CAT. 289. Col¬
lection, Albany Institute of History and Art
Figure 256 The MacNett Tavern, 1904: CAT. 317.
From a "reproduction in an unidentified catalog. Collec¬
tion, Albany Institute of History and Art
Figure 25 7 “The MacNett Tavern, Germantown road.
Used by Lord Howe as Hd Qtrs . . . Oct. 4, 1777 . . .
From Wm Kulp, Antiquary, 1868’’
[359]
Figure 258 Tenth Street Studio Building, 1877: CAT.
132. Collection, National Academy of Design
Figure 259 Marketing Saturday Morning: CAT. 93 6
[360]
Figure 260 Happy-Go-Lucky, circa 1890: CAT.
A-241. Collection, Guy Mayer Gallery
Figure 261 What Luck, 1910: CAT. 941
[361]
Figure 262 Mrs E. L. Henry at her Cragsmoor home in 1914
[362]
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
363
Bibliography
Abbott, Berenice
1939 Changing New York. Photographs of New York by Berenice Abbott;
explanatory text by Elizabeth McCausland. New York. Dutton.
307p.
1941 A Guide to Better Photography. New York. Crown Publishers.
1 82p., 71 pi.
Anonymous
1859 “Academy of Fine Arts .... No. 187.“ New York Daily News,
June 8.
1910 Encyclopedia Britannica, 11th edition, 13:299. New York. Ency¬
clopedia Britannica, Inc.
1912 Cragsmoor Journal, v. 10, Nos. 3—6, August 1, 15, September 1, 15.
Cragsmoor, N. Y.
1914 The Birthplace of Mary Baker Eddy : Concerning a painting by
Edward L. Henry, entitled The Uplands at Bow portraying the birth¬
place of Mary Baker Eddy. Concord, N. H. Woodbury E. Hunt
Company. 1 2p.
1917 “In the World of Art.” New York Sun. September 30.
1918 Art exhibition for the benefit of the Red Cross, August 6—7. Ellen¬
ville, N. Y. 4p.
1918a Ellenville Journal, July 18, p. 1, col. 4; July 25, p. 1, col. 5;
August 1, p. 1 1 col. 4. August 8, p. 1, col. 1. Ellenville, N. Y.
19186 Ellenville Press, July 18, p. 1, col. 5; August 1, p. 1, col. 2;
August 8, p. 1, col. 2. Ellenville, N. Y.
1919 Ellenville Press, May 15, p. 1, col. 2. Ellenville, N. Y.
1919a Obituary of E. L. Henry. American Art News. May 17.
19196 Obituary of E. L. Henry. Art Annual, 16.
1928 Cragsmoor Echo, August 6. 4p. Cragsmoor, N. Y.
1928—36 Dictionary of American Biography. 20 vols. New York.
Scribner's. 8:54 7—4 8
1940 Recollections of Cragsmoor: manuscript notes on a meeting held at
Cragsmoor August 30, 1940. Lent by Miss Annette Mason Ham.
Baur, John I. H.
1940 An American Genre Painter: Eastman Johnson, 1824—1906. Brook¬
lyn. Brooklyn Museum. 128p. with plates.
1942 Catalog of an exhibition of drawings and paintings by William Sidney
Mount, 1807—68. Brooklyn. Brooklyn Museum. 4 8 p. with plates.
1942a John Quidor, 1801—81. Brooklyn. Brooklyn Museum. 66p.
with plates.
Benezit, Emanuel
1924 Dictionnaire critique et documentaire des peintres, sculpteurs, dessina-
teurs et graveurs. 3 vols. Paris. E. Grund.
Benjamin, S. G. W.
1880 Art in America. New York. Harper. 214p.
Burroughs, Louise
1939 The Moses Tanenbaum Bequest. New York. Metropolitan Museum
of Art Bui., 34:137-38.
Cahill, Holger
1936 New Horizons in American Art. New York. Museum of Modern
Art. 1 76p.
Century Association
1942 An Exhibition of Oils and Water Colors by Edward Lamson Henry,
N.A. (1841-1919) April 7 to May 9, 1942. 4p.
With a note of acknowledgment to the New York State Museum for
assistance in assembling the exhibition.
Champlin, J. D. jr, and Perkins, C. C.
1886—87 Cyclopedia of Painters and Paintings. 4 vols. New York.
Scribner's.
Champney, Lizzie W.
1885 The Summer Haunts of American Artists. Century, 30:845—60.
364
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Corcoran Gallery of Art
1920 Catalog of Paintings. Washington, D. C.
Cowdrey, Bartlett, compiler
1943 National Academy of Design Exhibition Record: 1826—1860. 2
vols. New York. New York Historical Society.
Cowdrey, Bartlett, 8 Williams, Hermann W. jr
1944 William Sidney Mount: 1807—1868, An American Landscape and
Genre Painter. New York. Metropolitan Museum of Art and
Columbia University Press.
Downes, William Howe
1911 The life and works of Winslow Homer. Boston and New York.
306p.
Downtown Gallery
1939 “Nature-Vivre” by William M. Harnett: an exhibition of paintings.
New York. 1 6p.
Dunbar, Page
1908 A Painter of the Good Old Times. Broadway Magazine, 21 : 22 1—27.
Earle, Alice Morse
1900 Stage-coach and Tavern Days. New York. Macmillan. 449p., 7
illustrations by E. L. Henry.
Fielding, Mantle
1926 Dictionary of American Painters, Sculptors and Engravers. Phila¬
delphia. 43 3p.
Privately printed.
Fuller, Lucia Fairchild, A.N.A.
1920 The Field of Art: E. L. Henry, N.A. Scribner’s Magazine, 68:250-
56.
Gill, James D.
1878—1928 Catalogs of the annual Gill exhibitions in Springfield, Mass.
A complete file may be consulted at the George Walter Vincent
Smith Art Gallery, Springfield. The Metropolitan Museum of Art
Library has catalogs for 1903-05, 1908-10, 1912-13, 1915-21.
Goodrich, Lloyd
1933 Thomas Eakins. New York. Whitney Museum of American Art.
225p., 72 pi.
1944 Winslow Homer. 2 vols. New York. Published for the Whitney
Museum of American Art by the Macmillan Company.
Hartmann, Sadakichi
1932 History of American Art. 2 vols. Boston. Page.
Henry, E. L.
1864—68 Photographs of Paintings by E. L. Henry.
An album 1334x1834 inches in half leather, with the above title
and dates tooled on cover. The album, which is in the Henry Col¬
lection, New York State Museum, was annotated by the artist'; it
covers work done as late as the 1890’s.
Horwitt, J. B.
1942 Our Russian Allies in the Civil War: How the Surprise Arrival of
Two Russian Naval Squadrons Helped Lincoln Preserve the Union.
Vogue, November 1, p. 62, 63, 83.
Hourticq, Louis
1937 Harper’s Encyclopedia of Art: Architecture, Sculpture, Painting,
Decorative Arts. 2 vols. New York. Translated under the super¬
vision of Tancred Borenius, Ph.D., D. Lift.; fully revised under the
supervision of J. Leroy Davidson and Philippa Gerry.
Isham. Samuel
1905 The History of American Painting. New York. Macmillan. 5 73p.
1927 The History of American Painting; with supplementary chapters by
Royal Cortissoz. New York. 608p.
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
365
John Levy Galleries
1941 Our Own — Our Native Art: 1770-1900. Check list for an exhibi¬
tion of American paintings, May 10— June 15. New York. 4p.
Mimeo.
Klackner, C. (hristian)
1906 Reproductions of the works of E. L. Henry, N.A. : etchings, photo¬
gravures, fac-similes, platinotypes. With 80 entries and 60 illustra¬
tions. 16p. 12x9*4 in.
Another edition, of which there are two copies in the Henry Col¬
lection, New York State Museum, has 12p. with 47 entries and 40
illustrations.
Kurtz, Charles M. ed.
1893 Illustrations from the Art Gallery of the World’s Columbian Exposi¬
tion. First edition. Philadelphia. 383p.
Low, Will
1919 New York Evening Post. May 12.
Lutz, Grace Livingston Hill
1908 Marcia Schuyler. With 6 illustrations in tint by E. L. Henry. Phila¬
delphia and London. Lippincott. 348p.
1915 Miranda. With 5 illustrations by E. L. Henry, N.A. Philadelphia
and London. Lippincott. 344p.
McCausland, Elizabeth
1941 Field Notes on Henry Survey. Three manuscript volumes with photo¬
graphs. June 13— August 16. In the Henry Collection, New York
State Museum.
1941a E. L. Henry (1841—1919). The Springfield Sunday Union and
Republican, August 17, p.6E, cols. 1—6. Springfield, Mass.
1942 Photography as Factor in Social Development. The Springfield
Sunday Union and Republican, August 23, 30 and September 6, p.
6E, cols. 1—6. Springfield, Mass.
Marquis, A. N.
1918-19 Who’s Who in America. 10:1260
Mayor, A. Hyatt
1944 Photographs by Eakins and Degas. New York. Metropolitan Museum
of Art Bui. (new series) v. 3, No. 1, Summer 1944, 1—7.
Metropolitan Museum of Art
1939 Life in America: A Special Loan Exhibition of Paintings held during
the period of the New York World’s Fair, April 24 to October 29.
With a preface by William M. Ivens jr and an introduction by Harry
B. Wehle. New York. 23 Op. with plates.
Miller, Dorothy C.
1943 Romantic Painting in America. With James Thrall Soby. New York.
Museum of Modern Art.
Murrell, William
1938 A History of American Graphic Humor (1865—1938). 242 illus.
New York. Macmillan. 272p.
Museum of Modern Art
1930 Homer, Ryder, Eakins. With an introduction by Alfred H. Barr jr
and essays by Frank Jewett Mather, Bryson Burroughs and Lloyd
Goodrich. New York. 64p. with plates.
1932 American Folk Art: The Art of the Common Man in America. 1750-
1900. New York. 52p., 172 pi.
1940 Italian Masters. New York. 64p., 34 pi.
1944 American Battle Painting: 1776-1918. Washington, D. C., and
New York. Published by the National Gallery of Art and the
Museum of Modern Art.
3 66
NEW YORK STATE MtTSETIM
Myers, Jerome
1940 Artist in Manhattan. New York. 263p. with plates.
National Academy of Design
1859—1919 Catalogs of annual exhibitions.
Henry material is found throughout these years.
1925 Commemorative Exhibition by Members of the National Academy of
Design, 1825—1925. New York. 160p. with plates.
National Academy Galleries
1942 Our Heritage. New York. 64p. with plates.
National Gallery of Art
1944 American Battle Painting: 1776—1918. See Museum of Modern
Art, 1944.
Neuhaus, Eugen
1931 The History and Ideals of American Art. Stanford University Press.
444p.
New York Public Library
193 2 American Historical Prints. Early Views of American Cities etc. New
York. 327p.
Ortgies & Company
1887 Catalog of the Collection of Mr E. L. Henry, N.A. Paintings, rare
old engravings, colonial furniture, bric-a-brac. New York. 24 p.
Of the two copies in the Henry Collection, New York State Museum,
one was annotated by the artist with prices brought at the sale.
Pomeroy, E. S.
1943 The Visit of the Russian Fleet in 1863. New York History, v. 24,
No, 4, p. 512-17.
Porter, James A.
1943 Modern Negro Art. New York. Dryden Press. 272p. 85 halftone
plates.
Rich, Daniel Catton
1942 Henri Rousseau. New York. 80p.
Richardson, E. P.
1939 The Way of Western Art, 1776— 1914. Cambridge, Mass. 204p.
Riverside Museum
1939 Lewis Hine: Retrospective Exhibition, 1905—38, of Documentary
Photographs, January 1 1— February 26. With a foreword by Eliza¬
beth McCausland. New York. 12p.
Sciaky, Leon
1941 The Rondout and Its Canal. New York History, 22:272—89.
Sheldon, G. W.
1879 American Painters. New York. Appleton. 184p. 83 pi.
1890 Recent Ideals of American Art. 2 vols. New York and London.
Appleton.
Soby, James Thrall
1 943 American Romantic Painting. See Miller.
Story, William W.
1880 In, Reports of the United States Commissioners to the Paris Universal
Exposition, 1878. Vol. 2: Fine Arts, Education, Wood Carving,
Textile Fabrics. Washington. Government Printing Office. 1—181.
548p.
Strahan, Edward, pseud.
1879 The Art Treasurers of America. 3 vpis. Philadelphia. G. Barrie.
See Shinn, Eari,
LIFE AND WORK OF E. L. HENRY
36 7
Taft. Robert
1 939 Photography and the American Scene. New York. Macmillan.
546p.
Thieme, Ulrich and Becker, Felix
1907—39 Allgemeines Lexikon der Bildenden Kunstler. 33 vols. Leipzig.
U. S. Centennial Commission
1876 International Exhibition, 1876, Official Catalog, Art Gallery and
Annexes. Philadelphia. John R. Nagle and Company. 346p.
Warner, Lucien Calvin
1914 The Story of My Life during Seventy Eventful Years. 1841—1911.
New York. 243p.
Privately printed.
Waters, Clara E. C. and Hutton, Laurence
1884 Artists of the Nineteenth Century. 2 vols. Boston. Houghton,
Mifflin.
Wehle, Harry B.
1932 Samuel F. B. Morse: American Painter. New York. Metropolitan
Museum of Art. 49p., 59 pi.
Whitney Museum of American Art
1935 American Genre: The Social Scene in Paintings and Prints. With an
introductory essay by Lloyd Goodrich. New York. 32p.
1937 Winslow Homer Centenary Exhibition. With an introductory essay
by Lloyd Goodrich. New York. 48p.
1937 New York Realists. New York. 38p.
193 8 American Landscape Painting. With an introductory essay by Lloyd
Goodrich. New York. 48p.
1942 A History of American Water Color Painting. With an introduc¬
tory essay by Alan Burroughs. New York. 32p.
Whittredge, Worthington
1942 The Autobiography of Worthington Whittredge, 1820—1910.
Edited by John I. H. Baur. Brooklyn. Brooklyn Museum Journal.
1 1 6p., 39 ill.
Williams, Hermann W. jr
1944 William Sidney Mount: 1 807— 1 868. See Cowdrey.
Wilson, J. G. and Fiske, John
1 887 Appleton’s Cyclopedia of American Biography. New York.
V
'
.
'
■
•
•
X
'
INDEX
Abbott, Berenice, cited, 106, 120
Accounts of sales, 57
Acknowledgments, 18—22
Adams, Herbert, memorial to Henry,
344
Addresses, list, 68
After David, 241
After the Battle, 29, 86, 161
After the Rain, 232
After the Shower, 196
Albany Institute of History and Art, 57
All Hallows, Great and Less: Thomas
Street, London, 170
[Alone], 221
Alt Kirche, Oberammergau, 32, 166,
246
American Art News, appreciation from,
67; letter from Henry printed in,
173
American artists, lack of support for,
107
An American Railroad Station, 87, 157
Americana, 28; interest in, 312, 314;
list, 86
Among the Flowers, 182
The Ancestral Home, 97, 172
Antiques, interest in, 50; sale of, 46
Appearance, 55
Apple Trees, 241
Apple Trees in Bloom, 241
Appreciations, 64; by Mrs Henry, 343 ;
contemporary consensus, 116—24
The Approaching Train, 89, 175
The Arbor, 241
Architecture, alteration of detail, 114;
interest in, 27, 48; interest in
preservation of St John’s Church,
324; photographs of architectural
subjects, 99
The Arno, Florence, 28, 85, 153
Arrest of Major William Dyre for
Freason in Wrongfully Taxing the
People of New York, 94, 213
The Arrival of the Stage, 21 1
Art, efforts for public support of, 107
Art education, 26
Art standards, esthetic considerations,
107— 17; Post-Civil War period,
101-6
Artistic traits, evaluation by Mrs
Henry, 340
Asleep, 241
Astor House, 3rd Ave. Line, 27
[At Dusk], 232
At Mrs Terwilliger’s, end of Oct. 1867 ,
37
At Napanoch, 233
At the Ferry, 233
[At the Locks] , 1 95
At the Opera, 233
At the Toll Gate, 90, 96, 192
At the Washtub, 248
At the Watering Trough, 206
Atlanta, experiences in, 322
Au Fond Du Lac, Colico, Lac Du
Como, 17, 85, 151
An Autumn Morning in Virginia, 23 3
An Autumn Study, 233
Avery, S. P., patron, 318
Awards, 56
An Awkward Throw, 174
Ayer, Ed. E., sketch for, 61
The Back Fence, 241
Back Yard at Cragsmoor, 241
[Backdoor Conversation], 189
Banquet Hall, Banbury, 241
Banquet Hall, Banbury: Entrance Door
from Alley Way, 241
[Barn Interior] , 85, 149
[Barnyard] , 85, 150
[Barnyard: 1], 85, 149
[Barnyard: 2], 85, 149
Barnyard Scene, 84, 112, 150
[Barnyard Scene], 85, 150
Barnyard Scene near Philadelphia, 85,
149
Barnyard series, 26
[369]
370
INDEX
Bathing Hour, East Hampton Beach,
97, 177
The Battery at New York in 1660, 93,
207
The Battle of Germantown, 88, 177
The Battle of Germantown, Pa., Oct.
4, 1777, 48, 88, 175, 323
Baur, John I. H., cited, 64, 102, 103,
110, 114; quoted, 82
Beach Wagon, 97, 241
Bear hill, 37
Bear Hill, 40, 41, 94, 1 15, 220
Beard, William H., 54
Beekman Coach, about 1772, 52, 248
Before the Days of Rapid Transit, 233,
330, 331
Below Mauch Chunk on the Lehigh
River, 149
Benjamin, S. G. W., cited, 104
A Berlin Omnibus, 27, 85, 152
Bessie and Peter, 248
Bethlehem, Pa., 1859, 26, 85, 148
Bibliography, 363— 67
Bidding Good Bye, 201
The Bill Collector, 90, 92, 222
Billings, John S., 90, 122, 178
Birthplace, 25
Bloomer, Nelly, 90, 122, 190
Books, use of, 100
Botsford, Legrand W., 38, 41, 45, 98
Botsford, Thomas, 44
Bound to Cut a Shine, 91, 189; price,
58
Bracing Up, 44, 89, 92, 178
Broadway Magazine, quotation from,
312
A Brooklyn Ferryboat, 206
Brooklyn Museum, costume collection
given to, 5 1
The Brooks Post Office, Stratford,
Conn., 293.
Brown, Mrs Addison, 41
Brown, J. G., Portrait of E. L. Henry,
N.A., 254
Brown, Peter P., 44, 90, 182; house,
40, 98; use as model, 44, 89
Bruynswick, old Dutch Church, 114;
painting of, described, 333
[ Bruynswick Church], 204
[A Buggy Ride], 92, 233
Burgoyne’s Army on the March to
Saratoga, September 1777, 93, 208
Business career, 313
[Buying a Fowl] , 233
By the Lake, 241
By the Ocean, 241
Cahill, Holger, cited, 102; quoted, 82,
101
Calendars, use of Henry’s paintings on,
61
The Call by the Way, 218
A Call on the Bride, 190
[Calling the Chickens] , 234
The Campagna from Frascati, 27, 85,
151
A Canal Boat Entering a Lock, 93, 222
Canal in Venice, 28, 154
Canal Street, New York, 1830, 291
Canal studies, 46 ; list, 93, 97
Cannstadt in Wurtemburg, Juni 1861,
27, 85, 152
Capital and Labor, 28, 92, 96, 176
Career as artist, 5 6 ; span, 1 0 1
Carriages, collection of, 52
Catalog, 147—254; appendix, 291—94
Catalogs, early, of Henry prints, 59
Century Association, exhibition at, 8 1 ;
gift to, 5 1 ; membership in, 53, 343 ;
memorial from, 66, 344
Changing Horses, (1880), 175
Changing Horses, (1905), 94, 97,
216
Character, 55
A Chat after Meeting, 87, 161
Le Chemin de fer du New York, 27
Chew, Mr, 323
Childhood, 25, 311-14
The Childhood of Rapid Transit, 93,
201
[Children in a Graveyard] , 111, 169
China Was the Passion of His Soul,
177
A Chip off the Old Block, 92, 204
Chopping Wood, 241
Chronology, 23
City Point, Oct. 1864, 86, 155
City Point, Virginia, Headquarters of
General Grant, ( 1822-1885 ) , 29,
47, 86, 112, 1 64 ; anecdote in con¬
nection with painting, 3 1 9
INDEX
371
City Point, Va., Nov. 1864, (oil),
241
City Point, Va., Nov. 1864, (wash),
86, 156
Civil War, service in, sketches during,
87
Civil War sketches, 29, 85, 86; story
of painting of General Grant's
Headquarters, 319
[A Clean Sweep], 91, 188
The Clermont, Fulton's First Steam¬
boat, 84, 94, 101, 213
The “ Clermont " Making a Landing at
Cornwall on the Hudson, 1810,
213; incidents in painting of, 33 8;
reproductions, 6 1
Cleveland, Treadwell, poem, 104
Club memberships, 53, 343
The Coaching Party, 198
[“A Cold Deceitful Thing Is the
Snow”], 111, 160
Colico, Lake of Como, 85, 151
Collections, varieties of, 313
[Colonial Couple], 88, 168
Colonial Doorway, 242
Colonial Wedding, 294, 331; inci¬
dents of painting, 335
Coming from Church, 90, 97, 186
Coming from the Train, 95, 187
Coming Home from Church, 186
[Conference] , 195
Contemporaries, list, 103
Contemporary critical opinion, 66,
1 1 6-24
Contrasts, 90, 226; comparison with
photograph, 99; story of, 339
Corner Cupboard, 242
Corner of Ulster, 48
Correspondence, Cragsmoor people,
42; names appearing in, 48; show¬
ing economic pressure, 61; showing
mode of life, 47
Cortissoz, Royal, review in New York
Herald Tribune, 118
Costumes, collection of, 51
Country Back Yard, 242
The Country Carpenter, 38, 90, 191
A Country Doctor, 90, 182
Country Folks, 218
Country Landscape, 293
A Country Lane, 234
Country Lane, 294
A Country Lawyer, 38, 90, 199
Country Post Office, East Tennessee.
292
A Country Road, 242
A Country Romance, 178
Country Scene, 41, 95, 191
A Country School, 90, 191
The Country Stage, 190
The Country Store (oil on canvas),
42, 90, 95, 1 16, 181
The Country Store, (oil on wood) ,
204
A Country Tea Party, 234
Country Wedding, 294, 331
The County Fair, 90, 193
Courtship, 32
A Courtship : Time, 1817, 88, 166
Co wen, Sarah E., E. L. Henry, 254
Cragsmoor, beginning of colony, 37;
building of home at, 38; develop¬
ment, 40; life in, 42, 328—30;
portraits of residents, 90; summer
colony, 45
Cragsmoor genre, list, 89—91
Cragsmoor Scene, 242
Criticisms, consensus, 116—24; con¬
temporary, 66
Crossing the Bridge, 234
Crossing the Ferry, 93, 206
Crossing the Lines, 234
Crossing the Log-Bridge in a Freshet,
20 7
Curran, Charles C., evaluation by,
120; Portrait of E. L. Henry, N.A.,
254
Daly, Judge Charles P., 36, 323;
Judge Daly, 23 6
Dated works, list, 148—232
Dates, chronology, 23
[Day Dreams], 234
Death, 63; estate, 62; obituaries, 64
Dellenbaugh, F. S,, 37
Dellenbaugh, Harriet Otis, 41
Departure for the Seat of War from
Jersey City, 29, 86, 163
The Departure of the Bride, 1 9 1
The Departure of the Brighton Coach,
97, 174
372
INDEX
Dickens, Charles, drawing of, 318
A Disturber of the Peace, 90, 92, 216
The Doctor, 87, 97, 166
The Doctor’s Buggy, 292
[The Doctor’s Call], 167
The Doctor’s Visit, 234
Documentation, 95 ; altering of details,
114; evaluation of, 121; use of
photographs in, 98’
[A Dog’s Life], 92, 231
[Doing Her Chores], 222
Doorway, 242
Drawing, emphasis on, 314
Drawings, student, 85
Du Chaillu, Paul, 323
Dunbar, Page, quoted, 312
E. L. Henry’s home at Cragsmoor,
N. Y., 199
Early Autumn, 90, 218
Early life, 25-32
Early November, Ellenville, N. Y.,
1905, 242
East Hampton, Long Island, sketches
made at, 89
East Hampton Beach, 3 6, 89, 97, 176
Easthampton, L. I., 248
Economic pressure, 6 1
Education, 26, 314—18
Election Day (The Election of 1842),
94, 97, 226, 331; incidents of
painting, 336
Ellenville, 37, 115; art exhibition at,
44; Delaware and Hudson Canal at,
46; portraits, 90, 122
Ellenville Dutch Reformed Church, 42
Elting, Dick, 98
English scenes, 88, 317
Entering the Lock, 93, 206
Entrance to Henry House, Cragsmoor,
N. Y., 199
Environment, Post-Civil War period,
101-6
[The Erie Canal Completed] , 234
Estate, inventory, 62
Esthetic considerations, 106—16
European study and travels, 27, 32,
35, 85, 314-18, 325
Evaluation of work, contemporary
consensus, 1 1 6—24
Evans, Mrs Nancy, 200
Exhibitions, 26; Ellenville, 44; honors
and awards at, 56
Facade of Cathedral Piacenza, Lom¬
bardy, 161
[A Family at Table], 234
Family Carriage, 249
[Family Party], 91, 100, 188
“Family virtues”, as subjects, 103, 1 1 1
[The Family Wash], 234
Farm Scene in Pennsylvania, 84, 112,
150
[Feeding the Ducks], 170
Finances, economic pressure, 61;
prices received, 5 7
The First Railway Train on the Mo¬
hawk and Hudson Road, 59, 66, 81,
84, 93, 101; catalog, 196, 198;
description of work on, 330, 331;
models for, 96; price, 57; Study
for, 251
The Floating Bridge, 94, 95, 96, 100,
228; incidents in painting, 338
[Florida Landscape], 63, 232
The Flower Seller, 50, 90, 217
Flower Study, 242
Floyd, William, 88, 171
Food for Scandal, 83, 92, 219
Foot of East Broad Street, Stratford,
Conn., 294
Forgotten, 58, 187
“Forgotten”, 227
Les Fosses Communes, Cimitiere de St
Owen, Paris, 94, 171
Four-in-Hand, Central Park, New
York, 30, 87, 158
Four O’Clock Tea, 181
The Four Seasons, 41, 95, 99, 1 13,
226
Frances Livingston Wells (Henry), 168
Fred Thomas Alias Black Fred, 91,
183
French family, visit to, 325
From a Window, Newport, 30, 87,
106, 158
From an Observation Car, 242
From Sam’s Point, 242
Fuller, Lucia Fairchild, quoted, 62
Fulton’s First Steam Ferryboat, Run¬
ning from Cortland t Street to Paul us
INDEX
373
Hook, Jersey City, 1813-14, 93,
97, 208
Gansevoort, General, statue of, 252
A Garden, 242
Garden at Henry’s Home, 242
Garden Fence, 242
Garden in Warwick, 234
Garden Scene, 242
[Gathering Berries], 235
Gen. F it z John Porter's Headquarters,
James River, 86, 161
Genre paintings, 28, 84; Cragsmoor,
list, 89—91; decline of, 110; evalu¬
ation of, 121; patronage for, 104;
revival of interest in, 118
Genre themes, 83
Getting Out the Vote, 94, 97, 223
Getting Ready for Market, 200
The Ghost Room, St John’s, 242
Gifts to collection, acknowledgment of,
18
[Going Hunting], 235
Going Out to Ride: New York, about
1796, 88, 168
Going to Market, 186
Going to Town, 235
The Golden Hour, 195
Good-By, Sweetheart, 207
"Good-Bye” , 201
Goodbye, Sweetheart, 212
Goodrich, Lloyd, cited, 53, 101;
quoted, 82, 103
Gordon, Robert, 320
Gossiping, 235
The Gossips, 220
Gossips, 235
The Governor Goes to the Farm, 291
Graeme Park, near Philadelphia. 88,
98, 163
The Grand Hall, Levens, Westmore¬
land, 53, 88, 157
Grant’s Headquarters at City Point,
see City Point, Virginia
Great Bend, Susquehanna, 26, 85, 148
The Great Horse Depot at Giesboro on
the Potomac below Washington, 86,
155
The Halt at the Ferry, 175
Happy-Go-Lucky, 92, 292
A Hard Road to Travel, 44, 89, 1 77
A Hard Scrape, 1 7 9
Harnett, William M., 60
Hartshorn, Mrs Eliza, 45
Have You Fleard the News 7, 222
Henry, Edward Lamson, addresses, 68;
birthplace, 25; career as artist, 56—
63, 101; chronology, 23; Crags¬
moor, life in, 37— 47; education
and early life, 25—32, 85, 314—18;
honors and awards, 5 6 ; marriage
and maturity, 32—36; maturity as
painter, 101—6; method of work,
28, 3 6, 95—100; personality and
interests. 47— 56, 329, 341; photo¬
graphs of, 30; portraits of, 254;
sales and success, 30, 57; silhouette
of, 252; subject matter, 83—95;
death, 63; appreciations and evalu¬
ation of work, 64—67, 1 16—24
Henry, Frances L., biographical data,
32—36; portraits of, 168, 169, 174,
187, 244; silhouette of, 252;
sketches by, 35, 254; sketches of,
35, 97
Henry, Frances L., A Memorial Sketch;
E. L. Henry N.A. His Life and His
Life Work, 311-46
Henry, H. C., letter from, 58
Henry Collection, contents, 15, 81;
gifts to, 18; library in, 106
The Henry Home at Cragsmoor, 243.
See also pages 199, 242
The Hicksite Quakeress, 166
Hilton, J. G. Myers, 5 7
Historic landmarks, interest in preser¬
vation of, 49, 324
Historic vehicles, sketches of, 52
Historical themes, 84; list, 88, 93
Hollyhocks, 243
Home, building of, 38; list of ad¬
dresses, 68
“ Home Again”, (1899), 207
" Home Again”, (1908), 221
Home from the Philippines, 207
Home from the War, 292; copyright,
59
The Home of the Squire, 1 82
Honeymoon abroad, 35
Honors, 56
Hoornbeek, Mrs Arthur V., 338
Horse, 243
374
INDEX
Horse-car, traveling by, in south, 322
Horse Facing Left , 243
Horse Facing Right , 243
Horse Grazing, 243
Horse in Harness Facing Left, 243
Horse Looking over Fence, 243
Horse on Tow Path, 243
Horses, (oil on paper), 243
Horses, (oil on wood) , 244
Horses, as subject matter, 92, 96
Horse’s Head, 243
Horses Standing, 244
Horses with Buggy, 244
Horwitt, J. B., cited, 87
The Huckster, 90, 225
Humorous themes, list, 92; Negro
themes as humor, 114
Icebergs off Banks of Newfoundland,
27, 85, 152
Impressionism, influence of, 113
In Amsterdam, 27, 85, 152
In Bella Firenze, 27, 28, 85, 151
In Doubt, 91, 189
In East Tennessee, 92, 218
In Elevated Train, 10 P.M., May 23,
1910, 249
In Sight of Home, 179
In Stuttgart, 27, 85, 152
In the Garden, 292
[In the Garden ] ,235
In the Old Stage Coach Days, 62, 94,
218
In the Roaring Forties, 96, 179
In the Rondout Valley, 198
[In the Valley], 42, 95, 235
Independence Hall, 88, 164
Independence Hall, restoration of, 324
Indian Encampment, 294
Indian Queen Inn, Bladensburg, Md.,
in 1795, 93, 206
[An Informal Call], 199
The Inn at Bladensburg, 94, 217
Interests, miscellaneous, 54
Interior, 235
Interior of an Old English Mansion,
170
Interior of Hope Lodge, 163
Interior of St John’s, Warwick, Eng¬
land, 235
The Invalid, 111, 160 '
Isham, Samuel, quoted, 102, 116
The Italian Man-Of-War, II re Galan-
tuomo, 28, 154
Italian Scene, 28, 152
An Italian Vettura, 28, 153
Jack’s Return, 235
The John Hancock House, 29, 48, 87,
157; documented by photograph,
98
John S. Billings, 178
Johnson, John Taylor, order from,
318
[Johnson Hall], 23 6
Johnson Hall, Johnstown, N. Y., 220
Joseph E. Mance, 38, 183
Judge Daly, 236
Kane, John, 61
Keeler, George G., 38
Kept in: a Study in a Country School,
187
King of the Mont auks, 292
Kitchen of Frau Judas, 294
Klackner, C., cited, 53, 59
Klackner catalog, 59
Knight, Ridgeway, 326
Knox Homestead, 217
Knoxville, Tenn., 249
Kraft, Fred G., 39
Kulp, William, 49
A Ladies Reception at the Old Union
League, Madison Square, 179
Lady Elizabeth Ferguson Sending a
Letter to Gen. Joseph Reed of
Revolutionary Memory, July 28,
1778, at Graeme Park near Phila¬
delphia, 88, 100, 164
The Lafayette Coach, 52, 244
Lampton, W. J., quoted, 104
Landscapes, as subject matter, 94
Late Afternoon on the Old Delaware
and Hudson Canal, at Port Ben, ,
N. Y., 93, 198
The Latest Village Scandal, 89, 92,
181
Launch, Navy Yard, Brooklyn, 27
Lawyer’s Office, 330
Learning the Trade, 46, 236
INDEX
375
Leaving in the Early Morn in a
Noreaster, 94, 232
Letters, see Correspondence
Library, in Henry Collection, 106
Library at the Home of Wm Loring
Andrews, 16 E. 38, 169
The Library of A. H. Ward, 163
The Library of Jonathan Thorne, 526
Fifth Avenue, 87, 88, 110, 160
Literature, taste in, 106
The Little Chicks, 169
Livorno, Lake Maggiore, 85, 151
London, visit to, 317
The Long Good-Bye, 236
Long Island, sketches made at, 89
A Lover of Old China, 189
Low, Will, evaluation expressed by,
65, 104, 111, 116
Luino, Lake Maggiore, 27, 85, 151
McCausland, Elizabeth, cited, 25, 3 7,
38, 40, 41, 44, 45, 46, 51, 52, 53\
58, 59, 62, 97, 98, 99, 106, 1 15,
120, 333
The MacNett Tavern, 94, 211
[The Mail Carrier], 158
The Mail Stage on the Mountain, 90,
187
[The Mail Stage Waiting for the
Ferry], 213
Main Stairway, St John’s, Warwick,
244
The Main Street, 181
Main Street, Easthampton, L. L, 95,
178
Main Street, Johnstown, 231
Main Street in Johnstown, N. Y.,
1862, 94, 227
Mance, Joseph E., 38, 90, 122, 183
Mance family, 38
The Marauders: Sketched from a Win¬
dow in Warwick, 236
The Market Place, Washington, 86,
155
Marketing Saturday Morning, 236
Marriage, 32—36
Marriage in the Olden Time, 292;
price, 5 7
Martin Terwilliger, 182
Maturity, 32—36
Mauch Chunk, Pa., Sept . 1859, 26,
85, 149
[Maud Powell Plays the Violin], 92,
115, 212
Meditating Revenge, 92, 196
The Meeting of General Washington
and Rochambeau, 88, 167
Meeting’s Out, about 1849, 88, 178
Meissonier, emulation of, 108, 112,
326
Membership in organizations, 53, 343
Memorial Sketch, by Mrs Henry, 311 —
46
Memorials, 66
The Message, 292
Method of work, 28, 36, 95-100
[Miss Inness and Friend], 221
Miss X and Sister, 180
Mrs E. L. Henry, London, Oct. 1875,
35, 97
Mrs Frances L. Henry, 244
[Mrs Henry in a Buckboard] , 187
Mrs Nancy Evans, 200
Mode of life, 47
Models, use of, 96, 99, 100
A Moment of Peril, 192
A Moment of Terror, 97, 292
The Monastery of St Maria del Sasso,
159
Moore, Mrs Blomfield H., letter from,
31
A Morning Call, 97, 217
[A Morning Call], 52, 236
Morning Call in 1800, 236
A Morning Call on Narragansett Bay,
206
A Morning in June, 222
Morning Prayers ; a Study at a Poor
Farmer’s Home in Ulster Co., N. Y.,
90, 201
Morse, Mrs John F., 40
“The Mountain", 37, 40
A Mountain Post Office, 90, 207
Mountain Rainbow, 244
A Mountain Road, 89, 176
The Mountain Stage, 89, 98, 1 77
Multiple originals, 60
Music, interest in, 3 6, 54
Myers, Jerome, quoted, 1 1 3
Napanoch, 46, 47
376
INDEX
National Academy of Design, catalogs
list Henry’s addresses, 68; election
to, 30; exhibitions at, 26, 56;
memorial to Henry, 66, 344; politics
in, 53
[ Neapolitan Scene j, 201
Near Harrison's Landing, Lower James
River, 86, 155
Near Palestrina, Italy, 28, 154
Near the Brandywine, 60, 23 6
Negro Boy and Girl on Oxcart, 244
Negro Boys, 244
Negro Girl, 249
Negro Girl Holding Cat, 244
[Negro Girl Ringing Doorbell ], 92,
189
Negro Stableboy, 245
Negro themes, 91, 114; portrait of
“Aunt Dot’’, 321
Negro Woman and Child, 245
Negro Woman in White, 245
Negro Woman with Hands on Hips,
245
[Neighbors’ Meeting], 23 6
Nelly Bloomer, 190
Neuhaus, Eugen, quoted, 119
The New Scholar , 90, 92, 192
The New Woman, 90, 92, 195
New York, life in, 31, 318, 323
A New York Regiment Leaving for
the Front to Reenforce the Army of
Gen. Grant. Scene, New Jersey,
Railroad Terminal, 1864—5, 29, 86,
159
“Newly Married” , 35, 249
News of the Nomination, 90, 200
News of the War of 1812, 92, 94, 223
[News Office ], 90, 92, 199
Newspaper clippings, evaluations of
work, 64
The 9.45 A.M. Accommodation,
Stratford, Connecticut, 84, 87, 103,
112; catalog, 158; reproduction, 61
No. 217 E. 10th, N. Y., 165
Noon Time, 198
North Porch, Cathedral of Bergamo,
164
November Days, 179
[ Nurse and Two Children] , 111, 166
Oberammergau, visit to, 3 27
Obituaries, 64
An October Day, 115, 208
Oddie, Walter M., painting by, 25
Off for the Races, 88, 170; in Paris
Exposition, 107
Off the Main Road, 237 ; price, 5 8
Off to Europe, 26, 85, 151
Oils, dated, 148—23 2; miscellaneous
sketches, 248; undated, 232—40
Old Church, 291
Old Church, near Limerick, Pa., 27
Old Church at Bruynswick, see Sunday
Morning
The Old Clock on the Stairs, (1 868),
111, 160; story of painting of, 320
The Old Clock on the Stairs, (1917),
59, 228
Old Clock on the Stairs, (oil on wood)
245
Old Conestoga Wagon, 52, 249
Old Dutch Church, New York, 87, 162
Old Enemies, 23 7
The Old Forge, 90, 186
Old Grandfather, 23 7
The Old Grist Mill at Napanoch, 23 1
Old Hook Mill, East Hampton, 89, 95,
176
[The Old Lock below Ellenville] , 293
The Old Lydig House on the Bronx,
near For dham, 100, 184
Old Man Asleep in a Rocking Chair,
245
Old Man at a Table, 245
Old New York, 293
The Old Paternal Home, 105, 111,
167
Old Peter Brown of Cragsmoor, N. Y.:
Taking, as He Called It “an Eye-
Opener ”, 227
Old “Rockaway”, 1845 to 60, 52,
249
Old Stage Sleigh, 249
The Old Toll Gate , 186
The Old Trimble House, Chester Co..
Penn: Built in 1741, 175
Old Warwick, 237
The Old W estover Mansion, 29, 86,
163
Old Woman in a Rocking Chair, 24 5
Old Woman Reading, 245
[Old Woman Reading] , 111, 162
INDEX
3 77
Old Woman Writing , 245
On Guard , 23 7
On the Beach, 97, 245
On the Beach: Waiting for the Bath¬
ers, 89, 97, 104, 174
[On the Canal], 237
On the James River, Va., 29, 86, 156
On f/je* Lehigh, Penn., 1859, 26, 85,
148
“On the Lookout”, 174
On the “Mountain” , 245
On the Old Gully Road above Ellen-
ville, 90, 193
On the Porch, 227
On the Rondout, 189
On the Susquehanna, 98, 150
On the Tow Path: 1, 249
On the Tow Path: 2, 250
On the Tow Path: 3, 250
On the Tow Path: 4, 250
On the Way Home, (1896), 201
On the Way Home, (water color) , 237
On the Way to Town, (1890), 95,
192
On the Way to Town, (1907), 220
On Their Vacation, 218
One Hundred Years Ago, 185
One of the Bedrooms, St John’s, 245
A One-Sided Bargain, (oil on canvas) ,
83, 90, 92, 208
One-Sided Bargain, (water color) , 204
Orchard and House, (oil on canvas) ,
245
Orchard and House, (oil on wood) ,
246
Organizations, memberships in, 53,
343
Otis, Harriet, 37
“Our Lane”, 211
Out in the Storm, 111, 227
Oxcart, 250
Oxcart and Oxen,- 246 '
Paintings, most important, 330; re¬
productions, 59; sales of, 46, 57;
use of sketches in, 96
Paris, social life in, 28, 36, 326; study
in, 314
A Paris Diligence, 100, 171
A Parlor on Brooklyn Heights , 87, 88,
110, 165
Parton, Mr & Mrs Ernest, reception
for, 102
A Passing Shower, 23 7
Passing the Outposts, (oil on canvas) ,
93, 209
Passing the Outposts, (water color),
206
The Passion Play, Obevammergau, 32,
165, 327
Patronage, 31; list of patrons, 30,
108; Post-Civil War period, 101—6
[A Pause], 187
The Peddler , (1917), 231
The Pedler, (1897), 9.2, 174
Pencil and pen and ink, sketches in,
248-51
Personality, 55, 329, 341
Peter Brown, 44, 182
Peter Brown Shaving, 182
Peter Brown Taking a Drink, 179
Peterson, Charles, 323
The Pets, 177
The Phaeton, 237
Philadelphia, restoration of Independ¬
ence Hall, 324
Photographic reproductions, 60
Photographs, sources, 19; use, to docu¬
ment paintings, 98
Photography, interest in, 52
Picture sales, prices received, 5 7
The Pillory and Whipping Post, New
Castle, Delaware, 3 9, 201
The Planet (Camden & Amboy R.
R.), 237
Platinotype reproductions, 5 9, 60
Pleasant Memories, 237
Pomeroy, E. S., cited, 87
Popularity, as artist, 58; gradual de¬
cline in, 62
The Porch, 24 6
Porch Scene, Newport, R. L, 30, 87,
158
Porter, James A,, cited, 91
A Portrait of Mrs E. L. Henry and the
Two Black and Tans: on the Up¬
per Hudson near Fort Miller, Sum¬
mer of 1879, 1 74
Portrait of Mrs Henry, 169; sketches
for, 35, 97
Portraiture, Ellenville and Cragsmoor
subjects, 90
378
INDEX
Post-Civil War Period. 101-6
Powell, Major J, W., 37, 115
Powell, Maude, 3 7, 92, 1 15, 212
Preparing Dinner, 178
A Presentation of Colors to the First
Colored Regiment of New York by
the Ladies of the City in Front of
the Old Union League Club, Union
Square, New York City in 1864,
29, 86, 162, 319
A Presentation of Medals by Sir Wil¬
liam Johnson to the Tribesmen of
the Six Nations Held at Johnson
Hall A.D. 1770, 210
Prince of the Mohawk, 238
Prints, undated, list, 232—40; use of,
100
A Private View: A.D. 1905—1906,
56, 92, 217
Prussian Canal Boat, 27, 85, 152
A Quaker Visit, 173
A Quiet Corner by the Door, 111, 166
A Quiet Little Country Wedding, 190
The Races at Florence, Italy, 27, 28,
29, 156
Railroad pictures, first, 28
The Rainbow, 291
A Rainy Day, 292; price, 58
[ Ralph Mance as Messenger] , 200
Reading the Story of Bluebeard, 91,
175
Ready for the Post, 23 8
Reception Given to Lafayette ( at the
Chew House, Germantown, the Con¬
tested Point at the Battle of Ger¬
mantown, Oct. 4th, 1778) by His
Brethren of the Masonic Fraternity,
Military and Other Organizations,
and by the Townspeople, July 20th,
1825, 48, 88, 168, 323
References, bibliography, 363—67
The Relay, 92, 177
The Repast, 238
Reproductions, 59
Reputation, contemporary consensus,
116; gradual decline in, 62; revival
of, 119
Residence at Poughkeepsie, 29, 8 7, 157
Residence of Capt. William Kidd,
1691, 94, 217
Residence of Dudley S. Gregory, 291
The Return from Journey, 238
Return from the Wars, 23 8
Returning Home, 23 8
Reverie, 174
[Revolutionary Interior], 163
[Revolutionary Scene] , 88, 177
Rhododendron, painting by Frances
Wells Henry, 35, 254
A River Landing, 232
The Road by the River, 221
Roadside Chat, 238
Robinson, Frank T., 66
“ Rockaway” , 1850 to 60, 52, 250
Roses at Cragsmoor, 246
Rotterdam, April ’62, 27, 85, 152
Runabout 1835 to 1845, 52, 250
Russian Fleet at Anchor in the North
River, 28, 87, 153
Sag Harbor, 246
St Erasme, Gaeta, Italy, 29, 157
St George’s Chapel, Beekman and Cliff
Street, New York, 87, 169
St John’s, Warwick, 35
St John’s Chapel, 94, 216
St John’s Chapel, Varick Street, New
York City, 1909, 293
St John’s Church, Varick Street, New
York: 1866, 49, 65, 87, 161, 324
St John’s Park and Chapel, New York,
94, 214
St Maria Del Sasso, Logo Maggiore, 28,
153
St Mark’s in the Bowery in the Early
Forties, 94, 97, 111, 331, 339;
catalog, 230
St Paul’s Church, 1766, 87, 1 62
Sales, prices received, 57
Salmagundi Club, membership in, *53;
speech at, 341
Sam's point, 3 7, 40, 41
Santa Spirito, Florence, Italy, 159
Sarah Akins Wells, 173
Saturday Morning, 292; price, 58
Scene along the Delaware and Hudson
Canal , 93, 219
INDEX
379
“School's Out:” below Cragsmoor,
N. Y., 90, 91, 186
Sciaky, Leon, cited, 46
A September Afternoon, 20 7
[A Serious Talk], 221
Sharpening the Saw, 46, 90, 92, 121,
183
Shawangunk mountains, 37
Sheldon, G. W., quoted, 103
"Shongum Church”, 114
Sir Wm Johnson Presenting Medals to
the Indian Chiefs of the Six Nations
at Johnstown, N. Y ,, 1772, 94,
209
A Sitting Room in Holland, 191
Sketch after Nature, September 30, 291
Sketchbooks, 251
Sketches, 26; Civil War, 85; dated,
list, 148-232; Ellenville and Crags¬
moor subjects, 90; European, 85;
oil and water color, 243—50; pencil
and pen and ink, 250—53; undated,
list, 232—40; use of, 96
Smoky Mountains, N. C., 91, 188
[The Snowstorm], 111, 164
Social content, example of, 94
Social life, 47
Societies, membership in, 53, 343
Solitude, Coast Scene, 238
South, travels in, 321
[Southern Scene], 91, 100, 188
Souvenir de Lac Maggiore, 28, 154
Souvenir of a Trip to Nantucket, 158
Souvenirs of Long Ago, 174
Spring, 116, 211; frame for, 106
Springtime, 210
Stage Coach, 1 84
Stage from Brooklyn to East Hamp-
* ton, 250
“Stage Waggon ” of 1821, 52, 25 1
Stage Wagon : End View, 250
[Stagecoach Days] , 232
Standards in art, esthetic considerations,
106—1 6 ; Post-Civil War period,
101-6
Station at Orange, N. J., 29 1
Station on “Morris and Essex Rail¬
road,” 28, 84, 86, 154
Statue of General Gansevoort, 252
Stent on, 94, 220
Stephens, Mrs Ann 319
Stonington, 246
A Stop at the Carpenter’s, 221
[Stopping to Talk] , 1 92
[Stopping to Water His Horses] , 213
Stories in pictures, see Genre paintings
“A Stormy Afternoon”, 207
Story, W. W., efforts for public sup¬
port of art, 107
Story-telling pictures, patronage for,
104
Stove, 246
Strahan, Edward, cited, 1 05
Street in Naples, 246
Street Scene, Knoxville, Tenn., 9 1 , 188
Street Scene in Naples, 28, 85, 154
Student years, 84, 86, 3 1 4—1 8
Studio life, 31, 318
Study for Alt Kirche, 246
Study for “The First Railway T rain” ,
251
Study from Door at Fulham, London,
238
A Study in Black and Tans, 9 1 , 1 73
A Study near Petersburg, Va., 292
Study of a Church, New York, 246
Studying Her Sunday School Lesson,
92, 192
Style, effects on. 111; visual senti¬
mental image, 110
Subjects, 83—95 ; architecture, 48 ;
Cragsmoor, 41 ; Ellenville people,
330 ; family virtues, 111; interests
influencing, 27—29 ; photographs of,
46 ; selection and treatment, 113,
340 ; student years, 314
Success, 30, 57, 58
The Summer Boarders, 90, 176
A Summer Day, 192
A Summer Morning, 167
Sunday Morning ( Old Church at
Bruynswick ) , 47, 60, 93, 1 14,
331 ; catalog, 202 ; price, 57 ; re¬
production, 59 ; time of painting,
98
Sunflowers, 246
Sunset, 246 •
Sunset at Cragsmoor, 246
A Sunset Painted from Nature at
Cragsmoor, 1909, 293
Sunshine and Shadow, 111, 1 68
380
INDEX
The Surprise, 238
The Surrender of New York to the
English by Stuyvesant, 1664, 94,
210
[ Swapping News], 192
The Sweetest Fruit, .92, 200
Taft, Robert, cited, 30, 37
Taking a Night Cap, (1874), 111,
167
Taking a Night Cap, (oil on paper),
246
Taking His Morning Eye-Opener, 181
Taking Life Easy, 90, 92, 222; com¬
parison with photograph, 99
Talking Politics, 90, 207
A Temperance Preacher, 91, 9 6, 188,
321
Tenth Street Studio Building, 32, 87,
172
Tenth Street Studio Building, 31, 318;
canvases painted at, 319
The Terrace at H addon, 161
Terwilliger, Martin, 90, 182
Terwilliger, Mrs Nelson, 40, 63
Terwilliger Tavern, 221
Testing His Age, 90, 92, 97, 196
Thanksgiving Sleigh Ride, 90, 183
Thomas, Fred, 90, 122, 183
Thrashing Machine, 238
Time Is No Object, 208
[Toll Gate], 23 8
The Tow Path, 93, 97, 193
Toward Evening, 95, 192
Training abroad, 85
The Tramp, 92, 222
[The Tramp: 2], 231
Transportation themes, 27 , 92
Traveling Coach, Italy, 28
Traveling South in the Thirties, 93,
179
Travels, 27; European, 325; in the
South, 321
Tree in Pasture, 246
Two Trees, 247
Undated works, catalog, 23 2—40
An Unexpected Attack, 111, 164
Unexpected Visitors, 221
Uninvited Guests, 44, 89, 92, 179
Union League Club, 26th Street and
Madison Avenue, in the Old Gerome
Mansion, 23 9
U . S. Sloop of War Lancaster, 27
[C7. S. Transport on the Potomac],
86, 164
U. S. Transport on the Potomac be¬
low Washington : During the War,
1861-1865, 86, 156
The Uplands at Bow, 223
Vacation Days, 239
Vacation Time, 95, 187
Valentine, Edward, pencil drawing of,
27
Valentine, Messrs., 316
[Vehicle] about 1775, 251
'[Vehicle] 1830 to 40, 251
Vehicles, as subject matter, 5 2, 92
A Vender of Simples, 91, 188
Una Via in Napoli / 6 1, 27, 85, 151
Via Pallomette, Naples, after a Model
from Nature, 28, 153
Via San Lucia, 28, 153
Village Gossips, 23 9
The Village Huckster, 223
Village Post Office, 95, 115, 116, 193
The Village Squire Entertaining the
New Dominie, 200
A Village Street, (1886), 182
The Village Street, (1889), 1 89
The Village Street, (1895), 200
A Village Street, (1899), 95, 206
A Village Street, (1916), 227
A Village Street, (oil on canvas), 239
A Virginia Post Office, 92, 201
A Virginia Wedding, 92, 93, 1 13,
190, 331; incidents in painting of,
335
Visual sentimental image, style, 110;
examples, 111
Vogue, 58; gradual decline in, 62
Waiting at the Ferry, (oil on wood) ,
247
Waiting at the Ferry, (pencil on pa¬
per) , 92, 205
Waiting for the Ferry, 23 9
Waiting for the Ferry, (1896), 201
Waiting for the Ferryman, 205
Waiting for the Ferryman: Time,
about 1844, 56, 93^ 201
INDEX
381
Waiting foe the Neva York Boat at
Stonington, Conn., the First Rail¬
road from Stonington to Boston, 94,
99, 21 6
Waiting for the Stage, 23 9
Waiting for the Stage, (1917), 232
Waiting for the Stage, (oil on paper) ,
247
Waiting Up for Him, 239
The Waning of the Year, 181
War Sketches Oct. & Nov. 1864, 29,
85
The Warning, 29, 86, 159
Warwick, England, 170
Warwick from St John’s Priory, 291
Water colors, dated, 148—23 2; un¬
dated, 232-40
[Watering the Horses], 210
The Watering Trough, (1884), 90,
181
The Watering Trough, (oil' on can¬
vas) , 239
The Way Station, 89, 175
A Way Station on a Small Pennsyl¬
vania Railroad, 177
Wayside Gossip, 239
Wayside Rest, 220
• A Wayside Well, 239
Weary Waiting, 239
The Wedding Day, 294
A Wedding in the Early Forties, 47,
97, 240
Weble, Harry B.. cited, 88
Weir, Robert W., quoted, 117
The Well, 247
Wells, Frances M., see Henry, Frances
L.
Wells, Sarah Akins, 173
West Point from Prof. Weir’s, 26, 85,
148
W estover, James River, 86, 1 5 6, 3 1 9
Westover, Va., 1863, 29, 86, 157
What Am Dat?, 91, 181
What Dat For?, 183 ,
What Luck, 221
[ What’s That You Say?], 92, 216
White Friars, Coventry, 247
Whittredge, Worthington, In the Vil¬
lage of Brunnen, 254; cited, 82
The Widower, 112, 166
Wild Azalea Bush, 247
William Floyd, 88, 171
Woman at a Table, 247
Woman in a City Interior, 247
Woman in a Country Interior, 247
Woman in a Victorian Interior, 247
Woman in Blue, 247
Woman in White, 248
Woman in White with a Red Scarf.
248
Woman with a Basket, 248
Wood, Thomas Waterman, 54; letter
from, 62 ,
[Woodland Courtship] , 240
Woodland Scene, 248
Woodpile, 85, 150
Woodruff, Mary M., 47
The Young Heir, 111, 166
[Young Merchants] , 91, 189
■pv. '
f|§" '
Titaniferous Magnetite Deposits
of the
Lake Sanford Area, New York
j By
Robert C. Stephenson
T emporary Geologist
New" York State Museum
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
BULLETIN NUMBER 340
Published by The University of the State of New York
/
Albany, N. Y. November, 1945
M372r-043-2000
v
Titaniferous Magnetite Deposits
of the
Lake Sanford Area, New York
By
Robert C. Stephenson
Temporary Geologist
New York State Museum
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
BULLETIN NUMBER 340
Published by The University of the State of New York
Albany, N. Y. November, 1945
M372r-043-2000
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
Regents of the University
With years when terms expire
1955 Thomas J. Mangan M.A., LL.D., Chancellor Emeritus - Binghamton
1957 William J. Wallin M.A., LL.D., Chancellor - - - - Yonkers
1950 Roland B. Woodward M.A., LL.D., Vice Chancellor - - Rochester
1951 Wm Leland Thompson B.A., LL.D. . Troy-
1948 John Lord O’Brian B.A., LL.B., LL.D. . Buffalo
1954 George Hopkins Bond Ph.M., LL.B., LL.D. - - - - Syracuse
1946 Owen D. Young B.A., LL.B., D.C.S., L.H.D., LL.D. - Van Hornesville
1949 Susan Brandeis B.A., J.D. . New York
1947 C. C. Mollenhauer LL.D - -- -- -- -- - Brooklyn
1953 W. Kingsland Macy B.A., LL.D. ------- - Islip
1952 John P. Myers B.A., D.Sc. - -- -- -- -- Plattsburg
1956 Stanley Brady B.A., M.D. . - - New York
President of the University and Commissioner of Education
George D. Stoddard Ph.D., LL.D., Litt.D., L.H.D.
Deputy and Associate Commissioner (Finance, Administration, Vocational Education)
Lewis A. Wilson D.Sc., LL.D.
Associate Commissioner (Instructional Supervision)
George M. Wiley M.A., Pd.D., L.H.D., LL.D.
Associate Commissioner (Higher and Professional Education)
J. Hillis Miller M.A., Ph.D., Litt.D.
Counsel
Charles A. Brind jr B.A., LL.B., LL.D.
Executive Assistant to the Commissioner
Frederick H. Bair M.A., Ph.D., Ed.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Research
J. Cayce Morrison M.A., Ph.D., LL.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Teacher Education
Hermann Cooper M.A., Ph.D., LL.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Personnel and Public Relations
Lloyd L. Cheney B.A., Pd.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Finance
Arthur W. Schmidt M.A., Ph.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Instructional Supervision
Edwin R. Van Kleeck M.A., Ph.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Professional Education
Irwin A. Conroe M.A., LL.D., L.H.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Vocational Education
Oakley Furney B.A., Pd.M.
State Librarian
Charles F. Gosnell M.S., Ph.D.
Director of State Museum
Carl E. Guthe M.A., Ph.D.
State Historian
Albert B. Corey M.A., Ph.D.
Directors of Divisions
Adult Education and Library Extension, Frank L. Tolman Ph.B., Pd.D.
Elementary Education, William E. Young M.A., Ph.D.
Examinations and Testing, Harold G. Thompson M.A., LL.D.
Health and Physical Education, Ellis H. Champlin M.S., acting
Higher Education, John S. Allen M.A., Ph.D.
Law, Joseph Lipsky LL.B.
Motion Picture,
Research, Warren W. Coxe B.S., Ph.D.
School Buildings and Grounds, Don L. Essex M.A., Ph.D.
Secondary Education, Warren W. Knox M.A., Ph.D.
Vocational Rehabilitation, G. Samuel Bohlin B.S.
CONTENTS
PAGE
Preface . 11
Introduction . 11
Location . *. 11
History . 12
Present development . 13
Previous study . 13
Present study . 14
Acknowledgments . 14
Geography and general geology . 14
Topography . 14
Rock types . 17
General statement . 17
Anorthosite . 17
Gabbroic anorthosite . . 18
Gabbro . 18
Minor rock types . 18
Glacial geology . 19
Petrography and mineralogy of the rocks . 19
General statement . 19
Anorthosite . 19
Megascopic description . 19
Microscopic description . 20
Texture . 20
Minerals . 20
Plagioclase . 20
Augite . 22
Hypersthene . 22
Green hornblende . 22
Garnet . 23
Apatite . 23
Ore minerals . 24
Secondary alteration minerals . 24
Paragenesis . 25
Gabbroic anorthosite . 27
Megascopic description . 27
Microscopic description . 27
Gabbro . . 27
Megascopic description . 27
Microscopic description . 28
Texture . 28
Minerals . 28
Plagioclase . . 28
Hypersthene . 29
Diallage . 29
Augite . 30
[3]
4
CONTENTS
Gabbro (continued) page
Green hornblende . 30
Basaltic hornblende . 30
Biotite . 30
Apatite . 31
Garnet . 31
Ore minerals . 31
Spinel . .’ . 31
Secondary alteration minerals . 31
Paragenesis . 32
Minor rock types . 32
Pegmatites . . . 32
Diabase dikes . 33
Structural geology . 33
General statement . 33
Structural elements . 33
Primary flow structures . 33
Planar flow structures . 33
Linear flow structures . 34
Contacts . 35
Anorthosite-gabbro contacts . 35
Anorthosite-ore contacts . 35
Gabbro-ore contacts . 35
Joints, faults and diabase dikes . 36
Joints . 36
Faults . 36
Diabase dikes . 36
Structural geology of the area . 37
General statement . 37
Sanford Hill ore body . 38
Ore Mountain ore body . 41
Calamity-Mill Pond ore body . 42
Cheney Pond ore body . 48
Summary of structural features . 53
Petrologic history . . 53
Ore deposits . 56
General statement . 56
Classification . 56
Megascopic description of ore . 56
Ore in gabbro . 56
Ore in anorthosite . 57
Microscopic description of ore . 57
Method of study . 57
Properties of minerals in reflected light . 58
Magnetite . 58
Ilmenite . 58
Spinel . 58
Pyrite . 59
Pyrrhotite . 59
Gangue silicates . 59
CONTENTS
5
Ore deposits ( continued) page
Microscopic description of ore
Texture . 60
Mineral relations . 61
Ilmenite intergrowths in magnetite . 61
Ilmenite inclusions in magnetite . 66
Vanadium in magnetite . 66
Spinel intergrowths in magnetite . . 67
Ilmenite . 67
Gangue silicates . 68
Gangue sulphides . 68
Ilmenite . 68
Gangue Minerals . 68
Gangue of ore in gabbro . 68
Gangue of ore in anorthosite . 68
Origin . 70
Economic considerations . 73
Reserves . 73
Mining and milling . 73
Uses of ore minerals . 74
Ilmenite . 74
Magnetite . 74
Bibliography . 75
Glossary . 78
Figures 20 to 47 . 79
Index . 93
ILLUSTRATIONS
PAGE
Figure 1 Index map . Frontispiece
Figure 2 Geologic map of the Lake Sanford area . (in rear pocket)
Figure 3 Photograph of concentrating mill . IS
Figure 4 Diagram of plagioclase composition in anorthosite and gabbroic
anorthosite . 21
Figure 5 Diagram of plagioclase composition in gabbro . 28
Figure 6 Diagrammatic representation of linear flow structure in
anorthosite . 35
Figure 7 Pegmatite offset by faulting . 37
Figure 8 Geologic map of the Sanford Hill ore body . (in rear pocket)
Figure 9 Contact of ore and anorthosite . 39
Figure 10 Ore along joint in anorthosite . 39
Figure 11 Isometric drawing of the Sanford Hill ore body. ... (in rear pocket)
Figure 12 Geologic map of the Ore Mountain ore body . 43
Figure 13 Geologic map of the Calamity-Mill Pond ore body . 45
Figure 14 Ore in anorthosite at Iron dam . 49
Figure 15 Magnetite-rich bands in gabbroic anorthosite . 49
Figure 16 Geologic map of the Cheney Pond ore body . 51
Figure 17 Cross section of the Cheney Pond ore body . 53
Figure 18 Flow bands of ore around an inclusion . 60
Figure 19 A schematic diagram of a reaction zone between ore and
anorthosite . 69
Figure 20 Medium grained anorthosite . 79
Figure 21 Anorthosite altered to scapolite . . 79
Figure 22 Bent albite twin planes in laboradorite of anorthosite . . 80
Figure 23 Ore penetrating anorthosite . 80
Figure 24 Reaction zone between ore and anorthosite . 81
Figure 25 Fine-grained gabbro . 81
Figure 26 Gabbro . . 82
Figure 27 Ore-rich gabbro . 82
Figure 28 Ore-rich gabbro . 83
Figure 29 Hornblende-rich gabbro . 83
Figure 30 Ore-rich gabbro . 84
Figure 31 Gabbroic lean ore . 84
Figure 32 Intergrowtfis of ilmenite and spinel in magnetite . 85
Figure 33 Intergrowths of ilmenite in magnetite . 85
Figure 34 Intergrowths of ilmenite in magnetite . 86
Figure 35 Intergrowths of ilmenite in magnetite . 86
Figure 36 Intergrowths of ilmenite in magnetite . 87
Figure 37 Relic of ilmenite in magnetite . 87
Figure 38 Ilmenite corroded by magnetite . 88
Figure 39 Ilmenite corroded by magnetite . 88
Figure 40 Ilmenite embayed by magnetite . 89
Figure 41 Remnants of ilmenite in magnetite . 89
Figure 42 Ilmenite corroded and embayed by magnetite . 90
Figure 43 Ilmenite corroded and embayed by magnetite . 90
[7]
8
ILLUSTRATIONS
PAGE
Figure 44 Ilmenite corroded and embayed by magnetite . 91
Figure 45 Foliation of ore minerals . * . 91
Figure 46 Spinel in ore . 92
Figure 47 Gangue minerals in ore . 92
Table 1 Table of data from polished surfaces of ore . 62
Table 2 Ore reserves . . 73
EXPLANATORY NOTE
After the manuscript of this report was submitted to the New York
State Museum for publication, approval was secured from the Museum
by the author to publish a condensation of the material under the same
title. This condensation appeared in Mining Technology, v. 9, no. 1,
1945, as Technical Publication No. 1789 of the American Institute of
Mining and Metallurgical Engineers. The more recent views of the
author are found in the report appearing in Mining Technology, which
contains some minor changes.
Figure 1 Index map
[10]
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF
THE LAKE SANFORD AREA, NEW YORK
By Robert C. Stephenson, Temporary Geologist ,
New York State Museum
PREFACE
The study of the titaniferous magnetite deposits of the Lake
Sanford area has proved to be a very timely investigation. Field
work was begun in the area in the summer of 1940. During 1941 the
work was sponsored by the New York State Museum. In May 1941
development was started on the Sanford Hill ore body, one of the
larger deposits, by the National Lead Company. Imports of ilmenite,
classed as an essential mineral by the War Production Board, were
virtually cut off during the early months of 1941, due to high cost of
shipping and lack of cargo space. The National Lead Company,
Titanium Division, a manufacturer of titanium oxides, used chiefly
as pigment for light-colored paints, undertook the development at
Lake Sanford.
INTRODUCTION
LOCATION
The Lake Sanford titaniferous magnetite deposits consist of a
group of ore bodies around Lake Sanford in Newcomb township,
near the western edge of Essex county, New York (see figure 1).
The lake is in the southeast corner of Santanoni quadrangle. The
area lies in the heart of the Adirondack mountains, the most rugged
peaks of which rise to the east and north of Lake Sanford. The
deposits occur on the heavily forested slopes of the narrow valley
of the headwaters of Hudson river, of which Lake Sanford is a part.
The deposits are relatively inaccessible, being approximately thirty
miles by highway from the nearest railroad and eight miles from the
state highway. The nearest railroad is at the northern terminus of
the Saratoga branch of the Delaware and Hudson railroad at North
Creek.
The positions of the ore bodies considered in this study are shown
on the general geologic map of this area (see figure 2 in rear pocket).
There are four separate ore bodies in the area, bearing the following
names : Sanford Hill, Ore Mountain, Calamity-Mill Pond and
[11]
JIIV 46
12
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Cheney Pond. The largest of these, the Sanford Hill ore body, is
being developed by the Titanium Division of the National Lead
Company for its ilmenite content.
HISTORY
The history of the area is described by A. H. Masten (1923) and
W. C. Watson (1869). The discovery of the Lake Sanford deposits
dates back to the year 1826 when an Indian led a group of silver
prospectors from the North Elba region, across Indian pass, into the
Sanford valley. They first encountered magnetite ore at the “Iron
dam”, a ledge of ore which extended across the Hudson river at the
present site of the Tahawus Club.
Six tons of ore were shipped from the deposits in 1831, and tests
proved it to make excellent iron. Development work followed these
successful tests, and during a brief period in the year 1834 forges
were producing 1500 to 2000 pounds of iron a week. With this
activity the town of Adirondac sprang up above the head of Lake
Sanford, the vestiges of which may now be seen on the grounds of
the Tahawus Club.
In 1838 the first blast furnace was built by the enterprise, which
was one year later incorporated as the Adirondac Iron and Steel
Company. The ore body on the west slope of Sanford hill was first
opened in 1839, at which time Ebenezer Emmons (1842, p. 247-63)
made an extensive survey of the deposit.
The plant of the Adirondack Steel Company was erected in Jersey
City, N. J., in 1848. This, the first cast steel plant in America,
utilized iron from the Lake Sanford ore bodies. Steel from this
plant was awarded a gold medal at the World’s Fair in London in
1851.
It was not until 1848, some 22 years after the discovery of these
deposits, that the presence of titanium in the ore was first recog¬
nized. Ironically, this element, which contributed largely to the lack
of success of the early operators, is now the element which has
caused the development of the deposits on a large scale.
In 1854 a new and larger blast furnace was put into service. The
remnants of this furnace still stand near the Tahawus Club. The
period from about 1850 to 1858 was the interval of greatest activity
during the early history of the deposits. Operations came to an
abrupt end in 1858 and the deposits remained idle until 1906. The
enterprise was reorganized in 1894 as the MacIntyre Iron Company.
From 1906 to 1909 there was extensive development work on the
ore bodies. Magnetic surveys of all the ore bodies were made.
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 13
followed by considerable diamond drilling. At this time plans were
made for a railroad and other necessary production facilities. This
epoch in the history of the deposits passed, however, without the
production of ore.
A crushing and concentrating plant was erected on the east shore
of Lake Sanford at the site of the Sanford Hill ore body to concen¬
trate ore to be shipped for tests in modern furnaces. Some 15,000-
20,000 tons of ore were shipped during 1912 and 1913, but transpor¬
tation difficulties were encountered, as was the case in all previous
activities of the Sanford deposits. The test for which this ore was
used was run at Mineville under the supervision of F. E. Bachman,
general manager of the Northern Iron Company (1914).
A French metallurgist, A. Rossi (1893, p. 838-67), was employed
in 1892 to study and improve the methods of smelting titaniferous
ores. Patents resulting from this investigation were issued on
methods of smelting these ores and also on the manufacture of various
titanium alloys. Further work on the ores of the MacIntyre Iron
Company led in 1908 to the discovery by Rossi of the suitability of
titanium oxide as a white paint pigment. This was the first of a
series of discoveries of uses of titanium oxides.
PRESENT DEVELOPMENT1
The National Lead Company, Titanium Division, undertook the
development of the Sanford Hill ore body in May 1941, acquiring
the property from the MacIntyre Iron Company. The development
consisted of an extensive diamond drilling program on the Sanford
Hill body, accompanied by a dip needle survey; the opening of an
open pit mine, and the construction of a concentration mill (see
figure 3). In addition a village of some thirty houses, a bunk house
and a commissary, all complete with electric lights, running water and
a sewage system, were built to accommodate the employes of the
company. A road 8j/2 miles long was constructed connecting the
MacIntyre development with state route 28N. Shipment of ilmenite
concentrates to the railhead at North Creek started in July 1942.
PREVIOUS STUDY
Early studies of the Lake Sanford titaniferous magnetite deposits
were made by Emmons (1842), Kemp (1899) and Newland (1908).
Singewald (1913) discussed the details of the physical structure and
chemical composition of the ore and observed many of the geologic
1Hagar (1941). Titanium and the MacIntyre Development.
14
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
features. Osborne (1928 b), in a study of the titaniferous magnetite
deposits of the Adirondacks and Quebec, contributed the most com¬
prehensive information concerning the Lake Sanford deposits and
their genesis.
PRESENT STUDY
Seven months during the summers of 1940 and 1941 were spent
in the field in the Sanford area. Field work was sponsored by the
New York State Museum during the second summer. The 11,000
feet of diamond drill core at the MacIntyre development were made
available for study by the National Lead Company.
Laboratory work was based on an examination of 50 polished
surfaces and 75 thin sections cut from the drill core and surface
outcrops of rocks and ore.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The writer wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to the
Tahawus Club and the MacIntyre Iron Company for permission to
examine the deposits of the Lake Sanford area, and to the successors
of the MacIntyre Iron Company, the National Lead Company,
Titanium Division, and its staff, for much information concerning
the MacIntyre development. The writer is indebted to John P.
Brand, who served as field assistant during the preparation of control
maps of the ore bodies. Thanks are due Professor H. L. Ailing of
the University of Rochester for the loan of thin and polished sections.
Especial thanks are due to the faculty of the Department of Geology,
The Johns Hopkins University, for their helpful suggestions and
criticisms, and to the fellow graduate students, for the many profit¬
able discussions. The writer also wishes to express grateful appre¬
ciation of the cooperation of the New York State Museum in the
execution of the study.
GEOGRAPHY AND GENERAL GEOLOGY
TOPOGRAPHY
The Lake Sanford titaniferous magnetite deposits occur in an
area of about 12 square miles around Lake Sanford (see figure 2).
The lake is a still-water portion of the Hudson river. In the area imme¬
diately bordering the river and lake there is very little relief, but hills
rise sharply, both to the east and west of this narrow valley. The
maximum relief of 2000 feet is afforded by Mount Adams rising to
3584 feet to the northeast of Lake Sanford. Most of the hills rise
about 400 to 600 feet above the lake, which is 1720 feet above sea
level.
M51
sion, Tahawus, taken from island on Lake Sanford
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 17
The slopes of the hills are densely forested with hardwoods and
evergreens. Recent lumbering in parts of the area has resulted in
the rapid growth of underbrush. Deer and other wild life abound in
this area, which lies within the game preserve of the Tahawus Pur¬
chase Inc.
The Sanford Hill ore body lies on the southwest slope of Sanford
hill. The ore crops out discontinuously from the site of the present
concentrating mill near the lake, northeastward for a distance of
about 2800 feet up the slope of the hill. Magnetic surveys indicate
an extension of several hundred feet, though there are no outcrops.
The northern end of the ore body is about 300 feet above lake level.
The Ore Mountain ore body occurs near the foot of the southwest
slope of Mount Adams. It extends in a northwest-southeast direc¬
tion, diagonally to the southwest slope of the mountain, so that the
southeastern end of the ore body is several hundred feet higher than
the northwestern end.
The Calamity-Mill Pond ore body, as outlined by a magnetic
survey, has a length of about one mile. Its south end is at the point
where the trail to Mount Adams branches east from the road going
north along Hudson river, for about one mile. It terminates on the
north at the southwesternmost slope of the MacIntyre mountains.
This ore body is confined to the floor of the narrow valley of the
Hudson river, Calamity brook and Henderson brook. The ore crops
out at, or a few feet above, stream level.
The Cheney Pond ore body lies one and one-quarter miles west
of Lake Sanford, on the northeast slope of a hill south of Cheney
pond. The hill rises about 200 feet above the level of Cheney pond.
The ore outcrops are confined to a narrow zone running northwest-
southeast along the northeast slope of the hill.
ROCK TYPES
General Statement
The anorthosite, gabbroic anorthosite, gabbro and titaniferous
magnetite are all part of the Adirondack anorthosite massif. The
Lake Sanford area is near the southwest edge of this large intrusive
body (see figure 1), in the portion described by Balk (1931, p. 339)
as the apex of the structure.
Anorthosite
The normal anorthosite is a bluish gray, very coarse, por-
phyritic rock composed of phenocrysts of labradorite in a ground-
mass of medium to fine-grained plagioclase and a small percentage
18
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
of dark minerals. This rock is essentially the Marcy anorthosite
of Miller (1919, p. 17-20). The anorthosite and the gabbroic
anorthosite, into which it may grade, comprise the bulk of the rock
in the area. The distribution of the anorthosite is shown on the
geologic map of the general area (see figure 2).
Gabbroic Anorthosite
The general geologic map shows local areas of gabbroic anortho¬
site within the anorthosite. The gabbroic anorthosite is composed
of labradorite phenocrysts in a groundmass which is rich in dark
minerals. The name gabbroic anorthosite is applied to all of the
rocks intermediate between normal anorthosite and gabbro. The
percentage of labradorite phenocrysts varies between 25 and 15 per
cent, and the mafic constituents comprise 15 to 35 per cent of the
rock. The gabbroic anorthosite grades into anorthosite but does not
intrude it. The rock also grades into gabbro, which in turn grades
locally into ore. The gabbroic anorthosite is also intruded by ore.
Gabbro
Gabbro constitutes only a small part of the rock in the Lake San¬
ford area. It is a medium-grained rock composed of 35 to 75 per
cent femic minerals. The rock also contains up to 15 per cent
plagioclase phenocrysts similar to those in the anorthosite. The
gabbro may grade into anorthosite through gabbroic anorthosite, or
it may intrude anorthosite. Usually the gabbro contains the ore
minerals which are commonly concentrated in ore-rich bands. The
Cheney Pond body is the only large mass of gabbro. The rock
commonly occurs as small masses in gabbroic anorthosite and
anorthosite.
The titaniferous magnetite occurs as bands disseminated through
gabbro, or in rich masses as irregular replacements in anorthosite.
It is medium to fine-grained and contains varying percentages of
gangue silicates.
Minor Rock Types
Several narrow basic pegmatites which strike east-west cut the
gabbroic anorthosite at the mouth of Calamity brook. A few acid
pegmatites, never more than several inches wide, cut the anorthosite
throughout the area. On Mount Adams a small mass of pegmatite
grades with no perceptible boundary into the surrounding anorthosite.
Diabase dikes, varying in width from 14 inches to 10 feet, crop out
in the Ore Mountain, Calamity-Mill Pond, and Cheney Pond areas.
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 19
GLACIAL GEOLOGY
Much of the area is covered by Pleistocene glacial debris, indi¬
cated by blank areas on the geologic maps. These areas lack rock
outcrops. No attempt was made to differentiate this material. The
largest area of glacial cover embraces most of the region between
the foot of Mount Adams, Sanford hill and the Hudson river.
PETROGRAPHY AND MINERALOGY OF THE ROCKS
GENERAL STATEMENT
The anorthosite series in the Lake Sanford area consists of
anorthosite, gabbroic anorthosite, gabbro and titaniferous magnetite.
These rocks represent a genetically related gradational series and
differ from one another primarily in the ratios of the constituent
minerals.
The divisions used in the mapping of the Sanford area are as
follows: anorthosite, 0 to 15 per cent mafic minerals; gabbroic
anorthosite, 15 to 35 per cent mafic minerals, and 50 to 15 per cent
plagioclase phenocrysts, and gabbro, 35 to 75 per cent mafic minerals,
and not more than 15 per cent plagioclase phenocrysts; ore-bearing
gabbro, 10 to 40 per cent ore minerals ; gabbroic lean ore, 40-90 pet
cent ore minerals, and rich ore, 10 per cent or less gangue minerals.
The different facies of ore are discussed under ore deposits. Bud-
dington (1939, p. 19) sets up a more detailed division for the Adiron¬
dack anorthosite series from anorthosite through gabbro.
ANORTHOSITE
Megascopic Description
The anorthosite is a bluish gray to almost white, granular rock with
a very coarse to medium-grained texture. The coarse facies is
composed of tabular labradorite phenocrysts in a groundmass of
medium-grained plagioclase and a small percentage of dark minerals.
The phenocrysts in the coarse facies may be 10 cm or more in length,
but they average about 4 cm. Minerals of the groundmass average
1 to 4 mm in size.
The coarse anorthosite may be composed almost entirely of
plagioclase phenocrysts and only a small percentage of medium¬
grained groundmass. This coarse facies commonly grades into
medium-grained anorthosite through a decrease in the amount of
phenocrysts.
20
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
The labradorite phenocrysts are usually blue-gray to gray, and
some show the chatoyancy typical of this mineral. The smaller
plagioclase grains are light gray, greenish gray, or milky white.
The dark minerals are pyroxene, hornblende, garnet and the ore
minerals. Pyroxene and hornblende occur disseminated through
the groundmass, while the ore and garnet form aggregates. Fre¬
quently small patches of ore are surrounded by a rim of garnet.
Anorthosite grades into gabbroic anorthosite through an increase
in the femic constituents and a decrease in the number of plagioclase
phenocrysts. Miller (1919, p. 17-20) described the normal anortho¬
site as containing less than 10 per cent mafic minerals, though locally
this figure may rise to 15 or even 25 per cent. The facies with more
than 15 per cent of dark minerals is classed as a gabbroic anorthosite
in the Sanford area.
Microscopic Description
Texture. The texture of the porphyritic anorthosite is hypauto-
morphic-granular while that of the medium-grained anorthosite is
xenomorphic-granular (see figure 20). The phenocrysts of labra¬
dorite usually have a well-defined tabular form. Rounded corners
and bent albite twin planes are protoclastic structures common to
these crystals (see figure 22) . The dark constituents are disseminated
through the groundmass or occur as aggregates.
Minerals. The principal mineral of the anorthosite is intermediate
plagioclase. Orthorhombic and monoclinic pyroxene, hornblende,
garnet, apatite, ilmenite and magnetite are other primary minerals.
Plagioclase. The composition of the plagioclase was determined
with the Federov universal stage (Chudoba, 1933), and several
determinations were checked by the oil immersion method. The
coarse plagioclase crystals of the anorthosite and gabbroic anortho¬
site show a range in composition from An37 to An64, but the majority
of the phenocrysts are labradorite, An53 to An59 (see figure 4). The
large phenocrysts of labradorite are probably of intratelluric origin.
The medium and small grains of plagioclase in the groundmass of
the anorthosite and anorthosite gabbro are somewhat more sodic
in composition. The large grains of plagioclase may differ from
the groundmass plagioclase as much as Ani0. These small grains,
where they occur in contact with the phenocrysts, resorb the larger
grains.
The labradorite phenocrysts have both albite and pericline twin¬
ning. The albite twins in many of the large plagioclase crystals are
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 21
Grain Size
I . I . . ■ L-l-JL ■ « I 1-A.t. -J .1. I t- I t i-L-J-L-i-JL
^50 35 40 45 SO 55 60 6S
Figure 4 The range in composition of plagioclase grains of anorthosite
and gabbroic anorthosite. The percentage of anorthite is represented horizon¬
tally, and the relative abundance of a given feldspar is shown by the thickness
of the lines vertically.
bent. This suggests that they underwent deformation during con¬
solidation of the rock. Further evidence of this deformation is the
ragged appearance of the phenocrysts. Cushing (1907, p. 472)
advanced the idea that the anorthosite was granulated in metamor¬
phism. There was a complete lack of mortar structure around the
large phenocrysts examined in thin sections from the anorthosite of
the Lake Sanford area. This indicates that the material broken from
the phenocrysts in granulation must have been reworked by the still
unconsolidated portions of the magma. Breaks in the albite twins
at the point of bending in some crystals suggest a complete frac¬
turing of these crystals. The breaks are always healed by plagioclase,
and hornblende occurs in the plagioclase along some breaks. Evi¬
dence favors a theory of protoclastic deformation of the labradorite
phenocrysts.
There is no zoning in the plagioclase. Equilibrium conditions must
have prevailed throughout the crystallization history in order to have
permitted the complete reworking of the early-formed calcic pheno¬
crysts. The relatively small difference in composition of the large
plagioclase crystals and the plagioclase groundmass further sub¬
stantiates this conclusion.
Many of the feldspar phenocrysts have minute inclusions oriented
in the plane of the albite twins. Sometimes these inclusions are
dustlike, but more often they are rod-shaped. Barth (1930, p. 132—
33) reported the common occurrence of minute pyroxene inclusions
oriented parallel to (010) in plagioclase of anorthosite from else¬
where in the Adirondacks. The inclusions in the feldspar of the
Sanford area are pyroxene, spinel and an opaque mineral, presumably
magnetite. The definite orientation of the inclusions suggests that
22
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
they were formed later than the enclosing plagioclase. These inclu¬
sions are much more abundant at contacts of ore and anorthosite.
These facts suggest that the inclusions are formed through replace¬
ment along the albite twin planes.
Minute blebs which have the same birefringence, but lower indices
than the inclosing plagioclase, occur along the albite twin planes of
many plagioclase grains of all sizes and in all the rocks of the series.
The blebs are too small to measure for other optical data. They are
most likely more sodic plagioclase formed through recrystallization
due, possibly, to late magmatic solutions.
Augite. Augite is the most abundant femic mineral in the anortho¬
site and gabbroic anorthosite. The mineral occurs in subhedral to
anhedral grains, which average 2 mm, and is disseminated through
the rock or occurs as aggregates,
mineral are:
a = 1.700
Indices
y = 1.745
Birefringence 0 . 045
Max. extinction c A Z 50°
Optical data obtained for the
Optical character (— )
2V 70° ± 5°
Pleochroism very weak
According to Larsen and Berman (1934, p. 244), this is a calcium
and magnesium rich pyroxene.
Hypersthene. Hypersthene is not common in the anorthosite, but
it occurs in small amounts in much of the gabbro and some of the
gabbroic anorthosite. It forms anhedral grains which are 1 to 2 mm
in size. The optical data for this mineral are:
a 1.680
Indices
7 = 1.694
Birefringence 0 . 014
Parallel extinction
Optical character (— )
2V 85° ± 5°
Dispersion r > v, very weak
Pleochroism X-red
Y-pale brownish yellow
Z-light green
Hypersthene with these optical properties has the composition
MgSiOs — 82 per cent; and FeSi03 — 18 per cent (Winchell, 1927,
p. 177).
Green hornblende. Green hornblende is present in some anortho¬
site. It may accompany pyroxene, be formed by hornblendization
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 23
of pyroxene, or be present instead of pyroxene. The grains are
anhedral to subhedral, and they vary in size from 1 to 5 mm. Horn¬
blende occurs along cracks and boundaries of the pyroxenes,
especially the augite. This hornblende is of the same composition
as that which has crystallized directly from the magma. Both types
occur in the same thin sections. The optical data for this hornblende
are:
Indices
a = 1.658
7 = 1.672
B iref ringence 0.024
Maximum extinction cA Z 23°
Optical character (— )
2V 70° ± 5°
Dispersion
Pleochroism
Absorption
r > v
X-yellow green
Y-olive green
Z-dark green
X< Y<Z
These data indicate that this mineral is pargasite which is inter¬
mediate in composition between Larsen and Berman’s (1934, p. 224-
25) numbers 39 and 40, in the hornblende series. The ratio of Mg: Fe
is 1.4:1 and of Al:Fe is 4.5:1 in this hornblende.
Garnet. Garnet occurs as grains which are euhedral to anhedral
in shape, and are 2-3 mm in diameter. Euhedral and subhedral
grains occur disseminated throughout the plagioclase of the anortho¬
site, but subhedral to anhedral grains in aggregates are not uncom¬
mon. Garnet usually occurs in association with anhedral patches of
the ore minerals, either as rims around them, or as scattered grains
in the plagioclase near the ore patches.
The garnet is pink in color, has high relief and is irregularly frac¬
tured. The index of refraction is 1.762, and the specific gravity is
3.62. A garnet with these properties, according to Winchell (1927,
p. 264), has the following composition:
Grossularite — CagA^SigChg . 72 per cent
Andradite — CagFegSigO^ . 18 per cent
Almandite — FegA^SigOj^ . 10 per cent
100
Apatite. Apatite is not very abundant in anorthosite, but does
occur as an accessory mineral. The grains are usually about 1 mm
in size and are subhedral to anhedral in shape. The crystals may
24
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
be short and prismatic, but more commonly are completely anhedral.
Optical data for this mineral are:
Indices e = 1.628; co = 1.631
Birefringence 0 . 003
Parallel extinction
Optical character Uniaxial ( — )
Colorless
The indexes of this apatite are slightly lower than those of common
fluor-apatite (Larsen and Berman, 1934, p. 228), but this difference is
probably due to slight impurities.
Ore minerals. Small anhedral opaque patches of the ore minerals
are not uncommon in the anorthosite. These patches measure as
much as 1 cm in diameter but are usually much smaller. Their shape
is always very irregular. They may or may not be surrounded by a
zone of garnet.
Secondary alteration minerals. Secondary alteration minerals of
the anorthosite are scapolite, chlorite, and carbonate. Scapolite forms
as an alteration product of the plagioclase (see figure 21) and usually
occurs as scaly aggregates along the borders of the grains. The
plagioclase grains are especially susceptible to scapolitization along
the albite twin planes. Rogers and Kerr (1933, p. 251) speak of
scapolite as a high-temperature alteration product of plagioclase in
some gabbros.
The optical data of
the scapolite are :
e = 1.545
Indices
co = 1.564
Birefringence
Parallel extinction
0.019
Optical character
Colorless
Uniaxial (— )
These optical
properties indicate
the scapolite composition is
Ma57Me43 (Ma — Marialite, Na4Al3Si9024Cl, and Me — Meionite,
Ca4Al6Si6027C), and the mineral is dipyrite (Winched, 1927, p. 346-
47).
Pyroxene and hornblende are commonly altered to chlorite. The
chlorite is closely associated with calcite, which is a very common
alteration product of plagioclase. Chloritization of the femic
minerals is so complete in places that the primary mineral can no
longer be identified. Calcite and minor amounts of chlorite occur
along cracks and cleavages of the plagioclase. Epidote, which usually
accompanies chlorite and carbonate in saussuritization, was not
found.
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 25
The optical data for the chlorite are:
Index /S = 1.604
Birefringence low
Optical character Biaxial ( — )
2V almost zero
Typically forms rosettes
Color green, slightly pleochroic
The optical properties are those of prochlorite (Winchell, 1927,
p. 376-80).
The following optical data for the carbonate determine it as calcite:
Indices e = 1.488; <o = 1.658
Birefringence 0.170
Optical character Uniaxial (— )
Colorless
Rhombic cleavage
Paragenesis.
The plagioclase phenocrysts of the anorthosite were the first
crystals to form. It has been pointed out that they are probably of
intratelluric origin. The ground mass of the anorthosite crystallized
after the intrusion of the magma which carried these suspended
crystals. The sequence in which the minerals appear to have crys¬
tallized is as follows : plagioclase, apatite, hypersthene, augite,
hornblende, garnet and ilmenite-magnetite (earliest to latest),
hornblende, garnet and ilmenite-magnetite (earliest to latest).
The difference in composition of the plagioclase of the phenocrysts
and that of the groundmass, and the fact that the large grains are
resorbed by the smaller crystals, clearly established the plagioclase
of the groundmass as younger than that of the phenocrysts.
Apatite forms anhedral to subhedral crystals along boundaries
between the smaller plagioclase crystals, but it is never included in
the plagioclase. Apatite anhedra are common as inclusions in hypers¬
thene and augite, so it is assumed that the apatite followed the
crystallization of plagioclase and preceded the pyroxenes.
The pyroxenes are always anhedral against the plagioclase and
commonly corrode it. It seems likely that all or most of the plagio¬
clase was crystallized before the pyroxene began to crystallize.
Hypersthene is often lacking in the anorthosite, but when present, it
is in small anhedral grains which are frequently corroded, and
inclosed by augite. While this evidence is not conclusive that the
hypersthene is earlier than augite, such a sequence is in accord with
the evolution of rock minerals as set forth by Ailing ( 1936, p. 202) .
Hornblende replaces pyroxene. This fixes its position with respect
to pyroxene in the paragenetic sequence. It is formed by peritectic
reaction between the pyroxene and the still unconsolidated portion
26
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
of the magma. Bowen (1933, p. 114-15) points out that new-formed
amphibole will accompany the transformation of pyroxene into
amphibole. The amount of hornblendization may be very small, but,
many thin sections of anorthosite contain hornblende and no
pyroxene.
Ailing (1936, p. 202-3) stresses the importance of hyperfusible
constitutents in the formation of hornblende, since addition of silica
and water are necessary for formation of amphibole from pyroxene
molecules. Bowen ( 1917, p. 209-43) points to the lack of hornblende
in the anorthosite, with special reference to the Morin anorthosite, as
evidence of the lack of volatile constituents, but Ailing (1932, p. 193-
237) contests this assumption. It appears that some hyperfusible
components must have concentrated in the anorthosite, locally at
least, or there would have been no hornblende-bearing anorthosite.
Garnet follows hornblende in the paragenetic sequence but crystal¬
lized before the ore minerals which were the last of the primary*
minerals to crystallize. Garnet corrodes and embays the pyroxenes
and hornblende. It commonly occurs as subhedral to euhedral
crystals along boundaries of plagioclase and may penetrate it along
cracks or along the albite twin planes. Garnet is embayed by ore
minerals wherever they occur together.
Garnet is seldom lacking in the anorthosite, but it is most abundant
where there is a concentration of ore minerals. It is quite likely that
garnet is formed by peritectic reaction between plagioclase crystals
and the still unconsolidated ore residuum. The calcium-iron-
aluminum composition of the garnet is in accord with such a
hypothesis.
The magnetite-ilmenite patches are the last of the primary minerals
to form. The ore minerals corrode and embay all of the primary
minerals. There is no question but that they are the latest of these
minerals. This is in accord with the conclusions of Newhouse
(1936, p. 29).
Alteration of plagioclase to scapolite is apparently associated with
the occurrence of magnetite and ilmenite in anorthosite for the two
frequently occur in the same rock and scapolite is common in the
reaction zones between ore and anorthosite. The exact position of
scapolite in the paragenetic sequence is not known ; it may be slightly
earlier than, contemporaneous with or later than the ore minerals.
Chlorite and carbonate are distinctly later than the ore, for in
addition to occurring as common alteration products of the rock
minerals, they occur along cracks in the ore minerals. The chlorite
and scapolite represent a stage of hydrothermal activity which
apparently closed the crystallization history of the magma.
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 27
GABBROIC ANORTHOSITE
Megascopic Description
The gabbroic anorthosite is a light gray porphyritic granular rock.
It consists of tabular phenocrysts, averaging about 4 cm in length, in
a medium-grained groundmass. Phenocrysts comprise 15 to 20
per cent of the gabbroic anorthosite. The minerals of the gabbroic
anorthosite are identical in composition to those, found in the anortho¬
site. Gabbroic anorthosite, in addition to having fewer phenocrysts
than normal anorthosite, has from 15 to 35 per cent mafic minerals
in the groundmass, while anorthosite has less than 15 per cent of
these constituents. Gabbroic anorthosite is an intermediate member
between anorthosite and gabbro, and this facies embraces all grada¬
tions between the two.
A small area of the gabbroic anorthosite along the southeast shore
of Cheney pond is syenitic in character. The groundmass of this
rock is light pink in color and there are only a few plagioclase pheno¬
crysts. This facies has not been delineated on the geologic maps since
it occupies an area of only a few hundred square feet. The syenitic
facies grades into normal gabbroic anorthosite to the north along
the shore of Cheney pond and to gabbro on the south, toward the
ore body.
Microscopic Description
The minerals and mineral relations, except for the relative per¬
centages, are the same for gabbroic anorthosite as for anorthosite.
The syenitic facies of gabbroic anorthosite is composed of andesine
plagioclase (An45), 55 per cent; microcline, 25 per cent; hornblende,
15 per cent, and magnetite-ilmenite. There is some chloritization of
the hornblende. The paragenesis in this rock is: plagioclase (early),
hornblende, microcline, magnetite-ilmenite and chlorite.
GABBRO
Megascopic Description
The gabbro is gray when fresh, but it is usually deeply weathered
to a brown, limonite-stained rock. It is a medium to fine, granular
rock. The grain size varies from 0.5 mm to 3 mm. The gabbro is
normally equigranular, but a few tabular plagioclase phenocrysts
may be scattered through it.
Gabbro contains 35 to 75 per cent mafic minerals and less than 15
per cent plagioclase phenocrysts. It may grade into gabbroic anortho¬
site through a decrease in mafic minerals and an accompanying
increase in plagioclase phenocrysts, or into ore through a decrease
28
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
in silicate minerals and a corresponding increase in ilmenite and
magnetite.
Ore-rich gabbro is similar to gabbro in texture but contains 10 to
40 per cent ore minerals, and gabbroic lean ore contains 40 to 90
per cent ore minerals in a rock of texture similar to gabbro. Lenses
of rich ore are common in, and usually gradational with, gabbro.
There is a small area of hornblende gneiss above the lens of ore
comprising the Cheney Pond body. This grades into normal gabbro
in places. The principal minerals of this gneissic rock are horn¬
blende, plagioclase and ore minerals. The texture varies from that
of the normal gabbro to very coarse, individual crystals of horn¬
blende reaching a maximum size of 7 mm.
Microscopic Description
Texture. Gabbro is fine to medium-grained, hypidiomorphic-
granular. Photomicrographs (see figures 25, 26, 27, 28 and 29) illus¬
trate the texture. The femic minerals commonly occur aggregated in
synneusis texture (Vogt 1921, p. 321) (see figure 26). Often crystals
are elongated parallel to the foliation of gabbro.
Minerals.
Plagioclase. Large phenocrysts of plagioclase are not common.
When they do occur, they are usually resorbed around the borders
by small plagioclase grains just as in the anorthosite. The small
grains of plagioclase are xenomorphic granular and are commonly
from 1-4 mm in size.
The composition of 65 plagioclase grains in thin sections of gabbro
from the Sanford area is represented in figure 5. The range of the
Grain Size
l . I .... I ... ...
An jo 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
Figure 5 The range in composition of plagioclase grains of gabbro. The
percentage of anorthite is represented horizontally, and the relative abundance
of feldspar of a given composition is shown by the thickness of the lines verti¬
cally.
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 29
plagioclase in the gabbro is from An63 to An33 but most of the crystals
fall within An6o and An45. The average plagioclase of the gabbro
is labradorite, An57. It is significant that the small crystals of plagio¬
clase do not show a more albitic composition than the phenocrysts
which are scattered through the gabbro in minor amounts. The
phenocrysts were undoubtedly few enough in number to be com¬
pletely reworked to the same composition as the small crystals. In
the mafic facies of gabbro, the composition of plagioclase is com¬
monly An58 or An59, about An2 more anorthitic than the average
labradorite of the gabbro. Plagioclase in the hornblende gneiss at
Cheney pond is andesine.
A very little plagioclase in the gabbro contains inclusions of mafic
minerals along the albite twin planes. Blebs of recrystallized sodic
plagioclase, described in the discussion of plagioclase of the anortho¬
site, are very abundant parallel to the albite twin planes in the ore-
rich facies of gabbro. This suggests that the blebs are of deuteric
origin and are associated with the stage of the consolidation of the
ore minerals.
Alteration to carbonate along cleavages and cracks in the plagio¬
clase is not so common as in anorthosite.
Hypersthene. Hypersthene is not very abundant in normal gab-
bros, but in ore-bearing gabbro it may comprise as much as 25 per cent
of the rock. The composition of the hypersthene in the gabbro is
the same as that in anorthosite.
Hypersthene occurs in small anhedral to subhedral crystals. It
forms poikilitic inclusions in the diallage of some of the more mafic
gabbro, and occurs interlaminated with diallage along polysynthetic
twins in the latter.
Diallage. Diallage, rather than augite, occurs in much of the
mafic and ore-rich facies. The grains vary from 1 to 3 mm in size
and are anhedral to subhedral in shape. Diallage is characterized
by schiller inclusions, a good (100) cleavage, and polysynthetic
twinning parallel to (100). Intergrowths and poikilitic inclusions of
hypersthene in diallage are quite common.
Optical data for the diallage are:
Indices a =* 1.657; 7 «■ 1.682
Birefringence 0 . 025
Maximum extinction cAZ —39°
Optical character Biaxial (+)
2V 60° ± 5°
Pleochroism very weak
30
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Diallage is considered by Ford ( 1932, p. 559) as intermediate between
augite and diopside. It is altered to chlorite in some of the gabbro.
Augite. Augite of the same composition as that found in anortho¬
site and gabbroic anorthosite, is common in the less mafic gabbro.
It forms medium-sized anhedral to subhedral crystals. The augite
may be altered to uralite or chlorite.
Green hornblende. Green hornblende occurs as crystals which
formed directly from the magma, and also through hornblendization
of pyroxene. The grain size averages 3 mm and the grains are
usually anhedial. Hornblendization of the pyroxene occurs along
cracks, cleavages and borders of grains. In the hornblende gneiss at
Cheney pond the grains become fairly coarse and in general are
xenomorphic. The green hornblende of the gabbros and hornblende
gneiss is of the same composition as that found in the anorthosite and
gabbroic anorthosite.
Basaltic hornblende. Brown basaltic hornblende is common in
ore-bearing gabbro. The mineral occurs in stubby, subhedral to
anhedral crystals of medium size. It is associated with diallage,
hypersthene, apatite and plagioclase in gabbros which are rich in
magnetite and ilmenite. Brown hornblende forms instead of green
hornblende in these rocks. The optical data are:
r * . / a = 1.674
Indlces { t - 1.713
Birefringence = 0 . 039
Maximum extinction cAZ 13°
Optical character biaxial (— )
2V 80°
Pleochroism X-yellow brown
Y-brown
Z-red brown
X< Y<Z
According to Larsen and Berman (1934, p. 224-25) a hornblende
of this composition contains a small amount of titanium.
Biotite. Red-brown biotite forms from hornblende and also
crystallizes as a primary mineral in the mafic, and ore-bearing
gabbros. It never exceeds a few per cent. It may occur in medium¬
sized subhedral crystals in gabbro (see figures 29 and 30), or as an
alteration along cleavages and cracks of hornblende. Frequently
biotite occurs along borders of patches of ore minerals. Chlorite is
a common alteration product of the biotite. The optical data for this
mineral are:
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 31
Indices
Birefringence
Maximum extinction cAX
Optical character Biaxial
2V
Pleochroism
1.695; /SI. 643
0.048
2°
(-)
near 0°
X< Y<Z
X-pale brown
Y-brown
Z-red brown
Biotite of this composition is, according to Winchell (1927, p. 368)
lepidomelane, an iron rich variety.
Apatite. Apatite occurs most frequently as small anhedral grains
between plagioclase grains. Subhedral prismatic grains also occur.
Apatite crystals are commonly included in the pyroxenes and ore
minerals. Apatite comprises as much as 10 per cent of the ore-rich
gabbro but in normal gabbro rarely exceeds 1 per cent. The com¬
position of the apatite in gabbro is the same as that in anorthosite.
Garnet. Garnet occurs as medium to fine, euhedral or anhedral
crystals. In the normal gabbro it is subordinate to pyroxenes in
amount, but some of the mafic and ore-bearing gabbro is rather
rich in garnet. The garnet frequently occurs as rims fringing patches
of ore minerals (see figures 26 and 27), but it may form euhedra
along boundaries of plagioclase. The composition of this garnet is
similar to that of garnet found in anorthosite.
Ore minerals. Normal gabbro contains an average of 5 per cent
of ore minerals; ore-rich gabbro, 10 to 40 per cent, and gabbroic
lean ore 40 to 90 per cent. Figures 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, and 31
illustrate the anhedral character of the ore minerals. Magnetite and
ilmenite corrode and embay all of the silicate minerals. The ore
minerals commonly have a zone of garnet surrounding them, but the
ore may occur in contact with plagioclase without reaction minerals
(see figure 30). Green spinel frequently occurs along boundaries
of ore minerals in gabbroic lean ore (see figure 31 ) .
Spinel. Green spinel may occur in minor amounts along boundaries
of ore minerals and as anhedra associated with ore minerals in
gabbroic lean ore. The refractive index of the spinel is 1.778, and the
color is deep grass-green. The optical data indicate that the mineral
is hercynite (FeAl204) containing some MgO. The refractive index
of pure hercynite is 1.80, but Winchell (1927, p. 63) reports that
hercynite with 13.7 per cent MgO has an index of 1.775.
Secondary alteration minerals. Chlorite and carbonate occur as
late hydrothermal alteration minerals as in the anorthosite, but the
alteration is not as extensive.
32
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Paragenesis
The paragenetic sequence of minerals in the normal gabbro is the
same as in the anorthosite. This is logical since the same minerals
are common to both. The paragenetic relations are more difficult
to see in the gabbro since the crystallization periods of all the minerals
are not far apart. An increase in mafic constituents in the magma
resulted in an overlap in the crystallization periods of the plagioclase
and pyroxenes.
Diallage forms after hypersthene in mafic, and ore-bearing gabbros.
Intergrowths of hypersthene in diallage, such as are found in these
rocks are suggested by Vogt (1921, p 319-21), as having formed by
exsolution. In addition to these intergrowths and inclusions, there
is diallage which has apparently embayed hypersthene. Basaltic
hornblende, which is a rather common constituent in the ore-bearing
gabbro appears to have formed instead of green hornblende. Volatile
constituents in the ore were undoubtedly responsible for the forma¬
tion of ferric-iron-rich hornblende.
Biotite formed from green hornblende as an alteration product
and also crystallized directly from the magma. Biotite is restricted
to mafic, and ore-bearing gabbro. It apparently crystallized after
garnet for it occurs along fractures in some of the garnet.
MINOR ROCK TYPES
Pegmatites
The narrow stringers with pegmatitic texture at the mouth of
Calamity brook consist of magnetite and a chloritized amphibole.
The magnetite contains many intergrowths of ilmenite. The amphi¬
bole has been altered to chlorite (var. ( — ) penninite), and the
amphibole cleavage is the only indication of the character of the
original mineral. Crystals of these minerals average 3 cm in size.
Along the borders of dikes is a zone of very fine-grained plagioclase,
hornblende and pyrite, about one inch wide. The contact of this
zone with the gabbroic anorthosite is sharp. This pegmatite was
undoubtedly generated in ore-rich gabbro of the Calamity Brook area.
The small acid pegmatite mass on Mount Adams is composed
essentially of orthoclase, quartz and a small amount of biotite, which
is very much altered to chlorite (var. prochlorite). The pegmatite is
coarse and inequigranular. The pegmatite grades laterally into
anorthosite.
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 33
Diabase Dikes
The diabase dikes are aphanitic and dark greenish gray in color.
A chilled border of about one-half inch wide is visible mega-
scopically.
The microscopic texture of the diabase is ophitic. Labradorite
(An67) occurs in a groundmass of pyroxene which is altered to very
finely disseminated carbonate and chlorite. The chilled border is a
zone of brown glassy material containing numerous spherulites.
STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY
GENERAL STATEMENT
Special emphasis is placed on the structural geology of the Lake
Sanford area in an effort to find what influence, if any, the structure
of the rocks has had on the concentration and deposition of ore.
The technic of Hans Cloos and collaborators for mapping the struc¬
tural elements of igneous bodies is used in this work (Balk, 1937).
STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS
Primary Flow Structures
Planar flow structures. A planar flow structure is a fabric formed
in a rock by arrangement of minerals or groups of minerals into sub¬
parallel or parallel planes. Such structures may also be called “flow
planes,” “banding” or “foliation.”
The planar structure of the anorthosite of the Lake Sanford area
is commonly very elusive, as pointed out by Balk (1931, p. 315 ) ^
for the anorthosite of the Adirondack massif as a whole. Plagio-
clase phenocrysts oriented with the side pinacoid (010) faces
parallel form the planar flow structure in the anorthosite. Parallelism
of dark minerals in the groundmass of anorthosite is not common.
In the gabbro, planar structure is generally well developed. There
is an orientation of both the plagioclase phenocrysts and the minerals
of the groundmass to form foliation. The planar structure in the
gabbro is good. Dark minerals tend to concentrate in bands or layers.
Grains of ore minerals usually show elongation parallel to the plane
of foliation as the amount of titaniferous magnetite increases in the
facies intermediate between gabbro and ore.
Most of the ore lacks flow structure of any kind. Foliated ore
occurs along the border of some of the lenses of ore in gabbro. The
grains of ilmenite and magnetite are elongated in the plane of folia¬
tion which is parallel to the contact.
34
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Cushing (1907, p. 472), Miller (1918, p. 412), Balk (1931, p. 317)
and Buddington (1939, p. 27) have all recognized the foliation in
the Adirondack anorthosite as a primary igneous flow structure. The
planar structure developed through an alignment of minerals during
the period of flowage and crystallization in the magma and records
the probable direction of movement within the magma during this
period. The foliation in the rich ore suggests that there was move¬
ment in the ore during the period of crystallization. The local con¬
centrations of ore are a result of this movement.
Linear flow structures. Linear structures in igneous rocks are
commonly formed by a parallelism of needle-like crystals, or by
accumulations of crystals in masses with elongated spindle-like shape
(Balk, 1937, p. 7-14). Much of the anorthosite in the Sanford area
shows a rather obscure linear flow structure which has heretofore
gone unobserved. The phenocrysts of plagioclase in the anorthosite
are tabular. The side pinacoid or (010) faces are large and roughly
equidimensional, while the crystals are rather thin normal to the
side pinacofd. The anorthosite has no apparent flow structure where
the phenocrysts are not oriented into a foliation. The plagioclase
crystals appear to lie at random in the fine-grained groundmass. If
the strike and dip of the side pinacoid faces of four or five of these
apparently unoriented phenocrysts of an outcrop are recorded and
plotted on a projection net, the traces will intersect in a point or
nearly so. This point represents the line of intersection of these,
planes and suggests that the crystals are oriented around a common
axis, with the side pinacoid faces parallel to this axis. Figure 6a
shows how the crystals may lie with respect to the axis, and figure 6b
shows in projection the traces of the pinacoid faces of these crystals
intersecting at a common point.
This lineation is interpreted as a primary flow structure. Accord¬
ing to Balk (1937, p. 7-8), solid bodies, suspended in a moving
liquid, will orient themselves so that there is dynamic equilibrium of
the forces acting along the surface of each particle. Elongated
crystals such as hornblende will rotate so that the longest axis of the
particle coincides with the direction of flow. The plagioclase pheno¬
crysts of the anorthosite are not elongated but are tabular, so no
such orientation is effected when the crystals are suspended in a
moving magma. Plagioclase crystals may move in a magma as
suspended particles through a cylindrical pipe. Dynamic equilibrium
conditions are satisfied where the side pinacoid faces of the tabular
crystals are oriented parallel to the direction of flow. For this
reason a plagioclase crystal can be oriented in any position around
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 35
160*
Figure 6 (a) A block diagram of anorthosite containing plagioclase pheno-
crysts with side pinacoids oriented around the axis of flowage. ( b ) Traces
of the side pinacoid faces of the plagioclase phenocrysts in (a) plotted on a
Schmidt equal area net. The planes intersect in a point which contains the
axis of flowage.
the axis of flowage as long as the side pinacoid face coincides with
the axis.
Plagioclase phenocrysts which are oriented into a linear structure
may be rotated into a planar flow structure if the magma in which
they are suspended is influenced by wall rock or already consolidated
portions of the magma.
CONTACTS
Anorthosite-Gabbro Contacts
Anorthosite almost everywhere in the area grades laterally into
gabbroic anorthosite and gabbro without any perceptible boundary.
Gabbro intrudes anorthosite along the southwest border of the
Cheney Pond gabbro mass and there is a zone of garnet about one
inch wide at the contact which is highly irregular. The gabbro dips
southwest under the anorthosite. To the east of this Cheney Pond
area, the gabbro grades into gabbroic anorthosite.
Anorthosite-Ore Contacts
Contacts between anorthosite and ore are highly irregular and
extremely sharp. Ore commonly penetrates anorthosite along joints.
Reaction' minerals always occur between the ore and anorthosite.
Gabbro-Ore Contacts
Gabbro grades into ore by an increase in ore minerals and a
decrease in silicate minerals. Ore is concentrated as bands in gabbro.
36
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
At Cheney pond the foot wall of the ore lens with gabbro is sharp.
It has a narrow zone of garnet, which suggests that the ore is intru¬
sive into the gabbro.
JOINTS, FAULTS AND DIABASE DIKES
Joints
The Lake Sanford area is but a small portion of the Adirondack
anorthosite massif and for this reason a complete analysis of the
joints of the region is not possible. There are several systems of
steeply dipping regional joints predominating over the entire San¬
ford area. There is a strong N.E.-S.W. system. There are also
quite strong W.N.W.-E.S.E. and minor N.-S. and E.-W. systems.
Local jointing is especially strong in the gabbro, whereas the
anorthosite is usually massive. There are many closely spaced strike
joints parallel to the foliation plane in the gabbro at Cheney pond.
Faults
There is very little evidence of faulting in the area. Slickensides
occur locally on the surface of joints. There is evidence of slippage
on practically every joint surface in the south end of the old ore pit
above the Tahawus Club, but none of the displacements is over one
or two feet. The core from some of the diamond drill holes on
Sanford hill shows many slickensides. This evidence of minor dis¬
placement occurs in both ore and rock so the faulting must be post-ore.
A small point of land extends into the northern end of Lake
Sanford, where the road runs close- to the lake. At this point is a
flat-lying exposure of anorthosite cut by a 3-inch wide pegmatite
which strikes east- west and is nearly vertical. This pegmatite (see
figure 7) has been displaced by three vertical faults which trend
north-south. The maximum displacement is 18 inches.
The faults may be the result of postconsolidation adjustment in
the anorthosite massif, or it may be the result of much later regional
deformation.
Diabase Dikes
Four diabase dikes were found in the Lake Sanford area. The
dikes trend northeast and are vertical. Their width varies from 14
inches to 10 feet. Two of the dikes occur on the west slope of Mount
Adams. Streams have quarried the finely jointed dikes out of the
more massive anorthosite. The diabase at the west end of the Ore
Mountain ore body is 10 feet wide and a stream has cut a deep walled
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 37
Figure 7 Pegmatite offset by north-south faults. Occurs on west shore
at the north end of Lake Sanford.
gorge about 50 feet deep along its strike. A narrow dike is traceable
for about 20 feet along the east shore of Cheney pond.
Balk (1931, p. 416) points out that the systems of joints followed
by the diabase dikes are probably tension joints. The age of the
dikes is considered to be late Precambrian (Keeweenawan) by
Buddington (1941, p. 25).
STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY OF THE AREA
General Statement
It has been pointed out that the Lake Sanford area lies along the
southwestern edge of the Adirondack anorthosite massif, in the
zone which Balk (1931, p. 339) described as the structural apex of
the intrusive dome. The Lake Sanford area (see figure 2) is one
of very irregular flow structures. These structures were formed in
a magma far from the influence of wall rock. Balk (1931, p. 326)
described similar irregular structures in the northeastern portions
of the massif as festoons.
Planar structure is best developed in gabbro and gabbroic anortho¬
site, and much of the anorthosite lacks foliation. Linear flow struc¬
ture is developed locally in areas of anorthosite.
38
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Several portions of the area in between the ore bodies contain
small concentrations of ore. Bands of ore occur in gabbro which
grades into gabbroic anorthosite on the slope of the hill just to the
east of the Tahawus Club. There is a large band of gabbroic lean
ore near the crest of the hill which has apparently intruded anortho¬
site along the foliation plane. The contact is very sharp and garnet
occurs along the contact zone.
Gabbroic lean ore occurs in the apex of an intense bend in the
foliation of the rocks which outcrop on the thumb of land extend¬
ing into Lake Sanford directly across from the Sanford Hill ore
body. The ore grades laterally on the flanks of the bend into gabbro,
which in turn grades into gabbroic anorthosite. The bend in the
flow structure apparently served as a concentration point for the ore.
Sanford Hill Ore Body
The Sanford Hill (see figure 8 in rear pocket) ore body is the
most poorly exposed of all of the bodies in the Sanford area. Prior
to the beginning of development there were only two rock outcrops
below the ore body on the northwest slope of Sanford hill. The
present study was completed before any of the mine benches had
been opened.
Much of the anorthosite on Sanford hill shows no planar flow
structure, but the plagioclase phenocrysts are oriented into a linear :
flow structure. There are several areas where the anorthosite grades
into gabbroic anorthosite which usually is well foliated. Structural
irregularities in the anorthosite could undoubtedly be correlated
with textural variations, if continuous exposures were available for
very detailed mapping. Textural changes of the anorthosite occur
universally ; coarse facies grade into finer facies due to a decrease
in the percentage of plagioclase phenocrysts. It is reasonable to
assume that the coarse anorthosite, composed mostly of plagioclase
phenocrysts in 10 to 25 per cent medium-grained groundmass, would
behave as a rigid body much sooner during consolidation than
anorthosite or anorthositic gabbro with but 10 to 50 per cent pheno¬
crysts. The areas of coarse anorthosite would thus form obstruc¬
tions around which the still mobile portions of the magma would
move. This may explain the great irregularity of flow structures.
Contacts of ore and anorthosite are very poorly exposed. The
solid lines on the map indicate observed contacts and dotted lines
indicate inferred ones. The contacts are always sharp and very
irregular (see figure 9), and reaction minerals occur between the
anorthosite and ore. The contacts are so devious that they can be
illlli.
Figure 9 Irregular contact of ore and anorthosite at Sanford hill, with zone
of reaction minerals. Photo by Robert Black.
Figure 10 Stringer of ore along a joint in anorthosite at Sanford hill
[391
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 41
only generalized on the map. The anorthosite exposed in the excava¬
tions for the mill buildings is partially replaced by irregular masses
of garnet over 100 feet from the nearest mass of ore. Ore minerals
commonly occur as small aggregates in the center of these masses.
Ore engulfs blocks of anorthosite in the old ore pit, which is now
the site of the crusher plant. One inclusion of anorthosite, 15 by 12
by 10 feet in size, appears to be completely inclosed by ore and the
xenolith has undergone considerable alteration. It has been sur¬
rounded by a zone of reaction minerals, and the groundmass has
largely been converted to pyroxene and garnet.
Narrow stringers of ore penetrate anorthosite along joints some
distance from the nearest outcropping mass of ore. Such a stringer
cuts anorthosite on the ridge about two-thirds of the way to the
summit of Sanford hill (see figure 10), and the nearest mass of ore
is about 200 feet to the west. The average width is two inches and
the ore which composes the center one-quarter to one-half inch is
separated from the anorthosite by reaction minerals. The ore was
introduced after the anorthosite had been jointed.
The only outcropping gabbroic rock which grades into ore occurs
toward the north end of the Sanford Hill ore body. Here it is
surrounded by ore and occurs as an elongated island of rock. A peg
model, constructed with the information obtained by logging the
diamond drill core, shows that most of the ore which occurs in the
lower part of the hill is in the form of lenses in gabbro. Much of the
rock is gabbroic lean ore and ore-bearing gabbro. Lenses of one
type of rock can not be correlated from one drill hole to another.
This indicates that the lenses are not continuous but pinch out in all
directions. Figure 11, in the rear pocket, an isometric drawing of
the peg model, shows two large masses of rich ore which are elon¬
gated parallel to the general strike of the ore body. These masses
occur in anorthosite.
Ore Mountain Ore Body
The Ore Mountain ore body (see figure 12) which lies on the south¬
west slope of Mount Adams, is very similar to the Sanford Hill body.
The ore occurs as rich masses in the anorthosite and as ore-rich lenses
in gabbro.
Much of the anorthosite in the vicinity of the Ore Mountain ore
body shows only linear flow structure, but locally foliation is
developed especially where the anorthosite is gabbroic. The gabbro
has a very good foliation.
42
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Ore occurs as bands of varying width in gabbro along the stream
on the western edge of the Ore Mountain body and on the hill just
a few hundred feet to the east. Low values were obtained for this
portion of the body in the dip needle survey by the MacIntyre Iron
Company, and these indicate that the concentration of ore is not very
great. Gabbro to the extreme east of the ore body shows no bands
of ore, but local dip needle anomalies suggest minor concentration
of ore.
The richest part of the Ore Mountain ore body occurs in the
central portion. The magnetite survey shows that the area of rich
ore extends in a southeasterly direction from a point 1200 feet north
of the ranger’s cabin for 2600 feet to about 1200 feet beyond the
telephone line. There are scattered outcrops of rich ore along this
narrow zone. Coarse rich ore with sharp contacts against anortho¬
site occur to the western end of the ore-rich zone, but there are a few
lenses of ore in gabbro which outcrop in the central portion near the
telephone line. In this area the ore is concentrated where the folia¬
tion in gabbro bends abruptly. Massive rich ore grades into gabbro
which grades into gabbroic anorthosite in the two stream beds at
the southeastern end of the rich central mass of ore. The bands of
ore are narrow but closely spaced.
Calamity-Mill Pond Ore Body
The structure in the anorthosite of the area of the Calamity-Mill
Pond ore body (see figure 13) is much more uniform than in the
vicinity of the Sanford Hill and Ore Mountain bodies. The anortho¬
site is usually well foliated.
There are no outcrops in the southern portion of the ore body but
local areas of magnetic anomaly suggest small concentrations of ore,
which probably replace anorthosite. Several small exposures of
rich ore behind the Tahawus Club house show sharp irregular con¬
tacts with anorthosite.
The relations of ore to anorthosite are well shown in the old ore
pit just to the west of the junction of Henderson and Calamity
brooks. Coarse-grained rich ore forms very irregular contacts with
the anorthosite which constitutes part of the south face and most
of the west face of the pit. Singewald (1913 b, p. 66) describes
reaction minerals from the contact zone in this pit which appear to
be typical of the contact zones between ore and anorthosite through¬
out the Sanford area. The ore at the north end of the pit contains
xenoliths of anorthosite and individual plagioclase phenocrysts, but
Figure 12 Geologic map of the Ore Mountain ore body
[43]
[45]
Figure 13 Geologic map of the Calamity-Mill Pond ore body
[45]
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 47
grades into gabbroic lean ore and gabbro to the south. Slickensides
cover almost every joint surface exposed in the pit and suggest that
they served as planes of minor slippage. Both anorthosite and ore
participated in this adjustment.
Early accounts speak of a dam of ore, the “Iron dam/* which
extended across the Hudson river at the Tahawus Club. This dam lies
about 200 feet up the Hudson river from the dam shown on the map,
but today there is only a remnant of it on the west bank. Most of the
dam was removed in early mining operations. The photograph (see
figure 14) shows ore in the foreground penetrating anorthosite, with
narrow stringers which contain mostly garnet and some ore extending
into the anorthosite along joints. Very fine-grained ore occurs
several hundred feet up the river as bands parallel to the structure
in rock varying in composition between gabbro and gabbroic anortho¬
site. Lenses of ore in gabbro also occur a few hundred feet to the
east of the river just north of the Tahawus Club.
The complexity of the occurrence of ore in gabbro is well illus¬
trated along Calamity brook, from the junction with Henderson
brook to a point about 800 to 900 feet upstream. The structural
pattern formed by detailed mapping is much more complex than the
structure suggested by Osborne (19286, p. 740). The ore in this
area is associated with gabbro. The ore minerals form bands in the
gabbro and occur disseminated through it. The ore is localized in
the zone of intense bending of the flow structures. Away from the
ore the gabbro grades into gabbroic anorthosite. Veins of lean ore
cut across the foliation of gabbroic anorthosite about 300 feet above
the junction with Henderson brook. The ore may cut, or grade into,
gabbroic anorthosite.
The area north of Calamity and Henderson brooks is fairly level
for a distance of 600 to 800 feet. The rock of many of the localities
which have rather strong magnetic anomalies is covered with glacial
material. Newland (1908, p. 162) describes lean ore exposed by
trenching in this portion of the ore body as “lean ore, consisting of
disseminated magnetite with feldspar and pyroxene.” This descrip¬
tion would fit the gabbroic lean ore associated with bands of rich
ore cropping out in Calamity brook. The ore of this area north of
the junction of the two brooks is all associated with gabbroic rock
types.
At the extreme north end of the Calamity-Mill Pond ore body,
gabbro and gabbroic anorthosite crop out on the south and east slopes
of a hill rising steeply to the north. The photograph (see figure 15)
48
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
shows magnetite occurring in sharply defined stringers parallel to
the foliation in the gabbro. Such banding of ore in gabbro and
gabbroic anorthosite is typical of the rocks outcropping on this
hillside.
Cheney Pond Ore Body
The Cheney Pond ore body (see figure 16) occurs in normal gabbro
with excellent foliation and does not grade locally into gabbroic
anorthosite as does the gabbro which occurs in association with the
other ore bodies.
To the east and north of the ore the gabbro grades into gabbroic
anorthosite. There is an exposure showing gabbro dipping under
anorthosite on the southwest side of the hill. The contact of the
gabbro and anorthosite on this side of the hill is sharp. It is exposed
in only a few places, but the distribution of the two rocks suggests
that it is fairly irregular. There is a zone of fine-grained garnet about
one inch wide between the two rocks, but there is no indication of
contact action in either. It appears that the gabbro has intruded
anorthosite and the flow structure in the gabbro is conformable with
this contact.
The gabbro body is synclinal. The cross section (see figure 17)
shows the ore concentrated in a lens parallel to the foliation. The
dip of the foliation of the gabbro decreases above the lens of ore,
suggesting that this is the center of the structure. Singewald ( 1913 b,
p. 64) reported that drill core from the Cheney Pond body showed
gabbro grading into anorthosite at depth. Only one lens of ore crops
out but magnetic anomalies suggest that there may be others. The
ore in this lens is uniformly fine-grained and contains as much as 40
per cent of gangue silicates.
The hanging wall contact of the lens is nowhere exposed, but the
footwall is exposed discontinuously along its length. A narrow
zone, about one inch wide, of coarse magnetite and garnet occurs
between the gabbro and the fine-grained ore of the lens, and the
contact is sharp. The gabbro does not grade into ore by an increase
in ore minerals, but the ore probably concentrated in the gabbro
below and moved into its present position.
There is an area of hornblende gneiss on the northern slope of the
hill, above the lens of ore. This medium-coarse-grained rock grades
into normal gabbro. It may have formed from the gabbro by action
of mineralizers which aided in the concentration of the ore.
Figure 15 Magnetite-rich bands parallel to foliation in gabbroic anorthosite
at the north end of the Calamity-Mill Pond ore body
Figure 14 Irregular mass of ore in contact with anorthosite at the “Iron
dam,” near the Tahawus Club
[49]
Figure 16 Geologic map of Cheney Pond ore body
LEGEND
kr-r^-l GABBRO
ANORTHOSITE
m
U GABBROIC ANORTHOSITE
1 TITANIFEROUS magnetite
la. — s.l oiabase dikes
FLOW PLANES a) horizontal
FLOW LINES
- INTRUSIVE CONTACTS
. TRAILS
• DIAMOND DRILL HOLES
# MINE OPENINGS
Figure 16 Geologic map of Cheney Pond ore body
[51]
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 53
There are several outcrops of ore-bearing gabbro just west of the
pond, but the area immediately northwest and west of the ore body
is entirely devoid of outcrops.
SUMMARY OF STRUCTURAL FEATURES
1 The gabbro usually shows good planar flow structure.
2 The anorthosite grades into gabbroic anorthosite and gabbro,
but it may be intruded by gabbro.
3 The anorthosite may show either a planar flow structure or a
linear orientation of plagioclase crystals.
4 Ore always occurs with sharp, irregular contacts against the
anorthosite and may penetrate the anorthosite along joints.
5 Ore grades into gabbro. It commonly occurs as conformable
lenses or bands in gabbro and gabbroic lean ore.
6 The flow structures in the area are highly irregular in trend.
There are a number of local areas of synclinal structure plan.
7 Ore concentrates in the apex of intense bends in the planar flow
structure. The ore may grade into gabbro which in turn
grades into gabbroic anorthosite on the flanks of these bends.
8 There are several systems of steeply dipping joints which are
probably regional. Diabase dikes occur along the northeast
trending joints.
9 There is evidence of minor post-ore displacement along joint
surfaces in parts of the area.
PETROLOGIC HISTORY
The great irregularity in the plan of the flow structures of the
Sanford region seems to bear out Balk’s assumption that it is in the
apex area of the asymmetrical dome of anorthosite. It appears that
the flow structure in this area was not influenced by wall rock during
intrusion but that conditions of turbulent flow existed in the magma.
The masses of anorthosite, which were more or less rigid, probably
influenced the direction of flow in the gabbro and gabbroic anorthosite
portions of the magma to a considerable extent.
Gabbro and anorthosite are the two major rock types. There
are no acid rocks in the area other than several small pegmatitic
segregations in the anorthosite. The parent magma from which the
54
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
gabbro and anorthosite differentiated was probably gabbroic anortho¬
site. Buddington (1937, p. 255-56) postulated a magma of this
composition for the parent magma of the whole Adirondack anortho¬
site series. It is not the intention to suggest here that the magma
of the entire Adirondack massif was of gabbroic anorthosite com¬
position, but it appears that the portion of that magma which
intruded the Lake Sanford area approached it.
The phenocrysts of plagioclase are of intratelluric origin. The
phenocrysts must have comprised at least half of the gabbroic
anorthosite magma prior to its intrusion, for these crystals con¬
stitute a major part of the anorthosite. This rock and gabbroic
anorthosite make up most of the intrusive mass in the Lake Sanford
area. The phenocrysts of plagioclase, which were suspended in the
magma, accumulated in masses as the magma was being intruded. A
compaction of this “mush” of crystals is evidenced by bent albite
twin planes and protoclastic structure of the labradorite crystals in
the anorthosite. The phenocrysts of plagioclase probably lagged
behind in the intruding magma due to the difference in their rate of
flow as compared to the magma medium in which they were sus¬
pended. This effected an accumulation. Constrictions in the
channel way of the intruding magma undoubtedly served as accumu¬
lation points for crystal masses. This process of differentiation is
similar to the filter pressing advanced by Balk (1930, p. 292) for the
differentiation of the Adirondack igneous complex. In the Lake
Sanford area a gabbroic magma residuum was the complement of the
anorthosite, rather than a syenitic fraction as proposed by Balk for
the whole massif. Buddington (1939, p. 214) suggests that the
gabbroic magma is complementary to the anorthositic accumulates in
the anorthosite series, but that this complement is small in proportion
to the anorthosite.
The Cheney Pond gabbro represents the only differentiate within
the Lake Sanford area which is slightly more acid than the rocks of
the area as a whole. The anorthosite, gabbroic anorthosite and
gabbro of the region show a range in the plagioclase composition of
An33 to An64, with labradorite having a range of An53 to An59 pre¬
dominating. The Cheney Pond gabbro and the gabbroic anorthosite
around the pond is composed of intermediate plagioclase which is
predominantly an andesine An45. This slight difference in feldspar
composition suggests that differentiation progressed a bit further in
this area, and the magma at this point was only slightly more acid.
The filter pressing served mainly to split up the magma into por¬
tions composed essentially of plagioclase phenocrysts with some
interstitial magma and portions containing none or only a small
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 55
percentage of these phenocrysts in magma which represented the
gabbroic fraction of the original gabbroic anorthosite magma. Fur¬
ther differentiation within this gabbroic fraction probably gave rise
to the concentration of titaniferous magnetite lenses in the gabbro.
The gabbro and anorthosite, after being separated by this
mechanical method of differentiation, continued crystallizing in equi¬
librium with each other. The plagioclase crystals in the anorthosite
were reworked by the interstitial magma to give them the same
composition as the plagioclase crystals forming at the same time in
the gabbroic portions of the magma. The smallest grains of plagio¬
clase in the anorthosite and gabbroic anorthosite average about 10 per
cent more in albite than the larger crystals with which they are
associated. These grains probably used up the final plagioclase
constituents in the magma.
The problem of the mode of concentration and localization of the
ore minerals into ore bodies is most complex. The ore is genetically
related to the gabbro and it is not found anywhere in the Sanford
area without this associated rock. Its concentration into bands in
the gabbro was effected by fractional crystallization coupled with
the difference in the rate of flow of this still mobile portion of the
gabbro as compared to the already crystallized silicate minerals.
Differentiation in situ could not have supplied all of the ore. There
were probably portions of the magma already rich in titanium and
iron prior to intrusion, and ore deposition was focused at these
points.
The anorthosite probably assumed the properties of a rigid body
before the gabbroic anorthosite and gabbro, since it is composed
largely of the early plagioclase phenocrysts. When the ore-rich
gabbros encountered anorthosite masses, ore replaced anorthosite
in a very irregular manner and penetrated it along already formed
joints. This replacement of anorthosite by ore gave rise to the richest
portions of the Sanford Hill and Ore Mountain ore bodies. Even
where the anorthosite is replaced by ore, which formed in the gabbro,
there are gradations between anorthosite and gabbro. There is not
a definite series of chronologic units in the history of the intrusion
of the magma but rather a series of overlapping relations.
Following the consolidation of the magma and the development
of the jointing, came displacement along joint surfaces. This fault¬
ing may have been associated with adjustment which accompanied
the cooling of the massif, or it may have been caused by later regional
deformation. The faulting was not very intense. The diabase dikes
came later, and intruded along northeast trending tension joints in
the late Precambrian.
56
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
ORE DEPOSITS
GENERAL STATEMENT
Distribution of the titaniferous magnetite ore in the Lake Sanford
area is shown on the geologic maps and has been discussed in earlier
portions of the report.
CLASSIFICATION
A classification of titaniferous magnetite deposits was proposed
by Osborne (192 8b, p. 735) as a result of his study of deposits in the
Adirondacks, Quebec and Ontario. His classification is as follows:
1 Discordant or dikelike bodies
A In anorthosite
B In gabbro
C In other rocks
2 Concordant, sill-like, or stratiform bodies
A In anorthosite
B In gabbro
C In other rocks
The deposits of the Lake Sanford area belong to Osborne’s types
1 A, and 2 B. The Sanford Hill, Ore Mountain and Calamity-Mill
Pond ore bodies include both types. The discordant bodies in
anorthosite are related to adjacent concordant bodies in gabbro, for
the ore concentrates in the gabbro prior to introduction into anortho¬
site. Therefore, it is not uncommon to find concordant lenses of ore
in gabbro within a few feet of discordant ore masses in anorthosite.
Osborne did not recognize the gradation between anorthosite and
gabbro which contains concordant lenses of ore. Such occurrences
of ore he classes as concordant bodies in anorthosite. Osborne
(1928&, p. 895-99) erroneously classes the Cheney Pond ore body,
which is conformable in gabbro, a concordant body in anorthosite.
MEGASCOPIC DESCRIPTION OF ORE
Ore in Gabbro
Ore occurring in gabbro is hypidiomorphic, and the grain size
varies from 1 to 2 mm. Ilmenite grains have a bright metallic luster
and irregular fracture; magnetite is dull and commonly shows a
prominent octohedral parting. Ilmenite is only slightly magnetic.
Ilmenite grains are frequently euhedral and subhedral.
Gangue minerals occur disseminated in the ore and the grain size
of the gangue is the same as that of the ore. Feldspar, garnet and
pyroxene can be distinguished megascopically. These minerals are
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 57
common to gabbro. Gradations from gabbro to ore have been dis¬
cussed under Petrography and Mineralogy of the Rocks.
The Cheney Pond ore is finer grained than ore found in gabbro
of other occurrences in the area, and it carries a higher percentage
of rock minerals.
Concentration of ore into bands which grade into gabbro suggests
that ore was found in situ. Ore was formed in place, but there was
some movement of ore along these bands after the adjacent gabbro
consolidated. The sharp contact described in the Cheney Pond ore
body and flow structure in ore bands near gabbro at Sanford Hid
are evidence of this movement.
Ore in Anorthosite
Ore occurring in anorthosite is hypidiomorphie and is slightly
coarser than the ore in gabbro. The grain size is 2 to 3 mm. Physical
differences of ilmenite and magnetite are the same as for ore in
gabbro. Euhedral ilmenite grains in the magnetite are more abun¬
dant in this ore than in the finer-grained ore in gabbro. Magnetite
grains are commonly subhedral.
Gangue consists of blocks of anorthosite engulfed by ore and
individual feldspar phenocrysts. Xenoliths of anorthosite may range
from a foot in diameter to much larger blocks. These inclusions
are always surrounded by a zone of reaction minerals, of which
garnet and pyroxene are most conspicuous. Individual plagioclase
inclusions are very common in the ore. They are dark green and
are usually surrounded by a very narrow zone of reaction minerals.
The plagioclase inclusions are comparable in size to the phenocrysts
of plagioclase in anorthosite.
Ore may occur in large masses with little or no gangue. One
diamond drill hole on Sanford hill cut through almost 200 feet of
solid ore. Other portions of the ore contain many individual plagio¬
clase phenocrysts and xenoliths of anorthosite.
MICROSCOPIC DESCRIPTION OF ORE
Methods of Study
Gangue minerals were studied in transmitted light, but the opaque
ore minerals were observed in reflected light.
Properties observed in reflected light included: hardness, behavior
on polishing, color, reflectivity, anisotropic effect, behavior on etching,
texture and grain size. Principal references describing the technic
are: Short (1940), Sampson (1929, 1923), Fairbanks (1928),
58
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Osborne (1928a), Van der Veen (1925) and Schneiderhohn (1922).
Reagents found most satisfactory for etching were warm 1 : 1 HC1,
and concentrated HF. Specimens were etched for periods of 15
to 20 minutes.
Properties of Minerals in Reflected Light
Magnetite
Hardness: Anomalous. May be marked by needle though magnetite
can not actually be scratched (Short, 1940, p. 140).
Behavior on polishing : Polishes well, but with difficulty
Color: Gray
Reflectivity: In general low; compared to ilmenite, higher
Reflection pleochroism: None
Anisotropic effects: Isotropic. Intergrowth of ilmenite may give
slight anisotropism.
Behavior on etching: Mild etching with 1:1 HC1 stains magnetite
brown, continued treatment etches magnetite dull black, while
ilmenite, spinel, pyrite and gangue silicates remain unetched.
Some orientations of magnetite apparently etch more readily
than others, (Osborne, 1928a, p. 449). Fuming HF does not
affect magnetite, but continued treatment with concentrated HF
etches magnetite dull black.
T exture: Hypautomorphic-granular
Grain size: 1 to 3 mm. Average about 1.75 mm.
Ilmenite
Hardness: Hard — can not be scratched by needle
Behavior on polishing: Polishes well ; some pits
Color : Gray, with brownish tinge
Reflectivity: Lower than magnetite; higher than spinel
Reflection pleochroism: Very slight
Anisotropic effects: Gray to brown. Complete extinction observed
at two positions in a 360° rotation. Maximum colors observed
when nicol is rotated about 2°. (Sampson, 1929).
Behavior on etching: Negative to 1:1 HQ; stained brown by con¬
centrated HF.
T exture: Hypautomorphic-granular
Grain size: 1 to 3.5 mm. Average size about 2.25 mm.
Spinel
Hardness: Hard, not scratched with needle
Behavior on polishing: Polishes very well
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 59
Color: Gray
Reflectivity: Very low
Reflection pleochroism: None
Anisotropic effects: Isotropic
Behavior on etching: Negative to etching with HQ and HF
Texture: Grains anhedral
Grain size: Less than 0.5 mm
Pyrite
Hardness: Hard, can not be scratched with needle
Behavior on polishing: Excellent polish
Color: Pale yellow
Reflectivity: Very high, much higher than magnetite and ilmenite
Reflection pleochroism: Not noticeable
Anisotropic effects: Isotropic
Behavior on etching: Negative to HQ and HF
Texture: Anhedral to ore minerals— forms late veinlets
Grain size: Averages 1.5 mm
Pyrrhotite
Hardness: Scratched readily with needle
Behavior on polishing: Polishes well
Magnetic
Color: Brass yellow
Reflectivity: Much higher than magnetite and ilmenite
Reflection pleochroism: Very slight
Anisotropic effects: Four extinctions in 360° ; maximum colors are
light gray to dark brown with nicol rotated 3°.
Behavior on etching: Tarnished slightly by 1:1 HC1
Texture: Grains anhedral against ore minerals, but sometimes sub-
hedral against gangue
Grain size: Less than 0.5 mm
Gangue silicates
Hardness: Can not be scratched
Behavior on polishing: Polishes well
Color: Dark gray
Reflectivity : Extremely low
Reflection pleochroism: None; may exhibit internal reflections
Anisotropic effects: None
Behavior on etching: Bleached by 1:1 HC1
Texture: Anhedral to euhedral against ore
Grain size: 1 to 5 mm. Average size 2 mm.
60
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Texture
The average grain size of magnetite is slightly less than that
of the ilmenite. The table (see table 1) shows the average grain
sizes of the two minerals in 38 polished surfaces of ore from San¬
ford Hill ore body. Ore in gabbro is finer grained than ore in
anorthosite. The ore from the Cheney Pond body has an average
grain size of about 1 mm.
The texture of the ore is hypautomorphic-granular unless it con¬
tains abundant gangue minerals ; then the ore minerals are anhedral
to the earlier formed gangue.
Ilmenite and magnetite grains may be elongated to form a flow
structure near the boundaries of lenses of ore which occur in gabbro
(see figure 15). The ore minerals also form flow bands around small
inclusions of gangue in anorthosite (see figures 18 and 45).
The ratio of ilmenite grains to magnetite grains is given in table
form for specimens from the diamond drill core at Sanford hill (see
1/2 INCH
Figure 18 Ore minerals arranged as flow bands around an inclusion of feld¬
spar. Observed on a polished surfalce of ore. Magnetite, black ; and ilmenite,
light.
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 61
table 1. The ilmenite-magnetite ratio varies too much in individual
specimens to make it possible to determine a general ratio for the
Sanford ore. Ore in gabbro is apparently higher in ilmenite than is
ore in anorthosite.
Mineral Relations
Ilmenite intergrowths in magnetite. In the Lake Sanford ores,
intergrowths of ilmenite comprise from 0 to 30-35 per cent of the
magnetite in which they are contained (see table 1). Magnetite in
ore which occurs in gabbro usually has but a few ilmenite inter¬
growths. Magnetite of the Lake Sanford ore contains five different
types of ilmenite intergrowths. These are:
1 Regular tabular plates of ilmenite parallel to octahedral
planes of magnetite (figures 32, 33, 34, 35 and 36)
2 Irregular tabular plates parallel to octahedral planes of
magnetite (figures 34 and 35)
3 Minute flecklike intergrowths parallel to octahedral planes of
magnetite (figures 34 and 35)
4 En echelon intergrowth (figure 35)
5 Irregular concentration between magnetite grains (figures
35 and 36)
The regular tabular plates of ilmenite are much more abundant than
any other type of intergrowth.
Presence of ilmenite intergrowths in magnetite has been known
for many years. Hussak (1904) reported ilmenite lamellae parallel
to octahedral planes in magnetite from Brazil. Singewald (1913a,
p. 213) described ilmenite arranged as a thin film between magnetite
grains. He also noted the tendency of ilmenite intergrowths to be
more abundant in magnetite near ilmenite grains, a condition illus¬
trated in figure 38. En echelon intergrowths have been described
recently by Faessler and Schwartz (1941) in titaniferous magnetite
from Sept lies, Quebec.
It is now generally agreed that intergrowths of ilmenite in magne¬
tite are due to unmixing (Bastin, et al. 1931, p. 568-70). Ramdohr
(1926) has shown that intergrown magnetite and ilmenite go into
solid solution above 800° C. Kamiyama (1929) found that ilmenite
from Korean titaniferous magnetite became miscible in magnetite at
temperatures above 1125° C, but Edwards (1938) obtained solid
solution in Australian ore at temperatures similar to those observed
by Ramdohr. Impurities may be the cause of the range in results
of these experimental data. Ramdohr concluded that unmixing
takes place between 500° and 800° C, and that factors which influence
unmixing are the size of the magnetite crystal, the rate of cooling
and the presence or absence of mineralizers.
Table 1
Table data from polished surfaces of ore
62
3STEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
«,
b sa
!<r
s
•S’!
’5 8
fe’ivg
J1
•Soo
*8
2
sr
•i I »
o
s
•S £?
g «?
1°
ii
K
■g|
I i
I-
s 2
a a-s
•a r
&S &
fsS
i a S
si
.-§8
r§
91
11
4> «
2 «
l-i
cd w
g S 5
a ^
a) o
•a «
S &2
S g rt
go
*3 2
!i
•p
ll
II
-ill
U Q, <D
n!
III
U4 W
S
-5 1
cs a
I I
3 o
is
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD
63
Rich ore
lib
Rich ore
111
Rich ore
12e
Rich ore
13w
Rich ore
14c
Rich ore
15a
Rich ore
16e
Rich ore
19e
Rich ore
22n
Fine-grained
ore Garnet rich
27c
Rich ore
301
^■4
-
cs
vH
IO
vO
Ov
22
27
30
i/j
vO
E
tH
to
es
VO
?»
VO
t-4
*-(
*
VO
lb ov
« n to
Ilmenite and magnetite grains greatly elongated
into a foliated structure. Boundaries of grains very
ragged.
Ilmenite subhedral, magnetite anhedral. Ilmenite
embayed by magnetite. Gangue as anhedral masses
in ore.
Ilmenite subhedral, magnetite anhedral. Mag¬
netite embays ilmenite as usual. Gangue as scat¬
tered masses.
Ilmenite subhedral, magnetite anhedral. Ilmenite
only slightly corroded by magnetite. Gangue
minerals irregular.
Ilmenite and magnetite subhedral. Intergrowths
of magnetite in ilmenite. Magnetite embays ilmen¬
ite. Gangue silicates irregular.
Ilmenite and magnetite subhedral- Magnetite
corrodes ilmenite. Just a few anhedral grains of
gangue.
Ilmenite subhedral, magnetite anhedral. Mag¬
netite corrodes and penetrates ilmenite. Gangue
intricately associated with ore.
Ilmenite and magnetite subhedral. Magnetite
corrodes ilmenite, penetrating it along cracks.
Gangue largely late carbonate.
Ilmenite and magnetite subhedral. Especially
along cracks is ilmenite penetrated by magnetite.
Ilmenite and magnetite anhedral — grains elon¬
gated into flow structure in some portions of polished
surface.
Ilmenite subhedral, magnetite anhedral. Ilmenite
grains rounded and embayed by magnetite.
1.5
N
N
cs
2.5
N
1.5
2.5
tr>
1.5
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
cs
1.75
*-t
cs
cs
H H
m
45
30
42
55
30
35
20
40
35
45
40
40
s
3
25
09
09
70
55
25
50
m
m
10
vO
20
10
IB
m
10
m>
40
5
o
10
15-20
10-15
IO
es
10
00
15-20
10
7-10
Table 1 — ( concluded )
Table data from polished surfaces of ore
64
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
§
js 2
a-
<0
a ^
►-5
II
.2 fo
■a w
<u A
a |
.ts ^
a 48
*cS g
»d bo
| a
“ s s
CD riJ
R 0) ...
(U Jr' <D
a I*
<1)
n
0
0)
P.
CD
0) o
a a
n °
. <50
if
n .a
.-e a
.
a) >*
af
i <i)
•gj
O*
s
bo
^3 g
R cd
•g M
*§ o
a
P.2
+3 s>
+s 3
g o ^
bo.a cd
cd o
g C ^
43 bo
’2-d.S
3 § I
<D p a
H
l!
O®
cd
^ bo
II
^ <U
1 13
Cd rj
CD £
•R CD
1 o
a®
cd tn
a .a
’g &
a
45 Td
g CD C
S bo 3
-"CO
CD C
+5 bo ,
C
a
’§ § 3
S “I
si
b
>
48
1
J
HH
7§
jj
II
.-a c
■s a
§£
g tJ
H <D
S 2
cd £
48 8
a >>
8 M
I a
*<3 *S
a a
•g SP
•9 a
<D
9
a o5
u 45
C
cd bo
S3 cd
it
I?
jI
CD
’^3 •+■>
a’g
tj
a~
. o
1-g
*0 O
IS
•9 b
w a
o a
a °
a'fi
c
° .y
•s -3
o w
2 O
O C
O g»
cd
■ao
I i
.n <d
s -a
a 8
^ bfl
cd
§ a
C 45 'g
4) +2 R
aa£
S3 CD JS
*-* a cd
.5 o
2 W
3 W
W p3
> £>
H *
3 5
I B
§ g «
rigg
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD
65
rf ^
£
P w
§
<D
Vh
ine-grained
Rich ore
52p
£
<D
U
•?!
<D
u
s
£
Rich c
38k
Ore wi
northo
42h
Rich c
46b
Rich c
5 On
Rich <
51o
Rich c
53a
‘
.2 to
ft
•s-r
Lean c
63f
Rich c
66i
3
a
ctj
ft
Eg;
00
CS
46
o
CS
CO
CO
co
T*
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
<*•
CO
g
CS
no
51'
to
JO
**
menite and magnetite subhedral. Ilmenite
ns penetrated along cracks by magnetite.
Ilmenite and magnetite anhedral. Corrosion of
ilmenite by magnetite not strong. Feldspar rem¬
nants with reaction rims.
menite subhedral, magnetite anhedral. Ilmenite-
netite relations are mutual. Gangue as anhedra.
menite and magnetite are anhedral, being elon-
d into flow structure.
menite subhedral, magnetite anhedral. Corro-
of ilmenite by magnetite especially strong here.
menite and magnetite anhedral. Magnetite
aces ilmenite in a very irregular manner. Elon-
:d grains.
menite and magnetite anhedral. Magnetite
ays ilmenite especially along cracks.
menite and magnetite subhedral. Ilmenite pene-
ed by magnetite esp. along cracks. Gangue ir-
larly distributed.
menite and magnetite subhedral. Ilmenite
iayed by magnetite. Pyrite vein 2-7 mm wide
ore minerals.
Ilmenite and magnetite anhedral; grains oriented
and elongated parallel the flow structure. Gangue
as many anhedra.
menite subhedral, magnetite anhedral. Mag-
te corrodes ilmenite along cracks and boundaries.
menite anhedral — as is magnetite. Gangue sili-
s scattered through ore, giving ore mineral an-
:al shape.
n-a
Si
r-J 0 0
£
r-l <U
1-1 "CS
60
H g
3
«— H * vL/
hH
(D w
u bO
a a
Q)
^ "S M
43 £
S-S 42
a a
<D O
hH ’•£>
G
a 3*5
IS ^
o ^3
to
to
to
to
to
to
PC
CS
(N
cs’
'rH
cs
CS
cs
CO
CS
CO
cs
tO
to
to
to
cs
CS
cs
cs
CO
CS
to
to
o
o
o
to
40
o
to
to
o
to
cs
cs
tO
<5
to
to
CO
CO
to
to
co
i o
to
©
o
to
to
to
o
o
o
o
©
CO
CO
CO
to
to
co
•>#
to
to
tH
4^
2
43
to
▼H
2
2
cs c
2
CS
•
3
to
o
00
to
o
to
to
4<
o
s
£
1
to
7
to
CO
2
66
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Griiner (1929) after a study of the space lattices of minerals
which commonly form intergrowths concluded that intergrowth
occurs only on those crystallographic planes in which the atomic
arrangement and spacing are almost alike. He found every third
and seventh (111) structure plane of magnetite, and every third
plane parallel to the base (0001) of ilmenite consist of oxygen ions,
and that the spacing of atoms in the two structures is almost identical.
He suggests that the orientation of (0001) intergrowth plates of
ilmenite parallel to (111) in magnetite, as suggested by Ramdohr
(1926, p. 346), is made possible through a sharing of one oxygen
plane by both crystals. Faessler and Schwartz (1941, p. 728) have
written the following about the formation of en echelon intergrowths:
As the temperature fell and ilmenite began to ex-solve, it took
up positions along planes that had been subject to extensive, closely
spaced slipping or translation. Crystallographic planes at an angle
to the plane of translation would be offset and thus perhaps account
for the en echelon arrangement of the ilmenite inclusions.
Singewald (1913a, p. 213-14) analyzed particles of magnetite
grains which showed no intergrowths of ilmenite and found them to
have a titanium content of 6.6 per cent. He concluded that magne¬
tite could contain titanium in solid solution. Warren (1918, p. 441)
also pointed out that magnetites low in titanium probably contain
the ilmenite molecule or titanium dioxide in solid solution. The
magnetite of the Sanford ores undoubtedly contains a small percent¬
age of titanium in homogeneous mixture, in addition to the inter¬
growths of ilmenite.
Ilmenite inclusions in magnetite. Inclusions of ilmenite in mag¬
netite are common. These are characterized by ragged borders which
suggest that ilmenite has been replaced by magnetite. Relics of
ilmenite in magnetite (see figure 37) are found occasionally and
remnants of ilmenite grains similar to those in figure 41, are very
common.
Vanadium in magnetite. Occurrences of vanadium in titanif-
erous iron ores have been known for many years, but the manner in
which it occurs is not definitely known. Schneiderhohn and Ram¬
dohr (1931, p. 584) say that vanadium is contained in magnetic
magnetite in isomorphous mixture like spinel. An average of
slightly less than 0.50 per cent V2O5 has been reported in analyses
of Sanford ores by the National Lead Company. Most of this is
recovered with the magnetite concentrates, but ilmenite concentrates
carry only a trace. The U. S. Geological Survey has undertaken a
study of the vanadium content.
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 67
The study of polished surfaces of ore from the Sanford area did
not shed any light on the mode of occurrence of the vanadium. No
vanadium minerals were found. The element is intimately associated
with magnetite, perhaps as the mineral coulsonite.
Dunn (1937) recognized a vanadiferous maghemite in titan-
iferous iron ores from India which he named coulsonite and to
which he assigned the tentative formula FeO.(Fe, V)203. He states
that less than 20 per cent V2O3 is present in this mineral. Dunn
describes the mineral as follows:
Coulsonite could only be determined microscopically; it occurs
in patches in the magnetite, and contains the usual ilmenite inter¬
growth ... Its properties are largely similar to normal magnetite
and to maghemite. It is magnetic. Compared with normal magnetite
its power of reflection is slightly higher, about 23. Colour: bluish
grey, but with high power and oil immersion there is, in some speci¬
mens, a noticeable but rapid gradation from normal brownish mag¬
netite to the blue-grey of the vanadium-bearing variety . . .
Isotropic . . . Negative to all usual reagents . . . Gives a definite
test for vanadium.
Alderman (1925), in a study of titaniferous ores from South
Australia found the vanadium content to increase with an increase in
titanium. The ratio of vanadium pentoxide to titanium dioxide in
these ores is 1:60. Pope (1899) reported a ratio of 1:28 for ores in
Ontario.
Spinel inter growths in magnetite. Lamellar intergrowths of
spinel parallel to the cube direction in magnetite may occur (see
figure 32) but they are far less abundant than ilmenite intergrowths.
Gruner (1929, p. 230) points out that every second plane of the two
minerals which are isomorphous is an O plane. This plane serves
as the contact plane of the intergrowth.
Anhedra of spinel in magnetite commonly exist in addition to the
regularly arranged intergrowths. These anhedra commonly occur
along the boundaries of ilmenite and magnetite (see figures 30, 31
and 46). They form reentrants in ilmenite but form smooth bound¬
aries with magnetite. Some of the ore in gabbro has abundant
spinel anhedra associated with the magnetite. Spinel probably
formed during the crystallization period of the magnetite.
Ilmenite. Ilmenite is generally corroded and embayed by mag¬
netite which is anhedral to it (see figures 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43 and
44). Osborne (192 8b, p. 908) says ilmenite is later than magnetite,
but the abundant corrosion of ilmenite by magnetite appears to
refute this statement.
68
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Gangue silicates. Magnetite is anhedral to the gangue silicates of
the gabbro and of the reaction rims which occur between ore and
anorthosite. Commonly the magnetite completely incloses grains of
the gangue silicates.
Gangue sulphides. Gangue sulphides, pyrrhotite and pyrite, are
present in minor amounts. Small rounded anhedra of pyrrhotite
occur as inclusion in magnetite but are most frequently associated
with minerals of the reaction zone between ore and anorthosite.
Pyrite occurs as late veinlets cutting ore minerals. Only a few of
these veinlets, none more than one-half inch wide, were found in
the drill core from the Sanford Hill ore body. Pyrite probably was
the last mineral of the magmatic sequence to consolidate.
Ilmenite
Ilmenite contains no intergrowth but does include small anhedra
of pyrrhotite and gangue silicates. It is anhedral to the gangue
silicates but is generally subhedral to euhedral to magnetite. The
intricate manner in which ilmenite is corroded and embayed by
magnetite is conclusive evidence that the ilmenite is earlier than
magnetite. Spinel, which commonly forms at boundaries of ilmenite
and magnetite forms reentrants in ilmenite; it is probably later than
ilmenite. Ilmenite follows the gangue silicates in the paragenetic
sequence.
Gangue Minerals
Gangue of Ore in Gabbro. Gangue minerals of ore in gabbro are
the minerals of the rock and have been described. Ore incloses these
minerals and is anhedral to them (see figure 47).
Gangue of Ore in Anorthosite. Gangue of ore in anorthosite con¬
sists of plagioclase crystals or masses of anorthosite surrounded by
a zone of reaction minerals, which varies in width from a fraction
of an inch to several inches. Individual plagioclase phenocrysts in
the ore are usually dark green, due to dustlike and rodlike inclusions
of magnetite and spinel which are commonly so abundant that the
plagioclase is almost opaque in thin section (see figure 24).
Reaction minerals always occur between ore and anorthosite. The
minerals of the reaction zone are the same as those developed in the
gabbro and anorthosite through normal crystallization and these
minerals are arranged in bands between ore and anorthosite (see
figures 23 and 24). Figure 19 is a schematic diagram of the re¬
action zone and shows the position of various minerals between ore
and anorthosite. Plagioclase of anorthosite is usually filled with
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 69
inclusions along contacts with ore. Enveloping the inclusion-filled
plagioclase is a narrow fringe of clear plagioclase with minute spinel
anhedra scattered through it. Beyond this is a band of garnet which
commonly forms myrmekite-like intergrowths with feldspar. The
next band is made up principally of augite with some green horn¬
blende. The band nearest the ore contains the same femic minerals
as ore-bearing gabbro: hypersthene, diallage, brown hornblende and
Figure 19 Schematic diagram of a reaction zone between ore and anortho¬
site. Zone I, clear feldspar and small spinel anhedra; II, garnet; III, augite,
with some green hornblende ; IV, hypersthene, diallage, brown hornblende and
biotite.
biotite. The bands are not sharply defined, and commonly the re¬
action zone lacks several of the minerals. Garnet, in places, makes
up almost the entire zone. In other places biotite or pyroxene pre¬
dominate. Small anhedral grains of pyrrhotite are commonly
included in the pyroxenes and hornblende.
Generally speaking, the minerals nearest the plagioclase formed
first and those nearest the ore, last. Paragenetic relations are found
to vary with the width of the zone and the relative abundance of the
70
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
minerals making up the zone. Crystallization was almost simul¬
taneous where the reaction zone is narrow, but normally the crystalli¬
zation periods of the minerals overlapped.
The zones originated through deuteric reaction between the ore-
bearing residuum and the already consolidated anorthosite. The
plagioclase probably supplied silica, calcium and alumina, and the
ore residuum iron, magnesia and water, for the reaction minerals.
It is possible that much anorthosite was removed by the liquid ore
residuum through deuteric action prior to the formation of the
reaction zones.
ORIGIN
Ore bodies of magmatic origin were recognized by a few investi¬
gators during the 19th century, but the concept of accumulation of
pyrogenetic minerals to form ore bodies became firmly established
through a classic paper by Vogt ( 1893) . He listed the distinguishing
characteristics of magmatic segregation deposits as: (1) The ore
minerals are common accessory opaque minerals of igneous rocks.
(2) The inclosing rock is always igneous, usually basic in com¬
position. (3) The gangue minerals are the same as the constituent
minerals of the rock. (4) The ore body frequently grades into the
igneous rock by decrease in the amount of ore minerals and increase
in amount of silicates.
Vogt outlined three methods by which he believed magmatic
segregation could take place. These were: (1) Ore minerals could
crystallize early and aggregate in the molten magma. (2) Ore
minerals could crystallize early, aggregate and be resorbed to form
a magma of different composition, and (3) ore minerals could con¬
centrate through diffusion in the liquid state. Beyschlag, Vogt and
Krusch (1914, p. 243) concluded that the ore minerals crystallized
early, aggregated, were resorbed and intruded as a magma to form
lodes or streaks. Lindgren (1913, p. 749) pointed out that magnetite
and ilmenite, as a rule, crystallized after the silicates in titaniferous
deposits which differentiated in situ in gabbro and norite bodies.
On page 740 of the same edition he said: “In the formation of
titanic iron ores of the Adirondacks the ilmenite probably crystallized
first and settled to the bottom.” In later editions he states that the
ore minerals crystallize after the silicates in titaniferous iron ore
deposits. There was evidently some question in Lindgren’s mind
as to the correct paragenetic relation of these minerals, when he com¬
piled the earlier volume. Broderick (1917, p. 691-93) concluded
that titaniferous magnetite in the Duluth gabbro crystallized after
the rock forming silicates.
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 71
Tolman and Rogers (1916) conclusively proved that magmatic
sulphide replaced silicates after the consolidation of the igneous
rock and emphasized the role of mineralizers in the process. Similar
conditions exist between oxidic ores and primary silicates, as pointed
out by Singewald (1917). Newhouse (1936) through an exhaustive
study has done much to clarify the confusion concerning the position
of the opaque oxides in the crystallization sequence of igneous rocks.
He writes:
The bulk of opaque oxides are very early in granite. At the other
end of the rock series, many gabbros, diabases and basalts contain
opaque oxides, which, in part, finished crystallizing later than the bulk
of the ferromagnesian and feldspar crystals.
Bateman (1942, p. 8-9) recently proposed a classification of
magmatic mineral deposits. His classification is in brief :
I Early-magmatic
A Dissemination
B Segregation
C Injection
II Late-magmatic
A Residual liquid segregation
B Residual liquid injection
C Immiscible liquid segregation
D Immiscible liquid injection
Early magmatic deposits are those formed during the main stages of
magma crystallization and embrace those that have been termed
orthomagmatic and orthotectic. Late-magmatic deposits are those
formed toward the close of the magmatic period from pyrogenetic
minerals. They are consolidated residual magma. Bateman classed
the Adirondack titaniferous ores as residual liquid injections, on the
basis of Osborne’s study.
Oxide ores comparable to Beyschlag, Vogt and Krusch’s injected
sulphide deposits, are, according to Singewald (1933), the schlieren-
like injections and dikes of ores that represent liquid ore differentiates
squeezed into new positions in either still molten or already con¬
solidated portions of the magma.
Osborne (1928&, p. 730-32) proposed the term “magmatic injec¬
tion” for intrusive deposits of pyrogenetic minerals. He suggested
this term to describe some titaniferous magnetite ore bodies which
can not be termed magmatic segregations because they are not con¬
centrations of the early crystallizing minerals in place. Osborne
would restrict magmatic segregation to describe deposits in which
there is a concentration of earlier minerals along margins.
72
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Osborne proposed filter pressing of anorthosite to yield a magma
containing pyroxene, plagioclase and iron ore. This rest magma
was then injected into anorthosite to form ore bodies and gabbro
dikes. The writer agrees with Osborne’s fundamental concepts of
genesis of the Sanford ore, but would suggest some modifications in
view of additional structural and petrographic data.
Conformable lenses of ore in gabbro were not recognized by
Osborne, nor were rapid gradations from anorthosite to gabbro and
ore, such as occur along Calamity brook. Lenses of ore in gabbro
are associated with all of the ore bodies in the Lake Sanford area.
Petrographic and structural evidence strongly support the conclusion
that the ore concentrated as a late liquid residuum in the gabbro.
This ore-rich residuum formed lenses which grade into the inclosing
gabbro. These lenses are magmatic segregations. Foliation of ore min¬
erals along the boundary of some of these lenses indicates that the ore
residuum flowed through the lenses as crystallization of ore minerals
was in progress.
The ore-bearing gabbro grades into anorthosite and gabbroic
anorthosite, in the Sanford Hill, Ore Mountain and Calamity-Mill
Pond ore bodies. Where ore moving along encountered already
consolidated anorthosite it penetrated and replaced this rock to form
discordant bodies. Osborne would call these magmatic injections.
Localization of ore of this type forms large masses in the Sanford
Hill and Ore Mountain ore bodies. That the ore-residuum was
tenuous is indicated by its ability to penetrate anorthosite out from
the contact in an irregular manner and also as well-defined stringers
which occur along joint planes. Singewald (1917, p. 736) suggested
such evidence was indicative of participation of mineralizers in
magmatic ore deposition. The abundance of pyroxene compared to
hornblende and biotite in the reaction zone between anorthosite and
ore indicates that volatile constituents entered only to a minor extent
into the formation of the reaction minerals.
The writer concludes that the Lake Sanford titaniferous iron ores
are of two types, magmatic segregations in gabbro and magmatic
injections in anorthosite. The two types are genetically related. The
ore residuum of gabbro supplied the ore constituents which form
large masses in anorthosite. The magmatic segregations in gabbro
would conform to Bateman’s type IL4, residual liquid segregation,
and ore in anorthosite to II B, residual liquid injection.
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 73
ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS
RESERVES3
The MacIntyre Iron Company estimated the reserves of ore in
the three larger ore bodies following a magnetic survey and a diamond
drilling program during the years 1906-12. The estimates are of
ore which ran more than 45 per cent iron. This ore was considered
rich. The National Lead Company through its development pro¬
gram determined the ratio of ilmenite concentrates to ore in the
Sanford Hill ore body as 0.1845:1. The tonnage of recoverable
ilmenite concentrates in the ore bodies can be estimated by applying
this ratio to the ore reserve estimates of the MacIntyre Company.
Table 2
Estimated reserves of titaniferous magnetite in the Lake Sanford area
ORE BODY
RICH ORE
ILMENITE
CONCENTRATE
Sanford Hill . .
24,263,772 tons
17,415,914 tons
9,101,872 tons
4,476,523 tons
3,213,235 tons
1,679,295 tons
Ore Mountain . . . . .
Calamity-Mill Pond . .
Total . . .
50,781,558 tons
9,369,053 tons
The National Lead Company’s estimate of reserves of ore in the
Sanford Hill body is considerably more conservative than that of
the MacIntyre Iron Company. It is possible that the other estimates
are likewise too high. The Cheney Pond ore body is much too small
to merit economic consideration.
MINING AND MILLING
Oliver (1942) summarizes the proposed operation plan for the
MacIntyre development:
The program of operation calls for the mining of 5500 gross tons
of ore daily from which the mill being erected will produce 800 tons
of ilmenite of about 48 per cent Ti02 content. In addition, as a by¬
product there will be stockpiled approximately 1800 tons per day of
magnetite concentrates, containing about 89 per cent Fe304, 10 per
cent Ti02 and 1 per cent Si. The crude ore contains about 16 per
cent Ti02, based on assays of numerous diamond drillings. Since
there is a huge outcrop measuring 550 by 1700 feet on the western
slope of Sanford hill, the mine will be of the open type, utilizing
3 Data made available through the courtesy of the MacIntyre Iron Company and the
National Lead Company, Titanium Division.
74
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
churn drills to break the deposits, and electrically operated shovels
and dippers to load the broken ore.
The crushing plant will have a jaw crusher, a standard cone
crusher and a short-head crusher, with attendant screens and con¬
veyors. In the wet mill will be four rod mills, 12 Crockett wet belt
separators for separating the magnetite, 96 wet concentration tables
for separation of the ilmenite and units for dewatering the concen¬
trate. In addition there will be a dry mill with a battery of steam
coil driers and 21 Wetherill dry magnetic separators.
From the shipping bins the concentrates will be transported to the
railhead at North Creek, 32 miles away, by motor trucks over a
new eight and one quarter mile road built out to the State highway,
28N, at Tahawus P. O.
USES OF ORE MINERALS4
Ilmenite
The bulk of ilmenite consumed in the United States is used for
production of titanium pigments, but the increasing use of titanium
alloys is requiring more ilmenite each year. Titanium pigment
possesses high opacity and hiding power desirable in paints, decora¬
tive coatings, paper, rubber, cosmetics, rayon and many other
products. The pigment has greater covering power than other white
pigments, is nontoxic, and is immune to discoloration by exposure
to sulphur-bearing gases.
Magnetite
TiC>2, which averages 10 per cent in the magnetite concentrates,
is considered quite objectionable by blast furnace operators. Present
shortages of high grade iron ore and scrap iron, however, may lead
to use of these ores in mixtures with nontitaniferous ores in blast
furnaces in the eastern United States. At the present time no com¬
mercial process is in use in the United States for extracting vanadium
from vanadiferous magnetite, but very possibly some method of
extraction will be the outgrowth of the present shortage of vanadium.
If such a process is put into practice the value of the Sanford magne¬
tite concentrate will greatly increase.
4 Minerals Yearbook, Review of 1940
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 75
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Alderman, A. R.
1925 The vanadium content of certain titaniferous iron ores of South
Australia. Royal Acad, of S. Australia. Trans. & Proc., 49 : 88-90
Ailing, H. L.
1932 The Adirondack anorthosite and its problems. Jour. Geol., 40 :
193-237
1936 Interpretative petrology. McGraw-Hill. N. Y. p. 353
Bachman, F. E.
1914 The use of titaniferous ore in the blast furnace. Year Book, Iron &
Steel Industry, p. 370-419
Balk, Robert
1930 Structural survey of the Adirondack anorthosite. Jour. Geol., 38:
289-302
1931 Structural geology of the Adirondack anorthosite. Min. und Pet.
Mitt., Bd. 41, H.3-6: 308-434
1937 Structural behavior of igneous rocks. Geol. Soc. Amer. Memoir 5.
177p.
Barth, T. F. W.
1930 Mineralogy of Adirondack feldspars. Amer. Min., 15: 96-136
Bastin, E. S., Graton, L. G., Lindgren, W., Newhouse, W. H., Swartz,
G. M., & Short, N. M.
1931 Criteria of age relations of minerals with especial reference to polished
sections of ores. Econ. Geol., 26, no. 6 : 561-610
Bateman, Alan M.
1942 Magmas and ores. Econ. Geol., 37, no. 1 : 1-15
Beyschlag, Vogt & Krusch
1914 Ore deposits (trans. Truscott). Macmillan & Co., Ltd. London. 514p.
Bowen, N. L.
1917 The problem of the anorthosites. Jour. Geol., 25 : 209-^43
1933 The broader story of magmatic differentiation briefly told. Ore de¬
posits of the Western States. A.I.M.E. (Lindgren Vol.) p. 106-28
Broderick, T. M.
1917 The relation of the titaniferous magnetite of northeastern Minnesota
to the Duluth gabbro. Econ. Geol., 12 : 663-96
Buddington, A. F.
1937 Origin of anorthosite in the Adirondacks and in general. Amer.
Geophys. Union, Trans. Pt 1 : 255-56
1939 Adirondack igneous rocks and their metamorphism. Geol. Soc. Amer.
Memoir 7. 354p.
- & Whitcomb, L.
1941 Geology of Willsboro quadrangle, New York. N. Y. State Mus. Bui.
325. 137p.
Chudoba, K.
1933 (Trans. Kennedy, W. Q.). The determination of feldspar in thin
section. Murby. London. 61p.
Cushing, H. P.
1907 Geology of Long Lake quadrangle, New York. N. Y. State Mus.
Bui., 115: 451-531
76
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Dunn, J. A.
1937 The mineral deposits of eastern Singhbaum and surrounding areas. . .
Geol. Sur. India. Memoir 69, pt 1 : 1-279
Edwards, A. B.
1938 Some ilmenite microstructures and their interpretation. Australasian
Inst. Min. & Met., n.s. 110: 39-59
Emmons, Ebenezer
1842 Geology of New York, pt II: Comprising the survey of second
geological district, p. 247-63. Albany.
Faessler, C. & Schwartz, G. M.
1941 Titaniferous magnetite deposits of Sept lies, Quebec. Econ. Geol.,
36: 712-28
Fairbanks, E. E.
1928 The laboratory investigation of ores; a symposium. McGraw-Hill.
N. Y. 262p.
Ford, W. E.
1932 A textbook of mineralogy, by E. S. Dana (rev. by Wm E. Ford).
John Wiley & Sons. N. Y. 866p.
Grout, F. F.
1932 Petrography and petrology; a textbook. McGraw-Hill. N. Y. 522p.
Gruner, J. W.
1929 Structural reasons for oriented intergrowths in some minerals.
Amer. Min., 14: 227-37
Hagar, I. D.
1941 Titanium and the MacIntyre development. The Paint Industry
Magazine. December
Holmes, Arthur
1920 The nomenclature of petrology. Murby. London. 284p.
Hussak, E.
1904 Uber die Mikrostructur einiger brasilianischer Titan magnet eisen-
steine. Neues. Jahrb. Min., Geol., U. Paleon., 1 : 108
Johannsen, A.
1931 A descriptive petrography of the igneous rocks. I. Univ. of Chicago
Press. 267p.
Kamiyama, M.
1929 Report on a heating experiment with titaniferous magnetite from
Korea. Geol. Soc. Tokyo Jour., 36: 12-9
Kemp, J. F.
1899 Titaniferous iron ores of the Adirondacks. U. S. Geol. Surv., 19th
Ann. Rep’t, pt III : 409-16
Larsen, E. S. & Berman, H.
1934 The microscopic determination of the non-opaque minerals. U. S.
Geol. Surv. Bui., 848 : 266
Lindgren, Waldemar
1913 Mineral deposits. McGraw-Hill. N. Y. 883p.
Masten, A. H.
1923 The story of Adirondac. Princeton Press, Princeton, N. J. 199p.
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE DEPOSITS OF LAKE SANFORD 77
Miller, W. J.
1918 Adirondack anorthosite. Geok Soc. Amer. Bui., 29 : 399-462
1919 Geology of the Lake Placid quadrangle. N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 211,
212. 104p.
Newhouse, W. H.
1936 Opaque oxides and sulphides in common igneous rocks. Geol. Soc.
Amer. Bui.', 47 : 1-32
Newland, D. H.
1908 Geology of the Adirondack magnetic iron ores. N. Y. State Mus.
Bui, 119: 5-182
Oliver, F. J.
1942 Titaniferous Adirondack ores being reworked. Iron Age. 149, no.
10: 53-59
Osborne, F. F.
1928a Technique of the investigation of iron ores. Econ. Geol, 23, no. 4:
442750
19285 Certain titaniferous iron ores and their origin. Ibid. 23, no. 7 :
724-61, 895-922
Pope, F. J.
1899 Investigation of magnetic iron ores from eastern Ontario. A.I.M.E.
Trans, 29: 395-97
Ramdohr, P.
1926 Beobachtungen au Magnetit, Ilmenit, Eisenglanz und Uberlegungen
uber das System, FeO, Fe203, Ti02. Neues, Jahrb. f. Min, Geol.
u. Paleon, Bd. 54, Abt. A : 320-79
Rogers, A. F. & Kerr, P. F.
1933 Thin section mineralogy. McGraw-Hill. N. Y. 31 Ip.
Rossi, Augusta J.
1893 Titaniferous ores in the blast furnace. A.I.M.E. Trans, 21 : 832-67
Sampson, Edward
1923 Notes on the determination of anisotropism in metallic minerals.
Econ. Geol, 18, no. 8 : 775-77
1929 Determination of anisotropism of metallic minerals. Econ. Geol, 24,
no. 4: 412-23
Schneiderhohn, H„
1922 Anleitung Mickroskopischen Bestimmung und U liter suchung von
Erzen. Gesellschaft Deutscher Metallhiitten und Bargleute. Berlin.
292p.
- & Ramdohr, P.
1931 Lehrbuch der Erz mikroskopie, Band II. Berlin, Gebruder Born-
traegar. 714p,
Short, M. N.
1940 Microscopic determination of the ore minerals. U. S. Geol. Surv.
Bui, 914. 314p.
Singewr.ld, J. T. jr
1913a The microstructure of titaniferous magnetites. Econ. Geol., 8: 207-14
19136 Titaniferous iron ores of the United States. U. S. Bur. Mines. Bui.
* 64. 145p.
1917 Magmatic segregation and ore genesis. Min. & Sci. Press, 114: 733-36
1933 Magmatic segregations : Ore deposits of the Western States. A.I.M.E.
(LIndgren Vol.)p. 504-24
78
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Tolman, C. F. & Rogers, A. F.
1916 A study of the magmatic sulphide ores. Stamford Univ. 76p.
U. S. Bureau of Mines
1941 Minerals yearbook — Review of 1940. 1514p.
Van der Veen, R. W.
1925 Minerography and ore deposition. G. Naeff. The Hague. 168p.
Vogt, J. H. L.
1893 Bildung von Erzlagerstatten durch Differentiation prozesse in
basichen Eruptivonagmata. Zeit. f. prak. Geol., 1 : 4-11, 125-43,
259-84 _
1921 The physical chemistry of the crystallization and magmatic differ¬
entiation of igneous rocks. Jour. Geol., 29: 318—50, 426-43, 515-39,
627-49 _
1922 The physical chemistry of the crystallization and magmatic differ¬
entiation of igneous rocks. Ibid. 30: 611-31
Warren, C. H.
1918 On the microstructure of certain titanic iron ores. Econ. Geol., 13 :
419-46
Watson, C. W.
1869 The military and civil history of the county of Essex, New York.
Albany, N. Y.
Winchell, A. N.
1927 Elements of optical mineralogy; II, description of minerals. John
Wiley & Sons. N. Y. 424p. '
GLOSSARY
Exsolution: see unmixing.
Granitoid : normally indicates a phanerite of medium grain, approximately equi-
granular. Grout, p. 42.
Hypautomorphic-gramdar: refers to a rock in which some of the crystals show
their own crystal boundaries and some do not. Johannsen, 1931, v. 1, p. 37.
Hyperfusible components : substances contained in a magma which have a low
melting point, are easily vaporized, and possess high vapor pressures.
Brown, 1933, p. 211-15.
Hypidiomorphic : partly bounded by crystal faces, hypautomorphic, subhedral.
Linear flozo structure: orientation of minerals in an igneous rock due to
primary igneous flow. The strike of lineation is projected in the horizontal
plane when it is recorded.
Peritectic reactions: reactions between solid phases and still unconsolidated
portions of the melt. Johannsen, v. 1, p. 186.
Planar flozu structure: minerals oriented into parallel planes by primary
igneous flow.
Protoclastic structure: structure produced by the granulation of minerals of
early formation, the granulation being due to differential flow of the partly
consolidated magma from which the fractured minerals separated. Holmes.
Synneusis: texture in which individual crystals of some mineral swam together
in the magma to form groups or aggregates. Vogt, 1921.
Unmixing : separation out of a component from a solid solution saturated with
that component. Exsolution.
Xenolith : fragment of other rock or of an earlier solidified portion of the
same mass inclosed in an igneous rock ; an inclusion ; an enclave. Ries.
Xcnomorphic-gramdar : texture of a rock in which none of the constituents
has its own boundary. Johannsen, v. 1, p. 39.
Figure 20 Medium-grained anorthosite with xenomorphic-granular
texture. Labradorite crystals have composition of Ab42An5s. From drill
core at Sanford hill. (Crossed nicols). X40.
Figure 21 Alteration of plagioclase (twinned crystal) to scapolite
(light) in anorthosite from Sanford hill. (Crossed nicols). X4Q.
[79]
Figure 22 Anorthosite from Hudson River bank just above the
“Iron dam.” Labradorite crystals show bent albite twins and the
edges have been resorbed by the finer-grained plagioclase. Black
area to the right of the field is anhedral mass of ore minerals sur¬
rounded by a rim of garnet. (Crossed nicols). X40.
Figure 23 Ore minerals (black) penetrating anorthosite from
diamond drill core at Sanford hill. Myrmekite-like intergrowth of
garnet (gray, high relief) with plagioclase. (light). Dark gray
mineral is hornblende. A chlorite-calcite veinlet cuts across the
upper portion of the field. X40.
[80]
Figure 24 Reaction zone between ore and anorthosite from San¬
ford hill. Ore (black, lower center), is separated from labrador ite
(on either side), which in almost black due to dustlike inclusions it
contains, by several zones of reaction minerals. A very narrow zone
of clear feldspar with minute spinel anhedra occurs between the
inclusion-filled plagioclase and a band of vermicular garnet and feld¬
spar. Between this zone and the ore is an augite band. X40.
Figure 25 Fine-grained gabbro from diamond drill core at San¬
ford hill. Minerals are labradorite (light) augite (gray) and ore
minerals (dark). Ore minerals have a very irregular anhedral shape.
X40.
[81]
Figure 26 Gabbro from diamond drill cores at Sanford hill, rich
in ore minerals, garnet and augite. X40.
Figure 27 Ore rich gabbro from diamond drill cores at Sanford
hill. Accompanying ore minerals are diallage, garnet and labradorite.
X40.
[82]
Figure 28 Ore-rich gabbro from Cheney Pond body. Plagioclase,
garnet, augite, apatite and ore minerals form this rock X40.
Figure 29 Ore minerals in hornblende-rich gabbro from the
diamond drill core at Sanford hill X40.
[83]
Figure 30 Anhedral ore minerals in ore-rich gabbro from diamond
drill core at Sanford hill X40.
Figure 31 Gabbroic lean ore from diamond drill core at Sanford
hill. Narrow cracks (white) in ore (dark) are filled with spinel
X40.
[84]
Figure 32 Inclusions of ilmenite and spinel in magnetite (dark).
Spinel intergrowths occur as plates along cube directions in magne¬
tite, and as irregular anhedra. The intergrowths of spinel along
the cube faces are widely spaced, have rough borders, and may be cut
by closely spaced, sharply defined, fine ilmenite lamellae which occur
along octahedral planes. Etched with HC1. X100.
Figure 33 Ilmenite lamellae (dark) occurring along octahedral
planes of magnetite. Etched with HF fumes. X100.
[85]
Figure 34 Intergrowths of ilmenite (light) in magnetite (dark)
from Ore Mountain body. Irregular intergrowth and minute fleck¬
like intergrowths occur parallel to octahedral planes of magnetite
Etched with HC1. XI 00.
Figure 35 Intergrowths of ilmenite (light) in magnetite (dark)
from Calamity-Mill Pond body. Types of intergrowths are:
1 Regular tabular plates parallel octahedral
2 Flecklike intergrowths parallel octahedral
3 En echelon intergrowths parallel octahedral
4 Irregular concentrations along boundary of magnetite grains
(runs diagonally across center of photomicrograph). Etched with
HC1. X100.
[86]
Figure 36 Umenite intergrowths (light) occur along octahedral
planes of magnetite (dark) and along boundary of magnetite grains.
Magnetite corrodes ilmenite grains. Garnet is subhedral against
magnetite which penetrates along cracks in the garnet. From dia¬
mond drill core at Sanford hill. Etched with HC1. X100.
Figure 37 Relic of ilmenite (light) in magnetite (dark) from
Cheney Pond body. Etched with HC1. X100.
[87]
Figure 38 Ilmenite (light) corroded along boundaries by mag¬
netite (dark) which also penetrates along cracks in ilmenite. Ilmenite
lamellae in magnetite are more abundant near ilmenite grains.
Diamond drill core at Sanford hill. Etched with HC1. XlQQ,
Figure 39 Ilmenite (light) corroded by magnetite (dark). A
few ilmenite lamellae in magnetite. Diamond drill core at Sanford
hill. Etched with HC1. X100.
[88]
Figure 40 Ilmenite (light) embayed along cracks by magnetite
(dark). Irregular intergrowths of ilmenite closely spaced in mag¬
netite. Etched with HC1. X100.
Figure 41 Remnants of ilmenite (light) in magnetite (dark).
Etched with HC1. X100.
[89]
Figure 42 Ilmenite (light) corroded and embayed by magnetite
(dark). Diamond drill core at Sanford hill. Etched with HC1. X25.
Figure 43 Ilmenite (light) corroded and embayed by magnetite
(dark). Diamond drill core at Sanford hill. Etched with HC1. X25.
[90]
Figure 44 Ilmenite (light) corroded and embayed by magnetite
(dark). Diamond drill core at Sanford hill. Etched with HC1. X25.
Figure 45 Ilmenite (gray) and magnetite (light) grains elongated
to form foliation. Diamond drill core at Sanford hill. X25.
[91]
Figure 46 Spinel anhedra (gray) occur between ilmenite (light)
and magnetite (dark) grains. Diamond drill core at Sanford hill.
Etched with HC1. X100.
Figure 47 Gangue minerals (gray) in magnetite (dark) and
ilmenite (light). Garnet crystal euhedral against ore minerals. Dia¬
mond drill core at Sanford hill. Etched with HC1. X2S
[92]
INDEX
Acid rocks, 53, 54
Adirondac Iron and Steel Company,
12
Adirondack Steel Company, 12
Albite twin planes, in anorthosite,
20; in gabbro, 29
Alderman, A. R., cited, 67, 75
Ailing, H. L., cited, 25, 26, 75
Amphibole, 32
Andesine plagioclase, in gabbroic
anorthosite, 27
Anorthosite, 17, 19—26 ; gangue of
ore in, 68; linear flow structures,
34; megascopic description, 19;
microscopic description, 20-26; ore
in, 57; paragenesis, 25; planar
structure, 33; relations of ore to,
42
Anorthosite, gabbroic, 18, 27
Anorthosite-gabbro contacts, 35
Anorthosite-ore contacts, 35
Apatite, in anorthosite, 23, 25; in
gabbro, 31
Augite, in anorthosite, 22; in gabbro,
30
Bachman, F. E., cited, 75
Balk, Robert, cited, 17, 33, 34, 37, 54,
75
Barth, T. F. W., cited, 21, 75
Basaltic hornblende, in gabbro, 30,
32
Bastin, E. S., et al., cited, 61, 75
Bateman, Alan M., cited, 71, 75
Beyschlag, Vogt & Krusch, cited,
70, 75
Bibliography, 75-78
Biotite, in gabbro, 30, 32
Bowen, N. L., cited, 26, 75
Broderick, T.‘ M., cited, 70, 75
Buddington, A. F., cited, 34, 37,
54, 75
Buddington, A. F. & Whitcomb, L.,
cited, 75
Calamity brook, pegmatites, 32
Calamity-Mill Pond ore body, 17, 42
Calcite, 25
Carbonate, 24, 25; in anorthosite, 26;
in gabbro, 31
Cheney Pond, acid rocks, 54; an¬
orthosite-gabbro contact, 35-36;
gabbro, 28; gabbroic anorthosite,
27 ; plagioclase, 29
Cheney Pond ore body, 17, 48
Chlorite, 24; in anorthosite, 26; in
gabbro, 31
Chudoba, K., cited, 20, 75
Contacts, 35
Cushing, H. P„ cited, 21, 34, 75
Definition of terms, 78
Development, early, 12; present, 13
Diabase dikes, 18, 33, 36
Diallage, in gabbro, 29, 32
Dikes, diabase, 18, 33, 36
Dunn, J. A., cited, 67, 76
Economic considerations, 73
Edwards, A. B., cited, 61, 76
Emmons, Ebenezer, cited, 12, 13, 76
Epidote, 24
Faessler, C. & Schwartz, G. M.,
cited, 61, 66, 76
Fairbanks, E. E., cited, 57, 76
Faults, 36
Feldspar phenocrysts, in anorthosite,
21
Flow structures, 33-35
Ford, W. E., cited, 30, 76
Gabbro, 18, 27-32; complexity of oc¬
currence of ore in, 47; gangue of
ore in, 68; megascopic description,
27; microscopic description, 28;
ore in, 56; paragenesis, 32; planar
structure, 33; relation of ore to, 55
[93]
94
INDEX
Gabbro-anorthosite contacts, 35
Gabbro-ore contacts, 35
Gabbroic anorthosite, 18, 27
Gangue minerals, 68
Gangue silicates, 68; properties in
reflected light, 59
Gangue sulphides, 68
Garnet, in anorthosite, 23, 26; in
gabbro, 31
Geography, 14
Geology, general, 14; glacial, 19;
structural, 37-53
Glacial geology, 19
Glossary, 78
Green hornblende, in anorthosite,
22; in gabbro, 30
Grout, F. F., cited, 76
Gruner, J. W., cited, 66, 67, 76
Hagar, I. D., cited, 76
Hercynite, 31
History, 12; petrologic, 53-55
Holmes, Arthur, cited, 76
Hornblende, basaltic, in gabbro, 30,
32
Hornblende, green, in anorthosite,
22; in gabbro, 30
Hornblende, in anorthosite, 25; in
gabbroic anorthosite, 27
Hussak, E., cited, 61, 76
Hypersthene, in anorthosite, 22, 25;
in gabbro, 29, 32
Ilmenite, 67, 68; economic uses, 74;
estimated reserves, 73; inclusions
in magnetite, 62-65, 66; inter¬
growths in magnetite, 61; proper¬
ties in reflected light, 58; texture,
60
“Iron dam”, 47
Johannsen, A., cited, 76
Joints, 36
Kamiyama, M., cited, 61, 76
Kemp, J. F., cited, 13, 76
Labradorite phenocrysts, in anortho¬
site, 20
Larsen, E. S. & Berman, H., cited,
22, 23, 30, 76
Lean ore, 47
Lindgren, Waldemar, cited, 70, 76
Linear flow structures, 34
Location, 11, 14
MacIntyre Iron Company, 12, 13;
reserves of ore, 73
Magmatic mineral deposits, classifi¬
cation, 71
Magnetite, economic uses, 74; esti¬
mated reserves, 73; ilmenite inclu¬
sions, 62-65, 66; ilmenite inter¬
growths in, 61; properties in re¬
flected light, 58; spinel inter¬
growths in, 67; texture, 60; vana¬
dium in, 66
Magnetite-ilmenite, in anorthosite,
26; in gabbroic anorthosite, 27
Masten, A. H., cited, 12, 76
Microcline, in gabbroic anorthosite,
27
Miller, W. J., cited, 18, 34, 77
Milling, 73
Mineralogy of rocks, 19-33
Minerals, properties in reflected
light, 58
Mining, 73
Mount Adams, pegmatite mass, 32
National Lead Company, 14; esti¬
mate of reserves of ore, 73; Titan¬
ium Division, 13
Newhouse, W. H., cited, 26, 71, 77
Newland, D. H., cited, 13, 47, 77
Oliver, F. J., cited, 73, 77
Ore, dam of, 47; deposits, 56; in
anorthosite, 57; in gabbro, 56;
megascopic description, 56; micro¬
scopic description, 57; mineral re¬
lations, 61; mining and milling, 73;
occurrence in gabbro, 47; relation
to anorthosite, 42; relation to gab¬
bro, 55; reserves, 73; table data
from polished surfaces, 62-65; tex¬
ture, 60
Ore-anorthosite contacts, 35
Ore bodies, Calamity-Mill Pond, 42;
Cheney Pond, 48; development,
12, 13; location, 11, 17; Ore Moun¬
tains, 41; origin, 70; Sanford
Hill, 38
INDEX
95
Ore-gabbro contacts, 35
Ore minerals, in anorthosite, 24; in
gabbro, 31 ; paragenesis in anor¬
thosite, 26; uses of, 74
Ore Mountain ore body, 17; struc¬
ture, 41
Origin, of ore bodies, 70
Osborne, F. F., cited, 14, 47, 56, 58,
67, 71, 77
Paragenesis, anorthosite, 25; gabbro,
32; gabbroic anorthosite, 27
Pargasite, 23
Pegmatites, 18, 32
Petrography of rocks, 19-33
Petrologic history, 53-55
Phenocrysts, 27; feldspar, 21; labra-
dorite, 20; plagioclase, 25, 28, 33-
35, 54
Plagioclase, in anorthosite, 20; in
gabbro, 28; in gabbroic anortho¬
site, 27
Plagioclase phenocrysts, anortho¬
site, 25; flow structures, 33-35;
gabbro, 28; origin, 54
Planar flow structures, 33
Pope, F. J., cited, 67, 77
Primary flow structures, 33-35
Prochlorite, 25
Pyrite, properties in reflected light,
59
Pyroxenes, in anorthosite, 25
Pyrrhotite, properties in reflected
light, 59
Ramdohr, P., cited, 61, 66, 77
References, 75-78
Rocks, history, 53-55; petrography
and mineralogy, 19-33; types, 17,
18, 32
Rogers, A. F. & Kerr, P. F., cited,
24, 77
Rossi, Augusta J., cited, 13, 77
Sampson, Edward, cited, 57, 77
Sanford Hill ore body, 17; structure,
38
Scapolite, 24; in anorthosite, 26
Schneiderhohn, H., cited, 58, 77
Schneiderhohn, H. & Ramdohr, P.,
cited, 66, 77
Secondary alteration minerals, in
anorthosite, 24
Short, M. N., cited, 57, 77
Singewald, J. T. jr, cited, 13, 42, 48,
61, 66, 71, 72, 77
Slickensides, 36
Spinel, in gabbro, 31; intergrowths
in magnetite, 67; properties in re¬
flected light, 58
Structural elements, 33-35
Structural features, summary, 53
Structural geology, 33-55
Tahawus Club, 12, 36, 42, 47
Titaniferous magnetite, estimated
reserves, 73
Tolman, C. F. & Rogers, A. F.,
cited, 71, 78
Topography, 14
U. S. Bureau of Mines, cited, 78
Vanadium, in magnetite, 66
Van der Veen, R. W., cited, 58, 78
Vogt, J. H. L., cited, 28, 32, 70, 78
Warren, C. H., cited, 66, 78
Watson, W. C, cited, 12, 78
Winchell, A. N., cited, 22, 25, 31, 78
Figure 2 Geologic map of the Lake Sanford
.
.
- .. ■■X* ^ 55 ^
^ D * 0 n 5„° dAo
"VWrVi'o
Dtr* u t* ® /g ^o
v* * V-t»< ^/Ai"» ~ *\ *
* 30"
11 ,*45 p
a i ■*
*><? n « « 4 <7^
* ■ %“ “ A«V VoJ^t 'iiW'
o * a ^A5q ^ 1
^-^rT- n ^ 40 v ^
40 W 45v
M~/» 1\0
^ 1] to 1 .05 c
fof^
\ tr/ v° - -tc? » 1 » /v/ ,»” ,
i 0 "<*V>>\» * o <= > s.° i„ V»
o * H ^
^ <?
c>25<
* ^ n
^ CONCENTRATION
MILL
vt’j*
LEGEND
[?^1
GABBRO
It? “EJ
ANORTHOSITE
l«'>'?t".|
GABBROIC ANORTHOSITE
LjU
TITANIFEROUS MAGNETITE
"'is'"'-
FLOW PLANES
40-4 - -
FLOW LINES
—
CONTACTS
ROADS
TRAILS
□
BUILDINGS
^ > °ure A GpnWir. rr^gn of the SanfnrH Hill orp hnriv
Figure 11 Isometric drawing of the Sanford Hill ore body
The Clinton of Western
and Central New York
By
Tracy Gillette Ph.D
Illinois State Geological Survey, Urbana, Ill.
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
BULLETIN NUMBER 341
Published by The University of the State of New York
Albany, N. Y.
February 1947
New York State Museum Bulletin
Published by The University of the State of New York
No. 341 ALBANY, N. Y. February, 1947
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL
NEW YORK
By
Tracy Gillette Ph. D.
Illinois State Geological Survey, Urbana, III.
CONTENTS
PAGE
Acknowledgments . 5
Introduction . 6
Historical review . 8
General characteristics of the
Clinton group . 9
Limits . 9
Subdivisions of the Clinton . 12
General divisions . 12
Lithological divisions . 14
Faunal zones . 16
Detailed stratigraphic and paleon-
tologic relations . 24
Lower Clinton . 24
Thorold sandstone . 24
Oneida conglomerate . 30
Neahga shale . 34
Maplewood shale . 36
Furnaceville iron ore . 38
Reynales limestone . 46
Bear Creek shale . . 53
Lower Sodus shale . 54
PAGE
Upper Sodus shale . 61
Wolcott limestone . 65
Wolcott Furnace iron ore. ... 70
Middle Clinton . 72
Sauquoit shale . 72
Upper Clinton . 79
Williamson shale . 79
Irondequoit limestone . 84
Westmoreland iron ore . 90
Willowvale shale . 94
Dawes sandstone . . 99
Rochester shale . 100
Kirkland iron ore . 107
Herkimer sandstone . Ill
Historical geology . 113
Lower Clinton . . 113
Middle Clinton . 115
Upper Clinton . 116
Description of sections . ... 120
Description of diamond drill cores 175
Bibliography . 186
Index . 189
ALBANY
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
1947
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
Regents of the University
With years when terms expire
1955 Thomas J. Mangan M.A., LL.D., Chancellor Emeritus Binghamton
1957 William J. Wallin M.A., LL.D., Chancellor - - - - Yonkers
1951 Wm Leland Thompson B.A., LL.D., Vice Chancellor - Troy
1954 George Hopkins Bond Ph.M., LL.B., LL.D. - - - - Syracuse
1949 Susan Brandeis B.A., J.D. . New York
1947 C. C. Mollenhauer LL.D. - -- -- -- -- - Brooklyn
1953 W. Kingsland Macy B.A., LL.D. - -- -- -- - isiip
1952 John P. Myers B.A., D.Sc. - . Plattsburg
1956 Stanley Brady B.A., M.D. - -- -- -- -- - New York
1958 Edward R. Eastman LL.D. - -- -- -- -- - Freeville
President of the University and Commissioner of Education
Francis T. Spaulding M.A., Ed.D., LL.D.
Deputy and Associate Commissioner (Finance, Administration, Vocational Education)
Lewis A. Wilson D.Sc., LL.D.
Associate Commissioner (Instructional Supervision)
Associate Commissioner (Higher and Professional Education)
J. Hillis Miller M.A., Ph.D., LL.D., Litt.D.
Associate Commissioner (Institute of Applied Arts and Sciences, Adult Education)
Lawrence L. Jarvie M.A., Ph.D.
Associate Commissioner (Instructional Supervision)
Harry V. Gilson M.A., D.Sc. in Ed.
Counsel
Charles A. Brind jr B.A., LL.B., LL.D.
Executive Assistant to the Commissioner
Frederick H. Bair M.A., Ph.D., Ed.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Research
J. Cayce Morrison M.A., Ph.D., LL.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Teacher Education
Hermann Cooper M.A., Ph.D., LL.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Personnel and Public Relations
Lloyd L. Cheney B.A., Pd.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Finance
Arthur W. Schmidt M.A., Ph.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Instructional Supervision
Edwin R. Van Kleeck M.A., Ph.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Professional Education
Irwin A. Conroe M.A., LL.D., L.H.D.
Assistant Commissioner for Vocational Education
Oakley Furney B.A., Pd.M.
State Librarian
Charles F. Gosnell M.S., Ph.D.
Director of State Museum
Carl E. Guthe M.A., Ph.D.
State Historian
Albert B. Corey M.A., Ph.D.
Directors of Divisions
Adult Education and Library Extension,
Elementary Education, William E. Young M.A., Ph.D.
Examinations and Testing, Harold G. T hompson M.A., LL.D.
Health and Physical Education, Ellis H. Champlin M.S., acting
Higher Education, John S. Allen M.A., Ph.D.
Law,
Motion Picture, Ward C. Bowen M.A., Ph.D., acting
Research, Warren W. Coxe B.S., Ph.D.
School Buildings and Grounds, Don L. Essex M.A., Ph.D.
Secondary Education, Warren W. Knox M.A., Ph.D.
Vocational Rehabilitation, G. Samuel Bohlin B.S.
ILLUSTRATIONS
Table 1
Table 2
Table 3
Table 4
Figure 1
Figure 2
Figure 3
Figure 4
Figure 5
Figure 6
Figure 7
Figure 8
Figure 9
Figure 10
Figure 11
Figure 12
Figure 13
Figure 14
Figure 15
Figure 16
Figure 17
Figure 18
Figure 19
Figure 20
PAGE
Clinton nomenclature . 10, 11
Clinton formations . 15
Faunal tables . 18-21
Clinton ostracod zones . 23
Map showing location and extent of the Clinton outcrops of
western and central New York . . . 7
Cross section showing relationship of the Clinton formations 13
Genesee gorge. Note gray resistant Thorold which overlies
the red Grimsby and underlies the green Maplewood shale. . . 25
Fulton, New York. Oneida-Grimsby contact.... . 31
Quarry in the Oneida conglomerate east of Willowvale . 32
An ore pit near Fruitland, New York . 39
Cross section showing Reynales, Bear Creek, Neahga, Maple¬
wood, Furnaceville, Thorold, Oneida relationships . 43
Genesee gorge. Williamson-Lower Sodus contact. Note three
inch shell rubble separating formations . 57
Cross section showing Lower Sodus, Upper Sodus, Wolcott,
Wolcott Furnace, Oneida relationships . . 62
Willowvale. Sauquoit shale. Hammers mark upper surface
of conglomeratic layer . . . . . . . . 73
Cross section of Middle Clinton Sauquoit formation . 76
Cross section showing Irondequoit, Williamson, Willowvale,
Dawes, Westmoreland relationships . 81
Genesee gorge. So-called reef in Irondequoit limestone . 85
Clinton, New York. Old Borst iron ore mine . 91
Clinton, New York. Dawes Quarry creek showing Herkimer,
Kirkland and Dawes . . 97
Cross section showing Rochester, Herkimer, Kirkland rela¬
tionships . 102
Clinton, New York. Herkimer sandstone. Dawes quarry.. 109
Paleogeographic map of Lower Clinton . 114
Paleogeographic map of Middle Clinton . 117
Paleogeographic map of Upper Clinton . 119
• >;KOrt\AvfT&:Up
,0 1 i . ... ...... *•
r. 1 .... .4 44 ; .
TRACY GILLETTE Ph.D., 1905-42
The talented author of this bulletin, Dr Tracy Gillette, died at his
home, Urbana, Ill., November 9, 1942, after a brief illness. He had
completed the manuscript for this bulletin several months before
his death.
Doctor Gillette was a native of New York State. He had previ¬
ously prepared for the New York State Museum Bulletin 320 on the
Geology of Clyde and Sodus Bay quadrangles, covering his own
home area.
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL
NEW YORK
By
Tracy Gillette Ph. D.
Illinois State Geological Survey , Urbana, III.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
In the preparation of this report extensive use has been made of the
early state reports of James Hall and Lardner Vanuxem. Later state
bulletins from which valuable information has been obtained include :
Bulletin 114, Geologic Map of the Rochester and Ontario Beach
Quadrangles, by C. A. Hartnagel; and Bulletin 123, Iron Ores of the
Clinton Formation in New York State, by D. H. Newland and C. A.
Hartnagel. Other published reports which have proved of great
assistance are: Stratigraphy of the New York Clinton by G. H.
Chadwick, which appeared in the Bulletin of the Geological Society
of America, volume 29; and reports by C. K. Swartz and E. O. Ulrich
and R. S. Bassler, which were published in the Silurian volume of the
Maryland Geological Survey.
The writer wishes to acknowledge the hearty support given by the
New York State Museum, the University of Rochester and The Johns
Hopkins University. Originally the New York State Museum agreed
to publish a geologic report and map on the Clyde and Sodus Bay
quadrangles. The University of Rochester granted money for field
expenses for the mapping and studying of these quadrangles. In the
course of the investigation the writer became interested in the
stratigraphy of the Clinton and the New York State Museum agreed
to publish a report to cover the findings. The Johns Hopkins Uni¬
versity agreed to accept the material as a subject for a doctor’s
dissertation.
The writer is indebted to many individuals, only a few of whom can
be enumerated : Dr C. C. Adams, former Director of the New York
State Museum, who made possible the publication of this report;
C. A. Hartnagel, who not only accompanied the writer in the field and
furnished many measured sections which are not now available but
also aided in obtaining the diamond drill cores of the New York State
Museum for study and furnished engineering data obtained at Lock-
port, New York, during the construction of the Barge canal in 1905
and 1906; Dr C. K. Swartz, whose helpful criticism has aided in the
[5]
6
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
preparation of this report ; Dr H. L. Ailing, who offered many helpful
suggestions ; Dr R. S. Bassler, who granted permission to study the
type Silurian ostracods in the National Museum, which was of great
assistance in identifying the numerous Clinton forms; and B. H.
Dollen, who furnished considerable information and maps of the
Clinton west of the Genesee gorge in Monroe county.
INTRODUCTION
Between the Niagara river and Willow vale, a small village south¬
west of Utica, the rocks of the Clinton group outcrop in a narrow band
approximately two hundred miles long and between five and six miles
wide in its broadest extent. The location and areal extent of the
Clinton are shown on the accompanying map (figure 1, p. 7).
Except for a limited region in the immediate vicinity of Clinton,
New York, where the strata outcrop in the highland to the south of
the Mohawk river, the Clinton underlies the plains to the south of
Lake Ontario and the low areas surrounding Oneida lake.
The surface of the lowlands bordering these lakes, is covered by a
mantle of glacial material. Although this cover is not so thick as it is
in some parts of New York State, it is exceptionally even in its dis¬
tribution. The streams, due to low relief of these plains, have made
very little progress in removing this cover. Only here and there
where the larger creeks and rivers have succeeded in eroding and
carrying away the products of the Pleistocene, and where the streams
are not following the courses of some one of the numerous buried
preglacial valleys, do the underlying rocks come to the surface.
The greatest single handicap to the stratigraphic geology of the
Clinton is Oneida lake. Its waters cover practically the whole belt
of Clinton outcrops for a distance of twenty miles and the swamps
and alluvial deposits to the east and west of the lake cover about as
much more.
Because of the features described in the preceding paragraphs, there
are very few places where the entire Clinton can be studied. The best
sections are found in the following places : in the Niagara gorge below
the falls where it is entirely exposed; in the Genesee gorge at
Rochester where there is equally good exposure; on Second and
Salmon creeks in the town of Sodus where most of the rocks of this
group are uncovered ; in the vicinity of Fulton where it is possible by
using many small outcrops to piece together a composite section ; at
Clinton where there are good outcrops of the Upper Clinton forma¬
tions ; and at Willowvale where a nearly complete section is obtainable.
For the location of these points see figure 1, page 7.
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK
7
Figure 1 Map showing the location and extent of the Clinton outcrops of western and central New York
8
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
The lack of good continuous outcrops has caused a great deal of
controversy and speculation concerning the correlation of the Niagara,
Rochester and Clinton sections. In preparing this report an attempt
has been made, not only to study more carefully the fauna both
megascopic and microscopic of the well-known exposures, but also to
study with equal care the small isolated and little known outcrops.
The diamond drill cores, which were put down by the State of New
York for the exploration of the Clinton iron ore resources and which
were made available through the courtesy of the New York State
Museum and C. A. Hartnagel, were a great aid in obtaining a clear
picture of the general stratigraphic relations in the area where most
of the Clinton is covered. Furthermore, these cores helped immeas¬
urably in locating stratigraphically the smaller isolated outcrops.
HISTORICAL REVIEW
The region covered by this report has been the subject of many
papers in the past. In Amos Eaton’s (’29, p. 1—163) monograph the
rocks of the Clinton age were included in his Secondary Ferriferous
Slate and Sandstone. This publication is of little value except for
historic interest.
The term, Clinton group, was first proposed by Vanuxem (’39,
p. 249). Previously he had included the same rocks in his Protean
group, which also (’42, p. 80) embraced the Niagara and Lockport
limestone and shale. These latter formed the upper part of the
Protean, and they were separated on account of their importance in the
west and their supposed disappearance in Herkimer county. The name
Clinton was given to the lower part of the Protean because of its
characteristic development around the village of Clinton in Oneida
county and as a tribute to Governor DeWitt Clinton.
James Hall (’43, p. 58-117), whose final report appeared a year
later, accepted Vanuxem’s Clinton group. For each of the important
outcrops he gave a description of the lithology and listed and illus¬
trated the fossils characteristic of each type of rock. James Hall’s
(’52, p. 15-105) Paleontology of the Clinton is a work the value of
which can not be over-estimated. The plates and descriptions must
even now be accepted as the basis for all work on the fauna of
the group.
Hartnagel (’07, p. 12-19) in 1907 assigned local names to the
lithologic units occurring in the Genesee gorge at Rochester and
traced these units into Wayne county. He gave a list of fossils
common to the various types of lithology.
Under the supervision of Newland and Hartnagel (’08, p. 1-76)
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK
9
the State of New York put down a series of test holes for the purpose
of exploring the Clinton iron ore resources. Because these test holes
were located in an area covered by drift, the data obtained from them
has been used directly or indirectly in all the succeeding papers.
Chadwick (’18, p. 327-68) was the first to attempt a complete
correlation of the Clinton and Rochester sections. This valuable work
served to stimulate interest in the Clinton and show the possibilities
of detailed correlation.
Ulrich and Bassler (’23, p. 324-52) also published a correlation
of the Rochester and Clinton sections. Their greatest contribution
was, however, the establishing and defining of certain ostracod zones
in the Clinton. Some of these zones they were able to locate in the
New York area.
More recently Sanford (’35, p. 169-83 and ’36, p. 797-814) has
proposed a new and interesting correlation of the Clinton.
Table 1, pages 10 and 11, summarizes the classification of the Clinton
strata as given by various authors. From this table the evolution of
the various divisions and names can be seen.
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE CLINTON
GROUP
LIMITS
The lower boundary of the Clinton group is placed by the writer at
the base of the Thorold sandstone in western New York and immedi¬
ately below the Oneida conglomerate in central New York. The group
is terminated with the Rochester shale in western New York and with
its eastern equivalent, the Herkimer sandstone, in central New York.
Vanuxem (’42, p. 75-78, 80) who was the first to use the Clinton
as a group name, established these same upper and lower limits in
central New York. In western New York he rightly considered the
gray band (Thorold sandstone) the equivalent of the Oneida and
therefore a part of his Clinton group. He failed to correlate the
Herkimer and Rochester of this area and for this reason excluded
the latter from his group. He definitely established, however, a type
locality and described the strata in some detail. Since the Rochester
can now be shown to be equivalent to certain beds of his Clinton at its
type locality, it would seem only logical to include it.
Quite aside from any historical usage the evidence as presented by
the rocks themselves appears to harmonize with the proposed bound¬
aries. At the base, spread over western New York as far east as
Oswego county, is a thin but continuous, blanketlike formation, the
Thorold sandstone. Eastward it grades into the Oneida. The two
CLINTON NOMENCLATURE
10
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
CHADWICK- 1908
lockport
ROCHESTER
INCLUDING
IRQNOE QUOIT
Ui
5 s t
1 III s
t 8» 1 I
<
Z
5
Ui
2
SQ30 NOINHO
NVdVOVIN
Old V1N03
Nvmmis
GRABAU-1908
lockport
ROCHESTER
CLINTON
LIMESTONES
ANO SHALES
’
1
MEDINA
SANOSTONE
INCLUDING
ONElOA CONG.
NOINHO
NVdVOVIN dO OldmiS d3M03
NVidmis
HARTNAGEL - 1907
LOCKPORT DOL.
INCL. GUELPH
ROCHESTER SHALE
Ui UJ
w i §
-J w H Ui
V z *3 J d
2 5 tr O w
9 j o Z =>
I t i ! I
ONElOA
CONGLOMERATE
MEDINA RED SHALES
OSWEGO SANOSTONE
VdVOVIN
S038 NOINHO
S038 VNIQ3IAI
dOOdO' NVdVOVIN
NV93MS0
w3isas oidnnis d3ddn do oidviNO
CLARKE S
SCHUCHERT-1893
LOCKPORT LIMESTONE
ROCHESTER SHALE
CLINTON
BEDS
MEDINA
SANOSTONE
dOOdO dO 00ld3d OldVlNOS3AI dO NVdVOVIN - ho nwo^mso
W31SAS OldmiS dO OldVINO
DANA -1863
NIAGARA
EPOCH
CLINTON
EPOCH
2 5
1 2
UJ UJ
2
00ld3d VdVOVIN
NVidmis d3ddn
vosrmow do 30v do 30v Nvidmis
HALL-1843
NIAGARA GROUP
NIAGARA LIMESTONE
NIAGARA SHALE
CLINTON
GROUP
MEOINA
SANOSTONE
NOlSIAia OldVINO
IN31SAS MdOA M3N
VANUXEM - 1842
NIAGARA
GROUP
CLINTON
GROUP
ONElOA
CONGLOMERATE
Ui
z
s I
2 *
2 W
NOlSIAia OldVINO
IA| 31SAS MdOA M3N
Table 1 Clinton nomenclature
CLINTON NOMENCLATURE
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 11
NO-LNnO a3dd0 M
NOINHO b3M(n
QC 5
I I
anoao noinho
S3IH3S NVdVOVIN
voisas Nviamis
eessb
Emm
anoao vavoviN
dDOdO NOINHO
dnOH9 VNIQ3VN
Nviamis
SQ3a NOINHO
S3ld3S NVdVOViN
NOI01V
NVN03W
NviaviNO ao Nviamis
58
3
u
1N01AI3MV3
I
IS g
NOINHO d3M03
laodMOOi
anoao NOiNiio
S3ia3S NVaVOVIN
1AI31SAS Nviamis
$
Nvavow-rn
NOINHO
NvavoviN 3“iaaiiA4
NVdVOVIN 1
Nviamis a3MO~i
I/M31SAS NViafHIS
83IS3HCKW
S31V9
NOINHO n
NOINHO a3M01
VNI03IN
LAKEPORT
DONNELLY
PHOENOC
KIRKLAND
BREWERTON
WILLIAMSON
! Mi
STERLIN6 STA
REYNALES
FURNACE V1LLE
S i
i
3.H0IH0 1 aananr
a3Aiamo | a3Aia 3iso38
NVIiSOOIlNV ao 0iaVlNO3
anoao NOINHO
S3ia3s vavoviN
aoia3d oiaviNQ ao Nvianns
hk'rrp
— f! w 1 in M III1!
Table 1 Clinton nomenclature
12
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
formations appear to represent the initial deposits of the Clinton sea
as it advanced over the semicontinental Grimsby of the underlying
Albion group. Above the Thorold in western New York are alternat¬
ing shales and limestones with thin iron ores. Above the Oneida is a
succession of shales, silty shales and sandstones with similar iron ores.
The sediments of the Clinton are everywhere marked by lateral and
vertical variations. These variations can only be explained as the
* result of rapidly changing conditions under which the sediments were
deposited. In contrast the overlying Lockport is composed of fairly
uniform limestones and dolomites throughout its entire lateral and
vertical extent. Such uniform sediments could only have formed
under fairly widespread and stable marine conditions.
The boundaries of the Clinton have been the subject of much dis¬
cussion in the past. Table 1, page 10 and 11, gives a brief summary of
the views of various authors. A more complete review of this problem
can be found in an earlier publication (Gillette, ’40, p. 23, 24, 30-35).
SUBDIVISIONS OF THE CLINTON
General Divisions
On their distribution, faunal content and general characteristics, the
rocks of the Clinton can be roughly divided into the Lower, Middle
and Upper Clinton. The Lower Clinton is well-developed in western
New York. In the area of outcrop its present maximum thickness is
in Oswego county. The Middle Clinton occupies a relatively narrow
area of outcrop in central New York. The maximum development of
this part of the group is in the vicinity of Clinton. No trace of the
Middle Clinton can be found west of eastern Wayne county. The
Upper Clinton is present in outcrops both in central and western New
York. It overlaps the strata of the Lower and Middle Clinton. It
reaches its maximum thickness in the area of outcrop near the Cayuga
and Wayne county lines (see figure 2, p. 13).
Similar divisions were recognized by Ulrich and Bassler (’23,
p. 324-25), but they gave the Upper, Middle and Lower Clinton the
rank of formations. This practice does not appear justifiable in New
York State, particularly so if formations are used as strictly lithologic
divisions. The Lower Clinton contains at least Ten lithologic units
which are distinct enough in themselves to be called formations, and
which are certainly mapable units. The Upper, Middle and Lower
Clinton are useful theoretical divisions based upon fossil assemblages
and unconformities within the Clinton group and are in no way con¬
cerned with the lithology of the rocks.
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK
13
% ° 1 ° |3
isK . • V ''' : Y\' V . \ ' 0 il I I 0|01° o d° 00 0«
g s5& *
.s.V-,:-' ; ; illyWV^ \\v\ • v"t..'i ,i.ij a ^ iV<h u 4 s
m^zmzsSiMe sates?
///•A
v ' / h ^ ^ ^ r 1 *i \ In' vV^* CxV^X x ^ 'F' mu\ *' vVrl\T W\’vx \V: ^ ^ \ V' i" i ' 1 V1 '
smmmm
W\U\V VV w v
iwA'i1
a' vOtOtv" '.a s r , , 1 h v,;
\f;
‘ V /. \\ ,'m’\Mv >>\
teh
wM
Hitt“ VUVUVI^I I I'hnjriH,
N jAiUiV\llI\Hl.Ll.[jii.!iiL/
IHIHIA I • • J « ! »|09S
otf to'-— W 02'“Ai'
o
a
2
u
3
bfl
E
14
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Lithologic Divisions
The Clinton can be divided into formations on the basis of lithology.
The only aim of such subdivisions is to establish easily recognizable
and descriptive units which are based, so far as possible, on objective
rather than interpretative reasoning. If characteristics other than
lithology are allowed to govern the divisions, then interpretative
reasoning must have the dominating role. The object of any geologic
report is to interpret the geology of the region in terms of the forma¬
tions. For this reason the formations themselves must be as objective
as possible.
Most of the true lithologic units or formations have already been
assigned adequate names. More than a hundred years ago Hall
(’39, p. 290) designated the Upper Clinton shales of western New
York as the Rochester. A few years later Vanuxem ('42, p. 75-78)
introduced the term Oneida for the basal conglomerate. Hartnagel
(’07, p. 12-17) named and assigned type localities to the Sodus, the
Furnaceville, the Williamson and the Irondequoit. Grabau (T3,
p. 460) correlated the gray band of Hall (’4 3, p. 34-57) with a certain
sandstone in Ontario and gave it the designation, Thorold sandstone.
Chadwick (T8, p. 327-66) in introducing the Maplewood, Bear Creek,
Reynales, Wolcott Furnace, Sauquoit, Kirkland and Herkimer pro¬
vided names for most of the remaining unnamed units. Sanford (’35, p.
169) added the term Neahga (see table 1, p. 10, 11). The writer (’40,
p. 54-63) divided the Sodus into the Upper and Lower Sodus. Only
three additional formation names appear necessary. It is suggested
that the oolitic iron ore in the vicinity of Clinton village be called the
Westmoreland, that the dark gray to green, calcareous shale immedi¬
ately overlying the Westmoreland be termed the Willowvale, and
that the light gray cross-bedded sandstone overlying the Willowvale be
designated as the Dawes sandstone.
The recognized formations are listed in table 2, page 15. In the
Niagara gorge three formations are accredited to the Lower Clinton,
the Thorold, Neahga and Reynales. Eastward the Maplewood in
Monroe county occupies a stratigraphic position similar to the Neahga
of the Niagara area. The Furnaceville and the Lower Sodus shale
appear in the section. In Wayne county the Maplewood disappears,
but the Upper Sodus shale, the Wolcott limestone and the Wolcott
Furnace iron ore are added. Eastward from Wayne county the Lower
Clinton formations soon begin disappearing and in Oneida county all
that remains of the Lower Clinton is the Oneida conglomerate.
In the Middle Clinton only two formations are recognized, the
Sauquoit shale and the Oneida conglomerate. Only the upper portion
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 15
Table 2 Clinton formations
16
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
of the Oneida conglomerate is Middle Clinton (see p. 15). The
Middle Clinton does not outcrop west of Verona, Oneida county, but
it can be traced by well logs as far as South Granby, Oswego county.
The Upper Clinton of Niagara county consists of two formations,
the Rochester shale and the Irondequoit limestone. In Monroe county
the Williamson shale appears at the base of the Irondequoit. These
same formations continue eastward to Oneida county. In this region
the Herkimer sandstone with the Kirkland iron ore at its base is seen
occupying a position equivalent to the Rochester shale. The Willow-
vale shale has a stratigraphic position equivalent to the Irondequoit
and part of the Williamson. The Westmoreland iron ore is situated
at the base of the Upper Clinton in Oneida county.
Faunal Zones
Important divisions can be established in the Clinton on the fauna
occurring in the rocks without regard to lithology. Such subdivisions
based upon fossil evidence are called zones.
All fossil zones are considered to carry a certain time connotation.
Under the most ideal conditions such zones would represent the rocks
deposited within the life span of a single species or group of allied
species. If time were the only factor in determining the presence or
absence of fossils in the rocks, far more weight could be placed upon
faunal zones. Evidence, however, points to the conclusion that other
factors were involved in the present distribution of fossils. In the
first place there is every reason to believe that ecology played a selec¬
tive role in the past as in the present. Then also the sediments form¬
ing under varying conditions were not equally successful in preserving
the evidences of past life.
That ecologic conditions did influence the organisms which lived in
the Clinton seas can best be demonstrated by a few of the many
examples. Take for instance the well-known brachiopod, Pentamerus
oblongus. This form is found in two formations of the Lower Clinton,
the Reynales and the Wolcott limestones. The fossils are not only
confined to the separated formations (see table 2, p. 15), but they are
even restricted to very definite portions within the formations them¬
selves. In the Genesee gorge (section 5, p. 127) the Reynales has
six layers containing Pentamerus. These are separated by rock con¬
taining no Pentamerus. In other sections (see section A, p. 175) the
same alternation of Pentamerus with non-P entamerus-bearing rock is
observed. That the lateral extent of any one of those Pentamerus-
bearing portions of either the Reynales or the Wolcott is not great is
shown by the impossibility of tracing these horizons from outcrop to
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 17
outcrop. The sporadic occurrence of the Pentamerus certainly sug¬
gests strongly that they required a very special type of ecology and
when, and only when, such living conditions existed did they flourish.
The brachiopod, Bilobites biloba , is another type whose present
occurrence strongly suggests that either its very existence or at least
its preservation must have been influenced by the conditions which
were present in the Clinton seas. This odd-shaped fossil is not found
except in calcareous, nonsilty, weak, crumbly shale layers. In such
rock they are often abundant and if not alone, associated with very few
other fossils. The Bilobites-bearing layers average less than two
inches in thickness and never constitute the major portion of any given
section. The very character of the shale suggests a unique condition
of deposition. The distribution of Bilobites does not prove, however,
that this form grew only under the conditions suitable to the deposition
of these shales. The shells of this fossil are delicate and extremely
fragile, and it is possible that the shale represents the only type of
lithology in which they could be easily preserved. Whether the occur¬
rence is due to a suitable environment or to the lack of preservation,
the range of any fossil having such rigid requirements is of question¬
able value in determining the age or in correlating formations.
The present-known distribution of the trilobite, Dalmanites limu-
lurus, shows the fallacy of placing too much emphasis on the range of
any given species. Because the section around Rochester has been
studied more carefully than any other section of the Clinton in the
State, this fossil has been considered by many as a guide fossil for the
Rochester shale. It is true that the fossil appears to be confined to the
Rochester, but this can be explained by the type of rock present in that
area. In the Genesee gorge the Rochester shale is underlain by a
crystalline, crinoidal limestone, the Irondequoit, and that in turn by
the graptolite-bearing shales of the Williamson. Neither of these
appear to have been formed in environments which were favorable to
the growth and preservation of D. limulurus. To the east of Monroe
county, the conditions of sedimentation were different and D. limu¬
lurus is found throughout the whole thickness of the Upper Clinton.
Furthermore, the careful collection and study of a large number of
species failed to show any difference whatsoever between those speci¬
mens collected from the Rochester and the ones found in the under¬
lying formations.
The faunal tables (table 3, p. 18-21) point to the conclusion that
the common ostracods are better suited for the purpose of zoning than
any other class of organisms. They have a short vertical range. They
occur in such numbers in the rocks that the presence or absence of a
given group can be easily checked. They are found in shales, lime-
18
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Table 3 Faunal tables
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 19
Table 3 Faunal tables
20
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Table 3 Faunal tables
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 21
Table 3 Faunal tables
22
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
stones, sandstones and iron ores and thus seem to have been able to
live and be preserved under a greater variety of conditions than any
other class of organisms living in the Clinton seas. In fact there are
only three formations, the Thorold and the Maplewood of western
New York and the thin cross-bedded Dawes sandstone at Clinton
(section 33, p. 169), which have not yielded ostracods. If they are not
in the limestone layers, they will be in the thin shale breaks between
the layers. If they are not in one type of shale, they will be in an
adjacent shale of slightly different character. A thorough search never
fails to reveal them. In the limestone layers the original shells are
often preserved. In the shale layers they usually are present as natural
internal casts. In the weathered sandstones they are most often repre¬
sented as external molds. The only handicap ostracods have is their
small size which makes them difficult if not impossible to accurately
determine in the field.
Five ostracod zones can be recognized in the Clinton of New York
State, two each in the Upper and Lower Clinton and a single zone in
the Middle Clinton. These zones are :
Upper Clinton
Paraechmina spinosa zone
Mastigobolbina typus zone
Middle Clinton
Mastigobolbina lata zone
Lower Clinton
Zygobolba decora zone
Zygobolba excavata zone
Ulrich and Bassler (’23, p. 349-52, 372-91) were the first to sug¬
gest using ostracods as a basis for correlating and subdividing the
Clinton. They recognized the following zones :
Upper Clinton
9 Drepanellina clarki zone
8 Mastigobolbina typus zone
7 Bonne maia rudis zone
Middle Clinton
6 Zygosella postica zone
5 Mastigobolbina lata zone
4 Zygobolbina emaciata zone
Lower Clinton
3 Zygobolba decora zone
2 Zygobolba antic ostiensis zone
1 Zygobolba erecta zone
The M. typus , M . lata and Z. decora zones of this publication
correspond exactly to the zones which Ulrich and Bassler recognized
not only in New York but in Anticosti, Pennsylvania, Maryland and
other states in the Appalachian Valley region. The Z. excavata zone
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 23
Table 4 Clinton ostracod zones
24
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
probably corresponds to their Z. antic ostiensis zone. Most of the
forms which are associated with Z. antic ostiensis in Maryland and
Anticosti have been found in New York, but Z. antic ostiensis itself
has not been identified from this State. To avoid any possible mis¬
understanding and confusion the zone is designated as Z. excavata.
In a similar manner the forms allied with Drepanellina clarki in
Pennsylvania and Maryland (F. M. Swartz, ’34, p. 81-134 and *35,
p. 1165-194) are found in New York State, but D. clarki itself has
never been collected or identified from this area. For this reason the
zone is therefore called Paraechmina spinosa.
In table 4, page 23 the occurrence of the five ostracod zones in
Niagara, Monroe, Wayne and Oneida counties is summarized. The
table also shows the formations in which ostracods are known to occur.
The details concerning the presence of ostracods will be discussed later
in connection with each separate formation.
DETAILED STRATIGRAPHIC AND PALEONTOLOGIC
RELATIONS
LOWER CLINTON
Thorold Sandstone
Definition. The Thorold quartzite (gray band of earlier reports,
see p. 9) was named from an exposure at Thorold, Ontario (Grabau,
T3, p. 460). At the type locality the formation is a quartzite (see
Williams, T9, p. 25) but everywhere in New York and in most places
in Ontario it is a sandstone. Consequently the formation has become
more fittingly designated as the Thorold sandstone.
Extent and lithologic characteristics. The Thorold in the
Niagara gorge is a light gray, fine-grained resistant sandstone. Its
resistant character makes it stand out as an easily recognizable unit.
The formation is six feet thick. The upper three and one-half to
four feet is a single massive bed. The lower part is thin-bedded and
in places cross-bedded. The sandstone is very fine grained. The
individual quartz grains range from silt to very fine sand according
to the Wentworth scale. The sand grains are not well-rounded and
range from angular to semiangular. The formation is highly but not
uniformly argillaceous throughout, the upper massive portion appear¬
ing to be more argillaceous than the underlying thinner cross-bedded
part. At Niagara the argillaceous material is confined to the matrix
of the sandstone layer. Only two or three thin shale breaks were
observed between the sandstone layers. The cementing material
is both siliceous and calcareous with silica having the dominating
Figure 3 Genesee gorge. Note gray resistant Thorold which overlies the
red Grimsby sandstone and underlies the green Maplewood shale
125 1
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 2 7
role. The small grain size, the angularity, the argillaceous content
and the degree of cementing have all contributed to produce a dense,
compact sandstone. Even weathered samples show little porosity and
less permeability.
Microscopic analysis of the Thorold by Ailing (’36, p. 196) shows
the Thorold to consist of 70 per cent quartz, 6 per cent feldspar and
20 per cent argillaceous material. The argillaceous material includes
“chlorite, muscovite, rusty biotite and uralite.” The accessory minerals
make up about 4 per cent of the rock. They include according to
Ailing “grains of calcite, calcite as a cement, opaline silica, ilmenite
with attendant leucoxene, chromite, garnet, magnetite, zircon, apatite
and tourmaline.,, Sanford’s (’39, p. 77-85) mechanical analysis and
insoluble residue studies show the calcareous content of the rock to
be approximately 1 per cent.
To the east of the Niagara gorge the Thorold can be traced through
the Lockport and Gasport outcrops to the Genesee gorge (figure 3).
For a sandstone there is surprisingly little variation in thickness,
being six feet at Lockport, six and one-half feet north of Gasport and
five feet in the Genesee gorge. At Lockport the massive character
of the Thorold of the Niagara gorge is retained. A single layer was
observed measuring over three feet in thickness. From Lockport
eastward the formation is better stratified and there is very little
cross-bedding. As the layers become thinner and more abundant,
green silty shales are found separating the thicker sandstone layers.
As a whole the formation retains its dense, compact character which
together with its light gray color sets it ofif from the underlying
Grimsby.’ It possesses the same resistance to erosion which explains
its position as cap rock for the lower falls of the Genesee river.
A study of the microlithology of the Thorold between the Niagara
gorge and Rochester reveals that the only appreciable change that has
taken place is in the thin shale breaks, mentioned in the foregoing
paragraph. As far east as Lockport fine silty quartz is the dominant
constituent of the shale layers with the argillaceous material forming
less than 50 per cent of the rock. To the east in Monroe county true
argillaceous shales are more abundant. Even in the Genesee gorge
the shale breaks, however, contain a high percentage of quartz. It
seems, as Ailing (’36, p. 192) has pointed out, that the development
of shaly structure can be caused by a surprisingly small amount of
clay minerals.
The Thorold can be traced with no great difficulty eastward from
the Genesee gorge to western Cayuga county. This is largely due to
the fact that the formation retains its characteristic light gray color
and its fine angular quartz groundmass. The formation ranges from
28
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
less than four feet to six feet. The argillaceous content of the sand¬
stone layers increases. Furthermore true argillaceous green shales
are common and some attain a thickness of two inches. In addition
flattened green clay pellets are seen embedded in the sandstone layers.
These pellets, which are discussed at some length in a previous pub¬
lication (Gillette, ’40, p. 4Q-43), are always either parallel or nearly
parallel to the bedding planes. The sandstone becomes more cal¬
careous, and with the increase in calcium carbonate it is less resistant
and more friable. In Wayne county the contact of the Grimsby and
the Thorold is. not so sharp as it is to the west and in places the two
are actually seen grading into each other.
There is considerable change in the Thorold sandstone in cross¬
ing the relatively narrow northern part of Cayuga county. In western
Cayuga county the Thorold is approximately five and one-half feet
thick. In extreme eastern Oswego county at Lunn’s quarry between
Martville and Hannibal, only four miles distant in a direct line, the
formation increases to seven and one-half feet. The upper two and
one-half feet is coarser than the Thorold of western New York and
ranges according to the Wentworth scale from fine to medium. It
contains dark gray, phosphatic sandstones interbedded with the typical
light gray layers. Immediately underlying this portion is a con¬
glomerate which varies from less than an inch to more than six inches
in thickness. The conglomerate contains pebbles up to a centimeter
in diameter. The remaining portion of the Thorold consists of fine¬
grained silty sandstone which is similar to the Thorold of western
Cayuga and Wayne counties.
The contact of the Thorold with the underlying Grimsby is grada¬
tional and in this respect also is like the Thorold of western Cayuga
and Wayne counties. The upper contact however is quite different.
To the west the overlying formations usually show an increase in
the amount of sand as the contact is approached, but there is no inter¬
bedding of sandstone with the overlying shales, limestones or iron
ores. At Lunn's quarry there is a very definite thin transition zone
in which shales and stringers of iron ore are found interbedded with
sandstones. The sandstones are similar to the underlying Thorold
in color and composition. The dark gray to green shales are like the
overlying Bear Creek in lithology and fossil content.
The next outcrop is located only about six miles east at Fulton.
The rocks occupying the stratigraphic position of the Thorold, are
conglomeratic and are considered the westernmost outcrop of the
Oneida conglomerate.
Fauna. For the most part the Thorold contains very few fossils.
Arthrophycus alleghaniensis is by far the most common fossil and is
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 29
best seen in the weathered sandstones. At Lunn’s quarry near Mart-
ville (section 25) the shales interbedded with sandstones in the
transition zone contain fossils common or restricted to the Zygobolba
excavata zone of the Lower Clinton. The most common forms are
the brachiopods, Lingula clint oni and L. perovata and the ostracods,
Zygobolba prolixa and Z. curta.
Age and origin. There has been considerable discussion con¬
cerning the age of the Thorold sandstone. Many geologists (table 1,
p. 10 and 11 ) have considered it as Albion in age. Others have thought
it more closely related with the overlying Clinton. The writer -sub¬
scribes to this latter view. The finding- of definite Clinton ostracods
in the Thorold of Lunn’s quarry (section 25, p. 160) and the lateral
gradation of the Thorold into the Oneida conglomerate which also
yields a Clinton fauna would seem to make this formation Clinton
beyond reasonable doubt.
The Thorold was evidently laid down as the initial deposit in the
Lower Clinton sea whose marine waters spread out and covered the
low geosynclinal area of which western New York was a part. The
fine character of the sediments is evidence that this formation was
deposited far from any high land mass or source of coarse elastics.
Ailing (’36, p. 196) has given some petrographic evidence pointing
to the conclusion that the Thorold may have been derived from the
underlying Grimsby. The lack of any definite line of separation
between the Thorold and the Grimsby in some areas (p. 28) is in
agreement with this contention. It is reasonable to expect that the
sea would rework the upper layers of the underlying recently deposited
sandstones of the preceding Albion group.
The similarity in the character of the sediments of the Thorold and
the Grimsby may be due on the other hand to the fact that these two
formations derived their elastics from the same source. Proof exists
that a high land mass lay to the east in both Albion and Lower
Clinton times (p. 34). The fact that the Oneida interfingers with the
Thorold would tend to show that some of the finer elastics must have
been carried into the sea along with the coarser material.
In summary it seems likely that the Thorold formed from eroding,
reworking and a redeposition of the previously formed Grimsby with
the addition of some fresh clastic material from the east. The rework¬
ing could not have taken place in situ since in many places the forma¬
tion is thin-bedded with relatively thick and undisturbed shale
partings. The amount of new elastics added was probably very
significant east of Wayne county but was of little importance to the
west.
30
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Oneida Conglomerate
Definition. The Oneida conglomerate was named by Vanuxem
('42, p. 75) “from well-defined exposures in Oneida county.” This
formation and the Rochester shale bear the distinction of being the
only two subdivisions of the Clinton group which were named and
established as distinct units by the first New York State Geological
Survey and which are still used.
Extent and lithologic characteristics. The westernmost outcrop
of the Oneida conglomerate is on Oswego river at Fulton. It is
located only eleven miles east of the Thorold outcrop near Martville,
but in this distance the Thorold has changed to the Oneida and the
basal deposit of the Clinton has almost doubled its thickness, and
measures about 12 feet. The massive conglomerates typical of the
Oneida are interbedded with light gray sandstones. Most of the
conglomerates are tightly cemented with silica. The cementation is
so complete and thorough that the rock breaks across the pebbles
rather than around them. One of these resistant conglomerates forms
the cap rock for the falls at Fulton. Most of the sandstone layers are
coarser than the Thorold of western New York. One layer three
feet from the base, however, showed sand ranging from fine to very
fine and also contained clay pellets like those observed in western
Cayuga county.
The upper contact of the Oneida conglomerate with the overlying
formations is not exposed. The basal contact with the Grimsby is
sharp and because of the cross-bedded nature of the upper layers of
the Grimsby at Fulton it is spectacular (see figure 4, p. 31 ) .
Between Fulton and Oneida lake there are few outcrops of this
formation but east of the lake in the town of Verona there are a
number of good exposures. In this area the Oneida consists of white
to light gray conglomerates with interbedded coarse sandstone. The
typical conglomeratic layers are made up of poorly sorted material
usually varying from coarse sand to pebbles a half inch in diameter.
The largest pebble found measured two and one-quarter inches in
diameter. Both the pebbles and the coarse sand are well-rounded.
The cementing matrix is silica and the cementation has been so
complete through the introduction of this secondary silica that there
is very little porosity. These very resistant conglomeratic layers are
often found as ledges in the fields and form small escarpments which
can be traced for a considerable distance. The top of some of the
massive layers shows glacial polish and striae. The sandstone layers,
like the conglomeratic, are poorly sorted. The grains vary from
coarse to fine. The coarse grains are more abundant than the fine.
[31]
sure 4 Fulton, New York. Contact of Oneida and Grims!
[32]
Figure. 5: Quarry in the Oneida conglomerate east of Willowvale
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 33
The process of cementation was not so complete in these layers as in
the conglomerate. Some outcrop specimens are even friable and
show a much higher degree of porosity than in either the Thorold of
western New York or the conglomeratic layers of the Oneida in
central New York. They are less resistant. Shale layers are almost
entirely lacking in the lower part of the Oneida conglomerate, but in
the upper third and particularly near the contact with the overlying
Upper Sodus thin, silty shales are abundant.
The Oneida conglomerate continues east beyond the limits covered
by this report. It attains a maximum known thickness of about 30
feet near Willowvale (figure 5). Others have reported as much as
70 feet but the writer could find no such thickness. In the area east
of Oneida lake the Oneida retains the same lithologic characteristics.
The exact contact of the Oneida with the underlying formation is
not exposed east of Fulton within the area covered by this report.
Vanuxem (’42, p. 75-78) and more recently Hartnagel (’07,
p. 27-37) have shown that the Oneida overlaps increasingly older
formations to the east. The upper contact of the Oneida is grada¬
tional. At Verona it interfingers with the Upper Sodus shale. At
Willowvale the upper layers are interbedded with shale similar
to the Sauquoit in lithology and fossil content. At Verona the transi¬
tion zone is estimated to be about five feet thick. At Willowvale
(section 34, p. 171) conglomeratic layers are found more than 20 feet
above the massive Oneida.
Fauna. The conglomeratic layers of the Oneida rarely contain
Arthrophycus alleghaniensis. It is more common in the sandstone
layers. This fossil is particularly abundant at Verona and at Fulton.
The thin, silty shales of the upper part of the Oneida yield some fossils.
At Verona (section 31, p. 164) they contain fossils restricted or
common to the Zygobolba decora zone of the Lower Clinton. The
brachiopods, Coelospira hemispherica and Stropheodonta corrugata,
and the ostracod, Z. decora , are the most characteristic fossils. At
Willowvale (section 34, p. 171) these shales are rich in pelecypods
and contain many trilobites, particularly Liocalymene clintoni. The
ostracods, Mastigobolbina lata , M. vanuxemi and Zygobolbina con -
radi, are also very abundant in these layers. All the fossils found are
related or common to the M. lata zone of the Middle Clinton.
Age and origin. Vanuxem (’42, p. 75-78) in his original survey
considered the Oneida as Clinton in age. The fact, that the Oneida
overlaps formations varying from the Lower Silurian to Ordovician,
and that it is closely associated by transition zones with the overlying
shales (see above), is proof in itself that the Oneida is in part Clinton.
34
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
The finding of Clinton ostracods in the shale breaks in the upper part
of the Oneida at various places should remove any remaining doubt.
The Oneida apparently originated as a basal conglomerate while
the Clinton seas were gradually working their way eastward and
encroaching upon the high land mass which lay in that direction.
Some of the material comprising the Oneida probably collected as
rubble and shingle at the margin of this ancient land area and was
later picked up and worn smooth by current and wave action. The
actual pebbles may have been carried long distances along the old
shore line before reaching their present locations. The similarity in
the composition of the Oneida and the Shawangunk conglomerates
suggests that these may have had the same ultimate source. The
greater thickness of the Shawangunk of southeastern New York may
indicate that the source lay to the southeast rather than east. Even
if this were true, some elastics probably were derived from the rock
which formed the beach to the immediate east of the present area of
the Oneida conglomerate.
Certainly the land mass which furnished the elastics was the con¬
trolling factor in the formation of the Oneida conglomerate. As long
as it remained a high land mass accessible to the forces of erosion, the
products of which were within reach of the sea, the Oneida con¬
glomerate continued to form. Only when it was worn down did the
Oneida sedimentation come to a close. That the Oneida formed
throughout the Lower and Middle Clinton is indicated by the fossils
found in the thin shale partings in the upper part. Ostracods of the
Zygobolba excavata zone were found near Martville only six miles
west of the true Oneida type of lithology. The fossils of the Z. decora
zone were found at Verona and the assemblage of the Mastigobolbina
lata zone at Willowvale. From this evidence it is apparent that the
shore line was migrating eastward throughout the deposition of the
Oneida.
A precursory examination of the Oneida conglomerate failed to
reveal any appreciable differences in the strata of various ages. A
careful petrographic study of the conglomeratic and sandy layers,
however, might throw some light on the actual source rocks. Such a
study should also include the Shawangunk and similar conglomerates
such as the Green Pond in southeastern New York and Pennsylvania.
Neahga Shale
Definition. The Neahga shale was named by Sanford (’35, p. 170-
74) from an outcrop in the Niagara gorge. It had previously been
called the “Lower Green Shale” by Hall (*43, p. 59) ; the Clinton
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 35
shale by Grabau (’01, p. 96) ; the Sodus shale by Kindle and Taylor
(T3) ; and the Furnaceville shale by Williams (T9, p. 47-48).
Extent and lithologic characteristics. The only good exposure
of the Neahga shale is at its type locality in the Niagara gorge. At
that place the formation is approximately six feet thick. The upper
five to five and one-half feet consists of a smooth, slightly silty, slightly
calcareous, green platy shale.
The typical Neahga grades downward into a silty, sandy, calcareous
green shale. Although this portion of the formation is quite different
from the typical smooth platy Neahga, it does not seem to justify a
new formation name. It still has a shaly structure in the outcrop and
any division would have to be arbitrary. There is no distinct contact.
In some respects this green, sandy part of the Neahga can be con¬
sidered a transition zone between the Thorold below and the smooth
platy Neahga above. Some of the thin layers are, as Ailing (’36,
p. 196) has pointed out, calcareous, argillaceous sandstones, whereas
others approach the smooth, platy character of the Neahga. On the
other hand both parts of the formation have the same green color and
except for a few thin layers even the most sandy ones contain enough
argillaceous material to preserve a shaly structure.
The Neahga shale thins both to the east and west of the Niagara
gorge. To the west its only observed occurrence in Ontario is at
DeCew falls where according to Williams (T9, p. 48) a green shale
a few inches thick occupies the stratigraphic position of the Neahga.
At Lockport there is no typical smooth platy Neahga, but about eight
inches of green, silty, sandy shale similar in many respects to the lower
part of the Neahga of the Niagara gorge is found between the Reynales
and the Thorold.
Fauna. The fossils of the Neahga are few in number and poorly
preserved. The Coelospira are the most common brachiopods. San¬
ford (’35, p. 170-74) believes that the Coelospira of the Neahga are
different from those of the higher Clinton formations. According to
the writer’s observation there are possibly two Coelospira in the
formation. One can not be distinguished from the typical Coelospira
hemispheric a and the other is probably Coelospira plicatula of Grabau
(’01, p. 96). The fossils, however, are so poorly preserved that they
do not lend themselves to minute differentiation. The pelecypods,
Pterinea emacerata and Cuneamya alveata, are relatively abundant.
Holopea ohselata and Tentaculites minutus are also present. Some
poorly preserved ostracods are also found. The two species,
Zygoholba excavata and Z. curia , have been definitely identified from
the formation.
36
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Origin. The origin of the Neahga was probably closely allied to
the Maplewood and will be discussed with that formation (see p. 37).
Maplewood Shale
Definition. The Maplewood shale was named by Chadwick (T8,
p. 34) from an exposure in the Genesee gorge near Maplewood park.
The shale at that place had previously been called “Lower Green
Shale” by Hall (’43, p. 59) and the Sodus shale by Hartnagel (’07,
p. 13-14).
Extent and lithologic characteristics. The Maplewood shale of
the Genesee gorge closely resembles the Neahga of the Niagara gorge
in lithology. It is the same smooth, slightly calcareous, green, platy
shale.
The lower three feet, also resembling the lower part of the N eahga,
is sandy and much more calcareous. Unlike the Neahga this portion
of the Maplewood does not contain any thin sandstone layers. The
sandy content increases gradually although not uniformly downward
to the contact of the Thorold. At this contact silt to very fine sand
makes up over 50 per cent of the matrix. An abundance of phosphatic
nodules is characteristic of this lower Maplewood in Monroe county.
The Maplewood has a limited lateral extent confined, so far as
known, to Monroe county. The thickness is extremely variable. The
known maximum thickness of 21 feet is exposed in the Genesee gorge
(section 5, p. 127). On Densmore creek (section 6, p. 131) only
three and one-half miles to the east it can not exceed 18 feet. At Glen
Edythe (section 7, p. 133) five and one-quarter miles from the gorge
on the east side of Irondequoit Bay, it is about 15 feet thick. Near
Fruitland only fourteen and one-half miles from the type locality the
Furnaceville is separated from the Thorold by only three or four inches
of green, silty and sandy, calcareous shale. Typical Maplewood is
entirely missing. From Fruitland eastward nothing approaching the
Maplewood or Neahga appears in the outcrops. At a few places silty,
green shales do separate the Furnaceville and the Thorold as on
Salmon creek (section 13, p. 140) ; also see ( Gillette ’40, p. 43-44).
At no place were these shales found to exceed eight inches and usually
they are much less. Furthermore their color is their only resemblance
to the Neahga or Maplewood. They are usually fissile instead of platy
and very fossiliferous in contrast with the almost barren Maplewood.
At most localities these shales contain scattered oolites of hematite.
The stratigraphic position of the Neahga and Maplewood is the
same. The lithologic character is similar. Both are equally variable
in thickness. Both are only sparingly fossiliferous. In view of all
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 37
these similarities the advisability of continuing both names might be
questioned. The Neahga, however, is confined to a limited area in
Niagara county. The nearest outcrops are over 60 miles apart. A
correlation is certainly implied, but it seems best to retain both names
for local usage.
South of the line of outcrop several wells put down in search of gas
discovered another occurrence of a smooth, platy, green shale occupy¬
ing the stratigraphic position of the Maplewood and the Neahga. At
Clyde in southern Wayne county a green shale was present, probably
about two feet thick. In northeastern Ontario county five and one-
half miles south of Clyde ten feet of green shale overlies the Thorold.
Farther south in the now defunct Geneva gas field three wells which
penetrated the Clinton, failed to show even a trace of green shale.
From this it can be inferred that the green shale of northeastern
Ontario county has the same variable thickness as the Neahga and
the Maplewood.
Fauna. Fossils are rare in the Maplewood. Most of the few poorly
preserved forms which were collected, came from the lower three feet
of the formation. Several Coelospira , probably hemispherica, were
found. The gastropod, Holop'ea obsoleta, is by far the most common
fossil. Although the formation was carefully investigated no ostracods
were located.
Origin. The origin of these variable green shales is certainly
baffling. It is possible that a shale body once extended unbroken from
Niagara county at least as far east as Wayne county and that it was
scoured and eroded away before the Reynales was deposited. As
already pointed out, the Maplewood and Neahga show a gradation
with the underlying Thorold. Where neither the Maplewood nor the
Neahga is present the Thorold shows no such gradation with the
overlying formations. The upper limit of both of these shales is
always sharp, and there is no apparent mingling. This evidence might
be taken as showing that there was a complete withdrawal of the sea
with an ensuing period of erosion.
There is another and to the writer a more plausible explanation.
As previously mentioned the Thorold has an abundance of green, silty
shale breaks and included green shale pellets. The color and lithology
both megascopic and microscopic show great resemblance to the
Maplewood. With the deposition of the Thorold the clastic material
was evidently exhausted. The Maplewood may represent a relatively
quiet area into which the currents and waves swept the light clay
particles during the last stages of Thorold deposition. Such an
38
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
explanation would eliminate any necessity for the complete removal
of the sea and for subaerial erosion.
Sanford (’35, p. 1070-74) has suggested that these formations were
deposited in bays. The objection to this idea is that a bay by definition
is land locked, and there is no evidence of a near-by land mass. The
Thorold has a remarkably uniform thickness throughout both Niagara
and Monroe counties. If such a thin formation has been subjected
to the normal agents of erosion so soon after its deposition, it could
not conceivably have preserved this uniformity of thickness.
Furnaceville Iron Ore
Definition. The Furnaceville iron ore was introduced as a forma-
tional name for the oolitic or lenticular iron ore of Hall (’43, p. 60-
62) by Hartnagel (’07, p. 14). The term was derived from an occur¬
rence in the old ore pits near Furnaceville in western Wayne county.
Sanford (’35, p. 167-83) pointing out that the Furnaceville is always
closely associated with the Reynales suggested making the Furnace¬
ville a member of the Reynales limestone.
In the Genesee gorge the Furnaceville is underlain by three feet of
rather typical basal Reynales and overlain by the Pentamerus portion
of the same formation. This condition holds for only a short distance
to the east where the hematitic limestone appears to gradually fade
into a true limestone. A few miles farther to the east the Furnaceville
is again found, but it occupies a position at the base of the Reynales.
There are two possible explanations for such a relationship. The
lower part of the Reynales, as will be shown later, contains consider¬
able iron, sometimes as pyrite, sometimes as thin stringers of hematite.
The iron ore of the Genesee gorge may represent a concentration of
hematite which is later than that of the Furnaceville farther to the east.
The other possible explanation is that while the Furnaceville was
slowly forming to the east the lower Reynales was being deposited in
the vicinity of Rochester and to the west. A slight change in condi¬
tions near the close of the Furnaceville could bring about the concen¬
tration of hematite in the gorge area. The thickness of this lentil is
never great and with the exception of the one outcrop in the Genesee
gorge the hematitic content is always low. In spite of a great deal of
work on the fossils, lithology and field relationships the writer does
not feel in a position to choose which of the two explanations is the
more logical. If the former is accepted, then the iron ore in the gorge
is younger than that at Fruitland and possibly deserves a separate
designation.
The Furnaceville constitutes a lithologic unit easily recognizable
and mappable. It can be traced for a long distance and with more
York
Figure 6
An ore pit near Fruitland, New
[39]
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 41
assurance than most Clinton formations. For these reasons it seems
preferable to use it as a formational name, to designate the lowermost
hematitic limestone of the Clinton group. The Genesee gorge lentil
because of its position and similar lithology is considered a part of the
Furnaceville iron ore.
Extent and lithologic characteristics. The Furnaceville is a
thin, highly variable, hematitic limestone. The variation in hematitic
content is easily noted from outcrop to outcrop. In a single section
the iron content is quite often found to be different for each layer.
Locally there are exceptions, and the more uniform and richer areas
of the Furnaceville, where the overburden of rock and till is not too
great, have been utilized at one time or another as a source of iron
oxide for more than a century. (See figure 6, p. 39.)
The variation in hematitic content of the Furnaceville is largely the
result of foreign matter in the ore body. Thin shale breaks and layers
of nonhematitic-bearing limestone serve to reduce the concentration of
iron. There are other iron bearing minerals present in the Furnace¬
ville, but they are relatively unimportant. They have never been
found in any locality in such quantities even to suggest that their
presence could in any way account for the iron which in other locali¬
ties had gone into the formation of hematite.
Taken as a whole, the Furnaceville is dominately a fossiliferous ore,
the hematite having replaced brachiopods, bryozoans, crinoids, ostra-
cods etc. The small spherical or slightly flattened spherical, beadlike
bodies, called oolites, however, are always found mingling with the
replaced fossils. In some outcrops such as the Genesee gorge (sec¬
tion 5, p. 127) and Fruitland (section 8, p. 134) the oolites are com¬
paratively rare. In others such as at the Devoe and Sterling Station
ore pits (section 21 and 22, p. 154—57) the oolitic forms account for
more than 50 per cent of the total hematite in some layers.
The degree to which the fossils of the ore have been replaced is also
variable. At a few localities only the outer surface of the shell is
found to have been replaced. Excellent examples of such can be
found near the center of Furnaceville on Densmore creek (section 6,
p. 131). The hematite forms only a thin film on both the outer and
inner surfaces of the large, well preserved Stropheodonta. More com¬
monly the fossils are entirely replaced. In a few localities the process
appears to have gone a step beyond, and not only are the fossils com¬
pletely replaced, but also thin concentric bands of hematite surround
the fossils. The writer has counted as many as six layers surrounding
a single cylindrical bryozoan. The round and cylindrical fossils are
the only ones which show this particular phenomena. Excellent
examples occur in the lower part of the Furnaceville at Fruitland.
42
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
The Furnaceville can be traced as a formation as far west as western
Monroe county. It is represented in the Genesee gorge (section 5,
p. 127) by a section fourteen inches thick. To the east on Densmore
creek (section 6, p. 131) the hematitic content is considerably less
and at Glen Edythe (section 7, p. 133) is entirely absent.
Well records show that the Furnaceville reappears as a hematitic
limestone in extreme eastern Monroe county. At the ore pits between
Fruitland (section 8, p. 134) and Ontario, it reaches a maximum of
20 inches in thickness with a relatively high iron content. To the east
the formations can be traced by means of outcrops (sections 11 and
12, p. 137, 139) to Salmon creek (section 13, p. 140) in the eastern
part of the Pultneyville quadrangle. The hematitic content is low in
this area and on Salmon creek it is represented by approximately one
foot of strata, the upper six inches being a hematitic limestone, the
lower being a calcareous shale with interbedded stringers of oolitic
hematite.
The outcrops to the east of Salmon creek are less common, but the
Furnaceville horizon can be traced by well logs to the Devoe ore pit
(section 21, p. 154) which is located on Bear creek a tributary of
Black creek. In the old ore pits the formation is about 20 inches
thick but the concentration of hematite is noticeably less than in the
Fruitland pits. The ore at this place contains a considerable amount
of argillaceous material. A short distance eastward in western Cayuga
county at Sterling Station (section 23, p. 157) the Furnaceville is 36
inches thick and again has a relatively high iron content. The last
known outcrop of the Furnaceville to the east is at Lunn’s quarry in
Oswego county (section 25, p. 160) a few miles from Sterling Station.
There the formation is represented by a very argillaceous, slightly
hematitic limestone with argillaceous and calcareous sandstones.
By means of the diamond drill cores which were put down under the
direction of Newland and Hartnagel (’08, p. 4) and which were made
available to the writer through the courtesy of C. A. Hartnagel, the
formation can be traced to the east as far as Lakeport, Madison county
(figure 7, p. 43). At South Granby (section E, p. 180) the ore is
oolitic with a few fossils. It is only about eight inches thick but shows
a high concentration of hematite. At Brewerton (section F, p. 182)
the formation is represented by about 15 inches with a high iron con¬
tent. At Lakeport (section G, p. 183) only about four inches can be
assigned to the Furnaceville but it is relatively rich in hematite.
The lower contact of the Furnaceville is sharp and the formation
appears quite distinct from any of the rock underlying it. As previ¬
ously pointed out, it rests on the lower part of the Reynales in the
Genesee gorge. To the east of Monroe county the ore in many places
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 43
Figure 7 Cross section showing Reynales-Bear Creek-Neahga-Maplewood-Furnaceville-Thorold-Oneida relationships
44
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
is in direct contact with the Thorold sandstone. In a few localities it
is separated from this basal sand by a few inches of green thinly
laminated fossiliferous shale. The thickness of this shale is not known
to exceed ten inches.
In the outcrops there is never any difficulty in deciding upon the
upper limit of the Furnaceville, but east of Fruitland the lower two and
one-half to three feet of Reynales is in many places impregnated with :
stringers of hematite. This seems to indicate that there was a transition
from the hematitic forming conditions to those of the typical Reynales.
In eastern Wayne county the Reynales grades laterally into the Bear
Creek shale. This shale is in contact with the Reynales as far east as
Lakeport where both the Bear Creek and the Furnaceville appear to
pinch out against the Oneida conglomerate (figure 7, p. 43).
Fauna. The fauna of the Furnaceville is plentiful and varied. At a
few outcrops the fossils are of normal size and well-preserved. More
commonly they are poorly preserved and hard to identify specifically.
Many of the more fragile fossils were apparently crushed and broken
into fragments before they were replaced by hematite. The less fragile
ones have the appearance of having been subjected to some form of
abrasion, which removed their finer markings. In addition to the
normal marine fauna of the Furnaceville some outcropping layers
contain dwarf fossils. These dwarf forms are always confined to
definite layers. They are similar in every respect except size to those
occurring in the overlying or underlying strata.
Except for crinoid stems bryozoans are the most abundant of all
megascopic fossils. The common species are Helopora fragilis,
Phaenopora ensiformis and P. explanata. Brachiopods are also
plentiful with Coelospira hemispherica outnumbering all others.
Stropheodonta corrugata is more restricted but in a few localities this
form is the dominant fossil.
The Furnaceville is the lowest of the Clinton formations in which
there is a good microfauna. All of the more common ostracods of the
Zygobolba excavata zone have been identified from this formation.
They are particularly abundant and well preserved in the ore pits at
Fruitland (section 8, p. 134). For a complete list of the fossils
occurring in this and other formations, the reader is referred to table 3,
p. 18-21).
Origin. The origin of the Furnaceville is closely associated with
that of all Clinton iron ores. This subject has been the source of
much scientific discussion in the literature. It does not lie within the
scope of this report to go into a detailed discussion of that topic.
Those who are interested, will find excellent discussions by Newland
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 45
and Hartnagel (’08, p. 45-53), Smyth (’92, p. 487-96) and Singewald
(11, p.301-8).
In recent years the sedimentary origin of the Clinton iron ores has
been in favor with most geologists. The results of the present study
seem to confirm the sedimentary hypothesis. The fossils which make
up the typical fossiliferous iron ores probably were replaced before
they were covered by the overlying strata. This is shown not only by
the intimate association of these replaced fossils with the oolites of
hematite, but also by the fact that some of the fossils themselves appear
to have acted as the nucleus for concentric bands of hematite similar
to the concentric banding of the oolites. It is presumed that since
oolites of hematite are known to be forming at the present time in a
lake in Switzerland they are probably of primary origin. The
relatively common interbedding of unreplaced fossiliferous limestone
and typical iron ores is certainly another strong argument in favor of
a primary sedimentary origin. In a few places some secondary replace¬
ment was observed. On Densmore creek ;near the middle of the
formation is a highly fossiliferous layer which shows some secondary
hematite. The concentration of iron decreases toward the center.
Joint planes show a high concentration of iron immediately surround¬
ing them. Such occurrences are rare and appear to be very recent
in origin.
As a formation the Furnaceville was deposited in a narrow area
extending from Monroe county on the west to Madison county on the
east. The original north and south extent is not known. To the north
erosion has probably removed considerable. To the south gas wells
encounter a hematitic iron ore at the Furnaceville horizon more than
forty miles from the line of outcrop. While the Furnaceville was
forming in this narrow area, the clastic Oneida was being laid down to
the east, and the lowest portions of the more normal marine Reynales
was being deposited to the west.
The broken, worn and rubblelike condition of the fossils of the
Furnaceville shows that the sea was probably very shallow and that
waves and currents were active. The variable character of the forma¬
tion may indicate that the currents and other forces acting in the
shallow water tended to divide the sea into local areas or small basins
which were more or less connected but which possessed a certain
definite set of individual characteristics. In some local areas one class
of organisms flourished and in others a wholly different class
dominated. In some conditions were such that very few oolites of
hematite formed ; in others these were in abundance. In some basins
very little argillaceous, calcareous and other foreign matter collected ;
in others the foreign matter greatly exceeded the hematitic material.
46
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
However vague and uncertain the actual conditions which led to the
formation of this hematitic limestone may be, one fact stands out clear
and undeniable. The Furnaceville was connected, as all other Clinton
iron ores were, with the movement of the strand line. In Furnaceville
time the sea was advancing and spreading eastward.
Reynales Limestone
Definition. The lowest Clinton limestone was called by Hall (’43,
p. 62-64) the “Pentamerus Limestone of the Clinton Group/’ Hart-
nagel (’07, p. 14-15) named the formation the Wolcott limestone.
When he introduced this designation, he was not aware of the fact
that there were two Pentamerus limestones in Wayne county. New-
land and Hartnagel (’08, p. 21-23) discovered the existence of two
such limestones but did not assign geographic names to them. Chad¬
wick (T8, p. 344-45) restricted the use of Wolcott to the upper
Pentamerus limestone of Wayne county and introduced the name,
Reynales, for the lower. Although the designation was taken from
Reynales Basin, he clearly stated that one must visit the outcrops at
Lockport and the Genesee gorge to see the entire section exposed.
From this statement it is clear that Chadwick intended the Reynales
to apply to the Lower Clinton limestone of the Lockport area. In the
Rochester area he restricted the Reynales to apply only to the lime¬
stone which lay above the Furnaceville iron ore.
Chadwick also (T8, p. 342-43) introduced the term, Bear Creek
shale. This was to apply to a shale underlying the Furnaceville on
Bear creek, which he stated was Black creek of the topographic map.
This locality about five miles northeast of Wolcott had been mentioned
previously by Newland and Hartnagel (’08, p. 68). Hall ('*43,
p. 76-77 and ’52, p. 83) apparently had this same outcrop in mind
when he described the pelecypod fauna “in the shales beneath the ore
bed at Wolcott.” Chadwick carried the name, Bear Creek, west and
applied it to the three feet of a somewhat argillaceous limestone under¬
lying the Furnaceville at Rochester.
Under the main ore horizon at the old Devoe ore pit (section 21,
p. 154) located on a tributary of Black creek which is still known
locally as Bear creek, there are just eight inches of shale and thin
sandy limestone on top of the Thorold sandstone. These layers are
only slightly fossiliferous and contain no pelecypods. The argilla¬
ceous limestones and particularly the shales lying above the ore, which
was once mined, abound in pelecypods. A very good collection of all
the species listed by Hall can be made in a short time. About 13 feet
above the main ore bed is another thin hematitic limestone. Although
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 4 7
pelecypods are found above this latter, they are much more numerous
below. From these observations it seems quite probable that Hall’s
pelecypod fauna came from the shale above the main ore bed and below
the thin hematitic layer. These same relationships can be seen at
Sterling Station (section 23, p. 157).
Ulrich and Bassler (’23, p. 331-34) suggested that the Bear Creek
might be used as a designation for the shale carrying many of the same
pelecypods but lying entirely above the Reynales of Monroe and
Wayne counties. Only a small part of this shale is exposed on
Bear creek.
Sanford (’35, p. 177-78) objected to the Bear Creek as it was
applied to the three feet of limestone under the Furnaceville at
Rochester. He proposed using the Reynales as a formational name
and making members of both the Furnaceville iron ore and the
Brewer Dock, a name which he suggested for the limestone beneath
the Furnaceville.
The Reynales in this report will be used to designate the lowest
Clinton limestone formation of western New York. A typical
exposure on Johnson creek at Middleport a few miles east of Reynales
Basin is used as the type locality. It is suggested that the Brewer
Dock, as defined by Sanford, be retained for use in discussing the local
geology of Rochester and vicinity. In that area the Brewer Dock is
separated from the rest of the Reynales by the Furnaceville. In other
parts of western New York where such a condition does not exist, the
use of Brewer Dock is not justified and would be confusing. The
much misused Bear Creek (see p. 46) is redefined to apply to the
argillaceous facies of the Reynales as exposed on the creek which is
still locally known as Bear creek. It should be pointed out that Bear
creek is not Black creek of the topographic map as stated by Chadwick
(T8, p. 342-43) and Sanford (’35, p. 177-78) but a tributary of
Black creek (section 21, p. 154).
Extent and lithologic characteristics. In the Niagara gorge the
Reynales is about 12 feet thick and is dominantly a dark gray, dolomitic
limestone. The basal three feet is pyritic, phosphatic and finely
crystalline. It is sparingly fossiliferous but contains a larger number
of species than all the rest of the formation. The next five feet is
massive-bedded, fine to coarse-grained dolomitic limestone. Over-
lying this part is three feet of fine-grained, thin-bedded limestone.
Many of the individual layers in this portion contain a large amount of
argillaceous and silty material. The upper 12 inches is composed of
crystalline limestones.
At Lockport the Reynales possesses much the same lithology. The
lower two and one-half feet contains pyritic and phosphatic material
48
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
with few fossils. Immediately above are a few thin fossiliferous beds,
some of which abound in Hyattidina, The upper part of the formation
remains unchanged.
A short distance east of Lockport the first great change is noted in
the Reynales. On Johnson creek at Middleport the formation is still
about 12 feet thick. The lower eight feet consists of inter stratified,
medium gray, silty, dolomitic limestone with thin shale layers separat¬
ing them. Some of the limestones are composed almost entirely of
fossils. Hyattidina-bearmg layers are very common. Residues of
this part of the formation show a great range in the composition of the
rocks. Most of the very fossiliferous beds are over 90 per cent soluble
in hydrochloric acid. The residue consists dominantly of argillaceous
material with minor amounts of silt, sand and chert. The dark gray,
dolomitic, nonfossiliferous strata contains much more insoluble mate¬
rial, and some had as much as 60 per cent noncalcareous material.
Residues of these also have a considerable amount of argillaceous
material, but fine silt is of almost equal abundance. Pyrite and
phosphatic nodules are present in minor amounts. The upper four
feet of the formation is much less fossiliferous and dense dolomitic
limestones are the dominant rock type.
The Reynales passes through another change in lithology between
Middleport and Rochester. In the Genesee gorge the three feet of
the formation underlying the Furnaceville ore, the Brewer Dock
member, has much of the lithologic characteristics of the lower eight
feet at Middleport. Dark, argillaceous layers are interbedded with
crystalline, medium gray limestone. Some of the layers bear Hyatti¬
dina , but this fossil is not found so abundantly as in the section at
Middleport. Above the Furnaceville are over 13 feet containing the
Pentamerus layers interbedded with crystalline dolomitic limestones.
Some of the crystalline limestones are fossiliferous, but most of them
are barren. A few argillaceous unfossiliferous limestone layers are
present. Thin shale partings are found throughout the entire thickness.
At the Fruitland ore pits the lower four feet of the formation is
thin-bedded. Shale partings or breaks are abundant. Some of the
limestone layers are sandy. Fossils are common and most of them are
silicified. Overlying this portion are two feet of Pentamerus-beavmg
limestone.
Between Fruitland and Salmon creek there are numerous partial
exposures of the formation. The silicified character of the fossils
including Pentamerus is especially noticeable. The complete section
exposed on Salmon creek shows the upper six feet of the formation
to be a dark gray, dense, dolomitic, siliceous limestone with an abun¬
dance of chert. It is almost barren of fossils. Below this, the forma¬
tion is more variable in composition. Calcareous shales, thin-crystal-
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 49
line, fossiliferous limestones and gray siliceous limestones are inter-
bedded. There are two P entamerus-bemng layers, the fossils of
which are only slightly silicified. In the lower three feet of the forma¬
tion thin stringers of hematitic material are abundant. At the very top
of the formation is a thin, lean hematitic layer.
Dark gray shales appear as definite layers rather than as thin shale
partings in the Wolcott core. They constitute two feet of the total
eleven (section B, p. 159). Since they have the typical lithology of
the shale that dominates the rocks equivalent to the Reynales on Bear
creek and farther to the east they are significant. The lower two feet
of limestone is impregnated with hematitic stringers and closely
resembles the Reynales of Salmon creek. Immediately above this is
one and one-half feet of limestone which contains the only Pentamerus
in the Wolcott section. At the very top of the formation is a nine-inch
layer of limestone with a thin hematitic layer overlying it.
The amount of shale increases rapidly eastward. On Bear creek,
a tributary of Black creek, only five miles northeast of Wolcott the
formation is too argillaceous to be designated as the Reynales lime¬
stone. Since lithology is the basis for defining formations, the rocks
equivalent to the Reynales limestone on Bear creek and eastward are
discussed under the heading of Bear Creek shale.
The hematitic limestone occurring at the top of the Reynales on
Salmon creek and in the Wolcott core and, as will be discussed later,
in the upper part of the Bear Creek shale, is worthy of note because
of its remarkable persistence. Chadwick (T8, p. 345) named this
hematitic horizon the Sterling Station iron ore. The only objection
to considering it as a formation is its thinness, and the fact that it
often occurs as stringers imbedded in the uppermost portion of the
underlying formation and not as a distinct unit in itself.
In the Niagara gorge the Reynales is underlain by the Neahga.
The break between the two formations is sharp, but the relationship
is one of apparent conformability. At Lockport the Reynales rests on
a thin, green, sandy shale which grades downward into the Thorold.
The actual contact of the Reynales and this green, sandy shale is not
well exposed. On Johnson creek, near Middleport, the Reynales again
overlies a green, sandy shale. Although the lithologies of the shale
and the limestone are distinct, and there is little or no question as to
the exact contact, the two formations are perfectly conformable. Near
the western limit of Monroe county the Maplewood enters the section
and separates the Reynales from the underlying Thorold. Through¬
out the lateral extent of the Maplewood the contact with the Reynales
is sharp, but the two formations are also apparently conformable.
From the Wayne county line eastward the Reynales is underlain by
50
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
the Furnaceville. The Furnaceville is closely related to the Reynales
and in some localities the two seem to grade vertically into each other.
In Orleans and Niagara counties the Reynales is overlain uncon-
formably by the Irondequoit limestone. The contact is marked by a
wavy surface and the evident truncation of the upper layers of the
Reynales. Sanford (’39, p. 77-85) has reported the presence of
pebbles of the Reynales in the overlying Irondequoit. Near the
western boundary of Monroe county the Lower Sodus enters the
section and from that point eastward overlies the Reynales. The
contact between the Lower Sodus and the Reynales is always sharp,
but there is no evidence of any erosional unconformity. Where the
highest layers of the Reynales are marked by a concentration of
hematite as on Salmon creek (see p. 49) and in the Wolcott core
(section B, p. 159) the hematite is associated with the underlying
Reynales and not with the Lower Sodus. No stringers of hematite
are found above the contact.
Fauna. The fauna of the Reynales is as variable as its lithology.
In the Niagara gorge it is practically barren of fossils. Coelospira
hemispherica and Stropheodonta corrugata are sparingly present.
Other forms have been described from these rocks, and a few other
species were identified by the writer (section 1, p. 120). No ostracods
were found.
At Lockport fossils are much more in evidence, particularly in the
thin fossiliferous layers above the basal three feet of the formation.
In addition to the species enumerated in the foregoing paragraph
Hyattidina congesta is very common. Ostracods are rare (section 2,
p. 123).
Hyattidina congesta reaches its most abundant development in the
vicinity of Reynales Basin. The section exposed at Middleport
(section 3, p. 126) contains layers abounding in this species. Crinoid
stems are also very numerous, and rival the foregoing brachiopods
as rock-forming constituents. Ostracods are rare.
At Rochester Pentamerus oblongus is the characteristic fossil of the
formation. Hyattidina congesta has been found in the Brewer Dock
member but in greatly reduced numbers. Coelospira hemispherica
and Stropheodonta corrugata representing the most persistent forms of
the Reynales are recognized in both the Brewer Dock member and the
higher portions of the formation. Rhynchotreta robusta is another
common form. Ostracods are much more abundant than in the out¬
crops to the west, and all four species, characteristic of the Zygobolba
excavata zone, Z. excavata, Z. curta , Z. inflata and Z. prolixa, were
found (section 5, 6 and 7, p. 127, 131, 133).
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 51
Eastward the fauna of the Reynales becomes more diversified. At
Fruitland (section 8, p. 134) bryozoans are extremely abundant in
the thin strata beneath the Pentamerus- bearing rock. Fenestella
tenuis and Semicoscinium tenuiceps are two of the most important.
Aside from Pentamerus oblongus the four brachiopods, Stropheodonta
corrugata, S. projunda, Coelospira hemispherica and Rhynchotreta
robusta are characteristic. The same ostracods are present and are
even better preserved than in the sections in the vicinity of Rochester.
This is probably explained by the fact that the ostracods at Fruitland
are preserved in limestone whereas shale is the containing rock in the
Rochester area.
On Salmon creek (section 13, p. 140) bryozoans are rare. The
same four brachiopods still form an important part of the total
assemblage. Pentamerus oblongus abounds in only two layers. The
three corals, C anno p ora junciformis , Favo sites favosideus and
Zaphrentis bilateralis are important. Perhaps the most significant
addition is the appearance of pelecypods in considerable numbers in
the dark gray shale partings between some of the limestone layers.
Pterinea emacerata, Ctenodonta lata and C. mactraeformis are present.
The same ostracods were also collected, but they are neither so
common nor so well preserved as at Fruitland.
Origin. The Reynales was laid down in the Lower Clinton sea as
that body reached its maximum expanse in New York and Ontario.
Limestone and dolomite deposition extended from west of Kelso,
Ontario (M. Y. Williams, T9, p. 48-49) to Wolcott in Wayne
county. To the east argillaceous material was more plentiful and the
Bear Creek shale was forming contemporaneously. Still farther to
the east the very clastic Oneida was being laid down along the shore
of an ancient land mass.
The close of the Reynales was marked by a partial elevation of the
geosyncline and the consequent shrinking of the Lower Clinton sea.
In Madison, Onondaga, Cayuga and eastern Wayne counties this
shrinking of the sea brought the conditions suitable to the formation
of sedimentary hematite which is found at many localities impregnat¬
ing the uppermost layers of the Reynales and its eastern equivalent the
Bear Creek. In some places these conditions persisted long enough to
form thin relatively rich hematitic limestone layers which are found
capping the Reynales and Bear Creek. The absence of the higher
lithologic units of the Lower Clinton suggests that marine conditions
may have been forced completely from Ontario and the westernmost
counties of New York.
The upper surface of the Reynales in western New York unques¬
tionably shows the effect of erosion. It is undulating and wavy.
52
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Pebbles of the Reynales are found in the overlying Irondequoit. “A
careful study of this contact has never furnished evidence of any of
the overlying Lower Clinton formations. Had these formations been
deposited it would seem that there should be some indication of their
past existence. Such has never been reported nor found.
Within the sea of Reynales deposition there must have existed a
great variety of conditions. This is shown not only by the many types
of limestones and dolomites represented, but also by the radical change
in fossil content from place to place and layer to layer. It seems
reasonable that the crystalline Pentamerus layers would require an
entirely different set of conditions than that which would produce the
dense, unfossiliferous, dolomitic layers.
Certain fossils such as Coelospira hemispherica and Stropheodonta
corrugata were not so exacting in their requirements, and because of
this these forms are found in a greater variety of sediments. In fact
they are present in all but the most unfossiliferous layers in the Rey¬
nales. They are much more abundant, however, in some layers than
in others, which would indicate that they also preferred certain living
conditions.
Many of the other organisms living at the time were much more
exacting in their requirements. Hyattidina congest a and Pentamerus
oblongus serve as examples. Even in areas where these fossils are
found, they are confined to very definite layers which tends to show
that only at certain intervals were conditions exactly suited to their
special needs. The whole class of bryozoans were equally selective of
their environment as were also the pelecypods.
This variation in faunal content has been noted by others. Sanford
(’35, p. 177-84) would explain these changes by the age of the inclos¬
ing strata. The Reynales may be older to the west and younger to the
east, as he contends, but there is apparently no way of proving this.
All of the fossils common to the Reynales, including the ostracods,
are found in the overlying formations with one possible exception,
Hyattidina congesta. Sanford’s views are more fully discussed in an
earlier publication (Gillette, ’40, p. 52-53).
Ulrich and Bassler (’23, p. 333-34) have explained the presence of
Pentamerus and bryozoans in the Reynales as a result of a southern
connection for the sea. The overlying Lower Sodus with its Coelospira
and various ostracods, they claim, is indicative of an Atlantic source.
Both Coelospira and ostracods are found throughout the Reynales and
Bear Creek. The Pentamerus have a limited lateral extent in New
York and in Ontario (M. Y. Williams, T9, p. 48-49). The two areas
where the Reynales yields Pentamerus , are separated by an area of
considerable greater lateral extent which yields no trace of these
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 53
fossils. The distribution of these fossils plus the intimate mingling
of faunas which they supposed had either definite Altantic or southern
origin, can certainly be more easily explained on the basis of ecology.
Bear Creek Shale
Definition. The Bear Creek was originally named by Chadwick
(T8, p. 342-43). He used it as a designation for the dark pelecypod-
bearing shales which were supposed to underlie the Furnaceville in
the town of Wolcott. As pointed out (p. 46) no such shale exists
beneath the Furnaceville, but there is a shale formation above the ore
which contains the fauna. The Bear Creek is redefined to apply to
the pelecypod-bearing shales and argillaceous limestones on Bear
creek, a tributary of Black creek in the eastern part of the town of
Wolcott in Wayne county.
Extent and lithologic characteristics. The Bear Creek (section
21, p. 154) at its type locality is a dark gray, thin-bedded, silty, slightly
calcareous shale with argillaceous limestone layers. Both the shales
and limestones are pyritic. The shales are very fossiliferous and the
limestones are sparingly so. The lower seven feet are about half shale
and half argillaceous limestone. The next six feet are mostly shale.
The top of the formation is marked by an eight-inch limestone layer
which in turn is overlain by three inches of hematitic limestone.
The Bear Creek is also well exposed except for the basal two or
three feet in the ore pits at Sterling Station (section 23, p. 157).
Limestones form even a smaller percentage of the total rock. The
shales are very fossiliferous. At the top of the formation is a seven-
inch limestone layer overlain by approximately three inches of
hematitic material. The upper limestone layer is argillaceous and
slightly sandy. It weathers brown. It is noteworthy because it has
produced a few Pentamerus.
Near Martville (section 25, p. 160) the formation possesses the
same lithologic characteristics and fossils. To the east it is possible to
trace the Bear Creek as far as Lakeport (figure 7, p. 43). The
formation pinches out entirely before reaching the outcrops at Verona
Station. In correlating the Bear Creek in the diamond drill cores
extensive use was made of the hematitic concentration at the top and
at the bottom of the formation.
The lower limit of the Bear Creek is easily established. Everywhere
it rests conformably upon the Furnaceville iron ore, and thin stringers
and layers of sedimentary hematite are found reaching upward into
the shale. The upper contact is also marked by a hematitic horizon.
At many places this upper concentration occurs as a zone consisting
54
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
of shales and interbedded thin layers and stringers of hematitic
material in the upper part of the Bear Creek.
Fauna. The Bear Creek is a shale characterized by its pelecypod
fauna. Among the most abundant pelecypods are Ctenodonta lata ,
C. mactraeformis, Pyrenomoeus cuneatus , Pterinea emacerata,
Modiolopsis subalatus and Orthodesma curtum. Lingulas are also
important fossils and the species, Lingula oblata and L. perovata, are
found in considerable numbers in some layers. Coelospira hem¬
ispheric a and Stropheodonta corrugata range throughout the forma¬
tion. Phaenopora ensiformis and Tentaculites minutus are two other
common fossils. The ostracod fauna is rich and includes all the
species common to the Zygobolba excavata zone. Z. excavata, Z. curta,
Z. prolixa , Z. inflata and others are represented.
Origin. The origin of the Bear Creek is closely associated with that
of the Reynales. It evidently formed in the same Lower Clinton sea
nearer to the shore and to a source of argillaceous material. The
turbulent conditions which resulted, were not suitable to many of the
organisms which lived in the comparatively clear seas of the contem¬
poraneous limestone. On the other hand, it did produce an environ¬
ment much to the liking of the mud-loving pelecypods.
Lower Sodus Shale
Definition. The Sodus shale was named by Hartnagel (’07, p. 13).
He intended the term to apply to the lower green shale of Hall (’43,
p. 59-60). Both Hall and Hartnagel thought that the Maplewood
of the Genesee gorge was the western equivalent of the Coelospira-
bearing shales of Wayne county. Chadwick (T8, p. 345-46) recog¬
nized the fallacy of this contention and restricted the Sodus to the
Coelospira- bearing shales of Wayne county.
Ulrich and Bassler (’23, p. 369-72) discovered that Chadwick’s
Sodus shale of the Genesee gorge contained quite a different assem¬
blage of ostracods from that of the Sodus on Second creek in Wayne
county. At Rochester the Sodus contained ostracods belonging to their
Zygobolba antic ostiensis zone, the Z. excavata zone of this report
(see page 24) . The Sodus shale which they collected in central Wayne
county was found to have those fossils characteristic of their Z. decora
zone. Because of these microfossils and “in the absence of an unques¬
tionable geographic name” they designated the Sodus of the Genesee
gorge as the Z. antic ostiensis zone. It was suggested that Chadwick’s
Bear Creek might be the correct name for the Z. antic ostiensis zone.
This suggestion was based upon a comparison of the fauna which they
collected from the Z. antic ostiensis zone with the faunal list of Bear
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 55
Creek species given by Chadwick. The term, Sodus shale, was
restricted to apply only to those shales containing fossils of the
Z. decora zone.
The writer (’40, p. 54-68) agreed with Ulrich and Bassler that
the lower part of the Sodus contained a microfauna related to their
Z. antic ostiensis assemblage and that the upper part of the Sodus
possessed only species common to their Z. decora zone. Furthermore,
it was pointed out that the two shales were separated by a slight
unconformity. The two shales were designated as the Lower and
Upper Sodus shales. The type locality of the Lower Sodus was
established on Salmon creek (section 13, p. 140).
Since the formations are based upon lithology the separation of the
Lower and Upper Sodus shales is subject to some question. Careful
studies reveal that there are some minor lithologic differences as will
be shown later, but taken as a whole they are dominantly green shales
with comparatively thin fossiliferous limestone layers. Even the
slight unconformity which separates them on Salmon creek may be
of local significance. To the east the section thickens and possibly
sedimentation continued throughout the time represented by the
unconformity. In the thicker sections the break in microfauna may
not be so marked. In fact there may even be an overlapping of ranges
and an intermingling of forms. Unfortunately there are no outcrops
of the Lower and Upper Sodus contact to the east of Salmon creek
and the data derived from well cuttings and cores are inconclusive.
In the absence of more definite information to disregard the uncon¬
formity on Salmon creek and to give one name to the shales separated
by it would be misleading. In using the designations, Lower and
Upper Sodus, similarities are implied.
Extent and lithologic characteristics. The Lower Sodus shale
is not present a short distance west of the Monroe county line. It
appears in western Monroe county and attains a thickness of approxi¬
mately 18 feet in the Genesee gorge (section 5, p. 127). In that out¬
crop it is principally a green to greenish gray calcareous, slightly silty,
fossiliferous shale with thin limestone layers. The green shales often
contain as much as 25 per cent calcareous material and a few residues
have shown as much as 40 per cent. Dark gray so-called purple shale
layers are interbedded with the green. These dark layers increase
downward and the basal four to five feet is dominated by that color.
In composition these so-called purple layers are less calcareous.
Residues never show as much as 20 per cent calcium carbonate and
average less than 10 per cent. They carry more slit-size particles and
are slightly more siliceous. The limestone layers vary from a fraction
56
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
of an inch to three inches in thickness. In the upper three feet of the
formation there are three prominent layers which contain over 95 per
cent calcareous material. These three layers are composed almost
entirely of Coelospira and represent what have been commonly called
“pearly layers.” There are other thin limestones which contain no
Coelospira. These are not so pure in composition. In the lower 10
feet the limestones are very scarce and do not exceed one-half inch in
thickness. In this portion they are very argillaceous and some even
take on the color of the shale.
Between the Genesee gorge and Salmon creek (section 13, p. 140)
there is little change in the Lower Sodus. At Salmon creek it is
approximately 20 feet thick. The lower six feet consists of dark gray
shale. Throughout the rest of the formation dark gray and green
shales are interstratified with the green dominating toward the top
of the section. The pearly layers are confined to the upper part of
the formation. They appear thicker than in the Genesee gorge and
one which forms the very top of the formation, is seven inches thick.
In Oswego county the Lower Sodus is over 25 feet thick. Here
also the lower part is dominantly a dark gray shale with the upper
part containing the same green to greenish gray layers. The Coelo-
spira-bemng limestones are confined as in other areas to the upper
part. In the lower 10 feet at Lunn’s quarry (section 25, p. 160) thin
very fine-grained sandstones or silt stones are present. These part¬
ings which are usually less than a quarter inch thick, are limonitic in
the weathered outcrop. The fossils which cover the surfaces of the
silt stones, are preserved as limonitic casts and molds. The shale
layers themselves contain many fossils which are similarly preserved.
In the less weathered exposures pyrite is very common. It is likely
that the limonitic casts and molds were originally pyritized fossils.
By means of the diamond drill cores the Lower Sodus can be traced
as a formation as far east as Lakeport in Madison county. At that
place the ostracods show that there is at least 1 1 feet and not more than
15 feet of Lower Sodus. Between Lakeport and Verona Station,
Oneida county, the formation pinches out. In general the cores show
that the typical greenish gray shales gradually disappear eastward.
The dark gray shale layers dominate the whole section between
Brewerton (section F, p. 182) and Lakeport (section G, p. 183).
The limestones even in the uppermost part of the formation lose their
clear, crystalline, pearly character and become brown to brownish gray
in color and much more sandy.
As already pointed out in detail, the contact of the Reynales and
the Lower Sodus is sharp but conformable in Monroe and western
Wayne counties. In central Wayne county the contact of the Rey-
Figure 8 Genesee Gorge. Williamson-Lower Sodus contact. Note three
inch shell rubble separating formations
[57]
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 59
nales and the Lower Sodus is marked by a thin hematitic limestone.
In eastern Wayne county the Reynales becomes a shale, the Bear
Creek. This latter formation underlies the Lower Sodus eastward
beyond Lakeport, where both appear to wedge out against the Oneida.
In most cores the boundary between the two formations is marked by
a concentration of hematite in the upper part of the Bear Creek.
In the Genesee gorge the Lower Sodus is immediately overlain by
the Williamson shale of the Upper Clinton. The boundary is marked
in some places by a shell rubble which attains a maximum thickness
of three inches (see figure 8, p. 57). At other places small pebbles
up to a centimeter in diameter are found lying on the upper surface
of the Lower Sodus. In still other places a more or less sharp break
in the stratigraphic sequence is the only evidence of the erosion to
which the Strata must have been subjected prior to the deposition of
the Williamson. In Wayne county the Lower Sodus is separated
from the Upper Sodus by an erosional unconformity, as shown by the
wavy surface of the underlying shale. To the east of Wayne county
there are no exposures of the contact and its character is unknown.
Fauna. The Lower Sodus is a highly fossiliferous formation. The
actual number of individual species collected, however, is not so great
as in some of the less fossiliferous formations of the Clinton. Further¬
more, not a single species collected from the Lower Sodus is confined
to that formation.
The brachiopods are the most abundant of all classes of organisms
represented. The common Lower and Middle Clinton Coelospira
hemispherica and Stropheodonta corrugata are present in great num¬
bers throughout the section. The bryozoans are equally well repre¬
sented by the cylindrical Phaenopora ensiformis and others. T entacu-
lites minutus of the conularia is another species which abounds in all
types of rock. At Lunn’s quarry it is so plentiful that thin layers are
found made up almost entirely of this poorly understood fossil. The
pelecypod fauna is rich and varied but unlike the others these are
restricted and occur only in the dark gray shale layers. They reach
their maximum development in the basal part of the Sodus in Wayne
and Monroe counties. The species are identical with those which were
found in the Bear Creek shale. The most common forms are
Ctenodonta machaeriformis, Pyrenomoeus cuneatus, Cyrtodonta data
and Pterinea emacerata.
The microfauna is also plentiful. The ostracods abound in both
the green and dark gray shales and also in the limestone layers. In
the shales they are usually represented by natural casts. In the pearly
layers their actual shells are often obtainable. The most common
60
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
species are Zygobolba excavata, Z. curta, Z. inflata , Z. rectangularis
and Z. prolixa.
Origin. Ulrich and Bassler (’23, p. 269) believed that the Sodus
formed as a result of an Atlantic invasion. They based their argu¬
ments on the differences in the fauna of the Sodus shales and the
Reynales limestone. This latter formation, they considered, had a
southern origin. As already shown the Reynales bears ostracods
which were supposed to be of Atlantic origin. The Coelospira and
Stropheodonta are both found in abundance in the underlying Rey¬
nales. The pelecypods are the same. T entaculites minutus and
Phaenopora ensiformis are also common to both. In fact if there are
any forms confined to the Lower Sodus, they are very rare. Certainly
sedimentary environment could easily explain any differences which
exist.
The writer believes that following the general shrinking of the
Lower Sodus sea at the close of Reynales-Bear Creek deposition, a
gradual depression of a small part of the geosyncline permitted the
formation of the Lower Sodus. It is possible that the sea was forced
completely from New York at the close of the Reynales, but if this
occurred it soon returned. The thin upper portion of the Bear Creek
and the Reynales which contains the stringers of hematite, can be
traced uninterruptedly for long distances. Even the thin hematitic
limestone, found capping the Reynales and Bear Creek, shows no
evidence of erosion.
Since both the Bear Creek and the Lower Sodus wedge out against
the Oneida between Lakeport and Verona Station, it seems safe to
say that the eastern shoreline was somewhere in the vicinity of
Verona Station. Although the upper few feet of the Oneida contain
ostracods of the Zygobolba decora zone, probably a large part of the
conglomerate outcropping at Verona Station actually formed contem¬
poraneously with the Bear Creek and the Lower Sodus. The western
limit of the area receiving sediments must remain a matter of pure
speculation. The Lower Sodus pinches out rapidly west of the Gene¬
see gorge. In Orleans and Niagara counties the Reynales is directly
overlain by the Irondequoit of Upper Clinton age. Without a doubt
erosion has modified the original distribution of the formation (see
P- 50).
Iron was not so plentiful in the restricted Lower Sodus seas as in
the Reynales, but in eastern Wayne and Oswego counties the finely
disseminated pyrite in the unweathered rocks indicates that the metal
was present in considerable quantities. Its presence as pyrite rather
than hematite indicates that most of the rocks were deposited under
reducing conditions.
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 61
The occurrence of identical dark gray shales with the same
pelecypod fauna in both the Lower Sodus and Bear Creek suggests
that conditions which brought about their formation were similar.
These shales with their linguloid brachiopods and many pelecypods
which probably represented a slimy environment, formed throughout
the early part of the Lower Sodus in western Wayne and Monroe
counties, and reoccurred at intervals to the very close of the sedi¬
mentation. At times, as represented in the upper part of the Lower
Sodus in Monroe, Wayne and Cayuga counties, the sea became less
ladened with mud and silt. This resulted in the deposition of the
green calcareous shales. In restricted areas and for short intervals
the sea became so free from argillaceous, siliceous or other clastic
material that the pearly limestone layers formed. The fossils in these
limestones are not broken or worn and for this reason they apparently
lived where they are found, and were not swept into certain sheltered
areas by current action. The fact that these layers can not be traced
for any distance tends to point to' the conclusion that the environment
under which they formed, was local.
Upper Sodus Shale
Definition. The Upper Sodus shale was named by the writer
(’40, p. 58-63) from the typical exposures on Salmon and Second
creeks in the town of Sodus, Wayne county. The term was applied
to the upper part of the Sodus shale of Hartnagel (’07, p. 13) and
Chadwick (T8, p. 345-46) and corresponds to the restricted Sodus
of Ulrich and Bassler (’23, p. 331-33).
Extent and lithologic characteristics. The Upper Sodus is
absent in the Genesee gorge, but it enters the section a short distance
to the east. At Fruitland in extreme western Wayne county it reaches
an estimated thickness of 20 feet. It continues to thicken eastward,
and in the vicinity of Salmon (section 13, p. 140) and Second (sec¬
tion 14, p. 142) creeks, the type localities, it is 34 feet thick (figure
9, p. 62).
The lithology of the Upper Sodus at the type locality closely
resembles that of the underlying Lower Sodus. The lower part is
dominantly a green to greenish gray, calcareous, highly fossiliferous
shale with the same pearly layers. In this basal portion there are a
few dark gray or purple shale layers, but they are less abundant and
always much thinner than in the underlying formation. Upward in
the section the dark gray layers disappear entirely. In the upper ten
feet bluish gray, highly fossiliferous shales gradually replace in
importance the greenish gray shales. This bluish gray shale in the
62 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Figure 9 Cross section showing Lower Sodus-Upper Sodus- Wolcott- Wolcott Furnace-Oneida relationships
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 63
unweathered section, as in the cores, is a brownish gray. The pearly
layers continue throughout the Upper Sodus to within four feet of
the top, but become less numerous upward. Other non -Coelospira-
bearing limestones appear in the section near the middle of the forma¬
tion. They become more abundant upward. Some are light gray,
unfossiliferous, clear, crystalline limestones. Others are fossiliferous
with a brown to yellowish brown color. As in the Lower Sodus the
pearly layers average 90 per cent calcareous material. Residues of
the non-Coelospira-bearing limestones show that their carbonate con¬
tent is considerably less. The crystalline limestones are on the average
about 85 per cent soluble in hydrochloric acid. The brown to yellowish
brown layers vary from a low of 68 per cent to a high of 83 per cent.
The residues of the pearly and clear crystalline limestones consist
almost entirely of fine siliceous silt. The impurities of the brown to
yellowish brown layers are clay, pyrite, limonite and silt in the order
named.
In the Red Creek core (section C, p. 178) the Upper Sodus is
between 42 and 44 feet thick. It attains its maximum thickness in
eastern Cayuga and western Oswego counties, where it is estimated
to be about 50 feet. The whole formation is not exposed anywhere
in this area, but fragmentary outcrops show that the lithology is
similar to that of the type localities.
At South Granby (section E, p. 180) there are about 42 feet of the
Upper Sodus. At Brewerton (section F, p. 182) about 42 feet and at
Lakeport (section G, p. 183) about 32 feet can be assigned to the
formation. In this area the Upper Sodus undergoes some lithologic
changes. The silty, slightly calcareous, dark gray or purple shales
which were so rare and confined to the lower part of the formation at
the type localities are found in increasing abundance eastward. At
Lakeport there is a total of less than six feet of the typical green to
greenish gray shale. The pearly layers also decrease, and at Lakeport
there is only one true pearly layer near the middle of the formation.
At Verona Station (section H, p. 185 ; section 31, p. 164) the thick¬
ness of the Upper Sodus shale is 36 feet. This includes some shale
which is equivalent to the Wolcott limestone (see p. 68). The shale
is uniformly dark greenish gray in color with thin limestone layers.
None of these can be considered pearly layers. The shale is silty,
and the thin limestones are very sandy. In the upper three feet of the
formation there are a number of thin, calcareous, ferruginous sand¬
stones interbedded with the shale. The sandstones are very fossili¬
ferous containing an abundance of ostraeods.
The Upper Sodus pinches out rapidly against the Oneida con¬
glomerate east of Verona. It is entirely missing at Willowvale.
64
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Where the Lower Sodus lies beneath the Upper Sodus, the basal
contact has been discussed in detail (p. 59). To the east of Lake-
port the Upper Sodus rests on and interfingers with the Oneida
conglomerate. The thin shale layers, bearing the typical microfauna
of this formation, are found separating the uppermost layers of the
conglomeratic Oneida at Verona Station (section 31, p. 164). The
contact of the Wolcott and Upper Sodus is everywhere gradational.
The boundary is always arbitrarily placed where the limestone layers
predominate over the shale. In the vicinity of Verona Station the
formation is overlain by the Wolcott Furnace iron ore or its eastern
equivalent, the contact is easily determined, but there are stringers
of hematite in the upper few feet of shale.
Fauna. Like the Lower Sodus the Upper Sodus is very fossiliferous,
but the number of individual species is not great. Brachiopods are
the most abundant of all megascopic fossils. Coelospira hemispherica
and Stropheodonta corrugata again are found to dominate the class.
The bryozoans are more plentiful in the Upper Sodus. Phaenopora
ensiformis and P. const ellata are found throughout the formation, but
the latter is rare except in the upper part. Fenestella tenuis and
Semicoscinium tenuiceps are confined to the bluish green shale layers
in the upper ten feet of the formation. Holopea obsoleta is the only
true gastropod found in any abundance. This form is so common
that a few layers in the upper part of the Sodus at Second creek
(section 14, p. 142) are composed almost entirely of this fossil.
Tentaculites minutus is still an important fossil. Pelecypods play a
much less important role in the Upper Sodus than in the Lower Sodus.
Ostracods are very plentiful. Most of them are preserved as
natural casts, and if they were not present in such great numbers,
specific identification would be difficult. Zygobolba decora , Z. robusta,
Z. intermedia and Z. inflata are found ranging from the very base to
the top of the formation. Mastigobolbina incipiens and M. retifera
are also present, but these two forms occur only in the upper part.
Of all the ostracods occurring in this formation only Z. inflata is1
found in the underlying Lower Sodus.
Origin. The unconformity at the base of the Upper Sodus in
Wayne county points to the conclusion that marine conditions tempo¬
rarily left the area after the deposition of the Lower Sodus. The
sharp break in microfauna adds to this conclusion. There is no way
of determining even relatively the duration of time represented by
this small break. Ulrich and Bassler (’23, p. 369-72) point out that
their Zygobolba antic ostiensis zone corresponding to the Z. excavata
zone (p. 24) of this report is separated from the Z. decora zone by
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 65
600 feet of calcareous shale and limestone on the island of Anticosti.
Of course this evidence may be misleading, and the absence of
ostracods in the rocks intervening between the two zones may be due
to any one of many causes. In other words the true range of either
or both may not be shown at Anticosti.
There is the possibility that the sea did not withdraw completely
from New York State. On Fish creek (section 9, p. 135) near Fruit-
land the formation is overlain by the Wolcott limestone and is roughly
20 feet thick. At Wallington it is 34 feet and in Cayuga county it is
approximately 50 feet. At all of these places the two ostracods,
Mastigobolbina incipiens and M. retifera, which appear to be restricted
to the uppdr portion of the formation are present. This points to the
conclusion that the Upper Sodus probably reached its maximum
development near its close. It may be that a slight relative elevation
of the land may have forced the seas from western New York into
deeper parts of the basin to the east or possibly to the south. Another
slight shift in the relative position of land and sea would have caused
the sea to spread out once more into western New York.
Similarities in megascopic fauna and lithology suggest that through¬
out most of Wayne, Cayuga and Oswego counties the Upper Sodus
probably formed under conditions very like those of the Lower Sodus.
The same green shales and pearly layers are dominant. Toward the
close of Upper Sodus sedimentation bluish gray shales were being
deposited, and these are the first evidence of a change in environment
which was to culminate in the formation of the Wolcott limestone.
The bluish gray shales while containing Coelospira and other forms
common to the Lower Sodus are characterized by the presence of
lacy bryozoans.
The gradual change in the character of the formation is noted east¬
ward. In Oneida county conditions were vastly different from those
of Wayne county. Here in addition to the characteristic fossils,
pelecypods and cephalopods are found in abundance. The pearly
limestones are entirely absent. The shales are dark greenish gray
and contain a greater percentage of silt and fine sand.
Wolcott Limestone
Definition. Hartnagel (’07, p. 14) named the Wolcott limestone.
He intended the designation to supplant Hall’s (’43, p. 62-64) descrip¬
tive title “Pentamerus Limestone of the Clinton Group.” Both Hall
and Hartnagel failed to recognize that there were two Pentamerus
limestones in the Clintom Newland and Hartnagel (’08, p. 21-23)
discovered this fact but did not give geographic names to the forma¬
tions. Chadwick (T8, p. 347-48) restricted the Wolcott and applied
66
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
it to the upper Pentamerus limestone occurring in Wayne county and
incidently to the only limestone bearing these fossils outcropping
within the town of Wolcott.
Extent and lithologic characteristics. Nowhere in the vicinity
of Wolcott are the entire 22 feet of the formation exposed. By
studying the outcrops on Mudge (section 17, p. 149), Wolcott and
Little Wolcott (section 19, p. 151) creeks, a good idea of the lithology
can be obtained. The diamond drill core which was recovered near
Wolcott (section B, p. 159) adds greatly to the understanding of the
lithologic characteristics of the formation.
The Wolcott at its type locality is a limestone with an abundance
of shale layers. The lower three and one-half feet consists of brown¬
ish or bluish gray, very argillaceous, fossiliferous limestone with
thin crystalline limestones and brownish or bluish gray (see p. 63),
slightly silty, calcareous to very calcareous shale. The shale accounts
for nearly 50 per cent of the total thickness. In the next ten feet
coarse, crystalline, fossiliferous limestones dominate the section accom¬
panied by the same brownish gray, calcareous shales. In this portion
slightly over seven feet are limestone and the remainder shale. The
upper nine feet of the formation are thin-bedded. Crystalline lime¬
stones, brown argillaceous limestones and brownish gray shales occur
in equal amounts. The two types of limestones account for nearly
six feet of the total.
To the west of the type locality the thickness of the Wolcott
decreases. On Second creek (section 14, p. 142) it is approximately
15 feet. With the thinning the formation appears to have become
less shaly. Above the basal three feet, which are half shale, are seven
feet of massive-bedded limestone with only a few shale partings sepa¬
rating the layers. In the upper five feet limestone accounts for
slightly more than three feet of the total. On Salmon creek (section
10, p. 135) in the town of Williamson the Wolcott is only seven feet
thick, and the shale is found only as partings between the massive
limestone layers. At Fruitland on Fish creek (section 9, p. 135) it
measures only six feet, the upper 18 inches of which are limestone and
the remainder about half limestone and half shale. The Wolcott
pinches out between Fruitland and Rochester and is entirely missing
in the Genesee gorge (figure 9, p. 62).
East of the type locality the Wolcott can be recognized in the Red
Creek (section C, p. 178) and South Granby (section E, p. 180)
diamond drill cores. The limestone layers become more argillaceous
and the crystalline layers less common. The relative proportion of
the brown shale increases east of Red Creek. In both of these cores
the Wolcott is roughly 16 feet thick. Between South Granby and
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 67
Brewerton as revealed by the Brewerton core, the Wolcott becomes a
brown, very calcareous shale with a few limestone layers. The forma¬
tion is capped by an iron ore as in the Wolcott area but throughout
the upper half of the formation are thin stringers of hematite. Four¬
teen feet are assigned to the Wolcott at Brewerton.
In the Lakeport core (section G, p. 183) the Wolcott is 10 feet
thick. Here the limestones are even less prominent and those which
do occur are all brown to yellowish brown in color. All the lime¬
stones carry some trace of hematite and at the base of this section a
lean iron ore is developed. Two very thin, calcareous sandstones are
present, one at the base and the other about five feet higher in the
section. The basal sand is hematitic and roughly two inches thick.
The other measures approximately an inch. Between Lakeport and
Verona Station the Wolcott either pinches out completely or becomes
so shaly that it can not be distinguished from the Upper Sodus.
Except at Lakeport the lower limit of the Wolcott is everywhere
indefinite and passes gradationally downward into the underlying
Upper Sodus. At Lakeport the break between the two formations
is sharp. A thin hematitic sandstone separates them.
Where the Wolcott is overlain by the Wolcott Furnace iron ore its
upper contact is also gradational. In a few places where the ore is
entirely missing, the contact with the overlying formations is sharp and
unconformable, and is marked by an abrupt change in lithology.
Fauna. Since the only outcrops of the Wolcott limestone are in
Wayne county, the discussion of the fauna must be largely confined
to that area. In reality the formation possesses two assemblages of
fossils, one more or less confined to the limestone layers, the other to
the shales. Pentamerus oblongus is by far the most abundant of all
the fossils. There are many limestone layers composed almost
entirely of this fossil. Besides their typical occurrence in the crystal¬
line limestone layers, they are sparingly found in the brown argil¬
laceous limestones. At only one place were they found in the shales.
The shale layer containing them, outcrops on Mudge creek (section
17, p. 149) and although having a definite shaly structure it is 46
per cent soluble in acid. Brachiopods most commonly associated with
Pentamerus in the limestone layers include Rhynchotreta robusta,
A try pa reticularis and Rhipidomella cir cuius.
In the shale layers bryozoans are the most important fossil. Some
layers on Second and Mudge creeks are found to be literally packed
with lacy bryozoans, Fenestella tenuis , Semicoscinium tenuiceps and
Rhino p ora verrucosa. Coelospira hemispheric a and Stropheodonta
corrugata rank first in abundance among the brachiopods. Leptaena
rhomboidalis and Platystrophia biforatus are also common.
68
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Ostracods are not so abundant in the Wolcott as in the underlying
formations. Only at Fish creek (section 9, p. 135) near Fruitland
was the writer able to find these fossils in the limestone, and even
there they were rare. In the shales, however, they occur at every
outcrop. In these layers they are always natural casts or impressions
and are poorly preserved. The species in order of their abundance
are: Zygobolba decora , Mastigobolbina incipiens , M. retifera and
Z. robusta.
Origin. The Wolcott type of sedimentation began evolving before
the Upper Sodus came to a close. First the brownish or bluish gray
shales (see p. 63) with their bryozoan fauna commenced forming at
intervals and alternating with the greenish gray sedimentation of the
typical Upper Sodus. The conditions conducive to the deposition of
the brownish gray shale were dominant late in the Upper Sodus.
Intervals of relatively clear water favorable to the formation of fossil
limestones occurred throughout the Upper Sodus. The frequency of
these intervals increased and lengthened. Coelospira were no longer
wholly responsible for their formation, and other fossils played an
increasing role even before the beginning of the Wolcott. When the
limestone deposition was of such duration, that it resulted in the
formation of more of this type of rock than shale, the Wolcott is
considered to have arrived.
The exact extent of the Wolcott sea in western New York is
problematical. It was most certainly subject to erosion before the
deposition of the overlying formations. Some calcareous pebbles
with a lithology of the Wolcott limestone were found in the Genesee
gorge between the Lower Sodus and the Williamson. The pebbles
suggest that the Wolcott sea extended at least as far west as the
Genesee valley.
In central New York a different problem is involved in determining
the extent of the Wolcott sea. The Wolcott as a formation can be
traced as far east as Lakeport without difficulty. Some of the lime¬
stones remain characteristic of that place. Between Lakeport and
Verona Station these limestones disappear. As previously pointed
out, the shales of the Wolcott are very like those occurring in the
highest portion of the Upper Sodus of Wayne county. The shale of
the Wolcott passes through lithologic changes eastward, but so do
the shales of the Upper Sodus. The result is that the two shales are
indistinguishable at Verona Station. The microfauna of both the
Wolcott and the Upper Sodus is the same. The megafauna is of
no assistance. The long range and persistent forms of both forma¬
tions are the only ones found common to Verona Station and in
Wayne county outcrops. For these reasons it is impossible to
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 69
say how much of the rock found at Verona Station formed con¬
temporaneously with the Wolcott limestone of Wayne county. Since
there are no rocks at Willowvale containing fossils characteristic
of the Wolcott or the Upper Sodus, the shore line must have been
somewhere between that point and Lakeport.
Within the Wolcott seas of western New York conditions were
radically different from those existing during the deposition of the
underlying formation. In some restricted areas and for varying
intervals of time Pentamerus thrived to the exclusion of most other
forms. A short distance away the ecology was different and other
organisms lived contemporaneously. This is illustrated strikingly
on Mudge (section 17, p. 149) and Second (section 14, p. 142)*
creeks. On Second creek there is a rather spectacular three and
one-half foot section composed of massive limestone layers bearing
a profusion of Pentamerus. This section is located about five feet
above the base. On Mudge creek there is no such mass of
Pentamerus-hemng rock exposed anywhere. The corresponding
three and one-half feet contain Pentamerus layers, but they are sepa¬
rated by shales and other limestones. On Mudge creek the lowest
Pentamerus layer is 14 inches thick, and this is followed by 18
inches of shale. The shale is literally packed with bryozoans. On
Little Wolcott creek the lowest Pentamerus is only eight inches
thick, and it is followed by 12 inches of thin-bedded limestones
and shales. The shales contain Coelospira , Stropheodonta and an
occasional Platystrophia. Many attempts have been made to trace
layers and successions of layers in outcrops and diamond drill
cores. All were unsuccessful. These facts seem to suggest that
the Wolcott was a sea which possessed many types of environ¬
mental conditions contemporaneously.
In the vicinity of Brewerton and to the east as shown in the
Brewerton (section F, p. 182), Lakeport (section C, p. 178) and
Verona Station (section H, p. 185) cores and outcrops at Verona
Station, the limestones and shales abound in thin stringers of
hematite. In the Brewerton core the stringers are confined to the
upper five feet. At Lakeport they occur throughout the whole
thickness with a lean ore about one-foot thick occupying a position
immediately above the basal sand. At Verona Station there is no
rock which can be definitely assigned to the Wolcott (see p. 68),
but oolites are found in the shale underlying the main ore body for
a distance of 14 inches. The presence of these hematitic layers would
tend to show that conditions favorable to the formation of ores
started occurring during Wolcott time in central New York. These
are probably the first evidences of the retreat of the Lower Clinton
70
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
seas. Their geographic distribution suggests that they formed
only a short distance from the actual shore line.
Wolcott Furnace Iron Ore
Definition. The Wolcott Furnace iron ore was named by Chadwick
(T8, p. 347-49) from an exposure at Wolcott Furnace, where it
was worked commercially for a short time. It had previously been
recognized by Newland and Hartnagel (’08, p. 23), who had
designated it as the upper hematitic seam.
At the same time Chadwick (T8, p. 346) named the Wolcott
Furnace iron ore, he proposed the term Verona iron ore. This latter
name was to apply to the ore mined at Verona Station. Chadwick
considered this formation to underlie the Wolcott limestone which in
turn was overlain by the Wolcott Furnace iron ore. As previously
stated (p. 69) there is a concentration of hematite at the base of the
Wolcott in the Lakeport section (section G, p. 183). At Verona
Station (section H, p. 185) the iron ore is immediately overlain by
the Sauquoit shale with its characteristic Middle Clinton fauna, and
underlain by rocks which resemble the Upper Sodus. Whether the
Verona is to be correlated with either the lean ore of the basal Wol¬
cott in the Lakeport core, or directly with the Wolcott Furnace iron
ore is a matter of conjecture. The writer prefers to hold as closely
as possible to lithology in defining formations. On this basis it
seems justifiable to designate all formations dominantly hematitic
at the top of the Lower Clinton as the Wolcott Furnace iron ore. As
with the Furnaceville iron ore if every lentil of hematitic-bearing rock
were to be given a name, the literature would be burdened with many
confusing terms whose significance would be highly questionable.
Extent and lithologic characteristics. The Wolcott Furnace
iron ore outcrops at its type locality in the bed of Wolcott creek. It
is only about a foot thick and is dominantly of the fossiliferous type.
The calcareous content is always high but varies noticeably from
layer to layer. At the very top of the formation is a two inch, dark
gray, sandy layer with abundant phosphatic nodules.
To the west the Wolcott Furnace iron ore can be traced as far
as Second creek (section 14, p. 142). Here it is 18 inches thick
and consists of hematitic limestone and shale. At the center of the
formation is a highly calcareous layer which shows a relatively high
concentration of iron. The thin limestones and shales comprising
the remainder of the rocks assigned to the formation possesses only
scattered oolites of hematite. The formation has no positive repre¬
sentatives west of Second creek. In the Wallington core (section A,
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 71
p. 175) a few scattered oolites in the upper two feet of thin bedded
Wolcott may possibly indicate the Wolcott Furnace horizon. East of
Wolcott the formation also pinches out. In the Red Creek core
(section C, p. 178) a thin seam about an inch in thickness overlain
by a thin shaly layer containing phosphatic nodules is its only indi¬
cation. To the south of the type locality this formation apparently
extends about ten miles to where it disappears. The extent and
distribution of this formation in the Clyde and Sodus Bay quad¬
rangles is discussed in some detail in an earlier publication (Gillette,
’40, p. 68-71).
At South Granby (section E, p. 180) the Wolcott Furnace horizon
is marked by a hematitic layer about three inches thick. Here thin
hematitic bands begin appearing in the upper layers of the underlying
Wolcott. At Brewerton (section F, p. 182) the ore is again only
three inches thick and the upper part of the underlying Wolcott is
again impregnated with thin seams of hematitic material. In the
Lakeport well (section G, p. 183) the horizon is represented by a
layer of shale containing phosphatic nodules and a few oolites of
hematite. In this well almost every limestone layer shows a hema¬
titic content.
At Verona Station (section H, p. 185) the Wolcott Furnace was
worked commercially for a number of years. It averages about 15
inches thick and is again dominated by the fossiliferous type. As in
other areas the Wolcott Furnace is highly variable. Analyses and
other data given by Newland and Hartnagel (’08, p. 67) show a
rapid change in thickness and iron content within a radius of one-
half mile. The Wolcott Furnace is not known east of Verona
Station (figure 9, p. 62).
The contact of the Wolcott and the Wolcott Furnace is every¬
where gradational. On the other hand the upper limit of the forma¬
tion is always sharp and well-defined. In Wayne county a thin con¬
glomeratic sandstone separates the Wolcott Furnace from the William¬
son. In Oneida county the actual contact is now covered by water.
The variation in thickness may indicate the effect of erosion. Cer¬
tainly the change in lithology is abrupt.
Fauna. The fauna of the Wolcott Furnace iron ore closely
resembles that of the underlying Wolcott. In Wayne county the
hematitic limestone contains in order of abundance: the bryozoans,
Helopora fragilis and Phaenopora ensiformis ; the coral, Chaetetes
lycoperdon; the brachiopod, Coelospira hemispherica. In the cal¬
careous, hematitic shales on Second creek Fenestella tenuis and
Semicoscinium tenuiceps are very common. These shales also yield
72
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Coelospira hemispherica and other brachiopods. Ostracods are not
found in this formation in Wayne county.
At Verona Station the assemblage is quite similar. The notable
exceptions are the relative unimportance of the lacy bryozoans and
the abundance of ostracods. Zygobolba decora , Z. robusta and
Mastigobolbina incipiens are the most common forms and are diag¬
nostic of the Z. decora zone.
Origin. The absence of any sharp break between the Wolcott and
the Wolcott Furnace iron ore and the close similarity of their respec¬
tive faunas suggest that they were deposited in the same sea. The
hematitic phase appears to have been connected with the shrinking
or withdrawal of the sea, which is interpreted as having brought
about the formation of small, more or less isolated pools, in which
hematite was deposited. As the recession began the first areas to feel
the effect would be those shallowest and nearest the shore. This
would account for the appearance of hematitic-bearing strata low in
the Wolcott of the Oneida Lake area. The recession seems to have
been accompanied by numerous readvances which temporarily restored
normal marine environments. This would explain the presence of
hematitic stringers in the shales and limestones in the eastern or
near shore areas throughout the Wolcott. Considerably later ele¬
vation caused the sea to migrate westward and brought the hematitic-
forming conditions to Wayne county. Finally this elevation forced
the sea completely from New York.
MIDDLE CLINTON
Sauquoit Shale
Definition. Chadwick (T8, p. 341) proposed the name Sauquoit
to apply to “all the sandstone and shale beds between the Oneida
conglomerate and the oolitic ore bed in the Oriskany and Sauquoit
valleys.” The type locality was established on Swift creek north of
Sauquoit village. Chadwick considered the formation as thus
defined to embrace the eastern equivalents of the Sodus, Martville and
perhaps Maplewood and other horizons. Ulrich and Bassler (’23,
p. 337-39) through a study of the fauna came to the conclusion that
these beds were Middle Clinton in age. They retained the term
Sauquoit.
Since the Sauquoit is dominantly a shale, it is considered best to
designate it as such. The formation does contain a few sandstone
layers, and at Willowvale a number of conglomerates are present in
the formation. Even so the sandstone and conglomerates form a
small percentage of the total thickness (see figure 10, p. 73).
[73]
igure 10 Willowvale. Sauquoit shale. Hammers mark upper surface of conglomeratic layer
THE CLINTON OF /WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 75
Extent and lithologic characteristics. The Sauquoit, as exposed
on a small tributary flowing into Sauquoit creek at Willowvale
(section 34, p. 171), is truly a heterogeneous mixture of rock strata.
It is dominantly a shale, but it contains sandy shales, calcareous
shales, conglomerates, sandstones and even a few limestones. The
formation can be divided into two parts, each possessing a certain
dominant type of lithology and possessing certain faunal character¬
istics. It is quite possible that these two parts are distinct enough
to justify formational names. Since Willowvale, however, marks
the easternmost of the outcrops included in this report, and the expos¬
ures of rocks of Middle Clinton age are so few and fragmentary to the
west, no subdivision is attempted.
At the base of the exposed section at Willowvale is a massive con¬
glomeratic layer 18 inches thick. This may possibly represent the
top of the Oneida, but from other outcrops in the vicinity it seems
more likely that the true Oneida lies roughly ten feet below the
lowest exposure. Overlying the conglomerate is 12 feet of highly
fossiliferous, dark bluish gray shale. The shale is highly siliceous
with the quartz present as very fine sand and silt. These shales are
in turn overlain by 30 feet of dark bluish to greenish gray, silty and
sandy shale. Conglomeratic layers are common and many of them
occur as boulderlike masses completely surrounded by shale. The
surfaces of the conglomeratic layers are always found to be very
irregular. Wave and ripple marks together with mud cracks are
much in evidence in this portion of the formation. Near the center
of the interval is a number of sandy limestones and calcareous sand¬
stones. The top of this lower part of the Sauquoit is poorly exposed
(figure 11, p. 76), but its location is marked by the highest con¬
glomeratic mass observed at Willowvale.
The upper part of the formation is a bluish green, fissile, slightly
sandy, silty shale about 40 feet thick. Present are many thin sand¬
stones, which never exceed two inches in thickness and average less
than one-half inch.
At Verona Station (section 31, p. 164) the approximate thickness
of the Sauquoit is 90 feet. Two divisions are noticeable but because
of the fragmentary nature of the outcrops, the thickness of each could
not be determined. The lower part is a bluish gray shale similar in
many respects to the lower portion of the formation at Willowvale.
There are no conglomerates, and there is a decided increase in the
number of sandy limestone layers. The upper part is the same dark-
green, fissile shale found at Willowvale.
In the Lakeport core (section G, p. 183) the Sauquoit is 75 feet
thick. The lower 50 feet are a bluish gray shale with thin limestones.
76 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Figure 11 Cross section of Middle Clinton Sauquoit formation
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 77
This shale appears to grade into the dark bluish green, fissile portion,
which accounts for the upper 20 feet (figure 11, p. 76).
At Brewerton (section F, p. 182) the Sauquoit is only about 36
feet thick. Even with this reduction in thickness the same two
divisions are discernible. The upper fissile portion is represented by
10 feet (figure 11, p. 76). Between Brewerton and South Granby
(section E, p. 180) the Sauquoit loses only four feet of thickness.
The two divisions are not so easily recognized. The upper part is
slightly more fissile than the underlying strata. The rock as a who’e is
more calcareous and less sandy. Between South Granby and Red
Creek the formation pinches out completely.
In the vicinity of Willowvale the Sauquoit appears to grade down¬
ward into the Oneida conglomerate. At Verona Station and to the
west the formation is separated from the underlying Wolcott and
Wolcott Furnace by a sharp break which apparently represents an
erosional unconformity. The upper contact is sharp and well-defined,
wherever it can be seen. At Willowvale and Clinton the overlying
formation is the Westmoreland iron ore. At Lakeport and Brewer¬
ton the Williamson is found in contact with the Sauquoit (section F,
p. 182, section G, p. 183).
Fauna. Collectively the megafauna of the Sauquoit forms a distinct
and recognizable unit, but when viewed as individual species few are
found to be actually confined to the Sauquoit. Some range downward
into the Lower Clinton and others upward into the Upper Clinton
formations.
Pelecypods are more numerous than any other class of organisms.
The long range Ctenodonta machaerijormis and Pterinea emacerata
are very common. Cyrtodonta data not identified from the Upper
but well represented in the Lower Clinton is another very abundant
fossil. Less in number but well represented are the Upper Clinton
Amphicoelia orbculoides and Leptodesma rhomboidea . Brachiopods
rank second. Coelospira hemispherica is particularly abundant in the
lower part of the Sauquoit. This fossil is identical with the Coelospira
found throughout the Lower Clinton. Leptaena rhomboidalis, Rhip -
idomella circulus , Atrypa reticularis , Chonetes cornutus and Rhy-
chonella bidens are also common. The first three are long range
species but the last two are confined to the Middle and Upper Clinton
formations.
Two gastropods, Bucanella trilob ata and Cyclonema varicosum , are
well represented. These fossils appear in the overlying Upper Clinton
but not in so great abundance.
Trilobites are comparatively rare. Liocalymene clintoni and a
78
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
species of Dalmanites which is closely related to limulurus, possibly
lunatus, are the most common forms. Both have a decided Upper
Clinton affinity.
Ostracods are found in great numbers throughout the entire thick¬
ness of the formation. Furthermore the forms present are confined
to the Sauquoit and are so different from those found in either the
overlying Upper Clinton or the underlying Lower Clinton that they
can not possibly be confused. Mastigobolbina lata var. nana,
M. vanuxemi, M. clarkei, Zygobolbina conradi are the important fossils
of this class.
Origin. The sharp break at the base of the Sauquoit indicates that
marine waters were forced from New York state by a relative ele¬
vation of the basin after the deposition of the Wolcott Furnace iron
ore. In Pennsylvania, Maryland and other Appalachian regions
Ulrich and Bassler (’23, p. 372-74) and F. M. Swartz (’34,
p. 112-17) report the presence of rocks with Zygobolba emacerata
assemblage (see p. 22) between those containing the Z. decora and the
Mastigobolbina lata forms. From these observations it is possible
that the Clinton sea did not completely withdraw from the Appalachian
region but was forced into the deeper portion of the geosyncline which
at that particular time lay south of New York.
Sometime during the Middle Clinton a renewed down warping of
the geosyncline brought a return of marine waters to central New
York. Since the deposits of the Middle Clinton are confined to a rela¬
tively narrow area, the sea probably flooded only a small part of the
state. If the present distribution of the rocks is any guide, this
invasion extended on the east into Herkimer county and on the west
into Cayuga. That eastern Oneida county was relatively near to a
land mass of considerable relief during the deposition of the lower
part of the Sauquoit is shown by the abundance of conglomeratic
layers. Furthermore, the presence of mud cracks, wave marks and
ripple marks appear to indicate that eastern Oneida county was
actually under shore conditions at times during the deposition of the
lower part of the Sauquoit. Later the seas appear to have spread
eastward. This would account for the covering of the conglomeratic
mud cracked portion of the Sauquoit by the fissile-bedded strata which
probably formed in an area at some distance from any beach or shore
line.
The elastics in the lower part of the Sauquoit become less important
westward from Willowvale. A few thin sandstones are found at
Verona Station. Neither in the outcrop at Verona Station nor in
the cores at Lakeport and Brewerton are there any conglomerates.
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 79
From these observations it seems safe to conclude that actual beach
conditions never extended west of eastern Oneida county during the
Sauquoit. Furthermore the reduction in the amount of coarse elas¬
tics westward tends to indicate the source of these lay to the east as
in the Lower Clinton.
UPPER CLINTON
Williamson Shale
Definition. The name, Williamson shale, was proposed by Hart-
nagel (’07, p. 15) for the lithologic designation “Second Clinton
Shale”, of Hall (’43, p. 64-65). As Hartnagel then used the term
in the Rochester area, it combined in a single unit the Williamson and
the Lower Sodus shale. Chadwick (T8, p. 348-49) limited the
Williamson to the graptolite-bearing shale lying above the Wolcott
limestone in Wayne county.
Extent and lithologic characteristics. The Williamson shale
enters the Clinton section between Oak Orchard creek in Orleans
county and the Genesee gorge. In the gorge this formation is about
six feet thick and is a dark green to black, calcareous to slightly
calcareous, fissile, graptolite-bearing shale. The upper part, which
is predominantly dark green, contains a few thin limestones. The
limestones are particularly evident near the contact of the Ironde-
quoit and the Williamson. Most of the truly black graptolite-bearing
layers are in the basal portion. Some, but not all, of these graptolite
shales have a central waferlike layer which is highly calcareous. The
black argillaceous material which gives its color to the whole thin
layer, appears to be firmly pressed into and frozen to both the upper
and lower surfaces of the central calcareous matrix. On Salmon creek
(section 10, p. 135) in the town of Williamson, the type locality, the
formation is about seven feet thick and exhibits the same lithologic
characteristics. The first change, worthy of note, appears in the
outcrops on Second creek (section 14, p. 142). Here the Williamson
is over 17 feet thick. The black, fissile graptolite-bearing rock is con¬
fined to a few feet in the lower part. The rest of the formation is
dark green in color and is also very thin-bedded. Thin limestones
some of which are composed almost entirely of Plectambonites range
throughout the entire thickness. Whereas pyrite is sparingly present
in the outcrops to the west, it is very abundant in this locality. Pyri-
tized fossils are common in the shales. In addition several distinct
layers of pyrite are present. Most of these are less than a quarter
of an inch in thickness, but at least two are over a half inch thick.
These layers which are composed of small almost perfect cubes of
80
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
pyrite, are conformable with the over and underlying strata and appear
to be definitely sedimentary in origin.
The Williamson of Little Wolcott creek (section 19, p. 151) is
roughly 25 feet thick. The most striking change is the disappearance
of the black, fissile, graptolite-bearing layers. At this outcrop the
bedding planes of the dark green shale layers are often found cov¬
ered with graptolites. So plentiful are the graptolites that their
black color tends to accentuate and emphasize the bedding planes of
the dark green shale layers. Much of the shale is fissile, but some
of it becomes thicker bedded and may be more correctly described as
platy.
To the east, as shown in the Red Creek diamond drill core (sec¬
tion C, p. 178) the Williamson is about 32 feet thick, and possesses
the same characteristics as those observed in the outcrops of Little
Wolcott creek. Farther east, as seen in the South Granby (section
E. p. 180) and Lakeport (section G, p. 183) cores, a separation of the
shaly phase at the base of the Irondequoit and the true Williamson
becomes increasingly difficult. It is evident, however, (figure 12,
p. 81) that the thickness of the Williamson increases toward the east.
Between South Granby and Lakeport are two small but highly sig¬
nificant outcrops. One is located at Phoenix (section 28, p. 162)
where the Barge canal was dredged out of -the uppermost Williamson
and the other is an outcrop of the lowermost Williamson at Brewerton
(section 29, p. 163). At Phoenix the formation is a dark green, cal¬
careous to slightly calcareous, platy, graptolite-bearing shale. It
closely resembles the platy Williamson of Little Wolcott creek. It
has the same thin limestones many of which are composed of Sower-
byella. At Brewerton it is likewise a dark green shale, but is inclined
to be fissile with the graptolites confined to the bedding planes. Thin
fossiliferous limestones are present. Both of these outcrops are of
small vertical extent but they do serve to show that the sediments
which are assigned to the Williamson and the Irondequoit in the
cores, are approximately correct.
The Irondequoit and the Williamson as lithologic units lose their
identity east of Lakeport. The eastern equivalent of these two forma¬
tions is discussed under a separate title, the Willowvale shale.
The unconformity at the base of the Williamson is of considerable
magnitude and clearly defines the lower limit of the formation. At
Lakeport the Williamson rests on the Sauquoit. It overlaps westward
the progressively older formations, the Wolcott Furnace iron ore,
the Wolcott limestone and finally the Lower Sodus shale. The upper
limit of the formation is not so easily and readily determined. At all
outcrops and also in the cores it appears to grade upward into the
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 81
Figure 12 Cross section showing Irondequoi t- Will iamson-Willow.vale-Dawes- Westmoreland relationships
82
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
overlying Irondequoit. This is particularly true from central Wayne
county eastward.
Fauna. Graptolites are the most characteristic fossil of the Wil¬
liamson. Monograptus clintonensis is by far the dominant species,
but Retiolites venosus is also present. Graptolites occur more or less
abundantly throughout the whole formation. In Monroe and western
Wayne counties they are found in greatest number in the fissile black
shales. In other places and particularly in eastern Wayne county
great tangled masses are often seen covering the bedding planes of
the dark green shale layers. The fossils imbedded in the green shale
although fewer in number, are less fragmentary. Most of the fossils
are flat, sawlike, carbonaceous markings, but occasionally a graptolite
is found that has been preserved through calcification.
Brachiopods are second in importance to graptolites. Sowerbyella
transversalis is the dominant fossil in this class. The shells are so
abundant at some horizons that they form limestone layers. Other
brachiopods common throughout the formation are Atrypa reticularis,
Spirifer radiatus, Cyrtia meta , Scenidium pyramidale , Bilobites biloba,
Chonetes cornutus and Coelospira sulcata.
The other classes of megafossils are as a whole poorly represented
in the Williamson. True corals are rare, but at Brewerton Palaeocy-
clus rotuloides is present in considerable numbers. A few fossils of
this species have also been found in the outcrops on Little Wolcott
creek. The trilobite, Liocalymene clintoni, is particularly abundant
at Phoenix. In the other outcrops of the formation this fossil is rare.
Most of the ostracods characteristic of the Mastigobolbina typus
zone are present in the Williamson. A new species of Dibolbina is
very abundant and ranges throughout the formation. It appears to be
confined to the Williamson. A variety of Beyrichia lakemontensis
is also plentiful. Unlike the Dibolbina n. sp. it occurs sparingly in the
overlying Irondequoit. Mastigobolbina punctata is rare in the lower
part of the formation but is common in the upper. M. trilobata has
never been identified from the lower portion but is present in the
upper. M. typus itself is confined to the uppermost layers of the
Williamson and is rare even in that portion.
Origin. After the deposition of the Sauquoit central and western
New York was subjected to a period of erosion of considerable dura¬
tion. From the work of Ulrich and Bassler (’23, p. 347-49, 374—75)
and F. M. Swartz (’34, p. 112-17) it appears that Maryland, Penn¬
sylvania and other areas in the Appalachian region were receiving
sediments throughout the time represented by this break in the
stratigraphic sequence of New York. The development of thin
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 83
basal sandstones and conglomerates as well as the truncation of older
formations is accepted as evidence that this unconformity can not
possibly be explained by nondeposition or by marine scouring. A
relative downward movement of the geosyncline brought marine
waters back into New York in the Upper Clinton time.
Based upon the thickness of sediments the path of the Upper Clinton
invasion may have been through Madison county. Thence it spread
out westward over a low-lying land surface, and eastward it encroached
more slowly upon a higher land mass. It is readily recognized that
the thickness of sediments is a poor indication of the time consumed
in deposition, and the thick section in Madison county compared with
that in the western part of the state, may have resulted from the fact
that it was relatively near a source of elastics.
An alternative suggestion might be that the marine waters spread
out over the whole of western New York and reached as far east as
westernmost Oneida county within a brief period of time. Based
strictly upon the character of the sediments, this explanation seems
plausible. In Niagara county where the source of elastics was far
to the east the Irondequoit is almost free from argillaceous material.
In Monroe county shale layers appear in the Irondequoit and the
argillaceous Williamson is found at its base. In Madison county
the pure, crystalline limestones account for a very small part of the
entire section (figure 12, p. 81). This theory, however, is not
entirely corroborated by fossil evidence. B eyrie hia aff. lakemontensis
and Dibolbina n. sp. are the only two ostracods which are abundant
throughout the Williamson. The former is sparingly found in the
Irondequoit and the latter is confined to the Williamson. Plethobolbina
typicalis is found in the Irondequoit but never in the Williamson. The
fossils then point to the fact that the Williamson is probably older
than the Irondequoit.
The lack of any good outcrops in the Oneida Lake region makes
it extremely difficult to postulate the eastern shore line during the
deposition of the Williamson. There is some basis for believing
that the Williamson sea extended beyond Clinton and that the West¬
moreland iron ore represents the type of sedimentation which was
restricted to that locality during the Williamson. The thin shale
layers between the oolitic ores yield the two ostracods, Dibolbina n.
sp. and Beyrichia aff. lakemontensis, which, as already shown
(p. 82), are rather indicative of the Williamson. The same shale,
however, which is particularly rich in the ostracods of the Mastigobol-
bina typus zone, yields Plethobolbina typicalis which in western New
York is not found below the base of the Irondequoit. Sandstones con¬
taining the Mastigobolbina typus ostracods are found about 15 miles
84
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
east of Willowvale. From the occurrences of ostracods it seems pos¬
sible that the Westmoreland formed in an area not far from the eastern
shore and may be partly contemporaneous with the Williamson of
western New York.
Conditions within the area receiving the sediments of the William¬
son were certainly not uniform. In Monroe and eastern Wayne
counties black shale abounding in graptolites but relatively barren of
other evidences of past life, formed during a part of the Williamson.
Whatever the environment that was responsible for the black shales,
it did not extend over the whole area. Eastward dark green, platy,
much more fossiliferous shales with thin highly fossiliferous limestones
were deposited contemporaneously.
The abundance of pyrite and particularly the presence of thin
layers of this mineral in Wayne county indicate that the marine
waters carried even in this western area a high concentration of iron.
Its occurrence as pyrite rather than as the oxide leads to the conclu¬
sion that it was deposited under reducing conditions in contrast with
the oxidizing condition which led to the formation of the Westmore¬
land ore of Oneida county.
Irondequoit Limestone
Definition. Hartnagel (’07, p. 16) named the Irondequoit lime¬
stone after the town of Irondequoit in Monroe county. It replaced
Hall’s (’43, p. 65-67) lithologic designation, “Upper Limestone of
Clinton Group.”
Extent and lithologic characteristics. The Irondequoit is
exposed in the Niagara gorge and in the “Gulf” at Lockport. In
this area it is as a whole remarkably uniform for Clinton formations.
It is a light gray, coarsely crystalline, crinoidal, pyritic limestone.
When unweathered, many of the large crystals have a pinkish cast.
Styolitic structures are very common throughout the formation. In a
layer immediately above the sharp break between the Irondequoit and
the Reynales, Sanford (’39, p. 77-85) records the presence of large
pebbles of Reynales limestone embedded in the typical Irondequoit
matrix. The only other lithologic feature interrupting the uni¬
formity of the formation is the lenticular, fossiliferous, bluish gray,
argillaceous limestone masses which have been called reefs. These
always occur in the upper part of the formation and extend up into
the basal Rochester. Some of the so-called reefs extend as much as
30 feet along the face of the outcrop and have a position roughly
paralleling the bedding planes. The writer has observed many
which exceeded four feet in height and Kindle and Taylor (T3)
report some with a maximum height of ten feet.
Figure 13 Genesee Gorge. So-called reef in Irondequoit limestone
[85]
TH^E CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 87
For all its uniformity in composition the Irondequoit of Niagara
county appears to vary considerably in thickness from place to place.
Two measured sections at Lockport show a difference of over two
feet. It is this irregularity which is probably responsible for the
varying thickness reported by geologists : Hall (’43, p. 67) 20 to
25 feet, Grabau (’01, p. 97) 11 feet, Kindle and Taylor (T3) 10 to
15 feet, Ailing (’36, p. 189-204) 13.5 feet and Sanford (’39,
p. 77— 85) 12 feet. The sections measured at Lockport reveal 18 to 20
feet. These two outcrops are about one-eighth of a mile apart. The
blue prints of cores put down during the construction of the Barge
canal at Lockport and made available to the writer through the courtesy
of C. A. Hartnagel show a thickness of 22 feet. It does not seem
possible that all these irregularities can be due to errors in measure¬
ment. The unconformity at the base of the Irondequoit is very pro¬
nounced, and the filling in of the irregularities in the surface upon
which the Irondequoit was deposited, is probably responsible for the
varying thickness.
In the Genesee gorge (section 5, p. 127) the upper part of the
formation has the same coarse crystalline appearance, but lower in the
section the limestones become increasingly argillaceous. The argil¬
laceous content reaches a maximum at and immediately above the
contact of the Williamson. Thin, dark gray, calcareous shales sep¬
arate the more massive limestone layers in the lower half of the for¬
mation. Pyrite is a prominent mineral occurring throughout the
Irondequoit, but is particularly abundant as disseminated cubes in
the coarse crystalline layers. The so-called reefs are much in evi¬
dence and are restricted to the upper portion (see figure 13, p. 85).
The Irondequoit in the Rochester area has a uniform thickness of
about 18 feet.
On Second creek (section 14, p. 142) the Irondequoit can be
roughly divided into two parts. The lower and thicker part is a
crumbly, calcareous, dark gray, fossiliferous shale ; the upper con¬
tains the crystalline limestone layers with dark gray, calcareous, very
fossiliferous shale partings. The two grade into each other through
a zone characterized by dark gray argillaceous limestone. The so-
called reefs in this area extend from the argillaceous limestone under¬
lying the crystalline limestone into the lowest layers of the Rochester.
The total thickness is 27 feet.
In the Red Creek core (section C, p. 178) a further increase in the
shale content is noted. In the South Granby (section E, p. 180) and
Lakeport (section G, p. 183) cores a line of separation can not be
drawn with any degree of accuracy between the Williamson and
the Irondequoit, but each of these cores do contain crystalline lime-
88
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
stone and dark gray, calcareous shale layers, which possess all the lith¬
ologic characteristics of the Irondequoit. The upper crystalline
limestone layers in the Lakeport core contain thin stringers or seams
of oolitic hematite, and some of the massive crinoid stems so charac¬
teristic of the formation are replaced by hematite (see figure 12,
P- 81).
To the east of Lakeport it is impossible to assign to the Irondequoit
any definite portion of the sections. Rocks occupying the strati¬
graphic interval are designated as the Willowvale and will be dis¬
cussed under a separate heading.
The contact of the Irondequoit with the Williamson is everywhere
gradational, and it becomes more pronounced eastward, as the lower
part of the Irondequoit becomes increasingly argillaceous. To the
west of Monroe county the Irondequoit rests unconformably upon
the upper eroded surface of the Reynales. In western New York
where the outcrops are available the contact of the Irondequoit with
the overlying Rochester is marked by a distinct break in lithology.
No evidence, however, has ever been found of any unconformity
separating the two formations. In Wayne county and to the west the
so-called reefs are found in both the Rochester and the Irondequoit.
This would seem to point to a close relationship of the two formations.
In the area to the east of Wayne county where the contact is not
exposed, the cores obtained show a distinct break in lithology.
The uppermost Irondequoit is always a crystalline, crinoidal lime¬
stone upon which rests the gray shales of the Rochester.
Fauna. The Irondequoit really possesses three distinct faunas, one
characteristic of the crystalline limestone layers, another developed
in the thin shales separating the crystalline limestone layers and
associated with the so-called reefs, and the third found in the lower,
shaly portion of the Irondequoit of Wayne and Cayuga counties.
Many of the limestones are made up almost exclusively of crinoid
stems. Fossils associated with the crinoid stems are relatively few
in number and consist of cup corals and brachiopods. The most
common species of brachiopods are Atrypa reticularis , Lepiaena rhom-
boidalis, Whitfieldella cylindrica, W. intermedia and Spirifer radiatus.
The thin shales between the massive limestones and the so-called
reefs of Niagara, Orleans, Monroe and Wayne counties yield a
much larger assemblage. Some of the more common are Schucher-
tella subplana, Orthis tenuidens, Dalmanella elegantula, Sowerbyella
transversalis, Dictyonella coralifera , Spirifer radiatus, S. niagarensis,
S. sulcata, Atrypa reticularis, A. rugosa, Atrypina disparilis, Whit¬
fieldella nitida and W . intermedia. Bryozoans are very abundant.
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK
89
The most characteristic are Eridotrypa striata, Rhinopora verrucosa,
Semicoscinium tenuiceps and Phylloporina asperato striata. The
trilobite, Dalmanites limulurus, and the cephalopod, Dawsonoceras
annulatum, are two other important fossils.
The fauna of the lower or shale phase of the Irondequoit in Wayne
and Cayuga counties is also dominated by brachiopods but by quite
a different assemblage. In these strata Whitfieldella intermedia, W.
cylindrica, Chlorinda fornicata, Or this tenuidens, Scenidium pyra¬
midal e, Spirifer radiatus, Cyrtia meta and Sowerbyella transversalis
are the characteristic and most abundant forms. Trilobites are com¬
mon and include Liocalymene clintoni, Encrinurus ornatus and
Phacops trisulcatus.
From the above list of common species the megafauna of the
Irondequoit shows a transition from the typical Williamson to the
Rochester. These forms associated with the shaly portion are very
similar to those found in the Williamson, whereas the fossils in the
thin shale partings in the upper part of the Irondequoit closely
resemble the Rochester assemblage.
The microfauna of the Irondequoit includes all the forms diagnostic
of the Mastigobolbina typus zone with the exception of Dibolbina n.
sp. A list of the more common species includes M. typus, M. punctata,
M. trilobata , Plethobolbina typicalis and Beyrichia aff. lakemontensis.
The microfauna then shows the close relationship existing between
the Irondequoit and the Williamson.
Origin. As already pointed out (p. 82) the Irondequoit was
probably deposited in a continuation of the same sea in which the
Williamson formed. In Irondequoit time the sea continued to spread
westward, and in so doing it reached into regions where argillaceous
material was less accessible. Clear crystalline limestones of Niagara,
Orleans and western Monroe counties are the proof for this assump¬
tion. Eastward, still considerable argillaceous material was being
carried into the waters from the land mass. With the advance of the
sea this source of argillaceous material, however, was moved farther
and farther to the east. This probably explains the formation of
the clear crystalline crinoidal limestones in the uppermost part of
the Irondequoit as far east as Lakeport.
There is some evidence which seems to point to a minor recession
of the strandline westward into Madison and Oneida counties late in
Irondequoit times. The position of the Dawes sandstone at Clinton
shows that a portion of Oneida county was under continental or
beach influences while the upper Irondequoit was still forming in
western New York. The rapid thinning of the rocks (figure 12,
90
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
p. 81) carrying the forms typical of the M. typus zone may in part
be due to erosion during this minor recession. Certainly to the west
there is no indication of a removal of the sea at the close of the
Irondequoit.
The vast increase in numbers and the greater variety of the mega¬
scopic fossils of the Irondequoit indicates that conditions changed
considerably during the Irondequoit from those prevailing in William¬
son time. Graptolite-bearing shales could no longer form. On the
other hand the crumbly, dark gray lower shale facies of the Ironde¬
quoit provided an ecology suitable to most of the other megafossils,
which had thrived throughout the Williamson. Further changes in
the late Irondequoit produced an environment which was apparently
conducive to a much greater number of individual species. So alike
are the fauna and lithology of the shale breaks representing the
deposits of the late Irondequoit and the rocks of the early Rochester
that they obviously formed under similar conditions and derived
their elastics from the same source. Of course some of the dissimi¬
larity in fossil content may be due to the difference in age of the rock
of the Lower and Upper Irondequoit, but certainly not all.
The origin of the so-called reefs in the upper part of the Irondequoit
in western New York has not been adequately explained. Sarle
(’01, p. 81-82), studying these lenticular masses in the Rochester
area, came to the conclusion that they were formed by certain bryo-
zoans. The writer (’40, p. 36) observed these same bryozoans in
the reefs on Second creek and accepted Sarle’s explanation. Bryo¬
zoans may have aided greatly in their formation in many areas, but
more extensive observation leads to the conclusion that they could
not have been wholly responsible. Some reefs have no bryozoans
whatsoever. Many in the Lockport and Niagara sections are com¬
posed largely of crinoid stems and brachiopods. A study of the fos¬
sils from the reefs in this area shows that they possess the same
species common to the thin shales of the upper Irondequoit of Wayne
and Cayuga counties. It may be suggested that these lenticular
masses were formed by current action that swirled the light argil¬
laceous, organic material into piles and mounds on the ocean floor,
and that the fossils found in these mounds originally lived under con¬
ditions similar to those which resulted in the deposition of the shale
layers to the east.
Westmoreland Iron Ore
Definition. The Westmoreland is introduced as a designation for
the oolitic iron ore of Smyth (’95, p. 104) and Newland and Hart-
nagel (’08 p. 26-27 and p. 61-64). The type locality is on a tribu-
|91]
Figure 14 Clinton, New York. Old Borst iron ore mine
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 93
tary of Oriskany creek approximately one-half mile east of the ham¬
let of Lairdsville in the town of Westmoreland, Oneida county. Its
best exposure are in the ore mines within the limits of the village
of Clinton. The formation is overlain by the Willowvale and under¬
lain by the Sauquoit.
Chadwick (T8, p. 346) incorrectly correlated the Westmoreland
with the ore occurring at Verona Station. At Clinton the Westmore¬
land is underlain by the Sauquoit. At Verona Station the hematite
bearing rock is overlain by the Sauquoit. Hence the Verona iron
ore of Chadwick which is designated as the Wolcott Furnace iron
ore in this report (p. 70) can not be used as a name for the oolitic
ore at Clinton and vicinity.
Extent and lithologic characteristics. The Westmoreland has
been extensively mined in the vicinity of Clinton in the past (New-
land and Hartnagel, ’08, p. 58-67) and is still being mined to a cer¬
tain extent. At first the ore was removed by stripping off the over¬
burden. When the thickness of the overlying shale became too great,
underground methods were employed. Many of the old open pits
are so badly weathered that it is impossible to obtain rock in place.
Some still offer an opportunity to study the Willowvale shale overlying
the ore, and at the old Borst mine the upper surface of the West¬
moreland remains visible (figure 14, p. 91).
The Westmoreland at its type locality is approximately 18 inches
thick. The ore is the oolitic type and appears to have a high iron
content. The formation is medium to thin bedded with shale breaks
between the layers. There is no evidence of any gradation of the
hematite upward into the overlying or downward into the underlying
rock. A short distance to the north along the south side of Deans
Creek valley the ore becomes argillaceous with a prominent shale
parting about seven inches from the base. At this outcrop the ore is
only 16 inches thick. The Westmoreland has not been identified
any farther to the west.
The Westmoreland reaches its maximum development at Clinton.
Here it measures from 30 inches to over three feet. Most of the
differences in thickness is due to a prominent shale layer which varies
from a thin parting to over a foot in thickness. This shale occupies a
position about two feet from the top of the formation. The two hema-
titic portions of the Westmoreland, separated by the shale, have the
same characteristics. Both are oolitic and are high in iron. The shale
parting closely resembles the overlying Willowvale. It is dark in
color, highly fossiliferous and at some place possesses a thin argil¬
laceous limestone.
94
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Eastward from Clinton the ore outcrops in several places along the
road between Clinton and Washington Mills. An accurate estimate
of its thickness could not be obtained. Along this same road are
various open cuts. Newland and Hartnagel (’08, p. 61) report
that the thickness in these cuts ranges from 18 to 24 inches. At
Willowvale the ore is poorly exposed but it probably is about two
feet in thickness. East of Willowvale the horizon can be traced at
least as far as the Herkimer-Oneida county line (Newland and Hart¬
nagel, ’08, p. 59-60).
Fauna. The Westmoreland is not a fossiliferous iron ore and if it
were not for the shale layers, found within the formation, it would
be impossible to tell much concerning its age. Fortunately fossils are
found in the shales, and these show a close relationship with the
forms in the overlying Willowvale. Graptolites are common and
are represented by Monograptus clintonensis and Retiolites venosus.
The coral Palaeocyclus rotuloides, is abundant. Chonetes cornutus,
Dalmanella elegantula, Leptaena rhomboidalis and Spirifer radiatus
are the most common brachiopods. The trilobites, Dalmanites limu-
lurus var. lunatus and Liocalymene clintoni, occur in considerable
numbers. Ostracods of the Mastigobolbina typus zone are well repre¬
sented by Plethobolbina typicalis, M. typus and M. trilob at a. A few
individual specimens of Dibolbina n. sp. and Beyrichia aff. lake-
montensis have also been collected, but they are comparatively rare.
Origin. In its origin the Westmoreland is certainly connected with
the deposition of the Williamson and the Irondequoit (p. 83). It
apparently formed in a zone to the west in which the Williamson
and possibly even some parts of the Irondequoit were forming. To
the east beach conditions prevailed. Thus the Westmoreland appears
to be directly connected with the eastward advance of the Upper
Clinton sea.
Willowvale Shale
Definition. The Willowvale is introduced as a designation for
those rocks which occupy a position between the Westmoreland
(oolitic iron ore) and the Kirkland (red flux iron ore). The type
locality of the Willowvale is on a small tributary flowing eastward
into Sauquoit creek at the village of Willowvale (section 34, p. 171).
The shale is well exposed underneath the Kirkland which forms the
cap rock of a small falls at the top of a steep ravine or glen approxi¬
mately 2000 feet west of the main village street.
Extent and lithologic characteristics. At the type locality the
Willowvale (section 34, p. 171) is about 22 feet thick and consists
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 95
of a uniform, dark gray to purple, thin-bedded shale which is highly
fossiliferous. The upper three feet of the formation is more calcareous
than the underlying rock and has a slightly different color being a
bluish gray. This portion is very fossiliferous but the specimens are
fragmentary and appear to have been crushed and broken. There
are a few thin limestones, and most of these are composed almost
exclusively of the coral, Palaeocyclus.
A few miles to the west at Clinton (section 33, p. 169) the
Willowvale exhibits the same lithology and has about the same thick¬
ness. At this point however the Dawes sandstone occupies a position
between the top of the Willowvale and the base of the Kirkland.
Between Clinton and Lakeport, a distance of 21 miles, the Willow¬
vale merges with the Irondequoit and Williamson formations. The
deposits have been previously discussed (see figure 12, p. 81).
To the east of the type section the formation extends into Herkimer
county. It finally fades into and interfingers with a beach sandstone.
Both the lower and upper contacts of the Willowvale are sharp
and well defined. No stringers of hematite reach upward into the
formation from the underlying Westmoreland. Even where the ore
is argillaceous there appears to be no gradation. As abrupt as the
change is, no evidence of an unconformity was observed. The upper
limits are even more clearly marked, and the Willowvale is sep¬
arated from the overlying formations by an erosional unconformity.
Fauna. The Willowvale has a rich and varied fauna. The grapto-
lites, Monograptus clintonensis and Retiolites venosus, which are
so characteristic of the Williamson, occur in considerable numbers
throughout the Willowvale. A few dendroid graptolites are also
represented. True corals are much in evidence, and some layers
are composed of Palaeocyclus rotuloides. Chaetetes lycoperdon is
another common species. The bryozoans are a very prominent class.
Ceramopora imbricata, Rhinopora verrucosa , Eridotrypa striata and
Chasmatopora as perato striata are among the more dominant species.
Brachiopods are present in great numbers. A partial list of the
common species includes Coelospira sulcata , Dalmanella elegantula,
Sowerbyella transversalis, Chonetes cornutus, Bilobites biloba , Atrypa
reticularis, Camarotoechia neglecta, Schuchertella subplana, S . tenuis,
Stropheodonta profunda, Spirifer radiatus and S. niagarensis. The
pelecypods are particularly abundant throughout the formation.
Pterinea emacerate, Leptodesma rhomboidea and Cuneamya alveata
are three of the most common forms. The cephalopod, Dawsonoceras
annulatum, and the trilobites, Liocalymene clintoni and Dalmanites
limulurus, are found in considerable numbers.
96
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
The microfauna is equally well developed in the Willowvale. The
ostracods include Plethobolbina typicalis, Beyrichia aff. lakemontensis,
Mastigobolbina typus, M. trilobata and M. punctata. The above
listed forms are found in every outcrop of the formation. Dibolbina
n. sp. is rare, but it has been found in the basal portion in the out¬
crops of the formation at the village of Clinton.
It will be noted that the species common in the Willowvale include
most of the fossils which are characteristic of the Williamson and
the various parts and facies of the Irondequoit farther to the west.
As a whole the abundance of pelecypods is the only characteristic
addition, and all of those species listed have been sparingly found
in the shaly phase of the Irondequoit in Wayne and Cayuga counties.
Most of the fossils in the Willowvale are preserved as natural casts.
In the upper three feet of the formation at Willowvale the fossils
are fragmentary and hard to determine specifically. Throughout the
rest of the formation the fossils are easily identified.
Origin. The Willowvale was unquestionably deposited in the same
Upper Clinton sea that was responsible for the Williamson and the
Irondequoit. The actual conditions of sedimentation must have
been quite different from those existing where the other two forma¬
tions were being deposited. Although it is a shale its lithology is
not like that of the Williamson. It is thin-bedded but neither platy
nor fissile. The thin beds are not parallel as in the Williamson, and
a large part of the Willowvale appears to be great jumbled masses
of thinly laminated argillaceous material. It is dark gray to purple
in color in contrast with the dark green to black. Furthermore it is
not like the calcareous phase of the Irondequoit. It cleaves readily
along the bedding planes and does not possess a crumbly, massive,
calcareous nature, nor upon weathering does it become a sticky, yellow¬
ish clay so characteristic of the shaly phase of the Irondequoit. The
only rock of western New York, which closely compares in lithology
with the Willowvale is the thin shale layers between the crystalline
limestones of the Irondequoit in Wayne county.
The fossils point to a unique condition or set of conditions. Grap-
tolites are found intimately associated with corals, bryozoans, brachio-
pods, trilobites and pelecypods. In no other formation is there such
a close relationship of distinctly different classes of fossils. The
explanation of such an occurrence on the basis of ecology is extremely
difficult. It may be that conditions alternated so rapidly in the area
that the effect produced is misleading in that the fossils appear to
have lived in the same environment whereas each actually thrived
in surroundings particularly suited to the individuals. It is also pos-
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 99
sible that waves, currents and other forces at work within the sea
may have mingled the forms requiring dissimilar environments. This
may be an explanation for the peculiar bedding of the Willowvale.
Before the close of Irondequoit deposition in western New York
it seems highly probable that marine conditions had already withdrawn
from the eastern half of Oneida county, and that this area was under¬
going active erosion. The effect of this period on the Willowvale
shale is shown by the wavy upper surface upon which rests the
Kirkland iron ore near the village of Willowvale. The fragmentary
condition of the fossils in the upper part of the Willowvale at the type
locality may be due to erosion and weathering. At Clinton the upper
surface is very irregular, but there is no mass of broken and crushed
fossils. The cross-bedded Dawes sandstone, however, occupies a
position between the Willowvale and the Kirkland, and such a con¬
dition is in itself indicative of an unconformity. The rapid thinning
of the beds westward away from the source of the elastics is still
another strong argument in support of a period of erosion (figure 12,
P. 81).
Dawes Sandstone
Definition. The Dawes sandstone is introduced as a designation
for the light gray, slightly calcareous sandstone which underlies the
Kirkland iron ore and overlies the Willowvale shale. The type
locality is on a small stream locally known as Dawes Quarry creek
flowing west into Oriskany valley within the limits of the village of
Clinton. Previously this formation has been designated as the cal¬
careous sandstone by Smyth (’95, p. 104) and by Ulrich and Bassler
(’23, p. 346) as Bed No. 7 Upper Clinton.
Extent and lithologic characteristics: The Dawes sandstone
measures approximately eight feet at the type locality (section 33,
p 169). It consists of a very cross-bedded, light gray, slightly cal¬
careous, unfossiliferous sandstone (see figure 15, p. 97). The sand
grains range from very fine to coarse according to the Wentworth
scale. In the basal portion are a few thin layers of arenaceous shales.
The Dawes sandstone has a very limited extent. It is not known
to the west of College Hill creek on the west side of the Oriskany
valley nor to the east of Dawes Quarry creek. If the Dawes could
be included in another formation as a member, it would be highly
desirable. An unconformity at the top and base of the formation
together with the total absence of fossils makes it impossible to
relate it to either the overlying or underlying formation.
Origin. The origin of the Dawes sandstone may be connected with
the unconformity at the top of the Willowvale. It may have formed
100
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
as a local continental or semicontinental sandstone near the margin
of the receding Upper Clinton sea. Possibly it represents a small
delta deposit. Its lack of fossils and any semblance of uniform bedding
tends to the conclusion that it is not a normal marine sandstone.
Rochester Shale
Definition. The Rochester was first named by Hall ('39, p. 290)
for the typical exposures of this formation in the Genesee gorge.
Later (’43, p. 80-84) he discarded the term, Rochester, and proposed
to designate the strata as the Niagara shale. His reason for this
shift was based on his conception of the Niagara group, which he
believed should include two formations in western New York, the
Niagara limestone (Lockport dolomite) and the Niagara shale
(Rochester shale). Clarke and Schuchert (’99, p. 874—78) revived
the title, Rochester shale, with its original meaning.
Extent and lithologic characteristics. The Rochester has a
greater thickness and is better exposed than any other Clinton forma¬
tion. From Niagara county on the west to Onondaga county on the
east streams flowing northward from the area underlain by the more
resistant Lockport dolomite, cut into the softer Rochester. Many
of the outcrops thus uncovered, it is true, are fragmentary, but by
piecing these together it is not difficult to obtain a fairly inclusive
section within the radius of a few miles of any given point.
As a whole the Rochester is a dark bluish to brownish gray, cal¬
careous, fossiliferous shale with argillaceous limestone layers. It
changes somewhat from outcrop to outcrop, but it retains its charac¬
teristic color and its highly fossiliferous content throughout western
New York. For this reason it has been correctly recognized as an
important unit for more than a century.
In the Niagara gorge (section 1, p. 120) the Rochester is about
75 feet thick and can be roughly divided into two parts. The lower
part is a bluish gray shale with numerous thin limestone layers. The
calcareous shale itself is thin-bedded and very fossiliferous. The lower
10 feet of this division contains the famous crinoid horizon, but as a
whole it is not so fossiliferous as the rock immediately overlying it. The
upper four feet of this portion is a very calcareous shale with numerous,
very thin limestone layers. Many of these limestones are made up
almost exclusively of bryozoans. The upper half of the formation is
less fossiliferous and tends to be brownish gray in color. Limestone
layers are much less frequent, and the shale as a whole is not so
calcareous. The upper 10 feet is more massive bedded than any
other part of the Rochester and tests show that it is dolomitic as
well as calcareous.
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 101
The outcrops in the vicinity of Lockport (section 2, p. 123) show
that the Rochester has increased slightly in thickness (figure 16,
p. 102). The lower 50 feet of the formation is a dark bluish gray
shale with numerous limestone layers, most of which are argillaceous,
but some are crystalline. The lower 15 feet are sparingly fossiliferous,
but the rest of this portion of the Rochester abounds in fossils. At
the top of this lower division are five feet of strata very rich in bryo-
zoans. Ostracods are also very abundant and a few thin layers con¬
sist of little but their remains. The upper 25 feet of the formation
is brownish gray with argillaceous limestones. This portion is
dolomitic especially near the contact with the Lockport. It is quite
possible that the dolomitic character of the shale was mistaken by
some of the earlier geologists as indicating a siliceous content. The
shale does contain some sand grains of silt size, but as a whole it is
no more siliceous than layers occurring lower in the formation.
The Rochester at its type locality is about 85 feet thick. Except
for the basal 10 feet which is brownish gray, it is dark bluish gray in
color. The lower few feet and the upper 15 feet are relatively unfossilif-
erous, but the rest contains an abundance of fossils. In all but the
lower 10 feet limestone layers are plentiful. The lower 25 to 30
feet of the formation is a weak shale, which upon being exposed
quickly disintegrates into a blue to brown clay. The upper 20 to 25
feet is more massive-bedded and more resistant. Like the upper part
of the Rochester to the west it is slightly dolomitic. Hartnagel (’07,
p. 18) states that this portion of the formation was formerly quarried
for building stone. Chadwick (T8, p. 360) gave it a separate designa¬
tion, the Gates limestone.
To the east the Rochester increases rapidly in thickness (figure 16,
p. 102) and in the vicinity of North Victory, Cayuga county, it
reaches a maximum of about 140 feet along the line of outcrop. To
the south in the vicinity of Clyde and Geneva it attains even a greater
thickness as shown by well records. For a full discussion the reader
is referred to an earlier publication (Gillette, ’40, p. 88-94).
As far east as Wolcott the Rochester retains most of its lithologic
characteristics. The lower 35 to 40 feet is a dark gray, calcareous
shale with a few limestone layers. Except for the lower three feet, it
is fossiliferous. This part is followed by a central portion which is
highly calcareous but sparingly fossiliferous. It is dark gray to
brownish gray in color. Limestone layers are particularly abundant
at the top and are so resistant that they are often found forming the
cap rock for small waterfalls. While it is similar in its more resistant
character to the uppermost Rochester in Niagara and Monroe counties,
it differs by having a very low magnesium content. The upper 35
102
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Figure 16 Cross section showing Rochester-Herkimer-Kirkland relationships.
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 103
feet (section 15, p. 146) of the formation is a bluish gray, calcareous
shale with fewer limestone layers. This part is again highly fossilif-
erous, and the fossil bearing rock extends upward to the very contact
of the Lockport. The upper five feet contain a few dolomitic layers.
The first real change in lithology is noted in the outcrops in the
vicinity of North Victory, Cayuga county (section 22, p. 156). The
lower 11 feet of the formation are the same dark brownish shale so
characteristic of the Rochester of Wayne county. Samples from a
cable tool well not far from North Victory show thin sandstone layers
beginning to appear above these basal few feet. These thin sandstone
layers are exposed in a fragmentary section located about 38 feet
above the base of the formation. The sandstones are interbedded with
typical brownish gray, highly fossiliferous, calcareous shales. The
upper 80 feet of the formation contain no sandstone layers. A thin,
lean iron ore, occupying a position 55 feet from the top of the forma¬
tion, deserves special notice. This is the farthest west of any indi¬
cation of concentration of hematite in the Rochester.
Between North Victory and Lakeport the outcrops of the Rochester
are fragmentary. From gas well records in the vicinity of Baldwins-
ville it is possible to determine the thickness of the formation as 130
feet (figure 16, p. 102). The samples which were available were so
widely spaced that the lithology could not be accurately determined.
The diamond drill core at South Granby (section E, p. 180) in the
same general area, shows that the lower 18 feet of the formation are a
brownish gray, calcareous shale which is slightly sandy at the con¬
tact of the Irondequoit and contains a thin sandstone layer about 18
feet above the base.
In the Lakeport core (section G, p. 183) the lower part of the
Rochester begins to assume a lithology approaching that of the
Herkimer. The lower 65 to 70 feet of the formation is brownish
gray in color with thin sandstone layers. The shale itself is less cal¬
careous and is slightly sandy. The sandy character of the shale
reaches downward to within a few feet of the base of the formation.
Except in the basal few feet limestone layers are rare. The upper 45
to 50 feet of the formation more closely resemble the typical Rochester
and is a dark bluish gray, calcareous shale. Limestone layers are
abundant, and they increase downward. In fact at the base of this
portion of the formation argillaceous limestones dominate the sec¬
tion. Immediately beneath these argillaceous limestones is a coarsely
crystalline limestone with a few hematitic stringers.
The Rochester rests on the Irondequoit throughout western New
York. The contact is always sharp and easily definable. The two
formations always appear to be perfectly conformable, and there
104
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
is no evidence of any erosion between the deposition of the Irondequoit
and the Rochester.
The Rochester is overlain by the Lockport dolomite and the upper
limit is also easily determined. Whether an unconformity exists
between the Rochester and the Lockport, particularly from the Genesee
gorge westward, has been a source of controversy. Hall (’43, p. 106)
and Hartnagel (’07, p. 22) agreed that the Rochester graded up¬
ward into the Lockport. Ulrich (Tl, p. 28) found formations to
the west which he considered to be intermediate in age between the
Rochester and the Lockport. In order to make a place for these
formations an unconformity of considerable magnitude was postu¬
lated between the Rochester and the Lockport of western New York.
Grabau (T3, p. 470-71) claimed that such an unconformity was
wholly unwarranted and that the Rochester of western New York
passed upward into the Lockport without a break. Schuchert (T4,
p. 277-320) gave a description of the outcropping sections in western
New York and Ontario. Due largely to the westward thinning of
the Rochester he believed that there was an unconformity between
the Rochester and the Lockport which increased in magnitude espe¬
cially west of the Niagara Gorge section. Chadwick (T8, p. 355-65)
considered that there was evidence of an unconformity between the
upper part of the Rochester which he called the Gates limestone and
the overlying Lockport. He used this break as the upper boundary
for his Eontaric.
In spite of all that has been written the writer believes that some¬
thing can still be profitably said concerning the Rochester and
Lockport boundary. No one can possibly place an unconformity
between the Rochester and Lockport on Sodus creek (section 15,
p. 146). At that place the Rochester grades into the Lockport
through a transition zone at least two feet six inches thick. Because
of construction the contact can not be studied in the Genesee gorge.
In the Barge Canal section in the town of Gates (section 4, p. 126) the
upper surface of the Rochester is slightly undulating as close observa¬
tion reveals. There is, however, no trace of any truncation of bedding
planes such as must accompany indisputable evidence of erosion.
The bedding planes all parallel the upper surface. At Lockport there
is most assuredly an interbedding of dolomitic layers with the typical
Rochester shale. This transition zone is 18 inches thick and over-
lain by the DeCew member of the Lockport with its so-called entero-
lithic structure (Grabau T3, p. 470-71). The base of the DeCew in
contact with the transition zone is slightly irregular but the real
undulating surface occurs at the top of the DeCew immediately under
the Gasport member. No one has even suggested placing an uncon-
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 105
formity at this point. In the Niagara section there does not appear to
be any transition zone, and the upper surface of the Rochester is
wavy. Again there is little if any evidence of a truncation of bedding.
The upper surface of the DeCew beds is again much more irregular
than the Rochester. In the Genesee gorge, Lockport and Niagara
Gorge sections the upper part of the Rochester is dolomitic and in this
respect is transitional between the calcareous shale below and the
dolomite above.
A study of the contact reveals that the basis for an unconformity
must rest wholly and entirely upon the westward thinning of the
Rochester shale. This may be a rather weak argument. In the
Geneva gas field about 22 miles south of the outcrop on Sodus creek
the Rochester is 155 feet thick. Certainly there is no evidence that
more than 20 feet of sediments have been eroded from the Sodus creek
section. Furthermore the Rochester continues to thicken east of
Sodus creek, and one would certainly expect an unconformity and
not a transition zone if erosion is to explain the westward thinning.
Fauna. The fauna of the Rochester is the largest and by far the
most diversified of all the Clinton formations. The lithology of the
Rochester is such that perfectly preserved specimens can be easily
broken from the fresh rock. Furthermore the fossils being more
resistant than the inclosing shale are often found covering the out¬
crops, where they were left as the rock disintegrated. Because the
Rochester is so fossiliferous and the specimens so well preserved,
many famous collections have been made and described in the litera¬
ture. The formation differs so greatly in lithology from the rocks
underlying and overlying, that even the earliest reports on the fauna
appear to be reliable.
The complete list of fossils collected at each locality from the
Rochester is shown in the faunal tables (p. 18-21). Even these lists
of fossils which include some rare as well as the common forms do
not pretend to represent the complete Rochester fauna, but only those
forms which were collected and identified by the writer.
Brachiopods are the dominant class of fossils. The most character¬
istic forms are Dalmanella elegantula, Sowerbyella transversalis ,
Spirijer radiatus, S. niagarensis , Stropheodonta profunda , Schucher-
tella tenuis , Atrypa reticularis, A. rugosa, Leptaena rhomb oidalis,
Whitfieldella nitida, Camarotoechia neglecta, Rhipidomella hybrida
and Dictyonella corallifera. West of Wayne county bryozoans abound
in the rocks of this formation. Bassler (’06) made a special study
of these fossils and listed 84 species. In Wayne county and to the
east bryozoans are less common. The three species most common are
106
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Mesotrypa nummiformis , Ceramopora imbricata and Chasmatopora
as perato striata. In some parts of the formation trilobites are plentiful.
Dalmanites limulurus, Homalonotus delphinocephalus and Arctinurus
nereus are characteristic. Cephalopods are also common and Dawson-
oceras annulatum was found in all but four outcrops. Pelecypods,
gastropods, conularids sporadically occur in considerable numbers.
Ostracods are well represented in the Rochester. A large number of
species, many of which have never been described, are present. The
outcrops in the vicinity of Lockport abound in this class of fossil. Only
four species, however, appear to be common in sufficient numbers in
widely separated outcrops to be of value in stratigraphic correlation.
These are Paraechmina spinosa, P, postica, Dizygopleura proutyi and
Beyrichia veronica.
Origin. Toward the close of the Irondequoit sedimentation there
appears to have been a positive movement of the land mass to the
east, the culmination of which brought to a close the clastic free
Irondequoit deposition. This uplift not only caused the strand
line to migrate westward in Rochester time, but the resulting higher
land surface furnished a source for the argillaceous and clastic material
which accounts for a large part of the Rochester. The argillaceous
character of the Rochester is evident and needs no proof. The move¬
ment of the strand line westward is shown by the regressive over¬
lapping of the nonclastic Irondequoit and the argillaceous Willowvale
by the marine, beach and semicontinental sandstones of the Herkimer.
The source of most, if not all, of the elastics of the Rochester was
probably the land mass to the east. This is shown by the indisputable
fact that the sediments become coarser eastward. Furthermore the
thickness of the Rochester diminishes westward from the center of
accumulation. M. Y. Williams (T9, figure 11, p. 22) and Schuchert
(T4, p. 277-320) show that this thinning continues in Ontario and
that the Rochester pinches out near Kelso. This may suggest that
there was no source of argillaceous material to the immediate west
or north.
As already pointed out (p. 104) several eminent geologists have
contended that the thinning of the Rochester westward is due to
erosion. The writer has never visited the outcrops in Ontario,
Canada, and some of the thinning is probably erosional. No great
amount of the reduction in thickness westward within New York
State, however, can be ascribed to this source (see p. 105).
From the nature of the sediments comprising the Rochester in
the Lakeport core, it would seem that the land mass to the east
became worn down toward the middle of the interval represented
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 10 7
by the deposition of that formation. Sandstones and sandy shales
are confined to the lower half of the formation. This is also apparent
to a lesser degree in the outcrops at Verona. The wearing down
of the land mass and the filling in of that portion of the basin nearest
the shore forced the sea westward toward the close of the Rochester.
This is shown by the presence of continental sandstones in the upper
portion of the Herkimer at Clinton and by the decided undulating and
truncated upper surface of the Herkimer in Oneida county. The
gradual process of wearing down and leveling of the land surface
removed the source of argillaceous and clastic material. This helped
set the stage for the formation of the extensive Lockport dolomite
and other Niagaran limestone to the west and north.
Conditions were not uniform within the Rochester sea and the
environment resulting from these various conditions undoubtedly
had a great deal to do with the present distribution of the fossils. For
example, intervals suitable to the growth and preservation of bryo-
zoans were more frequent and of longer duration in Monroe, Orleans
and Niagara counties than farther to the east. At times, particularly
in Niagara county, the bryozoans were so plentiful that their remains
formed the thin limestone layers. In Cayuga county and to the
east they were able to exist as evidenced by the scattered fossils, but
did not thrive in such numbers. The crinoid horizon in the Niagara
gorge, the ostracod layers at Lockport, the Whitfieldella nitida
layers of the Wolcott gorge, all appear to be the result of conditions
which were suitable to the growth and preservation of individual
classes and species. As a whole the Rochester seems to have been
a time suited to a great variety of invertebrate life.
Kirkland Iron Ore
Definition. The Kirkland iron ore was named by Chadwick (T8,
p. 349) . It superseded the upper iron ore of Vanuxem (’42, p. 79-90)
and the red flux iron ore of Smyth (’95, p. 104) and Newland and
Hartnagel (’08, p. 27, 58-67).
Extent and lithologic characteristics. The Kirkland at Clinton
(section 33, p. 169) is a fossiliferous hematic limestone. The con¬
centration of hematite is low in comparison with the other iron ores
of the Clinton. Much of the limestone is only barely stained although
portions show a relatively high concentration. The fossils show
all degrees of replacement varying from complete replacement to a
thin coating of hematite. Some of the layers are crystalline with
few fossils. In these latter the outer surfaces of some of the coarser
crystals of calcite appear to be replaced; others seem to be only
108
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
stained a red color. A few siderite crystals were found. Certain
layers are slightly sandy, but as a whole the formation is remarkably
free of quartz, considering the. fact that it is both underlain and
overlain by a sandstone.
The Kirkland is extremely variable. On Dawes Quarry creek
(section 33, p. 169) it measures about five and one-half feet. Across
Oriskany valley on College Hill creek it is slightly over five feet,
and there is a remarkable increase in the amount of wholly unre¬
placed limestone. At Willowvale (section 34, p. 171) it is roughly
54 inches thick. Here in spite of the fact that it contains argillaceous
material, it shows a higher iron content and is more nearly com¬
parable in general appearance with the fossiliferous iron ores of the
Lower Clinton.
The lower limit of the formation is sharp. It is separated from the
Dawes sandstone at Clinton and the Willowvale shale at Willowvale
by an unconformity. In some spots the Dawes is stained red for a short
distance below the contact, but this is apparently due to the weathering
of the ore. The upper contact is not so well-defined. There are stringers
and thin layers of ore reaching upward into the Herkimer. This can
be seen in all the outcrops, but it is particularly evident on College
Hill creek.
Fauna. Many layers of the Kirkland are very fossiliferous, but the
number of species represented are few. Crinoid stems are by far
the most abundant fossils. Numerically bryozoans rank next. Clado-
pora fiberosa, Endotrypa solida, Acanthoclema asperum and Fenes-
tella elegans are the most abundant species. The brachiopod, Schu-
chertella subplana, is common. The formation is apparently devoid of
ostracods.
Origin. After the deposition of the Irondequoit and the Willowvale
the Upper Clinton sea contracted (see p. 99). During this period
the land surface to the east seems to have been rejuvenated and a
depression of the geosyncline followed. As a result the sea again
moved eastward into Oneida county.
The origin of the Kirkland is apparently connected with the east¬
ward migration of the sea. The area now covered by the Kirkland
appears to have become partly shut off from the rest of the sea. In
this basin of limited extent hematitic limestone formed with only a
minor amount of sand or other clastic material. Following the Kirk¬
land sedimentation, another oscillation of the strand line brought
about conditions suitable to the deposition of the overlying arenaceous
shales and thin-bedded sandstones.
L 109]
Figure 17 Clinton, New York. Herkimer sandstone. Dawes Quarry.
<
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 111
The prerequisite for the formation of an iron ore in the Upper
Clinton, as in the Lower, appears to have been the establishing of a
certain area within the sea suitable to their deposition. The marine
waters of the Clinton seem always to have carried sufficient iron in
solution, but certain definite conditions were required for its pre¬
cipitation. The evidence of iron in the Rochester sea is shown not
only by the Kirkland but by the thin lean ores of the Lakeport core
(section G, p. 183) and the North Victory outcrops (section 22,
p. 156).
Herkimer Sandstone
Definition. Chadwick (T8, p. 351) named the Herkimer from
exposures of that upper sandstone formation of the Clinton in south¬
ern Herkimer county.
Extent and lithologic characteristics. The Herkimer outcrops
on two creeks in the vicinity of Clinton. The entire thickness can
be observed on College Hill creek (section 32, p. 167), but because
so much of the lower part is covered only the upper half may be
studied in detail. The lower portion of the formation is well-exposed
on Dawes Quarry creek (section 33, p. 169) and in Dawes Quarry
itself (figure 17, p. 109).
The Herkimer is approximately 75 feet thick. The lower half of
the formation consists of about equal parts of gray, calcareous, thin-
bedded sandstones and dark gray, sandy and silty, calcareous shales.
Some of the sandstones are fossiliferous and definitely marine. Other
sandstones show wave and ripple marks often accompanied by mud
cracks. Except for a great variety of fucoids which Hall ('43,
p. 69-79) and Vanuxem (’42, p. 79-90) described as marine plant
remains, but which may be inorganic in origin, these beach sandstones
are devoid of any evidence of past life. The calcareous shales and
particularly the shale partings between the marine sandstones yield
most of the fossils.
The upper part of the Herkimer as exposed on College Hill creek
is made up largely of sandstones with minor amounts of sandy shale.
Some of the sandstones are calcareous. A layer two feet thick near
the center of the formation contains sufficient calcite to make it a sandy
limestone. Another such layer occurs at the base of this upper part.
The shales are always sandy and except near the base are non-
calcareous. The sandstones are mostly gray in color but there are
three thick layers or masses which are red and brown. The red and
some of the gray layers are cross-bedded and unfossiliferous. The
fossils are confined almost entirely to the more calcareous layers.
112
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
East of Clinton the Herkimer was studied at Willowvale (section
34, p. 171), but there was apparently no change in lithology in
that short distance. Hasty observation farther to the east shows that
the cross-bedded gray and red layers are more plentiful in eastern
Herkimer .county and completely dominate the section in the south
central part of that same county.
West of Clinton the Herkimer not only thickens but its character
also changes rapidly: At Verona (section 31, p. 164) the formation
is at least 80 feet thick and probably nearer 90 feet. Cross-bedded
gray and red sandstones are entirely absent. The formation consists
of gray to brownish gray, calcareous, argillaceous, thin-bedded sand¬
stones with interbedded sandy, calcareous shales of the same color.
Farther to the west in the Lakeport core (section G, p. 183) the strati¬
graphic interval is occupied by beds which more closely resemble the
Rochester shale than the Herkimer sandstone.
Fauna. In comparison with the Rochester the Herkimer fauna is
meager. The marine sandstones and the more calcareous shales,
however, do furnish a fair assemblage of identifiable specimens.
Brachiopods and pelecypods are the classes best represented. The
more common brachiopods are Dalmanella elegantula, Camarotoechia
neglecta, Stropheodonta profunda , Schuchertella subplana, Leptaena
rhomb oidalis, Atrypa reticularis and Spirifer niagarensis. The most
abundant pelecypods are Pterinea emacerata, Modiolopsis subcarinatus
and Leptodesma rhomboidea. The cephalopod, Dawsonoceras annul-
atum, is a common fossil. The trilobites are represented by Calymene
niagarensis , Dalmanites limulurus and Homalonotus delphinocephalus.
Ostracods are rare in the Herkimer and the few which are present
are poorly preserved. They occur as natural casts in the shale
between the more calcareous sandstones. The casts often are found
to be made of fine sand and silt grains, and are easily broken. By
collecting a large number of these poorly preserved specimens it was
possible to identify the four species common to the Paraechmina
spinosa zone. Beyrichia veronica was found in greater abundance
than any other one species. In order of abundance the common forms
are Dizygopleura proutyi, P. postica and P. spinosa. At Verona the
ostracods are much more common than at Clinton and are much
better preserved.
Origin. The Herkimer was deposited to the shoreward of the
Rochester in the same sea. At times the actual shore line was located
beyond the eastern boundary of Oneida county and marine shales
and sandstones with their typical fossils were laid down in the
Clinton- Willowvale area. At other times the strand line was in
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 113
Oneida county, and beach sandstones with their fucoids, mud cracks,
wave and ripple marks were deposited. It would seem that at times
the shore line was actually west of Clinton and that the red and brown
and gray, cross-bedded sandstones formed under continental or at
least semicontinental conditions.
The absence of any red sandstones and the presence of a few layers
with mud cracks etc., tend to show that the area in the immediate
vicinity of Verona was covered by the sea throughout the Herkimer.
The great increase in the number of fossils also indicates that more
nearly normal marine conditions prevailed. Before the close of
Rochester deposition in the west or early in the sedimentation of the
Lockport, marine conditions must have been absent from the vicinity
of Clinton and to the east. This is shown by the presence of a marked
unconformity at the top of the Herkimer and beneath the Lockport.
How far the sea was forced westward and the agents of erosion
were active is impossible to determine. The contact of the Herkimer
and the Lockport is not exposed to the west of Clinton.
HISTORICAL GEOLOGY
LOWER CLINTON
The eastern half of the State at the beginning of Clinton time
must have existed as a northward continuation of a large land mass of
Appalachia, the main part of which lay to the south. This area which
appears to have had considerable relief, was the source of most, if
not all, the elastics of the Clinton. In contrast the western part of
the State which had long been a part of the Appalachian geosyncline,
was relatively near sea level with little relief.
A depression of the geosynclinal area in Clinton time brought
marine waters into western New York. Ulrich and Bassler (’23, p.
267) recognized in Pennsylvania and elsewhere to the south a lower
and older ostracod zone lying beneath the strata containing the
Zygobolba antic ostiensis assemblage, the Z. excavata zone of this
report (p. 24). Since Z. excavata is the lowest and oldest ostracod
zone represented in New York, it would appear that the sea migrated
into the State from the south.
As the sea advanced it reworked the Grimsby and formed a thin
but persistent mantle of Thorold sandstone throughout western
New York (p. 29). The highly irregular argillaceous deposits of the
Maplewood and the Neahga were probably also connected with this
initial transgression (p. 37). The depression continued and the
marine waters, becoming relatively clear, spread out far to the west
moving the strand line beyond the boundaries of the State during the
114
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Figure 18 Paleogeographic map of Lower Clinton
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 115
deposition of the lowest Clinton limestone, the Reynales (figure 18,
p. 114). To the east the sea had a more definite limit being bounded
by a much higher land mass. Although the depression of the geosyn¬
cline permitted the seas to advance in that direction, the rate of
migration was much slower. Furthermore, the clastic material derived
from the adjacent land resulted in quite a different type of forma¬
tion. In the immediate vicinity of the shore line the heavy sandy
Oneida conglomerate formed. The lighter argillaceous material floated
westward giving rise to the Bear Creek.
The strand line continued to move eastward through the deposition
of the Lower Sodus (figure 18). The absence of any Lower Sodus
west of Monroe county on the other hand indicates that the western
strand line was forced eastward after the deposition of the widespread
Reynales. This eastward migration of the western shore line may
have been the result of a relative elevation of the western geosynclinal
margin.
After the deposition of the Lower Sodus of Wayne county a relative
elevation of the geosyncline may have caused a complete withdrawal
of the sea from the State (p. 64). On the other hand the tilting
which started in the Reynales may have continued in the Lower
Sodus and forced the seas eastward into a relatively narrow trough
in central New York (p. 65). The restriction of the area covered
by the sea may explain the change from the limestones of the Reynales
to the calcareous shales of the Lower Sodus.
During the Upper Sodus the sea again spread westward as well as
eastward. This resulted in the deposition of the Upper Sodus uncon-
formably on the lithologically similar Lower Sodus in Wayne county.
Gradually the marine waters became free from sediment and the
Upper Sodus gave way to the Wolcott. Soon after the beginning of
Wolcott sedimentation both the eastern and western strand lines
started to contract (figure 18, p. 114). At the close of the Wolcott
the Lower Clinton sea was forced completely from New York into
the deeper part of the geosynclinal area which seems to have lain to
the south (p. 78).
MIDDLE CLINTON
The removal of the sea from western New York at the close of the
Lower Clinton was probably accompanied by a general elevation which
not only raised the geosyncline but also rejuvenated the land surface
to the east and to the southeast. The identically similar lithology of
the Oneida containing thin shales with ostracods characteristic of the
Middle Clinton, and the same formation farther west with the Lower
Clinton ostracods is substantial proof that the two divisions probably
116
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
derived their sediments from the same Appalachia. Furthermore
the comparable size of the pebbles making up the coarser layers of both
suggests that this land had a similar rugged relief.
Since there are no sediments of Middle Clinton age in western
New York, that area probably existed as a land mass. The fact that
the Lower Clinton is nowhere deeply eroded suggests that this land
had a low elevation with only slight relief.
Marine conditions did not return even to central New York until
well into the Middle Clinton (p. 78). The relatively narrow area,
occupied by the Middle Clinton sediments along the line of outcrop,
shows that the sea must have been confined to a narrow portion of
northern central New York. The presence of a complete sequence
of Lower and Middle Clinton formations in central Pennsylvania
(F. M. Swartz, ’34, p. 81-133 and Ulrich and Bassler, ’23, p. 352-64),
however, may indicate that the sea covered a much wider area in
southern New York (figure 19, p. 117). It is possible that the
deposits in northern central New York were formed in an indentation
of the more general curving northern shore line whose exact position
can only be a matter of conjecture.
The maximum development of the Middle Clinton is in eastern
Oneida county. This suggests that that area may have been the
first inundated. The sea spread westward as far as Cayuga county.
This section is relatively thin and less clastic indicating that little or
no sediment was derived from western New York. To the east the
Middle Clinton overlaps the Lower Clinton deposits and rests directly
upon the underlying Ordovician. This points to the conclusion that
the land mass to the east and south was gradually being cut into and
worn down. Marine conditions must have reached as far east as
eastern Herkimer county.
After the deposition of the Sauquoit the sea was again forced south¬
ward into the deeper parts of the geosyncline. This may have been
accomplished as a result of filling in the basin occupied by the marine
waters. There is little or no evidence of any general elevation either
in the uppermost Middle Clinton sediments themselves, or in the
amount of erosion which they underwent before the advent of the
Upper Clinton seas.
UPPER CLINTON
Erosion which had been acting upon the continuation of Appalachia
in eastern New York since the beginning of the Silurian had succeeded
by Upper Clinton time in wearing it down to one of only moderate
relief. The absence of any coarse conglomerates in the Upper
Clinton of central New York at least tends toward this conclusion.
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 117
Figure 19 Paleogeographic map of Middle Clinton
118
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Farther to the south where lay the main part of Appalachia, conglom¬
erates may have continued to form until the close of the Clinton
(C. K. and F. M. Swartz, *30, p. 467-74 and *31, p. 621-62).
Western and central New York following the withdrawal of the
Middle Clinton sea was subject to erosion. Evidences of this period
are plentiful. Even so the total amount of rock carried and worn
away does not appear to have been great. There are small but no
great irregularities in the thickness of the Lower and Middle Clinton
beds which can be directly attributed to erosion. This can be plausibly
explained if it is assumed that the land was only slightly above sea
level which condition would prevent rapid erosion.
Either a slight depression of the geosyncline or a slight rise in sea
level brought marine conditions back to central New York. The path
of invasion appears to have been through Madison county (p. 83).
Into this Williamson sea of the Upper Clinton was carried much
argillaceous material some of which may have formed as a residuum
during the period of weathering which directly preceded. The geo¬
syncline continued to sink, and the sea expanded westward and east¬
ward, culminating in the relatively widespread submergence of Ironde-
quoit time. At the height of the submergence the sea extended far
beyond the western margins of the State, and true marine conditions
existed as far east as Montgomery county. In the west clear limestones
were formed. In the east argillaceous material contributed to the
formation of shale and sandstones developed in the immediate vicinity
of the shore. Even along the shore line no conglomerates formed.
Before the conclusion of Irondequoit sedimentation an elevation of
the land mass and the neighboring part of the geosyncline forced the
eastern strand line to recede as far as Oneida county (figure 20,
p. 119). Erosion was quite active and the newly formed sediments
were beveled (p. 99). What is more the rejuvenated land surface
made available an abundance of coarser clastic material. The introduc¬
tion of this material into the Upper Clinton sea brought to a close
Irondequoit sedimentation.
At the beginning of Rochester time the western strand line was
beyond the border of the state (figure 20). In central New York the
strand line again migrated eastward. This eastward movement was
accompanied by frequent oscillations, a fact attested to by the alter¬
nating marine and beach sediments (p. 112) in eastern Oneida
county. Marine conditions appear to have extended as far east as
southeastern Herkimer county.
Toward the close of the Rochester there was a definite retreat of
the eastern strand line. This time it did not seem to have been
accompanied by an elevation of the land mass. Possibly it was brought
Figure 20 Paleogeographic map of Upper Clinton
120
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
about by the filling in of the geosyncli'ne by both continental
and marine sediments. The Upper Clinton sea was not entirely
forced from New York. The termination of the Rochester and the
Clinton is considered to have been brought about by a widespread
general submergence which produced conditions necessary for Lock-
port sedimentation.
DESCRIPTION OF SECTIONS
More than fifty outcrop sections have been measured between the
Niagara gorge and Willowvale. Thirty-four of these are necessary
in understanding the stratigraphy of the Clinton and are described in
the following pages. Location of sections is shown on map (figure 1,
page 7).
Niagara Gorge Section 1
Towns of Lewiston and Niagara. County of Niagara. East side
of Niagara gorge. Rochester is exposed in cliffs north of Niagara
falls. Can be studied along the railroad which runs north from Lewis¬
ton along the base of the cliffs.
Top Lockport
80 ft. Dark gray to dark Eight species identified
brownish gray dolomite.
Upper parts thin-bedded
with bituminous partings.
Sparingly fossiliferous.
Upper Clinton Contact sharp
Rochester Shale
10 ft. Brown to brownish gray, No fossils collected
calcareous, dolomitic,
massive shale. No resist¬
ant layers. Soft. Fossils
rare.
30 ft. Bluish to brownish gray
calcareous shale with
thin limestone layers.
Fossils rare.
Leptaena rhomb oidalis
Strophonella striata
Ana strop hia interplicata
Camarotoechia neglecta
Ptcrinea emacerata
Platyceras angulatum
4 ft. Bluish gray, very calcar¬
eous shale with numer¬
ous thin limestone lay¬
ers. Limestone highly
fossiliferous.
Cladopora seriata
Diploclema sparsum
Ceramopora imbricata
Fistulipora crustula
Erdiotrypa striata
T remat op ora tuberculosa
Chasmatopo ra asp era to stria ta
Batostomella granulifera
Fenestella elegans
S emicoscin ium tenuicebs
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 121
20 ft. Bluish gray, some brown-
gray, calcareous shale
with numerous limestone
layers. Very fossiliferous
with great diversity of
fauna. Layers rich in
fossils are interbedded
with others practically
barren.
10 ft. Bluish to brownish gray,
calcareous shale with
limestone layers. Con¬
tains famous crinoid
beds, not so fossiliferous
as overlying beds. Con¬
tact with underlying for¬
mation sharp.
Lichenalia concentrica
Dalmanella elegantula
Orthis Satellites
Ortho sir ophia fas data
Rhipidomella hybridia
Sowerbyella transversalis
Camarotoechia neglecta
A try pa reticularis
Trematospira camura
Paraechmina spinosa
Other ostracods
Enter olasma calculum
Favosites hisingeri
Dictyonema retiforme
Ceramopora imbricata
Chasmatopora asperatostriata
S emicoscinium tenuiceps
Lichenalia concentrica
Pholidops squamiformis
Dalmanella elegantula
Orthis flabellites
Rhipidomella hybrida
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Strophonella patenta
S. striata
Schuchertella subplana
Camarotoechia neglecta
Rhynchotreta robusta
Atrypa nodostriaia
A. reticidaris
Spirifer crispus
S. niagarensis
S. radiatus
Whitfieldella cylindrica
W . nitida
W. nitida oblata
Pterinea emacerata
Diaphoro stoma niagarense
Platyceras angulatum
Dawsonoceras annul atum
Bumastus ioxus
Dalmanites limulurus
Caryocrinites ornatus
S tcphanocrinus angulatus
Dalmanella elegantula
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Camarotoechia neglecta
Conularia niagarensis
Irondequoit Limestone
18 ft. Light gray, some pink, Crinoid stems
crystalline limestone. Leptaena rhomboidalis
Some layers composed Stropheodonta profunda
of crinoid stems. Porous Rhynchotreta robusta
and brown to yellow Atrypa reticularis
when weathered. Fossil- A. rugosa
122
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
iferous. Number of spe¬
cies limited. Toward the
top very argillaceous
reeflike limestone ex¬
tends into base of over-
lying Rochester. Reef
fossiliferous, but not ex¬
amined closely.
Whitfieldella cylindrica
IV. intermedia
Lower Clinton
Unconformity
6 ft.
Reynales Limestone
4 ft. Dark gray, fine grained,
thin-bedded dolomitic
limestone. Many of the
layers are silty and ar¬
gillaceous. Upper 12
inches dense and crystal¬
line.
5 ft. Dark gray, dolomitic
limestone, fine with
coarse crystals imbedded
in ground mass of fine
material. Fossils rare.
3 ft. Dark gray, very pyritic,
phosphatic, finely crys¬
talline, dolomitic lime¬
stone. Contact sharp
with underlying forma¬
tion.
No fossils collected
Buthotrephis gracilis
Stropheodonta profunda
Coelospira hemispherica
Stropheodonta corrugata
S. profunda
Coelospira hemispherica
C. plicatula
Neahga Shale
6 ft. Smooth, slightly silty,
slightly calcareous, thin¬
ly laminated, platy, green
shale. Fossiliferous. Spe¬
cimens poorly preserved.
1 ft. Silty, sandy, green shale,
thin-bedded, but not
platy or smooth. Some
layers calcareous. Some
layers fine argillaceous
sandstone. Fossils scarce
and poorly preserved.
Contact with underlying
formation sharp.
Buthotrephis gracilis
Rhynchotreta cuneata am eric ana
Coelospira hemispherica
C. plicatula
Cuneamya alveata
Pterinea emacerata
Holopea obsoleta
T entaculites minutus
Zygobolba curta
Z. excavata
Coelospira hemispherica
C. plicatula
Holopea obsoleta
Thorold Sandstone
Light gray, tightly ce-
mented, argillaceous
sandstone. Fine grained,
argillaceous content not
uniform. Cement silica,
minor amount of carbo¬
nate. Unfossiliferous.
No fossils collected
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 123
Albion Group
Grimsby Sandstone
50 ft. Red sandstone
Contact sharp
Lockport Section 2
Town of Lockport. County of Niagara. West of the city of Lock-
port. Eighteen Mile creek. Stream has cut a deep gorge in the
Clinton rock. Gorge called “The Gulf” on topographic map. Section
measured is where road leading northwest from underpass at railroad
crosses main branch of Eighteen Mile creek.
Top Lockport
9 ft. Gasport member. Pure,
crystalline c r i n o i d a 1
limestone. Highly fossil-
iferous. Contact with
underlying rock very
sharp.
7 ft. Dark gray, argillaceous,
fine - grained, dolomitic
limestones. Only slight¬
ly fossiliferous.
Upper Clinton Contact slightly wavy
Rochester Shale
1 ft. 6 in. Transition zone. Dolo¬
mitic limestone interbed-
ded with dark dolomitic
calcareous shale. Fos¬
sils rare.
25 ft. Brownish gray, calcare¬
ous and dolomitic shale
with argillaceous lime¬
stone layers. Dolomitic
content increased toward
the top of formation.
Compared with underly¬
ing slightly fossiliferous.
Dalmanella elegantula
Orthis fiabellites
Sowerbyella transversalis
Atrypa reticularis
Dalmanites limulurus
Enterolasma caliculum
Favosites pyriformis
Striatopora flexuosa
Dictyonema retiforme
Chasmatopora asperatostriata
Semicoscinium tenuiceps
Lichenalia concentrica
Pholidops squamiformis
Dalmanella elegantula
Rhipidomella hybrida
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Strophonella striata
Atrypa reticularis
Spirifer niagarensis
S. radiatus
Whitfieldella nitida oblata
Pterinea emacerata
P. undata
Diaphorostoma niagarense
Homalonotus delphinocephdus
Dalmanites limulurus
124
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
20 ft.
20 ft.
10 ft.
Bluish gray, some
brownish gray, calcare¬
ous shale with numerous
limestone layers. Very
fossiliferous particularly
near top where thin lime¬
stones are composed al¬
most entirely of ostra-
cods or bryozoans.
■"M' to
Covered or poorly ex¬
posed. Apparently the
same type of rock.
Bluish to brownish gray,
soft shale with some re¬
sistant argillaceous lime¬
stone layers. Fossils are
comparatively rare but
present. Contact sharp.
Enterolasma caliculum
Cladopora seriata
Favosites hisingeri
Striatopora flexuosa
Diploclema sparsum
Ceramopora imbricata
Coeloclema cavernosum
Spatiopora maculata
Fistulipora crustula
Mesotrypa nummiformi$
Fridotrypa solida
E. striata
Chasmatopora angulata
C. asperatostriata
Sernicoscinium tenuiceps
Rhino pora verrucosa
Pholidops squamiformis
Dalmanella elegantula
Or this flabellites
Orthostrophia fasciata
Rhipidomella hybrida
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sozverbyella transversalis
Anastrophia brevirostris
A. interplicata
Dictyonella corallifcra
Camarotoechia neglecta
C. obtusiplicata
Rhynchonella bidentata
A try pa nodostriata
A. reticularis
A. rugosa
Spirifer crispus
S. niagarensis
S. radiatus
S . sulcatus
T rematospira camura
Leioptcria sub plana
Pterinea emacerata
P. undata
Amphicoelia orbicidoides
Platyceras angulatum
P. niagarense '
Dazvsonoceras annulatum
Bumastus ioxus
PI omalonotus delphinocephalus
Dalmanites limulurus
Paraechmina postica
P. spinosa
Dizygopleura proutyi
Beyrichia veronica and others
No fossils collected
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 125
Irondequoit Limestone
20 ft. Light gray, coarsely
crystalline, pyritic lime¬
stone. Some layers are
composed of crinoid
stems. Styolitic struc¬
tures common. So-called
reefs common in upper
part and extends into the
base of the overlying
Rochester. Contact un-
conformable. Some poor¬
ly exposed.
In limestone
Crinoid stems
Atrypa reticularis
Spirifer niagarensis
JVhitfieldella cylindrica
W. intermedia
In reefs
Dalmanella elegantula
Leptaena rliomboidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Schuchertella subplana
Strophonella patenta
Anastrophia interplicata
Camarotoechia neglecta
Rhynchotreta cuneata americana
Atrypa nodostriata
A. reticularis
A. rugosa
Spirifer crispus
S. niagarensis
S. radiatus
S. sulcatus
JVhitfieldella intermedia
IV. nitida
W. nitida oblata
Platyceras niagarensis
Dazvsonoceras annulatum
Bumastus ioxus
Calymene niagarensis
Mastigobolbina trilobata
M. typus
Plethobolbina typicalis
Reynales Limestone
10 ft. Dark gray fine-grained Hyattidina congesta
dolomitic limestone.
Lower 1 ft. 6 in. pyritic
and phosphatic. Few thin
fossiliferous layers above
pyritic layers.
The lower part of the Reynales is best exposed along the side of
the road which crosses the Gulf directly west of the city.
6 ft.
Dark gray fine-grained
dolomitic limestone.
Lower 2 ft. 6 in. pyritic
and phosphatic. Thin
light gray fossiliferous
layer above the pyritic
rock.
Buthotrephis gracilis
Stropheodonta corrugata
Hyattidina cangesta
Coelospira hemispheric a
C. plicatula
Thorold Sandstone
There are several fragmentary outcrops of Thorold in the area
around Lockport. One of them shows the top to be not more than 8
to 10 inches below the lowest outcrop of the Reynales.
6 ft. Light gray fine-grained Arthrophycus alleghaniensis
argillaceous sandstone.
Lightly cemented.
126
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Albion Group Contact not observed
Grimsby Sandstone
Red sandstone
Middleport Section 3
Village of Middleport. Towns of Royalton and Hartland. County
of Niagara. Outcrop located on a branch of Johnson creek. Rock
is exposed in creek bed to north and south of Route 31.
Top
Lower Clinton
Reynales Limestone
4 ft. Dark gray, fine-grained, Hyattidina congesta
dolomitic limestone. Fos¬
sils rare. Part poorly ex¬
posed.
8 ft. Interstratified medium
gray and dark gray, sil¬
ty, dolomitic limestone.
Some slightly cherty.
Thin shale layers com¬
mon. Fossiliferous.
Buthotrephis gracilis
Zaphrentis bilateralis
Lichenalia concentrica
Platystrophia biforata
Rhipidomella circulus
Stropheodonta corrugata
S. profunda
Rhynchotreta robusta
Hyattidina congesta
Coelospira hemispherica
C. plicatula
Holopea obsoleta
Zygobolba curta
Z. excavata
Gates
Section 4
Barge Canal. Town of Gates. County of Monroe. The Barge
canal is cut through the Rochester shale and the lower part of the
Lockport from Lyell Avenue northward for about a mile. The follow¬
ing measured section is furnished by Dr H. L. Ailing. Fossils person¬
ally collected and identified from the shale originally excavated from
the canal. Therefore the exact horizon of the fossils is unknown.
Lockport
5 ft. Dark gray even-bedded
dolomite.
4 ft. Dark gray, fairly evenly
bedded dolomite.
12 ft. Dark gray lenticular do¬
lomite.
11 ft. DeCew member. Argil¬
laceous dolomite. “Cur¬
ly” structure.
Upper Clinton
Contact unconformable (?)
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 127
Rochester Shale
Gates member of the Rochester
20 ft. Hard argillaceous lime¬
stone and calcareous
shale.
Undifferentiated Rochester
20 ft. Thin - bedded, weak,
brownish gray, thin-bed¬
ded shale.
Genesee Gorge
Enterolasma caliculum
Diploclema spar sum
Coeloclema cavernosum
Spatiopora maculata
Chilotrypa ostiolata
Fistulipora crustula
F. tuberculosa
Me so try pa nummiformis
Batostomella granulifera
Eridotrypa solida
E. striata
Lioclema asperum
Trematopora tuberculosa
Chasmatopora asperatostriata
Pseudohornea diffusa
Fenestella elegans
Polypora incepta
Semicoscinium tenuiceps
N ematopora raripora
Acanthoclema asperum
Clathropora frondosa
Pachydicta crassa
Diamesopora dichotoma
Stictotrypa punctipora
Dalmanella elegantula
Orthostrophia fasciata
Bilobites biloba
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Schuchertella subplana
Dictyonella corallifera
Camarotoechia neglecta
Rhynchonella bidentata
Atrypa reticularis
Spirifer radiatus
Homoeospira apriniformis
Pterinea emacerata
P. undata
Hormotoma subulata
Diaphorostoma hemisphericum
D. niagarense
Platyceras angulatum
P. niagarense
Orthoceras abruptum
Arctinurus nereus
Paraechmina spinosa
Section 5
City of Rochester. County of Monroe. Maplewood Park, west
side of gorge. Rock is exposed in cliff north of park proper. Follow
path north of park. Path is on terrace formed by Reynales limestone.
128
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Top
Upper Clinton
Irondequoit Limestone
10 ft. 6 in. Light gray crystalline
limestone. Average lay¬
er 6 in. thick. Some cri-
noidal weathers porous
and yellow. Few shale
partings. Upper part
contains reef-like bodies.
Crinoid stems
Leptaena rhomboidalis
S owerbyella transver salts
A try pa reticularis
Spirifer radiatus
Whitfieldella cylindrica
Dawsonoceras annulatum
Mastigobolbina typus
Plethobolbina typicalis
8 ft. 2 in. Crystalline limestone in-
terbedded with dark
grayish green shale lay¬
ers. Predominantly
limestone in upper part
with shale partings.
Lower part predominant¬
ly shale. Limestone lay¬
ers thin. Shale beds are
more fossiliferous. Grad¬
ual transition to under¬
lying shale.
Dalmanella elegantulc
Orthis flabellites
O. tenuidens
Bilobites biloba
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sozverbyella transversalis
S chuchertella subplana
Stropheodonta profunda
Clorinda fornicata
Atrypa reticularis
Spirifer radiatus
Whitfieldella cylindrica
W. intermedia
Dawsonoceras annulatum
Calymene clintoni
Mastigobolbina punctata
M. trilobata
M. typus
Plethobolbina typicalis
Beyrichia aff. lakemontensis
Dibolbina n. sp.
Williamson Shale
5 ft. 7 in. Dark grayish green fis¬
sile shale. In the lower
part are many thin
black layers, literally
filled with graptolites.
A few thin limestone
layers in upper part. In
lower part some grapto-
lite layers have a central
waferlike mass of cal¬
careous material.
0 to 2 in.
Chaetetes lycoperdon
Retiolites geinitzianus venosus
Monograptus clintonensis
Bilobites biloba
Leptaena rhomboidalis
S owerbyella transversalis
Chonetes cornutus
Scenidium pyramidal e
Clorinda fornicata
Atrypa reticularis
Hormotoma sulcatum
Mastigobolbina punctata
M. trilobata
M. typus
Beyrichia aff. lakemontensis
Dibolbina n. sp.
Shell rubble. Marks the contact between Upper and Lower Clin¬
ton. Consists largely of broken Coelospira and Stropheodonta
shells. Few Lower Clinton ostracods found. Irregular upper sur¬
face often covered with Monograptus. Few calcareous pebbles
found.
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 129
Lower Clinton
Lower Sodus Shale
15 ft. 6 in. Greenish gray shale with
many thin layers of lime¬
stone interbedded. Dark
gray or purple shale
with green increases to¬
ward base of formation.
Contact sharp. Lime¬
stone layers composed of
Coelospira.
Helopora fragilis
Phaenopora ensijormis
P. explanata
Stropheodonta corrugata
Coelospira hemispherica
Ctenodonta machaeriformis
Cyrtodonta alata
Pterinea emacerata
Holopea obsoleta
Encrinurus ornatus
Zygobolba curta
Z. excavata
Z. in flat a
Z. prolix a
Z. rectangula
Reynales Limestone
7 ft. Light gray limestone
layers 6 in. to 1 ft. in
thickness. Few thin
shale partings. No ap¬
parent gradation. First
Pentamerus layer 3 in.
below lowermost Sodus.
Second Pentamerus lay¬
er 2 ft. 4 in. from top.
Third Pentamerus layer
3 ft. 10 in. from top.
Fourth Pentamerus lay¬
er 6 ft. 5 in. from top.
Favosites favosideus
C anno p or a junciformis
Helopora fragilis
Fenestella tenuis
Semicoscinium tenuiceps
Phaenopora ensijormis
P. explanata
Platyostrophia biforata
Stropheodonta corrugata
S. profunda
Pentamerus oblongus
Coelospira hemispherica
Rhynchotreta robusta
Phacops trisulcatus
Zygobolba curta
Z. excavata
Rest of Lower Clinton exposed but cliff too steep to work details.
Brewer Dock Member of Reynales Limestone
East side of gorge. Rock exposed along road leading down to old
landing on bank of river. Rock also outcrops south of the road lead¬
ing down to Brewer’s dock. By working both the rock to the south
of the road and along the road the whole section of the Pentamerus
may be obtained. The upper part of the limestone is poorly exposed.
Only that part of the section which was not available on the west
side is described here.
130
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Top
Lower Clinton
Reynales
6 ft. 4 in. Light gray crystalline
limestone. This lower
part is thinner bedded
than the upper part.
Many shale partings.
Fifth Pentamerus layer
occurs 8 ft. 9 in. from
the top or 4 ft. 7 in.
above iron ore. Sixth
Pentamerus layer is only
4 in. above the ore.
Contact sharp.
Limestone
Zaphrentis bilateralis
Favosites javosideus
Cannopora junciformis
Chasmatopora angulatum
Fenestella tenuis
Helopora fragilis
Phaenopora ensiformis
Platystrophia lynx
Stropheodonta corrugata
Strophonella patenta
Pentamerus oblongus
Coelospira hemispheric a
Goldius niagarensis
Zygobolba curta
Z. excavata
Z. prolixa
Furnaceville Iron Ore
8 in. to 14 in. Hematitic limestone com¬
monly called “Iron Ore”.
Fossils replaced by
hematite. Contact sharp.
Crinoid stems
Helopora fragilis
Phaenopora ensiformis
Many other bryozoons
Stropheodonta corrugata
Coelospira hemispherica
Zygobolba excavata
Z. prolixa
Brewer Dock Member of Reynales Limestone
3 ft. Light gray crystalline Phaenopora ensiformis
limestone with medium P. explanata
gray argillaceous, fine- Stropheodonta corrugata
grained, pyritic lime- Hyattidina congesta
stone. Thin-bedded, Coelospira hemispherica
Some shale. Contact Bucania bellapuncta
sharp. B. stigmosa
Hormotoma subulata
Cyclora subulata
Maplewood Shale
20 ft. 6 in. Smooth, platy, green No fossils collected
shale. Near base be¬
comes sandy and glau¬
conitic. Contact not well-
defined. Fossils rare.
Thorold Sandstone
5 ft. Gray sandstone. Very Arthrophycus alleghaniensis
hard and well-cemented.
Fine-grained silt size
material abundant.
■
Albion Group
Contact sharp
Red sandstone
Grimsby
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 131
Densmore Creek
Section 6
Town of Irondequoit. County of Monroe. Densmore creek crossed
by Norton street. Rock outcrops at bridge and to the south of bridge.
North of bridge is a small fault.
Top
Upper Clinton
Rochester Shale
13 ft.10 in. Dark bluish gray shale.
Enterolasma caliculum
Dictyonema subretiforme
Diploclema spar sum
Ceramopora imbricata
Some very calcareous
layers. Fossils very
abundant.
Coeloclema caver no sum
Chilotrypa ostiolata
Fistulipora crustula
Me so try pa nummiformis
Chasmatopora asperatostriata
Fenestella elegans
Acanthoclema asperum
Clathropora frondosa
Diamesopora dichotoma
Other bryozoans
Dalmanella elegantula
Orthis flabellites
O. punctostriata
Bilobites biloba
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Schuchertella subplana
Stropheodonta profunda
Strophonella striata
Camarotoechia neglecta
Rhynchonella bidentata
A try pa nodostriata
A. reticularis
A. rugosa
Spirifer niagarensis
S. radiatus
S. sulcata
IVhitfieldella intermedia
IV. nitida
Leptodesma rhomboideum
Pterinea emacerata
Amphicoelia orbiculoides
Platyceras angulatum
P. niagarense
Dawsonoceras annulatum
T entaculites minutus
Conularia niagarensis
Bumastus ioxus
Arctinurus nereus
Homalonotus delphinocephalus
Dalmanites limulurus
Paraechmina postica
P. spinosa
Dizygopleura proutyi
Beyrichia veronica
132
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Between Norton Street bridge and Densmore Road bridge there
are no outcrops. Rock outcrops under the bridge and continues for
some distance downstream.
Top
Lower Clinton
Reynales Limestone
4 ft. Light gray crystalline Zaphrentis bilateralis
limestone. Few shale Favo sites favosideus
partings. Chaetetes lycoperdon
Chasmatopora angulatum
Fenestella tenuis
Semicoscinium tenuiceps
Platystrophia lynx
Rhipidomella circulus
Stropheodonta corrugata
Strophonella patenta
Pentamerus oblongus
Rhynchonella bidens
Rhynchotreta robusta
Coelospira hemispherica
Zygobolba excavata
Furnaceville Iron Ore
9 in. Hematitic limestone,
Hematite replaces the
limestone. Pieces of part¬
ly replaced limestone
common. Some as islands
of unreplaced limestone
in “Ore”. Fossils dwarf
and broken.
Crinoid stems
Chasmatopora angulata
Stropheodonta corrugata
Strophonella patenta
Coelospira hemispherica
Cyclora subulata
Zygobolba curta
Brewer Dock Member of Reynales Limestone
2 ft. 9 in. Light gray crystalline Stropheodonta corrugata
limestone with a few Rhynchotreta robusta
shale partings. This Hyattidina congesta
limestone is found just Coelospira hemispherica
under the cap rock of the Bucania stigmosa
little falls. Cyclora subulata
Holopea obsoleta
Maplewood Shale
14 ft. 8 in. Smooth, green, platy
shale. Black phosphatic
nodules common in low¬
er part. Fossils rare and
poorly preserved. Fossils
most plentiful in layer
out cropping on stream
bank 110 ft. below falls.
Fossils found associat¬
ed with phosphatic nod¬
ules. Basal part cov¬
ered.
Buthotrephis gracilis
Lingula perovata
Rhipidomella circulus
Coelospira hemispherica?
Coelospira plicatula
Pterinea ( emacerata ?)
Holopea obsoleta
8 ft. Missing or too poorly
exposed for study.
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 133
Albion Group
Red sandstone
Grimsby Sandstone
Contact sharp
Glen Edythe
Section 7
Town of Webster. County of Monroe. East side of Irondequoit
bay. Small creek flowing into Irondequoit bay. Some rock is exposed
along the road leading to Glen Edythe. Best outcrop in stream bed.
Top
Lower Clinton
Reynales Limestone
4 ft. 6 in. Light gray crystalline
limestone. Thin-bedded.
Few shale partings.
1 ft. Limestone. Light gray,
crystalline, very fossili-
ferous. Probable Fur-
naceville horizon of Gen¬
esee gorge.
3 ft. Light gray, crystalline,
pyritic limestone. Some
dark gray, argillaceous
limestone. Shale partings
common. Contact sharp.
Buthotrephis gracilis
Zaphrentis bilateralis
Chaetetes lycoperdon
Helopora fragilis
Phaenopora ensiformis
Rhipidomella circulus
Stropheodonta corrugata
Strophonella patenta
Pentamerus oblongus
Rhynchonella emacerata
Rhynchotreta robusta
Coelospira hemispherica
Encrinurus ornatus
Zygobolba prolixa
Stropheodonta corrugata
Phaenopora ensiformis
P. explanata
Helopora fragilis
Nematopora raripora
Hyattidina congesta
Coelospira hemispherica
Hormotoma subulata
Cyclora subulata
15 ft. 2 in. Smooth, green, platy, No fossils collected
slightly calcareous shale.
Sandy with phosphatic
nodules near base. Con¬
tact clearly defined.
Thorold Sandstone
3 ft. 4 in. White sandstone. Im- Arthrophycus alleghaniensis
bedded in the sandstone
layers are small pebbles
of shale.
Albion Group Contact clearly defined
Grimsby Sandstone
50 ft. Red sandstone
134
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Fruitland Ore Pit Section 8
Town of Ontario. County of Wayne. One mile north of Fruitland
on the Fruitland-Lakeside road. Exposure 1150 ft east of road in the
open cut ore pits. The only iron ore mine operating in Wayne county
at the present time.
Top
Lower Clinton
Reynales Limestone
1 ft. 11 in. Light gray, crystalline, Zaphrentis bilateralis
slightly cherty limestone. Fenestella tenuis
Fossils and especially Chasmatopora angulata
the Pentamerus are Stropheodonta corrugata
slightly silicified. Pentamerus oblongus
Coelospira hemispherica
4 ft. 4 in. Light gray limestone, Zaphrentis bilateralis
Argillaceous limestone Favosites favosideus
common. Some thin Fistulopora tuberculosa
sandy layers. Ostracods Chasmatopora angulata
are very common. Some Fenestella tenuis
are well-preserved. Semicoscinium tenuiceps
Helopora fragilis
Phaenopora ensiformis
P. explanata
Dalmanella elegantula
Platystrophia biforata
Rhipidomella circulus
Stropheodonta corrugata
S. profunda
Rhynchotreta robusta
Coelospira hemispherica
T entaculites minutus
Goldius niagarensis
Encrinurus ornatus
Homalonotus n. sp.
Phacops trisulcata
Zygobolba curta
Z. excavata
Z. inflata
Z. prolixa
Z. rectangula
Furnaceville Iron Ore
1 ft. 6 in. Hematitic limestone. Zaphrentis bilateralis
Dominantly a fossil ore Crinoid stems
but oolitic form common. Helopora fragilis
Contact sharp. Phaenopora constellata
P. ensiformis
P. explanata
Stropheodonta corrugata
Strophonella patenta
Coelospira hemispherica
Hormotoma subulata
Cyclora subulata
Encrinurus ornatus
Zygobolba curta
Z. excavata
Z. prolixa
Z. rectangula
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 135
Thorold Sandstone
6 in. Gray sandstone with No fossils collected
shale pellets imbedded in
the sandstone. The top
layer contained phospha-
tic nodules. The whole
thickness is not present.
Ore is frozen to top of
gray sandstone. Thick¬
ness exposed on creek
near-by.
Fish Creek
Section 9
Town of Ontario. County of Wayne. Outcrop is a short distance
north of United States Highway 104 in stream bed near old mill.
Top
Lower Clinton
Wolcott Limestone
6 ft. 2 in.
Light gray, crystalline
limestone. Toward the
base the limestone be¬
comes thin-bedded. Shale
and limestone interbed-
bed. Contact transitional.
Favosites favosideus
F. pyriformis
Chaetetes lycoperdon
Chasmatopora angulata
Fenestella tenuis
Semicoscinium tenuiceps
Rhinopora verrucosa
Platystrophia biforata
Leptaena rhomb oidalis
Pentamerus oblongus
Rhynchotreta robusta
Strophostylus cancellatus
Zygobolba decora
Mastigobolbina incipiens
M. retifera
Upper Sodus Shale
3 ft. 2 in. Green shale with lime- Helopora fragilis
stone layers. Apparent Phaenopora ensiformis
transition between lime- N ematopora raripora
stone and shale. Stropheodonta corrugata
Rhynchotreta robusta
Coelospira hemispherica
Zygobolba decora
Z. robusta
Mastigobolbina incipiens
M. retifera
Salmon Creek West Section 10
Town of Williamson. County of Wayne. The outcrops start 175
feet north of United States Highway 104 and continue intermittently
to the railroad bridge (Rome, Watertown and Ogdensburg Division
of the New York Central). The outcrops are deeply weathered. This
is the type locality of the Williamson shale.
136
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Top
Upper Clinton
Rochester Shale
9 ft. 6 in. Brownish gray shale
with limy layers. Very
fossiliferous contact not
observed, but fragments
of this shale in bank just
above following lime¬
stone.
Enterolasma caliculum
Zaphrentis turbinata
M esotrypa nummiformis
Fenestella elegans
Diamesopora dichotomy
Dalmanella elegantula
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Orthis flabellites
Schuchertella subplana
Strophe odonta profunda
C amero toechia o b tusi plica ta
C. neglecta
Atrypa reticularis
Spirifer radiatus
Whit fie fdella nit id a
IV. nitida oblata
Pterinea emacerata
Amphicoelia orbiculoides
Platyceras niagarense
Daivsonoceras annulatum
Bumastus ioxus
Arctinurus nereus
II omalonotus delphinocephalus
Dalmanites limulurus
Paraechmina postica
P. spinosa
Dizygopleura proutyi
Bcyrichia veronica
Irondequoit Limestone
7 ft. 10 in. Crystalline limestone.
Shale partings are com¬
mon. Outcrop in bank
near site of old saw mill.
1175 ft. north of Route
104. Contact gradational.
8 ft. 4 in. Crumbly dark bluish gray
calcareous shale with
some argillaceous lime¬
stone layers. Contact
gradational.
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Atrypa nodostriata
A. reticularis
W hit fie! della cylindrica
W. intermedia
M astigobolbina typus
Plcthobolbina typicalis
Dalmanella elegantula
Bilob it es biloba
Leptaena rhomboidalis
S owerbyella transver satis
Clorinda fornicata
Atrypa nodostriata
A. reticularis
Spirifer radiatus
S. sulcata
IVhitfieldella cylindrica
W. intermedia
Pterinea emacerata
Daivsonoceras annulatum
Calymene clintoni
Dalmanites limulurus
M astigobolbina punctata
M. trilobgta
M. typus
Plcthobolbina typicalis
Dibolbina n. sp.
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 137
Williamson Shale
o ft. 10 in. Dark greenish gray fis- Enterolasma caliculum
sile shale. Thin black Dictyonema gracile
layer near base. D. retiforme
Retiolites geinitzianus venosus
Monograptus clintonensis
Pholidops squamiformis
Dalmanella elegantula
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Soiverbyellci transver salis
Schuchertella sub plana
Chonetes cornutus
Scenidium pyramidal e
Rhynchonella bidens
Atrypa reticularis
Cyrtia meta
Spirifer radiatus
Ctenodonta machaeriformis
Orthoceras bassleri (?)
Calymene clintoni
Beyrichia aff. lakemontensis
M astig ob olbina punctata
M. trilobata
M. typus
Dibolbina n. sp.
Lower Clinton Contact sharp
Wolcott Limestone
7 ft. 2 in. Light bluish gray crystal¬
line limestone with shale
partings.
Zaphrentis bilateralis
Favo sites favosideus
Chaetetcs lycoperdon
Chasmatopora angulata
Fenestella tenuis
Platystrophia biforatus
P entamerus oblongus
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Rhynchotreta robusta
Atrypa reticularis
Coelospira hemispheric a
Zygobolba decora
Mink Creek
Section 11
Town of Williamson. County of Wayne. Outcrop is both north
and south of United States Highway 104. From the highway the
outcrop extends about 550 ft. to the north and about 900 ft. to the
south.
Top
Upper Clinton
Rochester Shale
25 ft. Brownish gray calcare¬
ous shale with some ar¬
gillaceous limestone lay¬
ers. Fossils are not
abundant.
Enterolasma caliculum
Zaphrentis turbinata
Fistulipora tuberculosa
Mesotrypa nummijormis
Chasmatopora asperatostriata
Fenestella elegans
Dalmanella elegantula
Orthis flabellites
138
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Schuchertella subplana
Stropheodonta profunda
Camarotoechia neglecta
C. obtusiplicata
Atrypa reticularis
Spirifer niagarensis
S. radiatus
Whitfieldella nitida oblata
Pterinea emacerata
Dawsonoceras annulatum
Arctinurus nereus
Homalonotus delphinocephalus
Dalmanites limulurus
Paraechmina spinosa
Mink creek flows over glacial till for about one and a quarter miles.
The next outcrop is located where Mink creek crosses second east-
west road south of Lake Ontario. Rock occurs in the stream bed and
along the banks on both sides of the road.
Lower Clinton
Reynales Limestone
5 ft. 6 in. Dark to medium gray
limestone. The highest
layer contains some
chert. There are a num¬
ber of shale layers. Fos¬
sils silicified. Contact
sharp. The highest layer
outcrops 1150 ft. south
of road. The lowest
layer is 575 ft. south of
road.
Zaphrentis bilateralis
Cannapora junciformis
Stromatopora constellata
Dimerocrinus brachiatus
Rhinopora verrucosa
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Stropheodonta corrugata
Pentamerus oblongus
Rhynchotreta robusta
Spirifer radiatus ?
Coelospira hemispherica
Strophostylus cancellatus
Discosorus conoideus
Zygobolba curta
Z. excavata
Z. prolixa
Z. rectangula
Furnaceville Iron Ore
9 in.
Hematitic limestone. Fos-
siliferous type. Fossils
fragmentary. Some dwarf
forms.
Crinoid stems
H el op or a fragilis
Phaenopora constellata
P. ensiformis
P. explanata
Coelospira hemispherica
Tentaculites minutus
Thorold Sandstone
2 ft. 6 in. Covered.
1 ft. 6 in. Gray sandstone with em- Arthrophycus alleghaniensis
bedded green shale pel¬
lets. Outcrops just under
bridge.
2 ft. 5in. Covered.
Albion Group
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 139
Grimsby Sandstone
Red sandstone. First
outcrop of this formation
is 85 ft. north of bridge.
Weed Creek Section 12
Town of Sodus. County of Wayne. Outcrop is located south of
the Lake road on creek which is locally known as Weed’s creek. It
is the first stream flowing into Lake Ontario east of Nigger Hill,
shown on the topographic map. Outcrop is on the eastern branch of
that creek.
Top
Lower Clinton
Reynales
5 ft. 2 in. Dark gray to medium
gray, cherty, sandy lime¬
stone. Very sandy with
stringers of hematite
near the base. Important
because of abundance of
chert and absence of bry-
ozoans. Contact sharp
and is located 300 ft.
south of road.
Limestone
Zaphrentis bilateralis
Favosites favosideus
Cannapora junciformis
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Stropheodonta corrugata
Pentamerus oblongus
Rhynchotreta robusta
Coelospira hemispherica
Holopea obsoleta
Goldius niagarensis
Encrinurus ornatus
Zygobolba curta
Z. excavata
Z. prolixa
Furnaceville Iron Ore
8 in. Hematitic limestone. Helopora fragilis
Iron content very low. Phaenopora ensiformis
Phosphatic pebbles com- Coelospira hemispherica
mon. Fossils fragmen- C. plicatula
tary and dwarf. Contact
sharp.
Thorold Sandstone
4 ft. 3 in. Gray sandstone with em- Arthrophycus alleghaniensts
bedded clay pellets. The
upper 4 in. is an olive-
green sandy shale with
phosphatic pebbles.
Albion Group
Grimsby Sandstone
2 ft. Red sandstone. Outcrop
continues to road. More
Grimsby is exposed
north of Lake road.
140
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Salmon Creek East Section 13
Town of Sodus. County of Wayne. Outcrop near the hamlet of
Wallington where the east branch of Salmon creek is crossed by
United States Highway 104. The outcrop extends to the south 225 ft.
and to the north 975 ft. of the highway. See also page 175.
Top
Upper Clinton
Rochester Shale
21 ft. 6 in. Brownish gray shale con¬
taining some argillaceous
limestone and some thin
crystalline fossiliferous
limestone layers. Fossils
are abundant and well-
preserved.
Enter olasnia caliculum
Favosi tes cons trie tus
F. pyriformis
Dictyonema retiforme
Ceramopora imbricata
Mesotrypa nummiformis
Chasmaiopora asperatostriata
Fenestella elegans
Dalmanella elegantula
Orthis fiabellites
Rhipidomella hybrida
Sozverbyella transversalis
Schuchertella sub plana
S. tenuis
Stropheodonta profunda
Camarotoechia neglecta
Atrypa reticularis
A. rugosa
S pirifer crisp a tus t
S. radiatus
S. sulcata
Whitfieldella naviformis
W . nitida
IV. nitida obi at a
Pterinea emacerata
Platyceras niagarense
Cyrtoceras subcancellatum
Dazvsonoceras annulatum
Bumastus ioxus
Arctinurus nereus
Homalonotus delphinocephalus
Dalmanites limulurus
Paraechmina postica
P. spinosa
Beyrichia veronica
Salmon creek flows over till for about a mile and a half. Rock
again appears in the stream bed 650 feet south of where the second
east-west road south of Lake Ontario crosses the east branch of
Salmon creek.
Lower Clinton
10 ft.
Upper Sodus Shale
Green, calcareous shale
with limestone layers
which are composed of
Coelospira (pearly lay¬
ers). Upper part is
Helopora fragilis
Phaenopora ensiformis
Stropheodonta corrugata
Coelospira hemispherica
Tent a cul ites mi n \ t tus
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 141
poorly exposed. Lower
part is well-exposed.
Contact, marked by an
erosional unconformity,
is 385 ft. north of
bridge.
Calymene senaria
Calymenella rostrata
Phacops trisulcata
Zygobolba decora
Z. intermedia
Z. robusta
Lower Sodus Shale
14 ft. Green to greenish gray,
calcareous shale with
pearly layers, also dark
gray or purple shale.
Limestone more abun¬
dant in the upper part.
Dark gray layers
increase in abundance to
the base.
ft. 6 in. Dark gray or purple
shale. Thin limestones
very rare. The whole
section of Lower Sodus
exposed either in the
stream bed or in the
banks along the stream.
Contact sharp, located
3800 ft. below bridge.
Phaenopora ensiformis
Chaetetes ly coper don
Helopora fragilis
Lingula perovata
Rhynchonella emacerata
Stropheodonta corrugata
Coelospira hemispherica
Pterinea emacerata
Orthodesma curtum
T entaculites minutus
Zygobolba curta
Z. excavata
Z. in flat a
Z. prolix a
Z. rectangula
ILelop ora fragilis
Phaenopora ensiformis
Lingula perovata
Stropheodonta corrugata
Coelospira hemispherica
Pterinea emacerata
Orthodesma curtum
Ctcnodonta lata
C. machaeriformis
C. mactriformis
Ilolopea obsoleta
T entaculites minutus
Zygobolba curta
Z. excavata
Z. in flat a
Z. prolixa
Z. rectangula
Reynales Limestone
15 ft. Dark gray argillaceous
limestone with medium
gray crystalline layers
in lower 8 ft. Upper
3 ft. thin-bedded with
shale partings. Upper
7 ft. very cherty. Lower
3 ft. _ impregnated with
hematitic layers. Pentam-
erus layers confined to
basal part. Lowest
layers covered by mill
pond except in a dry
season. Contact sharp,
located 5100 ft. below
bridge.
Buthotrephis gracilis
Zaphrentis bilateralis
Favosites favosideus
Cannapora junciformis
Stropheodonta corrugata
Pentamerus oblongus
Rhynchotreta robusta
Coelospira hemispherica
Ctenodonta lata
C. machaeriformis
Pterinea emacerata
Zygobolba curta
Z. excavata
Z. inflata
142
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Furnaceville Iron Ore
1 ft. Upper 6 in. hematitic Helopora fragilis
limestone. Lower 6 in. Phaenopora ensiformis
green shale with some P. explanata
oolites of hematite. Rhipidomella circulus
Phosphatic nodules pres- Stropheodonta corrugata
ent. Contact sharp. Coelospira hemispherica
Holopea obsoleta
Zygobolba curia
Z. prolixa
Thorold Sandstone
3 ft. 9 in. Gray sandstone. Slightly Arthrophycus alleghaniensis
calcareous with embed¬
ded clay pellets. Promi¬
nent closely spaced joints
cause the sandstone to
break in rectangular
pieces.
Albion Group
Grimsby Sandstone
20 ft. Red sandstone
Second Creek Section 14
Town of Sodus. County of Wayne. Hamlet of Alton. Rock out¬
crops for 250 ft. south of the bridge on United States Highway 104
and to the north as far as the Alton-Sodus Point road.
Top
Upper Clinton
Rochester Shale
9 ft. 3 in. Brownish gray calcare¬
ous shale. A few lime¬
stone layers. Fossils not
abundant and rock badly
weathered.
Mesotrypa nummiformis
Dalmanella elegantula
Rhipidomella hybrida
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Schuchertella subplana
S. tenuis
Stropheodonta profunda
A try pa reticularis
Spirifer niagarensis
W hit fiel della naviformis
IV. nitida oblata
Pterinea emacerata
Bumastus ioxus
Arctinurus nereus
Homalonotus delphinocephalus
Dalmanites limulurus
Beyrichia veronica
Second creek flows over till for about one mile, below which the
section continues and extends north of the old mill on the east-west
road leading through the Alasa farms (former Shaker tract).
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 143
Upper Clinton
Rochester Shale
15 ft. 6 in. Brownish gray shale. A Enterolasma caliculum
few layers are calcareous. Zaphrentis turbinata
Near the base are a few Favosites pyriformis
argillaceous limestones. Dimerocrinus liliiformis
First ostracods appear 10 Lyriocrinus dactylus
ft. 4 in. above base. Con- Eucalyptocrinus caelatus
tact sharp and located Lecanocrinus macropetalus
2525 ft. south of first Stephanocrinus angulatus
east-west road to cross S. gemmiformis
Second creek north of CJiasmatopora asp er at o striata
Alton. Fenestella elegans
Rhinopora verrucosa
Pholidops squamiformis
Or this fiabellites
Dalmanella elegantula
Sowerbyella transversalis
Rhipidomella hybrida
Schuchertella interstriata
S. sub plana
S. tenuis
Stropheodonta profunda
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Camarotoechia neglecta
C. obtusiplicata
Atrypa reticularis
Atrypina disparilis
Spirifer niagarensis
S. radiatus
S. sulcatus
Leiopteria sub plana
Pterinea emacerata
P. undata
Platyceras angulatum
P. niagarense
Dawsonoceras annulatum
H omalonotus delphinocephalus
Cheirurus niagarensis
Dalmanites limulurus
Paraechmina spinosa
Beyrichia veronica
Dizy go pleura proutyi
Irondequoit Limestone
7 ft. 10 in. Light gray, crystalline Enterolasma caliculum
pyritic limestone. The Dimerocrinus liliiformis
upper part is more mas- I chthyocrinus laevis
sive than the lower part. Stephanocrinus gemmiformis
Many limestones crinoid- Spatiopora maculata
al. Toward base lime- Chilotrypa ostiolata
stone somewhat argil- Eridotrypa striata
lacequs. Reeflike bodies Chasmatopora asperatostriata
very common toward Pseudohornera diffusa
base. Reefs very fossili- Semicoscinium tenuiceps
ferous. Limestone layers Rhinopora verrucosa
separated by thin shale Schizotreta tenuilamellata
layers. Shales thicker Dalmanella elegantula
and more abundant Orthis fiabellites
toward base. Fauna of O. tenuidens
shales rich and varied. Bilobites biloba
144
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Most of fossils listed are
from shales. Formation
grades downward into
underlying lowest layer
about 2100 ft. south of
road (east- west road
leading from Alton-
Sodus Point road
through Alasa Farms).
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Schuchertella subplana
S. tenuis
Stropheodonta convexa
S. subplana
Scenidium pyramidalis
Dictyonella corallifera
Camarotoechia obtusiplicata
Atrypa gibbosa
A. nodostriata
A. reticularis
A. rugosa
A trypina disparilis
Cyrtia meta
Reticularia bicostata
Spirifer eudora
S. niagarensis
S. repertus
S. sulcatus
T rematospira camura
Nucleospira pisiformis
JVhitfieldella cylindrica
W . intermedia
IV. naviformis
W. nitida
Pterinea emacerata
Conularia niagarensis
Dawsonoceras annulatum
Dalmanites limulurus
Mastigobolbina punctata
M. trilob at a
M. typus
Plethobolbina typicalis
19 ft. 4 in. Dark gray, crumbly,
pyritic,' calcareous shale.
Argillaceous limestone
layers in upper part.
When weathered yellow¬
ish in color due to
pyrite. Grades down¬
ward into underlying
shale. Contact about
1300 ft. south of road.
Semicoscinium tenuiceps
Orthis tenuidens
Bilobites bilob a
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Chonetes cornutus
Scenidium pyramidalis
Clorinda fornicata
Atrypa reticularis
A. rugosa
Cyrtia exporrecta myrfia
Cyrtia meta
Orthoceras abruptum
Encrinurus ornatus
Calymene ■ clintoni
Dalmanites limulurus
Phacops trisulcatus
Mastigobolbina punctata
M. trilobata
M. typus 9
Plethobolbina typicalis
Beyrichia aff. lakemontensis
Dibolbina n. sp.
Williamson Shale
18 ft. 3 in. Dark greenish gray, fis¬
sile, pyritic shale. Near
base much darker in
color with graptolites as
Retiolites geinitzianus venosus
Monograptus clintonensis
Dalmanella elegantula
flabellites
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 145
the only fossils. In the
lowest part pyrite very
abundant forming layers
sometimes a half-inch
thick. Contact sharp
and located 365 ft. south
of bridge on east-west
road leading from Sodus
Point - Alton road
through the Alasa
Farms.
O. tenuidens
Stropheodonta corrugata
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Scenidium pyramidalis
Atrypa reticularis
Atrypina disparilis
Cyrtia rneta
Spirifer radiatus
Hormotoma subulata
Conularia niagarensis
Calymene clintoni
Dalmanites limulurus
Beyrichia aff. lakemontensis
Dibolbina n. sp.
Mastigobolbina punctata
M. typus
4 in. Two in. of coarse to fine,
dark gray, phosphatic
sandstone underlain by 2
in. of conglomerate. The
individual pebbles are
about a centimeter in
diameter. They are
loosely cemented. Some
of the pebbles are lime¬
stone and closely re¬
semble the underlying
limestone. Other peb¬
bles consist of quartz
and their origin is diffi¬
cult to explain. The
sandstone and con¬
glomerate indicate the
break between Upper
and Lower Clinton.
Lower Clinton
Wolcott Furnace Iron Ore
1 ft. 6 in. Dark bluish gray cal- Fcncstella tenuis
careous shale with hema- Semicoscinium tenuiceps %
tite. The basal 6 in. is Phacnopora constellata
composed largely of
oolitic hematite. The
upper part is domi¬
nantly a shale with
oolites of hematite scat¬
tered through it. In this
part oolites are com¬
monly concentrated in
bedding planes. The
upper 6 in. is a solid
mass of bryozoa. Grades
into the underlying
formation. Lowest
layer 315 ft. south of
road.
Wolcott Limestone
14 ft. 9 in. Light bluish gray, crys- Favosites favosideus
talline limestone with Chaetetes lycoperdon
interbedded bluish gray Chasmatopora angulata
shales. Shale layers Fenestclla tenuis
146
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
abundant in upper 5 ft.
and lower 3 ft Grades
downward into under¬
lying shale. Lowest
layers just north of
bridge.
Semicoscinium tenuiceps
Platystrophia biforata
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Pentamerus oblongus
Atrypa reticularis
Coelospira hemispherica
Zygobolba decora
Mastigobolbina decora
Upper Sodus Shale
17 ft 5 in. Green to greenish gray
shale with thin layers of
limestone. Limestone
usually pearly layers,
but other brachiopods
and even gastropods
form some limestone.
In upper part some
layers bluish gray in
color. Shale well-
exposed. Very fossili-
ferous. Coelospirae ap¬
pear dwarf in uppermost
layers. The lowest
layers outcrop in cliff
990 ft. north of bridge.
Rusophycus pudicum
Chaetetes lycoperdon
Helopora fragilis
Nematopora raripora
Phaenopora constellata
P. ensiformis
Stropheodonta corrugata
Camarotoechia aequiradiata
Coelospira hemispherica
Ctenodonta lata
Pterinea emacerata
Holopea obsoleta
Strophostylus ventricosus
Tentaculites minutus
Phacops trisulcata
Zygobolba decora
Z. inflata
Z. intermedia
Z. robusta
Mastigobolbina incipiens
M. retifera
Sodus Creek
Section 15
Town of Rose. County of Wayne. Small hamlet locally known
as Glenmark. Rock outcrops on both sides of the bridge over Sodus
creek on the road leading west from hamlet of North Rose.
Top
Lockport
i
15 ft. Dark brownish gray, No fossils collected
thin-bedded dolomite.
Near the base the layers
are sandy.
Upper Clinton Contact gradational
Rochester Shale
2 ft. 6 in. Transition bed. Crystal¬
line limestone bearing
fossils common in under¬
lying shale interbedded
with both _ thin-bedded
sandy dolomitic layers of
the overlying dolomite
and brownish gray shale
like the underlying for¬
mation. Several 2 in.
and 3 in. layers com¬
posed of Nucleospira pisi-
formis. Fossils are all
Enterolasma caliculum
Zaphrentis turbinata
Cystiphyllum niagarense
Favosites hisingeri
F. pyriformis
Ceramopora imbricata
Polypora incepta
Pholidops squamiformis
Dalmanella elegantula
Orthis punctostriata
Rhipidomella hybrida
Schuchertella elegans
S. tenuis
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK
25 ft. 2 in.
10 ft. 5 in.
confined to the crystal¬
line layers or to thin
beds of brownish gray
shale resembling the
underlying Clinton. The
dolornitic layers bear no
fossils. This zone located
1475 ft. south of bridge.
Bluish gray, slightly dol-
omitic, calcareous shale
with numerous tough,
argillaceous limestone
layers and a few medium
gray, crystalline, thin,
fossiliferous layers.
Dark gray, calcareous,
tough shales and argil¬
laceous limestones. Fos¬
sils not so abundant as
in overlying strata. Fif¬
teen in. argillaceous
limestone at top caps
falls.
Leptaena rhontboidalis
A try pa reticularis
Reticularia bicostata
Spirifer niagarensis
Homoeospira apriniformis
Nucleospira pisiformis
IVhitfieldella nitida
Diaphorostoma niagarense
Conularia longa
Proetus stokesi
Arctinurus nereus
Calymene niagarensis
Dalmanites limulurus
Paraechmina postica
P. spinosa
Dizygopleura proutyi
Beyrichia veronica
Enterolasma caliculutn
Zaphrentis turbinata
Cystiphyllum niagarense
Favosites pyrijormis
Ceramopora imbricata
Mesotrypa nummijormis
Chasmatopora as perato striata
Acanthoclema asperum
Dalmanella elegantula
Rhipidomella hybrida
Leptaena rhontboidalis
S owerbyella transversalis
Schuchertella elegans
S. subplana
S. tenuis
Stropheodonta profunda
Camarotoechia neglecta
Atrypa nodostriata
A. reticularis
A. rugosa
Spirifer crispatus
S. niagarensis
S. radiatus
S. sulcatus
Trematospira camura
IVhitfieldella navi for mis
W. nitida
Diaphorostoma hemisphericum
Platyceras niagarense
Homalonotus delphinocephalus
Dalmanites limulurus
Paraechmina postica
P. spinosa
Dizygopleura proutyi
Beyrichia veronica
Enterolasma caliculum
Mesotrypa nummiformis
Dalmanella elegantula
Rhipidomella hybrida
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Schuchertella subplana
S. tenuis
Camarotoechia neglecta
A try pa re ticularis
Spirifer niagarensis
148
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
S. radiatus
Platyceras niagarense
Dalmanites limulurus
Paraechmina spinosa
4 ft Dark brownish gray, cal¬
careous, tough shale
with dark gray, argilla¬
ceous limestone layers.
No fossils found. Lowest
layer about 250 ft. north
of bridge.
Beaver Creek Section 16
Town of Huron. County of Wayne. West branch of Beaver
creek north of United States Highway 104. There are several iso¬
lated outcrops on this branch but only one seems of sufficient note to
warrant description.
Top
Upper Clinton
Rochester Shale
18 ft. 10 in. Dark bluish gray shale
somewhat calcareous.
Some layers have a
brownish color. Ostra-
cods were found to with¬
in 4 ft. 6 in. of the base.
Contact sharp and 3150
ft. south of United States
Highway 104.
Enterolasma caliculum
Fenestella elegans
Chaetetes lycoperdon
Dimerocrinus liliiformis
Leccmocrinus macropetalus
Acanthoclema asperum
Dalmanella elegantula
Sowerbyella transversalis
Schuchertella sub plana
S. tenuis
Strophe odonta profunda
Camarotoechia neglecta
C. obtusiplicata
A try pa reticularis
Homoeospira apriniformis
Nucleospira pisiformis
Whitfieldella cylindrica
W. nitida
Pterinea emacerata
Dawsonoceras annulatum
Homalonotus delphinocephalus
Dalmanites limulurus
Paraechmina postica
P. spinosa
Irondequoit Limestone
6 ft 8 in. Light gray, crystalline
limestone with promi¬
nent shale partings.
Thickness of shales in¬
crease downward. Reef¬
like bodies common.
Limestone layers fosstl-
iferous. Shale and reefs
very fossiliferous with
much greater variety of
Enterolasma caliculum
Favosites pyriformis
Lecanocrinus macropetalus
Stephanocrinus gemmiformis
Chilotrypa ostiolata
Mesotrypa nummiformis
Chasmatopora asperatostriata
Semico scinium tenuiceps
Rhino p ora verrucosa
Stictotrypa punctipora
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 149
fossils. Grades down¬
ward into underlying
shale.
Dalmanella elegantula
Bilobites biloba
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Schuchertella subplana
S. tenuis
Stropheodonta deflecta
S. profunda
Clorinda fornicata
Camarotoechia neglecta
A try pa nodostriata
A. reticularis
A trypina disparilis
Reticularia bicostata
Spirifer eudora
S. niagarensis
S. radiatus
Whitfieldella cylindrica
W. intermedia
W. nitida
Pterinea emacerata
Conularia niagarensis
Dawsonoceras annulatum
Dalmanites limulurus
Mastigobolbina punctata
M. tyHis
Dibolbina n. sp.
7 ft Bluish gray, calcareous
shale with a few lime¬
stone layers. Badly
weathered and hard to
obtain good fossils be¬
cause of this. Probably
contains more fossils
than listed.
Dalmanella elegantula
Bilobites biloba
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Chlorinda fornicata
A try pa reticularis
Spirifer radiatus
Whitfieldella cylindrica
W . nitida
Mastigobolbina punctata
M. trilobata
Mudge Creek Section 17
Town of Huron. County of Wayne. Outcrops both above and
below the first bridge across Mudge creek south of North Huron.
There are other outcrops on Mudge creek, but they are isolated and
too small to be of importance.
Top
Lower Clinton
Wolcott Limestone
8 ft. 9 in. Light gray limestone.
Some layers crystalline.
Thin light bluish gray
calcareous shale com¬
mon. Pentamerus mostly
in crystalline limestone.
Some shales bear bryo-
zoans, others Coelospira.
Ostracods most abundant
in shales with Coelo¬
spira. Coelospira appear
Chaetetes lycoperdon
Chasmatopora angulata
Fenestella tenuis
Semicoscinium tenuiceps
Helopora fragilis
Nematopora raripora
Phaenopora ensiformis
Pachydictya crassa
Rhipidomella circulus
Stropheodonta corrugata
Pentamerus oblongus
150
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
dwarfed in some layers.
Contact gradational and
400 ft. downstream from
bridge.
Camarotoechia neglecta
A try pa reticularis
Spirifer radiatus
Cornulites distans
Calymene niagarensis
Mastigobolbina incipient
M. retifera
Zygobolba decora
Upper Sodus Shale
8 ft. 9 in. Greenish gray and bluish
gray calcareous shales
with limestone layers
composed of Coelospira.
Coelospira dwarf in
shale layers at top. The
whole section is exposed
850 ft. below the bridge
in a small cliff.
H el op or a fragilis
Nematopora raripora
Phaenopora ensiformis
Dalmanella elegantula
Rhipidomella circulus
Stropheodonta corrugata
Rhynchotreta robusta
A try pa reticularis
Coelospira hemispherica
Pterinea emacerata
Strophostylus ventricosus
Cornulites distans
C. flexuosus
Calymene niagarensis
Zygobolba decora
Z. inflata
Z. intermedia
Z. robusta
Mastigobolbina incipiens
M. retifera
Wolcott Creek
Section 18
Town of Wolcott. County of Wayne. Within the village rock
outcrops in gorge north of mill pond. This is an excellent section of
the middle portion of the Rochester. Wolcott creek exposes the
lower formations but the outcrops are so small and badly weathered
that they are not included.
Top
Upper Clinton
Rochester Shale
34 ft. Brownish gray, calcare¬
ous shale with abundant
dark brownish gray, ar¬
gillaceous limestone lay¬
ers. Limestones domi¬
nate in upper part. One
layer particularly resist¬
ant 5 ft. 3 in. thick forms
cap of Wolcott falls.
Fossils comparatively
rare. Many layers bar¬
ren. Grades into under¬
lying shale.
Enterolasma caliculum
Dalmanella elegantula
Sowerbyella transversalis
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Stropheodonta profunda
A try pa reticularis
Spirifer radiatus
Platyceras niagarensis
Homalonotus delphinocephalus
Dalmanites limulurus
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 151
Favosites hisingeri
Mesotrypa nummiformis
Chasmatopora asperatostriata
Pholidops squamiformis
Dalmanella elegantula
Rhipidomella hybrida
Sowerbyella transuersalis
Schuchertella subplana
Stropheodonta profunda
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Camarotoechia neglecta
C. obtusiplicata
A try pa nodostriala
A. reticularis
S pirifer radiatus
S. sulcatus
Whitfieldella cylindrica
W . nitida
IV. nitida oblata
Pterinea emacerata
Platyceras niagarense
Proetus corycoeus
Homalonotus delphinocephatm
Dalmanites limulurus
Paraechmina postica
P. spinosa
Disygo pleura proutyi
B eyrie kia veronica
Little Wolcott Creek Section 19
Town of Wolcott. County of Wayne. The creek is unnamed on
the topographic map. It flows east of and parallel with Wolcott
creek. The first outcrop on this creek is near the railroad bridge
(Rome, Watertown and Ogdensburg Division of the New York
Central). The Rochester part of the section is so poorly exposed
that it will not be described. North of the second cross road north of
the village of Wolcott the outcrops are more continuous and not so
badly weathered.
22 ft. 9 in. Brownish gray, calcare¬
ous shale with very few
argillaceous limestones.
Fossils abundant. Some
layers filled with them.
Whitfieldella cylindrica
very common in lowest
layers exposed in stream
bed. Fossils of this spe¬
cies making up the
major part of some lay¬
ers. Lowest layer out¬
crops in stream bed 525
ft. downstream from
falls.
Top
Upper Clinton
Irondequoit Limestone
5 ft. 6 in. Bluish gray limestone.
Some layers crystalline
but mostly argillaceous
with a dull gray color.
The upper layer has
reef like bodies. The shale
partings have the great¬
est fauna. The highest
layer outcrops 1200 ft.
downstream from the
cross road. Lower limit
very arbitrary.
Mesotrypa nummiformis
Chasmatopora asperatostriata
Fenestella elegans
Semicoscinium tenuiceps
Dalmanella elegantula
Orthis flabellites
O. tenuidens
Bilobites biloba
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Schuchertella subplana
S. tenuis
Stropheodonta profunda
Chlorinda fornicata
A try pa nodo striata
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
152
10 ft. 5 in. Upper part bluish gray,
argillaceous limestone
dominates. Lower part
bluish gray, crumbly,
calcareous shale domi¬
nates. Ostracods com¬
mon. Other fossils rare.
Highest layer 1450 ft.
north of bridge.
A. reticularis . v
A. rugosa
Atrypina dispar ilis
Spirifer eudora
S. niagarensis
S. radiatus
S. sulcatus
Cyrtina pyramidalis
T rematospira camura
Nucleospira pisiformis
Whitfieldella cylindrica
W . intermedia
Cuneamya alveata
Leptodesmg rhomb oidea
Leiopteria subplana
Pterinea emacerata
Platyceras niagarense
Cornulites distans
Orthoceras abruptum
Dawsonoceras annulatum
Proetus corycocus
P. stokesi
Calymene clintoni
C. niagarensis
Homalonotus delphinocephalus
Dalmanites limulurus
Mastigobolbina punctata
M. trilobata
Plethobolbina typicalis
Dizygopleura intermedia cornuta
Dalmanella elegantula
Bilobites biloba
Leptaena rhomb oidalis
Soiverbyella transversalis ;"j
Chonetes cornutus
Chlorinda fornicata
A try pa gibbosa
A. reticularis
Dawsonoceras annulatum
Calymene clintoni
Mastigobolbina punctata
M. trilobata
M. typus
Plethobolbina typicalis
Beyrichia aff. lakemontensis
Bilobites biloba
Leptaena rhomboidalis
S chuchertella subplana
Chonetes cornutus
Chlorinda fornicata
A try pa reticularis
Spirifer radiatus
Dawsonoceras annulatum
Calymene clintoni
Dalmanites limulurus
Mastigobolbina punctata
M. trilobata
M. typus
Plethobolbina typicalis
Beyrichia aff. lakemontensis
Dibolbina n. sp.
22 ft. Dark bluish gray, cal¬
careous, crumbly shale.
Weathers a yellow limo-
nitic color. Pyrite
abundant in fresh rock.
Highest layer 2550 ft.
north of bridge. Lowest
1500 ft. south of point
where Port Bay road
crosses creek.
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 1$3
5 ft Green fissile shale.
Shale exposed on down-
thrown side of a fault.
The fault is 920 ft. south
of Port Bay road. The
.. fault may be. seen in a
small cliff on the west
side of the valley. The
fault shows about IS ft
of displacement
Chaetetes lycoperdon
Retiolites geinitsianus venosus
Monograptus clintonensis
Rhipidomella hybrida
Sowerbyella transversalis
Stropheodonta corrugata
Chonetes cornutus
Scenidium pyramidal e ■
A try pa nodostriata
A. reticularis
Spirifer eudora
S. radiatus
Coelospira sulcata
Calymene clintoni
Mastigobolbina punctata
M. trilobata
M. typus
B eyrie hia aff. lakemontensis
Dibolbina n. sp.
Lower Clinton
Wolcott Limestone
10 ft. 6 in. Light bluish gray, crys- Zaphrentis bilateralis
talline limestone. Shale Fenestella tenuis
layers common. This Semicoscinium tenuiceps
limestone on upthrown Helopora fragilis
side of fault. Shale be- Phaenopora ensiformis
- . comes more abundant Platystrophia biforata
toward base. Grades to Rhipidomella circulus
underlying shale. The Stropheodonta corrugata
lowest layer of limestone Chonetes cornutus
is 310 ft. south of road. Pentamerus oblongus
Camarotoechia neglecta
' ' Coelospira hemispherica
•: Mastigobolbina incipiens
M. retifera
Zygobolba decora
Upper Sodus Shale
2. ft Greenish gray and light
bluish gray shale with a
limestone lens of Coelo¬
spira. Coelospirae ap¬
pear dwarfed. Poor out¬
crop. All rock exposed
in stream bed.
Phaenopora constellata
P. ensiformis
P. explanata
Helopora fragilis
Stropheodonta corrugata
Coelospira hemispherica
Strophostylus ventricosus
Holopea obsoleta
Cornulites distans
Zygobolba decora
Z. in flat a
Z. intermedia
Z. robusta
Mastigobolbina incipiens
M. retifera
North Wolcott
Section 20
Town of Wolcott. County of Wayne. Little Red creek flows into
Red creek. The first outcrop occurs 1525 feet north of the four
corners at North Wolcott.
154
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Top
Lower Ginton
Thorold Sandstone
4 ft 3 in. Light gray sandstone Arthrophycw dkghan&nm
with small pellets of em¬
bedded shale. Some lay¬
ers calcareous. Deeply
weathered. Weathering
causes formation to first
break into rectangular
pieces, then crumble into
white sandy soil. Con¬
tact sharp and located
1675 ft. north of four
corners.
Albion Group
Grimsby Sandstone
15 ft. Red sandstone. Tightly Arthrophycm alleghaniensu
cemented, very resistant
red sandstone. Many
conglomeratic layers in
upper part.
Bear Creek Section 21
Town of Wolcott. County of Wayne. Rock is exposed on a small
tributary of Black creek which is locally known as Bear creek. This
tributary enters Black creek a short distance to the north of where the
southwest road from Fair Haven crosses Black creek. That part of
the section which is below the ore is poorly exposed and was uncov¬
ered by digging. The part of the section above the ore is well exposed,
not only in the stream bed of Bear creek but also in the old ore pits
just to the north of the stream. The ore pits are known as the Devoe
ore pits. This is the type section of the Bear creek.
Top
Lower Clinton
Lower Sodus Shale
10 h 5 in.
Dark gray or purple
shale. Some green shale.
A few sandy layers.
Very fossiliferous. Con¬
tact sharp.
Buthotrephis gracilis
Chaetetes lycoperdon
Phaenopora ensiformis
Helopora fragilis
Stropheodonta corrugata
Coclospira hemispherica
Tentaculites minutus
Zygobolba curia
Z. excavata
Z. prolixa
Z. rectangula
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 1SS
Bear Creek Shale
3 in.
Sin.
S ft.
7iiL
§& 10 in.
Oolitic hematitic lime¬
stone. Grades downward
into underlying lime¬
stone.
Dark gray, argillaceous,
slightly sandy limestone.
Upper part hematitic.
Few fossils.
Dark gray or purple, py¬
ritic shale with thin ar¬
gillaceous, pyritic lime¬
stones near top and mid¬
dle. Pelecypods very
abundant.
Dark gray, argillaceous
limestone layer.
Dark gray or purple py¬
ritic shales with alter¬
nating dark gray, argil¬
laceous, pyritic lime¬
stones. Contact sharp.
N o fossils collected
Coelospira hemispherica
Chaetetes lycoperdon
Crinoid stems
Helopora fragilis
Phaenopora ensiformis
P. clintoni
Lingula oblata
L. perovata
Stropheodonta corrugate
Rhynchonella emacerata
Coelospira hemispherica
Ctenodonta lata
C. machaeriformis
C. mac tr if or mis
Pyrenomoeus cuneatus
Cyrtodonta alata
Pterinea emacerata
Modiolopsis subalatus
Orthodesma curtum
Tentaculites minutus
Zygobolba curta
Z. excavate
Z. prolixa
Z. rectangula
Crinoid stems
Coelospira hemispherica
Coelospira hemispherica
Ctenodonta machaeriformis
Pterinea emacerata
Zygobolba curta
Z. excavate
Z. prolixa
Z. rectangula
Furnaceville Iron Ore
20 in. Oolitic, fossiliferous, Helopora fragilis
hematitic limestone. Con- Phaenopora ensiformis
tact gradational. P. explanata
Coelospira hemispherica
Zygobolba curta
Z . excavata
Z. rectangula
Thorold Sandstone
Sin. Alternating shale and Stropheodonta corrugate
limestone and sandy Coelospira hemispherica
shale. Fossils rare and
poorly preserved.
2 ft. Covered
2 ft. Gray sandstone. Poorly
preserved.
156
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Blind Sodus Creek
Section 22
Town of Sterling. County of Cayuga. Outcrop located on main
branch of Blind Sodus creek drie^lid one-half miles east of the village
of Red Creek on the improved Red Creek-Sterling Station road. It is
the third stream shown crossing the road east of Red Creek. Rock is
exposed both to north and south of road. Main outcrops are to the
north. . . , svu 4 c ’
Top
Upper Clinton
4te'L-'
Rochester Shale
12 ft. 9 in. Brownish gray, <^c&€&f»'^nt£!rolcisma calicuium
ous shale very poorly Mesotrypa nummiformis
exposed except basal 5;. ['Chasmatopora asperostriata
ft. Lowest layer out- ' ^Fene Stella elegans
crops 115 ft. north of Rhino p ora verrucosa
i anni/itul
road. Contact sharp. Dalmanella elegantula
■^operbyella transversalis
' K':::S'chuchertella sub plana
tenuis
Strapheodonta profunda
■ ’• ^f^&ptaena rhomboidalis
';^;^$fvrifer niagarensis
' ^ S ' radiatus
^‘Whitfieldella naviformis
• - >;.**« nitida
: Pterinea emacerata
; \t-.jP.\undata '
Cypricardinia undulostriata
"f[Orthoceras abruptum
•' ' Pfoctus stokesi
' ' Arctinurus nereus ,
: 1 Homnlonotus delp'hinocephcitus 1
Ddhnanites limulurus
Paraexhmina spinosa.
Dtkygopleura proutyi
Irondequoit Limestone
18 ft. 9 in. Gray, calcareous shale
with many limestone
layers. Most limestone
argillaceous with some
fossils A few crystalline
crinoidal layers in upper
5 ft. Reeflike bodies in
upper 5 ft. Most shale
crumbly and weathers
rust colored. Some thin
bedded. Graptolites at
two horizons, one 4£
ft. from top, the other
near base. Ostracods
very abundant in layer
6 in. below top. Contact
gradational and 800 ft.
downstream from bridge.
, Enter olasma calicuium
Dictyanema subretiforme
Mesotrypa nummiformis
Fenestella elegans
Rhinopora verrucosa
Dalmanella elegantula
Rhipidomella hybrida
Sozverkyella transversalis
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Schuehertella subplana
S. tenuis
Stropheoddnfa profunda
Camarotoechia neglecta
A try pa gibbosa
A. reticularis
Atrypina disparilis
Spirifer niagarensis
S. radiatus
JVhitfieldella cylindrica
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 157
W. intermedia
Pterinea emacerata
Amphicoelia orbiculoides
Dawsonoceras annulatum
Mastigobolbina typus
Plethobolbina typicalis
| 13 ft. 6. in.
Bluish gray shale, some
"calcareous, some fissile.
No limestone layers:
Graptohtes found
throughout but not abun¬
dantly. Fossils com.-
paratively rare. Low¬
est layer about 1200 ft.
downstream from road.
Monograptus clintonensis
Bilobites biloba
Leptaena rhomb oidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Atrypa reticularis
Spirijer niagarensis
S. radiatus
IVhitfieldella cylindrica
IV. intermedia
IV. naviformis
W. nitida
Dazvsonoceras annulatum
■Mdstigobolbina - punctata
M. trilobata
M. typus
Plethobolbina typicalis
Sterling Station Section 23
Town of Sterling. County of Cayuga. In the past iron ore has
been mined at Sterling Station. In the mining of this ore a con¬
siderable amount of rock has been uncovered. There are three major
openings all located to the west of Sterling Station, near the first four
corners in that direction. One is situated just northwest of these
corners, another to the southeast , of the corners, and still another, the
most recent, is east of the railroad (New York Central: Rome,
Watertown and Ogdensburg Division). Only two of these openings
will be described in detail.
Opening northwest of the first four corners . Oldest pit in the
area. Because the pits are filled with water and the sides overgrown,
no good opportunity is given to study the section above the ore. On
the small streams to the west of the openings the rock underlying the
ore is exposed.
Top
Lower Clinton
Thorold Sandstone
5 ft. 8 in. Light gray slightly cal- Arthrophycus alleghaniensis
careous sandstone with
embedded green shale
pellets. The upper part
very shaly and light
greenish gray in color.
Evidently rock directly
underlies ore. Contact
gradational.
158
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Albion Group
Grimsby Sandstone
3 Red sandstone with light Arthrophycus alleghaniensis
green blotches. Some
conglomeratic layers.
Opening east of railroad. The rock above the ore is well exposed
east of railroad in the most recent workings.
Lower Clinton
Lower Sodus Shale
7 ft. 6 in.
Dark greenish gray shale
with thin limestone lay¬
ers. Some thin sandy
layers noted. Fossils
often preserved as lim-
onitic casts. Contact
sharp.
Helopora fragilis
Phaenopora ensi for inis
Lingula perovata
Stropheodonta corrugata
Coelospira hemispherica
Pterinea emacerata
Tentaculites minutus
Zygobolba curta
Z. ex cava ta
Z. in flat a
Z. prolixa
Bear Creek Shale
3 in. Hematitic, oolitic lime¬
stone. No fossils. Con¬
tact gradational.
7 in. Gray, sandy limestone.
Upper part hematitic.
Fossils rare. Two Pen -
tamerus oblongus found.
Fossil burrows or trails
found in basal part.
Closely resemble Arthro¬
phycus. Contact sharp.
1 ft. 6 in. Dark gray or purple
shale. Thin crystalline
limestone. Coelospira.
4 ft. 6 in. Dark gray or purple
shale with few lime¬
stone layers. Lower
part poorly exposed.
Pelecypods very abun¬
dant.
Arthrophycus alleghaniensis
Lingula perovata
Coelospira hemispherica
Pentamerus oblongus
Tentaculites minutus
Helopora fragilis
Phaenopora ensiformis
P. explanata
Stropheodonta corrugata
Coelospira hemispherica
Encrinurus ornatus
Zygobolba curta
Z. excavata
Z. in fiat a
Z. prolixa
Helopora fragilis
Phaenopora ensiformis
Lingula clintoni
L. oblata
L. perovata
Stropheodonta corrugata
Coelospira hemispherica
Ctenodonta elliptica
C. machaeriformis
C. mactriformis
Pyrenomoeus cuneatus
Pterinea emacerata
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK
159
Modiolopsis sub data
T entaculites minutus
Zygobolba curia
Z. elongata ?
Z. excavata
Z. in flat a
Z. prolixa
5 ft. Covered with water.
Thickness from records
of engineers.
Furnaceville Iron Ore
2 ft. 6 in. Red hematitic, oolitic Zaphrentis bilateralis
limestone. Fossils rare. Helopora fragilis
Covered with water. Phaenopora ensiformis
Thickness from records Coelospira hemispherica
of engineers. Fossils T entaculites minutus
from ore dump. Zygobolba curta
Little Sodus Creek Section 24
Town of Victory. County of Cayuga. Rock outcrops where stream
crosses the road leading south from North Victory near the southern
boundary of the Oswego quadrangle. Rock is exposed 200 feet
upstream from bridge and 1350 feet downstream.
Top
Upper Clinton
Rochester Shale
22 ft. 6 in. Dark brownish gray Favosites hisingeri
shale. Some layers cal- Dictyonema gracilis
careous. Few thin sand- Ceramopora imbricata
stone layers. 3 in. hema- Mesotrypa nummiformis
titic layer near middle. Chasmatopora asperatostriata
Fossiliferous. Whole Fenestella elegans
section exposed but not Semicoscinium tenuiceps
continuously. Rhino p ora verrucosa
Dalmanella elegantula
Orthis flabellites
Rhipidomella hybrida
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Schuchertella subplana
S. tenuis
Stropheodonta profunda
Camar otoechia neglecta
C. obtusplicata
A try pa reticularis
Spirifer niagarensis
S. radiatus
Whitfieldella nitida
Pterinea emacerata
Cypricardinia undulostriata
Diaphorostoma hemisphericum
Homalonotus delphinocephalus
Dalmanites limulurus
Paraechmina postica
P. spinosa
Disygopleura proutyi
160
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Martville (Lunn’s Quarry) Section 25
Town of Hannibal. County of Oswego. Lower part of section
exposed in an old quarry locally known as Lunn’s which is situated
500 feet south of first four corners southwest of Hannibal on United
States Highway 104. The rest of the section outcrops on a small
tributary of Sterling Valley creek which flows west through the quarry
to enter the main stream.
Top
Lower Clinton
Lower Sodus Shale
19 ft. 10 in. Green and dark pur¬
plish gray shale inter-
bedded. In the basal
part the purplish shale
predominates. In the
upper part the green pre¬
dominates. Some thin
limestone layers. Pele-
cypods abundant in
lower part. They are
restricted for the most
part to definite layers.
Not many other fossils
associated with them.
Contact sharp.
Chaetetes lycoperdon
Dictyonema gracilis
Dendocrinus longidactylus
Helopora fragilis
Phaenopora ensiformis
Stropheodonta corrugata
Coelospira hemispherica
Ctenodonta machaerifortnis
Pyrenomoeus c uneat us
Pterinea emacerata
Modiolopsis s'ubalata
Holopea obsoleta
Tentaculites minutus
Cornulites distans
Encririurus ornatus
Phacops triculcatus
Zygobolba curta
Z. excavata
Z. inflata
Z. prolixa
Z. rectangula
Bear Creek Shale
3 in. Red oolitic, hematitic
limestone. Grades down¬
ward into underlying.
No fossils observed.
lift. 3 in. Dark gray or purple
shale. Calcareous layers
common. Few argil¬
laceous dark gray lime¬
stones. Stringers of
hematite in upper 18 in.
and in lower 30 in.
Thin sandy layers com¬
mon throughout. Pele-
cypods abundant. Ostra-
cods very common > and
often replaced by limo-
nite. Contact not well-
defined.
Helopora fragilis
Phaenopora ensiformis
Lingula clintoni
L. oblata
L. perovata
Pholidops squamiformis
Stropheodonta corrugata
Coelospira hemispherica
Ctenodonta machaeriformis
C. mactriformis
Pyrenomoeus cuneatus
Modiolopsis subalatus
Tentaculites minutus
Zygobolba curta
Z. excavata
Z . prolixa
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 161
Furnaceville Iron Ore
1 ft. 6 in. Argillaceous, hematitic Helopora fragilis
limestone with many Phaenopora ensiformis
shale layers. Upper 4 Strqpheodonta corrugata
in. contains considerable Coefospira hemispherica
hematite. Very pyritic ‘ Tentaculites minutus
near middle. Fossils Zygobolba curta
rare and poorly pre- Z. excavata
served. Contact not Z. prolixa
sharp.
Thorold Sandstone
7 ft. 5 in. Gray calcareous sand- Arthrophycus alleghaniensts
stone with interbedded Lingula clintoni
green shale layers. Phos- L, oblata
phatic nodules common L. perovata
especially in central part Zygobolba curta?
Conglomeratic layer Z. prolixa ?
about 3 ft. 6 in. from top.
Lower 2 ft. 6 in. gray
sandstone with embed- ‘
ded clay pellets. Arthro¬
phycus in basal part.
Lingula in upper. Ostra-
cods in green shale
breaks. Very poorly
preserved.
Albion Group
Grimsby Sandstone
4 ft Red sandstone. Some Arthrophycus alleghaniensts
layers contain green
blotches.
Sterling Valley Creek Section 26
Town of Hannibal. County of Oswego. Rock is found in stream
bed north of first four corners east of Martville on the Martville-
Hannibal Center road. The exposure is immediately west of mill
pond (no longer in existence) shown on topographic map.
Top
Lower Clinton
Upper Sodus Shale
10 ft. 6 in.
Green shale with lime¬
stone layers. Limestone
crystalline. Some entire¬
ly composed of Coelo¬
spira. The highest lay¬
ers outcrop at the mill¬
pond, the lowest 735 ft.
to the west,
Helopora fragilis
Phaenopora ensiformis
P. explanata
Leptaena rhomb oidalis
Stropheodonta corrugata
Atrypa reticularis
Coelospira hemispherica
Pterinea emacerata
Pyrenomoeus cuneatus
T entaculites minutus
Calymene niagarensis
Zygobolba decora
Z. intermedia
Z. robusta
Mastigobolbina incipiens
M. retifera
162
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Oswego River Section 27
Towns of Volney and Granby. County of Oswego. Outcrop is
located within the limits of the city of Fulton, just south of Broadway
bridge.
Top
Lower Clinton
Oneida Conglomerate
12 ft. 9 in. White sandstone with Arthrophycus alleghaniensis
conglomeratic layers.
Some green shale layers.
Some layers slightly
calcareous near center of
formation. This portion
finer-grained with em¬
bedded shale pellets.
Albion Group
Grimsby Sandstone
8 ft. Red sandstone. Cross- Arthrophycus alleghaniensis
bedded. Many layers
very argillaceous, Some
even sandy shales.
Phoenix
Section 28
Town of Schroeppel. County of Oswego. Within the village of
Phoenix rock forms the bed of the Oswego branch of the Barge canal.
When the original excavation was made for the canal, the rock taken
from the canal was piled up on the east bank in the extreme north¬
western part of the village limits. During the summer of 1935 the
canal bed was lowered near the locks at Phoenix. Fossil collections
were made from the dump and from the dredge. The engineers work¬
ing on the dredge furnished data showing that the section excavated
was about 20 feet thick. A comparison of the lithology of these rocks
with that of the rock of the diamond drill core from South Granby
about five miles west shows that these rocks are part of the uppermost
Williamson. The dark bluish crumbly shale suggests that some of the
lowest Irondequoit may be represented. The absence of Plethobolbina
typicalis and the presence of Dibolbina n. sp. and Beyrichia aff.
lakemontensis argues for a Williamson age of the whole section.
Top
Upper Clinton
Williamson Shale
20 ft. Green fissile shale inter-
bedded with dark bluish
gray crumbly shale.
Limestone layers are
common. Some are corn-
Buthotrephis gracilis
Enterolasma caliculum
Dictyonema gracilis
D. reti forme
Retiolites geinitzianus venosus
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 163
posed entirely of Sovver-
byella, some largely of
Atrypa, others contain a
variety of fossils. Still
others are crystalline
with no fossils. Grapto-
lites confined to green
fissile shales. Ostracods
most plentiful in dark
bluish gray calcareous
shale.
Brewerton
Monograptus clintonensis
Pholidops squamiformis
Dalmanella elegantula
Orthis tenuidens
Bilobites biloba
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Strophe odonta corrugata
Chonetes cornutus
Scenidium pyramidal e
Rhynchonella bidens
Atrypa nodostriata
A. reticularis
Atrypina disparilis
Cyrtia met a
Spirijer radiatus
Coelospira sulcata
Ctenodonta mactriformis
Hormotoma subulata
Orthoceras bassleri
Calymene clintoni
Dalmanites limulurus
Mastigobolbina punctata
M. trilobata
M. typus
Beyrichia aff. lakemontensis
Dibolbina n. sp.
Section 29
Town of Cicero. County of Onondaga. Rock outcrops in the out¬
let to Oneida lake. This can be obtained only when the water is
extremely low. Within the village limits the soft shale rock is found
south of Oneida river, and all the road cuts expose layers of this shale.
The shale in these road cuts is badly weathered. One of the best out¬
crops for collecting fossils is on United States Highway 11, 450 feet
south of Oneida river. Another is located on the only road leading
west from the village 425 feet west of the railroad. From the diamond
drill core it appears that the lowest layers outcropping in the outlet of
Oneida lake are within 10 feet of the base of the Williamson.
Top
Upper Clinton
Williamson Shale
45 ft. Green fissile shale with
minor limestone lenses.
The shale abounds in
pyrite. This pyrite
weathers rapidly giving
the whole outcrop a
limonitic color. The lay¬
ers which contain the
greatest amount of pyrite
are devoid of animal re¬
mains. In other layers
the organisms appear to
have been dwarfed by the
Palaeocyclus rotuloides
Enterolasma caliculum
Dictyonema gracilis
D. retiforme
Retiolites geinitzianus venosus
Monograptus clintonensis
Lingula lamellata
Bilobites biloba
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Schuchertella sub plana
Chonetes cornutus
Scenidium pyramidal e
164
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
pyritic conditions. The
limestone layers are
often unfossiliferous but
a few are composed
largely of fossils. Two
such fossiliferous layers
are made up of Coelo-
spira sulcata. The thick¬
ness was determined by
taking the elevation by
means of a level of the
lowest and highest layers
outcropping.
Oneida Lake Beach
Camarotoechia acinus
A try pa reticularis
Cyrtia meta
Spirifer radiatus
Coelospira sulcata
Ctenodonta mactriformis
Leptodesma rhomboideum
Pterinea emacerqta
Cyclonema varicosum
Calymene clintoni
Dalmanites limulurus
Mastigobolbina punctata
M. trilobata
M. typus
Beyrichia aff. lakemontensis
Dibolbina n. sp.
Section 30
Town of Sullivan. County of Madison. The outcrop is located
half-way between Lakeport and the summer resort which is named
Oneida Lake, on the topographic map. This part of the lake shore
is now known as Oneida Lake beach. At this point the rock forms
the beach of Oneida lake. Although only a small section is exposed
at this point, its place in the section can be determined with some
degree of accuracy. There are old Lockport quarries less than three-
quarters of a mile to the south. The Rochester-Lockport contact was
uncovered in a large drainage ditch which follows the course of
Canaseraga creek, and is located immediately south of the bridge over
this creek. These outcrops together with the diamond drill core, one
and one-half miles northeast of Lakeport, show that the Oneida Lake
beach outcrop must be about 30 feet below the top of the Rochester.
Top
Upper Clinton
Rochester Shale
6 ft. 9 in. Gray, sandy, dolomitic
limestone. Some layers
are shaly. Stringers of
hematite common, par¬
ticularly near center.
Crinoid stems form some
of the more pure layers.
Enterolasma caliculum
Favosites hisingeri
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Schuchertella subplana
Camarotoechia neglecta
Spirifer radiatus
Nucleospira pisiformis
Whitfieldella nitida oblata
Homalonotus delphinocephalus
Dalmanites limulurus
Paraechmina postica
P. spinosa
Stony Creek Section 31
9
Town of Verona. County of Oneida. There are a number of frag¬
mentary outcrops on Stony creek and its tributaries. The one
farthest south is located one and a half miles southwest of Verona
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 165
Station. The rock outcrops on both sides of a bridge over the stream.
This bridge is on a road leading northwest from the main road
between Verona and Oneida. It is the third road to lead westward,
southwest of Verona. Old quarry located south of road.
Top
Upper Clinton
Herkimer Sandstone
50 ft. Brownish gray sand¬
stone with an abundance
of bluish gray shale lay¬
ers. Most sandstone lay¬
ers are thin. Some have
mud cracks, some bear
the so-called plants. No
continental sandstone
discovered. Most of the
fossils occur in the sand¬
stones and are preserved
as casts and molds.
Paleophycus striatum
Rusophycus biloba
R. subangulatum
Cladopora seriata
Chilotrypa ostiolata
Hallopora elegantula
Clathropora frondosa
Dalmanella elegantula
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Soiverbyella transversalis
Rapine squina obscura
Schuchertella sub plana
Stropheodonta profunda
Camarotoechia neglecta
Atrypa reticularis
Spirifer niagarensis
S. radiatus
Cuneamya alveata
Leptodesma rhomb oidea
Pterinea emacerata
Calymene niagarensis
Arctinurus nereus
Homalonotus delphinocephalus
Dalmanites limulurus
No exposures for one mile downstream. At that point rock out¬
crops in one of the branches of Stony creek. Taking into account the
dip of the rock, which was computed as 64 feet to the mile (computed
on the Oneida conglomerate outcrop and comparing test hole elevation
with outcrop elevation) there is about 67 feet covered.
Top
Middle Clinton
Sauquoit Shale
21ft.
Green sandy, fissile shale
with sandstone members.
Sandstones fine-grained.
Pyrite very common.
Both shales and sand¬
stones fossiliferous. Os-
tracods very abundant in
sandstone. Some of out¬
crops deeply weathered.
Rhipidomella circulus
Chonetes cornutus
Coelospira hemispherica
Cyrtodonta alata
Pterinea emacerata
Bucanella trilobata
Cyclonema varicosum
Kionoceras cancellatum
Calymene clintoni
Dalmanites (limulurus)?
Chilobolbina hartfordensis
Zygobolbina conradi
Mastigobolbina clarkei
M. lata
M. lata var. nana
M. vanuxemi
166
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Downstream Stony creek and its tributary again flow over glacial
material for a mile and one-tenth. The next outcrop occurs eight-
tenths of a mile northeast of Verona Station on the west side of the
main line of the New York Central railroad, where it makes a slight
bend. This location was once worked for iron ore. The pits them¬
selves are filled with water. In a dry time the water level apparently
stands about one foot and a half above the ore. (The writer obtained
a piece of ore, which was thought to be in place, with the aid of a
bar.) Besides the outcrop right at the pits higher layers of shale may
be studied east of the pits near the railroad. Weathered specimens of
very fossiliferous ore may be obtained from the dumps near the pits.
Sauquoit Shale
10 ft. Bluish gray, thin-bedded,
sandy shales with very
sandy, thin limestones.
Fossiliferous. Casts of
ostracods abundant in
weathered sandy lime¬
stone.
Lower Clinton
Rhipidomella circulus
Chonetes cornutus
A try pa reticularis
Coelospira hemispherica
Liocalymene clintoni
Zygobolbina conradi
Mastigobolbina clarkei
M. lata
M. vanuxemi
Wolcott Furnace Iron Ore
1 ft. 5 in. Red, fossiliferous, hema-
titic limestone. Thickness
of this ore given by
Newland and Hart-
nagel (’08, p. 67). Can
not be accurately meas¬
ured now.
Zaphrentis bilateralis
Fenestella tenuis
Phaenopora constellata
P. ensiformis
P. explanata
Dalmanella elegantula
Leptaena rhomb oidalis
Rhynchotreta robusta
Atrypa reticularis
Coelospira hemispherica
Encrinurus ornatus
Zygobolba decora
Z. oblonga
Mastigobolbina incipiens
M. retifera
The rest of the Clinton above the Oneida conglomerate is very
poorly exposed. Small isolated fragmentary outcrops of shale are
found jutting out here and there from the southwest bank of a
tributary to Stony creek flowing northwest about six-tenths of a mile
northeast of Verona.
Upper Sodus Shale
Greenish shale with a
few thin sandstone lay¬
ers. One thin limestone
was found in place. Some
pieces of cherty lime¬
stone float observed.
Zaphrentis bilateralis
Favosites favosideus
Chaetetes lycoperdon
Chasmatopora angulata
Fenestella tenuis
Helopora fragilis
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 167
Some shale very fossil-
iferous. Fossils more re¬
sistant than enclosing
shale. Highest layer of
outcropping shale about
10 ft. below ore pit lo¬
cated on the same
stream.
Phaenopora ensiformis
Platystrophia biforata
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Stropheodonta corrugata
Rhyrichotreta robusta
A try pa reticularis
Coelospira hemispherica
Ctenodonta lata
Pyrenomoeus cuneatus
Pterinea emacerata
Modiolopsis ovata
Orthodesma curtum
Orthoceras clavatum
O. virgulatum
Discosorus conoideus
Actinoceras vertebratum
Oncoceras subrectum
Calymene senaria
Calymenella rostrata
Zygobolba decora
Z. in flat a
Z. oblonga
Z . robusta
The Oneida conglomerate outcrops 300 feet north of the three
corners, located one and a half miles due north of Verona. To the
south of the massive conglomerate interbedded green shales and thin
sandstones are found outcropping in the drainage ditch along the
road. No attempt was made to measure the section. The following
are lists of fossils found in the shales and sandstone.
From the shale layers. Zaphrentis bilateralis
Helopora fragilis
Phaenopora ensiformis
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Camarotoechia robusta
Coelospira hemispherica
Tentaculites minutus
Zygobolba decora
Z. inflata
From the sandstone and Arthrophycus alleghaniensis
conglomerate layers.
College Hill Creek
Section 32
Town of Kirkland. County of Oneida. College Hill creek is the
first stream shown on the topographic map which flows into Oriskany
creek north of College Hill. The exposure is poor because so much
of the course is covered by debris and because the stream is inter¬
rupted by dams.
Top
Vernon Shale
87 ft. Vernon red shale. Some
green shale near base.
Outcrops at bridge over
College Hill creek and
continues downstream
955 ft
168
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Lockport Dolomite
63 ft. Dark gray argillaceous
dolomite. Some shale
layers. Abundance of
dark gray dolomitic
shale at base especially.
Contact unconformable.
Upper Clinton
Herkimer Sandstone
5 ft. 6 in.
Sandstone. Medium gray,
calcareous, massive-bed-
ded. Top very irregu¬
lar. Fossils.
Crinoid stems
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Schuchertella sub plana
2 ft. 6 in.
Red, arkosic, cross-bed¬
ded sandstone. No fossils.
2 ft. 6 in.
Covered.
2 ft.
Medium gray, very
sandy limestone with
medium gray calcareous
shales. Fossils rare.
Lingula perovata
Dalmanella elegantula
Leptaena rhomboidalis
3 ft.
Covered.
2 ft. 6 in.
Red to brown sandstone.
No fossils.
3 ft.
Covered.
8 ft. 6 in.
Dark gray to medium
gray, calcareous, silty,
hard shale and thin red
sandstone. Wave marks
and ripple marks. No
fossils.
1 ft. 6 in.
Medium gray argilla¬
ceous limestone.
Schuchertella subplana
Stropheodonta profunda
17 ft. 9 in.
Covered.
4 ft. 3 in.
Light gray, crystalline,
sandy, silty, limestone.
Hematitic band near
center. Fossiliferous.
Cladopora seriata
Fistulipora crustula
Mesotrypa nummiformis
Clathropora frondosa
Rhinopora verrucosa
Lingula lamellata
Schuchertella subplana
S. tenuis
Atrypa reticularis
Whitfieldella nitida
Pentamerus ovalis
Dawsonoceras annulatum
Dalmanites limulurus
16 ft. 8 in.
Covered
3 ft. 6 in.
Dark gray, calcareous,
hard shale. Thin sandy
limestone layers. Thin
stringers of hematite.
Poorly exposed. Contact
Dictyonema retiforme
Fenestella elegans
Eridotrypa solida
Lioclema asperum
Acanthoclema asperum
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 169
gradational and located Clathropora frondosa
about 3700 ft east of Stictotrypa punctipora
road. Lingula lamellata
Dalmanella elegantula
Homalonotus delphinocephalus
Cheirurus niagarensis
Dalmanites limulurus
Kirkland Iron Ore
4 ft. 7 in. Red, hematitic limestone. Cladopora seriata
Some layers sandy, some Eridotrypa solida
argillaceous. Hematite Fenestella elegans
concentration greater Acanthoclema asperum
near the center. Some Schuchertella subplana
siderite. Fossils only
partly replaced.
Dawes Quarry Creek Section 33
Town of Kirkland. County of Oneida. Located east of the main
part of the village of Clinton and on a creek which is crossed by a
north-south road which forms with the Clinton-Willowvale road the
second three corners east of Clinton village. Rock outcrops on both
sides of the bridge over that stream.
Top
Upper Clinton
Herkimer Sandstone
5 ft. 6 in.
2 ft.
Light gray, thin-bedded,
calcareous sandstone.
Wave and ripple marks.
Green sandy shale.
Slightly calcareous. Un-
fossiliferous.
Crinoid stems
3 ft. 4 in.
Light gray, thin-bedded,
calcareous sandstone.
Shale partings abundant.
Bedding irregular.
Buthotrephis gracilis
B. palmata
Strophomena orthididea
Crinoid stems
2 ft. 6 in.
Green, silty shale.
Buthotrephis gracilis
B. palmata
6 ft.
Light to medium gray
sandstone. Mostly thin-
bedded. Shale partings
abundant.
Dalmanella elegantula
Rafinesquina obscura
Schuchertella subplana
Rhynchonella plicatella
Rhynchotreta cuneata
2 ft.
Gray sandstone and green
shale interbedded. Wave
and ripple marks and
mud cracks common.
Buthotrephis gracilis
B. palmata
B. ramosa
Rusophycus biloba
R. subangulatum
1 ft. 6 in.
Light gray sandstone
with shale partings.
Quite fossiliferous.
Dalmanella elegantula
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Rafinesquina obscura
170
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
3 ft. Green, silty shale with
thin sandstone layers.
Mud cracks common.
Unfossiliferous.
13 ft. 9 in. Light gray sandstone be¬
coming calcareous to¬
ward the base. Some
sandy limestones in basal
portion. Shale partings
common. Fossiliferous.
Hematitic stringers com¬
mon near the base.
Contact gradational and
located 750 ft. down¬
stream from road.
Schuchertella subplana
Stropheodonta profunda
Strophomena orthididea
Pentamerus ovalis
Rhynchotreta cuneata
Pterinea emacerata
Modiolopsis ovata
M. subcarinata
C l ado p or a seriata
Fenestella elegans
Dalmanella elegantula
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Rafinesquina obscura
Schuchertella subplana
Stropheodonta profunda
Strophomena orthididea
Pentamerus ovalis
Rhynchotreta cuneata
Cuneamya alveata
Ctenodonta elliptica
Leptodesma rhomb oideum
Pterinea emacerata
Modiolopsis ovata
M. subcarinata
Strophostylus cancellatus
Conularia niagarensis
Dawsonoceras annulatum
Calymene niagarensis
Homalonotus delphinocephalus
Dalmanites limulurus
Paraechmina postica
P. spinosa
Dizygopleura proutyi
Beyrichia veronica
Kirkland Iron Ore
5 ft. 2 in. Red, hematitic limestone. Cladopora seriata
Hematitic content vari- Fistulipora crustula
able. Contact abrupt. Eridotrypa solida
Fenestella elegans
Acanthoclema asperum
Clathropora frondosa
Schuchertella subplana
Dawes Sandstone
8 ft. Light gray, massive,
cross-bedded sandstone.
Unfossiliferous. Upper
part stained red due to
ground water. Contact
unconformable.
No further outcrops in the bed of the stream. About 1500 feet
below the road on the east side of the stream are the old open cuts of
the Franklin iron ore mine. The ore was worked by the open cut
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 171
method until the overburden became too great, then underground
methods were employed.
Upper Clinton
Willowvale Shale
18 ft. 4 in. Green, calcareous shale
with thin limestone lay¬
ers. Shale poorly ex¬
posed due to weathering.
Palaeocyclus rotuloides
Dictyonema gracilis
D. retiforme
Retiolites venosus
Monograptus clintonensis
Lingula lamellata
Pholidops squamiformis
Dalmanella elegantula
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Schuchertella sub plana
Chonetes cornutus
Scenidium pyramidale
Camarotoechia acinus
Atrypa reticularis
Cyrtia meta
Spirifer radiatus
Coelospira sulcata
Ctenodonta mac tr if or mis
Leptodesma rhomboidea
Pterinea emacerata
Cyclonema varicosum
Orthoceras bassleri
Dawsonoceras annulatum
Calymene clintoni
C. niagarensis
Dalmanites limulurus
Mastigobolbina punctata
M. trilobata
M. typus
Beyrichia aff. lakemontensis
Dibolbina n. sp.
Westmoreland Iron Ore
3 ft. Red, oolitic iron ore with
a shale parting near the
center. Poorly exposed.
Much talus had to be re¬
moved in making the
estimate of thickness. All
the fossils listed come
from shale parting.
Palaeocyclus rotuloides
Lingula lamellata
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Chonetes cornutus
Atrypina disparilis
Spirifer radiatus
Coelospira sulcata
Calymene clintoni
C. niagarensis
Dalmanites limulurus lunatus
Willowvale
Section 34
Town of New Hartford. County of Oneida. A very good section
is exposed by the creek which flows east into Sauquoit creek at
Willowvale. The rock is found in the stream bed and in cliffs along
the stream. There are three artificial lakes, which cover some rock,
but by studying both the stream bed and cliffs a nearly complete sec¬
tion can be obtained. The area of outcrop was once used as a picnic
ground which was known in the past as Roger’s Glen.
172
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Top
Upper Clinton
Herkimer Sandstone
41 ft. 6 in. Light gray, slightly cal¬
careous sandstone. Low¬
est layer more calcare¬
ous. Some sandy lime¬
stone. Mostly thin-bed¬
ded stringers of hematite
in basal part. This part
of the section is found
above the natural falls.
A cliff above the falls
about 2500 ft. west of
main street in Willow-
vale, exposes much of
section. Contact grada¬
tional.
«
Buthotrephis ramosa
Palaeophycus striatum
Rusophycus biloba
R. subangulatum
Cladopora seriata
Rafinesquina obscura
Schuchertella subplana
Stropheodonta profunda
Pentamerus ovalis
Rhynchonella plicatella
Rhynchotreta cuneata
Mytilarca mytiliformis
Modiolopsis ovata
M. subcarinatus
Orthoceras clavatum
Dawsonoceras annulatum
Homalonotus delphinocephalus
Dalmanites limulurus
Dizygopleura proutyi
Kirkland Iron Ore
4 ft. 2 in. Red, hematitic limestone.
Some pyrite and siderite.
Fossils abundant. Fos¬
sils not dwarf. This
limestone forms cap rock
of the falls. Contact un-
conformable.
Cladopora seriata
Eridotrypa solida
Fenestella elegans
Acanthoclema asperum
Stictotrypa punctipora
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Rafinesquina obscura
Schuchertella subplana
Stropheodonta profunda
A try pa reticularis
Homalonotus delphinocephalus
Dalmanites limulurus
Willowvale Shale
2 ft. 10 in. Bluish gray calcareous
shale. Shale crumbles
rather than breaks par¬
allel to any bedding.
Fossils abundant but
poorly preserved. Many
broken. May represent a
reworking of lower
shale. Contact grada¬
tional.
Mesotrypa nummiformis
Dalmanella elegantula
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Schuchertella subplana
Chonetes cornutus
Camarotoechia neglecta
A try pa reticularis
Spirifer radiatus
Nucleospira pisiformis
Whitfieldella intermedia
Coelospira sulcata
Ctenodonta machaeriformis
Pyrenomoeus cuneatus
Cyclonema varicosum
Strophostylus cancellatus
Dawsonoceras annulatum
Calymene clintoni
Dalmanites limulurus
Mastigobolbina punctata
M. trilobata
M. typus
Plethobolbina typicalis
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 173
18 ft. 3 in. Greenish gray shale with
thin limestone layers
near the base. Thin-
bedded and splits paral¬
lel to the bedding planes.
The lowest layer out¬
crops 20 ft. downstream
from the dam which
forms the second lake
about 2025 ft. west of
the main street of Wil-
lowvale.
Palaeocyclus rotuloides
Chaetetes lycoperdon
Dictyonema gracilis
D. retiforme
Retiolites geinitzianus venosus
Monograptus clint onensis
Ccramopora imbricata
Eridotrypa striata
Fenestella elegans
Semicoscinium tenuiceps
Acanthoclema asperum
Rhinopora verrucosa
Dalmanella elegantula
Bilobites biloba
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Sowerbyella transversalis
Schuchertella elegans
S. sub plana
S. tenuis
Strophonella patenta
Chonetes cornutus
Camarotoechia neglecta
Rhynchonella bidens
Atrypa nodostriata
A. reticularis
Spirifer radiatus
Nucleospira pisiformis
Coelospira sulcata
Cuneamya alveata
Ctenodonta machaerijormis
Pyrenomoeus cuneatus
Leptodesma rhomboidea
Pterinea emacerata
Hormotoma subulata
Cyclonema varicasum
Orthoceras annulatum
Dawsonoceras annulatum
Calymene clintoni
Dalmanites limulurus
Mastigobolbina punctata
M. trilobata
M. typus
Plethobolbina typicalis
Beyrichia aff. lakemontensis
6 ft. Covered. The topography is such that it can not be uncovered
without an enormous amount of work. Pieces of oolitic ore were
found in the stream and along the steep banks, but its exact
location could not be determined. This area is found at the dam
which forms the second lake.
Middle Clinton
Sauquoit Shale
19 ft. 9 in. Bluish green, fissile,
sandy shale. Thin sand¬
stone layers. Poorly ex¬
posed.
8 ft. 6 in. Bluish green, fissile,
sandy shale. Thin sand¬
stones abundant. Well-
exposed. Very fossili-
ferous. Exposed in
Chaetetes lycoperdon
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Chonetes cornutus
Coelospira hemispherica
Pterinea emacerata
174
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
stream bed between first
and second lake.
20 ft. 4 in. Bluish green, fissile,
sandy shale. Poorly ex¬
posed. Last outcrop
about 100 ft. below first
dam.
8 ft. 9 in. Greenish gray, very
sandy shale. Sandy
limestone layers near
center. Irregular con¬
glomeratic masses com¬
mon. Wave and ripple
marks and mud cracks.
Fossils rare. Some ex¬
cellent ostracods.
9 ft. Greenish gray, slightly
calcareous shale. Mud
cracks common. Very
fossiliferous.
4 ft. 6 in. Green and greenish gray,
very sandy shale with
thin-bedded green, argil¬
laceous sandstone. Con¬
glomeratic masses com¬
mon. Fossils rare and
poorly preserved.
7 ft. 9 in. Green, silty, slightly cal¬
careous, sandy shale.
Conglomeratic masses
present. Poorly exposed.
1 ft. 3 in. Light to medium gray,
quartz conglomerate.
Some phosphatic mate¬
rial.
12 ft. 7 in. Bluish gray, slightly cal¬
careous, slightly sandy
shale. Thin-bedded. Some
mud cracks and wave
and ripple marks. Very
fossiliferous.
Diaphorostoma hemisphericum
Conularia niagarensis
C. longa
Zygobolbina conradi
Mastigobolbina clarkei
M. lata
M. lata var. nana
M. vanuxemi
Zygobolbina conradi
Mastigobolbina lata
M. lata var. nana
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Chonetes cornutus
Atrypa reticularis
A trypina disparilis
Leptodesma rhomboideum
Amphicoelia orbiculoides
Cyclonema varicosum
Bucanella trilobata
Calymene clintoni
C. niagarensis
Dalmanites limulurus lunatus
Zygobolbina conradi
Mastigobolbina lata
M. lata var. nana
M. vanuxemi
Leptaena rhomboidalis
Chonetes cornutus
Coelospira hemispherica
Ctenodonta machaeriformis
Cyrtodonta alata
Leptodesma rhomboideum
Pterinea emacerata
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 175
Amphicoelia orbiculoides
Bucanella trilobata
Cyclonema varicosum
, Calymene clintoni
Dalmanites limulurus lunatus
Zygobolbina conradi
Mastigobolbina lata
M. lata var. nana
M. vanUxemi
1 ft. 6 in. Light to medium gray
conglomerate. May be
beginning of Oneida.
Conglomerate located
350 ft. upstream from
main street of Willow-
vale.
DESCRIPTION OF DIAMOND DRILL CORES
The eight state-owned diamond drill cores were loaned to the
writer through the courtesy of C. A. Hartnagel. They were a great
aid not only in determining the lithology and thickness of the various
Clinton formations, but also in correlating and giving the strati¬
graphic position of many of the small isolated outcrops many of which
otherwise would have been useless.
The lithology and fossil content of the cores are described on the
following pages. The cores are designated by letters A to H. Their
location is shown on the accompanying map (figure 1, page 7).
Wallington Drill Core Section A
Town of Sodus. County of Wayne. The test hole is located on the
west bank of Salmon creek 90 feet north of United States High¬
way 104.
Top
Pleistocene and Recent
2 ft. 6 in. Soil.
Upper Clinton
Rochester Shale
67 ft. 6 in. Brownish gray, calcareous shale with many argillaceous lime¬
stone layers. The lower part is a dark gray shale with light gray
limestone members. Very fossiliferous. Contact sharp.
Irondequoit Limestone
8 ft. 2 in. Crystalline, light gray limestone layers with shale layers. Crinoid
stems abundant. Whitfieldella intermedia common. Contact
gradational.
10 ft. 1 in. Bluish gray calcareous shale with limestone members. Masti¬
gobolbina trilobata. Contact gradational.
176
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Williamson Shale
18 ft. 6 in. Green fissile shale, the basal part of which contains black layers.
Thin limestone layers present. Some limestone composed of
Sowerbyella transversalis. Monograptus clintonensis plentiful.
At base of Williamson a few inches of column are missing. May represent
the unconformity noted on Second creek.
Lower Clinton
Wolcott Limestone
2 ft. 10 in. Bluish gray shale. Thin-bedded. No Pentamerns. Probably
Wolcott Furnace iron ore horizon.
14 ft. 6 in. Bluish gray limestone. Some layers crystalline. Thin shale layers
common. Pentamerus oblongus occurs at four horizons. First
upper 9 in., second 17 in. layer 34 in. from the top, third 4 ft.
with Pentamerus throughout 68 in. from the top, fourth occurs at
the very base of the limestone.
2 ft. 10 in.
Upper Sodus Shale
Transition limestone and shale. Limestone predominates at the
top, shale at the base.
34 ft. 9 in.
Green, calcareous shale with limestone layers. These limestones
commonly called pearly layers. Composed almost entirely of
Coelospira hemispherica. Zygobolba decora is common. In
drawing the line between this shale and the one below a careful
search for ostracods was made. It was found that the shale above
the 6-in. pearly layer contained Zygobolba decora and that below
had Zygolbolba excavata and Zygobolba prolixa. This 6-in.
pearly layer appears to occur at the same horizon that the 7-in.
pearly layer occupies on Salmon creek. Contact sharp.
16 ft. 2 in.
Lower Sodus Shale
Green and dark gray or purple shale. Upper part predominately
green. Lower part predominately dark gray. Limestone layers
composed of Coelospira hemispherica common. The most com¬
mon ostracods in the upper part Zygobolba excavata and Zygo¬
bolba prolixa. In the basal part Zygobolba curta predominates. At
the base is a one-inch band of hematitic material. Contact sharp.
12 ft. 6 in.
Reynales Limestone
Dark to light gray limestone. The upper part thin-bedded. The
upper and middle portions contain an abundance of chert. Pen¬
tamerus oblongus characteristic. Contact gradational.
2 ft. 6 in.
Furnaceville Iron Ore
Limestone with hematite. The hematitic content is not high at
any one point, but the lower 11 in. contains the most. Contact
sharp.
5 ft.
Thorold Sandstone
Green-gray, shaly, calcareous sandstone. The upper part has black
phosphatic nodules. Some of the sandstone layers have clay pellets
imbedded in them.
Albion Group
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 177
Grimsby Sandstone
Red sandstone.
Wolcott Drill Core Section B
Town of Wolcott. County of Wayne. Test hole is located north
of the falls at Wolcott and on the east bank of Wolcott creek.
Top
Pleistocene and Recent
5 ft. 6 in. Soil.
Upper Clinton
Rochester Shale
39 ft. Brown and gray calcareous shale with many limestone layers.
Very fossiliferous. Contact sharp.
Irondequoit Limestone
6 ft. 2 in. Gray crystalline limestone. A few layers crinoidal.
28 ft. 6 in. Bluish gray, calcareous shale with limestone members. Shale
crumbles rather than cleaves. Contact gradational.
Williamson Shale
22 ft. 9 in. Green fissile shale with some dark colored layers near the base. Few
limestone layers most of which are less than 2 in. thick. Sower-
byella transversalis abundant in limestones. A try pa reticularis and
Monograptus clintonensis abundant in shales.
Unconformity pronounced.
Lower Clinton
Wolcott Furnace Iron Ore
1 ft. Hematitic limestone. Concentration greatest in lower 6 in.
Contact gradational.
Wolcott Limestone
19 ft. 6 in. Bluish gray limestone. Many bluish gray calcareous shale layers.
Pentamerus oblongus at three horizons. Contact gradational.
Upper Sodus Shale
42 ft. 6 in Green, calcareous shale. Some layers near top bluish gray in
color. Pearly layers common and reach a thickness of 5 in.
Also some crystalline limestones. Shales abound in Coelospira
hemispherica, Stropheodonta corrugata, Zygobolba decora and
Zygobolba robusta. Contact questionable.
Lower Sodus Shale
19 ft. 6 in. Greenish gray shale with dark gray or purple shale abundant at
base. Crystalline limestone layers present. None of the lime¬
stones are pearly. Shale contains Coelospira hemispherica , Ten-
taculites minutus, Zygobolba curta, Zygobolba prolixa and
Zygobolba excavata. At the base is a 2 in. layer of hematitic
limestone. Ore marks an abrupt change in lithology. Contact
sharp.
178
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Reynales Limestone
12 ft. 2 in. Alternating gray limestone and dark gray shale. The upper 20
in. contains fossils, Pentamerus oblongus. The middle portion
cherty.. The lower 2 ft. has tiny stringers of hematite. Contact
gradational.
Furnaceville Iron Ore
2 ft. 9 in. Hematitic limestone interbedded with shale. Hematite is con¬
centrated at top and bottom, the two layers being separated by a
shaly limestone. Contact sharp.
Thorold Sandstone
2 ft. 1 in. Shaly, calcareous sandstone. The middle portion a green, platy
shale. The upper 8 in. a green, sandy shale with fine-grained
nodules of phosphatic material.
Red Creek Drill Core Section C
Town of Sterling. County of Cayuga. Test hole is located just to
the north of the improved Red Creek- Sterling Station road, two miles
northeast of Red Creek and three miles southwest of Sterling Station.
The well was drilled on the bank of one of the minor branches of
Blind Sodus creek.
Top
Pleistocene and Recent
9 ft. Soil and glacial drift.
Upper Clinton
Rochester Shale
0
14 ft. Brown and gray calcareous shale interbedded. Some argillaceous
limestone.
Irondequoit Limestone
6 ft. Gray, argillaceous limestone. The basal part a pure crystalline
limestone. The central portion a calcareous shale. The upper 15
in. is very fossiliferous, Whitfieldella cylindrica. Mastigobolbina
punctata found near center. Contact gradational.
29 ft. 4 in. Gray, calcareous shale with a few argillaceous limestone members.
Some layers fissile. Fossiliferous but none identified.
Williamson Shale
31 ft. 6 in. Green and gray fissile shale. A few black layers in the lower
and central portions. Some thin limestones composed entirely of
Sowerbyella transver salts, Monograptus clintonensis and Dibol-
bina n. sp. common in shale layers.
Unconformity clearly marked.
Lower Clinton
Wolcott Furnace Iron Ore
1 ft. 4 in. Bluish gray, calcareous shale. Oolites of hematite. Phosphatic
nodules. One inch of oolitic iron ere at base. Contact gradational.
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 179
Wolcott Limestone
16 ft. 10 in. Light gray limestone with some bluish gray, calcareous shale
layers. Much of limestone argillaceous. Pentamerus oblongus
at two horizons. Pentamerus only in crystalline limestone. Con¬
tact gradational.
Upper Sodus Shale
44 ft. 1 in. Greenish gray, calcareous shale with bluish gray shale layers in
upper part. Some dark gray shales near base. Pearly limestone
layers especially in upper part. The shales contain Coelospira
hemispherica, Zygobolba decora and Zygobolba robusta. Contact
not easily distinguished.
Lower Sodus Shale
21 ft. 6 in. Purplish gray shale with some greenish gray shale. Many thin
limestone layers. One is 13 in. thick, but most are less than 4 in.
thick. Limestones in upper part pearly. Limestones in lower
part crystalline with brownish color. Four-inch hematitic layer
at the base. Zygobolba excavata present.
Reynales Limestone
10 ft. 10 in. Dark gray or purple shale and dark gray argillaceous limestones.
The upper 2 in. is fossiliferous. In the shale near center Zygobolba
curta was identified.
Furnaceville Iron Ore
2 ft. 6 in. Red hematitic fossiliferous limestone. Two inches of shale
near center.
Thorold Sandstone
3 ft. 6 in. Greenish gray, calcareous shaly sandstone. The upper 8 in.
very shaly.
Martville Drill Core Section D
Town of Sterling. County of Cayuga. The test hole is located on
the west bank of Little Sodus creek and 15 rods north of the main
highway to Hannibal.
Top
Pleistocene and Recent
18 ft. Glacial till.
Lower Clinton
Upper Sodus Shale
35 ft. Greenish gray shale with some dark gray shale layers becoming
more abundant toward the base. Pearly limestone especially
abundant in the lower part of the upper half. Some crystalline
unfossiliferous limestones. Coelospira hemispherica and Tentacu-
lites minutus in shale. Zygobolba decora also present. No definite
break at base. Contact drawn where dark gray dominates. Ostra-
cods aid in determining contact.
180
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Lower Sodus Shale
30 ft. 6 in. Dark gray or purple shale with limestone lenses. Thin limestones
common. Limestones crystalline, some with brownish color. The
shales contain Phaenopora ensiformis, Coelospira hemispherica,
Zygobolba excavata and Zygobolba curta. Contact sharp.
Bear Creek Shale
10 ft. 1 in. Dark gray or purplish shales with some interbedded argillaceous
limestones. Shale layers contain pelecypods and Coelospira hemi¬
spherica. The top is marked by 1 in. of hematitic material
Stringers of hematite in basal 2 ft. Contact gradational.
Furnaceville Iron Ore
3 in. Red hematitic argillaceous limestone. Black phosphatic nodules
common at base.
Thorold Sandstone
4 ft. 2 in. Gray, argillaceous, calcareous sandstone. Upper part interbedded
with green shale.
South Granby Drill Core Section E
Town of Granby. County of Oswego. The test hole is located one
and a half miles north of Little Utica and one mile southwest of South
Granby on the west side of the north-south road and just north of the
little stream which crosses the road at that point.
Top
Pleistocene and Recent
22 ft. Soil, sand and gravel.
Upper Clinton
Rochester Shale
16 ft. 9 in. Brownish gray, calcareous shale. Very fossiliferous. Contact sharp.
Irondequoit Limestone
8 ft. Dark gray, argillaceous limestone. Upper part very fossiliferous.
Crinoid stems. IVhitfieldella cylindrica. Contact gradational.
3 ft. 2 in. Dark gray, tough, calcareous shale. Sparingly fossiliferous.
Mastigobolbina trilobata . Contact sharp.
1 ft. 9 in. Crystalline crinoidal limestone. Contact gradational.
9 ft. 1 in. Dark gray argillaceous, some pyritic limestone. Shale partings
abundant. Fossiliferous. Contact gradational.
Williamson Shale
18 ft. 6 in. Dark green to gray massive calcareous shale with some thin
limestone layers. Toward base limestone filled with Sowerbyella
transversalis. Monograptus clintonensis in shales. Contact sharp.
7 ft. 3 in. Blue to brown calcareous shale. Thick-bedded. Mastigobolbina
punctata. .i
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 181
15 ft. 3 in. Dark greenish gray fissile shale. A very few thin limestones.
Monograptus clintonensis, Sowerbyella transversalis. Basal few
inches very pyritic with a thin stringer of hematitic limestone.
Contact sharp.
Middle Clinton
Sauquoit Shale
16 ft. 4 in. Dark brownish gray to brown shale. Some thin-bedded, and fissile.
Some near center calcareous. Thin limestone at top. Contact
gradational.
16 ft. 8 in. Dark gray fissile shale. Very thin layers of limestone or calcare¬
ous material at base. Contact sharp.
Lower Clinton
Wolcott Limestone
11 in. Light gray limestone, largely composed of crinoid stems. Hema¬
tite abundant in the upper part where it replaces fossils.
2 ft. 7 in. Bluish gray calcareous shale. Lacy bryozoans abundant.
6 in. Argillaceous oolitic hematitic iron ore.
8 in. Bluish gray calcareous shale with thin limestone layers.
10 in. Light gray fossiliferous limestone. An abundance of hematite
especially near center.
4 ft. 6 in. Light gray, fossiliferous limestone with shale partings. Pentamerus
oblongus.
6 ft. 2 in. Light gray, dense crystalline limestone with an abundance of
shale partings. Contact gradational.
Upper Sodus Shale
2 ft. 4 in. Light bluish gray shale with dense limestones.
39 ft. 8 in. Greenish gray calcareous shale. Some light bluish gray at top.
Dark gray shale abundant at the base. Thin pearly limestone
layers especially abundant in the upper half. Some brownish
crystalline limestone near base. Coelospira hemispherica abundant.
Tentaculites minutus, Zygobolba decora, Zygobolba robusta and
Mastigobolbina incipiens. Contact indefinite. Drawn on basis of
ostracods and change in lithology.
Lower Sodus Shale
20 ft. Dark gray, slightly calcareous, fossiliferous shale with a few
limestone layers, none of which are pearly. Pelecypods noted in
basal portion. Coelospira hemispherica and Zygobolba excavata
also identified. Contact sharp.
Bear Creek Shale
9 ft. 10 in. Dark gray, slightly calcareous shale with argillaceous limestone.
Basal portion slightly sandy. Contact gradational.
Furnaceville Iron Ore
8 in. Red argillaceous hematitic limestone.
Thorold Sandstone
4 ft. 3 in. Green argillaceous, calcareous sandstone with shale layers.
Phosphatic nodules abundant.
182
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Brewerton Drill Core Section F
Town of Cicero. County of Onondaga. The test hole is located on
the south bank of Oneida river about 230 feet west of the bridge on
United States Highway 11.
Top
Pleistocene and Recent
14 ft. Clay.
Upper Clinton
Williamson Shale
5 ft. 4 in. Dark green, fissile shale with thin limestones composed of Sower-
byella transversalis. 4 in. layer with glauconite and phosphatic
nodules at base. Contact sharp.
Middle Clinton
Sauquoit Shale
14 ft. 4 in. Dark bluish green fissile silty shale.
16 ft. 6 in. Dark green thinly laminated shale. Some slightly calcareous.
Thin crystalline unfossiliferous limestones common.
6 ft. 2 in. Dark bluish gray calcareous sandy and silty shale with some thin
limestones and thin partings of sandstone. Contact sharp.
Lower Clinton
Wolcott Furnace Iron Ore
1 ft. 11 in. Red hematitic limestone stringers in a bluish gray, sandy and
calcareous shale. Upper 2 in. show greatest concentration of
hematite. Lacy bryozoans abundant. Contact gradational.
Wolcott Limestone
14 ft. 3 in. Light gray to bluish gray, very argillaceous limestone with a few
crystalline layers. Brownish and bluish gray calcareous shale
abundant. Limestone layers unfossiliferous. Many limestones
show trace of hematite as thin stringers. Shale layers abound in
Fenestella tenuis, Semicoscinium tenuiceps. One ostracod, Masti-
gobolbim incipiens. Contact gradational.
Upper Sodus Shale
7 ft. Bluish gray and greenish gray calcareous shales interbedded with
thin limestones. Shales show an abundance of Coelospira hemi-
spherica , Tentaculites minutus, Zygobolba decora, Zygobolba
robusta, Mastigobolbina incipiens and Mastigobolbina retifera.
Contact gradational.
35 ft. 3 in. Greenish gray, calcareous shale with thin pearly limestone layers.
Some dark gray or purple shale in the basal portion. Shales very
fossiliferous with Coelospira hemispherica, Stropheodonta cor-
rugata and Zygobolba decora especially prominent. Contact
indefinite.
Lower Sodus Shale
18 ft. 3 in. Dark gray shale with a few greenish gray layers. Thin crystalline
limestones, mostly brownish in color, are common. Shale fossilif¬
erous. Coelospira hemispherica, Pterinea emacerata, Tentacul¬
ites minutus, Zygobolba prolixa and Zygobolba curta. Contact
sharp but conformable.
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 183
Bear Creek Shale
4 ft. 8 in. Dark gray shale with dark gray argillaceous limestones. Top
marked by a thin oolitic hematitic limestone. Stringers of hema¬
tite found throughout upper 1 ft. 6 in.
8 in. Dark gray argillaceous calcareous sandstone with scattered
oolites of hematite. Contact gradational.
Furnaceville Iron Ore
1 ft. 4 in. Red oolitic iron ore. High concentration of hematite.
Oneida Conglomerate
5 ft. 4 in. Light gray argillaceous sandstone grading downward into a
quartz conglomerate. A very few green sandy and silty shale
partings.
Lakeport Drill Core
Section G
Town of Sullivan. County of Madison. The test hole is located
one and a half miles northeast of Lakeport and one-quarter of a mile
south of Oneida lake.
Pleistocene and Recent
7 ft. Soil and glacial drift.
Lockport
10 ft. 7 in. Dark gray dolomite. Medium bedded.
11 in. Dark gray dolomitic shale.
2 ft. 6 in. Dark gray dolomitic limestone. Contact sharp.
Upper Clinton
Rochester Shale
10 ft. 3 in. Dark brownish gray, calcareous, slightly sandy, tough, fossilif-
erous shale. Contact sharp.
23 ft. 7 in. Alternating thin-bedded shales with lesser amounts of argillaceous
limestone layers. A few crystalline limestones.
1 1 ft. 7 in. Light gray limestone with some argillaceous limestone layers and
an abundance of dark gray calcareous shales. Crystalline lime¬
stones usually show trace of hematite. Basal 11 in. contains an
abundance of hematite which replaces fossils.
8 ft. 8 in. Dark brownish gray, calcareous shale with an abundance of
argillaceous limestones. Shale very fossiliferous.
20 ft. 8 in. Dark gray, sandy, calcareous shale with an abundance of thin
calcareous sandstones.
18 ft. 1 in. Dark gray, calcareous shale with argillaceous sandy limestones
abundant. A few thin argillaceous sandstones.
15 ft. 2 in. Dark bluish gray calcareous shale with argillaceous limestone
layers. Shale layers are very fossiliferous. Contact sharp.
184
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Irondequoit-Williamson
S ft. 10 in. Dark gray, calcareous limestone with interbedded crystalline
limestone layers. Some shale partings. Limestone layers crinoidal.
Upper 18 in. hematitic.
1 1 ft. 4 in. Bluish gray, calcareous shale. Massive bedded with a few very
thin crystalline limestone layers. Fossiliferous.
24 ft. 2 in. Thin-bedded dark green, fissile shale with an abundance of thin
limestones bearing Sowerbyella transversalis. Graptolites very
common.
27 ft. 9 in. Dark greenish gray thin-bedded, slightly sandy shale. Basal
3 ft. has a brownish gray color.
lift. 5 in. Dark greenish gray fissile shale. Monograptus clintonensis
abundant. Base marked by a thin sandstone 2 in. to 3 in. thick.
Contact sharp.
Middle Clinton
Sauquoit Shale
19 ft. 5 in. Dark green, fissile, slightly sandy and silty shale. Zygobolbina
conradi.
8 ft. 9 in. Dark gray, slightly sandy shale.
30 ft. 4 in. Dark gray shale. Thin-bedded. Some slightly calcareous. Some
slightly sandy. An abundance of thin sandy limestone layers.
Mastigobolbina lata.
17 ft. Dark bluish gray shale with some thin sandstone layers. Contact
sharp.
Lower Clinton
Wolcott Furnace Iron Ore
2 ft. Bluish gray shale with scattered oolites of hematite. Upper
surface covered with hematite. Very fossiliferous. Lacy
bryozoans.
Wolcott Limestone
8 ft. 8 in. Bluish gray argillaceous limestone with an abundance of bluish
gray calcareous shale. A few thin crystalline limestone layers.
Thin stringers of hematite common throughout the whole thick¬
ness.
1 ft. 10 in. Red hematitic limestone. Upper 8 in. shows high concentration
of hematite. Thin shale layers common. Basal 3 in. is an
argillaceous sandstone containing considerable hematite. Contact
sharp.
Upper Sodus Shale
32 ft. Greenish gray, calcareous shale. Upper portion contains some
bluish gray layers. Thin crystalline limestones common, a few
of which are pearly. Fossiliferous. Coelospira hemispherica,
Stropheodonta corrugata and Zygobolba decora. Contact sharp
and marked by a thin hematitic layer.
Lower Sodus Shale
12 ft. 1 in. Dark gray shale with thin crystalline limestone layers, most of
which are brownish in color. Coelospira hemispherica, Tentacu-
lites minutus and Zygobolba excavata. Contact sharp.
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 185
1 ft. 4 in.
Bear Creek Shale
Argillaceous limestone. Stringers of hematite throughout. A
thin layer of hematite at the top. A layer 7 in. thick near center
shows a high concentration of hematite. Branching bryozoans
common in hematitic portion. Contact appears sharp.
4 in.
Furnaceville Iron Ore
Red, hematitic, fossil if erous iron ore. Fragments of Coelospira
replaced by hematite. Character of ore and sharpness of contact
are bases for separating this lower 4 in. from the Bear Creek
shale. Contact sharp.
2 ft. 7 in.
Oneida Conglomerate
Gray sandstone with green silty shale layers. Two-inch quartz
conglomerate in middle of formation.
Verona Station Drill Core Section H
Town of Verona. County of Oneida. Test hole is located about
300 feet west of the railroad station at Verona Station and on the
south side of the highway. It is situated on the bank of a small
tributary of Stony creek.
Top
Pleistocene and Recent
18 ft. Sand and Clay.
Middle Clinton
Sauquoit Shale
19 ft. 2 in. Bluish gray sandy shale with thin sandy limestones. Contact sharp.
Lower Clinton
Wolcott Furnace Iron Ore
1ft.
Red hematitic limestone. Fossils abundant. Contact sharp.
36 ft. 2 in.
Upper Sodus Shale
Greenish gray shale with thin limestones in the upper part. Thin
sandstones are abundant near the base of the formation. Shales
fossilif erous. Coelospira hemispherica, Strophcodonta corrugata
and Zygobolba decora. Contact gradational.
10 ft.
Oneida Conglomerate
White sandstones interbedded with green sandy shales. Some
conglomeratic layers especially near base.
186
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Ailing, H. L.
1936 Petrology of the Niagara gorge sediments. Proc. Rochester Acad.
Sci., 7 : 189-207.
Bassler, R. S.
1906 The bryozoan fauna of the Rochester shale. U. S. Geol. Surv. Bui.
292. 136p.
1915 Bibliographic index of American ordovician and silurian fossils.
U. S. Nat. Mus. Bui. 92, 2v. 1521p.
Chadwick, G. H.
1918 Stratigraphy of the New York Clinton. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui.,
29:327-68.
1935 Thorold sandstone. Amer. Ass’n. Petrol. Geol. Bui., 19 :702.
Clarke, J. M.
1903 Classification of the New York series of formations. Univ. State
of N. Y. Handbook 19. 26p.
Clarke, /. M. & Schuchert, C.
1899 The nomenclature of the New York series of geological formations.
Science, n. s., 10:874-78.
1900 Nomenclature of the New York series of geologic formations. Amer.
Geol., 16:17.
Delo, D. M.
1940 Phacopid trilobites of North America. Geol. Soc. of Amer. Special
Paper 29. 133p.
Eaton, A.
1829 A geological and agricultural survey of the districts adjoining the
Erie canal in New York State. 163p. Albany.
Gillette, Tracy
1940 Geology of the Clyde and Sodus Bay quadrangles. N. Y. State Mus.
Bui. 320. 179p.
Goldring, W.
1931 Handbook of paleontology for beginners and amateurs. Pt II : The
Formations. N. Y. State Mus. Handbook 10. 488p.
Grabau, A. W.
1901 Geology and paleontology of Niagara Falls and vicinity. N. Y. State
Mus. Bui. 45. 284p.
1908 A revised classification of the North American Silurian. Science,
n. s., 27 : 622-23.
THE CLINTON OF WESTERN AND CENTRAL NEW YORK 187
1909 Physical and faunal evolution of North America during Ordovician,
Siluric, and early Devonic time. Jour. Geol., 17 :209-52.
1913 Early paleozoic delta deposits of North America. Geol. Soc. Amer.
Bui., 24:399-528.
1921 Textbook of geology. Part 2, Historical Geology. 342p. New York.
Hall , James
1839 Third annual report of the fourth geologic district of the State of
New York. N. Y. Geol. Surv. Ann. Rep’t, 3 :287-339.
1843 Geology of New York. Part IV, Comprising the survey of the fourth
geologic district. 883p. Albany.
1852 Description of the organic remains of the lower middle division of
the New York system. Pal. N. Y. 2. 362p., 204pl.
Hartnagel, C. A.
1907 Geologic map of the Rochester and Ontario beach quadrangles. N. Y.
State Mus. Bui. 114. 35p.
1907 Stratigraphic relations of the Oneida conglomerate. N. Y. State Mus.
Bui., 107:27-37.
1912 Classification of the geologic formations of the State of New York.
N. Y. State Mus. Handbook 19. 96p.
Kindle, E. M.
1914 What does the Medina sandstone include in the Niagara gorge?
Science, n. s., 39:915-18.
Kindle, E. M. & Taylor, F. B.
1913 Niagara folio. U. S. Geol. Folio 190. 25p., maps.
Newberry, J. S.
1884 The deposition of ores. Sch. Mines Quarterly, 5 :329-44.
Newland, D. H. & Hartnagel, C. A.
1908 The iron ores of the Clinton formation of New York State. N. Y.
State Mus. Bui. 123. 76p.
Sanford, J. T.
1935 The “Clinton” in western New York. Jour. Geol., 43:167-83.
1935 Thorold sandstone. Amer. Ass’n. Petrol. Geol. Bui., 19:1390.
1936 The Clinton in New York. Jour. Geol., 44:797-814.
1939 Sedimentary rocks of the Niagara gorge. Jour. Sed. Petrology. 9,
No. 2 :77— 85.
Sarle, C. /.
1901 Reef structures in the Rochester section. Amer. Geol., 22 :281 — 82.
188
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Schuchert, C.
1910 Paleogeography of North American Siluric or Ontario period. Geol.
Soc. Amer. Bui., 20:427-606.
1914 Medina and cataract formation. Historical Review. Geol. Soc. Amer.
Bui., 25:277-320.
Singewald, J. T. Jr.
1911 Iron ores of Maryland. Md. Geol. Surv., 9:121-327.
Smyth, C. H. Jr.
1892 On the Clinton iron ore. Amer. Jour. Sci., 42:487-96.
Swartz, C. K.
1923 Correlation of the Silurian formations of Maryland with those of
other areas. Md. Geol. Surv. Silurian : 183-230.
1923 Stratigraphic and paleontologic relations of the Silurian strata of Mary¬
land. Md. Geol. Surv. Silurian : 25-52.
Swartz, C. K. & F. M.
1930 Age of the Shawangunk conglomerate of southeastern New York.
Am. Jour. Sci., 20:467-74.
1931 Early Silurian formations of southeastern Pennsylvania. Geol. Soc.
Amer. Bui., 42:621-62.
Swartz, F. M.
1934 Silurian sections near Mount Union, central Pennsylvania. Geol. Soc.
Amer. Bui., 45 :81— 134.
1935 Relations of the Silurian Rochester and McKenzie formations near
Cumberland, Maryland and Lakemont, Pennsylvania. Geol. Soc.
Amer. Bui, 46:1165-194.
Ulrich, E. O.
1911 Revision of the Paleozoic system. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui, 22:281-680.
Ulrich, E. O. & Bassler, R. S.
1923 American Silurian formations. Md. Geol. Surv. Silurian. 233-70.
1923 Paleozoic Ostracods. Their Morphology, Classification and Occurrence.
Md. Geol. Surv. Silurian. 271-391.
Vanuxem, Lardner
1839 Third annual report of the geological survey of the third district.
N. Y. Geol. Surv. Ann. Rep’t, 3:241-85.
1840 Fourth annual report of the geological survey of the third district.
N. Y. Geol. Surv. Ann. Rep’t, 4:355-83.
1842 Geology of New York, Part III. Comprising the survey of the third
geological district. 306p. Albany.
Williams, M. Y.
1919 The Silurian geology and faunas of Ontario Peninsula and Manitoulin
Peninsula and adjacent islands. Can. Geol. Surv. Mem. 3, 195p.
INDEX
Ailing, M. L., cited, 186
Barge Canal, Gates outcrop, 126
Bassler, R. S., cited, 186
Bear Creek, outcrop, 154
Bear Creek shale, 53-54
Beaver Creek, outcrop, 148
Bibliography, 186-88
Blind Sodus Creek, outcrop, 156
Boundary, 9
Brachiopods, 16, 17
Brewerton, outcrop, 163
Brewerton Drill Core, 182
Chadwick, G. H., cited, 186
Characteristics, general, 9
Cicero, Brewerton Drill Core, 182;
outcrop at Brewerton, 163
Clarke, J. M., cited, 186
Clarke, J. M. & Schuchert, C., cited,
186
College Hill Creek, outcrop, 167-69
Dawes Quarry Creek, outcrop, 169—
71
Dawes sandstone, 99
Delo, D. M., cited, 186
Densmore Creek, outcrop, 131-33
Description of sections, 120-75
Diamond Drill Cores, description,
175-85
Divisions, general, 12; lithologic, 14-
16
Drill Cores, description, 175-85
Eaton, A., cited, 186
Faunal zones, 16-24; tables, 18-21
Fish Creek, outcrop, 135
Formations, table, 15
Fossil zones, 16-24; tables, 18-21
Fruitland Ore Pit, outcrop, 134
Furnaceville iron ore, 38-46
Gates, outcrop at, 126
General characteristics, 9
Genesee Gorge, outcrop, 127-30
Geology, historical, 113-20
Gillette, Tracy, cited, 186
Glen Edythe, outcrop at, 133
Goldring, W., cited, 186
Grabau, A. W., cited, 186
Granby, outcrop at Oswego River,
162; South- Granby Drill Core, 180
Hall, James, cited, 187
Hannibal, outcrop at Martville, 160;
at Sterling Valley Creek, 161
Hartnagel, C. A., cited, 187
Herkimer sandstone, 111-13
Historical geology, 113-20
Historical review, 8
Huron, outcrop at Beaver Creek,
148; at Mudge Creek, 149
Iron ore, Furnaceville, 38-46; Kirk¬
land, 107-11; Westmoreland, 90-
94; Wolcott Furnace, 70-72
Irondequoit, Densmore Creek, 131—
33
Irondequoit limestone, 84-90
Kindle, E. M., cited, 187
Kindle, E. M. & Taylor, F. B., cited,
187
Kirkland, outcrop at College Hill
Creek, 167-69; at Dawes Quarry
Creek, 169-71
Kirkland iron ore, 107-11
Lakeport Drill Core, 183
Lewiston, outcrop at Niagara Gorge,
120-23
Limestone, Irondequoit, 84-90; Rey-
nales, 46-53; Wolcott, 65-70
Lithologic divisions, 14
Little Sodus Creek, outcrop, 159
Little Wolcott Creek, outcrop, 151—
53
Location, 6
Lockport, outcrop, 123-26
Lower Clinton, historical geology,
113-15; stratigraphic and paleon-
tologic relations, 24-72
Lower Sodus shale, 54-61
Lunn’s Quarry, outcrop, 160
[189]
190
INDEX
Maplewood shale, 36-38
Martville, outcrop, 160
Martville Drill Core, 179
Middle Clinton, historical geology,
115-16; stratigraphic and paleon-
tologic relations, 72-79
Middleport, outcrop, 126
Mink Creek, outcrop, 137-39
Mudge Creek, outcrop, 149
Neahga shale, 34-36
New Hartford, outcrop at Willow-
vale, 171-75
Newberry, J. S., cited, 187
Newland, D. H. & Hartnagel, C. A.,
cited, 187
Niagara Gorge, outcrop, 120-23
Nomenclature, table, 10-11
North Wolcott, outcrop, 153
Oneida Conglomerate, 30-34
Oneida Lake Beach, outcrop, 164
Ontario, outcrop at Fish Creek, 135;
at Fruitland Ore Pit, 134
Ore, Furnaceville, 38; Kirkland iron
ore, 107-11; Westmoreland iron
ore, 90-94; Wolcott Furnace iron
ore, 70-72
Ostracod zones, 22-24
Oswego River, outcrop, 162
Outcrop sections, descriptions of,
120-75
Paleontologic relations, Lower Clin¬
ton, 24—72; Middle Clinton, 72-79;
Upper Clinton, 79-113
Pentamerus, 16
Phoenix, outcrop, 162
Red Creek Drill Core, 178
References, 186-88
Reynales limestone, 46-53
Rochester, Genesee Gorge, 127-30
Rochester shale, 100—7
Rose, outcrop at Sodus Creek, 146—
48
Salmon Creek East, outcrop, 140-42
Salmon Creek West, outcrop, 135—
37
Sandstone, Dawes, 99; Herkimer,
111-13; Thorold, 24-29
Sanford, J. T., cited, 187
Sarle, C. J., cited, 187
Sauquoit shale, 72-79
Schroeppel, outcrop at Phoenix, 162
Schuchert, C., cited, 188
Second Creek, outcrop, 142-46
Sections, description of, 120-75
Shale, Bear Creek, 53-54; Lower
Sodus, 54-61; Maplewood, 36-38;
Neahga, 34-36; Rochester, 100-7;
Sauquoit, 72-79; Upper Sodus,
61-65; Williamson, 79-84; Wil-
lowvale, 94-99
Singewald, J. T., cited, 188
Smyth, C. H. jr. cited, 188
Sodus, outcrop at Salmon Creek
East, 140-42; at Second Creek,
142-46; at Weed Creek, 139; Wal-
lington Drill Core, 175
Sodus Creek, outcrop, 146-48
Sodus shale, Lower, 54-61 ; Upper,
61-65
South Granby Drill Core, 180
Sterling, outcrop at Blind Sodus
Creek, 156; at Sterling Station,
157-59; Martville Drill Core, 179;
Red Creek Drill Core, 178
Sterling Station, outcrop, 157-59
Sterling Valley Creek, outcrop, 161
Stony Creek, outcrop, 164-67
Stratigraphic relations, Lower Clin¬
ton, 24-72; Middle Clinton, 72-79;
Upper Clinton, 79-113
Subdivisions, faunal zones, 16-24;
general, 12; lithological, 14-16
Sullivan, Lakeport Drill Core, 183;
outcrop at Oneida Lake Beach,
164
Swartz, C. K., cited, 188
Swartz, C. K. & F. M., cited, 188
Swartz, F. M., cited, 188
Thorold sandstone, 24-29
Trilobites, 17
Ulrich, E. O., cited, 188
Ulrich, E. O. & Bassler, R. S., cited,
188
Upper Clinton, historical geology,
116-20; stratigraphic and paleon¬
tologic relations, 79-113
Upper Sodus shale, 61-65
INDEX
191
Vanuxem, Lardner, cited, 188
Verona, outcrop at Stony Creek,
164-67; Verona Station Drill Core,
185
Verona Station Drill Core, 185
Victory, outcrop at Little Sodus
Creek, 159
Volney, outcrop at Oswego River,
162
Wallington Drill Core, 175
Webster, outcrop at Glen Edythe,
133
Weed Creek, outcrop, 139
Westmoreland iron ore, 90-94
Williams, M. Y., cited, 188
Williamson, outcrop at Mink Creek,
137-39; at Salmon Creek West,
135-37
Williamson shale, 79-84
Willowvale, outcrop, 171-75
Willowvale shale, 94-99
Wolcott, outcrop at Bear Creek,
154; at Little Wolcott Creek, 151—
53; at North Wolcott, 153; at
Wolcott Creek, 150; Wolcott Drill
Core, 177
Wolcott Creek, outcrop, 150
Wolcott Drill Core, 177
Wolcott Furnace iron ore, 70-72
Wolcott Limestone, 65-70
-
■ -
■ .
,
■
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11